et M8 HR pip soe el ile thao eat ee ewes hitb GEE MM e-em 
ora } PoP hy ath 
4 


TRO ret 


Onn i eter ca og iret fh 
that ak 64 MEM ‘sulneeteey ape Ak bi sath 
(Ch atl ee ae t iE 
Bee er hoe yD) 
spate: cg 


Fah Gags 6: Herts 
aie 


1 eR 4 Aiwa Wits 
7 Wye WeabeaNE 4 
ere ee hry A 
6 ede tf * he oa ty 

i " Ny : he “hy hea ok ae 7 
We bekc tert po Go oo at te + fi hae re Wi seclyeerstiin 
Oe Bibi i, Es A Re " Re rote n a 

pee dail beetle: oy ie , , Poin at 
Me cael fo binf 


Ve. 
ORM Gs atts 


AS Ber Were tp 

iy * geet Oe ib cok, 
Bhs be ee ‘ 

Hie Menor ibastote 

i F a aah AY; Paths aa a 

nate Bret Yop 

nat aca a) 

: NaOH Breaths 


Con rare MeL a ERE Y bie 
aot A ha Ott cd ‘ NB oxy 
Ny rua’ : “ ret oy 
, } 4 
Lase br bt * \ or Esub i 

ALP bP oem oe ey 
t 4 c To soe ans 
cae iat es 


“eine WY 


ie ae ae tay . i 
iti . i Ce Wey 
a ALa : i ; 

c = Tate eects CRatG a5 “4 

hah ak aby MA b> adie ie Rekaay 

Vee bak Piss Dr onyintin i ee Ber ye 


Bie 


ee Barina NOe 

RAY 

Sas S sais faotane: 
SE aa hte 


Pon ipa 
cia az fedetch, eh ce i 


Wind A 


OG 
4 


¥ 
Mpg cet Dy 
pieced} 


SKE: oH iy 
“i 


i 
ahaa 


Ad ae) 
M4 ee 


Le ow Ra 
Ba Phe) 


a Pratt 


Fee Waar 
9 yew ati 


‘ 
Brirerccir mire A i 
TR eK Akay 
ioe Rs kune oleae B3) 

ate 


Spaateh st 
- $s 


Vike shat q 
eh i re vt ee SBE sland 
dite Heh 
Daves sat Rigs ‘ 
Hg mi te 
: asi Ny, ve 4 
4 misthand brite 
Ri he or i 


EV AG\ U5 
fe aah sens 
i wing 8 3 steed tee 
Sriseerriery 
a Reha an tg 


foretata 
esis 


: 
vie 
hate a! 


dni eeGlie: 
dist aeiemiba 


Ds In hacen 
; 2 ie Not g He 
(PES HH hese?! phy 


AN Git 
PM a f 
SF D8 3 { 
Rw : me) 
Aan Ce 857) ai . ‘| 
rote 
et aspen 


eM ert ed Ol baw ay 
pifid ios ‘| 
ead Pat ‘ 
Ask Seantia meu ‘ 
Bf 138 
a eubeas 


ae ae al ty AL ge ee 
ee we 4, Ana lk ON i ‘ 
x AaB A . tee ¥ 5 
se Cy x 
Sehr dePopuh kre Pas ab A a 
ty : Wweans Od winactiaaet 
t3gte bet ? i nl tue Adis ra 
vel * » ikes i 
isi Kae HAG A E pat 
i ty avs, Se recat Heid seca kt ee taete oh WE 
at asaya oF x ; a t a Teo eH et Sncnaat 
URLS ee Ur Pyeathn re a 4 26d WD re haat 6 ks Ke Bald 
regu agree tt 4 ae Dubie ; jo a Clk oh arunnie "I ys cj 
ive “f pong fet ite Bibs are ‘ eee é 
heer rat my eet tt hos fosinibemiges 
* : sot ia - sae teeta 
eae VET Nh ‘ 2 aid Donte by 
4 WANs anatase ! 
Ca eerie ‘ ‘ c ony ark ) 
Pret: Sui <" K - : ay 
Peer ety he a Rarer rr ear ge et et a pera 
= one eo f 4 ovate eee 
SMEAR ee i) ey ; é HEA by Hause’ |p. 
oa Geta ‘ crest i eH eg shea) 
+ y SEW aed test wat ef 
HR ida BS 
Cleat aise : CAshoell 
ny s 4 ae a0) 
; tH Wefan are wall w 
Baie 


ia ng 
jen Prue 
) 
” ie: teed nit Ae Bf Le 
if wth ot i avai aia : Saat oy 
at Rarer were ay NMI mi Hae 


a 
nay Poet 
. aes pte vy MS haos sioner eae 
cb vebvent) a5 Pea ia 
ea 


faa ont Ma 


iMate 
Ce hy eer 
aia 


a 


) 
. v 
C7 > i ean ay, 
we x / 
j U ( 


S FRANSACEIONS 
PROCEKEDINGS 
NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE 
1884 


V Olly  XeNOIT 


EDITED AND PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF 


GOVERNORS OF THE INSTITUTE 


° 
BY 


JAMES HECTOR, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. 


CAN ERE 885. 
— 
jp 

fs Cee 
RL ANG TON 


LYON & BLAIR, ‘PRINTERS, LAMBTON QUAY 
TRUBNER & CO., 60, PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON 


CORRIGENDA. 


PAGE. 
5, line 3 from bottom, for corner read cornu 
13, 16, 19 and 20, for Plate VII. read Plate VIII. 
16, line 9, read Chermes (Anisophleba) pini, 
20 and 31, for Plate VIII. read Plate VII. 
151, line 20, for Phaomide read Phasmide 
158, line 19, for Pupirora read Pupivora 
167, to last 3 lines in table of dimensions, add from snout 
179, line 16, for Wairau read Wairoa 
260, line 1, for luteo-vivens read luteo-virens 
263, line 10 from bottom, for vividulum read viridulum 
268, line 22, for hyssoid read byssoid 
270, line 23, for primatisect read pinnatisect 
274, line 10 from bottom, for isolated read abundant 
298, line 11, for heavier read hairier 
314, line 22, for pisaniopsis read pisanopsis 
342, line 9 from bottom, for lakes read caves 
361, line 14, for Timaru read London 
369, line 21, for straum read steam 
369, line 14 from bottom, for Maddebtrg read Magdebirg 
372, line 23, for lava read Java 
376, line 4, for Secchi read Facchini 
376, line 8 from bottom, for Breithom read Breithorn 
384, line 22, for intense read vitreous 
403, line 22, for Cosee read Coxe 


hte Tee 
Lge h as per 


wr 


. PAGES. 
Art. I. Notes on the Skeleton and Baleen of a Fin-whale (Balenoptera 
musculus?) recently acquired by the Otago University Museum. 
By T. Jeffery Parker, B. Sc. Lond., Professor of Biology in the , 
University of Otago... ae Ns Be a6 3—13 
II. Note on an Aphidian Insect infesting Pine Trees, with Observations 
on the Name ‘‘ Chermes” or ‘‘ Kermes.” By W. M. Maskell, 
F.R.M.S. os ue c . 13—19 
III. On a Parasite of the Penguin. By W. M. Maskell o0 - 19—20 
IV. Further Notes on Coccide in New Zealand. By W. M. Maskell . 20—31 
V. On the Spiders of New Zealand. By A. T. Urquhart .. -. 931—53 
VI. The Fresh-water Shells of New Zealand belonging to the Fay 
Limneide. By Professor F. W. Hutton .. 54—58 
VII. Description of a new Species of Paper Nautilus (drgonata Leen 
By T. W. Kirk as és ; ae -- 58—59 
VIII. Notice of the Occurrence of the Hastern Golden Plover (Chara- 
drius fulvus, Gml.) near Wellington. By T. W. Kirk SOO OW) 
IX. Notes on some New Zealand Birds, exhibiting curious Variations 
of Colour. By T. W. Kirk a 60—62 
X. Supplement to a Monograph of the New Weston i aonieirs ind. By 
EB. Meyrick, B.A. a we ah 62—68 
XI. Descriptions of New Zealand Micro-lepidoptera. By H. ‘Meyne! . 68—120 
XII. Descriptions of New Zealand Micro-lepidoptera. By EH. Meyrick.. 121—140 
XIII. Deseriptions of New Zealand Micro-lepidoptera. By H. Meyrick.. 141—149 
XIV. Description of a small Lizard, a Species of Naultinus, puupored to 
be new to Science. By W. Colenso, F.L.8. -. 149—151 
XV. A Description of some newly-discovered New elec Insects 
believed to be new to Science. By W.Colenso .. .. 151—160 
XVI. Notes on New Zealand Fishes. By W. Arthur, C.H. .. -. 160—172 
XVII. Notes on Moa Remains in the Mackenzie Country and other 
Localities. By Frederick R. Chapman .. ot .. 172—178 
XVIII. Objections to the Introduction of Beasts of ma to Seay the 
Rabbit. By H. B. Martin Sc 179—182 
XIX. A short Description of a few Experiments eae on the areata 
of Spontaneous Generation. By Dr.J. Hudson .. .. 182—186 
XX. Notes on New Zealand Ornithology. By A. Reischek ; communi- 
cated by Dr. Hector .. AG ap ibe .. 187—198 
XXI. Description of a new Octopus. By James Park fe -. 198—199 
XXII. The Plague of Rats in Nelson and Marlborough. By John 
Meeson, B.A. 6 -. 199—207 
XXIII. Notes on the Dolphins a the Ne eel Seas. ‘By James 


CO nt Nye S, 


TR AGN (Sale Cnc mNe Sy. 


I.—Zoonoey. 


Hector, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. ar) we .. 207—211 


Art. XXIV. 
XXV. 
XXVI. 


XXVII. 


XXVIII. 


XXIX. 
XXX. 
XXXI. 


XXXII. 
XXXIII. 
XXXIV. 


XXXYV. 


XXXVI. 


XXXVII. 


XXXVIII. 


XXXIX. 


XL. 


XLI. 


XLII. 


XLII. 


XLIV. 
XLV. 
XLVI. 


XLVII. 


XLVIII. 


XLIX. 


L. 


LI. 
LIL. 


Contents. 


TI.—Borany. 
PAGES. 
On the Flowering Plants of Stewart Island. By T. Kirk, F.L.S8. 213-298 
On the Ferns and Fern Allies of Stewart Island. By T. Kirk .. 228—234 
New Species of Plants. By T.F. ces F.L.8., Curator of 
the Auckland Museum . . 235—236 


A Description of some ea fel rare taaeeneee 
Plants; being a further Contribution towards the making 
known the Botany of New Zealand: By W. Colenso, F.L.8. 237—265 


A List of Fungi pecauy discovered in New Zealand. By W. 

Colenso : . 265—269 
Description of new Sueuisac of £ Native Plants: “By D. Petrie, M.A. 269—271 
Description of three new Species of Uncinia. By D. Petrie . 271—272 


Description of a new Species of Carmichelia, with Notes on the 
Distribution of the Species native to Otago. By D. Petrie .. 272—274 
On the Botany of Te Aroha Mountain. By J. Adams, B.A. .. 275—287 


Description of a new Species of Hrigeron. 


Notes on Loranthus fieldii, 
municated by Dr. Buller 


By J. Buchanan, F.L.8. 287—288 


By H. C. Field; com- 


.. 288—290 
Notes on the Occurrence and Habits of some of our New Zealand. 


Buchanan. 


Plants. By W. 8. Hamilton 20 . 290—293 
On the Punui of Stewart Island, Aralia lyallii, n.s. By T. Kirk, 

F.L.S. 56 an ae ee ei +. 293—297 
Description of a new Species of Fagus. By T. Kirk . 297—298 
Notes on the New Zealand Beeches. By T. Kirk . 293—306 

III.—Gronoey. 
On the Age of the Orakei Bay Beds near Auckland. By oe 

F. W. Hutton, F.G.S. .. . 8¢7—313 
Descriptions of new ee Shells, “By Captain FE. W. Hatton, 

E.G.S. os . 313—332 
On the Geological Structure of the Souvinesn fi of New Zealand, 

in the Provincial Districts of Canterbury and Westland. By 

Professor Julius von Haast, C.M.G., Ph.D., F.R.S. .. 332—337 
Note on Geological Structure of the Canterbury Mountains. By 

Dr. Hector, Director of the Geological Survey of New Zealand 337—340 
Analysis of Slate in contact with Granite from Preservation Inlet, 

New Zealand. By A. Liversidge, F.R.S., Professor of Chem- 

istry and Mineralogy, University of Sydney ; communicated 

by Professor F. W. Hutton . ne ae .. 340—841 
On Water-worn Pebbles in the Soil. By James Coutts Crawford... 341—342 
On Changes in the Hataitai Valley. By James Coutts Crawford.. 342—343 
On the Drift Beds of Wakapuaka and Port Hills, with Remarks on 

the Boulder Bank and its Formation. By W. Wells .. 344—350 
The Ascent of Mount Franklin. By James Park, Survey Depart- 

ment re 60 oe D6 5¢ .. 3800—356 

TV.—MiscELLANEOUS. 
On the recent Sun-glows and the Theories that have been ad- 

vanced to account for them. By John Meeson, B.A. - 307—386 
Red Sunsets. By William Ringwood oe .. 386—397 
On a System of Technical Education for Artizans. By C. W. 

Purnell ue os .. 398—407 
On Gravitational Bes By , Wakelin - 407—410 
Is Life a Distinet Force? By R. H. Bakewell, M.D., Fellow of 

the Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society of London, ete, .. 410—417 


so 


Contents. Vil. 


ART. LITl. Description of oe Island, Bay of ea By H. C. Gold- 7a 
Smith 30 417—427 

LIV. On the Hatablishment of a Scena Hotel bie Seontonnen’ in the 
Rotorua District. By James Stewart, M. Inst. C.E. oo 427—435 
LY. Cat’s Hye Bay. By Donald Sutherland a6 50 -. 435—436 

: NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE. 
Sixteenth Annual Report of the Board of Governors 60 5c -. 439—440 
PROCEEDINGS. 
WELLINGTON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 

Address by the President, Dr. Buller, C.M.G., F.R.S. (abstract) ote -- 443—446 
On a Deposit of Ironstone at Kawakawa, Bay of Islands. By A. McKay 96 446 
On the Geology of Kawhia Harbour and the Mokau Country. By Dr. Hector 447 

On the Suitability of New Zealand White Pine when creosoted for ey 

Sleepers. By Dr. Hector : 447 
Notes on an Excursion to the Tawa of Tonga, Samo, Pi ats, Wes J. O. 

Crawford ae : & 447 
On a Peculiar Form of Gold in Gene By Dr. Hector Sc ae oo 447 
List of Plants injured by Frost, at Taita, near Wellington. By T. Mason -. 447—448 
Review of a Paper on the Moa by A. de Quatrefages. By W. M. Maskell ae 448 
Notes on Identity of Minerals from the Wade and Makara. By Dr. Hector .. 448 
On the Kea or Mountain Parrot. By A. McKay (abstract) .. 20 we 449 
On Floating Breakwaters. By EH. A. Gibbon 30 re ae oc 449 
Abstract of Report for 1884 a8 Be Ne 00 are . .. 449—450 
Election of Officers for 1885 20 60 20 oe 50 30 450 
On Australian Cave Paintings .. oe Bp Speers SO 50 450 
Remarks on new New Zealand Birds. By Dr. Buller (abstract) ac be 450 

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE. 
Anniversary Address by the President (abstract) .. 3¢ -. 451—452 
Notes on a Bird called Malau. By the Rev. 8. W. Baker (etstract) ae Oo 452 
A Decade of new Feroniide. By Captain T. Broun, M.H.S. 00 oo 452 
New Species of Pselaphide. By Captain Broun .. oO: ae Sc 453 
The Curse of Charity. By E. A. Mackechnie (abstract) .. oo . 453—454 
Observations on Geyser Eruptions and Terrace Formations. Part I. Baty a. 

Martin, F.G.S. .. sf 454 
Buddhism and its Evolution Theories. Part I. By J. ene RE, M.D. .. 454 
Geyser Eruptions and Terrace Formations. PartII. By J. Martin, F.G.S8. .. 454 
New Species of Coleoptera. By Captain T. Broun, M.E.S. .. at 06 454 
Buddhism and its Evolution Theories. Part II. By J. Murray Moore, M.D. .. 454 
A successful Litigant. By H. A. Mackechnie Oc oc oe ae 455 
Notes on the Fertilization of certain New Zealand Plants. By T. F. Cheeseman, 

TP S6 56 56 56 fe ac oc are 30 455 

On re-naming New Zealand. By W.H.Blyth .. oc 36 oc 455 

Abstract of Report for 1884 of 50 oc ote S0 e. 455-—456 

Hlection of Officers for 1885 as 56 36 ae a 50 456 
PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTH OF CANTERBURY. 

On Earthquakes. By Professor Hutton. .. ars are ne 50 457 

Technical Education. By D. Blair. ae 3c 50 se ae 457 


The Diamond Fields of South Africa. . By Professor Hutton ve eo 457 


sso 


Vill. Contents. 


The exceptional Advantage of New Zealand for Sericiculture. By G. B. Federli eae 
In Memoriam—Ferdinand Ritter von Hochstetter. By Professor “ulius von 

Haast, C.M.G., Ph.D., F.R.S. Le oe Be as Bt 458 
Remarks on the Candn District of Colorado. By Professor Julius von Haast, 

GIVE Gr Ph aD) HaeSa) oer ae kis oe bie At 458 
Resolutions regarding the New Zealand Institute 458 
Abstract of Annual Report 459 
Election of Officers for 1885 459 
Address by the President Be 459 
Origin of the Fauna and Flora of New Zealand Part II. By Profenior Hutton 459 

OTAGO INSTITUTE. 
On the New Zealand Institute, its Relation to the Affiliated Societies and to 

Scientific Work in New Zealand seneeally: By G. M. peace 

(Abstract) 460—461 
On the Anatomy of the Sea Mussel (My Rie latus). By A. Bae ae 461 
On Additions to the Museum. By Prof. T. J. Parker, B.Sc. (abstract) . 461—462 
On the Early History of New Zealand. By Dr. Hocken 461 
On some Mineral Occurrences in Dusky Sound. By Prof. Ulrich 462 
Abstract of Annual Report 462 
Election of Officers for 1885 a Be a 462 
On some Scientific Duties of the ecient By the President .. 462 

WESTLAND INSTITUTE. 
Abstract of Annual Report 463 
HAWKH’S BAY PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE. 

Election of Officers for 1884 a ae as 464 
On the Volcanic Disturbances in the Straits of senda, By the President 464 
On the Birds of the Petane District, Hawke’s Bay. By A. Hamilton.. 464 
Exhibition of Fruit of the Persimmon. By Mr. Gilberd 464 
On the Vegetating Caterpillar of New Zealand. By A. Hamilton oc 464 
On Additions to the Museum. By A. Hamilton .. 464—465 
Observations on some Hybrid Ducks. By Taylor White 465 
A Plea for National Education. By H. Hill, B.A., Inspector of sbibots 465 
Remarks on New Zealand Birds. By A. Hamilton 465 
Remarks on Echinoderms. By A. Hamilton 50 oe 50 465 
On a Species of Cuttlefish (Ommastrephes sloanii). By A. Hamilton (abstract) 465 
On the Effect of the Scientific Societies of New Zealand on the ae of the 

Nation. By A. Hamilton ‘ 50 50 466 
Abstract of Annual Report 2 466 
Election of Officers for 1885 és bc bo - : 466 

SOUTHLAND INSTITUTE. 
On Development. By Dr. Galbraith a aC 467 
On the Records of an old English Borough. By fhe Rev. H. ‘Stocker. : . 467 
On the Lignine ee of the es Bee Beds of Southland. ne W. S. 

Hamilton ‘ oy 467 
On the Settlement of ihe People on the iberadle By ‘Mr. nieraan BD 30 467 
On the Senses and the Intellect. By Dr. Closs .. 4 ne oe 467 
On Alcohol. By Dr. Macpherson ae ue wa fe a 468 
On the Chemistry of Explosives. By P. F. Daniel “ie ie a3 468 
Abstract of Annual Report x 36 ie : : ae 468 
Election of Officers for 1885 a oe oe oe oe es 468 


Contents. 


NELSON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 


The History of the English Alphabet. By the Rev. St. Clair Tisdall 
The Ascent of Mount Franklin. By W.S. Curtis .. 

Some Observations on the Protozoa. By J. Gully, jun. 

Agricultural Chemistry. By T. Hackett .. . 

On the Protection of Native Birds. By Hugh Martin 

Nelson, a.p. 2,000. By the Rev. Dr. Taylor 

Annual Address by the President O60 

Abstract of Annual Report aie 50 G6 

Election of Officers for 1884-85 .. : oo 0 
Resolution regarding the Constitution of the New el Institute . 


Sanitary Law and its Influence on the Health and Well- being of the Conant. 


By W. Wells 
On the Protection of Native Birds. By Fingh Martin eee 


Pie iy aNm Daly xis 
Meteorological Statistics for 1884 
Notes on the Weather during 1884 
Earthquakes reported in New Zealand during 1884 
Honorary Members of the New Zealand Institute 
Ordinary Members of the New Zealand Institute 56 
List of Institutions and Individuals to whom this Volume is presented. 


Corrigenda 

Contents 

List of Plates oe ae Lye 

Board of Governors of the New Zealand Institute 

Abstracts of Rules and Statutes of the New Zealand Institute 
List of Incorporated Societies c 
Officers of Incorporated Societies, and Tete ion the Rules 


Anniversary Address of the President, His sea ala Sir W. F. D. iui 


G.C.M.G., C.B., ete. 


xly. 

xlvi. 

xvlii. 
xlvili. 
xlviii.—Ixi. 


lxii.—Ixyv. 
lll. 

V.— 1x, 

Xe 

xls 
X1.—Xill. 
Xiv. 

X1V.— XVI. 
xix.—xli. 


ie Sea Ope RAE eA Ens. 


TO FACE 
PAGE. 
I. PrestpentiaL AppRESs.—Waitemata Harbour Defences. . a wel) RORKAVE 
Il. % “ Port Nicholson Defences ae ee S ERXLV 
Ii. ae nA Lyttelton Harbour Defences .. de .. XXXIV. 
IV. Pe i Otago Harbour Defences oe a bo ZOSINT 
Vv. “p Pr Bluff Harbour Defences be D6 46 ROSaIy 
VI. Parxer.—Balenoptera musculus ae a6 re are bo 8 
VII. Masxetn.—Coccide 46 ate o6 60 a re 24 
VIII. m5 Kermaphis pini, var. levis Xi és 2 ee 16 
Ixodes eudyptidis 
IX. UrquHarr.—Spiders “e ee ee a ite a 32 
X. » 99 ie ac ee 60 ae she 40 
XI. ve b0 es AS ac A v6 48 
XII. Hurron.— Limneide : 5 50 es He 56 
XI. T. W. Kirz.—Argonauta, gracilis ay A. tuber int a 56 56 58 
XIV. ArtHur.—New Zealand Fishes aie as 60 60 aes ilG8 
XV. BucHanan.—LHrigeron nove-zealandie = ai ote su 288 
XVI. T. Kirx.—Fagus blairii 510 a 90 O0 oo ais} 
XVII. a Stilbocarpa polaris, Vea Iyaltii a6 Se 3% Fee E296 
XVIII. Hurron.—Fossil Shells ye ae 0 Se oe) 
XIX. Rrnewoop.—Diagram showing Equatorial Fiala of te Barth o5 ae 


XX. SuTHERLAND.—Cat’s Hye Bay oe 36 00 56 -. 436 


NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE. 


ESTABLISHED UNDER AN ACT OF THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF NEW ZEALAND 
INTITULED ‘‘ THE NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE ACT, 1867.” 


Boarp oF GOVERNORS. 


(EX OFFICIO.) 
His Excellency the Governor | The Hon. the Colonial Secretary. 
(NOMINATED.) 

The Hon. W. B. D. Mantell, F.G.S., W. T. L. Travers, F.L.S., James 
Hector, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S., the Ven. Archdeacon Stock, B.A., 
Thomas Mason, the Hon. G. M. Waterhouse, M.L.C. 

(ELECTED. ) 


1885.—Dr. Buller, C.M.G., F.R.S., James McKerrow, W. M. Maskell, F.M.S. 


Manager: James Hector. Honorary Treasurer: Ven. Archdeacon Stock. 
Srcretary: R. B. Gore. 


ATR IS) WU IRN GAD Sy) Ole dee Ibs) ASINLID) SN) aS) 


GAZETTED IN THE ‘NEW ZEALAND GazETTE,” 9rH Marcu, 1868. 
Srction I. 
Incorporation of Societies. 

1. No Society shall be incorporated with the Institute under the provisions of ‘The 
New Zealand Institute Act, 1867,” unless such Society shall consist of not less than 
twenty-five members, subscribing in the aggregate a sum of not less than fifty pounds 
sterling annually, for the promotion of art, science, or such other branch of knowledge for 
which it is associated, to be from time to time certified to the satisfaction of the Board of 
Governors of the Institute by the Chairman for the time being of the Society. 

2. Any Society incorporated as aforesaid shall cease to be incorporated with the 
Institute in case the number of the members of the said Society shal! at any time become 
less than twenty-five, or the amount of money annually subscribed by such members shall 
at any time be less than £50. 

3. The bye-laws of every Society to be incorporated as aforesaid shall provide for the 
expenditure of not less than one-third of its annual revenue in or towards the formation or 
support of some local public Museum or Library ; or otherwise shall provide for the contri- 
bution of not less than one-sixth of its said revenue towards the extension and maintenance 
of the Museum and Library of the New Zealand Institute. 

4. Any Society incorporated as aforesaid, which shall in any one year fail to expend 
the proportion of revenue affixed in manner provided by Rule 3 aforesaid, shall from 
thenceforth cease to be incorporated with the Institute. 


Xil. New Zealand Institute. 


5. All papers read before any Society for the time being incorporated with the 
Institute, shall be deemed to be communications to the Institute, and may then be 
published as Proceedings or Transactions of the Institute, subject to the following 
regulations of the Board of the Institute regarding publications :— 


Regulations regarding Publications. 


(a.) The publications of the Institute shall consist of a current abstract of the 
proceedings of the Societies for the time being incorporated with the Institute, 
to be intituled, ‘‘ Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute,” and of transactions 
comprising papers read before the Incorporated Societies (subject, however, to 
selection as hereinafter mentioned), to be intituled, ‘‘ Transactions of the 
New Zealand Institute.” 

(b.) The Institute shall have power to reject any papers read before any of the 
Incorporated Societies. 

(c.) Papers so rejected will be returned to the Society before which they were read. 

(d.) A proportional contribution may be required from each Society towards the cost 
of publishing the Proceedings and Transactions of the Institute. 

(e.) Each Incorporated Society will be entitled to receive a proportional number of 
copies of the Proceedings and Transactions of the Institute, to be from time to 
time fixed by the Board of Governors. 

(f.) Extra copies will be issued to any of the members of Incorporated Societies at the 
cost price of publication. 


6. All property accumulated by or with funds derived from Incorporated Societies 
and placed in the charge of the Institute, shall be vested in the Institute, and be used © 
and applied at the discretion of the Board of Governors for public ae in like 
manner with any other of the property of the Institute. 

7. Subject to ‘‘ The New Zealand Institute Act, 1867,” and to the foregoing rules, all 
Societies incorporated with the Institute shall be entitled to retain or alter their own form 
of constitution and the bye-laws for their own management, and shall conduct their own 
affairs. 

8. Upon application signed by the Chairman and countersigned by the Secretary of 
any Society, accompanied by the certificate required under Rule No. 1, a certificate of 
incorporation will be granted under the Seal of the Institute, and will remain in force as 
long as the foregoing rules of the Institute are complied with by the Society. 


Section ITI. 
For the Management of the Property of the Institute. 


9, All donations by Societies, Public Departments, or Private Individuals, to the 
Museum of the Institute, shall be acknowledged by a printed form of receipt, and shall be 
duly entered in the books of the Institute provided for that purpose, and shall then be 
dealt with as the Board of Governors may direct. 

10. Deposits of articles for the Museum may be accepted by the Institute, subject to 
a fortnight’s notice of removal to be given either by the owner of the articles or by the 
Manager of the Institute, and such deposits shall be duly entered in a separate catalogue. 

11. Books relating to Natural Science may be deposited in the Library of the Insti- 
tute, subject to the following conditions :— 

(a.) Such books are not to be withdrawn by the owner under six months’ notice, if 

such notice shall be required by the Board of Governors. 


Abstract of Rules and Statutes. xill. 


(b.) Any funds specially expended on binding and preserving such deposited books, 
at the request of the depositor, shall be charged against the books, and must be 
refunded to the Institute before their withdrawal, always subject to special 
arrangements made with the Board of Governors at the time of deposit. 

(c.) No books deposited in the Library of the Institute shall be removed for temporary 
use except on the written authority or receipt of the owner, and then only for a 
period not exceeding seven days at any one time. 

12. All books in the Library of the Institute shall be duly entered in a catalogue - 

which shall be accessible to the public. 

13. The public shall be admitted to the use of the Museum and Library, subject to 

bye-laws to be framed by the Board. 


Section III. 
The Laboratory shall, for the time being, be and remain under the exclusive manage- 
ment of the Manager of the Institute. 


Srction IY. 
Or Date 23RD SEPTEMBER, 1870. 
Honorary Members. 

Whereas the rules of the Societies incorporated under the New Zealand Institute Act 
provide for the election of Honorary Members of such Societies; but inasmuch as such 
Honorary Members would not thereby become members of the New Zealand Institute, 
and whereas it is expedient to make provision for the election of Honorary Members of 
the New Zealand Institute, it is hereby declared— 

ist. Hach incorporated Society may, in the month of November next, nominate for 

election as Honorary Members of the New Zealand Institute three persons, and 
in the month of November in each succeeding year, one person, not residing in 
the colony. 

2nd. The names, descriptions, and addresses of persons so nominated, together with 

the grounds on which their election as Honorary Members is recommended, shall 
be forthwith forwarded to the Manager of the New Zealand Institute, and shall 
by him be submitted to the Governors at the next succeeding meeting. 

3rd. From the persons so nominated, the Governors may select in the first year not 

more than nine, and in each succeeding year not more than three, who shall 
from thenceforth be Honorary Members of the New Zealand Institute, provided 
that the total number of Honorary Members shall not exceed thirty. 


LIST OF INCORPORATED SOCIETIES. 


NAME OF SOCIETY. DATE OF INCORPORATION. 

Wetuineton PuitosopHicaL Society eae - 10th June, 1868. 

Aucxkianp INSTITUTE - - - = = - 10th June, 1868. 

. PutosoputcaL InstiTuTE or CANTERBURY - - 22nd October, 1868. 
Oraco InstTITUTE = = - E = - 18th October, 1869. 

WestTLAND INSTITUTE - - - - - - 21st December, 1874. 

Hawxe’s Bay PxrtosopnicaL Institute - : - 81st March, 1875. 

Sournnanp InstiruTE - : - - - - 21st July, 1880. 

Newtson Pxinosoppican Society = - - - - 20th December, 18838. 


WELLINGTON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 

OrFIcE-BEARERS For 1885.—President—A. K. Newman, M.B., M.R.C.P.; 
Vice-presidents—R. Govett, G. W. Grabham, M.D.Lond.; Council—T. King, 
W. T. L. Travers, F.L.S., F. B. Hutchinson, M.R.C.S., Martin Chapman, 
James Hector, M.D., Dr. Buller, C.M.G., F.R.S., Hon. G. R. Johnson, 
M.L.C.; Secretary and Treasurer—R. B. Gore; Auditor—H. F. Logan. 


Extracts from the Rules of the Wellington Philosophical Society. 

5. Every member shall contribute annually to the funds of the Society the sum of 
one guinea. 

6. The annual contribution shall be due on the first day of January in each year. 

7. The sum of ten pounds may be paid at any time as a composition for life of the 
ordinary annual payment. 

14. The time and place of the General Meetings of members of the Society shall be 
fixed by the Council and duly announced by the Secretary. 

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE. 

OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1885 :—President—J. A. Pond; Vice-presidents— 
H. G. Seth Smith, Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D.; Council—G. Aickin, 
Professor F. D. Brown, B.Sc., Hon. Colonel Haultain, KE. A. Mackechnie, 
J. Martin, F.G.S., J. M. Moore, M.D., T. Peacock, M.H.R., Rey. A. G. 
Purchas, M.R.C.8.E., S. P. Smith, F.R.G.8., T. Steel, Professor A. P. 
Thomas, F.L.8.; Secretary and Treasurer—T. F. Cheeseman, F.L.S., 
F.Z.8.; Auditor—T. Macffarlane. 


Extracts from the Rules of the Auckland Institute. 
1. Any person desiring to become a member of the Institute, shall be proposed in 
writing by two members, and shall be ballotted for at the next meeting of the Council. 
4, New members on election to pay one guinea entrance-fee, in addition to the 
annual subscription of one guinea, the annual subscriptions being payable in advance on 
the first day of April for the then current year, 


Incorporated Societies. XV. 


5. Members may at any time become life-members by one payment of ten pounds ten . 
shillings, in lien of future annual subscriptions. 

10. Annual General Meeting of the Society on the third Monday of February in each 
year. Ordinary Business Meetings are called by the Council from time to time. 

PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE OF CANTERBURY. 

OFFICH-BEARERS FOR 1885:—President—Dr. W. H. Symes; Vice-presidents 
—A. D. Dobson, T. Crook; Hon. Treasurer—H.R.Webb ; Hon. Secretary— 
C. Chilton; dAuditor—C. R. Blakiston ; Cowncit/—Professor von Haast, 
Professor Hutton, Professor Bickerton, EK. Dobson, G. Hogben, R. W. 
Fereday. 


Extracts from the Rules of the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury. 

21. The Ordinary Meetings of the Institute shall be held on the first Thursday of each 
month during the months from March to November inclusive. 

35. Members of the Institute shall pay one guinea annually as a subscription to the 
funds of the Institute. The subscription shall be due on the first of November in every 
year. Any member whose subscription shall be twelve months in arrear, shall cease to 
be a member of the Institute, but he may be restored by the Council if it sees fit. 

37. Members may compound for all annual subscriptions of the current and future 
years by paying ten guineas. 

OTAGO INSTITUTE. 

OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1885 :—President—Professor Scott, M.D.; Vice- 
presidents—Donald Petrie, M.A., F. R. Chapman ; Hon. Secretary—Professor 
Parker ; Hon. Treasurer—J. C. Thomson ; Cowncil—R.Gillies, M.H.R., W. 
Arthur, C.H., Professor Mainwaring Brown, M.A., P. Goyen, J. R. Wilkin- 
son, M.A., G. M. Thomson, F.L.S., Dr. Hocken. 


Extracts from the Constitution and Rules of the Otago Institute. 

2. Any person desiring to join the Society may be elected by ballot, on being proposed 
in writing at any meeting of the Council or Society by two members, and on payment of 
the annual subscription of one guinea for the year then current. 

5. Members may at any time become life-members by one payment of ten pounds and 
ten shillings in lieu of future annual subscriptions. 

8. An Annual General Meeting of the members of the Society shall be held in 
January in each year, at which meeting not less than ten members must be present, 
otherwise the meeting shall be adjourned by the members present from time to time, 
until the requisite number of members is present. 

(5.) The session of the Otago Institute shall be during the winter months, from May 
to October, both inclusive. ; 


WESTLAND INSTITUTE. 
OFFICE-BEARERS FoR 1885 :—President—W. A. Spence ; Vice-president— 
T, O, W. Croft ; Treasurer—J. P. Will; Secretary—Richard Hilldrup. 


Xvi. Incorporated Societies. 


Extracts from the Rules of the Westland Institute. 

3. The Institute shall consist :—(1) Of life-members, i.e., persons who have at any 
one time made a donation to the Institute of ten pounds ten shillings or upwards; or 
persons who, in reward of special services rendered to the Institute, have been unanimously 
elected as such by the Committee or at the general half-yearly meeting. (2) Of members 


who pay two pounds two shillings each year. (3) Of members paying smaller sums, not 
less than ten shillings. 


5. The Institute shall hold a half-yearly meeting on the third Monday in the months 
of December and June. 


HAWKE#’S BAY PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE. 
OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1885 :—President—W. Colenso, F.L.8.; Vice- 
president—Thomas Tanner ; Council—W. J. Spencer, S. Locke, F. W. C. 
Sturm, H. Hill, N. Heath, H. 8S. Tiffin; Hon. Secretary—A. Hamilton ; 
Hon. Treasurer—J. N. Bowerman; Auditor—T. K. Newton; Curator of 
Musewn—A. Hamilton. 


Extracts from the Rules of the Hawke’s Bay Philosophical Institute. 

3. The annual subscription for each member shall be one guinea, payable in advance, 
on the first day of January in every year. 

4, Members may at ary time become life-members by one payment of ten pounds ten 
shillings in lieu of future annual subscriptions. 

(4.) The session of the Hawke’s Bay Philosophical Institute shall be during the winter 
months from May to October, both inclusive; and general meetings shall be held on the 
second Monday in each of those six months, at 8 p.m. 


SOUTHLAND INSTITUTE. 
OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1885.—President—T. Denniston; Vice-president— 
Dr. Galbraith ; Cowncil—G. Bailey, Dr. Closs, Dr. Wardale, W. Mchaftey ; 
Secretary—W. 8. Hamilton ; Treasurer—W. R. Robertson. 


NELSON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 

OFFICE-BEARERS FoR 1884-5 :—President—The Bishop of Nelson; Vice- 
presidents—A. §. Atkinson, Dr. L. Boor; Secretary—Dr. J. Hudson ; 
Treasurer—J. Gully, jun.; Cowncil—J. Meeson, B.A., J. Park, J. G. 
Holloway, J. Blackett, A. Greenfield. 


Extracts from the Rules of the Nelson Philosophical Society. 
4, That members shall be elected by ballot. 
6. That the annual subscription shall be one guinea. 
7. That the sum of ten guineas may be paid in composition of the annual subscription. 
16. That the meetings be held monthly. 
23. That papers read before the Society shall be immediately delivered to the Secretary, 


NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE. 


ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS 


_ OF 


THE PRESIDENT, 


Pio eXCHiLHNCY SER W.- Ff. D. JHRVOLS, 
G.C.M.G., C.B., Erc., 


DELIVERED TO THE MEMBERS OF THE NEW ZHALAND INSTITUTE, AT THE 
ANNIVERSARY MEETING, HELD ON THE 4th OcroBErR, 1884. 


Plates I.-V. 


GENTLEMEN ,— 

When I had the honour of presiding at the annual meeting in 
1883, I chose as the subject for the inaugural address a brief review 
of the history of the New Zealand Institute, and of some of the 
advances made in the fields of science and literature during the 
previous year. I do not propose on the present occasion to follow 
the same course. Indeed, the annual volume of the Transactions 
and Proceedings has been so long in the hands of members that the 
time for commenting on the papers it contains is past. I will only 
remark that the Institute is to be congratulated on the resuscitation 
of the Nelson Philosophical Society. 

Before entering on my subject this evening, however, I wish to 
make mention of one or two of the great men who have passed away 
during the last twelve months. 

By the lamented death of Dr. von HocustETTEr the Institute has 
lost one of its honorary members, and another link with the early 
history of the colony has been severed. In his able work on the 
general and natural history of New Zealand, he has left behind him 
not only a noble memorial of his labours during the six years he 
spent here, but also a volume which will be of permanent interest to 
the people of this country. 

The name of Epwarp Sasrne, who has lately been gathered to 
his fathers at the ripe age of ninety-five, seems to carry us back to a 


KX. New Zealand Institute. 


former generation amongst men of science. Sixty-six years ago he 
accompanied the expedition in search of the North-West Passage, 
which was commanded by Sir John Ross, as astronomer; and, from 
that time until advanced age brought his labours to a close, he was a 
keen observer and able writer on terrestrial magnetism in all parts of 
the world, as well as other branches of natural science. He visited 
New Zealand in 1842, when attached to the expedition of the 
“Erebus”? and the “Terror ” into the Antarctic regions. His name — 
deserves to be held in special honour by colonists as the originator of 
the establishment of colonial observatories; one of the most im- 
portant results of which has been his discovery of the relation 
between magnetic perturbations and the spotted condition oe pie 
sun’s surface. 

In Isaac Topuunrer the world has lost a man remarkable no less 
for the keenness of his intellect, the breadth of his learning, and the 
profoundness of his research, than for his simple-minded humility 
and earnestness of purpose. Not only was he one of the most bril- 
liant mathematicians of his day at Cambridge, but also master of 
many of the languages of modern Hurope, including Russian; at the 
London University he had carried off prizes for Greek ese and 
Hebrew; throughout his life he was an earnest student of Biblical 
literature, and of most of the branches of theology. Born in 
poverty, and early thrown upon his own resources, he has left behind 
him a noble example of what may be achieved by talent aided only by 
indomitable energy. 

Although Sir Cuarizs Sirmens was by birth and education a 
German, yet so much of his long and useful life had been spent in 
England, that he may fairly be claimed by the land of his adoption. 
At an early age he turned his attention to the investigation of matters 
connected with electricity ; the cables which have bound all parts of 
the world together are to a great extent the result of the labours of 
him and his talented brother Werner ; and he lived to see his efforts 
in one—as in many other departments of science—crowned with suc- 
cess by the opening of an electric tramway in the North of Ireland 
last year. At the time of his death he was engaged on a work which 
may, I hope, be carried on by others, and confer a lasting benefit on 
many millions—the abatement of smoke-fogs in large cities. I regret 
that time will not allow of my doing more than making a passing “ls 
sion to this great and celebrated man. 


During the past year I have visited many of the fine harbours of 
New Zealand and some of its most interesting districts, but all parts of 
the colony have been so frequently described by former travellers, that 


Anniversary Address; Xl, 


I do not propose now to give any general account of what I have seen 
during my journeying. As, however, one of the objects of this 
Institute is to take note of anything that may be of permanent 
importance to this country, I think it will not be out of place this 
evening if, as one result of my tours by sea and land, I make some 
remarks on the protection of the principal ports of the colony, and on 
the general defence of New Zealand. Of course, however, it will not 
be possible for me, in the course of an evening’s address, to do more 
than give a general view of the principal points of the question. 


The defence of New Zealand should be regarded from an 
Imperial and an Australasian, as well as from a local point of 
view. 

The first line of defence of this, as of every other part of the 
British Empire, is on the lines of maritime communication. If the 
steamers and sailing-vessels that carry our exports and imports to 
and fro along the ocean highways were liable to be captured or 
destroyed by hostile ships, our commerce would be stopped. The re- 
sult to the colonies would be disastrous. To Great Britain, it would 
be starvation. 

The commerce of New Zealand alone is upwards of fifteen 
millions sterling per annum, whilst that of Australasia amounts to 
upwards of one hundred millions, about equal to that of the whole of 
South America and Mexico combined. 

Naval squadrons are maintained by Great Britain in the British 
Channel, in the Mediterranean, in the North American and West 
Indian Command, in the Pacific, in China, on the East Indian 
Station, at the Cape of Good Hope, and last, not least, in Austral- 
asia. These are charged with the defence of British interests and 
of the lines of British commerce throughout the world, and in case 
of war would be largely supplemented by ships of the mercantile 
marine which are capable of carrying guns, and are otherwise adapted 


for warfare. 
Bases for the naval defence of the empire are maintained and 


Defence of 
New Zealand 
from an Im- 
perial point of 
view, 


fortified by Great Britain, not only at Portsmouth, Plymouth, Chat- | 


ham, Sheerness, Pembroke, Portland, Cork, and other places in the 
United Kingdom, but also at numerous places throughout the world, 
in positions advantageous for coaling, victualling, and refitting the 
vessels of war charged with the defence of our commerce. 

Along the line from England to New Zealand by the Cape of 
Good Hope are the Islands of Ascension and St. Helena; at the 
Cape, Table Bay and Simon’s Bay. On the route by the Suez Canal 
are Gibraltar, Malta, Aden, Perim, and Ceylon; then going between 


XX1i. New Zealand Institute. 


Ceylon and Australasia, vid Torres Strait, is Singapore. Proceeding 
by the westward route, a ship passes Ascension and the Falkland 


Islands ; or, if, when the canal is completed, by the Panama route, 


Bermuda, Jamaica, and the Islands of Fiji. 

It is a matter of interest to observe that in most of the British 
possessions, as in Australia and New Zealand, there is a local supply 
of coal available for marine and naval purposes. 

Turning now to the map of the world before you, you will see 
how intimately Australia and New Zealand, in common with all parts 
of the empire, are concerned in the defence of British naval stations 
and in the efficiency of the squadrons which operate therefrom. You 
will also understand that it is of paramount importance that these sta- 
tions should be rendered thoroughly secure. They cannot fulfil the 
conditions required of them if their anchorages, and the depots and 
repairing establishments they contain, are not protected against hostile 
occupation, capture, or destruction, during the absence of the squad- 
rons they are intended to support. It is, I know, often said that the 
defence of these stations should be dependent upon our fleet, but this 
view will not bear examination. The depdts are provided to enable 
our vessels of war to command the sea, and those vessels cannot possess 
the freedom of action which is necessary for the performance of their 
duties if they are either tied down to particular places, or are obliged: 
to manceuvre with a view to the protection of those places. The 
Admiral on a station requires his ships for the defence of our com- 
merce at sea, and he cannot detach them for the purpose of guarding 
particular ports. If our naval squadrons be employed in defending 
their depots, we should (as I have often pointed out) *be using the 
fleet to maintain the depots, instead of the depots to maintain the 
fleet. Our naval depots, therefore, should be rendered secure in them- 
selves and independent of the action of the fleet. They must be 
fortified and garrisoned. If so defended, we are enabled to hold 
them absolutely for the use of ourselves and our allies ; and our war 
cruisers thus supported, and acting along the maritime routes of our 
commerce, can afford effective protection to that commerce. If 
unfortified, the depots would during the absence of our squad- 
rons be as much the property of the enemy as of ourselves, 
and would supply to hostile vessels the means of attacking our 
commerce. 

Remember. the case of the ‘ Alabama.” You well know what 
losses the mereantile marine of the Northern States suffered during 
the civil war in America, from the ‘“‘ Alabama” and other ships of 
that class cruising about on the tracks of commerce, and capturing 
and burning merchant vessels carrying the United States flag. You 


Anniversary Address. XXii1, 


also know—from the account of his adventures, published by Captain 
Semmes, who commanded the “ Alabama ’’—that it was owing to the 
want of vigilance of the United States naval authorities, and to their 
neglecting to place men-of-war cruisers in proper positions, that he 
was able for a considerable period to carry on his attacks unmolested. 
We further know that the “ Alabama” at length became unserviceable 
from constant cruising; and in a disabled state, not being allowed to 
go into dock in any port to refit, she was sunk by the “ Kearsage” in 
an encounter with that vessel, which she was not in a condition to 
avoid. Had the ‘‘ Alabama”? been able to refit and place herself in 
an efficient state, she might, perhaps, have defeated the ‘‘ Kearsage ”’ 
and commenced a fresh career against United States commerce. We 
learn from this case of the ‘ Alabama’? —if indeed the conclusion 
were not obvious without the lesson—the absolute necessity for en- 
suring to ourselves, by effective defence, the use of our naval stations 
throughout the world, in order that they may be denied to an enemy, 
and that he may thus be unable to keep the sea, at the same time 
that they provide secure bases for the movements of cruisers engaged 
in the defence of our commerce. It has been said that the success of 
the “‘ Alabama” in attacking the commerce of the United States was 
due to her being able to coal im British ports; and that hostile 
vessels would be unable to make an attack on Australasia because of 
there being no means of coaling en route. The answer to this is that 
coaling stations exist in the Pacific Islands; but, even were there 
none, the improvements in the construction of steamers.during recent 
years have been such that vessels can now steam 28,000 miles at a 
rate of twelve knots an hour without replenishing their supply of 
coal. 


Now, considering the question from an Australasian point of Defence of 
gf New Zealand 


view, the security against attack of certain ports in Australasia is from an 
an essential part of the maritime defence of this portion of the point of view, 
empire, and it will be seen that there are some which are of com- 
mon interest to all these colonies. For instance, looking at the chart 
of the world before you, you will observe that all ships approaching 
Australia by the Cape or Red Sea routes must pass comparatively 
near to King George’s Sound. If, therefore, this harbour were 
held by an enemy, his war-ships acting therefrom might cut off 
our steamers and merchant-vessels. On the other hand, if secured 
to us, our men-of-war cruisers could use that port as a base for 
the defence of our commercial marine. Again, you will see that 
the Derwent, on which is the Town of Hobart, occupies a central 
position, whence attacks might be directed against Australia and 


Nature of at- 
tack to which 
Australasian 
Colonies are 
liable, 


XXIV. New Zealand Institute. 


New Zealand. The defence of an anchorage in Torres Straits, and 
of a harbour in the Fiji Islands, is also of common interest, both to 
this colony and to the Eastern Australian Colonies. Again, New 
Zealand is, as it were, an advanced shield to the south-eastern part 
of Australia, and this is the more important in view of the proba- 
bility of canal communication being opened by the Isthmus of 
Panama. The harbours to the northward, the southward, and the 
centre of this colony are advantageously situated as centres for the 
naval defence of Australasia. If unprotected, however, they become 
bases for attack upon Tasmania, Victoria, or New South Wales. 

The defence of these harbours is therefore not only of importance 
to the places themselves and to the colony to which they belong, but 
has a considerable bearmg upon the defence of Australasia generally. 
There is, perhaps, no harbour in Australasia more suitable as a centre 
for naval defence than Auckland. 

It will then be readily understood that it is most desirable that 
all the Australasian Colonies should unite to carry out defences in 
which all are interested, making an arrangement by which each would 
bear its fair share of the expense. Hach colony in Australia is now 
engaged in carrying out a plan for its own protection ; but there are 
matters relating to the general defence of the whole of Australasia 
which would be best dealt with by combined action. Unity of organi- 
zation, and especially measures required for general naval protection 
which are common to the whole of these colonies, can only be carried 
out under federal arrangement. So far as defence is concerned, New 
Zealand is probably more interested than any other Australasian 
Colony. in the question of federation. 

In the absence, however, of any such organization, each colony 
must do what is necessary for its own defence, taking care at the 
same time that, as far as possible, its separate action shall harmonize 
with any future joint concert with its neighbours which may arise in 
the course of events. 


With respect to the nature of attack to which these colonies are 
lable in the event of Great Britain being at war with a foreign naval 
Power, I have often pointed out, on previous occasions, elsewhere, 
that there is no probability of an expedition on any extensive scale 
being despatched against Australia. In the improbable event of 
Great Brita ceasing to hold the command of the seas, such an 
expedition might perhaps be undertaken with a view of sub- 
jugating the colonies and finally annexing them. The very ex- 
istence of the British Empire, however, depends upon her naval 
supremacy, and the question must obviously be considered on 


Anniversary Address. XXV, 


the assumption that that supremacy is, as it undoubtedly will be, 
maintained. 

In the event of Great Britain being engaged in hostilities with 
any great maritime Power, the enemy would retain the most powerful 
portion of his fleet in Huropean waters, or in the Atlantic, for the 
protection of his country, or for operations in the immediate neigh- 
bourhood of hostilities. If he sent his fleet, or any considerable 
portion of it, on an expedition against the Australasian Colonies, a 
sufficient part of our Home fleet would in turn be set free to 
intercept it; and our squadrons in the Pacific, on the China, the. 
Australasian, and Indian stations, might, if necessary, be concentrated 
to oppose it. 

But, whilst the bulk of the enemy’s naval forces would be 
occupied in the immediate scene of action in Europe or America, 
he might no doubt despatch one or more cruisers, and possibly an: 
ironclad, to operate against our maritime commerce, or make a de- 
scent upon Australasian ports, which, if undefended or insufficiently 
protected, would offer tempting objects of attack. Eluding our 
cruisers, and appearing suddenly on the coast of New Zealand or Aus- 
tralia, the enemy might capture the merchant-vessels in the harbours ;- 
or—under threat of bombardment, or after actually firmg into one of 
the towns—demand and obtain payment of money. Or this object 
might be attained by an enemy landing a small force in the vicinity 
of a town, if steps were not taken to meet such a contingency. 


Of late years the Governments of the several Australian Colonies Action of 
ustralian ~ 


(I do not include Western Australia) have incurred considerable Colonies 
expenditure in providing defences for their principal ports. In 1877, dsmnaes 
accompanied by Colonel (now Major-General) Scratchley, at the 
request of the several Governments concerned, I visited all these 
colonies, and proposed measures for the defence of Port Philip, Port 
Jackson, Newcastle, Brisbane, Port Adelaide, Hobart, and other 
places. I am glad to say that—thanks to the zeal and energy of 
Major-General Scratchley, who was charged with the carrying-out of 

the works—the recommendations made by me are now far advanced 
towards completion. 

At Port Phillip batteries have been constructed and armed for the 
defence of the entrance and the West Channel, and a torpedo esta- 
blishment has been provided with a view to applying torpedo defences 
in suitable positions in the channels within “ the heads.” 

A design for an important marine fort, which forms part of the 
system of defence—with reference to which, accompanied by Major 
Cautley, I reeently held a meeting at Melbourne with all the authori- 


Defence of 
New Zealand 
from a local 


point of view. 


XXVi, New Zealand Institute. 


ties concerned—has been prepared, but awaits a final settlement of 
the details before it is carried into effect. As regards floatimg 
defences, Victoria possesses the “ Cerberus,” a two-turreted ironclad 
monitor; the frigate ‘“Nelson;” two fine gunboats; and three torpedo- 
vessels—one, the ‘‘ Childers,” a specially powerful craft. Guns will 
also be mounted in vessels belonging to the Harbour Department of 
Melbourne. 

At Port Jackson forts and batteries have been constructed and 
armed, and a casemated battery, with iron shields, is now in course of 
completion. Torpedo defences have also been provided there. In 
connection with the defence of Sydney a fort has also been erected 
at Botany Bay. The defence of the important coaling station at 
Newcastle has been provided for by a fort and by torpedoes. The 
Government of New South Wales also possesses the “‘ Wolverene,” as 
a man-of-war training-ship, besides torpedo-vessels. 

South Australia has provided a fine vessel of war—the ‘‘ Protector ” 
—for the defence of her sea-board, in addition to mu batteries at 
Port Adelaide. 

The Government of Queensland has constructed a work to 
command the approach to Brisbane, besides providing two gunboats 
and two torpedo-vessels, which will soon leave England for that colony. 

In Tasmania, batteries and torpedoes, besides a torpedo-vessel, 
have been provided for the defence of Hobart. 

In the Australian Colonies, moreover, military and naval forces 
have been organized or are in course of organization, and the services 
of officers of the Imperial Navy and Army have been obtained as 
desired by respective Governments. 


Now, it will be observed that, in proportion as Australia is defended 
and New Zealand is left defenceless, this colony is all the more open 
to attack. Moreover, owing to the position—to which I have before 
referred—that New Zealand occupies as an advanced shield to the 
principal parts of Australia, an enemy coming from the eastward 
would most probably first direct his attack upon her. Scarcely any 
steps have been taken however for placing this colony in a state to 
resist external aggression. 

Four torpedo-vessels have been recently provided, and a few years 
ago some guns with ammunition and other appliances were ordered by 
the Government of the day, but as yet no arrangements have been 
made for placing them in position at the several ports for the ees 
tion of which they were intended. 

Before these armaments could be properly turned to account, it 
was necessary that definite plans should be prepared of the works 


Anniversary Address. XXVii. 


required for the defence of these harbours, and, with this object, the 
services of an Imperial officer—Major Cautley, R.E.—have been 
placed at the disposal of the Government. 

The question of the defence of New Zealand has been ably 
reported upon by Major-General Scratchley, but, his visit to the 
colony being necessarily brief, he was unable to undertake the super- 
vision of the designs of works necessary for the object, and no 
sufficient idea of the probable cost of them was at the time enter- 
tained. 

Of all parts of Australasia, New Zealand, owing to her extensive 
seaboard and numerous harbours, is most in need of local naval 
protection. The principle on which the defence of the colony must 
be based is, that whilst the general protection of its commerce and 
seaboard is provided for by naval means, the chief cities and ports 
_ should be rendered secure in themselves by land batteries, submarine — 
mines, and other local defences. By fortifying these places, the chief 
centres of wealth are absolutely protected, whilst each becomes a focus 
of refuge or action for the general naval defence. 

The main general plan should therefore be to fortify Auckland 
Harbour, Port Nicholson, Port Lyttelton, Port Chalmers, and the 
Bluff Harbour; thus setting free the Imperial cruizers and any local 
naval foree we may possess, and thereby greatly strengthening our 
power of general maritime defence. In fact, the fortification of these 
five ports is part and parcel of the naval defence of the colony. 

_ It is obviously impossible, however, to fortify all the harbours of 
New Zealand. ‘here are in this colony what I may call clusters of 
ports, at the north, the centre, and the south, which are capable of 
sheltermg large ships, but at which there is only a small, in some cases 
no, population. In the north, besides Auckland, there are other fine 
harbours in Hauraki Gulf, viz., Kawau Harbour, Tamaki Strait, Coro- 
mandel Harbour; and, in the Great Barrier Island, Port Fitzroy and 
Port Aberecromby. Again, to the northward of these, are Whangarei 
Harbour and the Bay of Islands (in both of which there are coal mines), 
Whangaroa Harbour, and Doubtless Bay. In the centre, besides 
Wellington, are Queen Charlotte’s Sound, Nelson, Picton, and other 
ports and anchorages. To the southward of the Bluff Harbour there 
are, in Stewart Island, the grand harbours of Patterson’s Inlet and 
Port Pegasus. At this part of the colony, moreover, to the south-west 
of the Middle Island, there are the numerous harbours at the Sounds. 

The protection of all these, as also that of Napier, New Ply- 
mouth, Timaru, Oamaru, Hokitika, Greymouth, Westport, and other 
comparatively minor places, must be provided for by local naval forces 
acting as auxiliaries to Her Majesty’s cruisers, and combined as far 


Remarks 
respecting 
guns, sub- 
marine mines, 
&e, 


XXVlll, New Zealand Institute. 


as practicable with other means of defence. At or near most of the 
places last named, field forces of riflemen and field guns would also — 
be available for their protection, 


Before referring to the plans for the security of the principal 
places of New Zealand, I will make some general remarks respecting 
guns and submarine mines, and the mode in which they should be 
applied. 

I wish for a moment to draw your attention to the enormous 
increase which has taken place during the last twenty-five or thirty 
years in the size and power of guns. ‘ 

When I first had to deal with fortification works, in 1852, and 
for several years afterwards, the most powerful piece of artillery 
was the smooth-bore 68-pounder. Now we have guns of 100 tons’ 
weight. In the large diagram before you, you see the 68-pounder 
shown inside the 100-ton muzzle-loading gun. The length of the 
68-pounder is lOft., whilst that of the 100-ton gun is 32ft. 6in. 
Here is a model of the 68lb. shot and of the cartridge for that gun; 
there is a model of the missile and charge for the 100-ton gun. The 
missile is 2,000lb. in weight, the charge is 5501b. of gunpowder, 7.e., 
five barrels and a half, and the two together measure about 10ft. in 
length! I may mention that some of these 100-ton guns are actually 
mounted at Gibraltar and Malta. In the more recent manufacture of 
powerful guns, however, breech-loading has been adopted, and the 
calibre reduced, whilst the length of the piece is increased, in order 
to provide the required capacity for the expansion of the gases of 
the very large charges used, which consist of very~- slow-burning 
powder. There are guns now in existence on this principle of 70 to 
75 tons weight, which are superior in power to the 100-ton gun to 
which I have just referred. 

It is scarcely necessary for me to say that I do not suggest that 
such enormous guns as those to which I have just referred shall be 
employed in the defences of New Zealand. Ships carrying armour 
of a thickness which these pieces are intended to pierce are not 
likely to find their way to Australasia. 

The Government of New Zealand, in 1878, acting on the advice of 
a Committee assembled in London to consider questions relating to 
the defences of the colonies, procured from England a number of 
7-inch and 64-pounder muzzle-loading rifled guns. These will form 
a considerable portion of the armament of the proposed works. 

The 64-pounder is not an armour-piercing piece, though effective 
against vessels unprotected with iron piating; but the 7-imch gun is 
calculated to pierce 7 inches of iron at 1,000 yards, and 6 inches at: 


Anniversary Address. DOID.e 


2,000 yards. It is, however, desirable that a few pieces of greater 
power should also be outed on the batteries. J therefore consider 
that a few of the latest type of 8-inch breech-loading guns shall 
form part of the armament. ‘These will pierce 7 inches of iron at 
3,000 yards. 

The question of the power of gun required in the defensive 
batteries of course depends upon the description of vessels by which 
these colonies may be attacked. All authorities agree that ships of 
war, of some sort, may make a descent upon Australasia, but a dif- 
ference of opinion sometimes arises as to whether a hostile iron-clad 
is likely to appear in these waters. Though I believe that the class 
of vessel by which we are most likely to be attacked is a swift ship, 
of great coal-carrying power, such as I will hereafter describe, it 

appears to me that, in determining on our plans, it would be unwise 
to act on the assumption that vessels protected by iron-plates, in 
greater or less degree, may not be employed in the attack. 


As regards the designs of the works for the reception of the guns 
already in the colony, as the carriages and platforms supplied for 
them are arranged for batteries “en barbette”’ (see Plate IV.), z.e., 
guns with a wide sweep firing over a parapet, that system will, as a 
rule, be adopted. The only exception to this will be in a case, to 
which I shall hereafter refer, where it will be necessary to place the 
guns in casemates in order to protect them from fire from heights in 
their rear. 

With respect to the guns not yet provided, it is proposed that 
they shall be mounted on “ disappearing” carriages by means of 
which—excepting at the time of actual firmg, when the gun and one 
man only is exposed—both gun and gunners are absolutely protected 
from an enemy’s fire. 


I pass on to consider the use of submarine mines, which should, 
when practicable, be employed in the defence of harbours, in order to 
stop an enemy’s ships and detain them under the fire of the 
batteries. I am glad to find that Admiral Scott, of Dunedin, so well 
known at the Admiralty for the great improvements which he effected 
in regard to ships’ gun-carriages, is specially advocating the adoption 
of this element of defence. 

Twenty years ago there was very little method in employing these 
engines of war, but now the ae of them has become quite a 

: complicated science. 

They may be divided into three classes, viz., mechanical mines, 

observation mines, and electro-contact mines, 


Designs for 
batteries, 


Submarine 
mines, 


Ske New Zealand Institute. 


The first explode when struck, but, as they may be dangerous to 
friends as well as foes, should be applied with great caution. With 
the second, also called dormant mines, each mine or set of mines 
must be fired when the vessel passes over. ‘The position of the 
enemy’s vessel over the mine-field must therefore be accurately deter- 
mined, and a careful watch kept both by day and night. With 
electro-contact mines the mine itself, or a smaller float above it, 
ealled a circuit-closer, indicates through the cable when contact is 
made with a passing ship. The mine can then be discharged under 
a hostile vessel, whilst a friendly one is allowed to pass over. 

In arranging a field of submarine mimes the passage of friendly 
vessels should be hindered as little as possible. If it extends across 
an entrance, say, from 1,000 to 1,800 yards, observation mines might 
be used from 400 to 800 yards from the observing station, and thus 
afford an open channel for traffic; whilst the rest of the field could 
be guarded with electro-contact and mechanical mines. 

With regard to the position of a field of submarine mines, great. 
depth of water is unsuitable ; so is a broken, rocky bottom; tumul- 
tuous tide-rips, strong tides, and exposure to the unbroken force of 
ocean waves will disarrange the electric contact and in time damage 
the cables. 

It must be borne in mind that submarine mines can be removed 
or rendered harmless by the deliberate action of an enemy working 
with boats—in countermining, dragging them, or cutting the cables 
by which they are fired, and that they must therefore be protected 
by the fire of artillery on the boats and on the enemy’s vessels cover- 
ing their action. 

I will now briefly refer to the defences required at the principal 
harbours and towns. 


AUCKLAND. 

T have already spoken of what may be called the northern cluster 
of harbours. Auckland is the naval centre from which all these must 
be defended. 

The town is situated on the south side of the harbour (see 
Plate I.), and upwards of 4,000 yards distant from the entrance— 
1,500 yards wide—between the North Head and the opposite shoal. 
There are two approaches to the harbour : one—the main channel— 
to the westward, the other to the southward of Rangitoto Island. 
These are alike lighted by a lighthouse on the Bean Rock, which 
is about 2,000 yards distant, and nearly to the eastward of the North 
Head. Both channels are well commanded from the North Head ; 
and on that point, therefore, batteries should be established, It would 


Anniversary Address. XXXI: 


be advisable also to place a battery on Takapuna Head, which will 
materially aid in the defence. These should be supported by a 
central work on Mount Victoria, which will act as a citadel by 
which absolute possession of the peninsula on the north side of 
the harbour will be secured. Some guns also, facing the entrance 
to the harbour, should be placed on the south shore at Resolution 
Point. 

_ A field of submarine mines should be laid across the harbour in 
the most convenient situation to prevent an enemy running at full 
speed past the batteries and up the harbour, to a position out of 
range of our guns from whence he could fire into Auckland. It 
should be observed that there is deep water extending for upwards 
of four miles above’ the town. 

As regards the defence of Auckland against a force landed, as 
it might be, in Tamaki Strait, on the southern shore of the Hauraki 
Gulf, this can only be met by a field force. There are excellent 
positions for such defence behind the Tamaki Inlet and the neck 
which divides it from Manukau Harbour. ‘The difficulties of naviga- 
tion will probably suffice for the defence of that harbour; but, if 
anything further be required, there is a favourable site for a battery 
near Onehunga. 

The waters of the Waitemata, with the citadel on Mount Victoria 
and its outwork at Takapuna Head, commanding the narrow neck 
near it, will fully protect Auckland from land attack on the northern 
side. 


PORT NICHOLSON AND WELLINGTON. 

Port Nicholson stands in the same relation to the central cluster 
of harbours that Auckland does to the northern. ; 

On examining the chart (see Plate II.) the first plan that sug- 
gests itself for the defence of Port Nicholson is to place lines of 
torpedoes between the reef under Dorset Point and Hind’s Point, 
where the channel is only about 1,400 yards wide, and to establish a 
battery on Dorset Point, whence artillery fire might be brought to 
bear on hostile vessels covering attempts to remove the submarine 
defences. 

The passage, however, being open to the full force of southerly 
gales, there would be considerable difficulty in establishing and main- 
taining lines of torpedoes across it in an efficient state, and in the 
absence of an efficient system of submarine mines no reliance can be 
placed on being able to stop attacking vessels at the entrance. Once 
past it, there would be nothing to prevent their running on, occupying 
the harbour, and levying a contribution upon Wellington. 


XXXII. New Zealand Institute. 


Tempting, therefore, as is the proposal to rest the defence of Port 
Nicholson upon a system of torpedoes protected by artillery fire on 
the outer channel, this plan must be discarded in favour of one which 
will more surely effect the required object. 

It will be seen, on striking an arc of 4,000 yards radius from Hals- 
well Point as the centre, that the whole of the estuary within effective 
range of Wellington—including the entrance channel and Evans’s 
Bay, but excepting a small portion on the southern side of the mner 
harbour (which, however, is well seen from Kaiwarra)—can be com- 
manded from the Malevell Point Peninsula. 

It is proposed therefore that batteries shall be placed so as to. com- 
mand the harbour, and the approach to it, at three pomts on that 
peninsula, namely, Halswell Point, Gordon Point, and the point 
about midway between the two; and that a station whence these bat- 
teries will be secured in the rear shall be established on Mount Craw- 
ford. Communications should be formed between these several posi- 
tions, and aroad of access to the peninsula should be made along the 
shore on the east side of Evans’s Bay. 

The batteries in the above-named positions, together with two or 
three guns on the high ground above Kaiwarra, will command every 
part of the harbour where an enemy’s ship might take up a position, 
with a view of hostile action against Wellington. 'Torpedo-vessels 
would also aid in the defence. . 

A field-force acting from the central position of the barracks and 
the prison would be well placed for the support of thé troops occupy- 
ing the works at Halswell Peninsula or at Kaiwarra, and would also 
be in readiness to oppose any attempt at a landing in Island Bay. 

This plan, whilst it will, under present circumstances, fully provide 
for-the protection of Wellington, might in future years, if ever deemed. 
desirable, be supplemented by defences on the outer line at Dorset 
Point, as also by batteries on Ward Island and Somes Island. 


PORT LYTTELTON. = 

The defences of Port Lyttelton and Port Chalmers are not only 
of importance as regards the cities in their immediate neighbourhood, 
but also the whole east coast of the Middle Island. 

The entrance to Port Lyttelton (the port of Canterbury) (see 
Plate III.), upwards of 2,000-yards wide—the depth being between 
s between two precipitous heads about 400 feet 
high, and it would be out of the question to defend it by submarine 
mines supported by batteries on the heads. Moreover, the shore on 
the main land on either side of the harbour is so steep as not to pre- 
sent sites suitable for works for the defence of the approach to 


Anniversary Address. XXXill. 


Lyttelton and of the harbour itself. Ripa Island, however—where 
the quarantine establishment is at present placed—is a very favour- 
able site for a work to fulfil these objects, and here I propose that 
there should be constructed a battery by which you will observe the 
whole harbour will be well commanded. This work will be rendered 
perfectly secure against capture by assault, and will also be protected 
against being silenced by a body of men which an enemy might have 
succeeded in landing in the adjacent inlet, called Port Levy, and gain- 
ing possession for a time of the heights overlooking the harbour on 
the southern side. This last operation is one which, considering the 
precipitous character of the country, I do not conceive to be likely, 
but it is a contmmgency which, in the design of the work, should 
be provided against. 

The guns on Ripa Island, thus completely secure against being 
silenced or against capture, will absolutely deny the use of the 
harbour to an enemy, and will prevent his taking up a position 
therein with a view of effecting any hostile object. 

It would be desirable, however, to place some pieces of artillery 
on the North Shore, so as to bring a cross-fire to bear on an attack- 
ing vessel, and to command small bays on the southern side which 
are not seen into from Ripa island. Torpedo-vessels will co-operate 
with the shore batteries, and will also prevent an enemy lying un- 
molested in Port Levy, Pigeon Bay, or Akaroa Harbour. 

A field-force of artillery and infantry, acting from Lyttelton 
upon the road from Lyttelton to Sumner, would both aid in the 
defence of the harbour, and effectually prevent any attempt to land 
at Sumner and advance therefrom to Christchurch. 


DUNEDIN AND PORT CHALMERS. 


Dunedin, situated at the head of the estuary which forms the 

harbour of Otago (see Plate IV.), at about twelve miles distance from 
its entrance, is only divided from the sea by a low neck of land about 
a mile wide, which on the sea-side is called the Ocean Beach. Maid- 
way between the city and the entrance is Port Chalmers. During 
the last few years the water between Port Chalmers and the city has 
been considerably deepened, but Port Chalmers remains the anchor- 
age for the largest ships. 
It has been determined to construct a training-wall at the entrance 
to the port, opposite Taiaroa Head, and ultimately another but shorter 
one, in continuation of that head, with a view of deepening the 
channel. These harbour works will not, however, affect the plan of 
defence. 

As observed by Major-General Scratchley, an enemy may either 


Locomotive 
torpedoes, and 
torpedo- 
yessels. 


XXXIV. New Zealand Institute. 


pass up the harbour and appear before Port Chalmers in order to 
capture or destroy the shipping there, or he might take up a 
position off the Ocean Beach, from which he could, if not prevented, 
throw shells into Dunedin, and thus enforce submission to a demand 
for a contribution. : 

As regards defence against the first mode of attack, the entrance 
to the port being under 600 yards wide, and the conditions being other- 
wise favourable, the channel can easily be barred by submarine mines 
covered by artillery fire from Taiaroa Head. This feature can be 
readily rendered secure against assault, and, within the enclosure so 
formed, guns should be placed in the most suitable positions for com- 
raanding the approach and the entrance. 

For the defence of Dunedin against bombardment from the sea, 
batteries should be established, as has already been proposed, at 
Lawyer’s Head and at Forbury Knoll, about 4,000 yards to westward of 
it. Torpedo-vessels might also aid in preventing hostile ships taking 
up a position whence he could throw shells into the city. 

A field force would oppose any attempt of an enemy to land at 
Waikouaiti or other part of the coast outside the harbour in the 
neighbourhood. 

| THE BLUFF, | 

The importance of the Bluff Harbour (see Plate V.), which, 
though not very capacious, is of sufficient depth and size for large 
ships, is due, not only to its being the first port of entry and the last 
of departure in the south of New Zealand, but also to the cireum- 
stance that it is admirably situated as a centre whence vessels of war 
may issue for the prevention of the hostile occupation of adjacent 
harbours, or for general naval action. 

The obvious plan for the defence of this harbour is to occupy 
the peninsula east of the harbour, and on its highest point construct 
a fort which will deny the soles to an enemy, and command the 
approaches to it. 

Submarine ground mines may be placed in the channel, which at 
its narrowest part is only 600 yards wide. 

To prevent the landing of a small force at any point to westward 
of the entrance not commanded by the fort, and where he might pos- 
sibly attempt to throw a force on shore, earthworks may be improvised, 
and a field force from Invercargill, eighteen miles distant, and con- 
nected with the Bluff by railway, would co-operate in the defence. 


In reference to other harbours for the defence of which no special | 
provision is proposed, I will first briefly refer to locomotive torpedoes 
and torpedo-vessels. 


YNOGYVH NVYNNYW 
ne) 51 
we 2 


1 7 


eOSnOY A ELT Yoox; mag ‘ a 


1 
! 
I 
N fh 20K) 
i) 
i) 
\ 


: 


fy LS 


TTETANCIONIIN ISNIZSNYUL 


on nets 


ve 


ies N. SE LXVIPLI 


PiHalsie lle SR out 


\P yy eee 


ee Me io 
ee 


je 3. a 


( 
Vi 


4s "2a > 
“y 2loE Station 


Worse ee ra. LY 


7 
BE Lrg tj 7 an | we ‘ 
a oo 
Be eee = 
C Soe gas Di 


At a> 


uals 
<= 


ey as 


SA re eas pS ihaat i 


SS SNYAPH P59 


\ Qi 


; \h oe 
, \/ 
\ 
\  \ 
JIHTIVd HLNOS 


TUTE TAX TOA SIALSNIZNSNVYL 


, » 4 
vi Nae 


side acetate aa es 


zh) 


an 


hy 


5 sah ao bpp te A 0 hha aera a ae Lares Oe meee. 
Ce WS 2 ae tale 
d 
‘ t 
ae 
es. 
i th 
¢ 
; : 
j ’ , . : 
s } ’ 
\ 
se 


TRANS NZINSTITUTE VOLXVIP] IV 


6s 


HURUNU/—BLUFA 


J SS 


» a 
ve TH 
5s Sy 
i A J 
S teres \ 14d ( 
S 7. = A\. Inlet ~\ 
Se / PD 3 ) 


— \\ (7 
L Y 
eS ATA CC f 
Z } HK ) Ware Saunders. 
\. LUICHTHOUSE. 
2S) 
A Daa E fi fey am 


< fe 
Ox 


SANDH ILLS GF Zui 00rhigh ‘eo. i 
2 Y) 
109 =, OO“ “Gull Rocies. A 
NOW 7 fi 


OCEAN_— NS ———— " 


Gna, LAWYERS HEAD. CO tomahawk es 
FORBURY HEAD. A ; REE fee O 


j | 
1 I 
! 


(cz 
—— u 
LIjgY ‘ # ; / a p Ki C I F I C 
7 
White Island if ve S O U T 
N 7s 7 fe 
\ / 
SSS ve 
XX - a SS 4000 YARDS = 


~ ~ 4000 yarDS_ -~ 


aT 


AU 


TRANS. NZINSTITUTE,VOL XVILPIV. 


a ‘tsa \[]WwoouEND 
au t | 
aN » a 
a Ag N 
Uf 
—Z 


eZ 


See eS q 
Si as ( \ 
“yp 
A) 


( 

tL @ \ 

7] B L@U F F Jf 
ey c 008i SS 


\ € Lie racer le 


Ww A U A) 


i VGH AYR BOO UR 


tenia men ah balan ten ap nk nha gles 


Anniversary Address. XXX¥, 


Locomotive torpedoes are submarine weapons which possess 
within themselves the power of locomotion. Of these I will specially 
notice the Whitehead torpedo, the Lay torpedo, and the Brennan 
torpedo. 


The Whitehead or “ fish ” ees is an uncontrollable weapon, Whitehead 


2.e., alter it is projected from the bow or side of a vessel it cannot 
be Berea or directed by the will of an operator. It is made 
of various sizes, ranging from 14ft. long and I4in. maximum diameter, 


to 19ft. long by 16in. maximum diameter. ‘The larger size carries’ 


a charge of 80lb. of gun-cotton at its bow. Its motive-power is 
compressed air, which, by means of small engines, drives two screw 
propellers. It is capable of being adjusted, by means of: certain 
mechanical apparatus, to a certain depth, and when launched will go 
at a rate of about twenty-five knots an hour or more for several hun- 
dred yards. . 

Properly to use the Whitehead torpedo, however, an expert’s 
knowledge of the weapon and special training is required. In words 
_ used by Admiral Boys, once Naval Director of Ordnance, to make it 
a success you must “love it.” It has only been tried as yet—so far 
as I am aware—on three occasions in actual warfare, but on one 
of these it was perfectly successful. This was in 1878, when a 
Russian steamer fired a Whitehead torpedo against a Turkish vessel 
off Batoum and destroyed her. 

I may mention that the Governments of Austria and Great 
Britain each gave Mr. Wiitehead something lke £20,000 for the use 
of his torpedo, and that nearly all the other European Governments 
have since purchased the secret. The Turks, however, picked up two 
of these torpedoes, which they found on the shore after having been 
unsuccessfully fired at their ships, and so obtained the use of the 
weapon without paying for it. 

The Lay torpedo and the Brennan torpedo are shaped some- 
thing like the Whitehead; and, like that weapon, are provided with 
charges at the bow end, which explode on contact. Unlike the 
Whitehead, however, they are not intended to be discharged as 
missiles, but are controllable whilst in motion. 

The Lay torpedo, an American invention, about 25ft. long, with 
a maximum diameter of 24in., is a sort of torpedo-boat propelled 
by serews worked by machinery, the motor of which is carbonic- 
acid gas. It is controlled by an operator on shore or ship by an 
electric cable attached to it, and has an apparatus within it by 
means of which a rudder at the stern can be moved to port or star- 
- board as desired. Upon it are two guide rods by which it is directed, 
and which can be raised or lowered at will. Each of these is pro- 

9 


we 


torpedo. 


Lay torpedo. 


Brennan 
torpedo. 


Torpedo- 
vessels. 


XXXVI. - New Zealand Institute. 


vided with a disc for day and with a small oil-lamp for night. It 
is claimed for this torpedo that it is controllable to a distance of 
upwards of 2,500 yards. I understand that the Russian Government 
possess several of these weapons. Different accounts, however, are 
given as to the performances of this torpedo, and further information 
about it is required before it can be pronounced a success. 

The Brennan torpedo, called after the inventor, Mr. Brennan, 
of Melbourne, appears to be a much simpler weapon. It is about 


‘20ft. long with a maximum diameter of about 20in. Im the body 


of the torpedo are placed two drums round which is wound a fine 
wire, and the drums are connected with the shaft of the screw 
propellers attached to the stern. On the wire on the drums inside 
the torpedo being unwound, the screw-shaft revolves and the torpedo 
moves ahead. Steering is effected by increasing or decreasing the 
velocity with which the wire on either drum is unwound. There is 
an apparatus within the torpedo by means of which it assumes and 
retains the level below water at which it is required to move. The. 


_ arrangement for guiding the weapon is somewhat similar in principle 


to that used in the Lay. In this case, however, there is only one rod 
and dise attached to the top of the torpedo, which is painted red on 
the side towards the operator. When used at night, a funnel, which 
appears above water, and emits luminous chemical fumes, takes the 
place of the painted disc. The trials of this torpedo in the River 
Medway, in 1882, showed that it was effective at a range of 2,000 
yards, and were deemed so successful that the Imperial Goyern- 
ment bought the patent of it. 

ITnow wish to draw your attention to torpedo-vessels, which are now 
regarded by naval nations as of great importance in maritime warfare. 

Steam-launches, or other craft not specially constructed for the 
purpose, may be fitted with outrigger-spars, at the end of which tor- 
pedoes may be placed, and directed against the side of an enemy’s ship. 
Speed, however, bemg a great element in the success of torpedo- 
vessels, they are now constructed so as to steam with great rapidity, 
and to carry Whitehead torpedoes, which, as I have already stated, may 
be propelled against a ship at a distance of several hundred yards. As 
you are no doubt aware, some of these vessels of the second class 
have lately been provided, on the recommendation of Major-General 
Seratchley, to take part in the defence of your principal ports. These 
measure 63ft. long with a beam of 7ft. 6in., will go about seventeen 
knots per hour, and one of them has been fitted with gear for the 
Whitehead torpedo. 

Torpedo-boats have, however, been constructed of much greater 
size and speed, and with sea-going qualities, 


j é A 7 = é 
Anniversary Address. XXXVI. 


About four years ago one was built for the Russian Government 
of larger dimensions than any that had been constructed before, it 
being desired that she should be a sort of torpedo-cruiser, capable of 
going to sea-in rough weather, and have coal-carrying capacity .suffi- 
cient to make a run at a moderate speed of at least eight hundred 
miles. This vessel, called the “ Batoum,”’ is represented by the 
photograph herewith. She is 100ft. in length by 12ft. beam, and 
adapted for carrying four Whitehead torpedoes. To take her to her 
‘destination three short masts and sails were temporarily fitted to her 
as a precautionary measure in case the machinery broke down or the 
‘coal-supply ran short. She left England in August, 1880, having 
a crew on board of three officers and nine men, and steamed from 
London to Nicolaieff, exclusive of stoppages, in eighteen days, the 
distance run being 4,800 miles, including calling at Fiume on the way 
-—hbeing an average speed of eleven knots an hour. On trial a speed 
of twenty-two knots was actually obtaimed from her. 

This vessel, which was the first torpedo-boat that made a successful 
voyage of any duration, has been considered by many Governments to 
be worthy of reproduction; for, soon after its construction, the 
Argentine, Greek, Brazilian, Austrian, Dutch, and Italian Govern- 
ments ordered similar vessels. In fact, the ‘ Batoum” may be said 
to have given rise to an altogether new type of sea-going torpedo- 
cruiser. 

The Victorian Government have already in their possession a 
vessel of this class, but somewhat superior, named the “ Childers.” 
Her cost was £10,500. She is 118ft. 6in. long, with a» beam of 
12ft. 6in., and was brought out to Port Phillip by sea, just as the 
“ Batoum” was from London to Nicolaieff. In order to render 
these vessels effective for the defence of the harbours of New 
Zealand, it would be necessary to have a considerable number of 
them, and it would be essential that they should be manned by crews 
‘specially trained for their service. 

(I will for a moment ask you to look at the photographs herewith 
of some torpedo-vessels belonging to the English, Russian, Italian, 
‘Greek, Argentine, and other Governments.) 


I have referred to locomotive torpedoes and torpedo-vessels, 
because these are the means by which, it is urged by some, that the 
defence of ports which cannot be otherwise specially protected may 
be provided. I confess, however, that though it appears to me 
probable that the Brennan torpedo may be turned to account for the 
defence of New Zealand harbours, I do not see my way at present to 
advise the adoption of other locomotive torpedoes, or to suggest that 


Vessels to be 
used as 
auxiliary war- 
cruisers. 


XXXVI. New Zealand Institute. 


outlay should now be incurred in the direction of providing more 
torpedo-vessels. 

Nor—though I should be glad to see a man-of-war provided as a 
nucleus for other naval forces—can I advise that the recommendations 
made by some of my naval friends for th: purchase and maintenance 
by the colony of a considerable number of war-cruisers, gun-vessels, 
and torpedo-boats should be acted on. 

In the distant future New Zealand may become—I venture to 
foretell she will become—a considerable Naval Power; but meanwhile 
she must be content with what her present resources will enable 
her to accomplish. The most practical suggestion that I can now 
make with regard to the provision by the colony of vessels of war is 
to make arrangements for utilizing certain vessels of the Union 
Steamship Company as auxiliary cruisers for local defence. 

More than a year ago I wrote to the authorities in England to 
consult them on this subject, and I find that five of these ships, viz., 
the “ Rotomahana,” the ‘‘ Tarawera,”’ the ‘‘ Waihora,” the ‘‘ Hauroto,” 
and the “ Rotorua” can easily, by additional bulkheads or water-tight 
subdivisions, be rendered capable of complying with the conditions 
as to flotation necessary to qualify them for use as armed cruisers. 
Coal-bunkers can also be arranged in them so as to provide protection 
to the machinery against shot and shell-fire, it having been found by 
experiment that coal will afford a measure of such protection. 

In like manner the “ Aorangi,” “ Ruapehu,” and “ Tongariro,” 
belonging to the New Zealand Shipping Company, and two ships of the 
Shaw, Savill, and Albion Company would be available as armed cruisers. 

The diagram before you shows a vessel somewhat of the character 
of the five last-mentioned, fitted with armament, coal protection, and 
other details necessary to constitute her a war-cruiser. The ships 
of the Union Steamship Company would be similarly treated, on a 
scale suitable to their dimensions. 

Probably, in case of war, the armaments, stores, and fitments 
required for the direct steamship lines would be put on board in 
England. As regards the vessels of the Union Steamship Company, 
however, I would recommend that everything necessary to be placed 
in them in order to constitute them auxiliary cruisers, including 
armament of breach-loading guns and machine guns, should be kept 
in store at one of the principal ports of New Zealand, ready to be 
put on board whenever war appeared imminent. I suggest also that 
arrangements be made with the Union Steamship Company for 
fitting the vessels I have named with the additional bulkheads neces- 
sary to give them the requisite degree of flotation and other fitments. 
for war-vessels, 


i A ‘ 
Annwersary Address. XXXI1X. 


I shall be happy to supply, or to obtain if I cannot supply, any 
information that may be required with a view of carrying out this 
proposal. 


It is obvious that the several measures which I have recom- 
mended will be of no avail without efficient land and sea forces. If 
the works for the defence of the principal ports are to fulfil their 
purpose, the batteries must be well manned and there must be proper 
garrisons for them. ‘The discipline of the field-forces and of the 
forces generally, and their ability to act against an enemy, can only 
be acquired by proper and sufficient training. Officers commanding 
at each place should have a clear view as to what they would have to 
do in case of attack. For the handling of vessels of war and the 
working of their armaments, amongst other requirements, a know- 
ledge of gunnery is essential. Again, the application of torpedoes 
requires skill, which can only be obtained by men who give special 
attention to that department of defence. 

Major-General Scratchley entered into the subject of the organi- 
zation of the forces in much detail, and since his visit, though not 
according to his suggestions, some action was taken in the matter. 
Generally speaking, however, the whole arrangement of the military 
and naval forces of the colony should be gone into with reference to 
the duties which each section would have to perform in case of war, 
and the organization which is necessary to resist foreign aggression 
should harmonize with that which is essential for internal defence. 
I may remark that this would be much facilitated by the completion 
of railway communication throughout the North Island. 

I have not time now, and, if I had, it would be out of place for 
me to discuss the details of these matters. I may, however, say that 
it appears to me that one of the first steps to be taken here should 
be to obtain the services of an officer of the army as commandant, with 
a staff-officer under him, to manage matters relating to the land 
forces. Of these, one should be a Royal Artilleryman. An officer 
of the Navy should also be appointed to deal with naval organization 
and naval questions generally; and, if no better arrangement can be 
made, it is desirable that he should be selected with a view to his 
taking charge of business relating to submarine mines and locomotive 
torpedoes. There is abundance of military and naval spirit in this 
country, but efficient organization is essential, in order that it may 
_ be turned to the best account. 


Efficient land 
and sea forces 
essential. 


To recapitulate. I recommend that the principal cities and ports Recapitula- 


tion and con- 


of New Zealand shall be defended by land batteries and submarine clusion, 


xl. New Zealand Institute. 


mines, where applicable; that arrangements be made for utilizing for 
purposes of war the fine merchant-steamers which are capable of being 
so turned to account ; and that the land and naval forces of the colony 
be reorganized, so as to fit them for the duties they would have to per- 
form if called upon for actual service. 

It may, however—and not unreasonably—he inquired, ‘‘ But how 
much will all this cost?” Well, not so large a sum as many suppose. 
The whole thing could be done for a capital sum of £400,000. Of 
‘course, there would also be some annual expenditure, mm addition to 
that at present incurred, for maimtenance, for ammunition and stores, 
and for the pay of officers and men. I cannot now say what this 
would amount to, but it would not be large. 

Now, I venture to think that, considering the interests at stake, 
the capital sum I have named is a moderate price to pay for the benefit 
it will purchase. Not to mention the amount of the local commerce 
of the colony, the value of the cities to be defended is probably about 
thirty millions sterling. The loss which weuld be occasioned by one 
attack would far exceed the outlay which would have prevented it; 
and the degradation to which it would subject the country is beyond my 
power to estimate. 

New Zealand, however, at present expends scarcely anything: for 
the purpose of resisting foreign aggression, whilst that of other 
States, whose revenue, and imports and exports combined, are about 
the same as hers, is very considerable. For instance, in 1882 the 
naval expenditure alone of the Argentine Republic was upwards of 
£120,000; that of Chili, £244,000 (peace expenditure) ; that of 
Greece, with a revenue of about £1,600,000 and a commerce of less 
than seven millions sterling, was £133,000. I know that the cir- 
cumstances of these States are, in many respects, different from those 
of New Zealand, and I do not advocate that she should enter into 
competition with them. I do, however, venture to suggest that she 
should not rest content in her present unprotected condition. It is 
not only impolitic, but rash, for her to remain in a passive, defence- 
less state, unprepared to resist aggression, trusting to the forbearance 
of any Power possessing the means of attack. 

The necessary measures should be taken gradually and delibe- 
rately, and should not be deferred for spasmodic action, at a time of 
panic, when steps would be hurriedly taken, which would surely lead 
to useless expenditure, and would, moreover, not effect their object. 
New Zealand is no longer in her infancy, but in the full vigour of 
yeuth, and I am sure that her people—vital as the question is to 
them—are prepared to incur the burden and the responsibility of 
their defence. 


Anniversary Address. xi. 


Some, I know, say that there is no chance of New Zealand ever 
being attacked, and that she is therefore under no necessity to provide 
for her defence. If this be so, for what purpose do Volunteer forces 
exist throughout the country ? The very maintenance of these avows 
a desire to be defended against external aggression. They do not, 
however, effect their object. I have endeavoured to show you how 
New Zealand may both aim at the object and effect it too. If she is 
not liable to attack, she does too much: if she is, she does too 
little. Let her settle fairly and logically what her aim is, and act 
accordingly. 

I have laid before you an outline of the principles which shouid 
guide the people in taking measures to place their country in a 
reasonable position for defence. New Zealand is happily united to 
the greatest maritime Power the world has ever seen, which, by her 
fleets and squadrons acting from her naval stations, protects the com- 
merce of the empire. The old “ Mother-country,” as she is some- 
times called, cannot, however, do everything. Australasia must do 
her part. The neighbouring colonies are doing their duty in the 
matter; and I have no doubt that this Britain of the South will 
profit by their experience. 

Whilst money and energies are rightly employed in the develop- 
ment of the great internal resources of the country; whilst railway 
and harbour works are being constructed, and mines opened out; 
whilst large sums are spent—and justly spent—on the education of 
the youth of the country; whilst a portion of the revenue is applied 
to keeping peace within, it must not be forgotten that, unless proper 
precautions are taken, New Zealand remains open to attack from 
without. 

I venture to urge the measures I have suggested, in order that 
the country itself may be secure; that it may take its share in 
' Australasian defence; and that it may do its duty as a part of the 
British Empire; looking forward to the time when New Zealand may 
become—as I believe she is destined to hecome—a proud member of 
a mighty federation of British peoples—able to hold their own against 
the world. 


Sarin 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF THE 


NEW ZHALAND INSTITUTE 
1884 


I.—ZOOLOGY. 


Art. I.—WNotes on the Skeleton and Baleen of a Hin-whale (Balenoptera 
musculus?) recently acquired by the Otago University Museum. By T. 
JEFFERY Parker, B.Sc. Lond., Professor of Biology in the University 
of Otago. 

[Read before the Otago Institute, 14th October, 1884.] 
Plate VI. 

Ratuer more than a year ago, a large whale’s skeleton was exhibited in 

many parts of the colony by Captain Jackson Barry, who finally brought it 

to Dunedin. On visiting the shed where the bones were roughly set up, 

I found the animal to be a Balenoptera, a genus hitherto not represented in 

this Museum; and, as the number of bones missing was comparatively 

small, and the baleen was perfect, I entered into negotiations with Mr. 

Barry, with the ultimate result of securing the specimen as soon as it 

had ceased to ‘draw’ as a show. 

In one of his valuable contributions to our knowledge of the Cetacea,* 
Professor Flower remarks: ‘‘ We have at present so little definite informa- 
tion upon the specific characters and geographical distribution of the Cetacea, 
that it is desirable that no opportunity should be lost of putting on record 
any facts which may contribute to the better knowledge of the natural history 
of even the most common species of this interesting group of Mammalia.” 
I have, therefore, thought it advisable to communicate to the Institute a 
few notes on the specimen in question, with a view of furnishing a series of 
measurements for comparison with those already on record, and of calling 
attention to one or two points in which the specimen differs from hitherto 
described examples. It also seems desirable that an accurate account of the 
skeleton as it reached the Museum should be placed on record, so that 
any one interested in the matter may have no difficulty in finding out at 
once how far the specimen, as mounted, is ‘‘ restored.” 


*<¢ Qn a Lesser Fin-whale recently stranded on the Norfolk Coast,” Proc, Zool, 
Soe., 1864, p. 252, 


4 Transactions.—Zoologiy. 


The whale, as I am informed by Mr. J. E. Gully, was stranded on the 
sands at the entrance of the Waimea River, Nelson. It was boiled down, 
and the skeleton and baleen passed into the possession of Captain Barry, 
who unfortunately was not sufficiently aware of the value of a complete 
whale’s skeleton to give the proper amount of care to the preservation of 
the smaller bones. The eight (?) posterior caudal vertebrae were thrown 
away with the ‘flukes ;” the anterior epiphysis of the fifth cervical vertebra 
is missing ; many of the phalanges and some of the carpals are lost ; and 
no trace of either pelvic bone reached Dunedin.* 

The rest of the skeleton is quite perfect and in excellent condition. The 
small fifteenth rib is present on both sides, as well as the lacrymal and the 
malar. The hyoidean apparatus is complete, and the number of chevron 
bones (18) agrees with Van Beneden and Gervais’s figure of B. musculus, 
although from the description of that species in the ‘‘Ostéographie des 
Cétaces”” it seems probable that these were followed by three others in the 
cartilaginous condition. 

The skeleton is in the stage defined by Flower} as ‘‘ young,”’ that is, all 
the epiphyses both of the vertebree and of the arm bones are separate. The 
bones of the skull also shrunk away from one another a good deal in the 
course of drying, so that it was found impossible to bring them into con- 
tact. This is especially the case with the maxille and the orbital processes of 
the frontals, between which there is a gap of about two inches. The 
premaxille and maxille were both separated during the preparation of the 
skull, as well as the lacrymals and jugals. 

The entire length of the skeleton, as mounted, is 53 feet 6 inches, 
measured in a straight line. This includes eight restored vertebre at the 
end of the caudal region, as well as the pads of felt representing inter- 
vertebral ligaments: the latter vary from 4 to % inch in thickness in 
different parts of the vertebral column. 

This size appears to be somewhat remarkable for so young a specimen. 
Flower states that whales grow to more than half the size of the adult while 
still in the ‘‘ young”’ stage, but it is certainly interesting to find a length of 
over 54 feet attained in the young stage of a species which appears never to 
exceed 80 feet, and in which the fully adult condition of the skeleton may 
be reached in specimens of 70 and even 60 feet long. 

The following measurements are taken to correspond pretty nearly with 
those given by Flower} and by Murie,|| and will help to show the close 


* T am much indebted to Mr. J. E. Gully for having instituted a search for the missing 
bones, but unluckily his efforts met with no success. 

+ “Notes on the Skeletons of Whales in the Principal Museums of Holland and 
Belgium, etc.,’”’ Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 384. 

t P.Z.S., 1864, p. 399, ete. 

|| "On the Anatomy of a Fin:whale captured near Gravesend:” Proc. Zool. Soc., 
1865, p. 206. 


Parker.—Notes on Balenoptera musculus ? 5 


correspondence in the proportions of the various parts of the skeleton, 
between the present specimen, and acknowledged examples of Balenoptera 
musculus (= Physalus antiquorum). 


The Skull. ; Inches. 
Length in a straight line .. bo nO 4 ae ~- 148 
Breadth at the squamosals (greatest rennin of eu ee 70008 

» of condyles.. are a6 ar ae be oc oo), lees 
»  OLexoccipitals .. AG Se We 50 are oo §6— ATE 
Length of supra-occipital .. ae 00 50 50 90 sisi, 80 
By of orbital process of frontal ve A Ae Ae eB 
Breadth of ,, 93 5p ,atbase .. 56 o0 ao) CARS 
” ” ” ” ,atouterend .. oe -- 15% 


Length of nasal ie 56 50 66 sre fe ae Seoul 
Breadth of both nasals, posterior end .. aie 60 ee é6 4h 
3 rr aTLeTIOL ns: Se : 00 93 
Length of beak from middle of curved orden of ues is tip of 
premaxilla 50 sis 56 56 66 D6 60 -» 102% 


Length of maxilla .. Sc a0 do 56 60 oy ltl) 
Projection of premaxilla beyond magia : 50 ote 50 eo 
Greatest width of nasal apertures.. 50 ae 56 50 av 24 
Breadth of both maxillz at posterior end co oO oc eye ao 
- a », across orbital process (following the curve)... 73 
5 beak at base, following the curve .. be ue yell Ot 
at a vaaueeKelle  ty, 55 a Oe as +. 264 
» maxilla at same point i Ps aD as As 83 
ae premaxilla ,, BI Nake fe oO 66 60 aie 4 
Length of mandible in a straight line .. oe Ac So -. 144 
Height of e at coronoid process .. od Od ae cio) be 
99 A at middle Sis ae ae é A ba) ee 
Amount of curve of mandible, 7.¢., greatest distance of inner surface 
from a straight line between the ends be ne aye Sa), ier 


Length of jugal in a straight line.. 96 ote 00 58 -. L123 
Width of jugai at anteriorend .. 00 oe 25 S06 ae 6 


op » posterior ,, 50 60 20 So O00 G0 2 
op » narrowest point o6 ° ote oe ae 14 
Amount of curve of jugal (measured as for shan dibte) 36 Sc so 24 


Length of lacrymal ina straight line .. ate 30 66 56 94 
Greatest breadth of lacrymal ae 56 60 a0 a6 00 32 


Length of tympanic 50 3c 90 ate ete ate 50 5s 
ey “ including external process .. oe is Eee [3 
Breadth FA ae Be as a ae oe ae ats 43 
Thickness ,, oe Ble BA are oc ote fe ete 24 
The Hyoid Bone. 
Extreme width in a straight line . 50 ec ae oS 


Length of body from posterior ee to fork of eteHot cleft sc ae 54 
0 op On a6 3 extremity of anterior corner or 
process for articulation of stylo-hyal .. ats oc 50 8 
Breadth of body, about .. a ne ate ss Le An 6 


Transactions.— Zoology, 


Tnches, 
Length of stylo-hyals ae a ; AP no “ o» 164 
Greatest breadth of stylo-hyals .. es ee a ve eo ey 
5 thickness of __,, ve 4 50 c AiG AC 2 
a breadth of thyro-hyals .. 4 AG No oe 30 4 
» thickness of s He ae Me te ae ale 84 
Breadth of thyro-hyals at proximal end 50 90 O10 3t 
Thickness Ke * 5 as bo As Oo 24 
Breadth *8 distal. ,, oe ; “ ais 28 
Thickness = zi e ae ae ais ae 12 
The Vertebral Columa.— 
Vertebral Formula :—C. 7: Th, 15: L. 15: C.17 + 8 (?)=62 (2). 
g atl a| 
4 e s3| 8) 8 
2 Poms |e 
be g 48 Sronpeey oat 
3 : a2 ee) 2) = le 
mR Zi BA 8 let 
° 3) 5) alec) e\e) 
Dimensions in inches. | SF | | | | SI 
43 : | Oe] 45 =) 
= a g aq ie.o aa oF 
3 | 3 Gs Sa|s3s\ais & 
| 2 E Pe |52|a/2 a 
2| 2) 2 fia| 2] a |Be| oF! Be lelelslele 
a/2/3/8]2/ 2/3] Se /ss se (Se lBe|s 
ete 3 S2 8 | ae | as |S 
S/S/mH# (EAS S| S/S [S8ld5 [aE ae a 
Cervical Vertebree— 
I. | 144) 22 3 | 14 3 8) 4 33] 5 Eplioalts) I) \loo te 
Teta | oe\ da eae eda eM tal 3i5zl54l6al.. 
Gay OR Pacer TPO i vel Te eV i. 
ING | eet) Os | ee Te es ae | TO 6216 [4 (8 |..|..}.. 
V.| 123] 25} 7a! 11 | 18] 18] 13 | 7a/ 10 4164/3318 |.. 
VI. | 134| 26 | 73| 11 | 23) 2/12] 8 | 104] .. (6a{63|3alsa\.. 
Ni, ae aes | ew Ti PR GTS sys ..|. (34/84). 
Thoracic Vertebree— 
Te (5 25 | 72) 140) 8) "32) 22) 7a) 5 | eee Bel aes 
ITI. | 18 | 25 74| 12 5 64) 5 94) 7] .. Jee|--|5 |7Z..]. 
Ve) 21 30 | -7 | War 63), Sal 7 | dt). |G | iesien eee ae 
VII. | 23 | 34 74| 11 74| 10 | 8 113 Lo Misalicol® Wx le ek is. 
IX. | 232] 35 | 74] 11] 8 | 10a} 8 | 12 7h |..|..al4a(13/43 
XI.| 24] 36 | 74] 114] 8a| 103] 74 | 12 7H |..|..444H12 [43].. 
XIII. | 244) 37 8 | 12 84) 11 | 74 | 12 7 |..|-.jo |o¢i2 j44 
KV. | 25 134 | “Sal 19) ool tne) 72 ae 54 |..|.. 52/3412 (4 |. 
Lumbar Vertebrree— 
Ts 26) SAM SR cael Ont ran nea G .54/34/02/43).. 
IV. | 264) 35 Gy ie 94| 124) 7 LID 6 43/4 |2 |4d).. 
WE OTSA) Onl Taz On ea agen) TOU Rely ../4al4 |2 l4al.. 
VIII. | 272] 334| 94] 123! 10 | 14416 | 12]... | 7 ../4 |4ploal4al.. 
X. | 274| 34 | 10 | 124] 10 | 144 7 | 11 | .. | 62 |..]..|4 [4 eda. 
XO | 97°38 | 103) 135) Tog) 14k 7a | 100) 2. 7 4 [aglozi4gy.. 
XIV. | 27 | 32 | 10313 | 11 | 18 | 8 | 9al .. | 62 |..|../4p/Ba/12/33 
Caudal Vertebree— 
I. | 274] 28 | 114] 134] 113] 12.) 74 | 7 Z .. 4434/14/34] 2 
Ill. | 27] 26 | 114] 134] 114] 103] 64 | 6a 64 |../..4 [3 (13 /23( 
Ve eee | Te Te ia Gaby | Bl ce |S R241 |3 [1Z 
VIL. | 203] 19 | 12 | 14] 1121 5 | 32] 2814. | 6 23/2 |18iaa/13 
IX. | 174) 16 | 12 | 13 | 11 4 | 23 2 a 6 2 /14$)/14/34/2 
Reduced to 
XT. | 164) 14 | 11 | 113) 11 24) 14 mere ridge . 14/14/14 /23)2 
XIII. | 123) 11 | 103) 10 Se ae el Bowel linc {Ll jl (14/24/24 
VV ALON SH) Sil Cal Guiana me. AS pale 
XVIL | 7| 63 7] 63] 43 salle 


Parxer.— Notes on Balgenoptera musculus ? 7 


The Chevron Bones.— 


Greatest Greatest 
height breadth 
(vertical). (antero-posterior). 
I. 00 oe 64 ere -- 3 Inches. 
II. OG os - 10 ats -. OF aN 
III. ne -» 104 G5 o @6«:« A 
IV. oe sen 10x eS en 5 
V. ae Gel onlay’ C ay : 
WAL os eee 0 60 saw) Moe 0 
VII. eo 94 ee ee 7k 99 
VIII. oo eo 9 eo ° 6 99 
IX. eo eo 84 oo eo 6 99 
EG ° eo 7% eo ° § 99 
XI. eo eo 64 ee oo 5 99 
XII. ate 60 5 6 auto ny 
XIII. 60 5 4 oe oe OF as 
The Ribs.— 
ils) | 
A e 3 
Eg ® Fs} 
ys} c= r= 5 
aa Cs) Get ° ary 
& 3 3 i=) o A 
i oe § x a . rd (>) 
(Left Side.) gS ‘S} & | a re 2 
Dimensions in Inches bs te 2 2 8 | a 
S i=|ke) i= B=, 4 o q 
23 aS © a 3 = “ 
» Q » 3 a wy q i] i 
88 ge 3 3 3 | = 
3s s s q 3 3 3 8 
HO Nene Ss g g 2 2 
6 ) fa oy) a) (9 a 
I. 45 403 82 - 53 4} 44 63 
Il. 65 59 123 82 43 4 43 
III. 17 68 15 83 eI 33 34 
IV. : 83 70 1632 5 34 3t 3t 
Vv. 86 72h 18 At 23 23 34 
VI. 87 72 19 33 24 23 23 
VII. 87 72 172 34 24 3 3 
VIII. 834 69 164 34 24 23 24 
DG 784 664 15 34 24 24 13 
X. 72 634 134 34 2 24 13 
xe 67 60 12 34 2 2 12 
*XII. 62 57 9 23 2 2 1} 
*XTII. 57 55 64 3 12 24 1z 
*XTV. 60 57h 7 24 12 24 2 
pXaVe 25 244 14 2 14 14 4 


* These ribs have apparently had the distal end cut off, so that the measurements are probably 
not strictly accurate. 


The Sternum.— 


Inches. 
Greatest length  .. ae we a ate sie oe «. 163 


” breadth eo ee eo ee oo eo eo eo 134 


The Scapula.— 
Greatest breadth in a straight line between the angles of the supra- 
scapular bridge .. oe 00 o0 O06 60 50 Seo 
Length to the glenoid cavity ée as aye ay a6 ec (24 
» Of coracoid ., as on oe 26 “0 oe “6 34 


8 Transactions,-Zoology, 


Inches, 
Breadth of coracoid at base or aie oe are ais a 3 
Length of acromion .. ate 46 sis ae oe Ac 60 8 
Greatest width of acromion dc 50 56 ls ac sc 33 
Antero-posterior diameter of glenoid cavity .. ae be oe 9} 
Transverse Me 60 6 ate oe 50 oe 62 
Circumference of glenoid cavity .. 50 ie 40 50 By 24, 


The Humerus.— 
Greatest length ae 50 35 oc a0 


» breadth at head .. ue ate 40 50 ‘ 36 94 
5 »» 3) narrowest part of shaft .. oe ee oe 62 
” » 9, condyles oe se oe ele 50 ve oF 


Circumference of neck. ae ae 56 5 5 
" », middle of shaft .. oc are ate 8 -. 18% 


The Radius.— 


Greatest length ats 0 . . ; 29 
Breadth of head as So ‘ < 5 4 
Circumference of head 50 O06 00 50 50 oC pe eld 
Diameter at middle of shaft on 50 5¢ 60 56 aie 44 
Circumference at middle of shaft .. ais 50 oe A Sk 
Diameter of distal end of shaft .. 5 2 6 


Circumference ,, A . ic ae 56 ae : Sc ey eG 
The Ulna.— 
Greatest length Se 55 ee “ 
Length of shaft 50 oe 36 bo O00 90 ate o. 20x 


Circumference of shaft at neck 


Diameter a TIC GLa ele ays ste 00 oe Ae 
Circumference ,, a . 40 60 50 a0 30 es. 218 
Width of distal end .. fs Rau 
Circumference of distal end.. ye ate ate aie 26 Ae ey 
Length of olecranon, taken parallel to shaft... 50 36 Bae | 


It would be quite superfluous to enter into any detailed description of 
the skeleton, the correspondence with published accounts of Balenoptera 
musculus of the Northern Hemisphere being so close as, in most respects, 
to amount to identity. Indeed, with one or two trifling alterations, many 
of Van Beneden and Gervais’s figures of that species* might have been taken 
from the present specimen. There are, however, one or two points in 
which the skeleton appears to differ from those hitherto described. 

1. The Nasals (fig. 1).—In these the anterior processes are unusually 
large, and the bones are altogether larger in proportion to the skull than is 
usual in B. musculus. For instance, in the Alexandra Park skeleton,+ with 
a skull 38 inches longer than that of the present specimen, the nasals are 
four inches shorter, the same width at their posterior ends, and two inches 


* Ostéographie des Cétacés, t Flower, P.Z.S., 1864, p. 411, 


. TRANS NZINSTITUTEVOLAVIEPL VI 


BALANOPTERA MUSCULES: 


SH Scott, del. 


Parxer.—WNotes on Baleenoptera musculus ? 9 


narrower at their anterior ends. Judging from published figures also, the 
upper surfaces of the bones seem to be unusually strongly ridged. Hach 
has a prominent ridge along its inner border, then a somewhat triangular 
depression with forward apex, then a strong oblique ridge passing from 
about the middle of the posterior border of the bone to its antero-internal 
- angle; from the outer edge of this ridge the bone slopes downwards, end- 
ing externally in a low ridge. 

2. The Jugals (fig. 8).—I have not succeeded in finding any special 
description or figure of the jugal ; but, judging from the appearance of the 
bone as shown in Van Beneden and Gervais’s figures of the skull of 
B. musculus,* that of the present specimen appears to be broader at its 
anterior and narrower at its posterior end, than usual, and to be somewhat 
strongly curved. Owing to the absence of separate figures of this bone and 
of the lacrymal (fig. 2), in the works at my disposal, I have thought it 
advisable to give figures of both, drawn to the same scale as the nasals. 

3. Breadth of Beak.—The proportion of the breadth of the beak to the 
length of the skull seems to be smaller than usual, being as 17°5: 100. In 
six skeletons measured by Flower, the proportion varies from 18: 100 to 
21 : 100. : 

4, Vertebral Column.—The places at which the various dimensions of 
the vertebre reach their maximum, differ slightly from those recorded by 
Murie in the Rosherville Gardens specimen,} and the relative dimensions of 
the vertebre themselves show certain differences, but I do not consider 
these of sufficient importance to be recorded, except in the table of 
measurements. 

5. The Sternum (fig. 4).—This differs from the corresponding bone in 
all the skeletons of B. musculus of which I have seen descriptions, in 
being longer than broad, like that of B. rostrata. The length is to the ~ 
breadth as 16:18, while, in other specimens measured, the proportion is 
about 16:20. The antero-lateral edges and the lateral angles were, how- 
_ ever, evidently edged with cartilage, so that the breadth was probably 
considerably greater in the fresh state. 

Van Beneden and Gervais give the excess of breadth over length in B. 
musculus as a character of specific importance. Von Haast also figures the 
sternum of B. australis, which he seems to think is probably identical with 
B. musculus, as broader than long,} and the same is the case with a speci- 
men of the same species described by Hector. || 


* Op. cit., pl. xii. and xiii., figs. 11 and 12. { P.Z.S., 1865, p. 206. 
t « Notes on a Skeleton of Balenoptera australis, etc.,” Proc. Zool. Soc., 1883, p. 592, 


|| “Notes on New Zealand Whales,” Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. vii., 1874, p. 251. 


10 Transactions.— Zoology. 


6. The Fore-limb.—The humerus is but slightly compressed, and cannot 
be said to have a sharp lower (pre-axial) edge as described by Van Beneden 
and Gervais, who also state that the ulna and radius are twice the length 
of the humerus. In the present specimen the length of the humerus is to 
that of the fore-arm as 8: 5 (strictly as 17: 29). The total length of the 
fore-limb, as mounted, from the head of the humerus to the tip of the 
second digit, is 6 feet 2 inches. 


The Baleen (fig. 5). 

The baleen was cut into about six pieces on each side, but the separate 
portions appear to be as nearly perfect as possible. The total number of 
blades on each side—about 350—corresponds exactly to the number found © 
by Flower* in an entire specimen of Balenoptera musculus obtained near 
Havre. In the middle of the series I find 39 plates to a foot ; Flower gives 
this number as 24. The length of the anterior blades is about 6 inches: 
the longest are 23 inches measured along the outer edge, 30 inches along 
the inner edge, and 104 inches along the base or dorsal edge. In Flower’s 
Havre specimen the anterior blades were 7, the longest 21 inches in length, 
the total length of the specimen, in the flesh, being 61 feet. 

The anterior blades are yellowish white, the rest slate-coloured, with 
irregular vertical stripes of pale horn-colour, especially numerous towards 
the inner edge. The whole of the fibres forming the inner surface of the 
baleen are nearly white ; they attain a length of 11 inches in the middle of 
the series. There is a distinct inner fringe formed by the dorsalmost fibres, 
which are about six inches in length: it seems just possible that this inner 
fringe may be due to a uniform longitudinal splitting ,of the blades during 
drying. ‘There is no trace of the curled fibres described by Flower in the 
Havre speciment as occurring on the outer side of the hindmost plates. 

It will be seen that the agreement with Balenoptera musculus is here 
very close, except in the number of blades to a foot in the middle of the 
series. I am disposed to wonder whether the number given by Flower (24) 
is not a misprint, since if the distance between the blades through the 
whole series were anything like uniform—as it is in my specimen—the 
total antero-posterior extent of the baleen would be nearly 15 feet, whereas 
the total distance from the end of the muzzle to the middle of the eye is 
given ag 12 feet. If the number 24 is correct, the blades in the Havre 
specimen must have been much crowded at either the anterior or posterior 
end of the series, or both. 


*« Notes on four specimens of the common Fin-whale,” Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 604. 
t P.Z.S., 1869, p. 604, 


ParKer.—Notes on Balenoptera musculus ? 11 


The foregoing observations show that the present specimen agrees with 
Balenoptera musculus in every essential respect except the characters of the 
nasals and of the sternum. Without knowing anything of the external 
characters I think it would be extremely injudicious to consider the 
peculiarities of these bones as having anything more than a varietal im- 
portance. Indeed one would have no hesitation in definitely referring the 
Nelson skeleton to the same species as the common Rorqual of the 
northern hemisphere, but for the fact that considerable confusion seems to 
exist as to the external characters of the Southern Fin-whales. 

In a recent article* Professor Flower remarks: ‘‘ There are certainly 
four quite distinct modifications of this genus [ Balenoptera] , represented by 
the two just mentioned [B. sibbaldii and B. rostrata], and by B. musculus 
and B. borealis, all inhabitants of British seas; but the question whether 
almost identical forms found in the Southern or Pacific Oceans are to be 
regarded as specifically identical or as distinct, awaits the result of future 
researches.” 

Grayt+ describes a species, Physalus? (Balenoptera) australis, Desmou- 
lins, distinguished by having the dorsal fin over the male organ as in 
Megaptera. The same author} admits a species, Ph. antarcticus, founded 
_ entirely upon some yellowish-white baleen imported to England from New 
Zealand. 

Hector|| calls the Port Underwood skeleton Physalus australis in the text 
of his paper, while in the description of plates it is referred to as Ph. 
antarcticus. Taking into consideration that it is an adult skeleton, it agrees 
in all essential respects with the Nelson specimen, at least as far as I can 
judge from the brief description, except in the form of the sternum, which, 
as stated above, is broader than long. 

It was upon the Port Underwood skeleton that Gray§ founded his new 
genus and species Stenobalena wanthogaster ‘‘ peculiar for the shortness of its 
pectoral fins, its plaited belly, and low recurved and pointed fin placed over 
the vent, and very peculiar among all whalebone-whales for the form of its 
bladebone.” As a matter of fact, I find on referring to Hector’s paper that 
the pectoral fin was only a little less than one-eighth the total length of the 
body (body 70 feet, bones of fore-limb 8 feet 6 inches), which appears to be 
the usual proportion for B. musculus: the plaited ventral surface also obtains 
in that species, in which, further, the dorsal fin is over the vent. As for 
the scapula, all Dr. Gray had to depend on was an extremely rough sketch 
taken from the fresh bone before the cartilage was removed, and apparently 


* Encyclopedia Britannica, 9 ed., vol. xv., art. Mammalia. t Loc. cit., p. 164. 
t Catalogue of Seals and Whales, p. 161. || Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. vii., p. 251. 
§ Note to paper by Hector, Ann. and Mag. N.H., 4 ser., vol, xiv., 1874, p. 304. 


12 Transactions. —Zoology. 


very much foreshortened : as Dr. Hector remarks, it is not like the macerated 
bone, which has all the characters of the scapula of B. musculus. So that, 
on examination, there seem to be positively no definite characters upon 
which the Port Underwood whale can be separated from B. musculus. This 
is evidently Dr. Hector’s opinion,* although he still adheres to the name 
B. australis. 

In Haast’s New Brighton} specimen the position and form of the dorsal 
fin were unfortunately not ascertained; in every other respect the agree- 
ment with B. musculus is quite close. 


There seems therefore to be, as far as the information at my disposal 
goes, complete specific identity between at least two well-authenticated 
specimens of the Southern Rorqual and its northern representative. And ~ 
it would further appear that in every respect in which the Nelson specimen 
differs from B. musculus, it also differs, and in the same manner, from the 
so-called B. australis. 

On the whole it seems to me that one is justified in assigning the 
present specimen, as well as the Port Underwood and New Brighton speci- 
mens, to Balenoptera musculus, at least until the accurate examination of 
both external and internal characters in the same individual has definitely 
proved the existence of a distinct species of Southern Rorqual. 


In the skeleton as mounted the intervertebral ligaments are represented 
by pads of felt, and the following missing bones by wooden models :— 

The eight posterior caudal vertebree (18th—25th). 

The three posterior chevron bones (14th—16th). 

Both pelvic bones (modelled from Haast’s figure of the pelvis of 
the New Brighton specimen). . 

Tn the right manus 
The 1st phalanx of the 2nd digit. 
The 4th and 5th phalanges of the 3rd digit. 
The ist, 8rd, and 5th phalanges of the 4th digit. 
The 2nd and 8rd phalanges of the 5th digit. 

In the left manus 
The 5th phalanx of the 8rd digit. 
The ist, 38rd, and 5th phalanges of the 4th digit. 
The 2nd and 8rd phalanges of the 5th digit. 


* «Notes on the Whales of the N.Z. Seas,” Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. x., p. 336, 
t P.Z.8., 1883, p. 592, 


Masxett.—WNote on an Aphidian Insect. 18 


The cartilaginous portions of the anterior cornua of the hyoid are restored, 
but the sternal ribs are entirely omitted, as I can find no figure of them, 
except one of Turner’s,* showing the relations of the first sternal rib to the 
sternum in Balenoptera sibbaldit. Only one complete set of carpals could 
be made up. Hach of these was divided tangentially, and half used for 
each manus by being partially imbedded in the cement used to represent 
- the continuous carpal cartilage. 

The skeleton is suspended in the centre of the Museum from girders of 
railway-iron passing between the capitals of the columns supporting the 
upper gallery. Iam greatly indebted to Mr. W. N, Blair, C.H., Engineer- 
in-charge for the South Island, for having kindly furnished me with an 
extremely suitable design for these supports. 

The articulation of the skeleton has been very successfully done by my 
second assistant, F. J. Bourne, who atso designed the whole of the iron- 
work, with the exception of the girders. 

I have to thank my friend and colleague Professor Scott, M.D., for 
having made the drawings from which figures 1, 2, and 8 are taken. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 
Fig. 1. The nasals, dorsal aspect. 
Fig. 2. The left lacrymal, posterior aspect. 
Fig. 3. The left jugal, ventral aspect. 
Fig. 4. The sternum, dorsal aspect. 
Fig. 5. One of the longest plates of baleen. 


Arr II.—Note on an Aphidian Insect infesting Pine Trees, with observations 
on the name “* Chermes”’ or ‘‘ Kermes.” By W. M. Masxett, F.R.M.S. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 6th August, 1884. ] 

Plate VIT 
Some four or five years ago the imported pine trees in this country began 
to be attacked by a ‘blight,’ (to use the popular term) which has since 
increased to a somewhat alarming extent throughout the colony, at least in 
Wellington, Nelson, and Canterbury. The trees most subject to this pest 
appear to be Pinus halepensis, P. insignis, and P. silvestris. The general 
appearance presented is that of a white, mealy or cottony, fluff thickly 
coating the twigs of the tree but not extending far along the leaf-tufts. 
These last, however, soon become dry and brown, as if scorched, and 


* Journ. of Anat. and Phys., vol. 4, 1870, p. 278. 


14 Transactions. —Zoology. 


generally the whole tree seems to wither, until at last it presents the 
appearance of complete destruction. The aspect of the pest is always 
unpleasant, and as its ravages increase it becomes more and more repulsive, 
and trees formerly vigorous, full-foliaged, and handsome, become sickly, 
meagre and unsightly. 

My attention was first called to this “blight” a few months ago at 
Nelson, where it was doing immense damage to Pinus silvestris. It appears 
to be very common about Wellington, P. insignis and P. halepensis in the 
Botanical Gardens and elsewhere being greatly infested by it. I hear 
also that in plantations of pines near Wanganui, Christchurch, Ashburton 
and Peel Forest, its ravages are extending with great rapidity and effect. 

The insect causing the injuries just mentioned belongs to the family 
‘* Aphidide,” part of the order ‘‘ Homoptera,” an order which has as yet 
been by no means sufficiently studied either in New Zealand or in other 
countries. It belongs undoubtedly to the germs which, by Kaitenbach, 

‘ Passerini, Buckton, and others, is included under the name ‘‘ Chermes ” or 
‘““Kermes.” [As regards this name, see my observations below.] But I 
am not able to fix accurately its specific position at present, in the absence 
of certain information on some points. Its nearest allies appear to be 
Chermes (Anisophleba) pint, Koch, and C. corticalis, Kaltenbach, if indeed 
these two insects are not one and the same; but, as shown presently, there 
are a few characters which seem to distinguish it from both. Just now, 
therefore, I can only suggest for it a temporary scientific name. 

It was remarked above that, after continued exposure to the attacks of 
this insect, the trees present the appearance of complete destruction. I pur- 
posely employ this somewhat vague phrase, because of the uncertainty of the 
thing so far. Undoubtedly, in many instances, nothing can seem more like 
approaching death, and often complete death, than the aspect of the infected 
trees. But I am informed by Mr. Buchanan, and others who have watched 
them for some time, that in the majority of cases the trees, after a year or 
two, recover and become quite green again ; indeed, I understand that they 
have not found any tree actually killed by the insect. Ifthis is found to be 
generally the case, of course the damage done will be lessened,—not that 
the two or three years of decay and weakness will not be harmful, but at 
least there will be the chance that the trees may take a fresh start after- 
wards. There does not appear to have been time to fully study this point 
in New Zealand. It may be that, like a very severe but not constitutional 
disease, the pest may leave no permanent injury behind it; it may be, on 
the other hand, that although seemingly recovering, the trees may never 
regain their proper vigour; or again, it may be that after an interval of 
relief the insect may come back as bad as ever, and the trees may simply 


Masxetn.—Note on an Aphidian Insect. 15 


pass through alternate periods of illness and apparent health, and never be 
really what they should be. At present we only know, as it were, the first 
stages of the malady. . 

I find no particular mention anywhere of permanent deadly injury done 
by Chermes in England ; but we cannot judge with certainty from the ex- 
perience at Home what might be the effects of such a parasite in a climate 
like ours. 

As regards the methods of destroying this pest, it is not easy to suggest 
any certain way, on account of the mechanical difficulty of getting at the 
insect on branches of pine trees, covered so closely as they are with leaf 
tufts. But, as the Homoptera all act in the same way, by sucking through 
the sete of their rostra the juices of the plants they live on, I see no reason 
why remedies already found useful as against the Coccide should not be 
efficacious against such an aphidian as our present insect. A great 
number of experiments have been made in various countries with a view to 
destroy Coccide. Some of these, which are applicable to deciduous orchard 
trees, where the insect is easily approached as it lies on the bark (such, for 
example, as the different oil mixtures, kerosene, etc.), are not available in 
the present instance; and, probably, the only way to attack our aphis 
would be by spraying over the tree some liquid remedy. There are con- 
‘stantly advertised in the newspapers compounds called ‘‘ Scaly blight- 
destroyers,” and the manufacturers of these claim for them all sorts of 
virtues. I believe, however, that in the majority of these the chief reliance 
is placed upon such substances as sulphur, carbolic acid, etc., which are of 
no real use. Sulphur, indeed, is an excellent remedy for such diseases as 
oidium in vines, which are fungoid ; but it seems to have no sort of efficacy 
as against homopterous insects. Tobacco is, in itself, most useful; but 
probably the cost in this country would be too great. But of all remedies 
the best, according to the experience of American observers, appears to be 
common soap. I find from Professor Comstock that a solution of a quarter 
of a pound of soap to a gallon of water has been found to be of very great 
efficacy in destroying Coccide of all kinds, both on deciduous and evergreen 
trees, on the bark and on the leaves. This being so, probably it would be 
also very useful against the pine insect, and is well worth trying. Of 
course any common soap would do if the solution is made strong enough. 

In some papers lately forwarded to the New Zealand Government by 
the Colonial Office in London, I find a suggestion by a French gentleman 
for destroying Phyllowera vastatrix (also a homopterous insect) by driving 
copper nails into the wood of the infested vines. The idea seems to be 
that the insects would imbibe some salts of copper, and so be poisoned. 
Whether such a course would answer with pine trees and their aphidian 
pest I cannot say. 


16 Transactions. — Zoology. 


In cases where the trees attacked are accessible to applications of a 
remedy, I should say therefore that a strong solution of common soap, 
applied by a syringe in dry weather, might be found to be the best. 
Doubtless, in large plantations of tall trees say of many acres, especially if 
the insect is well established, it would be difficult to apply any remedy at 
all. 

General Description of the Insect. 
Suggested name—Kermaphis pint, Koch, vay. levis. 
Anisophleba pini, Koch. 

Plate VII, figs. 1-11. 

Occurs in colonies surrounded by masses of white cottony secretion, 
clothing the twigs of pine trees. This secretion contains great numbers of 
apterous oviparous females, with ova and young larvee. 

Higgs oval, yellow or brown, length about 3, inch, not pedunculated 
(fig. 1). 

Young larva just hatched, yellow, elongated oval, flattish: body seg- 
mented, the segments diminishing to the anal extremity (fig. 2): eyes brown, 
conspicuous. Antenna (fig. 3) of three joints, each numerously ringed, the 
third joint being longer than the other two together; foot normal of 
Aphidide : rostrum not longer than the body; a few short spines on the 
segments. The larva is somewhat active. 

Apterous oviparous female dark brown in colour, semiglobular, convex 
above, flat beneath, resembling somewhat the Coccid insect Rhizococcus 
(fig. 5). Length from =, to #4, inch, breadth and height rather less. Body 
segmented, but without spots on the dorsum and sides. Antenna (fig. 7) 
very small, of three (?) atrophied joints, the last bearing some hairs. Foot 
(fig. 9) normal of Aphidide. Abdomen ending in four minute but some- 
what strong spines (fig. 8). Cornicles (honey tubes), none, unless the 
spines just mentioned may answer to them. When the insect has been 
macerated in potash and the interior substance expelled, the skin is found 
to be covered with numerous small circular orifices arranged in groups, 
whence is secreted the white cotton. 

T am not acquainted as yet with the male, nor with the winged state of 
the female. According to Buckton (British Aphides, vol. iv., p. 41), the 
winged forms of Chermes pint are also not exactly known. 

This insect differs from C. (Anisophleba) pini in the absence of peduncles 
in the eggs, and from both that and C. corticalis in the absence of spots on 
the dorsum and sides, and in the form of the female antenna. I give for 
comparison (fig. 11) a copy of Buckton’s figure of the antenna of C. corticalis. 
Probably also the spines at the extremity of the abdomen may be distine- 
tive. 


TRANS.N.Z INSTITUTE VOLAVILELVE. 


{) iG / ) 
WMoshell, del IXODES EYUDYPTILNS. 


Masxent.— Note on an Aphidian Insect. 17 


Observations on the name ‘‘ Cuermes ” or ‘‘ Kermus.” 

Much confusion has grown round this name, which has been made by 
different writers to do duty in various distinct directions. Linneus and 
Fabricius included under it Coccide, Aphidide, and Psyllide ; Passerini 
restricts it to the Aphidide ; Kaltenbach, Buckton, and others seem to 
include in it Aphidide and Coccide ; Geoffroy, Targioni-Tozzetti, Signoret, 
and others restrict it to the Coccide. 

Now, there is so marked a distinction between the families just men- 
tioned that it seems simply absurd to confound them under one name. 
A number of characters which can only be well made out under the micro- 
scope distinguish them completely; but, apart from these, the fact that in 
the Coccide the females are always, without any exception, apterous, whilst 
in the Aphidide the females in certain stages have four wings, is a perfectly 
sufficient cause for separation. Attempts have been made at various times to 
introduce a clearer classification, but, amongst at least English writers, with 
little or no success. This appears to me to be due in a great measure to the 
very small knowledge possessed by English naturalists of the family Coccide, 
a family which is apparently not abundant in England except upon exotic 
plants. In point of fact, most of these writers seem not to be aware of 
anything more than the single genus ‘“‘ Coccus,” to which, although in 
reality it contains only the single species C. cacti (cochineal), they relegate 
every insect of the family.* It is from some such want of knowledge that 
the name of ‘“‘ Chermes” or ‘‘ Kermes”’ has been given to many quite 
distinct insects, even in some cases to Psyllide. 

I am quite well aware that names are not an end, but a means to an 
end, and that a rigid and precise purism may be often absurd; yet I see no 
reason why accuracy should not be aimed at in the case of minute insects 
as in the case of larger animals; and I can fancy the chorus of indignant 
and contemptuous expostulation which would greet an ornithologist com- 
bining under one genus a hawk and a magpie, or a geologist including a 
trilobite amongst the saurians. 

The name ‘‘ Chermes”’ or ‘‘ Kermes”’ is, so to speak, as old as the hills. 
It appears to have been originally given by the Persians either to the insect 
itself which produced for them a red dye (not cochineal), or to the dye thus 
produced. Linnzus applied the name to an insect which he termed Hermes 
ilicis, and unfortunately began the confusion to which I am referring, as he 


* Thus, for example, Mr. Beck, in the Journal of the Roy. Microsc. Society, describes 
at some length what he calls a ‘‘ Coccus”’ of the apple tree, which is, of course, Mytilaspis 
pomorum ; and Mr. Buckton (British Aphides), who mentions constantly ‘‘ Coccus,” refers 
to an insect as ‘‘ now Coccus ilicis,” which is not a Coccus at all, but a combination long 
ago abandoned of Kermes bauhinii and Kermes vermitio, 


2 


18 Transactions.— Zoology. 


included under it insects of several distinct species and even families. 
Gustave Planchon, in distinguishing these species, defined the one producing 
the red dye as Kermes vermilio and denominated another K. bauhinii. Both 
of these are true Coccide, and the Coccid genus Kermes may now be said to 
include the following European species :-— 

K. ballote, Lichtenstein. 

K. bauhinii, Planchon. 

K. gibbosus, Signoret. 

K. pallidus, Réaumur. 

K. reniformis, Réaumur. 

K. variegatus, Gmelin. 

K. vermilio, Planchon. 

From America a species, K. galliformis, Riley, has been described, and 
some others are reported, but without description, by Professor Comstock. 

From South Australia I have received from F. §. Crawford, Esq., of 
Adelaide, a Kermes, which is undoubtedly a true Coccid, but I have not 
sufficient material for its full description. 

All the above insects are entirely distinct from the Aphidide in the 
apterous condition of the female in all stages of her existence and in almost 
every other character, with possibly a slight doubt as to K. variegatus. 

It would seem to be only correct that, whatever might happen with 
regard to insects discovered or described in later times, the generic name 
ought to follow, and to be included in, the family of the imsect which 
originally received the name, whether scientifically or popularly. As there- 
fore, the above-mentioned Kermes vermilio is the undoubted representative 
of the old dye-producing Kermes of the Persians and Arabs, and as it is 
also undoubtedly a true Coccid and not Aphidian, it is right that the 
generic name of Kermes should be attached to the Coccid family, and that 
some other should be found for those Aphidians at present included under 
it. 

Mr. Buckton (British Aphides, vol. iv., p. 22) affirms himself convinced 
by the arguments of Passerini, and adds, ‘‘ As regard should be paid to 
priority, I follow Kaltenbach, Koch, and many other authors in retaining 
the name Chermes amongst the Aphidide.” The same reasoning would of 
course lead us to extend it also to the Psyllide, with Fabricius, Strobel- 
berger and Marsili two centuries ago; and this would be absurd. But, in 
truth, the point to be noted is that, whilst it makes no difference perhaps 
to which family the name is given, it is quite clear that it ought not to 
belong to both ; and looking at the position of Kermes vermilio as stated just 
now, it seems most proper that this name should be restricted to the 
Coccide alone, and that some other should be found for the Aphididae, 


Masxett.—On a Parasite of the Penguin 19 


I venture to suggest for this purpose the name Kermaphis. It is not so 
far removed from the other as to be strange, and it would relieve entomology 
of an absurd confusion whilst still indicating something of the old relation- 
ship. On this idea, the insect above described would be Kermaphis pini var., 
unless the differences noted in my description should be sufficient to raise it 
to distinct specific rank. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII., Fics. 1-11. 


Figs. 1. Hges x 20. 

Fig. 2. Young larva. 

Fig. 3. Antenna of larva x 350. 

Fig. 4. Rostrum of larva. 

Fig. 5. Oviparous female, dorsal view. 

Fig. 6. The same, after maceration in potash. The legs are not shown in 


this figure. 

Fig. 7. Antenna of oviparous female x 400. 

Fig. 8. Abdominal spines of oviparous female x 400. 

Fig. 9. Foot of oviparous female. 

Fig. 10. Pine twig infested; the leaf-tufts are cut away on the centre 
portion. 

Fig. 11. Antenna of C. corticalis, after Buckton. 


Art. III.—On a Parasite of the Penguin. By W. M. Masxetu, F.R.M.S. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1885.] 
Plate VIL., figs. 12-14. 
Mr. A. Retscuex has collected at Dusky Sound a parasite of which the 
following description may be sufficient. 
Orper. ARACHNOIDEA. 
Fam. Gamasinz. 
Genus Ixodes. 
Ixodes eudyptidis, sp. nov. 

Body almost + inch in length, of a light brown colour, elliptical, some- 
what convex, with a tough, leathery skin, covered with numbers of short 
fine hairs which are longest and most numerous on the abdominal region. 
Hyes absent. On the back, at the cephalic end, is a small shield exhibiting 
no hairs, smooth, shining, and marked with numerous minute circular 
shallow pits. Skin also finely striated with minute transverse wavy 
wrinkles. On the dorsum are two longitudinal shallow grooves, and on the 
under side the median portion is a broad longitudinal depression, the anal 
orifice placed near the extremity. Legs somewhat long and strong, seven 
jointed, each joint having a few spiny hairs: claw double, with a small 


20 Transactions.— Zoology. 


thick caruncle or pad. Rostrum protruded in front, thick and cylindrical, 
with many recurved spines and eight little tubular short processes at the 
tip, with a small lobe or pad. Mandibles of the length of the rostrum or a 
little longer, the end recurved and terminating in a sharpish point. 

‘Hab. In the gape of the penguin. 

This is evidently a true tick, having the characteristic rostrum and 
dorsal shield of the genus. I have found no species described exactly 
resembling it. 

It may be supposed that so large a parasite must be greatly inconvenient 
to the penguin, but its position would seem also to offer easy opportunities 
for getting rid of it if the bird chose to do so. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL, Fries 12-14. 
Fig. 12. Ixodes, dorsal view, about 4 times nat. size. 
TB, B35 5 foot. 

Fig. 14. ,, rostrum and mandibles. 


Art. [V.—Further Notes on Coccide in New Zealand. 
By W. M. Masxnent, F.R.M.S. 
(Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1885.] 
Plate VIII. 

A paracrapy in “ Nature” of September, 1884, referring to my last 
paper on New Zealand Coccids, recommends me to try the application of 
kerosene to infested trees. This recommendation is more particularly 
directed to the case of Icerya purchasi. In another part of the same 
journal, I find a notice of some papers by Professor C. V. Riley, of Wash- 
ington, in which the use of kerosene is also urged; and the remedy is 
characterized by ‘‘ Nature” as “new.” Considering that ever since 1878 
I have been constantly preaching the employment of kerosene against scale 
insects, often against adverse criticism, it is not a little amusing to me to 
receive advice to try the very thing which, in my first paper m these Trans- 
actions, I originally proposed. ‘‘ Nature” perhaps also overlooks, in con- 
nection with Icerya purchasi, that there is some difference between treating 
garden plants, or even orange-trees, and perhaps several acres of forest, or 
trees fifty feet high, or many chains of gorse fences. 

In the same paragraph exception is taken to the ‘‘ extreme roughness ” 
of the plates attached to my paper. Non cwivis homini contingit adtre Corin- 
thum. We are not all artists, nor have we always in this country engravers 
who are able to improve the “ roughness ”’ of our original drawings. 


Masxenu.—On New Zealand Coccide, 21 


Group.—DIASPIDA, 
Genus, Aspidiotus, Bouché. 
1. Aspidiotus camellie, Boisduval. 

In my paper of 1878 (Trans. vol. xi., p. 200), I reported this insect as 
attacking camellias in greenhouses. I find that it has since spread out of 
doors, and that it is common about Wellington on Huonymus, weeping 
willow, and other garden trees and shrubs. Its whitish or grey scales cover 
the bark in great numbers. 

Aspidiotus carpodeti, sp. nov. 
Figs. 1, 2. 

Female puparium usually light-brown, but varying a little with the 
colour of the tree; convex; circular, the pellicles in the centre: some 
specimens are slightly elongated. Average diameter =, inch. 

Male puparium narrow, with parallel sides; not carinated ; dirty-white 
or brownish colour ; length about #, inch. 

Adult female of the normal peg-top shape, the abdomen not so much 
overlapped as usual. Abdomen ending in two median, somewhat pro- 
minent, lobes, with two others much smaller not in close proximity ; edge 
of the body jagged with curvilinear incisions, amongst which and between 
the lobes are a number of serrated pointed hairs as in A. nerii. Four 
groups of spinnerets : lower pair with 4-6 orifices, upper with 6-10. These 
groups seem surrounded by a narrow line as if enclosed in a chamber: the 
same appearance is presented (according to a figure of Mr. Comstock’s) in 
A. nerit. There are many single spinnerets. 

The adult male is of normal form, with antenne of ten joints of which 
the seventh, eighth, and ninth are the longest. The haltere (fig. 2) has a 
somewhat long peduncle. The abdominal spike is rather long, and springs 
from a large tubercle. 

On Carpodetus serratus and Vitea littoralis (puriri), but I think my speci- 
mens on the latter tree had only spread from the former. The puparia are 
so like in colour to the bark that it is difficult to detect them. 

This insect is evidently closely allied to A. nerit, but seems to differ in 
the abdominal lobes of the female and in the antenne of the male; its male 
puparium is also much longer, and that of the female more convex than in 
that species. : 
Genus, Mytilaspis, Targioni-Tozzetti. 

1. Mytilaspis epiphytidis, sp. nov. 

Fig. 38. 

Female puparium flat, pyriform, brown in colour, thin; length about 

34, inch, 


22 Transactions, —Zooloyy. 


Male puparium narrower than that of the female, and a good deal 
darker, being sometimes almost black; length about 2, inch: not cari- 
nated. 

Adult female of normal form of Mytilaspis. Abdomen ending in two 
median lobes: along the edge several deepish curvilinear incisions between 
which are some strong spines. Five groups of spinnerets: lower pair with 
14-16 orifices, upper pair 12-16: uppermost group 4-6. 

I have not seen the adult male: the pupa exhibits apparently a very 
long abdominal spike. 

This insect is closely allied to M. pyriformis, mihi, but differs in the 
lobes of the abdomen in the female, and in the very dark puparium of the 
male. However, I cannot consider it with certainty a new species. It is 
undoubtedly not a Chionaspis. 

Hab. On Astelia cunninghamii, an epiphyte on numbers of our forest 
trees. 

2. Mytilaspis pyriformis, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 194; vol. xii., p. 121.) 

This insect occurs abundantly near Wellington on Dysoaylon spectabile, 
in company with Chionaspis dysoxyli and Fiorinia astelia. It may be 
easily distinguished from the latter, of course, by the second pellicle of 
the female; from the former it differs by the puparium of the male, 
which in the Mytilaspis is brown and not carinated, and by the generally 
much larger size and brown colour of the female puparium. The abdominal 
segment of the female is also a clear distinction. 

Some of my specimens attain a length of 4 inch for the female pupa- 
rium. 

Genus Chionaspis, Signoret. 
1. Chionaspis dysoxyli, sp. nov. 
Figs. 4-6. 

Female puparium thin, flattish, pyriform, white in colour with a faint 
pink tinge when the egg-mass beneath shows through it. Length about 
7zzinch. The second pellicle is comparatively large. 

Male puparium white, narrow, carinated; length about 4, inch. 

The insect affects principally the leaves of the plant, and the puparia 
are usually clustered thickly along the midrib. 

Adult female of general form of Mytilaspis, not very deeply corrugated ; 
colour, yellowish red. Abdomen ending in a broken curve with many 
curvilinear incisions. There are fourteen lobes, of which the two median 
are the largest ; separated from them bya spine on each side are two others 
rather smaller ; then another spine and a short open space; and then three 
smaller lobes and another spine ; another space, and then a single small 


Masxeru.—On New Zealand Coccide. 23 


lobe followed by a spine. Five groups of spinnerets: lower pair with 
12-14 orifices; upper pair with 7-10; uppermost group, 4-6. A few 
spiny hairs are on the edge of the abdomen. 

I have not been able to hatch out an adult male, though the male 
puparia are very numerous. 

Very abundant on Dysoaylon spectubile, often in company with Mytilaspis 
pyriformis. It seems to differ from all described species in the abdominal 
lobes of the female. 

2. Chionaspis citri, Comstock. 
(Second Report of Entomol., Cornell University, U.S.A., 1883.) 

An insect which occurs here sparingly on oranges imported from Sydney 
belongs, I think, certainly to this species. 

3. Chionaspis minor, sp. NOV. 

Female puparium white, small, not more than ; inch in length, usually 
less ; it is narrower and less pyriform than is usual in the genus, and is 
often bent in the middle ; pellicles yellow. 

Male puparium white, narrow, elongated, carinated, about j, inch in 
length. : 

Adult female not deeply corrugated, with general form of Mytilaspis ; 
colour dark brown. Abdomen ending in six small lobes, of which the two 
median, the largest, are closely contiguous. Between them and the next 
pair is a spine; then beyond the second pair another spine, a space, and 
a third pair of very small lobes; after a long space there is another spine. 
Five groups of spinnerets—uppermost group with 12-14 orifices; upper 
pair, 14-17 ; lower pair, 18-24; many single spinuerets. 

I have not seen the adult male. 

Abundant sometimes on Parsonsia; also frequently on Rhipogonum 
(supplejack). 

The smallness of this species and the contiguous median lobes of the 
female abdomen sufficiently distinguish it. 

Genus Diaspis, Costa. 
1. Diaspis boisdwalti, Signoret. 

In my paper of 1878 I reported this insect as occurring in hothouses. 
I find that, like Asp. camellia, it has spread out of doors, and is common on 
several garden shrubs. I have found it abundant on the wattle. 

2. Diaspts santali, rorhi. 
(Trans., vol. xvi., p. 122.) 

I have received from G. HE. Alderton, Esq., of Whangarei, specimens 
clearly belonging to this species, which in that locality seems to have spread 
from the native trees to the orchards, and is infesting in great numbers 
pear, plum and other fruit trees, 


24 Transactions. —Z vology, 


Genus Fiorinia, Targioni. 
Uhleria, Comstock, loc. cit., p. 110. 
1. Fiorinia stricta, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xvi., p. 124.) 

I find that this insect is more common than I had supposed. It occurs 
on several native plants, Astelia, Muhlenbeckia, Cordyline, etc. ; and on the 
last-named tree, in the Hutt Valley, I have seen it covering the leaves in 
countless thousands, as also on Phormiuwm. I find also that in some speci- 
mens four very minute lobes may be detected between the sharp comb-like 
teeth of the abdomen. 

2. Fiorinia astelie, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xiv., p. 217; vol. xi., p. 201.) 
Figs. 7-9. 

There are some modifications in the second female pellicle of this insect 
on different plants which do not seem to be sufficient for the establishment 

of new species, as I cannot detect in the adult stage or the general habit 
| any clear differences. The normal pellicle exhibits, as described in Trans., 
vol. xi., p. 202, two prominent lobes just before the abdominal segment, 
and that segment itself terminates in a number of small blunt serrations. 
Sometimes, however, I have found specimens (on Cyathodes acerosa) where 
the two lateral lobes were absent, and others (on Astelia cunninghamit) 
where the abdomen ends, as shown in the figure, in large, peculiar, tusk- 
like lobes. ‘The normal form I have found most frequently on Atherosperma 
nove-zealandia. I am not prepared to consider the differences mentioned 
as amounting to more than variety. 

Group.—LECANIDAL. 
Subsection I.—Lecanio-D1asPip®. 
Genus Ctenochiton, mihi. 
1. Ctenochiton viridis, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 211.) 

The male of this species, of which I have hatched out some half dozen 
specimens in the last year, presents no striking features. The test is 
white, glassy, oval, and slightly convex, about 4 inch long, divided into 
hexagonal segments marked with radiating lines like that of the female, 
and with a somewhat large fringe. lowards the posterior end it is cut 
across by a dividing line, and the insect when emerging lifts up the last 
segments of the test on this line as on a hinge. 

The perfect insect has antenne of nine joints, feet normal (but I cannot 
‘make out any digitules), thoracic band small and inconspicuous, ‘There is 
a spine at the extremity of the tibia, 


VII 


FL 


TRANS NZINSTITUTEVOLXAVIL 


a) 


Meme 
oe Nis ee Uae 


a 


WEW LEMLAND COCCIDE 


WMaskell, del. 


Masxetu.—On New Zealand Coccide. 95 


The only means of distinguishing this from the male of C. perforatus 
seem to be in the test, where the rows of perforated air-cells characteristic 
of that species are absent. 

2. Ctenochiton spinosus, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 212; vol. xiv., p. 218.) 

T have to add to the habitat of this species the bark of Muhlenbeckia and 
of Melicope ternata. The insect is very difficult to detect, as it is usually of 
almost the same colour as the bark. 

3. Ctenochiton hymenanthere, sp. nov. 
Figs. 10, 11. 

Test of female waxy, circular, convex, dirty white, yellow, or brownish, 
formed of a number of hexagonal or octagonal segments, which are also 
convex, giving it a rough appearance. Fringe not very conspicuous. 
Diameter of test about 4, inch, 

Test of male glassy, white, oval, segmented, slightly convex, segments 
of frimge small. Length about 54, inch. 

Adult female yellowish brown, fitting the test. Antenne (fig. 10) of six 
joints, of which both the second and third seem sometimes double. Foot 
normal; upper digitules long fine hairs, lower pair broad. The spiracular 
spines are strong and conspicuous. ‘The skin is divided into segments 
corresponding to those of the test, the divisions being marked by lines of 
spinneret orifices which are small and simple. 

In the second stage the usual wavy edge of the genus is not generally 
apparent. 

Adult male somewhat thick and short. Antenne (fig. 11) of nine joints, 
the first short and thick, the remainder long and nearly equal: each joint 
after the first has many nodosities from which spring longish hairs. Foot 
long and slender, especially the tibia. Digitules fine hairs. Thoracic band 
inconspicuous. Abdominal spike short and blunt. 

This species is usually accompanied by a great quantity of very black 
fungus covering and rendering unsightly the whole plant on which it lives. 

From Hymenanthera crassifolia. 

This insect seems to be intermediate between C. piperis and C. depressus, 
differing from both in the rugose female test and the distribution of the 
spinneret orifices. 

4, Ctenochiton piperis, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xiv., p. 218.) 

The male test of this species is more oval than that of the female, and 
somewhat smaller, averaging about =», inch in length. It is otherwise so 
similar in its divisions, colour, and general appearance, that it cannot be 
mistaken for that of any other species, 


26 Transactions.—Z oology. 


The adult male has nine-jointed antenne, all the joints except the first 
long and hairy. Foot not so slender or long as in the last species, the 
tarsus being a good deal thicker. Digitules fine hairs. The penis, in some 
of my specimens, which as usual protrudes from the abdominal spike as a 
long white soft tube with minute hairs, seems to end in a somewhat large 
round knob, which I have not noticed in any other species. 

5. Ctenochiton eleocarpi, sp. nov. 
Figs. 12-14, 
Test of adult female oval, nearly circular, black in colour, divided 


into hexagonal and pentagonal segments which are not conspicuous, and of 


which the median series forms a very slightly elevated ridge somewhat 
lighter in colour. The test is only slightly convex. The fringe is very long 
and conspicuous, the segments toothlike. Diameter of test, exclusive of 
the fringe, reaches 4 inch. 

The adult female fills the test, as usual. Colour black: antenne 
somewhat long (fig. 14), of seven joints (I think, otherwise the third joint is 
abnormally long), a few hairs on the last joint. Foot normal; upper 
digitules strong and thick, lower pair very broad. On the skin are a 
number of large oval spots which appear to be the orifices of spinneret 
tubes. 

In the second stage this insect has a somewhat remarkable test of white 
wax, which is not, as usual, almost homogeneous, but is made up (fig. 13) 
of a number of detached plates somewhat resembling those of the genus 
Orthezia. The fringe is here even longer than in the adult, and its long 
white teeth curl in different ways, so that the whole test presents a rather 
elegant appearance. The insect beneath has the normal Lecanid shape, but 
wants the usual wavy outline of Ctenochiton. All round the edge is a row 
of sharp conical spines set pretty closely together. Feet normal; antenne 
of six somewhat confused joints. Extreme length of test, including fringe, 
sometimes 4 inch. 

I do not know the male. 

From Hleocarpus dentatus (hinau) in the neighbourhood of Wellington. 

This species is, in some respects, similar to C. fuscus, mihi (Trans., 
vol. xvi., p. 181), but differs in the much more flattened adult test, the 
longer antenne, the presence of the oval spots, and also in the peculiar test 
of the second stage. 

; Ctenochiton flavus, mihi. 

(Trans., vol. xvi., p. 130.) 

The tests of the second stage of this species, which resemble somewhat 
Ceroplastes rusct, Linn., occur not uncommonly on Hleocarpus and Lepto- 
spermum, near Wellington. 


Maskett.—On New Zealand Coccids. 27 


Genus Inglisia, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 213.) 

1. Inglisia leptospermi, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xiv., p. 220.) 

The test of the male is white, elongated, convex, not unlike that of the 
female, but with a longer fringe; it has also its posterior segment divided 
from the rest by a transverse slit or hinge; average length about 2 
inch. 

The male is yellowish green in colour, the body slender and tapering. 
From the abdomen spring two very long white cottony sete, one on each 
side of the spike, which is straight and short. Antenne of ten joints; the 
first two short, the rest long, thin, and hairy. Of these the seventh, eighth, 
and ninth are the shortest ; on the last joint three long knobbed hairs. 
Feet slender, hairy; digitules normal. Thoracic band inconspicuous. 
Four pairs of eyes. 

I only once found specimens, from which I hatched four males, on 
Leptospermum, the favourite tree of this species. 

2. Inglisia ornata, sp. nov. 
Figs. 15-23. 

Test of adult female reddish brown, the base more or less oval, the rest 
elevated in a cone and ending in a prominence standing up like a more or 
less sharp horn; sometimes there are two of these horns. The test is 
formed of a number of polygonal segments, each slightly elevated, and all 
are marked with the radiating strie peculiar to the genus. There is a 
fringe of sharply triangular segments, also striated. Average length of test 
about 4 inch, but specimens attain a length of + inch; height about 3, 
inch. 

Test of second stage generally resembling that of the adult, but smaller 
and less conical, and more tinged with green; and at the edge a number of 
short spinneret tubes may be seen protruding. 

Test of the male elongated oval, convex, but wanting the prominent 
horn of the female, glassy, white tinged with yellowish brown, composed of 
segments marked with conspicuous striez. Length, 4,inch. Fringe often 
present, but irregular; often absent. 

The adult female fills the test, shrivelling after gestation. It exhibits 
the horn, or two horns, as in the test. Antenne of seven joints (fig. 17): 
the third joint showing the false division noted in other species of Lecanio- 
diaspide. Feet normal: upper digitules strong and thick, lower pair 
rather broad. Along the edge of the body is a row of sharp lanceolate 
spines (fig. 19), set closely together: and the spiracular spines are long 


28 Transactions.— Zoology. 


and conspicuous. A double or triple row of minute circular spinnerets 
marks the divisions corresponding to the segments of the test. Colour of 
the insect greenish, turning brown after gestation. The abdominal lobes 
are brown. 

In the second stage the female resembles generally the adult; but the 
antenne have six joints, and amongst the marginal spines are some very 
much larger than the rest. 

The young larva is flat and oval, and at the margin shows a 
fringe of long glassy pointed tubes (fig. 20), springing from the marginal 
spines. 

The adult male is about =, inch in length (exclusive of the wings), 
brownish or reddish yellow in colour, the wings hyaline and iridescent, 
with red nervures. Antenne (fig. 22) of ten joints, on the last of which 
are, amongst others, three long knobbed hairs. Foot with a spine at the 
extremity of the tibia; digitules fine hairs (fig. 21). At each side of the 
abdominal spike springs a strong seta, from which extends a white cottony 
pencil, as long as the body of the insect. The penis is as usual a long soft 
cylindrical tube covered with minute recurved spines. Thoracic band 
short and narrow. 

From Hleocarpus (hinau) and Leptospermum (manuka), but apparently 
the former is the principal habitat. I have only found it as yet in the 
North Island, sometimes on twigs in great numbers. 

This is a peculiarly elegant insect, the beautifully coloured and striated 
tests both of males and females forming an interesting object under a 
lens or the microscope. It cannot be mistaken for any other species that I 
know of, and the curious horn of the test, especially when double, is quite 
characteristic. 

Subsection I1.—Lxcantez. 

Genus Lecanium, Illiger. 

1. Leeanium olee, Bernard. 
Fig, 24. 

I find that this insect is becoming very common throughout this 
country, especially in the North Island. I have specimens from several 
plants in gardens and orchards ; it is abundant on Cassinia leptophylla, the 
useless and noxious shrub which is covering the hills near Wellington ; 
and Mr. Alderton informs me that it is spreading on the native trees near 
Whangarei. It may be readily recognized by the large size and black 
colour of the semi-globular adult females, and the one longitudinal and two 
transverse keels on the young insects. It is usually known in California 
and elsewhere as the “‘ black scale,” 


Masreuisz.—On New Zealand Coccides. . 29 


2. Lecarium henisphericum, Targioni. 
Fig. 25. 

Not unlike the last species to the naked eye, but wanting the keels men- 
tioned under L. olee. It does not seem to be, as yet, common in this 
country, but occurs on some garden plants—e.e. Camellia, etc. 

3. Lecanium mort, Signoret. 
Hig. 26. 

An insect which I cannot identify as any but this species occurs on 
Alsophila and other plants in the Botanical Gardens, Wellington. It is 
evidently an introduced insect, and as evidently belongs to the series of 
Lecanium of which the type is L. persice, Réaumur, where the body is 
oval and slightly convex, reddish in colour, but without keels. ‘Che present 
insect is about 4 inch long, smooth, naked, with antenne of seven joints. 
The skin exhibits no tessellations or markings. 

I have not seen the adult male, but there is a white and glassy male 
test. 

Group.—COCCIDA:. 
Genus Acanthococcus, Signoret. 
1. Acanthococcus multispinus, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 217.) 
Occurs near Wellington on Kniyhtia excelsa and Cyathodes acerosa. 
Genus Eriococeus, Targioni. 
1. Hriococcus pallidus, sp. nov. 

Female enclosed in an elliptical sac of felted secretion, which is yellow- 
ish white in colour, and about 1 inch in length. ‘This sac completely 
envelopes the insect, being closed in at both ends. 

Female insect greenish grey in colour, turning brown after gestation ; 
at first filling the sac, but shrivelling as the sac becomes full of eggs. 
Antenne of six joints, of which the third is twice as long as any other. 
Tibia and tarsus slender ; upper digitules fine hairs, lower pair narrow and 
somewhat long. Anal tubercles rather large; anal rmg with eight hairs 
(sometimes only six). ‘The body is segmented, but without deep corruga- 
tions, and along the middle of each segment runs a line of conical spines, 
not set very close together and somewhat slender. There are very many 
small oval spinneret orifices all over the dorsal surface. 

Not uncommon throughout the islands on several plants, ¢.g., Myoporum 
letum (ugaio), Hlaocarpus (hinau), etc. It may be readily recognized by 
the yellowish-white elliptical felted sac. 

The genera Hriococcus, Rhizococcus, Acanthococcus require revision. ‘The 
present insect resembles HL. buai, Signoret, in its sac, but differs in its paler 


30 ' Transactions.—Zoology. 


colour and in the form of the antenne; also A. multispinus, mihi, in some 
particulars, but wants the large and numerous conical spines of that species, 
and is also a good deal larger, and the sac is whiter. 
Genus Dactylopius, Costa. 
1. Dactylopius glaucus, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 219.) 

The male of this species undergoes its last metamorphosis in a narrow 
cylindrical sac of pure white cotton, about 3 inch in length, and open at 
the end. Sometimes twenty or more of these sacs may be seen on a leaf, 
with the females and young crawling about amongst them. 

The male insect is about 4, inch long, brown in colour, and when newly 
hatched covered with white meal. Form normal; the body is rather thick, 
the anal spike very short. Antenne of ten joints, hairy; the last eight 
joints equal to each other. Feet slender, hairy; the upper digitules long 
fine hairs, lower pair very short. The seta of the haltere is short. Wings 
rather large. 

Genus Icerya, Signoret. 
1. Icerya purchast, mihi. 
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 221.) 

In the fourteenth annual report of the Colonial Botanical Garden, 1883, 
p. 20, I find it stated that this insect perhaps derives the differences which 
it exhibits when compared with the Mauritian J. sacchari, from change of 
food or climate. The natural food of Iceryain Mauritius is the sugar-cane ; 
it was first found in New Zealand on Acacia: and it is suggested that the 
‘violent change” from ‘‘ sweet juice to tannic acid” might account for 
some change of form. This statement appears to me to rest on a mis- 
apprehension. As pointed out in my paper of 1883 (Trans., vol. xvi., 
p. 140), Icerya purchasi possesses organs and performs operations which are 
not observed in J. sacchari. Whatever modifications might, after lapse of 
ages, be produced by change of food or climate, it is scarcely likely that in 
a year or two they would include the elaboration of special spinning organs 
and the power of constructing a peculiar and complicated ovisac. I am 
aware that nobody has yet settled the vexed question of the true basis and 
limits for differentiation of species; but surely the absence or presence of 
important organs and a marked difference in the mode of propagation may 
be taken, at present, as sufficient for the purpose. 

The number of New Zealand scale insects might be indefinitely extended 
if mere colour, or minute features referrible to varying food or other con- 
ditions, were taken to constitute new species ; and I have carefully avoided 
taking them as such. Yet, perhaps we might also fall into error and con- 
fusion by attempting too much in the other direction, 


Unoquwart.—On the Spiders of New Zealand. 31 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIIi. 
Fig. 1. Aspidiotus campodeti, abdomen of female. 
Bio oe 3 is haltere of male. 
Fig. 3. Mytilaspis epiphytidis, abdomen of female. 
Fig. 4. Chionaspis dysoxyli, puparium of female. 


Fig. 5 5 - puparium of male. 
Fig. 6. A se abdomen of female. 
Fig. 7. 
Fig. ; Fiorinia astelie, various forms of 2nd pellicle. 
Fig. 9. 
Fig. 10. Ctenochiton hymenanthere, antenna of female. 
idee, al. 5 Pa antenna of male. 
Ieee, ily Fe eleocarpt, female on twig. 
Fig. 13. ‘ a female, 2nd stage, on leaf. 
Fig. 14. is Ae antenna of female. 
Fig. 15. Inglisia ornata, tests, male and female, on twig. 
- Fig. 16. 8 », segment of test. 
lane, 7 a » antenna of female. 
Fig. 18. hn » foot of female. 
Fig. 19. 8 », Marginal spines, adult female. 
Fig. 20. a » Spines and tubes, young insect. 
Fig. 21. vs » toot of male. 
They, BRL si » extremity of antenna of male. 


Fig. 23. =i » Spike, penis, and sete of male. 
Fig. 24. Lecanium ole, females on twig. 

Fig. 25. a5 hemisphericum, females on twig. 

Fig. 26. ‘ mort, females on frond of fern. 


Art. V.—On the Spiders of New Zealand. By A. T. Urquanart. - 
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 27th October, 1884.] 
Plates IX.—XI. 
Owine to our not possessing in the library of this Institute Koch’s great 
work ‘‘Die Arachniden Australiens’ and Walckenaer’s ‘“‘ His. Nat. des 
Insectes Apteres,” I was obliged to refer home for detailed descriptions of, 
as far as I have been able to ascertain, rather more than one-half of the 
described species of New Zealand spiders. As the greater portion of the 
New Zealand species described by Koch were omitted in the transcript— 
recently received,—I have struck out from this preliminary paper all doubt- 
ful species that may have been described before, and trust that the few 
retained will prove new to science. The family Thomiside, represented by 
two genera Philodromus and Sparassus, and the genera Arachnura and 
Sphasus I believe have not been previously recorded as occurring in New 
Zealand, 


e 


32 Transactions.— Zoology. 


Fam. HPEIRIDA. 
Genus Epeira, Walck. 

Kpeira brounti, sp.n. Pl. x., fig. 5. 

Length of an adult female 18 mm., and of an adult male 11 mm. 

The cephalothoraxz of the female is moderately convex, compressed before, 
rounded on the sides, medial indentation and normal grooves moderate ; it 
has a reddish-brown hue, and is clothed with silky whitish hairs. The 
height of the clypeus equals the facial space. | 

The four intermediate eyes ave placed on a prominence and nearly form 
a square ; the tubercles of the lateral eyes arch over the anterior pair. 

Relative length of legs 1, 4, 2, 3, first and fourth nearly equal (80 mm.) ; 
they have a red chestnut tint, and are sparingly furnished with fine light 
hairs ; the armature consists of spines and sustentacula. 

The palpi are moderately slender and resemble the legs in colour. 

The falces are strong, vertical, and have a dark amber hue. 

The maaille are as broad as long, slightly pointed, and inclined towards 
the lip, which is somewhat oval ; these parts have a greenish-brown tint. 

The sternum is heart-shaped, has eminences opposite the legs ; is brown 
in colour, and clothed with light hairs. 

The abdomen is a broad oval, depressed above, projects over the base of 
the cephalothorax ; the ground colour is brown, and the specific markings 
have a pale ochraceous hue; the fore-pair of impressed spots form a 
transverse line with the anterior tubercles; these brown spots are inter- 
sected by the broad medial band, forming a cross-like pattern, margined 
with the paler tints ; the fore-margins have a somewhat crescent-shape, and 
the hind conyerge into a double loop above the posterior tubercle; between 
this conical protuberance and the two anterior tubercles there are four 
hook-shaped marks; on the lateral margins there are a series of oblique 
lines converging towards the spinners. On the ventral surface there is a 
shield-hike mark with light margins, and a double row of four pits in the. 
centre. The vulva consists of a long, curved, dark amber-coloured, wrinkled, 
taper, membraneous process, directed backwards; beneath it are black 
protuberances. 

The male is about two-thirds the length of the female. ‘The cephalo- 
thorax is oval, nearly as broad as long; medial fovea deep; the anterior 
prominence of the caput is more pointed, and the tubercles of the lateral 
eyes more prominent than in the female; it has a brownish-amber hue. 
The legs are long, moderately stout, and resemble the cephalothorax in 
colour ; there is a curved process on the coxe of the first pair; the tibie of 
the second pair are tumid, and have four irregular rows of spines on the 
inferior surface; the general armature consists of numerous long spines. 


TRANS. NZ.INSTITUTE, VOLAVIEPLIN. 


ND SPIDERS. 


f 


a aad 
~J 
ei 
Py 


f 


NEW 


ATE ded. 


MATT a es 


ey ele 


Urnqunart.—On the Spiders of New Zealand. 33 


The palpi are short and stout, yellowish-brown; the cubital and radial 
joints are short, the former has at its extremity, in front, a long bristle 
directed forwards, and the latter joins in closely with the digital joint, 
which is well developed, and somewhat globose ; the convex sides are hairy, 
and directed towards each other ; the palpal organs are complex, and com- 
pact, the most remarkable béing a strong curved process at the base. The 
abdomen is ovate; it has the same tints, and the specific pattern much the 
same form, as the female. 

I have much pleasure in connecting this fine species with the name of 
Captain Broun, M.E.S., to whom I am indebted for an interesting collec- 
tion of spiders. Several examples were captured by him at Tairua and 
Whangarei Harbour. I have taken it near Auckland. 

Epeira indistincta, var. n. 

This handsome variety only differs from EH. brounti in colour, and as a 
rule in the specific pattern being less distinct; the cephalothorax and legs 
have a rather dark amber colour, and the abdomen has a pale yellowish- 
brown hue faintly tinged with green; the specific marks are buff, picked 
out with red. 

Numerous specimens. Tairua, Whangarei Harbour, 7. Broun; Karaka, 
Auckland, .4.7.U. 5 

Epeira (?) attenuata, sp.n. PI. ix., fig. 1. 

Length of an adult female, 15-17 mm. 

The cephalothorax is oval, depressed above; the lateral constrictions at 

_the caput, which is rather convex and roundly truncate, are moderate ; 
there is a deep transverse fovea, and the furrows at the junction of the caput 
are well marked; it has a yellow amber hue, suffused with brown; sparingly 
clothed with pale grey silky hairs. The profile line ascends with a slight 
curve from the thoracic junction, running in an undulating line to the 
ocular area, which is only moderately prominent; projecting slightly over 
the clypeus, whose height is more than the diameter of one of the fore- 
central eyes. 

The area of the four intermediate eyes is nearly twice as long as broad 
in front, this interval being rather more than the diameter of one of these 
eyes; the space between the hind-centrals is slightly in excess of the latter 
interval ; the laterals are nearly contiguous, and placed on tubercles ; the 
fore-pair are the smallest of the eight. The eyes, which are seated on 
small black tubercular spots, when viewed from above form two transverse 
rows ; the anterior row includes the laterals, and is slightly procurved. 

The legs are long and slender, relative length 1, 2,.4, 3, the second pair 
nearly equals the first in length ; they are like the cephalothorax in colour, 
and are moderately furnished with dark hairs and long fine spines, 

3 


84 T'ransactions.—Zoology. 


The palpi resemble the legs in colour, and are clothed with hairs and 
bristles. 

The falces ave strong, conical, vertical, divergent at their extremities ; 
armed with a short double row of teeth. 

The mawille are a broad oval, slightly inclined towards the lip, which is 
pointed, broader than long; these parts havé a duller yellow hue than the 
falces. 

The sternum is cordate, brown, and stamped with a yellow seven-lobed 
embossed mark. 

The addomen is ovate-lanceolate, of a slightly mottled creamy brown 
colour, margined—as far as the base of the tail-like extremity—with two 
broad bands of soft light silky hairs; beneath these bands there are a 
series of longitudinal undulating wrinkles; a narrow irregular brown 
medial line runs between the eight impressed spots. From the posterior 
pair of spots a series of four creamy brown longitudinal streaks extend 
along the superior surface of the tail; this part, measured from the poste- 
rior pair of spinners, is 5 mm. in length; it is shaded with brown and yel- 
low-brown tints, furnished with fine erect hairs, and encircled with closely- 
set wrinkles ; devoid of terminal tubercles. The ventral surface has a 
dark brownish® hue; two creamy-coloured bands extend from the branchial 
opercula as far as the posterior spinnerets. The vulva consists of a long, 
thick, pendulous yellow-brown process, directed backwards, with an orifice 
at its extremity. 

This species—which I have placed provisionally amongst the Epeira— 
appears to be intermediate between that genus and Arachnura; resembling 
the former in having spines on the 3-4 pairs of legs, and showing its 
affinities to the latter genus by its cross-ringed tail; which is stouter and 
less flexible than that of the type form. 

It affects shrubs, and the lower parts of furze hedges. 

Tairua, T. Broun; Karaka, Auckland, A.T.U. 

Genus Arachnura, Vinson. 

Arachnura longicauda, sp. nu. Pl. ix., fig. 2. 

Length of mature female—body extended, 11-16 mm.; length of cephalo- 
thorax, 24 mm.; breadth, 2mm.; breadth of abdomen, 3 mm.; length of tail 
from posterior pair of spinners, 5-7 mm. Leneth of adult male, 13-2 mm. 

Female.—The cephalothoraa is oval, moderately convex, constricted ante- 
riorly, a glossy dark straw colour, finely rugulose, furnished with a few white 
hairs ; the margins are edged and speckled with dark olive-green, and two 
narrow—sometimes blending into one—stripes of a similar shade extend 
along the medial line; a large pale straw-coloured, semi-oval, convex lobe, with 
a faint longitudinal sulcus, extends from the base to the centre of the thorax, 


Urnqunart.—On the Spiders of New Zealand. 85 


This lobe forms a somewhat rounded prominence in the profile line, which 
otherwise ascends gradually in nearly an even line to the ocular area; the 
fore-part of this area, containing the four intermediate eyes, is prominent ; 
the height of the clypeus is rather more than twice the diameter of a fore- 
central eye. 

The eyes are placed on small black tubercular prominences ; the fore- 
centrals, which are about one eye’s breadth apart, are the largest, the rest 
about equal; the space between the hind-centrals is less than one eye’s 
diameter, and they are further from the fore-centrals than these eyes are 
from each other; the laterals are about half an eye’s breadth apart, and 
seated obliquely on tubercles. 

The legs are short, relative length, 1, 2, 4, 3; the first, second, and 
fourth about equal (6 mm.); they resembly the cephalothorax in colour, 
and are speckled with dark spots; the femoral, genual, and tibial joints 
of the 2, 3, 4 pairs have two greenish stripes on the upper surface ; the 
armature consists of erect hairs, and a few long fine spine-like bristles on 
the 1-2 pairs—one or two weak ones on the 3-4. 

The palpi resemble the legs in colour and armature. 

The mazille ave broad, somewhat obliquely truncate ; brownish-yellow. 

The labiwm is semicircular, pointed, brownish, light apex. 

The falces are strong, conical, vertical, armed with a double row of 
teeth ; same hue as the legs. 

The sternum is heart-shaped, brown ; in the centre there is a seven-lobed 
embossed mark of a yellowish colour, and speckled with brown spots ; 
resembles fig. b, pl. ix. 

The abdomen is triangular-lanceolate in form, projects over the cephalo- 
thorax ; at the fore-extremity there are two conical protuberances, directed 
forwards, formed by a deep cleft in the abdomen ; posteriorly it tapers off to 
a long transversely wrinkled tail-like process. This portion of the abdomen 
is tinted with yellowish and dark brown hues, more thickly clothed with 
short erect hairs; on the ventral surface there is a light-coloured band with 
four transverse bars, extending from the spinners to the apex; on this 
somewhat conical extremity are seated five small reddish tubercles. 

The colouring of this species is very variable ; but in most examples the 
fore-part of the abdomen has a creamy hue more or less mottled with 
violet ; from the base of each conical projection a violet, yellow, or red line 
runs through each pair of impressed spots ; between them there is a narrow 
medial streak, with short oblique bars. The lateral margins from the fore- 
part of the tubercles to the base of the tail, have a broad band of close-set 
longitudinal undulated wrinkles; this part and the ventral surface have a 
greenish-brown hue. The vulva consists of a broad lip-like process. 


36 Transactions. —Zoology. 


The male is much smaller than the female, being hardly 2mm. in 
length. The cephalothorax does not differ much from that of the latter, but 
the abdomen is remarkable as it bears a somewhat close resemblance to the 
undeveloped form of a very young female; it is short, broad, and almost 
squarely truncated at either end; the depression at the base is slightly 
- concave, and the prominences on either side are rounded and abortive. At 
the posterior end there are six wide, deep, transverse wrinkles extending over 
about one-third of the abdomen, which terminates with prominent, obtuse 
tubercles ; the lateral marginal wrinkles are also well developed. In colour 
the abdomen is a yellowish-brown, mottled with a darker tint. The legs 
have a bright yellow colour, tinged with reddish-brown ; they are furnished 
with hairs, and a very few fine hair-like bristles. The palpi are short, 
resemble the legs in colour, and have a few fine hairs. The femoral joint 
does not greatly exceed the cubital in length; at the base and outer side of 
the latter there is a rather prominent semi-bulb ; the radial joint is darker, 
shorter, and projects on the outer side a short curved apophysis ; imme- 
diately above it the base of the hairy convexity is produced into a similar 
but more curved bright reddish-brown apophysis ; the digital joint is oval, 
convex, and hairy externally, the convex sides directed towards each other ; 
concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are not very complex ; 
on the outer side, projecting from beneath the upper folds, there is a broad, 
flattish, twin apophysis directed downwards, the extremities are truncated, 
dark, and serrated; projecting forwards from beneath this apophysis is a 
finely-pointed dark process; partially in front of this one is a stronger 
dark serrated process, directed downwards. 

Although this interesting species, from the relative length of the legs 
and the lesser interval between the lateral eyes, appears to be more closely 
allied to Koch’s Epeira higginsiti and FE. feredayi than to Vinson’s A. scor- 
pionoides, | have thought it preferable to follow Vinson. In reference to its 
long flexible tail he says it is ‘‘ susceptible d’abaissement et d’élévation, et 
se recourbe également vers le dos ou vers le ventre ;’ this power obtains in 
the N.Z. species. It generally affects shady places, usually spinning its 
small vertical web beneath the boughs of trees. I have observed the females 
constructing cocoons from October to August ; they are composed of light- 
brown silk of a loose felty texture. The female, when fabricating the 
somewhat cylindroid cocoons, spins a strong horizontal line across the 
upper surface of the web, to which she suspends a thin pedicle 10 mm. or 
more in length; this rope-like structure is then enlarged into the first 
cocoon, about 8 mm. in length and 34 mm. in diameter; between this 
cocoon and the next there is a short node; this process is repeated until 
there are sometimes as many as nine cocoons, the entire length being about 


UrnquaArt.—On the Spiders of New Zealand. 37 


12 métres. Comprised within each cocoon are about 20-82 pale stone- 
coloured unageglutinated eggs. In the first cocoon of a nidus examined on 
the 14th June the young were little more than 1 mm. in length, and had 
attained to some extent their normal tints; the abdomen was a broadish 
oval, convex, with only a slight longitudinal indentation on the fore-part, 
the tail being represented by a small convex lobe; in the second cocoon 
the tints were not so dark, and the young in the third had only a slight 
tinge on the abdomen; fig. 10, pl. x., respresents a young translucent 
spider from the fourth cocoon; the fifth and sixth only contained eggs. 
The female invariably rests in the centre of the web. 

Karaka, Auckland, A.T.U. 

Arachnura nigritia, var. n. 

Length of an adult female, 10 mm. 

The cephalothoraw of this handsome variety is hyaloid, pale stone-colour, 
tinged with olive-green, normal markings dark chocolate. The palpi and 
leys have a reddish-chocolate hue, suffused and streaked with dark brown ; 
at the articulation of the joints and apices of the tarsi there are bright 
yellow annuli. The falces have a dark olive tint, and the mawille and 
labium a chocolate hue, margined with yellow. ‘The fore-part of the 
abdomen from the spinners, is finely mottled with pale and blackish olive- 
green; the tubercular prominences and medial band are shaded with bright 
orange and orange-red ; the wrinkled lateral margins are a bright velvety 
brown; the ventral surface has a black velvety appearance ; and the tail a 
blackish olive-brown hue; the close set wrinkles well defined. 

Apparently rare. Karaka, Auckland, 4.7.U. 

Arachnura obtusa, sp. 0. 

Length of a mature female, 6 mm. 

This species may be distinguished from A. longicauda not only by its 
smaller size, but by the almost entire absence of the longitudinal cleft in the 
abdomen, and the more vertical position of the tubercles, which are obtuse, 
and of an orange-red colour with buff tips. The cephalothorax is of an 
olive-tinged yellow colour, suffused with chocolate-brown, medial band same 
hue. Legs and palpi yellowish-brown, suffused with chocolate and marked 
with a few olivaceous streaks. ‘The falces have the yellowish hue of the 
legs, and the maaille and lip are chocolate, with olive-yellow margins. The 
abdomen is of an olivaceous-brown colour mottled with a lighter tint; the 
medial band is brown margined with orange-red; the tail is distinctly 
wrinkled and has the same dark hue, its five small tubercles resemble the 
anterior ones in colour. 

Karaka, A.7.U. 

Arachnura trilobata, sp.n. PI. ix,, fig. 3. 

Length of an adult female 94 mm., and of an adult male 6 mm, 


38 Transactions.— Zoology. 


The cephalothorax is oval, convex, glossy black; constricted laterally 
forwards ; medial fovea deep; the caput is strongly convex, and its normal 
grooves well defined ; the profile line forms a double arch, the highest part 
being at the occiput; the fore-part of this area is prominent, projecting 
over the clypeus, whose height equals the depth of the ocular area. 

The four intermediate eyes form a trapezoid, whose length is greater than 
the interval between the fore-central eyes; the hind-centrals are about one- 
quarter of an eye’s breadth apart; the laterals are placed obliquely on 
strong tubercles, the space between them is about one-half their diameter. 
The eyes are moderately large and have a pearly lustre. 

The legs are moderately long and strong, 1, 2, 4, 3, the second pair 
nearly equals the first in length (9 mm.); they have a yellowish hue and 
well-defined brown annuli; the armature consists of strong hairs. 

The palpi are not very long, and are indistinctly annulated with brown 
and black tints. 

The falces are prominent, conical, and nearly vertical, glossy dark 
brown. 

The mazille are convex, and somewhat obliquely truncated, they are 
glossy dark brown; the labiwm has the same hue, is semicircular, 
pointed. 

The sternum is heart-shaped, dull brownish-black, stampéd with the 
seven-lobed mark. The abdomen is a long oval, convex, and rises almost 
perpendicularly from the thoracic junction; posteriorly it terminates in 
three blunt transversely wrinkled protuberances, the central one is much 
the longest; it is of a very glossy dark green—in some examples nearly 
black hue, almost devoid of hairs, except on the tail-like extremity and 
lateral lobes which are a dull black, faintly streaked with yellowish-brown, 
furnished with short erect hairs; a broad irregular silver band with lake- 
coloured marks extends along the medial line to the base of the central 
protuberance, where it ends in a more or less defined silver crescent; the 
lateral margins are devoid of the longitudinal wrinkles, have a dull black 
hue, and are mottled and streaked with pale brownish-yellow; ventral 
surface dull black. The vulva consists of black oval protuberances, over 
which hangs a broad, curved, wrinkled, membraneous process, directed 
backwards. 

The male is much smaller than the female, being only 5 mm. in length. 
The cephalothorax, which equals the abdomen in length, is a broad oval, dull 
brownish-black, finely rugulose. The legs are somewhat like those of the 
female in colour; the armature consists of strong spines and a few fine 
dark hairs. The palpi are short, the three first joints have a yellowish- 
brown colour; at the apex of the cubital joint there is a strong bristle ; the 


Urqunart.—On the Spiders of New Zealand. 39 


radial joint is short, brownish-black, with a tuft of strong hairs on the 
upper side; the digital joint is large, dark brown, convex and hairy ex- 
ternally, concave within, reddish-brown ; the palpal organs are prominent, 
complex, directed outwards; the most remarkable are two long bristle-like 
processes, and a claw-like process at the base of the outer side. The 
abdomen somewhat resembles that of the female both in colour and form, 
but it is comparatively broader at the posterior end, and the central 
protuberance is shorter, devoid of the yellowish streaks, and the wrinkles 
more defined. 

Vena an tovin) Elevin.. tie f. 

Length of mature female 7mm. 

The posterior portion of the abdomen bears a resemblance to that of the 
male, the central lobe is short and stout, strongly wrinkled, coloured mark- 
ings absent; the crescent-like termination of the medial band well-defined. 
This example is figured with the tail curled up. This species pairs in 
February-March, possibly earlier; the female fabricates, generally on the 
ends of manuka twigs, a conical pale copper-coloured cocoon of a soft silky 
texture, 9 mm. in height, and about the same in diameter, comprised within 
is a cocoon 3 mm. in diameter, containing about 49 spherical straw-coloured 
agglutinated eggs. 

Tairua, 7. Broun; Karaka, Auckland, 4.7.U. 

Fam. THLAOSOMIDES. 
Genus Thlaosoma, Cambr. 

Thlaosoma olivacea, sp.n. Pl. ix, fig. 4. 

Adult female, length 5 mm., breadth of abdomen at the widest part 54 
mm. 

The cephalothorax is broad, rounded at the sides, constricted anteriorly, 
it is of a dull greenish-yellow colour, sparingly clothed with silky whitish 
hairs, the sides are marked with dark olive, a broad whitish medial band 
extends from the ocular area to the region of the thoracic junction, which 
is a little raised and divided into two subconical points by a longitudinal 
cleft. The fore part of the caput, which is of a red-chestnut colour, is 
upturned, ending in a subconical point, on its face are placed the four 
minute central eyes, which are divided by a broad yellow cross; the laterals 
are seated on small tubercles. 

Relative length of legs 1, 2, 4, 8, those of the first and second pair are 
much the longest (9 mm.), and about equal in length; the femoral joints 
are rather stout and armed along the outer side with several rows of minute 
spinous tubercles, the outer rows being the strongest; the femoral joint of 
the third, and the tibiz of the first and second pairs, are similarly armed, 
but to a less extent; the femoral and genual joints have a yellowish-brown 


40 Transactions.— Zoology. 


colour suffused with red-chestnut, the other joints are yellowish with brown 
annulations. The tarsi terminate with three claws all differing from the 
rest in strength and curvature. 

The palpi are short, with annulations of three shades. 

The falces are vertical, dull black, finely rugulose. 

The mawille are somewhat quadrate, blackish-brown, reddish margins. 

The labium is triangular, about twice as long as high, resembles the 
maxille in colour. 

The sternwm is blackish-brown, heart-shaped. 

The abdomen is itarge, on the fore part, which projects over the base of 
the cephalothorax, there is an oblong brown mark, margined with a smooth 
space of a pinkish colour clothed with whitish hairs; on either side the 
surface of the anterior part of the abdomen is deeply wrinkled; four 
prominent humps form a transverse row across the centre, the exterior ones 
are somewhat conical, divergent, and directed slightly backwards; the 
upper and anterior face has an olive hue, the ridges tinted with brownish- 
pink; the posterior extremity is somewhat pointed with five transverse 
wrinkles ; the hind parts are tinted with light shades. The ventral surface 
has deep transverse wrinkles, is of a yellowish-brown colour, sparingly 
furnished with light hairs. The vulva is black with a large reddish lip-like 
protuberance. 

Karaka, Auckland, 4.T.U. 

Fam. THERIDIIDAL. 
Genus Argyrodes, Simon. 

Argyrodes conus, sp.u. Pl. x., fig. 6. 

Length of a mature female 24 mm., and of an adult male 2 mm. 

The cephalothorax is oval, moderately convex, glossy black; nearly 
glabrous; the profile line ascends gradually from the thoracic junction in 
an undulating line, caused by the transverse indentation, to the ocular 
area ; the forepart of this area is very prominent, forming a deep indenta- 
tion in the profile of the clypeus, whose height otherwise is rather more than 
the length of the ocular area; lateral marginal constrictions at the caput 
moderate, normal grooves deep. 

The eyes are about equal in size, and have a pearly lustre; the four 
central eyes form a square, and the hind-centrals are rather further apart 
from each other than each is from the posterior lateral eyes, which are 
seated obliquely on strong tubercles and nearly contiguous to the anterior 
laterals. 

The legs are long and slender, the first pair is the longest (6 mm.), 
second and fourth about equal ; they have yellowish-brown tints, and with 
the exception of the first pair, only faintly annulated with a darker hue; 


NEW ZEALAND SPIDERS 


VATA ded. 


a 


ake 


Urqunart.— On the Spiders of New Zealand. 44 


they are furnished only with fine erect hairs. The superior tarsal claws of 
the first pair differ from each other in size, the outer claw being the largest, 
and are provided with two teeth of unequal size pointing obliquely forwards ; 
the inferior claw is as large as the greater of the superior claws, more 
powerful, and furnished with a long pointed tooth. 

The palpt are slender, darker than the legs; the claw is long, fine, 
slightly curved, with. two teeth of different size, pointing obliquely forwards. 

The falces are long, vertical, tapering, divergent at the extremities, 
brownish. 

The mawille are oblong, sides nearly straight, roundly-pointed at the 
extremities, parallel. Labiwm short and broad; has the dark brown shade 
of the maxille. 

The sternwm is somewhat cordate, convex, black. 

The abdomen is large, conical; the dorsal portion is of a dull silver, 
with faint pinkish reflections; from the petiolum a black toothed band 
faintly margined with yellow ascends to the apex, and converges from the 
thoracic junction to the spinnerets ; the sides and ventral surface are black. 
The spinners are surrounded by a sheath-like band, formed by a deep 
circular groove; the outer margin of this groove, viewed laterally, forms a 
protuberance on which there is a circular fovea; between this depression 
and the vulva, on the side of the abdomen there is a larger one of an oval 
form. The vulva consists of a somewhat square, moderately raised black 
protuberance, to which is attached a broad crimson process, directed back- 
wards. 

The male is rather shorter than the female and resembles her in 
colour and markings ; the cephalothorax is comparatively narrower, and the 
ocular area more prominent; projecting from the clypeus is a long, strong 
dark brown process, its tumid conical point has hairs directed backwards. 
The humeral and radial joints of the palpi are long and resemble the legs 
in colour; the digital joint is unusually developed, convex and moderately 
hairy externally, black ; concave within, brownish; the palpal organs are 
complex, the most remarkable are two strong processes directed downwards. 
The abdomen is similar in form to that of the female, but it is smaller, 
slopes backwards, exposing the petiolum. ‘These interesting little spiders 
are quasi-parasitic on the webs of the larger Hpeirids, they are also to be 
found under the eaves of low buildings on the webs of the Theridiida, etc., 
When resting on webs the abdomen is always below, the legs being drawn 
together and extended upwards. The females commence constructing 
their cocoons towards the end of December ; most of the young are hatched 
in March. Occasionally cocoons are fabricated as late as April; the female 
commences this work by spinning a short strong horizontal line, to which 


42 Transactions. — Zoology. 


she suspends by a short pedicle,—and sometimes braces with a few fine 
lines,—a somewhat globular whitish cocoon of compact texture, 5 mm. in 
length, and 8mm. in diameter; the base contracts into a narrow funnel- 
shaped outlet 2mm. in length, through which the young escape. In this 
cocoon the female deposits about 36 unagglutinated spherical straw- 
coloured eggs. 

Karaka, Auckland, A.T.U. 

Fam. THOMISIDA. 
Genus Sparassus, Walck. 

Sparassus angulatus, sp. n. 

Length of an adult female 7 mm. 

The cephalothoraz is a broad oval, constricted laterally forwards, and 
roundly truncated in front; the profile ascends abruptly from the hinder 
extremity, then slopes gradually, ascending slightly at the ocular area; the 
caput is depressed, and its converging grooves—in some examples forming 
a brown medial band—extend nearly to the base of the cephalothorax, 
which is of a yellow-ochreous hue, sparingly furnished with short papille- 
form hairs. Height of clypeus about half the depth of the facial space. 

The eyes constitute a segment of a circle, with its convexity directed for- 
wards ; the lateral eyes of the anterior row are the largest, and the inter- 
mediate ones of the same row are the smallest of the eight. 

Relative length of legs 1, 2, 4, 8, the first and second pairs (9-7 mm.) 
are much the stoutest and longest; they are a shade lighter than the 
cephalothorax, and furnished with papilleform hairs ; the femoral joints of 
the first pair have an oblique row of three or four spines on the outer surface, 
the socket of the inner spine is remarkably developed; the femora of the 
second. pair have only one spine; the tibia and metatarsi of the first and 
second pairs have each six spines on the inner, and four on the outer side of 
the inferior surface ; the two hind-pairs are sparingly armed with spines ; the 
tarsi are clothed with dark hairs, and terminate with two curved claws 
furnished with three coarse teeth, beneath them there is a small scopula. 

The palpt resemble the legs in colour, and are armed with a minute 
claw. 

The falces are vertical, tapering. 

The maaille are straight, rounded at the extremity, inclined towards the 
lip which is oval. 

The sternum is a broad oval, and has the uniform yellow-ochreous tint. 

The fore-part of the abdomen rises abruptly from the pedicle, is truncate, 
with a slight cleft in the centre; the posterior extremity is the widest and 
somewhat square; at each angle there is a conical prominence directed 
backwards ; the impressed spots form a square; it is of a dull ochreous 


Urquaart.—On the Spiders of New Zealand, 43 


colour, and clothed with papilleform hairs; the ventral surface has the 
same hue. The vulva is formed by a nearly circular narrow wrinkled . 
membraneous hood, in the centre there are two crimson-brown fovea. 

Tairua, Whangarei Harbour, T. Brown; Karaka, Auckland, A.T.U. 

Sparassus angularis, sp.u. Pl. x., fig. 7. 

Length of an adult female 10 mm. 

The cephalothoraaz of this species is comparatively longer than that of S. 
angulatus, being nearly as long as the abdomen, and the anterior constric- 
tions are rather sharper; it is margined by a raised band; the caput 
bifurcates into two parallel medial ridges, ending at the thoracic slope 
(viewed laterally) in two conical prominences; it is of a reddish-amber 
colour, sparingly furnished with hair-like papille. 

Relative length of legs 1, 2, 4, 8, the first and second (16-13 mm.) are 
much the strongest and longest; the armature differs from the former 
species in there being six spines irregularly seated along the outer surface of 
the femoral joint of the first pair. 

The mawille, labium, and falces have a dark hue. © 

The sternwm is a broad oval, with slight prominences opposite the coxe. 

The abdomen has an earthy-brown colour, clothed with fine light hairs ; 
the under surface has two pits below the vulva, not well marked in the 
former species. ‘The genital organ differs slightly from that of S. angu- 
latus. 

There was only one example of this species in Captain Broun’s Tairua 
collection. 

Genus Philodromus, Walck. 

Philodromus ambarus, sp.n. Pl. x., fig. 8. 

Length of an adult female 6 mm. 

The cephalothorax is of a reddish-amber colour, glossy, furnished with a 
few black bristle-like hairs ; about as broad as long, rounded on the sides ; 
anterior extremity broad and truncated, lateral marginal constrictions at 
the caput very slight, slopes abruptly posteriorly ; height of clypeus about 
the depth of the ocular area. 

The eyes describe a crescent on the anterior part of the caput, those of 
each lateral pair are larger than the intermediate ones, and are seated on 
yellowish cup-shaped tubercles; the four central eyes nearly form a square, 
and are placed on small yellowish tubercular prominences. 

Relative length of legs 1, 2, 4, 8, the first and second are much the 
longest (6 mm.) and strongest; they have a yellow-ochreous hue, and 
furnished, especially the femoral joints, with spine-like bristles; the tibie 
and metatarsi are armed with strong spines; the tarsi terminate with two 
curved pectinated claws, beneath which there is a small scopula. 


44 Transactions.— Zoology. 


The palpi have the same tint as the legs, armed with a few bristles, and | 
small curved claw. . 

The falces are strong, convex, somewhat cuneiform, slightly inclined out- 
wards. 

The mawille are rather pointed, inclined towards the lip, which is oval, 
and obtuse at the apex; these parts are a yellow-ochreous, provided with a 
few strong black hairs. 

Sternum heart-shaped. 

The abdomen is oval, broadest towards the posterior end, somewhat 
globose, rises rather abruptly from the thoracic junction; it has a pale 
brown hue, two dark lake-coloured lines converge towards the hind ex- 
tremity, forming a semi-oval and square space, in the centre of each space 
are four dark impressed spots; between the base of each of these lines and 
the spinners are a series of four oblique marks; the lateral margins have a 
band of creamy-white embossed small leaf-like marks. Vulva simple. 

Tairua, Whangarei Harbour, 7. Broun. 

Philodromus spheroides, sp. n. 

Length of an adult female 6 mm. 

The colour of the cephalothoraaz is a pale amber, faintly tinged with pea- 
green ; almost glabrous; it is oval, almost as broad as long; the caput is 
large, roundly truncated, anterior constrictions slight; the profile line rises 
abruptly, then runs in a straight line to the ocular area, forming an obtuse 
angle; the height of the clypews equals the depth of the facial space. 

The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalothorax in two 
transverse curved rows, in the form of a crescent whose convexity is before; 
they are seated on prominent orange-coloured tubercles, the lateral eyes 
are the largest of the eight, and their tubercular prominences conjoin. 

The first and second pairs of legs are moderately robust, and of about 
equal length, the fourth and third are much the slightest and shortest ; 
palish-amber, suffused, especially the first pair, with brownish-purple ; the 
armature consists of about the normal number of spines and a few fine 
_hairs and bristles; the tarsi terminate with the usual pair of claws and 
a scopula. 

The palpi are furnished with hairs and bristles, and are like the legs in 
colour. 

The falces are conical, short, broad at the base. 

The mawille are straight, rounded at the extremities. 

The labiwm is oval, slightly pointed. 

Sternum heart-shaped ; these parts have the amber hue of the legs. 

The abdomen is a broad oval, the diameter equalling the length, convex ; 
nearly glabrous, and of a pale yellowish pea-green, five distinct impressed 
spots form an acute triangle, which has its vertex directed forwards. The 


Urqunart.—On the Spiders of New Zealand. 45 


ventral surface has an amber colour, sparingly clothed with a few fine hairs. 
The vulva is formed by a semicircular narrow wrinkled hood, of a pale 
amber hue, between it and the spinners there is a double row of six shallow 
fovec. 

Lake Tekapo, Canterbury, 4.7.U. 

Fam. SALTICIDA. 
Genus Salticus, Latr. 

Salticus zanthofrontalis, sp.n. Pl. xi., fig. 12. 

Length of an adult male 5 mm. 

The cephatlothoraz is somewhat quadrilateral, of a dull black hue, finely 
rugulose; irregularly clothed with yellowish hairs, lateral margins convex, 
edged with fine hairs; the profile line ascends abruptly from the thoracic 
junction, then runs with a slight slope to the occiput which projects a little 
over the falces. The height of the clypeus equals the diameter of a fore- 
lateral eye. 

The ocular area is large, the hind-lateral eyes, which are the furthest 
apart, are placed near the verge of the posterior slope, and form with the 
faint fovea a transverse line; the small intermediate laterals are nearest 
to the anterior laterals; a rim of yellow lanceolate hairs curves over each 
of the fore-central eyes, and under the fore-laterals; the lower margins of 
the fore-centrals have white hairs of a similar form, and a few are scattered 
over the clypeus. 

Relative length of legs, 1, 4, 2, 8, the first pair is longest and most 
robust; the femoral joints have a dark mahogany hue, the genual and 
tibial joints, especially of the first pair, have a crimson tinge; the metatarsi 
and tarsi are brownish; black and white hairs; armature normal, spines 
strong ; the tarsi terminate with a pair of weak claws and scopula. 

The palpi ave furnished with hairs only, and are similar in colour to the 
legs ; the humeral joint is rather long, the cubital and radial joints short, 
the latter is black, somewhat globose, and projects an apophysis near its 
articulation with the digital joint, which is long and narrow, convex, hairy 
and black above; beneath it is moderately convex, reddish-brown, with a 
large pad-like protuberance. 

The falces are vertical, broad, flat, finely rugulose, black; furnished with 
long white hairs, and strong teeth. 

The mawille are strong, broad, somewhat obliquely truncated, inclined 
towards the lip, which is nearly triangular ; these parts are dark brown with 
light apices. 

Sternum oval, black, few white hairs. 

The abdomen is oviform, and resembles the cephalothorax in colour and 
clothing ; ventral surface black, yellowish hairs. 


46 Transactions. —Z oology. 


Karaka, Auckland, 4.7.U. 

Salticus tabinus, sp.nov. PI. xi., fig. 13. 

Length of a mature female 5 mm. 

The cephalothoraz is somewhat quadrilateral, rounded posteriorly ; it is 
thickly clothed with short fulvous and brown hair, forming a tabby pattern ; 
the profile line rises rather abruptly from the base of the cephalothorax, 
then runs with a very slight curve to the ocular area, which projects over 
the falces ; the clypeus in height equals the diameter of a fore-lateral eye, 
and is thickly furnished with light hairs. 

Eyes normal. 

Legs moderate, 4, 1, 2, 3, they do not differ much in length ; pale stone- 
colour, hyaline, with dark grey and brown annulations; the armature 
consists of strong spines, hairs, and a few bristles ; the tarsi are provided 
with the normal claws and scopula. 

The palpt resemble the legs in colour, but are devoid of annuli. 

The falces are short, broad at the base, vertical, divergent, black. 

Mazille broad, and rounded at the extremity, divergent. 

Labium oval, these parts are brownish yellow. 

Sternum oval, convex, glossy, brownish yellow, few light hairs. 

Abdomen oval, slightly pointed posteriorly, resembles the cephalothorax 
in colour and clothing; the ventral surface has a yellowish-brown hue. 
The vulva is formed by a narrow, somewhat angular membraneous hood; the 
central parts are somewhat convex, with two dark fovee. 

Scoria walls, North Shore, Auckland, 4.7.U. 

Salticus curvus, sp.n. -Pl. xi., fig. 14. 

Length of an adult male 5 mm. 

The cephalothorax is nearly quadrilateral, rounded posteriorly ; it is of a 
glossy brown black, finely rugulose, with a few light hairs about the 
margins, whic’ are abrupt, medial indentation T-shaped; the profile line 
ascends with: noderate curve from the thoracic junction, is horizontal as 
far as the hir lateral eyes, then slopes off to the anterior extremity of the 
caput, which ojects over the falces ; the clypeus is sparingly furnished with 
long light hairs, and in height nearly equals the diameter of one of the 
fore-lateral ey s. 

The fore- and hind-lateral eyes form a square, the intermediate laterals 
are equidistant between them ; the anterior row are prominent. 

The legs are moderate, and do not vary much in strength or length, 
4, 8, 2, 1, the two hind and two fore pairs are about equal ; in colour they 
are a dark brownish black, lightest at the extremities ; the armature con- 
sists of a few brownish hairs and long strong spines; each tarsus terminates 
with two strongly-toothed claws, beneath which there is the usual scopula. 


Unquuart.—On the Spiders of New Zealand. 47 


The palpi resemble the legs in colour, the humeral joint is moderately 
long, the cubital and radial short, the digital joint is oval, light brown, 
convex and hairy externally, reddish chocolate beneath ; the palpal organs 
are prominent, projecting at the base in a convexity directed backwards ; 
at the anterior extremity there are two small horn-like processes directed 
forwards and upwards. 

The falces have a reddish-chocolate hue, shading off to an orange-red 
tint at their rounded extremities, strongly rugulose, moderately convex, and 
inclined towards the lip, curving outwardly (bandy) in the centre, armed 
with strong teeth. 

The maaille are nearly as broad as long, somewhat rounded, brown in 
colour, with a brassy appearance about the margins. 

The labiwm is semicircular, dark brown. 

Sternum oval, glossy brownish-black, clothed with a few hairs. 

The abdomen is oval, moderately convex, glossy brown-black, thinly 
clothed with short dark hairs. 

Whangarei Harbour, 7. Broun. 

Salticus furvus, sp. n. Pl. xi., fig. 15. 

Length of a mature female 5 mm. 

The cephalothoraxy is somewhat quadrilateral, rounded and sloping 
rather abruptly posteriorly, prominent in front, fovea moderately deep, 
placed on verge of slope; it is.a dark brown-black, finely rugulose, sparinely 
furnished with bright fulvous hair; two faint lines converge from the 
lateral eyes to the thoracic junction, and the lateral margins are fringed 
with hairs of a similar hue. The clypeus is about equal to the diameter of 
a fore-lateral eye. The hind-lateral eyes are nearer to the anterior laterals 
than they are to each other. 

Relative length of legs, 1, 4, 2, 3; in the first pair, which are the 
stoutest, the femoral joints have a reddish-brown tint, the four last joints 
have a crimson-brown tinge, the latter joints in the second pair have a 
similar hue, and the femoral joints have the brownish-yellow colour of the 
third and fourth pair, these have brown annulations. The armature con- 
sists of strong spines, a few bristles and fine hairs; the tarsi terminate with ° 
the usual claws and scopula. 

The palpi have a light brownish hue. 

The falces are vertical, somewhat flat, divergent, rugulose, reddish, 
armed with sharp teeth. ; 

The mawville are broad, and rounded at their extremity, moderately 
inclined towards the lip, bright brownish-amber colour. 

The labium is somewhat oval, darker than the maxille, with a light 
recurved apex, 


48 Transactions. —Z oology. 


The sternum is oval, nearly black. 

The abdomen is oval, finely rugulose, transversely marked with indistinct 
brown and black streaks, thinly clothed with hairs of a similar shade to 
those of the cephalothorax; the sides and ventral surface are darker; two 
broad yellowish bands converge from above the branchial opercular round 
to the spinners, which are pale brown. ‘The vulva consists of a prominent, 
short, broadly-tapering, wrinkled, reddish process, with a large orifice at 
the extremity. 

Karaka, Auckland, 4.T.U. 

Salticus alpinus, sp.n. Pl. xi., fig. 16. 

Length of an adult female 6 mm., and of an adult male 7 mm. 

The cephalothorawy is somewhat quadrilateral, rounded posteriorly ; 
moderately depressed above; it is a dull black; sparingly clothed with pale 
yellow, coppery-yellow, and black hairs, forming a tabby-like pattern ; the 
profile line ascends with a moderate curve from the thoracic junction, 
sloping off anteriorly at the caput; medial fovea shallow. The clypeus is 
furnished with long white hairs, and its height is about half the diameter of 
the fore-lateral eyes. 

The ocular area is nearly as long as broad; fore- and hind-lateral eyes 
equal; small intermediate eyes equidistant between them. 

The legs are moderately robust, relative length, 4, 1, 2, 3, fourth and 
first nearly equal; they are tinted with light brown and black annuli, 
clothed with black and white hairs; the armature of the first and second 
pairs consists of the usual double row of six spines on the inferior surface 
of the tibiz, and of four on the metatarsi; the femoral joints of the third 
and fourth pair have two long bristle-like spines on the superior surface ; 
one spine on the tibia, six at the end of the metatarsi; claws strong, curved, 
pectinated. 

The palpi have a fulvous tinge, and are clothed with white hairs. 

The falces are vertical, convex, moderately broad, pale brown. 

The maaille are broad, obliquely truncated, inclined towards the lip, 
which is semicircular, pointed ; these parts have a light brown colour. 

The sternwmn is oval, black. 

The abdomen is oval, rises with an inward curve from the pedicle, is 
pointed posteriorly ; in colour and markings it resembles the cephalothorax, 
but it is more thickly clothed with hair; the under side is light brown, 
sparingly furnished with short light hairs; a prominent’medial ridge 
extends from the genital organ to the spinnerets, which are moderately 
long. The vulva is a simple hood-like, greenish-brown prominence, con- 
cave within. 


ZINSTITUTE.VOL.XVIEPLXT. 


or vias " 
Cae : 
LA = 


Unqusart.—On the Spiders of New Zealand. 49 


The male appears to be larger than the female, but does not differ much 
from it in form or colouring ; the armature of the legs is similar. 

_ The palpi are moderately long and slender, brownish-black, furnished 
with whitish hairs; the humeral joint is about twice the length of the 
cubital and radial joints together, the latter is the shortest; the digital 
joint is oval, convex and hairy externally ; beneath there are black convex 
lobes ; at the base of the outer side there is a short, pointed, concave, 
membraneous process. 

This species is common on the mountains of Canterbury and Westland, 
it affects the solid rocks, and in colour bears a close resemblance to its 
surroundings. A.7’.U. 

Salticus albopalpis, sp.n. Pl. x1., fig. 17. 

Length of a mature female 9 mm. 

The cephalothoraz is somewhat quadrilateral, depressed ; black, thickly 
clothed with grey, black, and yellowish-hairs, forming the common tabby 
pattern ; thoracic fovea oblong ; the profile line forms a slight curve to the 
ocular area, the depth of which is about one-third of the cephalothorax ; the 
fore-part of this area is furnished with erect black hairs. 

The clypeus is thickly clothed with long white hairs, and in height is 
less than the diameter of one of the fore-lateral eyes. 

The two intermediate eyes of the anterior row are seated on collar-like 
prominences ; the transverse diameter of this row exceeds that of the hind- 
row; the intermediate laterals are equidistant from the fore- and hind- 
laterals. 

The first and second pairs of legs are moderately strong ; relative length 
4,1, 2,3; they are marked with black and brown annuli, and clothed with 
long, mostly erect, black and white hairs; the armature consists of the 
normal spines; the tarsi terminate with long curved claws; the inner claw 
of the fourth pair has about twenty fine comb-teeth gradually increasing in 
length and strength ; the outer about fifteen ; on the first pair the inner 
claws have about twelve fine teeth, the outer four coarse teeth. . 

The palpi are long and strong, resemble the legs in colour, and are 
furnished with remarkably long white hairs. 

The falces are moderately strong, vertical, of a light amber colour, 
rugulose ; armed with three acute teeth, two on the inner, and one on the 
outer row. 

The maaille are straight, rounded, and slightly pointed at the apex, 
light brown-umber. 

The labium is somewhat oval, brown, with a pale slightly recurved 
margin. 

Sternum oval, dark brown, few white hairs, 

4 


50 Transactions. —Zoology. 


The abdomen is ovoid, pointed posteriorly, resembles the cephalothorax 
in colour and pattern; the ventral surface is black, sparingly clothed with 
short white hairs. The vulva consists of a large, narrow, somewhat circular 
yellowish-brown hood, clothed with hairs, in the centre there is a somewhat 
quadrate protuberance, of the same hue, with dark fovee at the anterior 
extremity. 

Mountains above the Otira Gorge, Westland, 4.T.U. 

Salticus compactus, sp.n. Pl. xi., fig. 18. 

Length of a mature female 4 mm. 

The cephalothoraxy has a dull brownish-black colour, finely rugulose, 
furnished with a few light hairs; it is rounded posteriorly as far as the 
hind-lateral eyes, from whence it is moderately constricted forwards ; 
truncate in front; the lateral margins are abrupt, slightly inclined inwards ; 
the profile line ascends abruptly from the thoracic junction, then slopes 
across the caput, forming a somewhat obtuse angle, with the hind-lateral 
eye placed on the anterior: side of the apex. The clypeus is clothed with 
strong white hairs directed centrally, in height it equals the diameter of one 
of the fore-lateral eyes. : 

The ocular area is remarkably large, extending over the greater portion 
of the cepahlothorax, whose greatest diameter is between the hind-lateral 
eyes, intersecting the faint medial fovea; the small intermediate eyes are 
placed nearest to the fore-laterals ; the anterior row are fringed with orange- 
coloured hairs on the lower side. 

The legs are moderately long, 1, 4, 2, 8; the first pair is the most 
robust, and does not differ much from the fourth in length ; the femoral 
joints have a dark mahogany hue, the other joints a reddish amber colour, 
palest at the extremities ; the armature consists of a few lightish hairs, fine 
bristles, and spines, which are normal. 

The palpi have the lighter tints of the legs, and are furnished with 
bristles and hairs. 

The falces are vertical, flat, rounded at the apices, armed with strong 
teeth, bright chocolate brown, rugulose. 

The mawille are broad, rounded, inclined towards the lip, which is semi- 
circular ; these parts are dark brown, with light slightly recurved apices. 

Sternum ovate, posterior end broadest, black, furnished with a few coarse 
light hairs. 

The abdomen is a broad oval, convex, projects over the cephalothorax ; 
dull black, finely rugulose, obscurely marked with oblique brown streaks, very 
sparingly furnished with light hairs. The ventral surface has a lghtish 
hue, and is more thickly clothed. The vulva consists of a reddish brown, 
moderately wide, nearly circular hood, the ends on the posterior side curved 
inwardly, nearly dividing the crimson brown concave portions. 


Unqunart.—-On the Spiders of New Zealand. 51 


Frequents shingle slopes. Mountains near Lake Tekapo, Canterbury, 
HAAMER(OE 

Salticus tenebricus, sp. n. Pl. x1., fig. 19. 

Length of an adult male 4 mm. 

The cephalothorax is brownish black, nearly glabrous; the thorax is 
rounded posteriorly and about one-third longer than the caput; the profile 
line rises with a moderately abrupt curve from the thoracic junction, then 
runs in a nearly even line, sloping slightly at the fore-part of the caput, 
which is prominent ; medial fovea moderately deep. The clypeus is directed 
inwardly, and in height hardly equals the diameter of one of the fore-lateral 
eyes. 

The lateral eyes nearly form a square, the transverse diameter being the 
greatest ; the intermediate laterals are equidistant between them. 

The legs are moderateiy long and stout, and do not differ much in their 
relative proportions, 1, 4, 2, 3; glossy brown, suffused with black, 
sparingly furnished with light hairs, spines moderately strong. 

The palpi are not very long, have a lighter shade than the legs, and are 
sparingly clothed with white hairs ; the cubital joint is rather stronger than 
the radial, the latter projects a large apophysis from its extremity, on the 
outer side; the digital joint is oval, convex and hairy externally, black ; 
beneath it is reddish-brown, prominent, projecting at the base in a con- 
vexity extending upwards to the articulation of the cubital and radial joints ; 
at the anterior extremity there is a small black corneous process directed 
outwards. 

The falces are broad, bowed outwardly in the centre, inclined inwardly ; 
they are rugulose, and have a bright reddish-brown colour. 

The maaille are straight, broad, rounded, bright brownish-yellow. 

The labium is broader than long, pointed, brown, yellowish apex. 

The sternum oval, brownish-black. 

The abdomen is oviform, shorter than the cephalothorax, blackish-brown, 
finely rugulose, sparingly clothed with whitish hairs. 

Captured on shingle slopes. Mountains near Lake Tekapo, Canterbury, 
An, 

As there is no very satisfactory natural arrangement of this large 
family, I have thought it advisable for the present to follow the example 
of many arachnologists, including Blackwall, and to group all the species 
in the Latreillean genus Salticus. 

Fam. LYCOSIDA. 
Genus Sphasus, Walck. 
Sphasus gregarius, sp.n. Pl. xi., fig. 20. 
Length of an adult female 5-6 mm., and of an adult male 5 mm, 


' 


52 Transactions.—Zooloyy. 


The cephalothorax is oval, sides abrupt, roundly truncated in front; 
lateral marginal constrictions at the caput slight ; it is of a light yellowish- 
brown colour, sparingly clothed with light and dark hairs ; from the hind- 
central eyes a lanceolate brown mark, with a light medial streak, extends 
to the base of the cephalothorax; on either side there are broad brown 
marginal bands. The profile line rises abruptly from the thoracic junction, 
then runs in a nearly even line to the ocular area. The height of the clypeus 
exceeds the space between the eyes of the second row, and its direction 
nearly vertical. 

The four posterior eyes are equal in size, and form a moderately re- 
curved transverse row ; the other four form a trapezoid whose shortest side 
is before, the posterior pair of the trapezoid are the largest, and the anterior 
pair much the smallest of the eight. 

The legs are moderately long and slender, and do not differ greatly in 
length, 1, 2, 4, 8, second and fourth nearly equal; they are like the 
cephalothorax in colour, and are marked with longitudinal streaks; the 
armature consists of hairs and long black spines. 

The palpi resemble the legs in colour and armature. 

The falces are subcylindrical, slightly inclined towards the lip, glossy, 
clear pale brown ; dark brown streaks, apparently a continuation of those 
on the frontal margin, extend along their entire length. 

The mawille are long, somewhat enlarged and incurved at their extremity ; 
a shade darker than the falces, tinged on the outer side with brown. 

The labium is a long oval, dark brown. 

Sternum broad, cordate, convex, reddish brown. 

The abdomen is oviform, rises abruptly from the petiolum, which is 
rather exposed ; its colour and markings resemble the cephalothorax ; a 
light, broad, tapering mark extends from the base to the spinnerets, in the 
centre there is an acute mark, formed by two dark streaks—in many 
examples, both male and female, the lanceolate marks are partly obliterated 
by whitish hairs—the lateral margins are dark brown, with a few light 
oblique streaks. Ventral surface light brown. 

The vulva is a simple greenish-brown lobe, with two brownish spots at 
the orifice. 

The male nearly equals the female in length, and does not differ essen- 
tially from her in form or colour. The superior claws of the tarsi are finely 
eurved, and have about 18-20 parallel comb-teeth; the inferior claw ter- 
minates in a long fine, rather straight point, and has three long curved 
teeth. 

The palpi are moderately long, the radial joint is blackish brown, rather 
stouter than the cubital, and projects a concave apophysis on the outer 


Urnquuart.—On the Spiders of New Zealand. 58 


side; the digital joint is oviform, blackish, convex and hairy externally ; 
the palpal organs are not very complex, there is a prominent lobe near the 
base, and a tooth-like projection at the anterior extremity. 

In December the females commence fabricating their cocoons; they are 
of a plano-convex figure, 8mm. in diameter ; composed of a fine but very 
compact texture ; white when newly constructed, containing about eighty 
spherical eggs, not agglutinated together. They are attached by their plane 
surface to bark, etc. The female usually remains upon or near the cocoon. 

These active little spiders are numerous about low herbage growing on 
sunny banks; they spring actively from leaf to leaf, and appear sociable in 
their habits. 

Karaka, Auckland, A.T.U. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX.—XI. 
Pratz IX. 

Fig. 1. Epeira attenuata, sp.n., female; a, profile of vulva; 6b, sternum; e¢, natural 
length of spider. 

Fig. 2. Arachnura longicauda, sp.n., female; a, natural length. 

Fig. 3. Arachnura trilobata, sp.n.; a, female; b, male; c, profile of female with legs 
and palpi truncated ; d, vulva; e, palpus of male in two positions; f, var.a., 
noy., drawn with tail curled up. 

Fig. 4. Thlaosoma olivacea, sp.n., female; a, profile of female with legs truncated; b, 
eyes in front and rather beneath; c, natural length and breadth. 

PLATE X. 

Fig. 5. Epeira brounii, sp.n.; a, female; b, male; c, profile of vulva; d, palpus of male 
in two positions. The second pair of male legs are drawn a little out of their 
natural position to show the tumid tibie; e, natural length. 

Fig. 6. Argyrodes conus, sp.n., male; a, palpus in two positions; b, vulva of female, 
profile view. 

Fig. 7. Sparassus angularis, sp.n., female; a, vulva. 

Fig. 8. Philodromus ambarus, sp.n., female; 8a, outer fore-claw. 

Fig. 9. Vulva of Arachnura trilobata. 

Fig. 10. Young of Arachnura longicauda, recently hatched; drawn with the camera- 
lucida. 

Fig. 11. Cocoon of Arachnura trilobata, natural size, in siti. 

Pratt XI. 

Fig. 12. Salticus zanthofrontalis, sp.n.; palpus of male in two positions. 

Fig. 13. Salticus tabinus, sp. n.; vulva of female. 

Fig. 14. Salticus curvus, sp.n.; palpus of male in two positions. 

Fig. 15. Salticus furvus, sp.n.; vulva of female. 

Fig. 16. Salticus alpinus, sp.n.; palpus of male in two positions; a, fore inner claw. 

Fig. 17. Salticus albopalpis, sp.n.; vulva of female. 

Fig. 18. Salticus compactus, sp.n.; vulva of female. 

Fig. 19. Salticus tenebricus, sp.n.; palpus of male in two positions. 

Fig. 20. Sphasus gregarius, sp.n.; a, female; 6, male; c, maxille and labium of female ; 
d, claw ; e, profile of male cephalothorax, with legs and palpi truncated; f, 
palpus, 


54 Transactions. —Zooloqy. 


Art. VI.—The Freshwater Shells of New Zealand belonging to the Family 
Limneide. By Professor F. W. Hurron. 
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 5th June, 1884.] 
Plate XII. 

Tur New Zealand Limnaide are not very numerous in species although 
they are usually very variable. Limnea is rare, or abundant only in a few 
localities. Apleaa is far more common, but not nearly so abundant as 
Potamopyrgus. Our single species of Planorbis is so small it may easily be 
overlooked, but it does not appear to be common. I have to thank Mr. 
H. M. Gwatkin for sending me odontophores of the British Limneide 
without which I should have hesitated to name some of our species. 

Livwma (AMPHIPEPLEA) ARGUTA, sp.nov. PI. xii., fig. 1. 

Shell globosely ovate, glossy horn brown when dry, dark olive green 
when alive ; rather strongly longitudinally striated, and without any spiral 
lines. Whorls 8 or 84, the last inflated, spire very short, slightly acute, 
usually eroded at the apex, suture moderate, simple. Aperture large, ovate, 
occupying three quarters of the entire length of the shell; columella 
arcuate, with a well-marked spiral fold; inner lip reflexed over the 
umbilical region, and connected with the lip above by a thin white callosity. 
Length ‘3; diameter :18; aperture, long -24, broad ‘17 inch. 

Hab. River Avon, Christchurch. 

Animal olive brown sparingly speckled with yellowish white. Edge of 
the mantle simple, slightly reflected over the shell. Foot broad and 
rounded behind ; tentacles short, flat, triangular, with the eyes at the 
inner bases. 

Dentition (pl. xii., fig. 10), 23-1-28, of which about 9 are laterals. Central 
tooth slightly broader behind, the length rather more than twice the 
greatest breadth; the reflexed portion short, with a minute cutting point. 
Laterals with the reflexed portion nearly as long as the base, triangular, 
slightly sinuated on the inner and notched on the outer side. Cutting 
points two, the inner one large, the outer small. The large cutting point 
is simple in the inner laterals, but carries a small denticle in the outer 
ones. Marginal teeth from three to many dentate, getting longer and 
narrower outwards. Length of the radula rather more than twice its 
breadth. Transverse rows of teeth nearly straight. 

Ova attached to stones or water plants in gelatinous lumps of 10-20 
together. 

This species much resembles L.. glutinosa of Europe, but in that species — 
the mantle is represented as covering nearly the whole of the shell. I have 
not been able to compare the dentition, 


Hurton,—On some Freshwater Shells of New Zealand. 55 


Limnma (AMPHIPEPLEA ?) AMPULLA, sp. nov. Pl. xii., fig. 2. 

Shell ovate, very thin and fragile, semi-transparent, slightly longitu- 
dinally plaited, without any spiral lines, yellowish horn-colour or greenish, 
rarely with a white spiral band on the centre of the body whorl. Whorls 
34, the last swollen ; spire acute, short, about one-fifth of the length of the 
whole shell; suture rather deep. Aperture oval, the outer lip thin, not 
reflected ; inner lip broadly reflected and thickened on the columella, but 
not covering the umbilicus; columella plait well marked. Length -4; 
breadth :27 ; aperture, long 28, broad 17 inch. 

Hab. Arthur’s Pass (Mr. Dominick Brown and Mr. Fn Lake 
Lyndon (Mr. J. D. Enys). 

Dentition (pl. xii., fig. 8), 28-1-28, of which about 9 are laterals. 
Central tooth broader behind, the sides concave; reflexed portion moderate 
with a well marked point. Laterals with the reflexed portion oval, nearly 
as large.as the base, with a trifid cutting point projecting over the next 
row of teeth ; marginals normal. 

This species appears to be near L. huonensis (Tenison-Woods) from 
Tasmania, but the dentition of that species is not known. From L. peregra 
(Miull.) it differs in wanting the spiral striz on the shell, and considerably 
in the dentition. 

Limnza Leptosoma, sp.nov. PI. xii., fig. 3. 

Shell ovate, acuminate above, glossy, rather strongly longitudinally 
striated, and with four or five obsolete distant spiral ridges on the body 
whorl: pale horny white with indications of darker spiral bands near the 
mouth. Whorls 4, rather flattened; suture deep. Aperture ovate, occupy- 
ing two-thirds of the length of the shell; outer lip thin and straight, inner 
lip callously reflexed over the body whorl, and completely covering the 
umbilicus. Columella plait not very distinct. Length -47; breadth -27; 
aperture, long -34, broad -20 inch. 

Hab. Wellington. 

I have two specimens only. The animal and dentition are unknown. 

Livn#a tomentosa, Pfeiffer. Pro. Zool. Soc. of London, 1854, p. 297 
(Succinea) ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Succinea, f. 81. 

Hab. Auckland (Mr. Justice Gillies). 

Dentition (pl. xii., fig. 9). Central tooth broader behind, length nearly 
three times the breadth, the reflexed portion small. Laterals rather broad, 
the reflexed portion not half the length of the base, hollowed on the outer 
side, bicuspid, with two nearly equal cutting points. 

LiMn TENELLA, sp.nov. PI. xii., fig. 4 

Shell small, oblong, not glossy, longitudinally striated, olive horny. 
Whorls 4, rather flattened, apex blunt. Aperture ovate, less than half the 


56 Transactions,—Zooloyy. 


entire length of the shell; peristome simple, the inner lip slightly reflexed, 
not covering the umbilicus; columella plait small. Length :18; diameter 
‘07; aperture, long ‘07, broad ‘05 inch. 

Hab. River Heathcote, Christchurch. 

Animal yellowish white, semi-transparent, the head between the eyes 
and the centre of the rostrum yellowish brown. Foot emarginate in front; 
tentacles triangular, flattish, very short. Hyes triangular. 

Dentition 20-1—20, of which about 6 or 8 are laterals. Pl. xii., fig. 11. 

Central tooth quadrate, the length more than twice the breadth; 
reflected portion about two-fifths of the base. Inner laterals with the 
reflected portion deeply excavated on the outer side, bicuspid, the inner 
cusp with its point being the larger; cutting points not reaching to the 
posterior margin of the base. Outer laterals with the reflected portion not 
excavated, the outer point small; the inner large, projecting beyond the 
base, often bidenticulate. Marginals normal. 

This species has the habit of leaving the water like L. truncatula, but 
from that species it differs in the shell, in the animal, and in the dentition. 

Limn#a pucttia, sp.nov. PI. xii., fig. 5. 

Shell small, oblong, glossy, translucent, finely loneitndinalle striated. 
Whorls 4, rounded, aperture oval, half the length of the shell; peristome 
simple, the inner lip reflexed, covering the umbilicus; columellar plait 
obsolete. Length :16; diameter ‘10; aperture ‘08 inch. 

Hab. Auckland. 

I have only seen two dead specimens of this species, and have not been 
able to examine the dentition. The shell somewhat resembles that of 
_ L. truneatula, but is, I think, quite distinct; and this is also the opinion of 
Professor A. P. Thomas, to whom I showed the specimens before venturing 
to describe them. 

Buuinus antiropEus, Sowerby in Reeve’s Conch. Icon., Physa, f. 37 
(1878). | 

Hab. In lakes from Auckland to Otago. This is our largest species ; 
the whorls are never keeled. The animal and dentition are unknown. 
Apparently allied to P. auriculata, Gassies, from New Caledonia. 

Buinus variasiuis, Gray in Dieffenbach’s New Zealand, ii., p. 248 
(1843). Bulinus gibbosus, Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiv., p. 155, pl. iv., f. 
c., Q. and v. (not of Gould). Physa novae-zealandie, Sowb. Conch. Icon., 
f. 29 (1884). Physa guyonensis, Tenison-Woods, Pro. Lin. Soc. of 
N.S.W., ill., p. 188, pl. 13, f. 4. (1878). 

Hab. Throughout New Zealand. 

This: species is smaller than the last. The whorls are rounded, but 
sometimes show traces of a keel. The shell is figured in pl. xii., f. 7, the 
dentition in Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xiv., pl. 4, 


TRANS.NZ.INSTITUTE.VOL AVILPLAI 


WEW ZEALAND LIMNATOA. 


Hurton.—On some Freshwater Shells of New Zealand. 57 


Burinvs rasutatus, Gould, U.S. Explo. Expedition, xii., p. 116, f. 180 
(1848) ; Sow. Conch. Icon., Physa, f. 17. 

Hab. Bay of Islands in mountain streams. Whorls flattened above, 
but the angle rounded. I have not seen this species, unless it is the same 
as the last. The dentition is unknown. 

Butiwus masta, Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc., 1861, p. 144; Sowb. Conch. 
Icon., Physa, f. 32. Physa lirata, Tenison-Woods, Pro. Lin. Soc. of 
N.S.W., iii., p. 188, pl. 13, f. 6 (1878), not of Tristram. 

Hab. Throughout New Zealand. 

Distinguished by the angular shoulder to the shell. 

Dentition, 30-1-80, of which 6 or 8 are laterals. Pl. xii., f. 12. 

Central tooth broader behind, the length about the same as the breadth ; 
reflected portion covering more than half the base, and carrying two small 
cutting points. Inner laterals with three moderately large cutting points, 
the inner one of which is bidenticulate at the point; outer laterals with 
the inner cutting point broad and with three denticles at the apex. 
Marginals normal. 

PuanorBis corinna, Gray (1849). PI. xi, fig. 6. Reeve, Conch. Icon., 
Planorbis, f. 122. 

Hab. Auckland, Christchurch, Lake Wakatipu. 

Animal semitransparent; greyish, minutely speckled with smoke brown. 
Foot short, tapering posteriorly, rounded behind and in front. Rostrum 
emarginate. Tentacles cylindrical, rounded at the tip, widely separated at 
the base. THyes large, round, situated at the inner bases of the tentacles. 

The teeth are arranged in broken transverse bands, but they are too 
minute to be made out with a =,th objective. There appear to be eleven 
laterals and a large number of marginals on each side, the difference 
between the two being well marked. 


The following species has been introduced :— 
Livna staenatis, Linne. 

Hab. River Avon, Christchurch. 

Introduced intentionally as food for trout. 


The following are omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand :-— 
Limnea wilsoni, Tryon (1866). 

Like Physa pyramidata, Sowb., from Australia. 

Physa gibbosa, Gould (1847). 

Inhabits New South Wales. 

Physa cumingi, Adams (1861). 

Inhabits Queensland, 


58 Transactions.— Zoology. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 


Fig. 1. Limnea arguta. Shell and animal. 
Fig. 2 » ampulla. Shell. 

Fig. 3 iy leptosoma. Shell. 

Fig. 4. 3 tenella. Shell. 

icwmos »  pucilla. Shell. 

Fig. 6. Planorbis corinna. Shell and animal. 
Fig. 7. Bulinus variabilis. Shell. 

Fig. 8. Limneaampulla. Dentition x 470. 
Fig. 9. », tomentosa. Dentition x 740. 
Fig. 10. »  arguta. Dentition x 470. 
Fig. 11. » tenella. Dentition x 740. 


Fig. 12. Bulinus mesta. Dentition x 470. 


Art. VII.—Deseription of a new Species of Paper Nautilus (Argonauta 

gracilis). By T. W. Kirk. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 9th July, 1884.) 
Plate XIII. 
Tat we have in New Zealand two species of the beautiful ‘“ Paper 
Nautilus,” so called on account of the extreme delicacy of its shell, I have 
for some years felt sure; but although I have examined numerous speci- 
mens, I have not until lately been able to obtain a sufficiently good series of 
each form to justify the creation of a new species, and am now indebted to 
Mr. C. H. Robson of Te Mahia, who had himself noticed the difference, for 
the loan of several examples which supply the links required to render the 
evidence complete. 

The larger series examined, the individuals of which range from 13-9 
inches across, undoubtedly belong to A. twberculata, Shaw. The description 
given is defective, yet a comparison of the shell with drawings by Chenu, 
Reeve, and other authors, is conclusive. 

I propose to amend the description as follows :—‘‘ Shell compressed, 
sides with transverse plications which are longitudinally tuberculiferous.”’ 
Aperture nearly square posteriorly, margin much thickened, and the angles 
produced outwards so as to form pointed wing-like processes, projecting 
beyond the sides of the shell. Keels two, with compressed tubercles, white, 
brown on the spire, where also the keel tubercles are blackish-brown. 

What I now consider to be a new species is distinguishable from the 
foregoing at a glance. The whole shell has a more graceful and regular 
outline, and is much more fragile looking, the aperture is narrower and 
rounded, especially posteriorly, there is no sign whatever of wing-like 
expansions, indeed the sides have a graceful sweep where the angle occurs 


TRANS. NZINSTITHTE, VOL.XVILEL XI 


9 
ee 
7 
be) 

-0 

a) 


ooo 


ANGONAUTA GRACILIS, n.sp 


Ee 
Ts ale 
ja 
r) ar ae 
o Ce Ss. 
YA a ie Se ius 
eo alanlips . 
Ve Pua Sg 
ie ee MUN 
ee \Venen 
Ie A TTEUILAARDHTT  S 
ee iy, 
AT A se ET 
aL AH oe Wa i i 
(it mca 
WE 5 
Lead Sie WU 7 
1 eee 
ne a | i Coll 
3 (ea tM 


4 
NG ne 
i Hi i Ip 
Ul i y 


i} 
a 


ARGONAUTA [UBENCULATA, S loca: 


T,. W. Kirx.—On Charadrius fulvus. 59 


nA. tuberculata. The transverse processes are finer and more numerous, 
consequently the tubercles forming the keels are smaller, the space between 
the keels is much less. 

Some of these differences have been noticed before, but were thought 
to be probably due to age; that such is not the case will be apparent to 
all who examine the specimens on the table. 

A shell containing the animal having been sent to the Canterbury 
Museum by Mr. Robson, Dr. von. Haast very kindly granted the loan of 
them, and at once forwarded them for my examination. 

The animal proves to belong to the same species as a specimen from the 
Chatham Islands, described by Professor Hutton on p. 2 of the Catalogue 
of Marine Mollusca (1873), under the name of A. tuberculata. 

The specimen now under consideration was procured at Portland 
Island, is somewhat larger than the Chatham Island one, and shows some 
slight differences, but only such as are frequently found between members 
of the same species. Such being the case, I cannot do better than quote 
Professor Hutton’s description. 

«« dnimal.—Body oblong, rounded behind, smooth, spotted with violet: 
eyes large, prominent; siphuncle united to the base of the arms by a lateral 
membrane; arms tapering, except the dorsal pair, which are palmate at the 
end, these are the shortest, the next pair to them the longest, and the 
others graduated ; the lowest pair are keeled on the outside; membrane 
small, all the arms equally webbed; cups large, less than their own 
diameter apart, in two rows, with a single row of rather small cups round 
the mouth.” 

~ To which he adds the following remark :—* As the shell of this animal 
was not obtained, I refer it doubtfully to this species, as it differs from Dr. 
Gray’s description.” 

It is satisfactory that conclusive evidence is now forthcoming, and that 
this animal with its exquisitely beautiful shell is to enjoy specific distinc- 
tion. I would therefore suggest for this latest addition to the fleet, the 
name of Argonauta gracilis. 


Art. VIII.—Notice of the Occurrence of the Eastern Golden Plover (Charadrius 
fulvus, Gml.) near Wellington. By T. W. Kirk. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 9th July, 1884.] 
Tuts handsome little bird, although possessing one of the widest geographi- 
cal ranges of any known species, was until recently included in the New 
Zealand Fauna solely upon the authority of a single specimen in the British _ 


60 Transactions.—Zoology. 


Museum. It is true there is another in the Bremen Museum which was 
stated to have been received from New Zealand, but it now appears that 
there is considerable doubt as to the correctness of the statement. 

In the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. xiv., p. 264, 
Mr. T. F. Cheeseman records the occurrence of a small flock of them on 
the Manukau Harbour. Mr. EH. A. Plumby being fortunate enough to 
secure two specimens for the Auckland Museum. 

Two years later Dr. Buller recorded the capture of another pair on 
Portland Island near Napier, and also communicated a notice by Mr. C. H. 
Robson on the breeding habits of this rare species. 

The point of interest in connection with the specimen now exhibited is 
the occurrence of this beautiful little wader in the Wellington district. 

In November last a specimen in splendid plumage was shot at the Pilot 
Station in Worser Bay, and procured for the Museum. Subsequently a 
pair was seen at Island Bay; these also were shot, and I am informed by 
the taxidermist who prepared them, are now in the possession of a resident 
of this city. 

It is very curious that its right to a place in.the Avifauna of this 
country should for so many years have rested on a single specimen, and 
that during the last three years upwards of fifteen examples have been 
noted, in three different and widely separate localities. 


Art. [X.—Notes on some New Zealand Birds, exhibiting curious Variations 
of Colour. By T. W. Kirk. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 9th July, 1884.] 

1. Glaucopis wilsont, Bp. Blue-wattled crow, Kokako. 

SEVERAL instances of abnormal colouring in this genus have already been 
recorded. The first specimen showing a leaning towards albinism belongs 
to the South Island species or orange-wattled crow (Glaucopis cinerea). It 
is of the usual dark bluish-grey, with the exception of a few white feathers 
scattered indiscriminately over the whole body ; a description will be found 
on page 154 of Dr. Buller’s -‘ Birds of New Zealand.” 

All the specimens subsequently obtained belong to the North Island 
species or blue-wattled crow. 

In 1877 a pure albino having bright pink eyes and very small pink 
wattles was captured in the Rimutaka mountains, and kept alive for several 
months by Mr. Hlliott of Pakuratahi, during which time it became sufficiently 
domesticated to feed from the hand of its owner, 


T. W. Kirx.—Variations of Colour in Birds. 61 


Five years later two specimens almost identical, having the body, head, 
and neck of a pale slaty-grey, but the wings and tail white, were shot in the 
mountains near Featherston, and secured for the Museum.* 

I have now to note the capture of two additional examples further 
illustrating the tendency which this bird shows to depart from the typical 
colour ; both specimens, like those above-mentioned, were procured in the 
Wairarapa district, which locality appears from some cause or other to 
afford peculiar facilities for the production of these ‘freaks of nature.” 
(Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xii., 248; xiii, 235; xiv., 544.) 

The first of these additional specimens is a pure albino shot near 
Greytown by Mr. W. C. Creff. 

The next may be regarded as the second step in the progress towards 
albinism. ‘This species isan uniform bluish-slate colour, with the exception 
of the wings and tail which are lighter, the shafts of the quills being quite 
white. It was obtained on the Dry River, Wairarapa, by Mr. Sinclair 
Liardet. 

2. Ardea peciloptila, Wagl. Bittern, Matuku. 

A specimen of this bird lately procured at Foxton was shown to me a 
few days ago. It had a large white patch on each shoulder and on the 
back of the neck, the remainder of the plumage was of the usual colour, 
though somewhat dimmed. Ido not remember the record of any similar 
description in this species. 

3. Anas chlorotis, Gray. Brown Duck, Pateke. 

In 1878 Dr. Buller described an albino of this species which was shot 
on the Horowhenua Lake. 

The capture of a partial albino on the Wairarapa Lake was recorded by 
myself in vol. xii., Trans. N.Z. Inst. 

The specimen to which I have now to direct attention also comes from 
the Wairarapa, and is more remarkable than either of those before men- 
tioned. The head and neck are pure white, with the exception of a few 
feathers of the normal colour near the base of the bill. A band of white, 
with a few coloured feathers interspersed, runs across both wing coverts, 
primaries and tail with numerous patches of white. The white head and 
neck, together with the band of the same colour on the wings, give it some- 
what the appearance of a paradise duck (Casarca variegata), and suggest the 
possibility of its being the result of a cross with that species. 

A. Ossifraga gigantea, Gml. Nelly, Giant Petrel. 

On page 84 of the ‘‘ Manual of New Zealand Birds” issued by the Geological 
Survey Department, appears the following remark by the author: “A 
variety with white plumage is not uncommon, a fine specimen captured 


* Trans. N.Z. Inst., vel. xiv., p. 544. 


62 Transactions. —Z. oology. 


by Dr. Hector in Foveaux Straits being in the Colonial Museum.” The 
specimen referred to has, however, a number of black feathers; but the 
Museum has lately received another, presented by Dr. Buller, which has 
not a trace of colour about it. 

There is now on view in the window of Mr. Liardet, furrier, of this city, 
a-third specimen, in beautiful plumage, which may be taken as intermediate 
between the normal black and the specimen described in the ‘‘ Manual.” 
The whole of the ground colour is white, but pure black feathers are plenti- 
fully scattered all over the bird. 

5. Nestor meridionalis. Brown Parrot, Kaka. 

This specimen is very similar to that described by Dr. Buller on page 
40 of his well-known book. The one there mentioned was originally the 
type of his N. superbus, from which it differs only in having the head and 
upper part of the face of a delicate slaty grey, and all the bright parts much 
more gorgeous. It seems almost a pity that circumstances should have 
necessitated the reduction of this rightly-named superb bird to the rank of 
a@ variety. 

The example now exhibited was procured near Waikanae, and is I am 
informed the property of the chief Wi Parata. I am indebted to the 
taxidermist to whose tender mercies it had been committed for the tem- 
porary loan of the skin. 


Art. X.—Supplement to a Monograph of the New Zealand Geometrina. 
By EH. Meyricr, B.A. 

[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, Tth August, 1884.] 
Since the preparation of my paper on this group, published in the Trans- 
actions for 1883, I have revisited England, and been enabled to examine all 
the types of New Zealand Micro- Lepidoptera existing in the British Museum. 
The results of this examination with reference to the Bombycina and 
Noctuina I hope to embody in future papers; meanwhile I give here the 
corrections and additions to my list of Geometrina which I find to be neces- 
sary. It will be remembered that I anticipated the necessity of this 
revision. 

I have also been enabled to obtain Lederer’s paper on the classification 
of the group, forming the basis of the system now adopted in Europe; by 
its aid I have been able to rectify my use of some generic names. I may 
mention, however, that whilst fully concurring in his general views on 
classification, I dissent from many of his results, and especially from his 
limitation of the genus Cidaria, which requires subdivision ; I am still of 


Meryricx.—On the New Zealand Geometrina. 63 


opinion that the genera allied to this, but distinguished by me, will be 
found to be natural and tenable. Also, I do not agree that the group is 
incapable of division into families, though, as previously mentioned, I may 
very probably see cause hereafter to modify the limits of my families, when 
I have concluded the investigation of the Australian species. 

Two or three corrections on other points are also included. 

The five family names employed I desire to stand as follows :—/(1) 
Acidaliada, (2) Larentiade, (8) Boletobiade, (4) Lyrceide, (5) Boarmiade. 
The alterations in form, which I have here made, I believe to be correct 
orthographically, and have adopted them as alone justifiable; I need not 
here enter into the technical question. The fifth name is altered on the 
ground of priority, the alteration being also convenient and just. 

I proceed to go through the species in the order given; where no men- 
tion is made of a species, it will be understood that the synonymy and 
nomenclature has been verified as correct. 

2. Acidalia rubraria, Dbld. 

Additional synonyms of this species are Acidalia repletaria, Walk., 778 ; 
and Acidalia attributa, Walk., 779. 

4, Hippolyte rubropunctaria, Dbld. 

This species is Acidalia pulchraria, Walk., 780, as well as of Butler, 
both authors having mistaken it for Asthena pulchraria, Dbld., of which the 
description is notwithstanding quite clear. 

9. Hurydice rufescens, Butl. 


(Larentia (?) rufescens. Butl., Cist. Ent., 11., 502 ; Hurydice cymosema, Meyr., Trans. N.Z. 
Inst., 1883, 63.) 


Should stand corrected as above, according to type. 
10. Harpalyce megaspilata, Walk. 

The reference to Larentia rufescens, Butl., as a synonym, should be 

struck out. 
11. Harpalyce parora, n. sp. 
(Harpalyce humeraria, Meyr. (nec. Walk.), Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1883, 64.) 

As I had apprehended, none of Walker's names quoted for this species 
are really applicable, all being referable to No. 85. I also agree with Mr. 
A. Purdie (N.Z. Journ. Sc., ii., 88), that [tama cinerascens, Feld., is not 
this species, but No. 86. ‘The present insect is therefore left without a 
name ; I name it as above. 

12. Stratonice euclidiata, Gn. 
(Coremia euclidiata, Gn.,x., 420; Coremia glyphicata, ib., 420; Fidonia catapyrrha, 


Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 392, pl. xliil., 2; Stratonice catapyrrha, Meyr., 
Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1883, 64.) 


_ I recently discovered that this was identical with the Australian species 
described twice as above by Guenée, having obtained Australian specimens 


64 Transactions. —Zoology. 


for comparison. The species occurs in Victoria; I think that, as in the 

case of all other Geometrina common to both regions, Australia is its original 

home. 
14. Pasiphila bilineolata, Walk. 

The following are all additional synonyms of this species: Coremia 
inductata, Walk., 1822; Scotosia denotata, ib. 1861; Scotosia subitata, ib., 
1362 ; Scotosia humerata, ib., 1862; Phibalapteryx ewpitheciata, ib., 1720; 
Phibalapteryx parvulata, ib., 1721 ; Coremia cristata, ib., Suppl., 1683. 

I find that this species also occurs in Australia, being common in 
Victoria and New South Wales. 

16. Tatosoma agrionata, Walk. 

(Cidaria agrionata, Walk., 1417; Cidaria tipulata, ib., 1417; Cidaria inclinataria, ib., 
1418; Cidaria transitaria, ib., 1419; Cidaria collectaria, ib., 1419; Sauris mistata, 
Feld., exxxi., 12.) 

All these synonyms refer to this species, and not to the following, as 
supposed. 

17. Tatosoma timora, un. sp. 
(Tatosoma agrionata, Meyr. (nec. Walk.), Trans. N.Z, Inst., 1883, 68.) 
It becomes necessary now to rename this species, as above. 
26. Arsinoé subochraria, Dbld. 
Aspilates euboliaria, Walk., 1684, is an additional synonym of this. 
33. Cidaria arida, Butl. 
(Melanthia arida, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, 505; Cidaria chaotica, Meyr., Trans. N.Z. Inst., 
1883, 76.) 
Identified as above ; Butler’s type is a very poor specimen, which may 
partially account for the incomprehensibility of his description. 
49, Larentia lucidata, Walk. 
(Larentia lucidata, Walk., 1200; Coremia plurimata, ib. 1321; Panagra venipunctata, ib., 
1666 ; Larentia psamathodes, Meyr., Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1883, 81.) 
The synonymy will stand as above. 
47. Larentia subobscurata, Walk. 
(Scotosia subobscurata, Walk., 1358; Larentia petropola, Meyr., Trans. N.Z. Inst., 
? 1883, 82.) 
Type rather worn, but clearly identifiable. 
48. Larentia cinerearia, Dbld. 

An additional synonym is Larentia diffusaria, Walk., 1201. In the 
synonymy of this species similisata, Walk., is wrongly printed as semi- 
lisata. 

62. Pasithea brephos, Walk. 

The reference to Fidonia enysit, Butl., as a synonym, should be struck — 

out; vid. infr. 


Mayrick.—On the New Zealand Geometrina. 65 


64. Statira enysit, Butl. 
(Fidonia enysti, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 391, pl. xlii., 9; Statira homomorpha, 
Meyr., Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1883, 91.) 

Butler’s type is certainly this species ; but I should add that neither the 
description nor figure are strictly recognizable, and my identification of the 
name with Pasithea brephos was founded on an undoubted specimen of that 
species received by Mr. Enys from Mr. Butler himself as his enysii. 

Genus 25. Samana, Walk. 

Having investigated many of the Australian species of Panagra, Gu., I 
find it necessary to separate the present genus from it on the ground of the 
ciliated antennz ; these in Panagra are unipectinated. It will, therefore, 
be desirable to retain for this genus Walker’s name. 

71. Lyrcea alectoraria, Walk. 

An additional synonym of this species is Hnnomos ustaria, Walk., 1519. 
On the other hand, I could not find the types of Aspilates primata, Walk., 
and Endropia mixtaria, Walk., and am of opinion that Walker’s descriptions 
do not apply to this species, whilst the localities are not given at all; I 
therefore think these names should be left out of the synonymy, and rejected 
altogether for the present. 

76. Pseudocoremia melinata, Feld. 

An additional synonym is Pseudocoremia confusa, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, 

496 (I am not sure whether this reference to text is correct). 
Genus 31. Guuont, n.g. 

On comparing Lederer’s definitions of the genera Boarmia and Gnophos, 
it appears that the present genus differs from them notably in neuration, as 
well as in other points; I have therefore renamed it as above. . 

Genus 32. Boarmia, Tr. 

This genus agrees well with Lederer’s definition of Boarmia, which, 
however, he makes rather more comprehensive than I do, as I limit the 
genus to his subdivision A, to which our species belongs. The name 
Barsine voust therefore be abandoned. To the generic characters given 
should be added: male with a bare indented spot near base of forewings 
beneath submedian vein. 

81. Declana floccosa, Walk. 
The reference to Chlenias verrucosa, Feld., should be struck out; vid. infr. 
82. Declana junctilinea, Walk. 
Politeta junctilinea, Walk. Suppl., 643; Chlenias verrucosa, Feld., cxxxi., 22; Declana 
crassitibia, Meyr., Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1883, 103, male.) 

I believe that the insects described by me as sexes of Crassitibia, Feld., 
are really specifically distinct, as I have seen now several specimens of the 
form described as the female with what I believe to be the male belonging 

5 


66 Transactions,—Zooloyy. 


to it, having simple antennew, and therefore generically separable from 
Declana. The present species is that described as the male, for which I 
have found a name in Walker, and to which I also now refer verrucosa, 
Feld., instead of to the preceding species. The other species described as 
the female will stand as follows :— 

Ipana leptomera, Walk. Noct., 1662. 


(Ipana leptomera, Walk., ; Amphitape crassitibia, Feld., cix., 10; Declana 
crassitibia, Meyr., Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1883, 103, female.) 


The simple antenne distinguish this genus from Declana and Detunda, 
and the separate origin of veins 10 and 11 of the forewings remove it from 
Atossa. Further investigation of this peculiar group, in which I think some 

“specific variation in neuration may occur, is desirable; the genera may 
eventually require to be remodelled. 

85. Amastris humeraria, Walk. 
(Macaria humeraria, Walk., 940; Lozogramma obtusaria, ib., 985 ; Cidaria flexata, ib., 1421; 


Cidaria obtruncata, ib., 1421; Sestra fusiplagiata, ib., 1751; Amastris encausta, Meyr., 
Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1883, 105.) 


I rather anticipated this identification, but was afraid to make it until 
I hal seen the types. . 
87. Chalastra pelurgata, Walk. 

(Chalastra pelurgata, Walk., 1430; Itama cinerascens, Feld., cxxxi., 1; Stratocleis 

streptophora, Meyr., Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1883, 106.) 

I was not acquainted with the male when publishing my description ; it 
has bipectinated antenne, and the species therefore cannot remain in 
Stratocleis ; I have retained for it accordingly Walker’s generic name. 
Excepting the pectination of the antennsy, the characters of Chalastra are 
those of Stratocleis. The specific name is misprinted pelluryata; but I think 
there can be no doubt that Walker meant to write peluryata, deriving it from 
the generic name Pelurga, Hb., which is itself correctly formed from the Greek. 


APPENDIX, 

91. Identified with 71. 

92. No type found; description not recognizable ; may be dropped. 

93, 94. Single specimens of these Australian species are labelled from 
New Zealand; I have no doubt this is an error; they may be omitted 
until recaptured. 

95. Identified with 42. 

96. Identified with 26. 

97. Larentia subductata, Walk., 1198. I think this may be a distinct 
species from any described, but cannot speak positively until specimens are 
obtained for examination; it is probably a Larentia, and rather resembles 
large. forms of L. cinerearia, Dbld., but is distinctly tinged with yellow- 
greenish. 


98, Wholly unidentifiable ; may be dropped, 


Meryricg.—On the New Zealand Geometrina. 67 


99. Identified with 42. 

100. Larentia quadristrigata, Walk., 1200 ; Larentia interclusa, ib., 1202. 
Distinct from any species described ; recalls Microdes in appearance ; rather 
small, oblong-winged; white, with irregular curved dentate fuscous-grey 
lines ; three forming a stronger curved band at 4, and three others a 
straight band at 2, first preceded and second followed by a dark shade. I 
should like to obtain specimens of this for investigation ; I think it may be 
a Microdes, and identical with an Australian species. 

101. Unidentifiable, but possibly a synonym of 42. 

102. Identified with 42. 

108. Identified with 14. 

104. A common Australian species, doubtless recorded from New Zea- 
land in error. 

105. Phibalapteryx suppressaria, Walk., 1721. Distinct from any species 
described; perhaps a Larentia; moderate; costa sinuate; fuscous-grey, 
with oblique, dentate, slightly curved darker lines, a narrow central band 
obscurely whitish, margins darker. Said to be from Auckland. 

106. Identified with 14. 

107. Identified with 47. 

108. Identified with 14. 

109. Unidentifiable, but possibly a worn specimen of 75. 

110. Identified with 87. 

115. Larentia falcata, Butl., Cist. Ent., 11., 501. Apparently a distinct 
species ; recalls Hurydice rufescens, Butl., but greyer and darker ; ef. descr. 

117. Identified with 33. 

118. This is a tolerably common Australian species, also described 
more than once by Walker ; it is doubtless recorded from New Zealand in 
error, and may be dropped. 

The following is an additional species which was overlooked previously. 

Samana acutata, Butl. 
(Samana acutata, Butl., P.Z.S.L., 1877, 401.) 

T have not been able to critically examine this, of which I saw the type ; 
I noted that it was very like S. falcatella, Walk,, but with first dark line 
running from inner margin near base to below costa before middle, lower 
extremity of second connected with anal angle by an oblique streak. 

“I also made the following notes on exotic species, which struck me as 
nearly approaching New Zealand species, and as throwing light on ques- 
tions of geographical distribution. 

Fidonia edmondsii, Butl., from Chili, is very closely allied to Cephalissa 
siria, Meyr., and is doubtless also a Cephalissa (Geometrina, with orange 
hindwings, are usually classed by Mr, Butler under Fidonia, irrespective of 
structure). 


68 Transactions. —Zoology. 


Epimecis dibapha, Feld., also from Chili, is doubtless also closely allied 
to the last species of Pasithea. 

Harpyia albicans, Walk., from South Africa, approaches nearly the 
group of Declana. 

If the species referred to above as probably new are really so, the 
number of the New Zealand Geometrina at present known will be 95, 


Art. XI.—Descriptions of New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 
By E. Meyricx, B.A. 
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 7th August, 1884.) 
IV.—SCOPARIAD/. 
Tuts family occupies an unusually prominent position in New Zealand, and 
the principal genera attain here their maximum of development. The 
development is however mainly specific, and there is no large number of 
peculiar genera, as in some other groups. The family is undoubtedly of 
very ancient type, and the food of the larve, which probably consists wholly 
of mosses, will allow of a possible origin earlier in time than the appearance 
of flowering plants. It is probably due to this persistence of habit that the 
type has undergone so little generic modification ; specific change being 
sufficient to allow of all the adaptation required. The distribution of the 
family seems chiefly limited by the suitability of the climate for the growth 
of their food-plants ; hence they are found principally in cool temperate 
latitudes, or at considerable elevations. 

As I have elsewhere pointed out, the oldest form of the family is 
probably Nyctarcha, which is a singular synthetic type. Xeroscopa is an 
early off-shoot from Scoparia, and Tetraprosopus a development of Xeroscopa. 

Owing to the small range of colour, and great similarity of markings, 
which are moreover in most of the species more or less confused and ill- 
defined, being composed of black, white, and grey scales variously blended, 
the group is a difficult one either to study or to describe. In order to make 
this monograph more comprehensive, I have therefore included all the 
Australian species of Scoparia, Tetraprosopus, and Xeroscopa (which are, 
however, much less numerous than those from New Zealand), indicating 


sl 


them by an asterisk (*) as not occurring in New Zealand. No species of 
the family is common to both regions. The Australian species of Nyctarcha 
and Iclipsiodes, which I have already described elsewhere, and which are 
moreover very distinct from anything occurring in New Zealand, I have 


not thought it necessary to include, 


Mzyricr.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 69 


As the descriptions of Walker, Knaggs, and Butler are hardly in any 
instance sufficiently precise for determination, I may add that the species of 
Walker and Butler have been identified from the types, and those of Knaggs 
from pes preserved by Mr. R. W. Fereday. 


SCOPARIADA. 

Labial palpi, with hairs of second joint produced in front beneath. 
Maxillary palpi large, triangularly scaled, porrected, not resting on labial 
palpi. Forewings with 7 and 10 separate from $,8and 9 stalked. Hindwings 
with 4 and 5 from a point or stalked (except in Nyctarcha); lower median 
without basal pectination (except in Hclipsiodes and Nyctarcha). Genital 
uncus of male generally well developed. 

Distinguished from all the other families of the Pyralidina by the 
character of the maxillary palpi, which are large, porrected, triangularly 
dilated, and obliquely truncate, standing out apart from the labial palpi ; 
differing also from the Crambide (which some species closely approach in 
type) in the absence of the basal pectination on the lower median vein of 
the hindwings (with the exceptions noted above), from the Botydide in the 
development of the genital uncus of the male, and from the Pyralidide by 
the separation of yein 7 of the forewings from the stalk of 8 and 9. 

The following tabulation includes all the five Australian genera, of 


which only three are represented in New Zealand. 
A. Lower median with basal pectination. 
1. Vein 1b of hindwings with well-defined pectination ae .. Nyctarcha. 
Bees 5). 35 ae A WAGHOULa Ne os as oe 3 .. Eclipsiodes. 
B. Lower median naked. 
1. Discal area of hindwings above lower median with long hairs. 


a. Antenne of male moderately ciliated .. ae ae -. Aeroscopa. 
b. “A » »  lardly perceptibly ciliated .. bie -. Tetraprosopus. 
2. Discal area of hindwings without hairs 36 a 2. Scoparia. 


1. Nycrarcua, Meme 

Forehead vertical. Ocelli present. Tongue well developed. Antenne 
short, less than 2 of forewings, in male stout, filiform, evenly ciliated (4-1), 
above pubescent (N. atra) or rough-scaled. Labial palpi moderate, 
straight, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales beneath, 
terminal joint exposed, thick, somewhat expanded towards apex, and 
obliquely truncate. Maxillary palpi nearly as long as labial, terminally 
expanded, truncate. Posterior tibiz with outer spurs half inner; legs 
short. Abdomen short, stout. Forewings with vein 11 moderately 
oblique. Hindwings somewhat broader than forewings; 3, 4, 5 approxi- 
mated at base; lower median and 1b each with a strong pectination 
towards base, surface otherwise without hairs. 


70 Transactions.—Z ology. 


Consists at present of two Australian and one New Zealand species, one 
of the Australian species (N. ophideres, Walk.) extending also into India and 
Madagascar. The genus presents a singular combination of characters, 
and probably approximates to the ancestral form of the Scopariade, Cram- 
bida, and Botydidz. The New Zealand species is characterized by the 
dark fuscous hindwings, which in the two Australian species are partly 
orange. 

1. Nyct. atra, Butl. 
(Orosana atra, Butl., Pro. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877.) 

Male, female—11-12 mm. JHead, palpi, and thorax blackish, irro- 
rated with white, basal joint of palpi white. Antenne blackish. Abdomen 
blackish, segmental margins white. Legs white, irrorated with black, 
tibie and tarsi banded with black. Forewings oblong, somewhat dilated 
posteriorly, costa straight, apex rounded, hind margin very obliquely 
rounded ; dark fuscous, sometimes partially irrorated with white ; first line 
black, angulated; orbicular small, black, detached; claviform absent ; 
reniform 8-shaped, outlined with black, separated from second line by a 
white spot, sometimes obsolete above but always distinct on under surface, 
suffused into costa; second line black, indented beneath costa, strongly 
curved inwards beneath reniform, sometimes margined posteriorly on costa 
with white ; subterminal obsolete: cilia grey, with a waved black line, tips 
white. Hindwings dark fuscous; neural pectinations white; cilia as in 
forewings. Under surface of forewings with one or two small white spots 
between reniform and base, besides posterior blotch, and a whitish suffusion 
towards inner margin: of hindwings with a white discal suffusion, inter- 
rupted by a dark fuscous central spot. 

The markings of the under surface in this instance doubtless indicate 
the original type. 

Castle Hill and Lake Wakatipu (1,200 to 3,000 feet), in December and 
January, on dry grassy slopes ; difficult to see ; six specimens. 

2. Scoparim, Hw. 

Forehead vertical. Ocelli present. Tongue well developed. Antenna 
moderate, 2 of forewings, in male filiform, evenly ciliated (4-14). Labial 
palpi moderate or long, straight, porrected, second jomt beneath with long 
dense projecting scales, terminal joint moderate, exposed or resting in scales 
of second. Maxillary palpi rather long, triangularly dilated. Posterior 
tibiz with outer spurs half inner. Abdomen moderate. Forewings with 
vein 11 rather oblique. Hindwings from somewhat broader to nearly twice 
as broad as forewings; 3 remote from 4, 4 and 5 stalked or from a point ; 
lower median naked; discal area above it without hairs; internal area 
loosely haired. 


Meyricr.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 71 


Although of universal distribution, this genus ‘is little developed except 
in temperate latitudes, hardly occurring in the tropics except at a consider- 
able elevation. Over thirty European species are known, and scattered forms 
are found in most other regions. Australia possesses at present sixteen, 
which number will be considerably increased, especially from the Tasmanian 
mountains. In comparison with these the development of the genus in 
New Zealand is extraordinary, forty-two species being here given, and it is 
unquestionable that the actual number is much larger, as each mountain 
seems to possess peculiar species. Scoparia is in fact the largest genus of 
Lepidoptera in New Zealand. 

Notwithstanding the extent of the genus, I can find no structural 
characters for subdividing it into groups. The palpi vary in length, and 
the antenne present some differences, being generally rough above, but 
sometimes pubescent, or serrate at joints, with the ciliations of variable 
length, but these points are simply specific. Veins 4 and 5 of the hind- 
wings are either from a point or stalked, but both forms often occur in the 
same species. Roughly, the first 27 species belong to the same group as 
the Kuropean forms, being always of comparatively small size, with the 
typical markings well developed, whilst the remainder constitute a more 
specially New Zealand group, usually of larger size, and more crambideous 
appearance, with the normal markings often obsolete, the palpi longer and 
hindwings broader; but there is no definite distinction. 

The larve, so far as known, feed universally on mosses. 

In the following descriptions the length of the labial palpi is stated in 
terms of the breadth of the eye, and the length of the antennal ciliations in 
terms of the breadth of the stalk ; the breadth of the hindwings in terms of 
the breadth of the forewings. Typically, the markings consist of three 
transverse lines and three discal spots—viz., (1) the first line, at about 2, 
usually oblique and somewhat curved, more or less indented in middle; 
(2) the orbicular spot, usually round, shortly beyond first line above 
middle; (3) the claviform spot, usually linear, similarly placed below 
middle; (4) the reniform spot, usually 8-shaped, in disk beyond and above 
middle; (5) the second line, at about 4, tolerably parallel to hindmargin, 
usually somewhat curved, generally sinuate inwards below costa and above 
inner margin; (6) the subterminal line, placed between second line and 
hindmargin, curved inwards in middle, often interrupted. 

Owing to the obscure colouring of all the species, and their great general 
similarity, it is extremely difficult to construct an accurate tabulation, but 
the following is an attempt which may be of some practical use :— 

la. Forewings wholly blackish 36 5h as ad 2. anthracias, 


1b. sp not blackish. 
2a, Basal third of forewings deep reddish-ochreous, 


72 Transactions.-—Zoology. 


3a. Space before second line suffused with white 

3b. ae * not white 

2b. Basal third of forewings not reddish-ochreous. 

3a. Orbicular recognizably represented. 

4a. Claviform visible. 

da. Lines somewhat yellowish or ochreous. 

6a. Claviform detached. 

7a. Base of wing spotted with blackish 56 a6 
7b. a not spotted ne a0 

6b. Claviform touching first line. 

7a. Lines connected in dise by a yellowish-white streak 
7b. ,, ‘uot connected ae 

5b. Lines not yellowish or ochreous. 


6a. Lower half of subterminal margined above by an ochreous blotch. 


7a. Costal space between reniform and second line white. 
8a. Dark fuscous costal blotch bounded by submedian fold 
8b. PS * continued to inner margin 
7b. Costal space between reniform and second line not white 
6b. Lower half of subterminal not margined with ochreous. 
7a. Orbicular and claviform fused into a single blotch 
Tb. ms ie separate. 
8a. With a small ochreous-yellowish spot near base. 
9a. Reniform distinctly 8-shaped 
9b. 4, not 8-shaped 
8b. Without yellowish spot near base. 
9a. With prismatic spots before and beyond reniform 
9b. Without prismatic spots. 

10a. Claviform touching first line. 

11a. Orbicular touching first line. 


12a. Reniform dot-like ae 66 ore D6 
12b. 3 8-shaped. 

13a. Forewings ochreous-fuscous ies 50 00 
13b. 45 grey, mixed with white and black. 


14a. Hindwings rather dark grey 
“14b. ss whitish-grey. 


15a. Claviform thick, black, conspicuous ae ae 
15b. is not conspicuous. 

16a. First line distinct, indented aig aa 6 
16b. Ls very obscure, not indented a Se 
11b. Orbicular detached. 

12a. Hindwings grey. . a Be ee 56 
12b. 3 pale whitish-grey or whitish. 


13a. Hindmargin of hindwings darker. 

14a. With well-defined blackish triangular hindmarginal blotch 
14b. Hindmarginal blotch obscure, not blackish.. 

13b. Hindmargin of hindwings not darker oe 56 
10b. Claviform detached 

11a. Orbicular confluent with broad margin of first line .. 
Ib. 5 detached, 


eo 


e 


44, 
45. 


29. 
10. 


iS) 


6. 
34. 
14, 


22. 


epicomid. 
feredayt. 


anaplecta. 


. eumeles. 


characta. 
homata. 


. minualis. 
fe 
19. 


minusculalis. 
chimeria. 


. aphrodes. 


. microphthalma. 
. gomphota. 


. diphtheralis. 


. elaphra. 


. acompa. 


critica. 


. chiasta. 


. manganeutis. 
. chalicodes. 


. eremitis. 


epicrymda. 
philetaera. 
oreas. 


cymatias. 


12a. 
13a. 
13b. 
14a. 
14b. 
léa. 
15b. 
12b. 
13a. 
“14a. 
14b. 
15a. 
15b. 
13b. 
14a. 
lda. 
15b. 
14b. 
15a, 
16a. 


Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 


Orbieular wholly dark. 
Orbicular suffused, almost obsolete 
a6 tolerably distinct. 
With white space before second line 
Without white space. 
Hindwings grey 
a grey-whitish 
Orbicular pale-centred. 
Claviform pale-centred. 
First line obsolete Se 30 38 
Mt visible. 
First line margined on costa by a black spot 
A not followed by a black spot 
Claviform wholly blackish. 
Claviform subquadrate. 
First line sharply indented 
» . hardly at all indented 
Clayiform round. 
Claviform moderately large. 
Hindwings ochreous-tinged 


16b. Ms not ochreous tinged. . 
15b. Claviform dot-like. 
16a. Antenne of male dentate, ciliations % 
16b. a oy oie “ il 
4b. Claviform absent. 
5a. Lines obsolete 
5b. » present. 
6a. Forewings light fuscous 
6b. $5 dark bluish-grey ur $0 ‘is ae 
3b. Orbicular not recognizable. 
4a. Claviform visible. 
5a. With triangular blackish costal blotch .. aC 
5b. Without blackish costal blotch .. ot te 
4b. Claviform obsolete. 
5a. Lines pale yellow Ae a6 ote 0 oe 
5b. » not yellow. 
6a. Basal half of forewings blackish, except small ochreous spot 
6b. 3 oe » not wholly blackish. 
7a. With large dark fuscous costal blotch beyond first line. 
- 8a. Blotch not passing middle of wing 
8b. »  Yeaching to near inner margin 
7b. Without large dark fuscous costal blotch. 
8a. First line indicated or distinct. 
9a. Reniform 8-shaped 
9b. % not 8-shaped. 
10a. Reniform and orbicular absorbed in a blackish streak. 
lla. Hindwings fuscous-grey ale a5 Sie 
1l1b. An pale whitish-grey .. a Seu : 


dl. 


21. 
40. 


axeENa. 


. dinodes. 


. perierga. 
. crypsinod. 


. tetracycla. 


acharis. 
indistinctalis. 


8. syntaracta. 


9. synapta. 


37. 
15. 


42, 
43. 


O71. 


47. 


38. 


31. 


03. 


28. 


16. 


33. 
32. 


48. 


24, 
30. 


submarginalts. 
philerga. 


leptalea. 
psammitis. 


sabulosella. 
acropola. 
cataxesta. 
pongalis. 
exilis. 
speled. 
chlamydota. 


trapezophora. 
melanegis. 


cleodoralis. 


hemicycla. 
ustimacula. 


73 


74 Transactions. —Z oology. 


10b. Without blackish discal streak. 
Ila. First line straight ste sti ie si .. 35. periphanes. 
11b. 3 curved sis ae ils aie we) 20s) CNGALIs. 
8b. First line absent. 
9a. Thorax with sharp blackish-fuscous lateral stripe. 


10a. Basal dark streak in a line with discal .. 40 .. 9. trivirgata. 
10b. 5; A parallel with discal .. ae .. 58. panopla. 
9b. Thorax without lateral stripe. 
10a. Dorsal half of wing white ae a we .. 52. steroped. 
10b. “ A not white. 
‘11a. Reniform represented by a whitish dot .. ae -. 9505. paltomacha. 
11b. i A by a black dot Rte Ne -. 56. deltophora. 


*2. Scop. anthracias, n. sp. 

Male, female—15-16 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax dark 
fuscous mixed with black; palpi 2}; antennal ciliations 4. Abdomen 
grey. Legs black, apex of joints white. Forewings elongate, triangular, 
costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded; dark 
slaty-fuscous ; markings black, ill-defined ; a short interrupted streak from 
base ; first line somewhat curved ; orbicular and claviform irregular, some- 
what linear, touching first line; reniform represented by a trifurcate mark ; 
second line almost rectangularly bent in disc, followed on costa by some 
white scales; veins partially marked with black posteriorly: cilia dark 
slaty-fuscous, with a black line, tips pale. Hindwings 14; pale whitish- 
grey, towards hindmargin grey; cilia grey-whitish, with two faint grey 
lines. 

Doubtless protectively coloured to resemble charred tree-trunks, like 
- Bondia. 

Launceston and Mount Wellington, Tasmania, in January; three speci- 
mens. 

*3. Scop. chiasta, . sp. 

Male.—14-17 mm. Head white. Palpi 12, dark fuscous, basal and 
terminal joints white. Antenne white, annulated with dark fuscous, cilia- 
tions 4. Thorax white, irrorated with dark fuscous. Abdomen whitish- 
grey. Legs dark fuscous, banded with white. Forewings elongate-trian- 
gular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; 
white, irregularly irrorated with fuscous and dark fuscous; a short dark 
fuscous streak from base of costa parallel to immer margin; first line white, 
oblique, rather indented, posteriorly margined with dark fuscous, which 
forms a triangular spot on costa; orbicular elongate, touching first line, 
dark fuscous ; claviform strong, elongate, touching first line, dark fuscous ; 
reniform represented by a quadrifureate dark fuscous mark, upper fork 
sometimes filled with fuscous ; a small dark fuscous spot on costa some- 
what beyond middle; second line white, tolerably distinctly margined with 


Mayricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 75 


dark fuscous; subterminal line white, somewhat broader and more ill- 
defined, leaving a dark fuscous triangular blotch on hindmargin: cilia 
white, with a basal row of dark fuscous spots, and posterior row of grey 
spots. Hindwings 14, pale whitish-grey, greyer on hindmargin and to- 
wards apex ; cilia whitish, with a grey line. 

Not closely resembling any other, and recognizable by the character of 
the spots, which are conspicuous though not sharply defined. 

Sydney, New South Wales, from May to August, so that it is a winter 
species ; five specimens. 

* 4, Scop. eumeles, n. sp. 

Male—14-16mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen 
whitish-ochreous, slightly mixed with ochreous ; palpi 2, basal joint white ; 
antennal ciliations $. Legs white, anterior and middle tibie and tarsi 
banded with blackish. Forewings somewhat elongate, triangular, costa 
gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded; very pale 
whitish-ochreous, finely irrorated with fuscous ox basal third, with blackish 
on remainder; a faint blackish triangle on base of costa; first line slender, 
tolerably clear, somewhat curved, slightly indented, posteriorly finely black- 
ish margined, forming a small black triangular spot on costa ; orbicular and 
claviform both small, round, black, detached; a small black triangular spot 
on costa beyond middle, separated from second line by a subquadrate light 
yellow-ochreous spot ; reniform irregularly 8-shaped, light yellow-ochreous, 
only black-margined in middle of posterior side; second line tolerably clear, 
anteriorly finely blackish-margined, more strongly on inner margin ; terminal 
space suffused with pale grey, except broad cloudy subterminal line, which 
is interrupted above middle, apex of lower portion touching second line; a 
terminal row of light yellow-ochreous semi-oval spots, anteriorly blackish- 
margined: cilia pale whitish-ochreous, faintly barred with grey, with two 
interrupted lines, first dark fuscous, second grey. Hindwings 14, pale 
whitish-ochreous, faintly greyish; cilia ochreous-whitish, becoming pale 
yellow-ochreous towards base round apex. 

A very distinct and elegant species, known by the whitish-ochreous 
-colour and small round detached orbicular and claviform ; the hindwings 
are narrower than usual. 

Sydney, New South Wales, in April, on sandstone rock-faces, to which 
its colouring is adapted; two specimens. 

*5. Scop. aphrodes, n. sp. 

Female.—15-17 mm. Head white, back of crown, a spot beneath each 
antenna, and a dot in middle of face black. Palpi 12, black, basal and 
terminal joints white. Antenne dark grey. Thorax white, anterior margin 
irregularly black. Abdomen ochreous-white, apex more ochreous. Legs 


76 Transactions. —Zoology. 


white, anterior and middle tibiz and tarsi banded with black. Forewings 
rather elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin 
oblique, slightly rounded ; clear ochreous-white ; markings fuscous suffused 
with black, sharply defined; a fascia from base of costa to inner margin 
before first line, narrow on upper half, irregularly dilated on lower ; a small 
spot on costa at 1, and a sinuate erect mark on inner margin at 2, indicat- 
ing margins of first line; orbicular and claviform represented by a large 
irregularly trilobate spot, connected anteriorly with a small spot on costa 
at 4; a small spot on costa slightly beyond middle; a small spot on inner 
margin beyond middle; reniform represented by an obtusely angulated 
linear mark, angle directed towards base; anterior margin of second line 
indicated on costa by a small mark; space between second line and hind- 
margin wholly blackish, except the irregular white subterminal line, which 
is broadly interrupted above middle; cilia white, with a basal row of dark 
fuscous spots. Hindwings 14, grey-whitish, hindmargin suffused with 
grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a grey line. 

Immediately known by the strongly contrasted and sharply defined 
markings, and the fusion of orbicular and claviform into a single blotch. 

Sydney, New South Wales, in October, on tree-trunks; three specimens. 

* 6. Scop. epicryma, D. Sp. 

Male.—15 mm. Head and thorax white mixed with dark fuscous. 
Palpi 2, dark fuscous, basal joint and apex of other two joints white. An- 
tenn whitish, annulated with grey ; ciliations 4. Abdomen grey, anal tuft 
whitish-ochreous. Legs white, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. 
Forewings rather elongate, triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, 
hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded ; white, thinly sprinkled with black- 
ish; markings composed of blackish scales, which become yellowish 
towards base; a small irregularly diffused basal patch; a small cloudy 
spot on costa before first line, and a larger subquadrate spot on inner 
margin ; first line white, tolerably well defined, posteriorly dark-margined, 
slightly curved, somewhat indented, hardly oblique; orbicular small, round, 
blackish, not touching first line, claviform strong, linear, touching first 
line, both enclosed in a cloudy suffusion which extends to costa but not to 
inner margin ; a small triangular blackish spot on costa immediately fol- 
lowing first line, and another slightly beyond middle; reniform represented 
by a trifurcate mark; second line white, narrow, strongly dark-margined 
anteriorly ; terminal space wholly dark, except the strongly dentate sub- 
terminal line, which is attenuated in middle, not touching second line: cilia 
ochreous-white, with two interrupted dark fuscous lines. Hindwings 13, 
very pale grey, hindmargin darker ; a faint darker lunule and postmedian 
line ; cilia ochreous-whitish, with an interrupted grey line. 


Meryricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 77 


Nearly allied to S. exhibitalis, but smaller, with the markings less 
sharply contrasted, and without the defined white and black markings of 
head and thorax. 

Mount Gambier, South Australia, in November; one specimen on a 
tree-trunk. 

* 7, Scop. exhibitalis, Walk. 
(Scoparia exhibitalis, Walk., Suppl., 1500.) 

Male, female—17-19 mm. Head ochreous-white, back of crown and 
two confluent spots beneath antenne black. Palpi 2, black, basal joint of 
labial and apex of maxillary palpi white. Antenne blackish; ciliations $. 
Thorax ochreous-white, anterior third and a central quadrate spot black. 
Abdomen whitish-ochreous, segments suffused with grey towards base. 
Legs white, tibie and tarsi banded with black. Forewings rather elongate- 
triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely 
rounded; ochreous-white, with a few scattered black scales; markings 
fuscous suffused with black; an irregular trifureate mark from base of 
costa, touching a small spot on inner margin; a small spot on costa and a 
larger one on inner margin before first line; first line somewhat oblique, 
slightly curved, indented, posteriorly strongly dark-margined; a cloudy 
suffusion along costa from first-line to a small triangular spot slightly 
beyond middle, and a stronger suffusion along inner margin from first to 
second line; orbicular round, black, light-centred ; claviform dot-like, 
black, detached ; both sometimes confluent; reniform represented by a 
linear trifurcate mark; second line strong, anteriorly dark-margined ; 
terminal space wholly dark, except imterrupted subterminal line, apex of 
lower portion touching second line: cilia white, with an interrupted 
blackish line, and posterior row of grey spots. Hindwings 14, grey-whitish, 
ochreous-tinged ; a distinct central lunule, postmedian line, and cloudy 
suffusion towards apex and upper part of hindmargin grey; cilia ochreous- 
whitish, with an interrupted grey line. 

Resembles S. aphrodes in the defined markings of the head, but larger, 
_ with the markings of the wings less clearly contrasted, and immediately 
separated by the dark suffusion of the inner margin between first and 
second lines. 7 

Sydney, New South Wales, from August to October; five specimens, 
mostly at light. 

* 8. Scop. syntaracta, n. sp. 

Male, female——20-21 mm. Head and thorax whitish, densely mixed 
with dark fuscous. Palpi 23, white, second and terminal joimts with 
blackish basal bands. Antenne grey, obscurely annulated with paler ; 
ciliations 4. Abdomen grey, segmental margins ochreous-white. Legs 


78 Transactions. — Zoology. 


white, tarsi and tibiws banded with blackish. Forewings rather elongate- 
triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely 
rounded ; white, densely irrorated with black, sometimes partially suffused 
with light fuscous ; several small black spots towards base; first line well- 
defined, somewhat curved, sharply indented, posteriorly strongly black- 
margined ; orbicular moderate, circular, black, whitish-centred, almost 
touching first line; claviform quadrate, black, detached; reniform indis- 
tinct, irregularly 8-shaped, lower half elongate, whitish, partially black- 
margined, posteriorly strongly, touching a small blackish spot on costa 
beyond middle; second line well-defined, anteriorly black-margined ; 
terminal space wholly dark, except rather broad distinct subterminal line, 
entire or shortly interrupted, not touching second line: cilia white, sharply 
barred with dark grey, bars partially obsolete on terminal half. Hindwings 
11, whitish-grey, becoming fuscous-grey posteriorly, postmedian line faintly 
darker ; cilia white, with a well-defined grey line. 

This and the following species are characterized by the intensity of the ir- 
roration and markings, and especially by the subquadrate detached claviform. 

Sydney, New South Wales, in September; Mount Wellington (1,000 
feet), Tasmania, from December to February ; four specimens. 

*9. Scop. synapta, n. sp. 

Female.—16 mm. Head whitish, mixed with ochreous-brown and black. 
Palpi 24, whitish, second and terminal joints with blackish basal bands. 
Antenne black. Thorax white, suffused on sides with ochreous-brown, 
with a small posterior, and large quadrate concave-sided central black spot. 
Abdomen dark-grey, segmental margins narrowly white. Legs white, tibie 
and tarsi banded with black. Forewings elongate-oblong, hardly dilated, 
costa almost straight, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded; white, 
sprinkled with ochreous-brown and black; basal space ochreous-brown 
irregularly suffused with black, cut by a narrow white transverse line 
midway between base and first line; first lime narrow, hardly curved, 
slightly oblique, hardly indented, posteriorly broadly black-margined except 
in middle; orbicular moderate, round, black, white-centred, detached ; 
elaviform quadrate, black, detached; both enclosed in an ochreous-brown 
patch which is extended to inner margin and dilated beneath ; an irregular 
black spot on costa slightly beyond middle; reniform 8-shaped, black, each 
half including a minute white dot; second line narrow, anteriorly black- 
mareined, forming a small black spot on inner margin; terminal space 
black, except the rather broad cloudy white subterminal line, which is 
narrowly interrupted above middle, apex of lower portion touching second 
line: cilia obscurely barred with grey and whitish, with a dark fuscous 
basal line. Hindwings 14, grey, apex and hindmargin suffusedly darker ; 
cilia grey-whitish, with a dark-grey basal and lighter median line. 


Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 79 


Nearly allied to S. syntaracta, but distinguished by the much narrower 
Wings, smaller size, greater concentration of the black colouring, and darker 
margin of hindwings. 

Mount Wellington (3,200 feet), Tasmania, in December; one specimen. 

* 10. Scop. homala, n. sp. 

Male, female—15-18 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale ochreous mixed 
with dark fuscous; palpi 22, externally suffused with dark fuscous, basal 
joint white. Antenne dark fuscous, obscurely annulated with ochreous; 
ciliations 3. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, sometimes irrorated with fuscous. 
Legs pale ochreous, irrorated with dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded with 
dark fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded; whitish-ochreous, more or less 
densely and irregularly irrorated with black; black scales tending to form 
longitudinal streaks at base ; first line whitish-ochreous, anteriorly broadly 
suffused, obscurely double, moderately curved, hardly indented, posteriorly 
black-margined ; orbicular dot-like, blackish, detached ; claviform small, 
suboblong, blackish, touching first line; reniform represented by an 
x-shaped black mark, separated from orbicular by a small oval clear 
whitish-ochreous spot; a small triangular blackish spot on costa beyond 
middle; second line well-defined, whitish-ochreous, anteriorly blackish- 
margined; terminal space wholly suffused with blackish, except well- 
defined rather broad whitish-ochreous subterminal line, not interrupted, 
touching second line in middle: cilia whitish-ochreous, barred with fuscous, 
with a blackish interrupted line. Hindwings 14, ochreous-grey-whitish, 
postmedian line and hindmarginal suffusion faintly greyer ; cilia ochreous- 
whitish, with a grey line. 

Immediately separated from the allied species by the whitish-ochreous 
ground colour. 

Adelaide, South Australia, on fences in October ; six specimens. 

*11. Scop. eremitis, n. sp. 

Male, female.—18-21 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish, densely 
mixed with dark fuscous; palpi 3. Antenne grey; ciliations $. Abdomen 
grey, segmental margins whitish. Legs dark fuscous irrorated with white, 
apex of joints white. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, costa shghtly 
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin almost straight, oblique ; fuscous-grey, 
irregularly sprinkled with white, veins obscurely lined with blackish ; 
several small cloudy blackish spots towards base; first line narrow, whitish, 
ill-defined, posteriorly obscurely blackish-margined, moderately curved, 
somewhat indented; orbicular moderate, circular, outlined with black, 
detached ; claviform smaller, round, almost wholly blackish, touching first 
line; reniform obscure, tolerably 8-shaped, obscurely blackish-margined ; 


80 Transactions.—Zoology. 


second line white, tolerably well-defined, obscurely dark-margined ; sub- | 
terminal very ill-defined, cloudy, whitish, interrupted above middle, not 
touching second line: cilia ochreous-whitish, obscurely barred with grey, 
and with two grey lines. Hindwings 14, light grey, darker posteriorly ; 

cilia whitish, with a well-defined grey line. i 

Compared with the neighbouring species a rather large and dull-coloured 
insect, with the lines more abruptly bent and angular than usual. 

Wirrabara Forest, South Australia, in October ; five specimens. 

* 12. Scop. perierga, nu. sp. 

Male, female—14-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white, densely 
mixed with fuscous and black; palpi3. Antenne dark fuscous ; ciliations &. 
Abdomen dark grey, segmental margins white. Legs white, irrorated with 
dark fuscous; tibie and tarsi clear white, sharply banded with black. 
Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin 
obliquely rounded; white, more or less wholly suffused with light greyish- 
fuscous or yellowish-fuscous, and irregularly irrorated with black; a. short 
thick interrupted cloudy blackish streak from base of costa; first line in- 
distinct, whitish, somewhat oblique, slightly curved, distinctly indented, 
margined posteriorly on costa and inner margin by triangular black spots ; 
orbicular small, dot-like, blackish ; claviform moderate, round, wholly black, 
detached ; reniform x-shaped, blackish, upper fork generally filled obscurely 
with whitish, lower with ochreous, and connected with costa by a cloudy 
dark spot; second line tolerably distinct, white, anteriorly dark-margined ; 
terminal space wholly dark, except moderate cloudy white subterminal 
line, interrupted above middle, apex of lower portion almost touching 
second line: cilia white, mixed and obscurely barred with grey, lower half 
spotted with dark fuscous. Hindwings 14, whitish-grey suffused with 
darker, apex and upper part of hindmargin suffused with dark fuscous, 
central lunule and postmedian line tolerably distinct ; cilia grey-whitish, 
with a broad grey basal line. 

A comparatively short-winged species, allied to S. eremitis, but much 
smaller and more distinctly marked, the dark markings much blacker. 

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, from 3,000 to 3,800 feet, in December ; 
rather common, sitting on the rocks and readily disturbed. 

* 13. Scop. gomphota, n. sp. 

Male.—15 rm. Head, palpi, and thorax grey, mixed with reddish- 
ochreous and black; palpi 24. Antenne grey; ciliations 4. Abdomen 
erey. Legs white, tibie and tarsi banded with dark grey. Forewings tri- 
angular, costa hardly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin straight, rather 
strongly oblique ; fuscous-grey, with a few black and bluish-white scales ; 
a small reddish-ochreous spot near base; first lme not paler, curved, 


Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 81 


obscurely blackish-margined posteriorly ; orbicular and claviform irregular, 
reddish-ochreous, partially black-margined, touching first line; reniform 
subquadrate, reddish-ochreous, anteriorly and posteriorly blackish-mar- 
gined ; second line not paler, anteriorly blackish-margined ; terminal area 
rather densely irrorated with black, except subterminal line, touching 
second line in middle: cilia whitish-grey, with a broad interrupted dark 
grey line. Hindwings 14, grey, becoming darker on hindmargin; cilia 
grey-whitish, with a grey line. 

A peculiar and distinct species, with hindmargin of forewings more 
oblique than usual. 

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, (probably about 2,000 feet), in February ; 
one specimen. 

14. Scop. oreas, n. sp. 

Male.—22 1mm. Head and thorax whitish, strongly mixed with dark 
fuscous. Palpi 34, dark fuscous, apex and basal joint white. Antenne 
pubescent, dark grey, ciliations 1. Abdomen whitish-grey, segmental 
margins whitish. Legs white, tibie and tarsi banded with blackish. 
Forewings very elongate, tolerably triangular, costa slightly arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded; white, somewhat mixed with pale 
grey, and rather thinly irrorated with dark fuscous; some obscure dark 
fuscous spots near base ; first line white, very indistinct, somewhat curved, 
tolerably indented, posteriorly obscurely margined with dark fuscous ; 
orbicular moderate, roundish, dark fuscous, detached ; claviform moderate, 
broadly linear, dark fuscous, touching first line; reniform 8-shaped, 
whitish, margined with dark fuscous, upper and lower margins incomplete ; 
second line white, indistinct, dilated to form spots on costa and inner 
margin, obscurely margined with dark fuscous ; subterminal broad, white, 
ill-defined, narrowly interrupted above middle, apex of lower portion almost 
coalescing with second line; hindmargin dark fuscous, with a row of white 
dots : cilia. white, with a sharply-defined dark fuscous line. Hindwings 14, 
grey-whitish, apex hardly darker ; cilia whitish. 

Nearly allied to 8. philerga, but readily distinguished by the longer and 
narrower forewings, and whitish hindwings, as well as the pubescence and 
longer ciliations of antenne. 

Lake Wakatipu, at 5,000 feet, in December ; one specimen. 

15. Scop. philerga, n. sp. 

Male, female.—17-21 mm. Head and thorax whitish, mixed with fuscous, 
and irrorated with black. Palpi 24, dark fuscous, somewhat mixed with 
white, basal joint white. Antenne dark fuscous; ciliations 3, Abdomen 
light fuscous-grey, segmental margins ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous- 
whitish, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous, Forewings moderately 

6 


82 Transactions.—Zoology. 


elongate, triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin 
oblique, faintly sinuate; white, mixed with grey, and coarsely irrorated 
with black; a thick interrupted obscure blackish streak from base of costa ; 
first line white, obscure, somewhat curved, sharply indented, posteriorly 
blackish-margined ; orbicular round, whitish, blackish-margined ; claviform 
roundish, moderate or large, blackish, often suffused, tolerably detached ; 
reniform 8-shaped, white, blackish-margined, connected with a small 
blackish triangular spot on costa; second line white, tolerably distinct, 
anteriorly dark-margined; terminal space wholly dark, except moderate 
tolerably defined subterminal line, entire or interrupted, touching second 
line in middle; a hindmarginal row of white dots: cilia whitish, obscurely 
barred with grey, with an interrupted blackish and posterior grey line. 
Hindwings 13, pale whitish-grey, slightly ochreous-tinged, in female rather 
greyer, postmedian line and hindmargin obscurely darker grey; cilia 
whitish, with a grey line spotted with darker. 

A dull, obscure-looking species, but with the reniform very clearly - 
defined. 

Auckland, Hamilton, Christchurch, Nelson, Otira River, Dunedin, and 
Lake Wakatipu; common in forest, in Decembet, January, March, and 
Apri]. Near Lake Wakatipu I took one specimen at an elevation of 4,000 
feet. 

16. Scop. chlamydota, n. sp. 

Male, female—13-14mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous 
suffused with black; palpi 2. Antenne greyish-ochreous; ciliations 4. 
Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-white, tibie and tarsi banded 
with dark fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin straight, oblique; ochreous-whitish; basal half, 
bounded by a line parallel to hindmargin, suffused with blackish, except on 
an oval ochreous spot near middle of base ; a moderately broad fascia-like 
reddish-ochreous suffusion rather beyond and parallel to posterior edge of 
blackish patch; an irregular reddish-ochreous suffusion towards middle of 
hindmargin ; a rather small triangular blackish spot on costa before apex, 
and some blackish scales on anal angle: cilia ochreous-whitish, mixed 
with reddish ochreous beneath and blackish above apex. Hindwings 1}, 
whitish ; postmedian line and apical suffusion faintly grey ; cilia whitish. 

A peculiar and very distinct species. 

Arthur’s Pass (3,000 feet), in January ; three specimens. 

17. Scop. minusculalis, Walk. 
(Scoparia minusculalis, Walk., Suppl., 1503.) 

Male, female——17-19 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous-fuscous, 

mixed with whitish-ochreous and dark fuscous; palpi 24, basal joint white. 


Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 83 


Antenne fuscous; ciliations 2. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, more ochreous 
near base. legs white, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Fore- 
wings rather elongate, triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, 
hindmargin rather oblique, distinctly sinuate; white; basal half wholly 
purplish-fuscous, mixed with reddish-ochreous and irrorated with black, 
bounded by an inwards-curved line from 2 of costa to 2 of inner margin ; 
indications of a blackish streak from base of costa; first line indicated only 
by thick black posterior margin, rather strongly mdented ; orbicular round, 
black, sometimes centred with ochreous or ochreous-whitish; claviform 
triangular, black, detached ; reniform almost obsolete, pale whitish-ochreous, 
faintly grey-margined; second line distinct, white, anteriorly margined with 
dark grey; terminal space wholly fuscous-grey or dark grey, except broad 
tolerably defined white subterminal line, broadly interrupted, apex of lower 
portion confluent with second line and margined above by a yellow-ochreous 
blotch ; a hindmarginal row of cloudy white dots: cilia white, obscurely 
barred with grey, with a dark grey often interrupted line, and lighter 
posterior line. Hindwings 14, very pale whitish-grey, shghtly ochreous- 
tinged, postmedian line and hindmargin somewhat darker ; cilia whitish, 
with a grey somewhat interrupted line. 

This and the two following species are easily recognized by the yellow- 
ochreous blotch above lower portion of subterminal line; S. minusculalis 
differs from the other two by its larger size, well-defined white postmedian 
band, and uniform dark suffusion of the whole anterior half of wing. 

Larva rather stout, cylindrical, wrinkled, somewhat attenuated towards 
extremities ; light whitish-brown ; spots large, round, brassy4uscous, each 
containing a black dot; head ochreous-brown; second segment dark 
fuscous. Feeds in moss on tree-trunks ; pupa in same position ; taken in 
January, almost full-grown. 

Akaroa, Bealey River (2,100 feet), and Dunedin; tolerably common in 
forest in January and February. 

18. Scop. minualis, Walk. 
(Scoparia minualis, Walk., Suppl., 1504.) 

Male, jemale.—154-17 mm. MHead and thorax clear pale whitish- 
ochreous, with a few fuscous scales, shoulders with a small dark fuscous 
spot. Palpi 24-3, ochreous-whitish, somewhat mixed with dark fuscous, 
base white. Antenne whitish, annulated with dark fuscous; ciliations 2. 
Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish, tibie and tarsi banded with 
dark fuscous. Forewings somewhat elongate, triangular, costa gently 
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin rather oblique, distinctly sinuate ; 
whitish-ochreous, mixed with pale yellowish, and thinly irrorated with dark 
fuscous; basal area mixed with black, with a suffused black streak from 


84 Transactions.— Zoology. 


base of costa, interrupted by a white mark; first line white, tolerably 
distinct, hardly indented, near inner margin bent more obliquely outwards, 
posteriorly narrowly black-margined ; a large quadrilateral blotch on costa 
suffused with dark fuscous, bounded anteriorly by first line, beneath by 
submedian fold, posteriorly by a straight line passing through anterior edge 
of reniform parallel to hindmargin ; orbicular small, round, black, claviform 
elongate-oval, black, both tolerably detached but obscured by dark suffu- 
sion; reniform 8-shaped, clear white, black-margined, incompletely beneath ; 
a cloudy white subquadrate costal spot before second line, touching reni- 
form, and space between reniform and second line generally white mixed 
with grey; second line white, distinct, anteriorly blackish-margined ; 
terminal space suffused with dark fuscous except towards anal angle; sub- 
terminal line broad, interrupted, lower portion white, edged with pale 
ochreous above, almost touching second line, upper portion clear whitish- 
ochreous; an irregular white hindmarginal line: cilia pale whitish- 
ochreous, with a dark fuscous interrupted and posterior grey line. Hind- 
wings 14, very pale whitish-grey, postmedian line and hindmargin obscurely 
darker ; cilia whitish, with basal row of cloudy grey spots. 

Characterized by the concentration of the dark suffusion into a costal 

lotch ; differing from S. minusculalis by the distinct white first line, from 
S. chimeria by the white costal spot before second line. 

Christchurch, Bealey River (2,100 feet), and Otira Gorge (1,600 feet), 
amongst forest in January ; eight specimens. 

19. Scop. chimeria, n. sp. 

Male, fertale—14-164 mm. MHead and thorax grey-whitish, mixed 
with ochreous, dark fuscous and black. Palpi 24, dark fuscous mixed with 
whitish, basal joint white. Antenne dark fuscous; ciliations }. Abdomen 
grey. Legs ochreous white, tibia and tarsi banded with black. Forewings 
triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin distinctly 
sinuate, oblique; whitish, irregularly suffused with grey, and irrorated with 
black ; a short interrupted black streak from base of costa, and a spot on 
inner margin near base; first line whitish, ill-defined, curved, hardly 
indented, posteriorly broadly black-margined, except in middle; orbicular 
somewhat wedge-shaped, black, touching first line; claviform similar, 
but often obscured by dark suffusion ; veins in disc obscurely lined with 
yellow-ochreous ; reniform 8-shaped, whitish, blackish-margined, connected 
with costa by a small triangular blackish spot ; second line whitish, slender, 
indistinct, almost straight, anteriorly black-margined; terminal space 
wholly dark, except well-defined subterminal line, which is reduced to a 
double white subapical spot, and a curved white bar from middle of second 
line to hindmargin above anal angle, broadly margined above with 


Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 85 


ochreous-yellow; a terminal row of white semioval spots: cilia whitish, 
obscurely barred with grey, with a dark grey interrupted line. Hindwings 
14, whitish-crey, postmedian line and hindmargin obscurely darker grey ; 
cilia grey-whitish, with a dark grey line. 

A dull-looking species, yet very easily recognized. 

Taranaki, Palmerston, Masterton, Christchurch, Akaroa, Dunedin, and 
Lake Wakatipu, not met with above 1,000 feet; common in forest from 
December to March. 

20. Scop. dinodes, n.sp. 

Male.—17 mm. Head and thorax rather dark fuscous, somewhat mixed 
with whitish. Palpi 2, dark grey, basal joint white. Antenne dark 
fuscous ; ciliations +. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs white, tibie and tarsi 
banded with black. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin nearly straight, oblique; white, densely irrorated 
with dark fuscous; basal area suffusedly spotted with black; first line 
hardly whitish, very obscure, posteriorly black-margined, curved, hardly 
indented; orbicular and claviform small, roundish, obscure, black, de- 
tached ; a rather broad clear white transverse space before second line, of 
even width except on inner margin, where it is contracted; reniform 
included in this, 8-shaped, white, black-margined; second line slender, 
obscure, white, anteriorly dark-margined, somewhat curved, hardly sinuate; 
subterminal line narrow, white, distinct, interrupted above middle, not 
touching second line ; a hindmarginal row of white dots: cilia grey, with a 
dark grey line. Hindwings 11, whitish-erey, lunule and postmedian line 
obscurely indicated, hindmargin darker grey; cilia whitish, with a dark 
grey line. 

Allied to the three preceding, but without the ochreous blotch, and 
specially characterized by the remarkably short antennal ciliations. 

Christchurch and Dunedin, in January ; two specimens. 

21. Scop. acharis, u. sp. 

Male.—174 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, shoulders dark 
fuscous mixed with black. Palpi 21, ochreous-whitish, second and terminal 
joints with dark fuscous basal bands, basal joint white. Antenne whitish- 
ochreous, ringed with dark fuscous ; joints short, subdentate, ciliations 1. 
Abdomen whitish-ochreous, irrorated with fuscous. Legs ochreous-whitish, 
irrorated with dark fuscous, tibise and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. 
Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin 
rather obliquely rounded ; whitish-ochreous, scantily irrorated with fuscous 
and dark fuscous ; a sharply defined oblique black spot from base of costa, 
inner edge straight, outer irregular ; first line indicated only by obscure 
dark posterior margin, slightly curved, somewhat indented, followed on 


86 Transactions.—Z oology. 


costa by a sharply-defined moderate triangular black spot; orbicular round, 
pale, broadly black-margined, touching apex of costal spot; claviform 
round, upper half margined with black, lower half obsolete, detached; a 
very small dark fuscous spot on costa beyond middle, between which and 
first lme the costa is narrowly suffused with fuscous; reniform large, 
double, shaped like two adjacent figures of 8, both irregularly black- 
margined, adjacent margins confluent; second line pale, anteriorly dark- 
margined, forming a very small blackish spot on costa; terminal space 
suffused with brownish-ochreous; subterminal line cloudy, ochreous- 
whitish, somewhat interrupted, not touching second line; hindmargin 
suffusedly blackish, with a row of ochreous-whitish marks: cilia pale 
whitish-ochreous, with a well-defined dark grey line and very faint grey 
posterior line. Hindwings 14, very pale whitish grey, central lunule 
obscurely indicated, postmedian line and a narrow hindmarginal suffusion 
distinct, darker grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a distinct grey line. 

A distinct species, characterized by the sharply defined black costal 
markings, double reniform, and relatively long antennal ciliations. 

Akaroa and Dunedin, amongst forest, in January; two specimens. 

22. Scop. cymatias, n. sp. 

Male, female.—21-22 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-grey, irrorated with 
white. Palpi 23, dark fuscous, somewhat mixed with white, basal joint 
white. Antenne grey; ciliations2. Abdomen light grey, segmental margins 
whitish. Legs whitish, irrorated with dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded 
with dark fuscous. Forewings rather elongate, triangular, costa gently 
arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin oblique, distinctly sinuate ; fuscous grey, 
densely mixed with white and irrorated with black; some very obscure 
small dark spots towards base; first line very obscure, white, somewhat 
curved and indented, posteriorly slightly dark-margined beneath, on costal 
third margined by an oblique oblong blackish streak which conceals 
orbicular; claviform small, roundish, blackish, detached; reniform 
8-shaped, whitish, obscurely black-margined, connected with a small dark 
suffusion on costa; second line whitish, ill-defined, finely dentate through- 
out, hardly sinuate, anteriorly slightly dark-margined, forming a small 
blackish spot on costa; subterminal cloudy, whitish, finely dentate, inter- 
rupted above middle, apex of lower portion touching second lne; an 
obscure hindmarginal row of whitish marks: cilia whitish, with a dark 
fuscous interrupted subbasal, and grey posterior line. Hindwings 14, very 
pale whitish-grey, slightly ochreous-tinged, central lunule indistinct, post- 
median line and a slender hindmarginal suffusion distinctly darker grey ; 
cilia whitish, with a dark grey line, slightly interrupted. 

A very obscure species, best indieated by the fine dentation of the second 
and subterminal lines, 


Meyriox.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 87 


Arthur’s Pass (2,500 feet) and Mount Hutt, in January; three speci- 
mens. 

23. Scop. microphthalma, n. sp. 

Male.—15-16 mm. MHead, palpi, and thorax blackish-grey, irro- 
rated with white; palpi 21, basal joint white; thorax with a small pos- 
terior ochreous-yellow spot. Antenne dark grey; ciliations 4. Abdomen 
fuscous-grey. Legs dark fuscous, irrorated with white, apex of joints 
white. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hind- 
margin slightly rounded, rather oblique; blackish, finely irrorated with 
white ; a small ochreous-yellow spot near base, followed by a faint whitish 
transverse line; first line whitish, slender, ill-defined, slightly curved, 
posteriorly indistinctly dark-margined; orbicular and claviform both 
circular, ochreous-yellow, dark-margined, touching first line; reniform 
8-shaped, ochreous-yellow, black-margined, each half containing a white 
dot, the lower one larger; a small ill-defined whitish costal spot above 
reniform; second line whitish, ill-defined, obscurely dark-margined, touching 
similar subterminal line in middle: cilia whitish, with two cloudy dark 
grey lines, and obscurely barred with grey. Hindwings 14, fuscous-grey, 
becoming darker posteriorly ; cilia grey, with a darker line, tips whitish. 

Hasily recognized by the ochreous-yellow spots, and white dots in 
reniform. 

Christchurch in March, and Lake Wakatipu (1,000 feet) in December, 
amongst bush ; two specimens. 

24. Scop. hemicycla, n. sp. 

Female.—17 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-fuscous. Palpi 23, dark 
fuscous mixed with white, basal joint white. Antenne dark fuscous. 
Abdomen grey, terminal segment very elongate, ovipositor long. Legs grey 
irrorated with whitish. Forewings elongate-oblong, slightly dilated, costa 
hardly arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin rather oblique, slightly rounded ; 
fuscous, with scattered pale ochreous-yellowish scales ; a cloudy blackish 
spot on inner margin near base, above which is a line of whitish scales; a 
longitudinal median black streak from base to }; a strong semicircular black 
streak from costa at 4, passing through middle of disc and returning to costa 
at %, obscurely margined beneath with whitish, the included space also 
irrorated with whitish ; subterminal line indicated by a few whitish scales : 
cilia whitish-fuscous with two cloudy darker lines, tips whitish. Hindwings 
14, fuscous-grey, becoming dark fuscous towards hindmargin; cilia as in 
forewings. 

Conspicuously distinct by the semicircular black streak excluding central 
third of costa. 

Arthur’s Pass (3,000 feet) in January ; one specimen, 


88 Transactions. Zoology. 


25. Scop. ergatis, n. sp. 

Female.—18-17 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous or fuscous-grey, 
slightly mixed with grey-whitish; palpi 24, basal joint white. Antenne 
dark fuscous. Abdomen light grey. Legs whitish, irrorated with fuscous. 
Forewings elongate, tolerably oblong, costa almost straight, apex obtuse, 
hindmargin straight, rather oblique; light fuscous, thinly and irregularly 
irrorated with whitish and darker fuscous; first line obscurely whitish, 
posteriorly rather broadly and suffusedly dark-margined, strongly curved ; 
orbicular and claviform obsolete; reniform subquadrate, cloudy, dark 
fuscous; second line whitish, anteriorly dark-margined, rectilinear, obtusely 
angulated above middle; subterminal line obsolete: cilia light fuscous 
mixed with whitish. Hindwings 14, light grey or fuscous-grey, rather 
darker posteriorly ; cilia fuscous-whitish, with a fuscous basal line. 

Allied to S. hemicycla, which it resembles in form, but quite differently 
marked. 

Castle Hill (8,000 feet), on grassy slopes in January; two specimens. 

26. Scop. critica, n. sp. ; 

Male, female-—13-15} mm. Head and thorax black, irregularly mixed 
with white, and with a few yellow scales. Palpi 24, black, apex and basal 
joint white. Antenne blackish, in male pubescent; ciliations 1. Abdomen 
dark fuscous-grey. Legs white, irrorated with dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi 
banded with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, somewhat triangular, costa 
hardly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; fuscous-grey, 
mixed with blackish, median space irregularly irrorated with white; main 
veins and some posterior branches streaked with ochreous-yellow ; a white 
streak from first line near costa to near inner margin at 4, connected with 
middle of base by a white line; first line rather strong, white, scarcely 
indented but angulated below middle, posteriorly blackish-margined, forming 
an oblique suboblong black spot on costa, which includes orbicular ; clavi- 
form broadly linear, black, touching first line; reniform 8-shaped, black- 
margined but incompletely beneath, upper half clear white, lower obscure, 
ochreous-yellow, connected with costa by a dark spot; second line distinct, 
white, anteriorly dark-margined ; terminal space wholly dark, except cloudy 
white subterminal line, which is interrupted above middle, not touching 
second line: cilia fuscous-grey, with a dark fuscous line, tips spotted with 
white. Hindwings 14, rather dark fuscous-grey, becoming darker posteriorly; 
cilia grey, with a dark grey line, tips whitish. 

Readily recognized by the intensity of marking, yellowish streaks on 
veins, reniform half white and half yellow, angulated first line, and pubescent 
antenne of male. 


Arthur’s Pass (8,000 feet, and one specimen at 1,500), in January; 
common. 


Mayrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 89 


* 27. Scop. anaplecta, n. sp. 

Male, female.—14}3-153 mm. Head dark fuscous, with a longitudinal 
whitish-ochreous streak on crown. Palpi 22, dark fuscous, apex of maxillary 
white, basal joint of labial ochreous-white. Antenne dark fuscous, in male 
pubescent ; ciliations 3. Thorax fuscous, irrorated with black, slightly 
mixed with whitish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous-grey, segmental margins 
whitish-ochreous. Legs yellowish-white, tibiz and tarsi banded with dark 
fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hind- 
margin rounded, rather strongly oblique; purplish-grey, densely irrorated 
with black; an elongate pale whitish-ochreous spot on inner margin, 
extending from near base to first line; first line well-defined, ochreous- 
whitish, rather curved, moderately indented ; orbicular small, round, black, 
touching first line; claviform somewhat larger, roundish, black, tolerably 
detached ;-reniform represented by a cloudy black wedge-shaped mark, 
margined above with some yellow-whitish scales; an ochreous-white 
suffusion towards middle of inner margin; second line well-defined, 
ochreous-whitish, near inner margin rather sharply angulated inwards ; 
subterminal line ochreous-whitish, in female broad, hardly interrupted, 
almost touching second line, in male reduced to several small spots: cilia 
ochreous-whitish, with a dark grey interrupted basal and faint posterior 
line. Hindwings 14, ochreous-whitish, with a few grey scales, lunule and 
postmedian line obscurely indicated, a rather broad hindmarginal band 
suffusedly dark fuscous; cilia as in forewings. 

This and the following species have the hindwings proportionately 
narrower than in any other of the genus, and are characterized by the 
yellowish tint of their pale markings; S. anaplecta especially also by the 
pale dorsal spots, and the ochreous-whitish dark-margined hindwings. 

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, at 3,200 feet, in December; two speci- 
mens. 

* 28. Scop. spel@a, 0. sp. 

Male, female.—9-12 mm. Head pale yellow, with a dark fuscous streak 
across crown. Palpi 24, dark fuscous, apex and basal joint whitish-yellow. 
Antenne whitish-yellow, annulated with dark fuscous; ciliations 2. Thorax 
whitish-yellow; a central spot and one on each shoulder blackish. Abdomen 
dark fuscous-grey. Legs whitish-yellow, banded with dark fuscous. Fore- 
wings triangular, costa almost straight, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely 
rounded; rather dark fuscous, irrorated with blackish ; a pale yellow streak 
from middle of base to + of inner margin; a pale yellow dot on costa near 
base; first line sharply defined, pale yellow, regularly curved, not indented ; 
orbicular and claviform absent; a cloudy pale yellow spot above middle of 
inner margin; reniform narrow, pale yellow, sometimes touching second 


90 Transactions.—Zoology. 


line beneath ; second line strong, pale yellow, almost straight, somewhat 
sinuate inwards below middle; subterminal line narrow, indistinct, pale 
yellow, hardly interrupted, not touching second line: cilia with basal third 
dark grey, remainder whitish-yellowish, with a grey posterior line. Hind- 
wings hardly over 1, fuscous-grey, becoming dark fuscous towards hind- 
margin ; cilia grey-whitish, with two cloudy grey lines. 

The smallest species of the genus known to me, not to be confused with 
any other. 

Sydney, New South Wales; Fernshaw, Victoria ; Hobart, Hvandale, and 
Deloraine, Tasmania; Wirrabara Forest and Mount Gambier, South 
Australia; from August to December, and in March, common in damp 
sheltered places, especially under wet and overhanging rock-faces. 

29. Scop. characta, n. sp. 

Male, female—14-17 mm. Head light ochreous-yellow. Palpi 24, dark 
fuscous, mixed with yellowish above, basal joint yellowish-white. Antenne 
pale yellowish; ciliations $. Thorax whitish-ochreous mixed with dark 
fuscous, with a blackish spot on shoulder. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, 
sometimes irrorated with grey. Legs yellowish-white, tibie and tarsi 
banded with dark fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin oblique, distinctly sinuate; light fuscous, densely 
irrorated with dark fuscous; inner margin whitish-ochreous towards base, 
margined above with black; an obscure ochreous-whitish transverse line 


between first line and base; first line yellow-whitish, slender, tolerably - 


distinct, somewhat curved, slightly indented, posteriorly blackish-margined, 
followed on costa by a small triangular blackish spot; orbicular suboval, 
cloudy, black, almost touching first line; claviform represented by a 
triangular cloudy black spot extending from first to second lines, margined 
above with yellow-whitish, posteriorly confluent with apex of a rather 
broad yellow-whitish inwardly oblique straight streak from costa at 2, which 
is separated from second line by a blackish shade; a straight light yellow- 
ochreous streak in disc between orbicular and claviform, extending from 
first to second lines, terminating in a yellow-whitish dot which represents 
lower half of reniform; second line almost wholly obsolete, faintly indicated 
on costa; subterminal line very ill-defined, narrow, yellow-whitish, hardly 
interrupted, remote from second line: cilia ochreous-whitish, barred with 
fuscous, with two dark fuscous lines. Hindwings 14, very pale whitish- 
grey, slightly ochreous-tinged ; central lunule, postmedian line, and hind- 
margin darker grey, distinct ; cilia whitish, with two grey lines. 

A distinct species, easily recognized by the peculiar discal markings. 

Palmerston, Makatoku, Christchurch, Akaroa, and = TER amongst 
forest, in February and March; eight specimens. 


Meyricx,—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 91 


80. Scop. ustimacula, Feld. 
(Scoparia ustimacula, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. exxxv., 17; Scoparia conifera, Butl., Cist. 
Ent., ii., 493.) 

Male. —21 mm. Head and thorax ochreous, mixed with white, reddish- 
fuscous, and black; patagia margined with white. Palpi 21, ochreous- 
fuscous, basal joint white. Antenne fuscous; ciliations 14. Abdomen 
light grey. Legs ochreous-white, tibize and tarsi banded with black. Fore- 
wings rather elongate, triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hind- 
margin somewhat sinuate, oblique; rather bright ochreous; costa and 
inner margin irrorated with black and white; base suffused with dark 
fuscous ; a slender obscure whitish line near before first line; first line 
slender, white, posteriorly irregularly black-margined, not curved, rather 
oblique, thrice sinuate ; a broad fascia-like oblique blackish streak from 
costa immediately beyond first line, white-margined, reaching submedian 
fold, apex rounded; a similar inwardly oblique broad streak from costa 
beyond middle, reaching middle of disc, broadly bifurcate at apex, anterior 
branch almost coalescing with first streak; second line slender, white, 
margined anteriorly on costa, submedian fold, and inner margin by three 
small blackish spots; terminal space somewhat suffused with dark fuscous, 
tending to form streaks on veins ; subterminal line cloudy, whitish, almost 
marginal throughout; a terminal row of white dots: cilia grey-whitish, 
with dark grey anterior and lighter posterior lines. Hindwings 14, whitish- 
grey ; central lunule, postmedian line, and hindmargin darker grey; cilia 
as in forewings. 

Also a very distinct and handsome species, characterized by the two 
conspicuous black fascize from costa to disc, and unusually long antennal 
ciliations, the longest in the genus. Butler’s description is hardly recogniz- 
able; but is intended for this species, as I have seen his type in the British 
Museum. © 

Castle Hill (Mr. J. D. Enys) and Dunedin (Mr. A. Purdie), probably 
amongst bush ; I have not met with the species myself; three specimens. 

31. Scop. pongalis, Feld. 
(Scoparia pongalis, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. cxxxvil., 53.) 

Male, female.—15-19 mm. Head, antenne, and thorax whitish-grey, 
slightly ochreous-tinged, shoulders narrowly black ; antennal ciliations, | i. 
Palpi 3, dark fuscous, apex and basal joint whitish. Abdomen ochreous- 
whitish. Legs grey-whitish, tibie and tarsi somewhat suffused with darker 
grey. Forewings somewhat elongate, triangular, costa slightly arched, 
apex obtuse, hindmargin rather oblique, faintly sinuate; pale whitish-grey, 
slightly ochreous-tinged, with a few scattered grey and black scales; first 
line only indicated by a short cloudy blackish oblique streak from inner 


92 Transactions.—Z oology. 


margin; costa black from base to beyond middle, at first very narrowly, 
but shortly dilating to form a triangular sharply-defined patch, of which 
apex is in middle of disc ; claviform dot-like, black, or sometimes obsolete ; 
reniform 8-shaped, obscurely outlined with blackish ; second line not paler, 
but distinctly dark-margined, somewhat bent but hardly sinuate ; a row of 
black dots immediately before hindmargin ; cilia grey-whitish, with a grey 
basal line. Hindwings 14, in male whitish, in female very pale whitish- 
grey ; postmedian line and hindmargin very faintly greyer ; cilia whitish, 
with a faint grey line. 

Very distinct by the peculiar black costal marking. Felder’s figure is 
very coarse, but indicates this correctly. 

Makatoku and Dunedin, amongst forest, in March ; five specimens. 

32. Scop. melanegis, n. sp. 

Male, female.x—22-23 mm. Head and thorax ochreous mixed with 
whitish, shoulders suffused with dark fuscous. Palpi 23, dark fuscous, apex 
whitish, basal joint white. Antenne grey. Abdomen ochreous-grey- 
whitish. Legs white irrorated with dark fuscous, tihie and tarsi banded 
with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, triangular, costa slightly arched, 
apex rounded, hindmargin slightly sinuate, oblique; pale fuscous, very 
densely irrorated with black; a whitish streak from base to inner margin 
at 1, beneath which the black suffusion is obsolete; an obscure dentate 
irregular whitish transverse line a little before first line, between which and 
first line the ground colour is mixed with pale yellow; first line slender, 
white, almost straight, oblique, not reaching inner margin, but continued 
near and parallel to it to meet second line, which is also narrow, sharply 
defined, and does not reach inner margin; reniform somewhat 8-shaped, 
narrow, clear white ; space included between a straight line passing through 
anterior edge of reniform and blackish margin of second line suffused with 
white ; ner margin from before first line to anal angle suffused with pale 
yellow ; veins in terminal space more or less indicated with yellowish ; 
subterminal line cloudy whitish, rather broad, obscurely interrupted, hardly 
touching second line; a waved white hindmarginal line: cilia whitish, 
basal third barred with dark grey, with a grey posterior line. Hindwings 
14, very pale whitish-grey, faintly ochreous-tinged; postmedian line and 
hipdmargin obscurely darker grey ; cilia white, with a grey line. 

The blackish suffusion appears to form a very large blotch on costa 
beyond first line, nearly reaching to inner margin; this distinguishes the 
species from all others. 

Arthur’s Pass (1,700 to 2,600 feet) and Lake Wakatipu (4,200 feet), 
frequenting rocks in sheltered situations or amongst bush, in December and 
January; rather common. 


Mryriox.—-On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 98 


33. Scop. trapezophora, 0. sp. 

Female.x—21 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, mixed with 
whitish. Palpi 21, whitish-ochreous mixed with fuscous, basal joint white. 
Antennz whitish. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish, 
unicolorous. Forewings elongate, narrow, somewhat triangular, costa 
hardly arched, apex obtuse, hindmarein very faintly sinuate, oblique ; pale 
whitish-ochreous ; an oblong very oblique blackish spot from base of costa, 
reaching more than half across wing; a large sharply defined quadrilateral 
blackish blotch, extending along costa from + to 2, reaching only half across 
wing, anterior edge parallel to oblique spot, lower edge parallel to inner 
margin, posterior edge forming a right angle with lower edge; inner 
margin broadly suffused with whitish from + to anal angle; reniform white, 
anteriorly touching costal blotch, posteriorly ill-defined; space between 
costal blotch and second line suffused with whitish; second line distinct, 
white, dark-margined, obsolete below costal blotch ; terminal space irrorated 
with dark fuscous, especially towards costa; subterminal line cloudy 
whitish, obscure, not touching second line: cilia whitish, with a dark 
fuscous line. Hindwings 12, grey-whitish ; postmedian line and hind- 
margin faintly darker ; cilia whitish. 

Allied to S. melanegis, but much narrower-winged (though the male may 
probably not differ so much in this respect) ; immediately separated by the 
very different form of the black costal blotch, which does not pass downwards 
beyond middle of wing, and therefore appears very much more compressed 
longitudinally. 

Castle Hill (8,000 feet), in January; one specimen. 

34. Scop. philetaera, nu. sp. 

Male.—19 mm. Head white, somewhat mixed with fuscous. Palpi 3, 
dark fuscous mixed with whitish, basal jomt white. Antenne white, 
annulated with grey; ciliations 4. Thorax white, mixed with black on 
back and suffusedly spotted with black on shoulders. Abdomen grey- 
whitish. Legs whitish, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Fore- 
wings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin oblique, 
slightly sinuate; white, irregularly mixed with light grey, with a few fine 
scattered black scales ; a suffused blackish spot on costa at base ; first line 
strong, white, blackish-margined, somewhat curved, hardly indented, bent 
more obliquely outwards on inner margin, followed by a cloudy blackish 
triancular spot on costa; costa dark fuscous from first line to 2, a rather 
darker grey suffusion extending from this to reniform and claviform ; 
orbicular small, round, obscure, black-margined; claviform elongate, 
cloudy, black, touching first line; reniform 8-shaped, black-margined, upper 
half grey, lower clear white; second line strong, whitish, anteriorly dark- 


94 Transactions.—Zoology. 


margined, forming a small blackish spot on costa; terminal space grey, 
veins suffused with black; subterminal line cloudy, whitish, somewhat 
interrupted, not touching second line: cilia whitish, with two dark grey 
lines. Hindwings 14, very pale whitish-grey, lunule, postmedian line, and 
hindmargin hardly darker ; cilia whitish, with two grey lines. 

Of somewhat doubtful affinity ; recognizable by the rather broad distinct 
lines, dark suffusion towards costa, and clear white lower half of reniform. 

Bealey River, amongst forest (2,100 feet), in January ; one specimen. 

35. Scop. periphanes, u. sp. 

Matle.—20mm. Head and thorax whitish mixed with ochreous-grey, 
shoulders narrowly blackish. Palpi 3, dark fuscous mixed with whitish, 
basal joint white. Antenne grey-whitish; ciliations 4. Abdomen grey- 
whitish. Legs whitish, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Fore- 
wings somewhat elongate, triangular, costa hardly arched, apex rounded, 
hindmargin sinuate, rather oblique; grey, slightly brownish-tinged; a 
thick black very oblique streak from base of costa, not reaching inner 
margin, irregularly bifurcate, upper branch touching first line; first line 
distinct, rather strong, almost straight, oblique, white, posteriorly strongly 
and evenly black-margined ; spots all obsolete ; second line sharply defined, 
white, finely blackish-margined, preceded by a rather broad whitish space ; 
subterminal line distinct, white, interrupted above middle, apex of lower 
portion touching second line, the two triangular blotches enclosed between 
second and subterminal lines suffused with black, apex of upper blotch con- 
nected with middle of hindmargin by a blackish streak; a hindmarginal 
row of cloudy confluent black dots: cilia whitish, with two dark grey lines. 
Hindwings 11, very pale whitish-grey, postmedian line and hindmargin 
suffusedly darker grey ; cilia as in forewings. 

A sharply marked species, conspicuously distinct by the straight first 
line, and absence of all the discal spots. 

Lake Wakatipu, in January (Mr. R. W. Fereday); two specimens. 

36. Scop. diphtheralis, Walk. 
(Scoparia diphtheralis, Walk., Suppl., 1501.) 

Male, female.—23-26 mm. Head pale ochreous, face black. Palpi 23, 
black, mixed with white, basal jomt white. Antenne black, beneath 
ochreous-whitish. Thorax white, anterior half, a square central spot, and 
posterior extremity suffused with black. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, 
slightly irrorated with grey, segmental margins more ochreous towards 
base. Legs white, thinly sprinkled with black, tibia and tarsi banded with 
black. Forewings elongate, triangular, costa hardly arched, apex rounded, 
hindmargin sinuate, slightly oblique; white, irregularly irrorated with black 
scales which are ochreous at their base; a triangular blackish spot on costa 


Meyricxk.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 95 


at base, apex extended to form a smaller spot, but not quite reaching inner 
margin ; inner margin beneath this whitish-ochreous ; a broad cloudy white 
line near first line, more or less confluent with it above; first line broad, 
cloudy, white, oblique, hardly curved, rather irregular, posteriorly blackish- 
margined, forming a cloudy triangular blackish spot towards costa ; a pale 
ochreous-yellowish streak along submedian fold from basal spot to anal 
blotch; orbicular roundish, whitish-ochreous, broadly b ack-margined, 
detached; claviform small, oblique, black, sometimes pale-centred, detached; 
reniform 8-shaped, whitish-ochreous, black-margined, connected with costa 
by a small blackish spot, between which and second line is a whitish 
suffusion ; space between orbicular and reniform, and between reniform and 
second line, clothed with peculiarly appressed brassy prismatic scales, 
appearing as though transparent; second line broad, white, blackish- 
margined ; terminal space wholly suffused with black; subterminal line 
broad, white,. more or less pale ochreous-yellowish on veins, generally 
interrupted above middle, apex of lower portion touching second line; 
a hindmarginal row of white dots: cilia grey, with two darker lines, basal 
third slightly barred with whitish, tips whitish. Hindwings 14, whitish- 
ochreous, partially ivrorated with grey; lunule, postmedian line, and a 
tolerably defined hindmarginal band rather dark grey; cilia ochreous- 
whitish, with two dark grey lines. 

A fine species, differing from all others by the peculiar prismatic spots 
preceding and following reniform. 

Hamilton, Palmerston, Napier, Wellington, Christchurch, and Otira 
Gorge, from December to March, usually near forest; common where it 
occurs, but I have never taken it except at lamps, and always females only ; 
I have seen one male, taken by Mr. R. W. Fereday, and perhaps sixty 
females. 

37. Scop. submarginalis, Walk. 

(Hypochalcia submarginalis, Walk., 48; Nephopteryx maoriella, ib., Suppl., 1720.) 

Male, female—21-25 mm. Head and thorax whitish, mixed with pale 
ochreous, densely irrorated with grey or dark fuscous. Palpi3, dark fuscous 
mixed with whitish, basal joimt white. Antenne grey; ciliations 4. 
Abdomen ochreous-whitish suffused with grey, more ochreous towards base. 
Legs whitish irrorated with dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded with dark 
fuscous. TF orewings elongate, triangular, costa hardly arched, apex obtuse, 
hindmargin very faintly sinuate, rather oblique; ochreous or ochreous: 
brown, more or less densely irrorated with black, and sprinkled irregularly 
with whitish; a short obscure blackish line from base of costa; a cloudy 
whitish line near before and partially confluent with first line, sometimes 
obsolete; first line white, cloudy, posteriorly black-margined, somewhat 


96 Transactions.—Z ooloqy. 


curved, irregular, bent outwards on inner margin; orbicular roundish, not 
pale, finely black-margined, separated from reniform by a round black- 
margined spot, somewhat paler and more whitish than ground colour ; 
claviform roundish, cloudy, black, detached ; reniform 8-shaped, not pale, 
black-margined ; often a clear whitish or ochreous streak from clayiform 
along submedian fold to second line; sometimes a rather broad dark fuscous 
streak above submedian fold from first to second lines; second line rather 
narrow, white, dark-margined, generally suffused with ochreous towards 
submedian fold, rather abruptly bent above middle; subterminal line 
broad, very cloudy and indistinct, whitish, interrupted, generally touching 
second line; a waved whitish hindmarginal line: cilia pale greyish, with a 
dark fuscous interrupted line, basal and terminal thirds obscurely barred 
with whitish. Hindwings 14, whitish-ochreous irrorated with grey; lunule 
and postmedian line very indistinctly darker ; a tolerably well-defined dark 
fuscous hindmarginal band; cilia whitish, with a dark grey line. 

A variable species, but generally distinguishable from its nearest allies 
by the irregular dark suffusion of the forewings, and the ochreous tinge and 
dark marginal band of the hindwings. 

Cambridge, Palmerston, Wellington, Christchurch, Castle Hill, Mount 
Hutt, and Lake Wakatipu, probably universally distributed at low levels, 
from November to March, on rock-faces, fences, ete. ; generally abundant. 

38. Scop. cataxesta, n. sp. 

Male, female.—23-27 mm. Head and thorax dark slaty-grey, somewhat 
mixed with grey-whitish. Palpi 21, dark fuscous, slightly mixed with 
whitish, basal joint white. Antenne dark grey, ciliations 2. Abdomen 
whitish-grey. Legs white, irrorated with dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi 
banded with dark fuscous. Forewings very elongate, triangular, costa 
hardly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin almost straight, slightly oblique ; 
rather dark slaty-grey, with an indigo-bluish tinge (strong in very fresh 
specimens), with fine scattered grey-whitish scales, the coalescence of which 
forms obscure first and second lines; first line hardly curved, moderately 
indented ; second line tolerably distinct on costa and inner margin ; orbi- 
cular faintly perceptible as a slightly darker suffusion ; reniform 8-shaped, 
slightly darker, lower or sometimes both halves centred with whitish ; sub- 
terminal line obscurely indicated, interrupted, not touching second line: 
cilia slaty-grey, tips paler. Hindwings 132, whitish-grey; postmedian line 
faintly indicated ; a narrow hindmarginal band suffusedly darker grey; cilia 
white, with a grey line. 

Very obsoletely marked; distinguished from all by the peculiar dark 
bluish-grey colouring, adapted for concealment on the bare slaty rocks of 
the mountain-range, which it exactly resembles. The same tint recurs with | 
the same habits in several species of other groups. 


Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera, 97 


Otira Gorge, Castle Hill, Lake Guyon, and Lake Wakatipu, in January 
and February, from 1,500 to 8,000 feet; always on bare shingle, usually in 
the bed of a mountain stream, but sometimes also in a road-way, flying a 
short distance close to the ground and quickly settling again; common 
where it occurs. 

39. Scop. tetracycla, n. sp. 

Female. 25 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax grey, densely irrorated with 
white; palpi 3, basal joint white. Antenne grey. Abdomen pale grey, 
suffused with pale ochreous towards base. Legs white irrorated with 
fuscous, tibiee and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Forewings very elon- 
gate, somewhat triangular, costa straight, apex obtuse, hindmargin straight, 
slightly oblique ; ochreous-grey, densely irrorated with whitish ; lines 
obsolete; orbicular and claviform both round, whitish, black-margined ; 
reniform 8-shaped, unusually oblique, whitish, obscurely black-margined : 
cilia ochreous-grey mixed with whitish, with an obscure darker line. Hind- 
wings 13, pale fuscous-grey, hindmargin suffusedly darker ; cilia whitish, 
with a fuscous line. 

Characterized by the obsolescence of the usual lines, whilst the spots 
are all distinctly indicated, round, dark-margined. 

Christchurch and Lake Coleridge, in March ; two specimens. 

40. Scop. indistinctalis, Walk. 
(Hypochalcia indistinctalis, Walk., 48; Scoparia rakaiensis, Knaggs, Ent. Mo. Mag., iv., 80.) 

Male, female.—23-25 mm. Head and thorax white, densely irrorated 
with dark grey. Palpi 3, dark grey mixed with white, basal joint white. 

Antenne dark grey, obscurely annulated with white; ciliations 4. Abdo- 
men whitish-ochreous, suffused with ervey. Legs white, irrorated with 
dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Forewings very 
elongate, tolerably triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hind- 
margin slightly sinuate, rather oblique; white, very finely irrorated with 
blackish or dark fuscous; indications of a white line before first line ; first 
line indistinct, white, posteriorly blackish-margined, rectangularly bent 
above middle, near inner margin turned more obliquely outwards ; orbicular 
obliquely oval, hardly indicated except by two or three blackish marginal 
dots ; claviform gmall, oval, blackish-margined ; reniform 8-shaped, oblique, 
obscurely blackish-margined ; second line white, tolerably distinct, ob- 
scurely dark-margined ; terminal space suffused with blackish towards anal 
angle; subterminal line broad, cloudy, whitish, interrupted, both portions 
touching second line ; a row of blackish dots on veins before hindmargin : 
cilia whitish, with two blackish-grey lines. Hindwings 12, pale whitish- 
ochreous, suffused with light greyish ; lunule and postmedian line obscurely 
darker ; a moderately broad suffused dark fuscous hindmarginal band ; cilia 
white, with a dark grey line. 

7 


98 Transactions.—Z oology. 


Allied to S. submarginalis, but much lighter and greyer, with the dark 
suffusion confined to the anal angle, and always separable by the quite 
different form of the rather sharply angulated first line. 

Wellington, Christchurch, and Lake Wakatipu (1,000 feet), from 
December to February, on rocks and fences ; rather common. 

41. Scop. chalicodes, n. sp. 

Male, female.—154-164 mm. Head and thorax whitish irrorated with 
grey, with a short black stripe on each side of thorax from anterior margin. 
Palpi 22, dark fuscous, apex and basal joint white. Antenne whitish-grey, 
ciliations 2. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs white, tibie and tarsi banded 
with dark fuscous. Forewings very elongate-triangular, narrow, costa 
almost straight, apex obtuse, hindmargin very obliquely rounded; light 
ochreous-grey, densely irrorated with white; veins irregularly and partially 
lined with blackish; first line faintly perceptible, curved; orbicular 
moderate, pale greyish-ochreous, obscurely dark-margined, touching first 
line; claviform small, cloudy, dark fuscous, touching first line; reniform 
obscurely 8-shaped, pale greyish-ochreous, partially dark-margined; all 
spots sometimes very obscure; a small blackish spot on costa beyond 
middle ; second line very obscure, indented beneath costa, angulated above 
middle ; terminal space darker, subterminal line cloudy, whitish, touching 
second line, very obscure beneath: cilia whitish, with dark fuscous anterior 
and grey posterior line. Hindwings 14, grey-whitish, apex hardly darker ; 
cilia white, with a faint grey line. 

Characterized by the comparatively small size, narrow pale forewings, 
dark veins, and wholly whitish hindwings. 

Wanganui, Napier, Christchurch, and Mount Hutt, from January to 
March ; six specimens. 

42. Scop. leptalea, n. sp. 

Male, female——16-19 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax greyish-ochreous 
or grey, mixed with whitish ; palpi 3, basal joint white. Antenne grey, in 
male stout, dentate, ciliations 2. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, suffused with 
pale grey. Legs white, irrorated with dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded 
with dark fuscous. Forewings very elongate, narrow but variable, some- 
what triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely 
rounded ; whitish-ochreous or ochreous-grey, suffusedly irrorated with dark 
fuscous or black, and densely irrorated with whitish ; markings variable in 
distinctness, sometimes almost wholly obsolete; first line white, very 
oblique, almost straight, indented above middle, posteriorly dark-margined ; 
orbicular somewhat aunular, almost wholly obsolete; claviform dot-like, 
blackish, usually distinct; reniform 8-shaped, oblique, obscurely dark- 
margined, indistinct ; second line white, dark-margined; terminal space 


Meyricx.-—-On New Zealund Micro-Lepidoptera, 99 


generally darker, especially towards anal angle; subterminal line very 
obscure, whitish, touching second line, not interrupted: cilia whitish, with 
a grey line. Hindwings 1%, whitish-grey, postmedian line obscurely 
darker, hindmargin suffused with darker grey; cilia as in forewings. 

Kasily known by the narrow forewings, very oblique first line, and 
usually distinct blackish dot-like claviform. 

Hamilton, Napier, Masterton, and Christchurch, in sandy grassy places 
or at lamps, from January to March, tolerably common, 

43. Scop. psammitis, 0. sp. 

Male, female.—21-27 mm. Quite similar to S. leptalea, but antenne of 
male slender, filiform, ciliations 1; orbicular tolerably distinct, partially 
outlined with blackish. 

This species so closely resembles S. leptalea, except in the considerably 
larger size, that it would probably pass for a local variety, but the struc- 
tural difference in the antenne of the male must be taken to warrant 
specific separation. The forewings are perhaps even somewhat narrower 
proportionately, and the claviform usually more conspicuous. 

Arthur’s Pass, on grassy slopes at 4,500 feet, in January; three speci- 
mens (2 male, 1 female). A more ochreous-tinged female from near Dunedin 
is probably also referable to this species. 

44, Scop. epicomia, n. sp. 

Male, female—18-19 mm. Head, palpi, antennz, and thorax reddish- 
ochreous-brown; palpi 4, towards base white beneath. Antennal cilia- 
tions 4. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, tinged with grey. Legs white, 
tarsi and anterior tibie banded with dark fuscous. Forewings triangular, 
narrow at base, costa almost straight, posteriorly moderately arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin slightly sinuate, oblique; light ochreous-grey ; basal 
third reddish-ochreous-brown, terminated by first line; first line straight, 
slender, white, not oblique, followed by a narrow dark reddish-brown fascia 
edged with black posteriorly and suffused with black on inner margin; 
median space irrorated with white, wholly suffused with white posteriorly ; 
reniform small, linear, transverse, reddish-ochreous; a small triangular 
reddish-ochreous black-margined spot on costa beyond middle; second 
line slender, whitish, anteriorly dark-margined; terminal space greyish- 
ochreous, irrorated with blackish, subterminal line obscure, whitish, suffused 
into hindmargin: cilia ochreous-whitish, with an interrupted dark fuscous 
line. Hindwings 14, pale whitish-grey; lunule, postmedian line, and hind- 
marginal band light grey; cilia grey-whitish, with dark grey dots on veins. 

Couspicuously distinct, and of doubtful affinity, but perhaps allied to S. 
feredayt ; the straight perpendicular dark reddish-brown fascia beyond first 
line is a peculiar feature. 


100 Transactions. — Zooloyy. 


Arthur’s Pass (2,600 feet), and Dunedin, amongst bush in January; four 
specimens. 
45. Scop. feredayi, Knaggs. 
(Scoparia feredayi, Knaggs, Ent. Mo. Mag., iv., 80; Scoparia moanalis, Feld., Reis. Nov., 
pl. exxxvii., 34.) 

Male, female.—18-21 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax reddish-ochreous- 
brown: palpi 23, basal joint white. Antenne grey; ciliations2. Abdomen 
whitish-ochreous. Legs white, banded with ochreous-brown. Forewings 
triangular, costa almost straight, apex obtuse, hindmargin almost straight, 
oblique ; reddish-ochreous, densely irrorated with dark reddish-brown ; first 
line very obscurely whitish, posteriorly suffusedly dark-margined, not 
oblique, angulated above middle; orbicular and claviform small, roundish, 
very obscurely darker, touching first line; reniform very obscure, somewhat 
8-shaped, suffusedly darker; second line white, distinct, anteriorly suffusedly 
dark-margined, upper sinuation slight, lower angular; terminal space wholly 
irrorated with white, except sometimes towards costa and narrowly along 
hindmargin : cilia grey-whitish, base white, with a reddish-fuscous anterior 
and grey posterior line. Hindwings 14, very pale whitish-grey, ochreous- 
tinged, postmedian line and hindmarginal band very suffusedly darker grey; 
cilia white, with a faint grey line. 

Also a very distinct species, immediately known by the reddish-ochre- 
ous colour, with whitish lines and posterior irroration. As Butler has 
quoted the name as a synonym of S. submarginalis, it may be worth 
while stating that there is not the least resemblance between the two 
species. 

Eketahuna, Wellington, Bealey River (2,100 feet), Castle Hill (2,500 
feet), Lake Guyon, and Lake Wakatipu, amongst bush from January to 
March, not common ; eight specimens. 

46. Scop. acompa, n. sp. 

Male.—174-19 mm. Head, antenne, and thorax ochreous-fuscous, 
shoulders suffusedly dark fuscous; antenne deeply dentate, ciliations 2. 
Palpi 8, ochreous-fuscous irrorated with blackish, internally and on basal 
joint white. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous, irrorated 
with dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Forewings 
triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin almost 
straight, oblique; ochreous-fuscous ; base irrorated with dark fuscous ; first 
line very slender, obscure, whitish, posteriorly finely blackish-margined, not 
oblique, somewhat curved, sinuate inwards above inner margin; space 
between first and second lines fuscous, irrorated with dark fuscous, with a 
few pale scales; orbicular and claviform both round, ochreous-brown, 
obscurely blackish-margined, touching first line ; reniform 8-shaped, white, 


Muyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 101 


suffusedly blackish-margined ; second line very slender, obscure, whitish, 
anteriorly finely blackish-margined, rather abruptly curved above middle ; 
subterminal obsolete; a slender interrupted white hindmarginal line: cilia 
ochreous-whitish, with two dark grey lines. Hindwings 14, whitish-grey ; 
lunule, postmedian line and a hindmarginal line darker grey, distinet; cilia 
whitish, with:a dark grey interrupted line. 

Apparently allied to S. feredayi, but very distinct by the ochreous- 
fuscous ground colour, fine black margins of lines, and well-defined white 
reniform. 

Lake Wakatipu, at 1,200 feet, in December ; two specimens. 

* 47, Scop. acropola, n sp. 

Male.—25-28 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax ochreous-fus- 
cous; palpi 4, white towards base beneath. Antennal ciliations 1. 
Abdomen very pale whitish ochreous. Legs white irrorated with fuscous, 
tibize and tarsi suffused with dark fuscous.. Forewings elongate, triangular, 
moderately broad, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin straight, 
oblique ; light ochreous-fuscous, finely irorated with dark reddish-fuscous, 
with a few whitish scales; first line not pale, indicated only by suffused 
dark posterior margin, somewhat curved, oblique; orbicular rather large, 
oval, somewhat whitish, obscurely dark-margined, touching first line ; 
claviform obsolete; reniform 8-shaped, somewhat whitish or not pale, 
obscurely dark-margined ; orbicular and reniform connected by a very 
elongate, hardly pale, obscurely dark-margined spot; second line hardly 
pale, anteriorly suffusedly dark-margined, almost rectilmear, sharply angu- 
lated above middle; subterminal obsolete ; a hindmarginal row of cloudy 
dark fuscous dots: cilia ochreous-whitish, with two fuscous-grey lines. 
Hindwings 14, ochreous-grey-whitish ;, postmedian line very faintly indi- 
cated ; cilia white, base ochreous-tinged. 

Allied to S. cleodoralis, but much larger, and differing in the longer 
palpi, much longer ciliations of antenne, defined orbicular, sharp angula- 
tion of second line, and other characters. 

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, amongst rocky scrub at 3,000 feet in De- 
cember ; apparently very local, being confined to a small patch of ground 
in which it was common, and readily disturbed from the herbage. 

* 48. Scop. cleodoralis, Walk. 
(Scopula cleodoralis, Walk., Pyr., 793.) 

Male, female.—18-21 mm. Head and thorax light ochreous-brownish, 
slightly mixed with whitish. Palpi 34, dark fuscous, slightly mixed with 
whitish, apex of maxillary and basal joint of labial white. Antenne grey, 
ciliations 4. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish, anterior and 
middle pair suffused with dark fuscous, Forewings elongate-triangular, 


102 Transactions. — Zoology. 


costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; light 
ochreous-brownish, with a few iregularly-scattered white scales, veins 
more or less suffused with dark fuscous; first line slender, whitish, pos- 
teriorly obscurely dark-margined, somewhat curved, not oblique ; orbicular 
and claviform obsolete ; reniform 8-shaped, indistinct, somewhat whitish, 
obscurely dark-margined ; second line slender, whitish, obscurely dark- 
margined, sinuations very slight; subterminal very indistinct, cloudy, 
whitish; a row of cloudy dark fuscous dots before hindmargin: cilia 
ochreous-whitish, with two dark grey lines. Hindwings 13, very pale 
whitish-grey ; postmedian line and hindmargin hardly darker; cilia 
whitish, with a grey line. 

An indistinct-looking species, yet hardly to be confused with any other. 

Blackheath (8,500 feet), New South Wales ; Mount Macedon and Fern- 
shaw, Victoria; Deloraine and Mount Wellington (to 3,100 feet), Tasmania ; 
amongst forest, from November to February, tolerably common. 

49. Scop. manganeutis, n. sp. 

Male.—17-18 mm. Head and thorax white, mixed with grey and 
irrorated with black. Palpi 24, dark fuscous, mixed with white, basal joint 
white. Antenne grey, sharply serrate, ciliations 1. Abdomen pale grey. 
Legs whitish, tibie and tarsi banded with black. Forewings elongate, 
somewhat triangular, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin rather 
strongly oblique, slightly indented above middle, rounded beneath ; light 
grey, irregularly mixed with white and irrorated with black ; first line 
strong, distinct, white, rather curved, moderately indented in middle and 
again above inner margin, posteriorly suffusedly dark-margined; orbicular 
dot-like, faint, whitish, claviform small, cloudy, blackish, both obscured by 
suffusion ; reniform 8-shaped, whitish, dark-margined, tolerably distinct ; 
second line whitish, tolerably distinct, dark-margined ; subterminal cloudy, 
whitish, dentate, interrupted above middle, apex of lower portion confluent 
with second line; a hindmarginal row of obscure whitish dots: cilia whitish, 
basal third barred with dark fuscous, with a posterior grey line. Hind- 
wings 14, whitish-grey; postmedian line faintly indicated, hindmargin 
narrowly grey ; cilia whitish, with an interrupted grey line. 

Characterized by the relatively small size, elongate forewings, strong 
white dentate first line, and the peculiarly serrate and strongly ciliated 
antennee. 

Otira Gorge, 1,600 to 2,600 feet, in January; two specimens. 

50. Scop. crypsinoa, nu. sp. 

Male.,—23-24 mm. Head white. Palpi 24, dark fuscous, apex of 
maxillary and basal joint of labial white. Antenne grey; ciliations 4. 
Thorax fuscous-grey irrorated with whitish, with a white anterior spot, 


Meyriox.— On New Zealand Miero-Lepidoptera. 103 


Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish, anterior and middle pair suffused 
with dark fuscous. Forewings very elongate, narrow, triangular, costa 
almost straight, apex obtuse, hindmargin very faintly sinuate, oblique ; 
light ochreous-grey, irrorated with white, veins slenderly but irregularly 
marked with blackish ; first line obscure, whitish, posteriorly suffusedly 
dark-margined, moderately curved, not oblique, somewhat indented; orbicular 
very small, linear, blackish, detached; claviform moderate, linear, black, 
detached ; reniform represented by a black x-shaped mark, lower fork filled 
with white; second line broad, cloudy, whitish, anteriorly suffusedly dark- 
margined, somewhat angulated above middle; subterminal very indistinct, 
whitish, not touching second line; a hindmarginal row of cloudy blackish 
dots: cilia grey-whitish, with two fuscous-grey lmes. Hindwings 14, grey- 
whitish ; cilia whitish, with a faint grey line. ; 

Allied to S. axena, but readily recognized by the narrower forewings 
and distinct lines. 

Lake Wakatipu (8,000 feet), and Castle Hill (8,000 feet), in December 
and January ; two specimens. 

51. Scop. axena, n. sp. 

Male.—24-26mm. Head and thorax greyish-fuscous, slightly mixed 
with whitish. Palpi 8, dark fuscous, apex of maxillary and basal joint of 
labial white. Antenne dark grey; ciliations 4. Abdomen whitish-grey, 
somewhat suffused with ochreous. Legs pale grey, tarsi darker, posterior 
pair whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin slightly rounded, oblique ; dul] fuscous-grey, irrorated 
with whitish towards costa and hindmargin; lines hardly perceptible, 
slightly whitish, faintly dark-margined internally, first lme curved, rather 
irregular, second line preceded by a row of short linear obscure dark 
fuscous marks on veins; orbicular and claviform represented by small 
obscure dark fuscous suffusions, detached ; reniform by an obscure dark 
fuscous x-shaped mark, lower fork sometimes filled with whitish: cilia 
whitish, with two grey lines. Hindwings 14, grey-whitish ; cilia white. 

Closely allied to S. paltomacha, but separable by the larger size ; 
broader forewings, and absence of the distinct blackish lines on veins. 

Arthur’s Pass, on grassy slopes at 4,500 feet, in January ; three speci- 
mens. 

52. Scop. steropea, n. sp. 

Male, female.—13-16 mm. Head white. Palpi 3, fuscous, apex and 
basal joint white. Antenne dark grey, ciliations 4. Thorax fuscous, with 
a blackish central and white anterior spot. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs 
whitish, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate- 
triangular, eosta very slightly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin 


104 Transactions. —Z ooloyi. 


sinuate, very oblique ; pale fuscous, irrorated with darker; a small blackish 


spot at base of inner margin; a straight rather irregular black streak from 
base to somewhat before middle of disc, almost meeting a triangular 
blackish blotch, of which the apex is directed downwards, placed in dise 
beyond middle, its posterior side bounded by second line; dorsal half of 
wing below these black markings wholly white, sharply defined above, 
slightly suffused with greyish beneath; first line faintly indicated by 
angulated darker posterior margin ; two short oblique cloudy dark fuscous 
streaks in disc, terminating in triangular blotch; second line white, indis- 
tinct towards costa, obsolete in dorsal suffusion, rectilinear, very obtusely 
angulated above middle, very slightly sinuate near costa; upper half of 
subterminal line forming a whitish triangular blotch, suffusedly margined 
beneath with black, apex touching angle of second line, lower half merged 
in dorsal suffusion ; a hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia whitish, with 
two grey lines. Hindwings 14, grey-whitish, hindmargin faintly suffused 
with darker ; cilia white, with a grey line. 

Nearly allied to S. ewxilis, but easily distinguished by the smaller size, 
well-defined white dorsal suffusion, strong black streak from base, black 
triangular blotch beyond middle, straighter second line, and black triangu- 
lar spot on middle of hindmargin. 

Castle Hill, amongst grass in a swampy place at 2,500 feet, flying freely 
towards dusk, in January ; common. 

53. Scop. exilis, Knages. 
(Scoparia exilis, Knaggs, Ent. Mo. Mag., iv., 81.) 

Male.—18-20 mm. ; female—16mm. Head white: Palpi 3-81, dark 
fuscous, apex and basal joint white. Antenne grey; ciliations 3. Thorax 
fuscous, with a white anterior spot. Abdomen whitish-grey, segmental 
margins white. Legs white irrorated with fuscous, anterior and middle 
pair suffused with dark fuscous. Forewings very elongate, narrow, trian- 
gular, costa straight, apex rounded, hindmargin almost straight, very 
oblique; pale greyish-ochreous, irregularly irrorated with white; veins 
obscurely lined with blackish ; costal edge narrowly suffused with blackish ; 
first line very obscure, whitish, posteriorly slightly dark-margined, angu- 
lated in middle, not oblique; orbicular obsolete; claviform moderately 
large, elongate, black, conspicuous; reniform obsolete on upper half, lower 
half round, white, partially finely black-margined ; second line tolerably 
distinct, white, anteriorly irregularly blackish-margined except towards 
inner margin, angularly indented beneath costa, very shortly angulated 
above middle, slightly indented near inner margin; subterminal broad, 
cloudy, white, not interrupted, almost touching second line; a hindmarginal 
row of cloudy almost confluent blackish dots: cilia white, with two dark 


Meyrick.— On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. “105 


grey lines. Hindwings 12, very pale whitish-grey, slightly ochreous-tinged ; 
postmedian line and hindmargin suffusedly darker; cilia white, with a faint 
grey line. 

Kspecially recognizable by the conspicuous dark claviform, and ter- 
mination of dark margin of second line before inner margin, but the inner 
margin is not white as in S. steropea. 

Christchurch and Lake Wakatipu (1,200 feet), on dry grassy hill slopes, 
in October, December, and April ; six specimens. 

54. Scop. elaphra, u.sp. 

Male, female-—12-14 mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous mixed with 

whitish, shoulders narrowly suffused with dark fuscous. Palpi 44, dark 
fuscous, white above and beneath. Antenne whitish-ochreous; in male 
joints serrate with apical teeth only, ciliations 1. Abdomen grey-whitish. 
Legs white, anterior pair suffused with dark fuscous. Forewings very 
elongate, narrow, triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, hind- 
margin slightly sinuate, very oblique; pale brownish-ochreous, irregularly 
irrorated with white on veins, and generally with scattered dark fuscous 
scales ; base of costa rather suffused with dark fuscous; some blackish 
~ scales on submedian fold before first line; first lme hardly whitish, pos- 
teriorly margined with dark fuscous, rather strongly curved; orbicular 
small, linear, black, touching first line; claviform smaller, similar, gener- 
ally indistinct ; reniform dot-like, blackish ; second line obscurely whitish, 
anteriorly dark-margined, somewhat curved above middle, otherwise 
straight ; a row of blackish dots on hindmargin; cilia whitish, with two 
fuscous-grey lines. Hindwings 14, grey-whitish ; lunule, postmedian line 
and hindmargin grey; cilia white. 

Distinguished by its small size, sharply triangular wings, and fragile 
appearance, with very simple markings; the palpi here attain their greatest 
length. 

Palmerston (Wanganui), and Christchurch, chiefly at lamps, in March ; 
seven specimens. 

55. Scop. paltomacha, nu. sp. 

Male.—22-24 mm. ; female——17 mm. Head whitish, sometimes mixed 
with greyish-ochreous. Palpi 3, dark grey, apex of maxillary and basal 
joint of labial white. Antenne grey; ciliations 2. Thorax fuscous-grey, 
slightly mixed with whitish, with a whitish anterior spot. Abdomen 
whitish-grey. Legs whitish, tibie and tarsi suffused with grey. Forewings 
very elongate, triangular, costa almost straight, apex round-pointed, hind- 
margin straight, oblique ; light fuscous, irregularly irrorated with whitish ; 
veins distinctly lined with blackish ; a whitish dot in disc beyond middle, 
margined above with blackish: cilia whitish, with two fuscous-grey lines, 
Hindwings 12, grey-whitish ; cilia white, with a light grey line. 


106 Transactions.—Z. cology): 


Easily recognized by the dark veins and white discal dot, without other 
marking. 

Mount Hutt and Castle Hill (2,500 feet), on grassy slopes, in January ; 
SIX specimens. 

56. Scop. deltophora, n. sp. 

Male.—21-283 mm. ; female.—16 mm. Head and thorax light ochre- 
ous-grey, sides of head whitish. Palpi 3}, ochreous-grey, white above and 
on basal joint. Antenne grey; ciliations 1. Abdomen grey-whitish. 
Legs grey-whitish, anterior pair grey. Forewings elongate, triangular; 
costa almost straight, apex round-pointed, hindmargin somewhat sinuate, 
oblique ; light greyish-ochreous, suffusedly irrorated with whitish, espe- 
cially towards costa; sometimes a few scattered black scales; first line 
obsolete ; reniform represented by a minutely trifurcate black dot, con- 
nected with a short black longitudinal line in middle of disc ; second line 
obscurely whitish, not dark-margined, somewhat bowed ; veins posteriorly 
obscurely darker; a hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia whitish, 
with two light ochreous-grey lines. Hindwings 12, grey-whitish; cilia 
white. oe 

Allied to S. paltomacha ; characterized by the short black discal line, and 
posterior black dot. 

Arthur’s Pass, on grassy slopes at from 3,000 to 4,200 feet, in January ; 
common. 

57. Scop. sabulosella, Walk. 
(Crambus sabulosellus, Walk., 178.) 

Male, female.—20-22 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax ochreous- 
fuscous, thorax sometimes mixed with dark fuscous; palpi 34, basal joint 
white ; antennal ciliations 3. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish- 
ochreous, anterior and middle pair somewhat darker. Forewings very 
elongate, triangular, costa almost straight, apex round-pointed, hindmargin 
sinuate, oblique; pale greyish-ochreous, irrorated with white along costa 
and on dorsal half, sometimes with scattered black scales; veins sometimes 
obscurely lined with blackish, in female sometimes strongly and suffusedly ; 
a suffused blackish streak from base along submedian fold to middle; 
orbicular dot-like, black, reniform also very small, subquadrate, black, often 
connected together by a cloudy dark fuscous streak; a row of distinct black 
dots before hindmargin: cilia ochreous-whitish, with two. light-grey lines. 
Hindwings 11, grey-whitish, ochreous-tinged, in female becoming greyer 
posteriorly ; cilia white. 

Somewhat variable in respect of the dark suffusion, but always distin- 
guishable by the pale ochreous ground-colour, two black discal dots, and 
suffused indistinct basal streak. 


Meyrick.—On New! Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera: 107 


Hamilton, Wellington, Christchurch, Dunedin, Lake Wakatipu, and 
Invercargill, probably generally distributed, on dry grassy slopes in Decem- 
ber and January; very common. Butler has identified a Chilian species 
with this ; I cannot vouch for the identification. 

58. Scop. panopla, n. sp. 

“Male.—31 mm.; female-—25 mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous, 
mixed with whitish-ochreous, with a dark ochreous-fuscous stripe from eye 
along inner edge of patagia to extremity. Palpi 24-3, ochreous-fuscous, 
mixed with dark fuscous, above and on basal joint white. Antenne 
whitish-ochreous ; ciliations 4. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs light 
ochreous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight, apex rounded, 
hindmargin oblique, somewhat sinuate ; brownish-ochreous, suffusedly irror- 
ated with white ‘on a broad streak along costa, a broad sinuate streak from 
middle of disc to hindmargin beneath apex, and less distinctly along inner 
margin; a narrow black streak from base along submedian fold to middle ; 
a blackish slightly curved linear streak from above extremity of this to 
reniform, which is represented by a short oblique blackish mark ; veins 
between apex and anal angle posteriorly marked with blackish streaks, 
except on white suffusion, not reaching hindmargin except at apex ; a hind- 
marginal row of blackish dots: cilia whitish, with two fuscous lines. 
Hindwings 13, grey-whitish, with a rather narrow hindmarginal band 
somewhat darker; cilia white. 

Separated from its allies by its large size, and somewhat curved 
irregular discal streak, which is not placed to form a continuation of 
the basal streak ; the female is more strongly and sharply marked than the 
male. 

Mount Hutt, in January; several specimens taken by Mr. R. W. 
Fereday. 

59. Scop. trivirgata, Feld. 
(Crambus trivirgatus, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. cxxxvil., 29.) 

Male, female.—16-23 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, often 
becoming white above, with a blackish-fuscous stripe from eye along inner 
edge of patagia to extremity. Palpi 4, whitish-ochreous, mixed with dark 
fuscous, apex of maxillary and basal joint of labial white. Antenne dark 
grey; ciliations 3. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs ochreous-whitish. 
Forewings very elongate, triangular, in female sometimes very narrow, costa 
straight, apex round-pointed, hindmargin sinuate, oblique or very oblique ; 
whitish-ochreous, veins obscurely lined with white; a moderate straight 
blackish-fuscous median streak from base to apex, interrupted by a very 
oblique narrow bar before middle, and more or less attenuated at 3; a 
blackish-fuscous longitudinal wedge-shaped mark above anal angle, not 


108 Transactions.— Zoology: 


quite touching hindmargin; above this are sometimes one or two very 
short blackish-fuscous lines on veins; generally a hindmarginal row of cloudy 
blackish dots: cilia ochreous-whitish, mixed with white, with two pale grey 
lines. Hindwings 1}, in male grey-whitish, with a grey lunule ; in female 
whitish-grey, becoming darker grey posteriorly, with a darker lunule ; cilia 
white, in female with a grey line. 

Conspicuously characterized by the sharply-defined interrupted blackish 
streak from base to apex. 

Christchurch and Lake Wakatipu, on dry grassy hill-slopes, in Decem- 
ber, February and March; tolerably common. 

* 8, Trerraprosopus, Butl. 

Forehead vertical. Ocelli present. Tongue well-developed. Antenne 
moderate, 2 of forewings, in male filiform, hardly perceptibly ciliated (¢). 
Labial palpi rather long, straight, porrected, second joint beneath with 
dense projecting tuft, terminal joint moderately long, exposed. Maxillary 
palpi rather long, triangularly dilated. Posterior tibize with outer spurs 
half inner. Abdomen moderate. Forewings with vein 11 rather oblique. 
Hindwings almost twice as broad as forewings; 3 remote from 4, 4 and 5 
stalked ; lower median naked; discal area above it furnished with long 
hairs, continued almost to hindmargin ; internal area loosely haired. 

Differs from Xeroscopa only by the approximate obsolescence of the 
antennal ciliations. But the extension of the discal hairs of the hind- 
wings almost to the hindmargin is only found also in X. philonephes, of 
which the male is unknown, and it is possible that that species should be 
referred to this genus, in which case there would be an additional point of 
distinction. 

Butler’s characters for this genus do not suffice to separate it from 
Scoparia. 

* 60. Tetr. meyrickti, Butl. 
(Tetraprosopus meyrickit, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1882, 97.) 

Male, female.—24-25 mm. Head and thorax greyish-fuscous, or reddish- 
ochreous-brown, often mixed with whitish, sometimes with a blackish- 
fuscous lateral stripe from eye to extremity of patagia. Palpi 24, dark 
fuscous, mixed with white above, basal joint white. Antenne dark fuscous. 
Abdomen light ochreous-grey. Legs whitish, anterior and middle pair 
suffused with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate-oblong, narrow, hardly 
dilated, narrow, costa almost straight, apex obtuse, hindmargin straight, 
rather oblique; greyish-fuscous or ochreous-fuscous, irrorated irregularly 
with whitish and darker fuscous; first line very obsoletely indicated, 
strongly angulated above middle; sometimes an irregular blackish streak 
from base along submedian fold to first line, often obsolete ; a dark fuscous 


Se ae 


Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 109 


or blackish streak, variable in intensity, from angle of first line to position 
of reniform, interrupted in middle except on lower margin by an oblique 
oblong pale or whitish spot; claviform small, linear, blackish, often indis- 
tinct; second line whitish, generally distinct, interrupting veins which are 
more or less distinctly lined with blackish posteriorly, rectilinear, sharply 
indented below costa and sharply angulated above middle; subterminal line 
cloudy, whitish, suffused into hindmargin, interrupted above middle; a 
hindmarginal row of blackish dots: cilia grey-whitish, with two dark fus- 
cous lines. Hindwings pale ochreous-grey, with a narrow hindmarginal 
dark grey suffusion, broader at apex; cilia grey-whitish, with a dark grey 
line. 

Variable both in colour and intensity of marking; imitating the bark on 
which it sits. 

Blackheath (3,500 feet), New South Wales; Mount Macedon, Victoria ; 
Mount Gambier, South Australia; locally very abundant on trunks of 
fibrous-barked species of Eucalyptus, in November and December, taking 
flight with great activity when approached. Itis exceedingly probable that 
the larva feeds in the bark of these trees. 

4, Xeroscopa, Meyr. 

Forehead vertical. Ocelli present. Tongue well-developed. Antenne 
moderate, 2 of forewings, in male filiform, evenly ciliated (4-1). Labial 
palpi rather long or long, straight, porrected, second joint beneath with 
long dense projecting scales, terminal joint moderate, exposed or resting in 
scales of second. Maxillary palpi rather long, triangularly dilated. Pos- 
terior tibiz with outer spurs half inner. Abdomen moderate. Forewings 
with vein 11 rather oblique. Hindwings from 4-3 broader than fore- 
wings ; 3 remote from 4, 4 and 5 stalked or from a point; lower median 
naked ;- discal area above it furnished with long hairs, not continued 
beyond transverse vein (except in X. philonephes); internal area loosely 
haired. 

Distinguished from Scoparia only by the long hairs of the discal area ; 
the genus is undoubtedly natural, and its separation materially assists the 
study of the group. The species resemble those of the second group of 
Scoparia, and almost all of large size and decidedly crambideous facies. 
The larvee are yet unknown, but probably of similar habits. , 

The genus is especially characteristic of New Zealand, whence fifteen 
species are described ; there is one Tasmanian species, and also one Aus- 
tralian, if the latter is correctly separated from Tetraprosopus. None 
are yet known elsewhere, but perhaps only because they have not been 
recognized, 


110 Transactions.— Zoology. 


The following is a tabulation of the seventeen species :— 


la. Forewings dark fuscous, with two fine white lines ne .. 77. leweogrammna. 
1b. fr not dark fuscous. 
2a. With blackish median band .. shi ak: ad she .. 71. aspidota. 


2b. Without blackish band. 
3a. With a black streak from middle of base. 


4a. Costa moderately arched .. 5¢ ae on ac .. 62. encausta. 
4b. ,, almost straight as an aa aa or .- 68. ejuncida. 
3b. Without streak from middle of base. 

4a. Orbicular and reniform connected by a black streak 50 «- 66. rotuella. 
4b. s yf not connected. 

5a. First line very indistinct or obsolete. 

6a. Forewings brownish-ochreous ae be 36 ac .. 10. apheles. 
6b. 3 not brownish-ochreous. 

7a. Costal edge dark fuscous .. Sc 00 00 60 .. 69. niphospora. 
1) ee », not dark fuscous a ie Re we .. 67. harpalea. 


5b. First line distinct. 

6a. With conspicuous black streak from base of costa. 

7a. Reniform containing a linear black mark .. he 20 .. 64. eyameuta. 
7b. “5 53 a subquadrate black spot .. so «- 60. astragalota. 
6b. Without black streak from base of costa. 

7a. Second line nearly straight. 

8a. Hindwings ochreous-whitish 20 oc 20 oc «- 74. legnota. 

8b. . dark grey .. o6 ae 50 ac Oo .. 73. epicremna. 
7b. Second line not straight. 

8a. Forewings very elongate. 

9a. Outer edge of reniform very deeply indented 30 no -. 61. philonephes. 
Bo a5 Ae i" slightly indented .. 00 30 .. 63. petrina. 

8b. Forewings not very elongate. 


t 


9a. Hindwings dark grey .. re 50 .. 72. nomeutis. 
9b. 5 grey-whitish. 
10a. Lower half of reniform ochreous-white .. $6 Se .. 75. octophora. 
10b. 3 90 a5 not ochreous-white en oe .. 16. asterisca. 


* 61. Xer. philonephes, nu. sp. 

Female.—31 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous-grey, irrorated 
with white; palpi 24, basal joint white. Antenne grey. Abdomen pale 
greyish-ochreous. Legs ochreous-white, tibie and tarsi banded with dark 
fuscous. Forewings very elongate, narrow, somewhat triangular, costa 
hardly arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin rounded, somewhat oblique ; rather 
dark fuscous-grey, densely irrorated with white, with a few black scales ; 
first line whitish, indistinct, posteriorly obscurely dark-margined, rather 
oblique, slightly curved, somewhat indented; orbicular and claviform both 
elongate-oval, blackish-margined, ill-defined, touching first line; reniform 
large, 8-shaped, blackish-margined ; second line white, tolerably distinct, 
obscurely dark-margined; subterminal broad, cloudy, very obscure; a 


2 Sage 


Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 111 


white interrupted hindmarginal line: cilia whitish, barred with dark grey, 
with a grey line. Hindwings 13, very pale whitish-ochreous, greyish- 
tinged ; apex and upper part of hindmargin rather narrowly grey; cilia 
white, base whitish-ochreous, with an interrupted grey line. 

This species may perhaps be transferred to Tetraprosopus when the male 
is known, since it agrees with that genus and differs from the other species 
of Xeroscopa in the extension of the discal hairs of hindwings almost to 
hindmargin ; but it so closely resembles X. petrina that it seems better left 
here until then. 

Mount Macedon, Victoria, in December (Mr. G. H. Raynor) ; Mount 
Lofty, South Australia (Mr. E. Guest); two specimens. 

* 62. Xer. encausta, nu. sp. 

Male.—27 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-grey, irrorated with white, 
with a dark fuscous lateral stripe from eye to beyond middle of thorax. 
Palpi 22, dark fuscous, apex and basal joint white. Antenne grey, cilia- 
tions $. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs white, irrorated with fuscous, 
tibie and tarsi banded with fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa 
moderately and evenly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; 
fuscous-grey, densely irrorated with white ; a black median streak, margined 
with fuscous, from base to near middle of disc; first line obsolete; a fine 
black streak, acutely attenuated anteriorly, in disc above middle from 4-2, 
posteriorly coalescing with a fuscous longitudinal bar which extends from 
beyond middle of disc to middle of hindmargin; from upper margin of 
discal streak beyond middle proceeds a short irregular strigula, representing 
reniform ; veins posteriorly more or less distinctly marked with black, on 
fuscous bar strongly lined; second line very obscure, white, posteriorly 
-suffusedly dark-margined towards costa: cilia whitish, basal third broadly 
barred with dark grey, and with a grey posterior line. Hindwings 14, very 
pale whitish-ochreous, greyish-tinged, apex and upper part of hindmargin 
rather narrowly fuscous-grey ; cilia whitish, with a grey line. 

Differs from all by the more arched costa of the forewings, and black 
basal, median, and posterior streaks, appearing to form parts of a single 
broken streak. 

Mount Wellington, Tasmania, at 1,200 feet, on a tree-trunk in December ; 
one specimen. 

63. Xer. petrina, n. sp. 

Male.—80-31 mm.; female—24 mm. Head and thorax dark grey, irror- 
ated with white. Palpi3, dark fuscous, apex and basal joint white. Antenne 
grey; ciliations}. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Legs white, irrorated 
with dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Forewings 
very elongate, triangular, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin 


112 Transactions,—Zooloyy. 


straight, rather oblique; fuscous-grey or dark grey, densely irrorated with 
white, especially in disc; a very small dark fuscous triangular spot at base 
of costa; first line whitish, distinct, posteriorly suffusedly margined with 
dark fuscous, rather strongly oblique, slightly curved, somewhat indented ; 
orbicular small, oval, whitish, dark-margined, detached; claviform repre- 
sented only by a small dark spot very obliquely beyond orbicular ; reniform 
large, irregularly 8-shaped, grey, margined first with whitish and then 
incompletely with dark fuscous, dark margin strongest on anterior inden- 
tation; second line whitish, distinct, anteriorly dark-margined and with 
blackish dots on veins: terminal space hardly irrorated with white, except 
broad suffused subterminal line, not interrupted ; veins posteriorly obscurely 
blackish: cilia white, basal third barred with grey, and with a grey 
posterior line. Hindwings 13%, very pale whitish-ochreous ; apex in female 
greyish ; cilia ochreous-white. 

Characterized by the absence of black markings. 

Bealey River (2,100 feet), Castle Hill (2,400 feet), Lake Guyon, and 
Mount Hutt, in January and February ; not common. 

64. Xer. cyameuta, 0. sp. ~ 

Male, female.—25-28 mm. Head and thorax grey, irrorated with white, 
with a short blackish or dark fuscous lateral stripe from eye, not reaching 
middle of thorax. Palpi 22, dark fuscous, apex and basal joint white. 
Antenne grey; ciliations $. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs white, 
irrorated with fuscous, tibis and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Fore- 
wings very elongate, triangular, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, hind- 
margin straight, somewhat oblique; fuscous, densely irrorated with white, 
especially in disc; a black median streak from base of costa to first line ; 
first line white, tolerably distinct, moderately oblique, somewhat curved, 
rather indented, posteriorly strongly black-margined on upper half; orbicular 
oval, whitish, outlined with fuscous above and black beneath, touching first 
line; claviform similar, margined with two or three blackish spots; reniform 
8-shaped, obscure, fuscous, partially dark-margined, cut by a strong black 
longitudinal streak from near orbicular; second line white, distinct, 
anteriorly dark-margined; terminal space hardly irrorated with white, 
except suffused broad subterminal line, interrupted above middle; veins 
posteriorly obscurely blackish: cilia white, basal third barred with dark 
-fuscous, with a fuscous posterior line. Hindwings 12, pale whitish- 
ochreous; postmedian line obscurely indicated; apex and upper part of 
hindmargin very narrowly grey; cilia ochreous-white. 

Very closely allied to X. petrina, but distinguished readily by the various 
sharply defined black markings. 


Meryrick.—On. New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 113 


Wellington, Arthur's Pass (1,600 to 2,600 feet), Bealey River (2,100 feet), 
Mount Hutt, Dunedin, and Lake Wakatipu (1,000 feet), from December to 
February, frequenting rocks ; common. 

65. Xer. astragalota, n. sp. 

Male, female.—27 mm. Head and antenne ochreous white. Palpi 24, 
dark fuscous, apex broadly and basal joint white. Thorax ochreous-white, 
somewhat irrorated with fuscous on sides, with a short irregular black 
lateral mark from anterior margin. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs 
white, irrorated with fuscous, tibia and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. 
Forewings very elongate, triangular, costa hardly arched, apex round- 
pointed, hindmargin somewhat sinuate, hardly oblique; light ochreous, 
almost wholly suffused with white; markings black, somewhat suffused 
with reddish fuscous; a short very oblique streak from base of costa, 
reaching 4; posterior margin of first line indicated by an oblique narrow 
triangular spot from costa, uniting with orbicular, which is elongate, linear ; 
reniform quadrate, concave-sided, connected by a fuscous spot with a small 
spot on costa; second line obscurely pale, anteriorily somewhat dark- 
margined, with a few black scales on veins, and a small black spot on 
costa ; a light fuscous triangular spot on middle of hindmargin ; a hind- 
marginal row of very ill-defined blackish dots: cilia white, basal third 
barred with grey, and with a posterior grey line. Hindwings 12, pale 
whitish-grey, ochreous-tinged ; lunule, postmedian line, and apex greyer ; 
cilia whitish. 

Immediately known by the pale colouring, and the conspicuous black 
subquadrate spot which represents the reniform. 

Mount Hutt, in December and January (Mr. R. W. Fereday) ; several 
specimens. 

66. Xer. rotuella. 
(Crambus rotuellus, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. cxxxvii., 30.) 

Female.—28-29 mm. Head and thorax light greyish-ochreous, some- 
what mixed with whitish, with a narrow black lateral stripe from eye to 
middle of thorax. Palpi 34, light greyish-ochreous, irrorated with dark 
fuscous, apex and basal joint white. Antenne, abdomen, and legs pale 
greyish-ochreous. Forewings very elongate, triangular, costa slightly 
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin sinuate, rather oblique; light 
greyish-ochreous, beneath costa irrorated with white; a sharply-defined 
black median streak from base of costa to disc at about 4, margined with 
clear yellowish-ochreous, acutely attenuated ; first line obsolete; a sharply- 
defined black streak, margined with clear yellowish-ochreous, in dis¢ above 
middle, extending from 4-2, upper margin somewhat protuberant near 


anterior extremity, and terminating posteriorly in’ an acutely trifurcate 
8 


1i4 Transactions, —Zoology, 


dilation which represents reniform; anterior margin of second line repre- 
sented by a row of black dots; a terminal row of black dots: cilia whitish- 
ochreous, with two grey lines. Hindwings 13, very pale ochreous-grey ; 
lunule and postmedian line faintly darker; cilia ochreous whitish, with a 
grey line. 

Kasily recognized by the two very conspicuous black streaks. 

Mount Hutt, in January (Mr. R. W. Fereday) ; several specimens. 

67. Xer. harpalea, n. sp. 

Male.—24 mm. Head and thorax white irrorated with grey. Palpi 24, 
dark fuscous, apex and basal jomt white. Antenne erey; ciliations 4. 
Abdomen whitish-erey. Legs white irrorated with fuscous-grey, tibize and 
tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Forewings very elongate, triangular, 
narrow at base, costa slightly arched, apex almost acutely pointed, hind- 
margin strongly sinuate, oblique; white, irrorated with ochreous-grey ; 
veins obscurely marked with blackish ; first line obsolete ; orbicular 
roundish, claviform elongate-oval, reniform irregular, all very obscure, 
slightly ochreous-tinged, partially dark-margined ; second line whitish, 
obscure, interrupting streaks on veins; subterminal obscurely whitish, 
confluent with second line in middle; a hindmarginal row of blackish 
dots: cilia whitish, with a fuscous-grey lme. Hindwings 1%, very 
pale greyish-ochreous ; postmedian line and apex grey; cilia white, base 
ochreous, with a grey line round apex. 

A rather obscurely-marked species, but distinguished from all by the 
more pointed apex and strongly sinuate hindmargin of forewings. 

Otira Gorge, on a rock-face at 1,600 feet, in January ; one specimen. 

68. Xer. ejuncida, Knages. 
(Scoparia ejuncida, Knaggs, Ent. Mo, Mag., iv., 81.) 

Male, female.—19-24 mm. Head grey, suffused with white. Palpi 3, dark 
fuscous, apex and basal jomt white. Antenne grey; ciliations 4. Thorax 
grey, sides irrorated with white, with a narrow black stripe on each side of 
back. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs dark fuscous, irrorated with 
whitish. Forewings very elongate, triangular, narrow at base, costa almost 
straight, apex rounded, hindmargin straight, oblique; grey, irrorated with 
white, very densely towards costa except on edge ; a’ fine black median line 
from base to first line ; first line very obscure, curved, moderately indented, 
rather oblique; orbicular represented by a fine black longitudinal line ; 
claviform obsolete ; reniform subquadrate, grey, cut by a fine black discal 
line which does not reach orbicular; second line tolerably distinct, sharply 
angulated above middle, sharply indented beneath costa, sinuate near mner 
margin; veins posteriorly obscurely marked with blackish ; subterminal line 
cloudy, hardly irregular, almost on hindmargin throughout; a hindmargmal 


Mryricx.—On New Zealand Micvo-Lepitoptera. 115 


row of black dots: cilia whitish, with two erey lines. Hindwings 
13, very pale whitish-grey, somewhat ochreous-tinged, apex somewhat 
darker ; cilia white, with a grey line. 

A rather elegant and sufficiently distinct species. 

Bealey River (2,100 feet), Castle Hill (2,500 to 3,000 feet), Lake Cole- 
ridge, Mount Hutt, and Lake Wakatipu (8,000 feet), from December to 
March, generally on the skirts of the beech-forests ; common. 

69. Xer. niphospora, n. sp. 

Male, female.-—26-29 mm. Head and antenne white; ciliations 2. 
Thorax white, irrorated with fuscous on sides. Palpi 3-34, fuscous, apex 
and basal joint white. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish, anterior 
and middle pair suffused with dark fuscous. Forewings very elongate, 
narrow, somewhat triangular, costa almost straight, apex round-pointed, 
hindmargin very obliquely rounded; light greyish-ochreous, densely and 
suffusedly irrorated with white except alone costa; costa narrowly dark 
fuscous, posteriorly somewhat suffused ; a few scattered dark fuscous scales, 
and veins posteriorly somewhat marked with dark fuscous ; orbicular and 
reniform dot-like, black ; margins of second line obscurely indicated by dark 
marks on veins; a hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia white, with two 
light grey lines. Hindwings 13, very pale whitish-ochreous ; cilia white. 

Immediately known by the whitish suffusion and dark costal streak. 

Arthur’s Pass (4,500 feet), Castle Hill (2,500 to 3,000 feet), and Lake 
Wakatipu, frequenting dry grassy slopes, in January ; five specimens. 

70. Xer. apheles, n. sp. 

Male.x—81 mm. Head and thorax brownish-ochreous, somewhat mixed 
with ochreous-whitish. Palpi 8, ochreous-fuscous, apex and basal joint 
white. Antenne light ochreous, ciliations $. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. 
Legs ochreous-brown, posterior tarsi whitish. Forewings very elongate, 
triangular, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin straight, 
oblique ; rather light brownish-ochreous ; lines wholly obsolete ; reniform 
indicated by a faint darker mark; veins posteriorly somewhat whitish ; a 
hindmareinal row of black dots: cilia whitish, suffused with heht brownish- 
ochreous towards base. Hindwings 12, ochreous-whitish ; cilia white. 

_ Recognizable by the large size and brownish-ochreous forewings, with 
almost wholly obsolete markings. 

Arthur’s Pass, on a grassy slope at 4,500 feet, in January; one specimen. 

71. Xer. aspidota, n. sp. 

Male, female.—22-26 mm. Head, antenne, and thorax clear light 
ochreous, margins of eyes white; antennal ciliations 4. Palpi 2, black, 
apex of maxillary and basal joint of labial white. Abdomen whitish-grey, 
somewhat suffused with pale ochreous. Legs white, irrorated with fuscous, 


116 Transactions, —Zoology. 


tibie and tarsi banded with black. Forewings elongate, triangular, costa 
slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin slightly sinuate, somewhat 
oblique ; light ochreous, sometimes mixed with reddish-ochreous ; a black 
white-margined triangular spot on costa at base ; first line slender, white, 
very oblique, almost straight, somewhat indented; a broad black median 
band, narrowing gradually downwards, bounded anteriorly by first lime, and 
posteriorly by a nearly straight line from beyond middle of costa to 3 of 
inner margin, triangularly indented below middle ; space between this band 
and second line white ; reniform pale ochreous, surrounded by a few grey 
scales ; second line white, anteriorly suffused, margined with a few black 
scales in curve and a small black mark on costa; subterminal obsolete or 
somewhat whitish, anteriorly suffusedly margined with grey ; a small black 
triangular spot on middle of hindmargin; a row of black dots before hind- 
margin ; cilia shining grey. Hindwings 13, pale grey, postmedian line and 
hindmargin suffusedly darker grey ; cilia white or whitish, with two grey 
lines. 

Conspicuously distinct from any other. 

Wellington, Castle Hill, Mount Hutt, Dunedin, and Lake Wakatipu 
(1,000 feet), amongst bush in December and January ; several specimens. 

72. Xer. nomeutis, n. sp. 

Male, female.—17-21 mm. Head and thorax dark grey, mixed with 
white and black. Palpi 23, blackish mixed with white, basal jomt white. 
Antenne dark grey, in male strongly pubescent, ciliations 1. Abdomen 
grey or dark grey, irrorated with white. Legs white irrorated with dark 
fuscous, tibize and tarsi banded with black. Forewings somewhat elongate, 
triangular, in female more oblong, costa hardly arched, apex rounded, hind- 
margin rounded, rather oblique ; greyish-ochreous or fuscous, densely irror- 
ated with white, and with a few black scales; a suffused blackish spot in 
middle of base, and one on inner margin near base; first line whitish, 
obscure, posteriorly blackish-margined, oblique, hardly curved, slightly 
indented; orbicular very small, round, black, sometimes pale-centred, 
detached ; claviform very small, black, detached ; reniform 8-shaped, black- 
margined except above and beneath, touching a blackish suffusion on middle 
of costa ; second line whitish, anteriorly blackish-margined, rather abruptly 
angulated above middle, indented beneath costa; subterminal whitish, very 
obscure, touching second line in middle: cilia grey, basal third barred with 
dark grey and white, tips whitish. Hindwings 14, fuscous-grey, hindmargin 
suffusedly darker ; cilia whitish, with two suffused grey lines. 

A peculiar species, in markings approaching more the typical forms of 
Scoparia ; differs also from the other species, in which the male is known, 
by the structure of the antenne, 


Meryricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 117 


Lake Wakatipu, amongst rocky ground at from 3,500 to 5,000 feet eleva- 
tion, in December ; seven specimens. 

73. Xer. epicremna, 0. sp. 

Male.—14-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous mixed with yellow- 
ochreous, with a few white scales; palpi 8, apex of maxillary and base of 
labial white. Antenne blackish, in male pubescent, ciliations 4. Abdo- 
men fuscous-grey, irrorated with ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish irrorated 
with dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Forewings 
rather elongate, somewhat triangular, costa almost straight, apex rounded, 
hindmargin rather oblique, distinctly sinuate; fuscous, irregularly mixed 
with yellow-ochreous, and median third much mixed with white; a small 
white basal spot, and another on costa near base; a cloudy blackish streak 
indicated along fold from base to anal angle, obsolete in middle, posteriorly 
distinct and somewhat dilated; first line white, tolerably distinct, somewhat 
curved, slightly indented, posteriorly obscurely dark-margined ; orbicular 
dot-like, black, obscure ; claviform small, round, black, touching first line ; 
reniform 8-shaped, obscurely ochreous, indistinctly black-margined ; second 
line white, distinct, almost straight, hardly sinuate, anteriorly dark-mar- 
gined; subterminal cloudy, white, tolerably entire, widely remote from 
second line; a few white scales on hindmargin: cilia pale-greyish, with a 
cloudy darker grey line. Hindwings 13, fuscous-grey, hindmargin broadly 
suffused with dark fuscous ; cilia whitish, with a dark grey basal and faint 
posterior line. 

Allied to X. nomeutis, but very distinct by the smaller size and almost 
straight second line. 

Castle Hill (2,500 feet), in January ; two specimens. 

74. NXer. leqnota, n. sp. 

Male, female.—18-23 mm. Head and thorax ochreous, somewhat mixed 
with whitish. Palpi 8, ochreous-fuscous, basal joint white. Antenne 
ochreous ; ciliations 4. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish, irror- 
ated with fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Forewings 
elongate, triangular, costa hardly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin 
almost straight, oblique; pale brownish-ochreous, more or less irrorated 
irregularly on veins with dark fuscous or blackish; first line white, angu- 
lated in middle, anteriorly broadly suffused with whitish, posteriorly dark- 
margined, forming a small dark spot on costa; orbicular strong, linear, 
blackish, touching first line; claviform obsolete or indicated by a few black 
scales ; reniform rather small, x-shaped, white, irregularly blackish-mar- 
gined; a rather broad space before second line densely irrorated with 
white, towards inner margin almost suffused into first line; second line 
white, almost straight, slightly curved in middle; subterminal white, 


118 Transactions. —Z oology. 


tolerably distinct, remote from second line; a hindmarginal row of black dots, 
resting on a terminal whitish line: cilia ochreous-whitish, with two fuscous 
lines. Hindwings 14, ochreous-grey-whitish ; cilia white. 

Resembles the preceding in the form of the straight second line, but 
widely differing in the very light colouring. 

Mount Hutt and Lake Wakatipu (1,000 feet), amongst bush, in Decem- 
ber and January ; six specimens. 

75. Xer. octophora, u. sp. 

Male, jfemale.-—22-24 mm. Head and thorax brownish-ochreous, 
shoulders irrorated with dark fuscous. Palpi 34, dark fuscous, mixed with 
white above, basal joint white. Antenne fuscous; ciliations 3. Abdomen 
ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair suffused with dark 
fuscous. Forewings rather elongate, triangular, costa slightly arched, apex 
round-pointed, hindmargin slightly sinuate, rather oblique; brownish- 
ochreous, more or Jess irrorated with dark fuscous, generally forming dark 
lines on veins, and with a few white scales; first line obscurely pale, 
posteriorly indistinctly dark-margined, curved, indentel, hardly oblique ; 
orbicular and claviform suffused, dark fuscous, generally obscure; reniform 
8-shaped, somewhat blackish-margined, upper half ochreous, lower half 
white; second line whitish, distinct, dark-margimed, moderately curved in 
middle; a hindmarginal row of black dots: cilia ochreous-whitish, with 
two dark grey lines. Hindwings 12, ochreous-grey-whitish, postmedian 
line and apex obscurely greyer ; cilia ochreous-white, with a faint erey line. 

Recognizable by the brownish-ochreous ground-colour and well-defined 
reniform, with the lower half white. 

Christchurch, Akaroa, Castle Hill (2,500 to 3,000 feet), Bealey River 
(2,100 feet), Mount Hutt, and Invercargill (sea-level), in dry grassy places, 
in December, January, and March; tolerably common. 

76. Xe. asterisca, u. sp. 

Male, female.—21-—23 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, suffused with dark 
fuscous. Palpi 2}, dark fuscous, basal joint white. Antenne fuscous; 
ciliations 4. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs whitish irorated with dark 
fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded with black. Forewings rather elongate, 
triangular, costa hardly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin almost straight, 
rather oblique; dull ochreous-fuscous, basal and terminal areas suffused 
with dark greyish-fuscous; first line, orbicular, and claviform all obsolete, 
merged in the basal suffusion ; reniform x-shaped, suffused, dark fuscous ; 
second line slender, whitish, dark-margined, moderately curved ; subterminal 
slender, whitish, not touching second line: cilia whitish, basal third and a 
posterior line dark greyish-fuscous. Hindwings 12, ochreous-grey-whitish ; 
lunule distinct, dark grey ; hindmargin narrowly suffused with dark grey ; 
cilia white, with a dark grey line. 


Meyricxk.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 119 


Allied to X. octophora, but distinguished by the partial dark suffusion, 
the incomplete reniform, without white centre, and the dark lunule and 
margin of hindwings. 

Arthur’s Pass (4,500 feet), Mount Hutt, and Lake Wakatipu, in 
January ; four specimens. 

| 77. Xer. leucogramma, n. sp. 

Male, female——21 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen 
blackish-fuscous ; palpi 24, basal joimt white. Legs ochreous-whitish, 
irrorated with dark fuscous, tibie and tarsi banded with blackish. Fore- 
wings somewhat elongate, triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, 
hindmargin rather oblique, slightly rounded ; blackish-fuscous, with a few 
white scales; first line white, sharply defined, slightly curved, not oblique, 
not indented; orbicular and claviform very obsoletely darker; reniform 
almost obsolete, 8-shaped, obscurely pale-centred ; second line slender, 
white, sharply defined, terminating hardly before anal angle, and therefore 
much less inwardly oblique than usual, curved in middle; subterminal 
indicated by a few white scales: cilia dark fuscous, with a blackish basal 
line, tips whitish. Hindwings 14, in male light grey, lunule, postmedian 
line and hindmargin darker ; in female dark fuscous-grey, lunule and apex 
darker; cilia grey with two dark grey lines, tips whitish. 

Extremely distinct from all other species by the blackish ground-colour, 
slender white lines, and peculiar position of second line. 

Mount Hutt, in January (Mr. R. W. Fereday) ; two specimens. 

78. APPENDIX. 

The following specific names are not quoted above ; viz.:— 

(1.) Scoparia linealis, Walk. Suppl., 1503. The specimen which I 
suppose to be Walker’s type I did not determine, and it is perhaps not 
recognizable ; with it was placed a small specimen of Scoparia submarginalis, 
Walk. 

(2.) Nephopteryx favilliferella, Walk. Suppl., 1719. The type is unset, 
and therefore not generically recognizable ; it is certainly either a Scoparia 
or a Xeroscopa, but it seems hardly possible to assert anything more. 

(3.) Scoparia objurgalis, Gn., 425, pl. x., 10, and Scoparia australialis, 
Gn., 426, appear to me unidentifiable at present; the latter is, if correctly 
described, probably new to me, the former might possibly be 9S. exhibitalis, 
Walk. 

In the following indices the numbers refer to those prefixed to the 
names :— 

INDEX OF GENERA. 
Nyctarcha, Meyr. .. 55.4 dle Tetraprosopus, Butl, a6 Bb 
Scoparia, Hw. “0 so ets Xeroscopa, Meyr. .. ae Ae 


120 


Transactions.—Zooloqy. 


INDEX OF SPECIES. 


Names italicized are synonyms. 


acharis, 0. sp. aie oc 
acompa,. Sp. .. 56 
acropola,n. sp. .. 
anaplecta, n.sp. .. 


anthracias, n. sp. .. se 
apheles, n. sp. oc oe 
aphrodes, n. sp. .. so 
aspidota,n. sp. .. 50 
asterisca,n.sp. .. S60 
astragalota, n. sp... oe 
atra, Butl. .. Ae 

australialis, Gn. .. aA 


axena, 0D. Sp. 

cataxesta, 1. sp. 
chalicodes, n. sp. .. 
characta, n. sp. .. ac 
chiasta, n. sp. 

chimeria, n. sp. 
chlamydota, n. sp... 


clecdoralis, Walk... as 
contfera, Butl. 

critica, n. sp. ote 
crypsinoa, n. sp. .. oe 


cyameuta, n. sp. 

cymatias, n. sp. 
deltophora, n. sp. .. 55 
dinodes, n. sp. 
diphtheralis, Walk. 
ejuncida, Knaggs .. 
elaphra, n. sp. 50 
encausta, N. sp. 
epicomia,n.sp. .. te 
epicremna, nN. sp. .. 
epicryma, n. sp. .. 
eremitis,.sp.  .. oc 
ergatis, 1. Sp. 36 
eumeles, 0. sp. 


exhibitalis, Walk. .. Susu 


exilis, Knages 50 A 
favilliferella, Walk. as 
feredayi, Knaggs .. fe 
gomphota, n. sp. .. 36 
harpalea,n.sp. .. 30 


hemicyela, n. sp. 24. 
homala, n. sp. Be) all): 
indistinctalis, Walk. oa 40: 
legnota, un. sp. ae 74. 
leptalea, n. sp. 42. 
leucogramma, Nn. sp. oo. Ut 
linealis, Walk. .. .. 78(1). 
manganeutis, n. sp. 49, 
maoriella, Walk. 37. 
melanegis, 0. sp. .. 32. 
meyrickii, Butl. 60. 
microphthalma, n. sp. 23. 
minualis, Walk. 18. 
minusculalis, Walk. 17. 
moanalis, Feld. 45. 
niphospora, n. sp. .. 69. 
nomeutis, n. sp. so) 
objurgalis, Gn... .. 78(3). 
octophora, n. sp. 75. 
oreas, . sp. 14. 
paltomacha, n. sp... 55. 
panopla, n. sp. 58. 
perierga, 0. sp. 12. 
periphanes, n. sp. .. rego 
petrina, n. sp. 63. 
philerga, n. sp. 15. 
philetaera, n. sp. 34. 
philonephes, n. sp... 61. 
pongalis, Feld. 31. 
psamumitis, n. sp. 43. 
rakaiensis, Knaggs.. 40. 
rotuella, Feld. 66. 
sabulosella, Walk... Bilis 
spelea, n. sp. 50 28. 
steropra, nN. sp. 52. 
submarginalis, Walk. 37. 
synapta, n. sp. 9. 
syntaracta, n. sp. .. sy) ‘sh 
tetracycla, N. sp. .. 7» 89, 
trapezophora, n. sp. 83. 
trivirgata, Feld. .. SOUS 
ustimacula, Feld. .. -. 380, 


per 


Mayricx.On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 121 


Arr. XII.—Descriptions of New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 
By EH. Meyricx, B.A. 
[ Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 2nd October, 1884.] 
VI.—PYRALIDINA. 
Szven families of Pyralidina are represented in New Zealand, of which the 
two most important here, the Crambide and Scopariada, have been dis- 
cussed in former papers. Three others—the Pyralidida, Pterophoride, and 
Hydrocampide—are given here, as well as some considerable additions to 
the Crambide. The remaining two, which are the Botydide and Musotimida, 
I have recently given a list of in the Transactions of the Entomological 
Society of London for 1884, with descriptions of the new species, in con- 
nection with a paper on Australian species of the group; these will also be 
given here in a subsequent paper. 

The Pyralidide and Hydrocampide are each represented only by a single 
species, and neither is indigenous in the strict sense. The species of Pyra- 
lidide is a common domestic insect introduced from Kurope, and now estab- 
lished throughout most of the world ; that of Hydrocampide, is an Austra- 
lian species, and must be considered to have found its way over in recent 
times. The Pterophoride contain eleven species, of which one is also 
Australian, and belongs to a genus not otherwise represented in New 
Zealand ; one is closely allied to a Huropean form, and may even prove 
identical with it; the remaining nine are all endemic. These appear to be 
all of cosmopolitan genera; an unexpected result, and rather suggesting 
the inference that the generic limitation is not yet sufficiently precise, but I 
do not at present see tangible points of difference. Australia is relatively 
poor in Pterophoride, having as yet only furnished me with the same 
number as New Zealand; the character of the fauna shows little resem- 
blance. The tendency to partial obsolescence in the neuration of this 
family makes their study a difficult one. 

I give a table showing the comparative numbers of all the families of 
Pyralidina in New Zealand and in the European region, to show the great 
irregularity of their representation here: in Australia their relative num- 
bers are very much as in Europe :— 


panies Europe. New Zealand. 
Pyralididz we ais 50 Be Aes 40 *1 
Musotimide .. we 50 O06 Ae 0 2 
Botydidee 60 D0 60 20 26 204 11 
Pterophoride .. 50 20 o6 oe 104 11 
Hydrocampidse 56 26 a0 bo 18 oul 
Scopariade .. S50 o6 O° o0 36 58 
Crambidz 30 bp Be 30 00 108 44 
Phycididze bo are ae 30 ae 250 0 
Galleriadz BG ie 50 O° bo 7 0 


* Not indigenous. 


122 Transactions.— Zoology. 


The Epipaschiade do not occur in either region. 

The Pyralidina may be recognized by the close approximation or partial 
anastomosis of veins 7 and 8 of the hindwings for a short distance beyond 
the cell. Normally the forewings have 12 veins, veins 8 and 9 being 
stalked, and the hindwings 8 veins, but the number of veins is sometimes 
reduced. The hindwings have 3 free inner-marginal veins (la, 1b, Ic), 
reckoned as one; the group is thus distinguished from the Noctwina, in 
which there are only two. 

The following tabulation will serve to distinguish the families of the 
group as represented in New Zealand :— 


la. Wings cleft into plumes Bie we ae fe oe .. Pterophoride. 

lb. ,, not cleft. 

2a. Forewings with 11 veins fe 20 es o5 oc .. Musotimide. 

2b. 4 with 12 veins. 

3a. Lower median vein of hindwings pectinated. 

4a. Maxillary palpi resting on labial .. a0 ae bo .. Crambide. 

Ab. 4 » separately porrected .. 46 00 ae .. Scopariade (part). 

3b. Lower median vein of hindwings naked. ; 

4a. Vein 7 of forewings stalked with 9 .. 30 oe inte as Pyralidide. 

Ab. if na separate. 

5a. Genital uncus of male absent. . as bo é ae .. Botydide. 

5b. ey » developed. : 

6a. Maxillary palpi resting on labial Be 20 Do 50 .. Hydrocampide. 

6b. y) ,, triangular, separately porrected .. 50 .. Scopariade (part). 
PYRALIDIDA. 


Forewings with 12 veins, vein 7 stalked with 8 and 9, 10 separate. 

Hindwings with lower median naked; vein 7 from angle of cell. 
; 1. Asopia, Tr. 

Ocelli absent. Antenne in male ciliated. Labial palpi moderate, 
curved, ascending. Maxillary palpi slender or rudimentary. Forewings 
with veins 4 and 5 stalked. Hindwings with veins 4 and 5 stalked, 8 free. 

1. Asop. farinalis, L. 

Male, female.—18-25 mm. Torewings moderate, triangular ; ochreous, 
basal and terminal areas reddish-fuscous ; lines whitish, first curved, second 
with median third strongly curved outwards. Hindwings grey or grey- 
whitish ; two whitish lines as in forewings, but much nearer together. 

A well-known cosmopolitan and domestic species, introduced from 
HKurope. 

Christchurch ; although I have not obtained it elsewhere, it probably 
occurs generally. 

PTEROPHORIDA. 

No ocelli or maxillary palpi. Wings cleft into two or three feathers. 
Forewings with vein 7 separate from 9; venation often much degraded and 
simplified. Hindwings with lower median naked. 


Mayricr.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 123 


This group, usually separated as a main division, offers in my opinion 
no characters sufficient to admit of its separation from the Pyralidina, with 
the other families of which it is closely allied. The wings are unusually 
narrow, and the abdomen and legs very long and slender. 

Oxyptilus vigens, Feld., said (perhaps erroneously) to be from New 
Zealand, I have not been able absolutely to identify. Felder would 
probably (loose as he is) have hardly classed it as an Oxyptilus unless he 
had observed the characteristic tuft on the third plume of the hindwings. 

The four genera may be thus tabulated :— 


la. No veins to costa from cell of forewings .. O6 50 -. 2. Aciptilia. 

1b. Two or more veins to costa from cell. 

2a. Face smooth .. ... a 26 ac a oe -. 93. Lioptilus. 

2b. ,, with a cone of scales. 

3a. Hindwings 5-veined .. ws a0 30 ot 00 .. 4. Mimeseoptilus. 
3b. ae 6-veined 5. Platyptilia. 


x 2. Aciprinta, Hb. 

Face smooth. Antenne moderately ciliated. Palpi moderate or short, 
very slender, ascending. Posterior tibiz with spurs very long, inner longer 
than outer. Forewings cleft more than 4, segments linear-acute ; with 6 
veins (3, 3); 2 and 3 from a point, 4 from transverse vein, 5 to apex, 6 free. 
Hindwings with segments linear-acute, third dilated anteriorly; with 5 
veins (1, 2, 2); 1b. distinct, 2 and 3 from a point (rarely 2 obsolete), 4 
apparently coalescing wholly with 5 beyond cell. 

Stands isolated by the entire obsolescence of all the veins usually rising 
from the cell before the upper angle, and marks a terminal development in 
this direction. Apparently of world-wide distribution, though from Australia 
I have only a single species. 


la. Hindwings dark grey iy af bua até ae BY .. 5. innotatalis. 
1b. ‘a white. 
-2a. Forewings with a fuscous longitudinal stripe. 
3a. Thorax mostly fuscous .. te oc ae oe .. 2. furcatalis. 
_ 8b. 4, wholly white of a Hic 56 oe .. 3. lycosema. 
2b. Forewings without fuscous stripe .. As 56 66 .. 4. monospilalis. 


2. Acipt. furcatalis, Walk. 
(Aciptilus furcatalis, Walk., 950 ; Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. cxl., 52.) 

Male, female.—16-19 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and legs white; 
anterior legs internally dark fuscous. Thorax pale fuscous irrorated with 
dark fuscous, anterior margin broadly white. Abdomen white, with a 
central longitudinal fuscous stripe. Forewings light fuscous irrorated with 
dark fuscous ; a broad costal streak from base to opposite cleft, an oblong 
spot on costa beyond 3, and a narrow line along upper edge of second 
segment snow-white: cilia white, costal cilia dark fuscous except on white 


124 Transactions.-—Zoology. 


spot, dorsal cilia on terminal half of second segment dark fuscous. Hind- 
wings and cilia snow-white, with a more or less distinct dark fuscous spot 
in costal cilia before apex. 

A handsome and distinct species. 

Hamilton, Palmerston, Makatoku, and Otira Gorge, locally common 
amongst dense forest, from January to March. 

3. Acipt. lycosema, N. sp. 

Male, female.—21-25 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, 
and legs white; anterior legs internally dark fuscous. Forewings fuscous 
or ochreous-fuscous ; a broad streak along costa from base to 4, attenuated 
posteriorly, a slender line along lower edge of first segment, a narrow streak 
along inner margin from 4+, and whole of second segment snow-white : 
cilia snow-white, on costa mixed with fuscous, on lower edge of second 
segment with two small blackish spots before apex and one at apex, some- 
times also with one on lower edge of first segment before apex. Hindwings 
and cilia snow-white. 

Included by Walker as a variety of the preceding, from which it is 
undoubtedly distinct, and separable by the larger size, and wholly white 
thorax and second segment of forewings. 

Wellington, Christchurch, and Dunedin, amongst bush in December and 
January; rather common. 

4, Acipt. monospilalis, Walk. 
(Aciptilus monospilalis, Walk., 950; Aciptilia patruelis, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. exl., 56.) 

Male, female.—21-24 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and 
lees white; anterior legs internally fuscous. Forewings snow-white ; 
extreme costal edge and a few scattered scales, especially along costa, 
brownish-ochreous ; a blackish dot before cleft, and a minute one on inner 
margin before middle ; sometimes one or two additional black dots on first 
segment, and rarely a streak of blackish scales along lower edge of first 
seement: cilia snow-white, on costa ochreous-tinged, on lower edge of 
second segment with two small blackish spots before apex, and one at apex, 
and usually a dot on lower edge of first segment before apex. Hindwings 
and cilia snow-white. 

Most allied to the Australian A. aptalis, which ranges into Fiji and 
Tonga. 

Auckland, Wellington, Christchurch, Otira River, and Dunedin, com- 
mon amongst forest, from December to March. 

5. Acipt. innotatalis, Walk. 
(Pterophorus innotatalis, Walk., 945.) 


Male, female.—15-16 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen © 


pale ochreous. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair internally fuscous. 
Forewings pale whitish-yellowish, suffused with pale ochreous on anterior 


ater 


Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 125 


half: cilia dark fuscous, becoming yellow-whitish on costa before apex, on 
lower margin of second segment generally containing a black dot before 
middle and another beyond middle of segment. MHindwings dark grey ; 
cilia fuscous-grey. 

This species might almost be considered identical with the European 4. 
tetradactyla, ls., which it approaches very closely ; but my specimens of A. 
tetradactyla are decidedly larger, the cilia darker and more sharply con- 
trasted, and the costa suffused with light fuscous, without trace of black 
dots in the cilia of the lower margin ; these differences are very slight, and 
if intermediate localities produce connecting forms, the two may be united 
under the name of tetradactyla, L.; meanwhile it seems well to keep them 
separate. 

Masterton, Otira River, Christchurch, and Invercargill, rather common 
on open grassy hills, in August and from December to March. 

3. Lioptinus, Waller. 

Face smooth, hairs projecting between antenne. Antenne shortly 
ciliated. Palpi moderately long, slender, porrected, second joint smoothly 
scaled. Posterior tibiz with spurs moderate, nearly equal. Forewings 
cleft to +, segments moderate, pointed ; with 10 veins (4,6); 2 from rather 
near angle, 3 and 4 from a point, 6 and 7 stalked, 6 to costa, 10 free. 
Hindwings with segments narrow, pointed; with 6 veins (1, 3, 2); 2 from 
before middle of lower margin of cell, 3 and 4 from a point, 5 apparently 
shortly anastomosing with 6 in middle. 

Distinguished from Platyptilia and Mimeseoptilus by the smooth face, 
smoothly scaled palpi, and pointed wing-segments. The genus is well 
represented in Hurope and North America, and probably elsewhere; the 
single New Zealand species is found also in Australia. 

6. Liopt. celidotus, n. sp. 

_ Male, jfemale.—15-16 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen light 
fuscous, irregularly mixed with white. Antenne fuscous. Legs whitish, 
internally dark fuscous. Forewings light fuscous, irregularly strewn with 
white, sometimes suffused with white in disc, and on a small costal spot 
above base of cleft ; an oblique blackish spot before cleft; apex and some- 
times costal edge dark fuscous: cilia white, on costa fuscous. Hindwings 
fuscous-grey ; cilia whitish. 

Well characterized by the conspicuous oblique discal spot. 

Christchurch and Lake Wakatipu, in December and April; four speci- 
mens. Occurs also in South-east Australia. 

4. Mimm=srorriuus, Waller. 

Face with a cone of scales. Antenne shortly ciliated. Palpi rather 
long or very long, porrected, second joint loosely scaled above, terminal 
joint exposed, Posterior tibize with spurs moderate or short, nearly equal, 


126 Transactions. — Zoology. 


Forewings cleft to 4, segments moderately broad, obliquely truncate ; with 
10 veins (4, 6); 2 from before posterior third of cell, 3 and 4 closely 
approximated at base, 6 and7 stalked, 6 to costa, 10 free. Hindwings with 
segments moderate, upper two obliquely truncate ; with 5 veins (1, 2, 2); 
2 from before angle of cell, 3 from angle, 4 apparently shortly anastomos- 
ing with 5 in middle: cilia without black scales. 

Distinguished from Platyptilia by the 5-veined hindwings, and the 
origin of vein 2 of the forewings before posterior third of cell; also by the 
absence of black scales in the cilia of the lower margin of hindwings. Well 


represented in Europe and North America, and probably elsewhere. 
la. Costa posteriorly dark fuscous. 


2a. Forewings with a whitish line before hindmargin .. me .. 8. charadrias. 
2b. sy without whitish line aS ate ar as .. 9. lithoxestus. 
1b. Costa posteriorly not dark fuscous an e6 ot 5% Se le Onubes 


7. Mimas. orites, n. sp. 

Male.—21 mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous, mixed with white. 
Palpi pale ochreous, above white, very long. Antennze fuscous. Abdomen 
brownish-ochreous, with dark fuscous dots on edge of segments. Legs 
whitish, apex of spurs dark fuscous, spurs short. Forewings light greyish- 
ochreous, irregularly strewn with whitish, and with some black scales 
tending to accumulate on veins; costa obscurely spotted with blackish 
towards base; a distinct black dot in dise at 4, and another before and 
below base of cleft: cilia pale greyish-ochreous, on hindmargin with an 
interrupted black basal line. Hindwings and cilia light grey. 

The palpi are much longer in this species than in the two following. 

One specimen taken near Clinton by Mr. G. F. Mathew, who states that 
it frequented the tussock-grass, and fell down to the roots when disturbed ; 
it 1s therefore probably often overlooked. 

8. Mimes. charadrias, n. sp. 

Male, female.—16-20 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen whitish- 
ochreous. Antenne fuscous. Legs fuscous-whitish, internally dark fus- 
cous. Forewings light fuscous, more or less suffused with whitish-ochreous 
posteriorly and towards inner margin, suffused with whitish along sub- 
median fold (broadly posteriorly) and on a costal spot above base of cleft ; 
costa suffused with dark fuscous, anteriorly obscurely spotted with whitish ; 
a small blackish spot before cleft, in female larger and touching cleft ; in 
female a suffused blackish triangular subapical patch, terminated by a 
whitish line a little before hindmargin ; in male the whitish line broader 
and suffused into hindmargin, but blackish patch wholly absent: cilia 
whitish-fuscous, within cleft and on hindmargin of first segment white, 
with a dark fuscous line from middle of first segment to anal angle, on 
costa dark fuscous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous. 


Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 127 


The sexes would readily be taken for distinct species. 

Arthur’s Pass, from 1,500 to 4,000 feet, but principally at the lower 
levels ; common in January. 

9. Mimes. lithoxestus, n. sp. 

Male, female.—23-28 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen whitish- 
ochreous, mixed with white. Antenne fuscous. Legs ochreous-whitish, 
internally dark fuscous. Forewings light fuscous, suffused with whitish- 
ochreous posteriorly and towards inner margin, and strewn with white in 
disc ; a sharply-defined very narrow blackish-fuscous costal streak from 
base to apex, rather strongly dilated between 4 and 3, obscurely margined 
beneath with pale whitish-ochreous ; a black dot in dise before and rather 
below cleft ; apex and hindmargin rather darker fuscous, somewhat mixed 
with whitish; a fine black line along lower edge of first segment: cilia 
whitish-ochreous, on costa dark fuscous, within cleft and on hindmargin of 
first segment snow-white. Hindwings fuscous-grey; cilia pale greyish- 
ochreous. : . 

Nearly allied to M. charadrias, but easily separated by the larger size, 
much neater appearance, sharply defined costal streak, black line on 
lower margin of first segment, and absence of distinct dark lne in 
cilia. 

Arthur’s Pass, from 3,000 to 4,000 feet, common amongst rough herbage 
in January. 

5. Puaryprinia, Hb. 

Forehead with a cone of scales. Antenne shortly ciliated. Palpi 
rather long, porrected, second joint loosely scaled above, terminal joint 
exposed. Posterior tibize with apex sometimes somewhat thickened, all 
spurs nearly equal, moderate. Forewings cleft to +, segments moderately 
broad, hindmargin of first segment concave, of second convex ; with 
10 veins (4, 6); 2 from near angle of cell, 3 and 4 from a point, 6 and 7 
stalked, 6 to costa, 10 free. Hindwings with seements moderate, upper 
two considerably dilated, obliquely truncate ; with 6 veins (1, 3, 2); 2 from 
near middle of lower margin of cell, 3 and 4 from a point, 6 apparentiy 
shortly anastomosing with 5 in middle; cilia of lower margin with more or 
less of black scales. 

A genus of probably universal distribution, well represented in Hurope 
and North America; in Australia only by a single species, nearly allied to 
P, falcatalis. The larvee appear to be usually attached to Composite. 


la. Forewings with a dark costal triangle beyond middle: 
2a. Dorsal margin of hindwings fringed with black scales on basal half 11. falcatalis. 
2b. 99 5 514 without black scales, except in middle 10. haasti. 
1b, Forewings without costal triangle oc oe 20 56 .. 12. hebiastis. 


128 Transactions. — Zoology. 


10. Platypt. haasti, Feld. 
(Platyptilia haasti, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. exl., 58.) 

Male, female.—16-17 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen yellowish- 
whitish, often suffused with light brownish-ochreous. Antenne grey. 
Legs yellow-whitish, banded with dark fuscous. Forewings yellow-whitish, 
with numerous obscure fuscous or brownish-ochreous transverse strige, 
sometimes nearly obsolete, in other specimens nearly concealing ground- 
colour ; costa from base to 2 spotted with dark fuscous; a triangular 
blackish-fuscous spot on costa before 2, reaching 4 across wing, connected 
at apex with a sometimes obsolete dark fuscous transverse mark in disc; a 
short interrupted dark fuscous longitudinal streak in disc beyond middle; a 
blackish dot on inner margin at 2; a small elongate dark fuscous spot on 
costa a little before apex, followed by a tolerably distinct irregular yellow- 
whitish line not reaching inner margin: cilia yellow-whitish, often suffused 
with pale ochreous, with a blackish interrupted basal line. Hindwings 
rather dark reddish-grey ; cilia grey, on hindmargin with a partially obsolete 
blackish basal line, on lower margin of third segment with a small spot of 
black scales in middle. : 

Distinguished from both the following by the restriction of the black 
scales on the lower margin of hindwings to a small central spot, and the 
obscurely transversely strigulated forewings. 

Hamilton, Otira River, Christchurch, Lake Wakatipu, and Invercargill ; 
common in December and January. 

11. Platypt. falcatalis, Walk. 
(Platyptilus falcatalis, Walk., 931; Platyptilus repletalis, ib., 931.) 

Male, female.—20-25 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen light 
reddish-fuscous, irregularly mixed with white, sides of abdomen spotted with 
blackish. Antenne fuscous. Legs white, banded with reddish-fuscous. 
Forewings light reddish-fuscous, irregularly strewn with whitish ; costa nar- 
rowly dark fuscous from base to 3, somewhat spotted with whitish ; a cloudy 
rather dark reddish-fuscous spot on inner margin at + and another beyond 
middle; a sharply marked blackish-fuscous triangular blotch on costa 
about 2, reaching half across wing, its apex touching a dark fuscous discal 
dot; a small white spot on costa immediately beyond this; a white some- 
times interrupted line near and parallel to hindmargin, preceded on first 
segment below middle by a blackish-fuscous triangular spot, and on second 
segment by a blackish-fuscous suffusion ; on first segment ground-colour 
between this line and costal blackish blotch whitish-ochreous, on lower edge 
margined with blackish: cilia pale reddish-fuscous, with a dark fuscous | 
line, within cleft and on apical and costal spots white, on inner margin 
white with a tooth of black scales at 2 and a smaller one at 5. Hindwings 


Meyrick.—-On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 129 


and cilia grey, somewhat reddish-tinged, lower margin of third segment 
fringed with coarse black scales on basal half, a patch beyond middle, and ~ 
a small spot at apex. 

Nearly allied to P. haasti, but larger, and readily separated by the 
reddish-fuscous ground-colour, white costal spot beyond the dark triangular 
bloteh, and abundant black scales of the cilia of hindwings. 

Otira River, Christchurch, Dunedin, and Invercargill; common from 
December to March, amongst bush. 

12. Platypt. heliastis, n. sp. 

Male—19 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen and legs 
reddish-fuscous, somewhat mixed with whitish, posterior tarsi white. 
Forewings light brownish-ochreous, suffused with reddish-fuscous towards 
base and inner margin, and less strongly on hindmargin, and slightly 
strewn with whitish in disc; costa suffusedly ochreous-whitish towards 3, 
towards base suffused with dark fuscous and obscurely spotted with whitish ; 
a dark fuscous dot before and below cleft: cilia dark reddish-fuscous, on 
costa whitish-ochreous. Hindwings and cilia light grey, slightly reddish- 
tinged, lower margin of third segment fringed with coarse black scales from 
base to 3. 

Immediately recognized by the entire absence of the dark fuscous costal 


triangle, and other markings. . 
Castle Hill; one specimen received from Mr. J. D. Enys. 
HYDROCAMPIDA. 


Maxillary palpi resting on labial, rarely dilated. Abdomen in male 
with uncus well-developed. Forewings with vein 7 separate from 9 (rarely 
stalked with 10). Hindwings with lower median vein naked; vein 7 from 
angle of cell. 

Represented in New Zealand by a single species only, which cannot be re- 
garded as belonging to the endemic fauna; it occurs commonly in South-east 
Australia, aud has probably migrated thence in comparatively recent times. 

6. Hyerauta, n. g. 

Face tolerably vertical. Ocelli absent. Tongue moderate. Antenne 4 
of forewings, in male filiform, shortly pubescent-ciliated. Labial palpi 
moderate, 14, nearly straight, porrected, second joint with short rough 
scales, terminal joint moderate, obtuse. Maxillary palpi moderate, por- 
rected, slightly dilated with scales, truncate. Posterior tibize with outer 
spurs half inner. Abdomen rather elongate, in male with large broad 
exserted valves, and long curved uncus. Forewings with veins 4 and 5 
closely approximated at base, 10 rising out of stalk of 8 and 9. Hindwings 
as broad as forewings, veins 4 and 5 from a point 6 and 7 stalked, 8 
anastomosing with 7 from before origin of 6 to 3. 

9 


130 Transactions. —Zoology, 


In structure approaching nearest to Cataclysta, but distinguished by the 


filiform antenne and porrected palpi. The larva is doubtless aquatic. 
13. Aygr. nitens, Butl. 
(Paraponyx nitens, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 556.) 

Male, female—14-17 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous mixed with 
whitish, face white. Antenne grey-whitish. Abdomen fuscous, segmental 
margins and apex white. Legs whitish, anterior pair internally fuscous. 
Forewings elongate-triangular, very narrow at base, considerably dilated 
posteriorly, costa almost straight, towards apex moderately arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin strongly rounded, oblique; light fuscous or ochreous- 
fuscous, closely irrorated with dark fuscous, veins sometimes lined with 
_ dark fuscous; first line moderate, whitish, curved, not touching margins, 
connected with base by whitish streaks along subcostal and submedian, 
sometimes obsolete; second line moderate, white, from 2 of costa to 2 of 
inner margin; median third forming a very strong curve outwards; median 
space usually white except a broad margin all round, and a small quadrate 
dark fuscous spot in disc beyond middle; a submarginal row of irregular 
white confluent spots, largest beneath apex and on anal angle, almost 
obsolete in middle, margined posteriorly by a dark line: cilia grey-whitish, 
base white spotted with dark fuscous. Hindwings white, markings light 
fuscous; a small round discal spot; a fascia somewhat beyond middle, 
angulated outwards above middle, curved inwards below middle; a hind- 
marginal band, narrower at anal angle, containing several obscure white 
submarginal spots ; cilia whitish, with two pale fuscous lines. 

Variable in intensity of colouring; Australian specimens sometimes 
exceed the size given above, reaching 21 mm., and are then usually lighter 
and more suffusedly marked. 

Hamilton, Napier, Masterton, Christchurch, and Lake Wakatipu, always 
near water, common from November to March; often taken at light. Also 
occurs in New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia. 


CRAMBIDAL. 
The following are additions to the list already published (Trans. N.Z. 
Inst., 1882). 
7. DiptycHopuora, Z. 
14. Dipt. interrupta, Feld. 
(Crambus interruptus, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. cxxxy., 15; Diptychophora astrosema, Meyr., 
Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1882, 13.) 
Felder’s figure, which is sufficiently good for recognition, was accident- 
ally overlooked when I was preparmg my former paper; it should now be 
restored, baw 


Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 181 


15. Dipt. selenea, n. sp. 

Male, female.—14-16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous-yellow, 
apex of palpi dark fuscous. Antenne and abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs 
ochreous-whitish. Forewings broad, triangular, costa slightly arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded, twice indented on upper 
half; pale ochreous-yellowish; markings rather dark reddish-fuscous, 
suffused with deep ochreous-yellow ; a transverse line near base, twice very 
sharply angulated; first line double, from + of costa to before middle of inner 
margin, obtusely angulated outwards in middle, and indented inwards near 
inner margin; an irregular transverse shade from beyond middle of costa to 
beyond middle of inner margin, and another from inner margin before first 
line to costa beyond second line; on the intersection of these is the discal 
spot, which is moderately large, transverse, upper half narrow, dark 
metallic-grey, lower halt dilated, round, white ; second line double, from 2 
of costa to 4 of inner margin, moderately curved outwards, hardly sinuate 
below middle ; three sharply-marked longitudinal dark metallic-grey streaks 
from near discal spot to near hindmargin ; hindmargin suffused with deep 
yellow, and marked with three small roundish black spots below middle: 
cilia whitish-yellowish, with a shining dark grey basal line. Hindwings 
white, faintly ochreous-tinged; an ochreous-yellow hindmarginal line ; 
cilia white. 

Nearly allied to D. metallifera, Butl., but apparently distinguished by the 
two transverse fascie# intersecting in the middle of wing; in the absence of 
specimens of D. metallifera for comparison I cannot certainly indicate any 
other reliable point of difference. When recently revisiting the British 
Museum, I again examined the specimen of the latter species, and can con- 
firm my previous remarks on the distinctness of the species and the incor- 
rectness of Mr. Butler’s description, but omitted to describe it myself. 

Otira Gorge and Dunedin, in January; four specimens. 

16. Dipt. holanthes, n. sp. 

Male, female—15-17 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous-yellow, 
palpi suffused with dark fuscous towards base and apex. Antenne pale 
ereyish-ochreous. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish-grey, posterior tarsi 
ochreous-whitish. Forewings broad, triangular, costa slightly arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded, twice indented on upper 
half; bright deep ochreous-yellow ; some black scales at base of costa, and 
one or two in disc towards base ; first line very slender, blackish, partially 
obsolete, from + of costa to before middle of inner margin, dilated on 
margins and on a dot in middle, obtusely angulated outwards above middle 
and inwards below middle; discal spot represented by two blackish dots 
longitudinally placed ; second line very slender, blackish, tolerably distinct, 


182 Transactions,—Zoology, 


followed by a paler yellow line, from 2 of costa to 2 of inner margin, upper 


half strongly curved outwards, lower half nearly straight; three obscure 
light metallic-grey longitudinal streaks on upper half of wing, extending 
from before second line to hidmargin ; three small quadrate black spots on 
hindmargin below middle: cilia shining grey, with a darker metallic basal 
line. Hindwings and cilia grey. 

A conspicuous species, easily recognized by the uniform deep yellow 
forewings and double black dot representing the discal spot, with grey hind- 
wings; it may be placed after D. awriscriptella, Walk. 

Near the foot of the Otira Gorge, frequenting rock-faces where moss 
grows, in January; I found it very common, but in a very restricted locality. 
17. Dipt. bipunctella, Walk. 

(Eromene bipunctella, Walk., Suppl., 1761.) 

I saw this insect in the British Museum, and identified it as certainly a 
new species of Diptychophora; from the type I made a brief diagnosis. 

Size of D. auriscriptella. Forewings brown, very neatly marked, mark- 
ings much as in D. auriscriptella, discal spot small, round, white: cilia 
white except near apex. Hindwings grey. ‘ 

Immediately distinguished by the uniform brown forewings, small round 
white discal spot, and grey hindwings; intermediate between D. holanthes 
and D. epiphea. 

Locality given as New Zealand, without further indication. 

18. Dipt. epiphea, n. sp. 

Male, female.—12-14 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, 
and legs fuscous. Forewings broad, triangular, costa hardly arched, apex 
rounded, hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded, once indented below apex ; 
fuscous, with green reflections; lines slender, irregularly denticulate, dark 
fuscous ; first lme from beyond } of costa to before middle of inner margin, 
angulated above middle and bent inwards below middle; discal spot obsolete 
or represented by a faint darker suffusion; second line from 3 of costa to 2 
of inner margin, angulated above middle, thence tolerably straight; some- 
times two or three whitish longitudinal streaks towards hindmargin above 
middle; a small black apical spot: cilia whitish, with a shining dark grey 
basal and lighter median line. Hindwings grey or dark grey, with greenish 
reflections ; cilia light grey, with a dark grey basal line. 

Allied to D. bipunctella, from which it is distinguished by the much less 
distinct markings, and the absence of the white discal spot. 

Arthur’s Pass, about 8,000 feet, in January; six specimens. 

19. Dipt. elaina, Meyr. 

Tn this species the discal spot should have been described as terminating 
beneath in a round white dot; this is sometimes obscure, and was therefore 
overlooked previously, but is always present, 


Muyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 133 


The number of New Zealand species of this interesting genus is now 
thirteen. Since my remarks on the distribution of the genus, Snellen has 
described from the Malay Archipelago a species which he considered refer- 
able to it, under the name of Diptychophora amenella; but it is represented 
as having stronely pectinated antenne, and is therefore doubtless generically 
distinct ; probably Snellen was not at the time acquainted with the real 
neuration of the genus. 

8. ORocRAMBUS, n. g. 

Ocelli large. Forehead rounded. Antennz moderate, in male filiform, 
simple. Labial palpi rather long, straight, porrected, clothed with very long 
rough hairs, attenuated to apex. Maxillary palpi long, broadly triangular, 
terminally expanded with rough hairs. Thorax and coxe clothed with 
long fine hairs beneath. Forewings with vem 7 rising out of the stalk of 
8 and 9. Hindwings much broader than forewings; vein 8 free, approxi- 
mated to 7 in middle. 

Closely allied to Crambus, from which it is essentially distinguished by 
the free vein 8 of hindwings; the neuration is otherwise identical. Other 
less reliable points are the wholly simple antenne, the peculiarly broad and 
rough hairing of the palpi, and the hairy coxe and under surface of thorax, 
but this last character is shared by some mountain species of Crambus, as C. 
catacaustus. 

The genus is confined to New Zealand; I have only one species, but 
from a note of Mr. A. Purdie’s in the N.Z. Journal of Science it appears 
probable that there is a second, darker and without the pale fascia. 

20. Orocr. melampetrus, n. sp. 

Male, female.—24-26 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and 
legs dark fuscous-grey ; head and palpi mixed with grey-whitish. Forewings 
moderate, oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex 
obtuse, hindmargin not oblique, rounded beneath; fuscous, strewn with 
dark grey, appearing dark fuscous-grey, with a slight bluish gloss; a whitish 
irroration forming a moderate nearly straight cloudy fascia (appearing grey- 
whitish) from 3 of costa to 2 of inner margin, very slightly curved outwards: 
cilia greyish-fuscous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous. 

Unusually stout in build, and of singular facies. 

Castle Hill and Mount Hutt, sitting on the bare shingle slopes (which it 
imitates in colour) at an elevation of 4,000 to 5,000 feet, in January ; not 
uncommon, but very active in flight, and difficult to capture from the nature 
of the ground, which affords but insecure footing. 

9. Crameus, F. 

Ten additional species of this genus have been discovered since my 

paper was written, principally in the mountain districts, At the same time 


134 Transactions.—Zoology. 


the second Australian species has, as I anticipated, been satisfactorily 
proved to be also, like the first, a species of wide range, occurring through 
many Pacific Islands, and consequently not attributable to the true Austra- 
lian fauna, which therefore includes no endemic species of this genus. 

21. Cr. catacaustus, 0. sp. 

Male, female.—22-26 mm. Head and thorax dark ochreous-fuscous. 
Palpi rather long, dark fuscous, mixed with greyish-ochreous beneath. 
Antenne dark fuscous, in male very shortly ciliated. Abdomen dark fus- 
cous, hairy beneath towards base. Legs dark fuscous, coxe densely hairy 
beneath, posterior legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate, oblong, 
posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, hind- 
margin not oblique, rounded beneath ; ochreous-brown, sometimes slightly 
reddish-tinged ; costal edge narrowly whitish-ochreous in male, ochreous- 
white in female, except near apex; a straight moderately broad ochreous- 
white central streak from base to hindmargin slightly above middle, hardly 
narrower at extremities, more or less indented obtusely on both margins a 
little beyond middle, suffusedly margined above and beneath with dark 
fuscous: cilia shining grey, tips white. Hindwings dark grey, posteriorly 
still darker, pectinations grey-whitish ; cilia ochreous-white, with a shining 
grey basal line. 

This species and C. tritonellus appear to differ from all the other New 
Zealand species of the genus by the hairy coxe and undersurface of thorax, 
and probably mark the developmental connection with Orocrambus.  C. 
catacaustus, although marked quite as in typical species of the genus, has a 
different superficial appearance from the much stouter build, the forewings 
much broader anteriorly and therefore more oblong, and the deep colouring, 
especially of the hindwings. 

Arthur’s Pass, taken commonly in swampy places at from 3,000 to 
4,000 feet, in January ; flies with much activity. 

22. Cr. tritonellus, nu. sp. 

Female-—22 mm. Head ochreous-white. Palpi, thorax, and abdomen 
ochreous-white mixed with dark fuscous; palpi rather long. Antenne 
whitish-grey. Legs whitish, coxe hairy beneath. Forewings elongate- 
triangular, costa almost straight, apex rounded, hindmargin straight, 
oblique; pale greyish-ochreous, somewhat mixed with fuscous; costal 
edge obscurely whitish, posteriorly rather broadly suffused with whitish ; 
inner margin narrowly white towards base, margined above by a strong 
dark fuscous streak from base to 4; a rather broad white central streak 
from base to middle of hindmargin, attenuated towards base, margined 
beneath from base to middle with dark fuscous, and cut by a faint 
greyish-ochreous line from near base of upper margin to beyond middle of 
lower margin ; veins on posterior half marked with strong dark fuscous 


Mryricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 185 


streaks, two margining the central white streak, one within it obsolete: 
cilia white. Hindwings pale fuscous-grey, towards hindmargin darker, 
veins paler ; cilia white. 

Allied to C. catacaustus, which it agrees with in the hairy coxe, but 
differing much in the strictly-triangular form of the forewings, and also in 
colour. 

Castle Hill; one specimen received from Mr. J. D. Einys. 

23. Cr. ephorus, Q. sp. 

Male.—32 mm. Head snow-white. Palpi very long, ochreous, above 
and internally snow-white. Antenne grey-whitish, very shortly ciliated. 
Thorax snow-white, patagia deep ochreous-yellow. Abdomen grey-whitish. 
Legs light ochreous, posterior pair more whitish. Forewings very long, 
narrow, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched, apex round- 
pointed, hindmargin rather strongly sinuate, oblique ; shining snow-white ; 
extreme costal edge fuscous, becoming yellow-ochreous posteriorly ; a rather 
broad straight bright deep ochreous-yellow stripe from base below middle to 
hindmargin above anal angle; inner margin narrowly ochreous-yellow from 
4 to anal angle: cilia snow-white, opposite submedian stripe and on anal 
angle whitish-ochreous. Hindwings pale whitish-ochreous-grey; cilia 
ochreous-whitish. 

This handsome species is nearly allied to C. ungustipennis, but much 
more clearly and brightly coloured; the forewings are equally long and 
narrow, but without the acute produced apex of that species, and the hind- 
wings more greyish-tinged. 

Arthur’s Pass ; one specimen taken at 4,800 feet, in January. 

24. Cr. crengus, Nn. sp. 

Male, female.—32-36 mm. Head white, behind eyes ochreous-brown, 
towards middle of face whitish-ochreous. Palpi very long, light brownish- 
ochreous, above and internally white. Antenne whitish, in male shortly 
ciliated. Thorax ochreous-white, patagia brownish-ochreous. Abdomen 
whitish. Legs brownish-ochreous, posterior pair whitish above. Fore- 
wings very elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, 
hindmargin rather oblique, straight or faintly sinuate, rounded beneath ; 
rather light brownish-ochreous, slightly brassy-tinged, somewhat browner 
in disc ; a rather narrow almost straight white median streak from base to 
hindmargin slightly above middle ; inner margin slenderly white near base : 
cilia white, sometimes partially slightly ochreous-tinged, beneath anal angle 
greyish-tinged. Hindwings whitish, faintly greyish-tinged ; cilia white. 

This species and the four following belong to the group of C. vittellus, 
and doubtless other allied species will be discovered. C. crenaus is readily 
known by the entire absence of all white marking except the central streak 


136 Transactions. —Z. oology. 


and the base of inner margin, the costa being wholly ochreous ; it 1s also 
the largest species of the group. It most resembles C. diplorrhous and 
C. dicrenellus, but in both of these there is a clear white costal streak. 

Arthur’s Pass, from 3,000 to 4,500 feet ; common in January, appearing 
to frequent rather damp places. 

25. Cr. enchophorus, n. sp. 

Male, female.-—29-33 mm. Head white, behind eyes brownish-ochreous, 
centre of face somewhat ochreous. Palpi very long, brownish-ochreous, 
above and internally white. Antenne dark fuscous, in male rather stout, 
dentate, moderately ciliated. Thorax light brownish-ochreous, with a white 
central longitudinal stripe. Abdomen whitish. Legs pale brownish- 
ochreous, posterior pair whitish. Forewings very elongate-triangular, nar- 
row towards base, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin 
oblique, nearly straight, rounded beneath ; dull light brownish-ochreous ; a 
slender white line immediately beneath costa from base to middle; vems on 
posterior half of wing suffused with white and obscurely margined with dark 
fuscous ; a whitish suffusion towards inner margin throughout, towards 
base defined and margined above with dark fuscous ; ‘a rather narrow nearly 
straight white median streak from base to middle of hindmargin, unevenly 
margined with blackish throughout, posterior half slightly curved upwards ; 
a curved transverse row of black dots towards hindmargin, and a hindmar- 
ginal row of similar dots: cilia white, faintly barred with very pale greyish- 
ochreous. Hindwings pale whitish-ochreous-grey; cilia white, base 
ochreous-tinged. 

Allied to (. callirrhous, in which species the male has similar dentate 
antenne (not mentioned in my description) ; but larger, with white markings 
(except median streak) considerably suffused, whilst C. callirrhous is specially 
characterized by their definiteness ; distinguished also by the posterior and 
hindmarginal rows of black dots, and by the uppermost white line being dis- 
tinctly subcostal, not costal, towards base. 

Castle Hill, on dry slopes from 2,500 to 4,000 feet, in January ; rather 
common, but apparently local. 

26. Cr. diplorrhous, n. sp. 

Male, female—81-34 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, becoming white on 
crown. Palpi very long, light brownish-ochreous, above and internally 
white. Antenne fuscous, in male subdentate, moderately ciliated. Thorax 
pale ochreous, with a suffused white central stripe. Abdomen whitish. 
Legs light ochreous, tarsi dark fuscous, posterior legs whitish. Forewings 
very elongate-triangular, narrow, not much dilated, costa slightly arched, 
apex round-pointed, hindmargin slightly sinuate, rather oblique, rounded 
beneath ; pale brownish-ochreous, brassy-tinged, towards inner and hind 


a vs 
<a 


Mryricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 137 


margins paler ; a narrow white streak almost along costa from base to apex, 
leaving extreme costal edge of ground-colour, more widely vosteriorly, 
posterior extremity suffused ; a moderate straight white central streak from 
base to middle of hindmargin, narrowed anteriorly; inner margin suffusedly 
white from base to beyond middle ; cilia snow-white. Hindwings ochreous- 
grey-whitish, becoming greyer posteriorly ; cilia white. 

Very similar to C. dicrenellus, but with the apex of the forewings less 
pointed and the hindmargin less sinuate; readily distinguishable by the 
uppermost white streak being subcostal instead of costal. 

Lake Wakatipu, taken commonly on the dry mountain slopes at from 
2,000 to 5,000 feet, in December. 

27. Cr. pedias, n. sp. 

Male, female.-—24-27 mm. Head white, behind eyes pale greyish- 
ochreous. Palpi very long, pale ochreous, above and internally white. 
Antenne whitish, in male serrate, shortly ciliated. Thorax pale greyish- 
ochreous, with a central longitudinal white stripe. Abdomen grey-whitish. 
Legs whitish-ochreous, posterior pair whitish. Forewings very elongate- 
triangular, narrow, not much dilated, costa slightly arched, apex almost 
acute, hindmargin sinuate, oblique; very pale dull greyish-ochreous; costal 
edge except towards base, and all veins narrowly and suffusedly white, 
obscurely margined with fuscous; a whitish obscure suffusion towards 
inner margin; a narrow nearly straight white central streak from base to 
hindmargin somewhat above middle, slightly bent beyond middle, obscurely 
fuscous-margined ; a row of small blackish dots along hindmargin: cilia 
shining greyish-white, with a shining whitish-grey basal line. Hindwings 
ochreous-grey-whitish, towards apex greyer ; cilia white. 

Most like C. callirrhous, but much duller and greyer, not brassy-tinged, 
and without the sharply defined white lines of that species; the antenne 
are whitish, not distinctly dentate in male, and the hindmargin of forewings 
is somewhat more sinuate, distinctly dotted with black. 

Masterton and Wanganui, on the grassy river-banks; common in March. 

28. Cr. paraxenus, 1. sp. 

Male, female-—28-31 mm. Head white, on centre of face and behind 
eyes ochreous. Palpi very long, ochreous, above and internally white. 
Antenne dark fuscous, in male serrate, moderately ciliated. Thorax pale 
ochreous, with a suffused white central longitudinal stripe. Abdomen 
whitish. Legs ochreous-fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Forewings very 
elongate-triangular, narrow at base, moderately dilated, costa gently arched, 
apex round-pointed, hindmargin almost straight, rather strongly oblique ; 
light yellowish-ochreous, slightly brassy-tinged, sometimes fuscous-tinged 
in disc ; extreme costal edge white from about middle to apex ; a moderate 


138 Transactions —Zoology. 


straight white central streak from base to hindmargin somewhat above 
middle, lower edge rather irregular, narrowed towards base ; inner margin 
very slenderly white towards base; a narrow white streak along hindmargin 
from extremity of central streak to apex: cilia pale shining grey, on upper 
half of hindmargin barred with white. Hindwings whitish-grey; cilia white. 

Closely allied to C. vittellus, with which it agrees in the distinctly barred 
cilia of forewings, and resembling the most simply marked forms of that 
species, but constant; larger, more ochreous-yellowish, not fuscous; the 
antenne of male somewhat more slender, the apex of forewings less pointed 
and the hindmargin not distinctly smuate, the hindmarginal black dots 
absent, and the hindwings greyer, not ochreous-tinged. 

Lake Wakatipu, on the dry mountain sides at from 2,000 to 5,000 feet ; 
taken commonly in December. 

29. Cr. sophronellus, n. sp. 

Female.—19 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-white, coarsely irrorated 
with greyish-fuscous. Palpi long, whitish, externally irrorated with grey. 
Antenne grey. Abdomen whitish, irrorated with grey. Legs grey-whitish. 
Forewings elongate, tolerably oblong, costa hardly arched, apex round- 
pointed, hindmargin straight, rather strongly oblique; greyish-fuscous, 
densely irrorated with white, and with a few black scales: cilia whitish- 
grey mixed with white, base white. Hindwings light fuscous-grey, towards 
hindmargin darker ; cilia grey-whitish. 

Nearly allied to C. cyclopicus, but shorter-winged, and immediately 
separated from it by the grey hindwings; possibly other specimens may 
possess distinct markings, since in the female of C. cyclopicus they are also 
sometimes quite obsolete. 

One specimen received from Mr. R. W. Fereday, of uncertain locality. 

30. Cr. oncobolus, n. sp. 

Male, female.—24-27 mm. Head white. Palpi very long, white, 
externally slightly. ochreous-tinged. Antenne whitish, in male shortly 
ciliated. Thorax white or greyish-white, shoulders ochreous. Abdomen 
whitish-ochreous. Legs white, anterior pair internally fuscous. Forewings 
elongate, narrow, tolerably dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, 
hindmargin straight, oblique, strongly rounded beneath ; pale fuscous; all 
veins suffused with white, more or less confluent towards costa posteriorly, 
and obscurely margined with dark fuscous; a narrow white central streak 
from base to middle of disc, its apex sharply hooked downwards, margined 
beneath throughout by a strong black streak finely attenuated at base, and 
its apex margined posteriorly with black; above the white central streak is 
a yellow-ochreous streak becoming dilated beyond it and suffused into ground- 
colour, and beneath the black streak a yellow-ochreous streak reaching apex 


2 as 
One eel ae 


Muyvricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 1389 


of hook; an ill-defined strongly dentate blackish posterior transverse line, 
tending to separate into longitudinal dashes, sharply angulated outwards 
above middle, and sinuate inwards towards inner margin: cilia pale greyish, 
suffusedly barred with white, tips white. Hindwings pale grey; cilia 
whitish-grey. 

Closely allied to C. harpophorus, which it resembles in form of wing, 
having the forewings therefore much narrower than in (. strigosus; readily 
separated from C. harpophorus by the absence of the sinuate dark-bordered 
white streak in middle of disc, and by the strong dentations and inward 
sinuation of the posterior line. 

Castle Hill, from 2,300 to 2,500 feet, especially in the bed of the Porter 
River ; common in January. 


The followmg are additional localities for species of this family described 
in my former paper :— . 

Thinasotia lencophthalma, Meyr. Also taken in December. 

Oryptomima acerella, Walk. Bealey River, at 2,100 feet. 

Scenoploca petraula, Meyr. Also in January. 

Diptychophora pyrsophanes, Meyr. Otira Gorge (to 8,000 feet), Castle 
Hill (2,500 feet), Christchurch and Dunedin ; also in December. 

D. interrupta, Feld. Arthur’s Pass (3,000 feet). 

D, auriscriptella, Walk. Otira Gorge (1,500 feet). 

D. helioctypa, Meyr. I took this in December on hill-sides near Lake 
Wakatipu, at about 1,400 feet. 

D. elaina, Meyr. Taranaki and Palmerston; occurs from November to 
March. 

Crambus ethonellus, Meyr. Invercargill, nearly at the sea-level, in De- 
cember. 

C. ramosellus, Dbld. Taranaki, Lake Wakatipu and Invercargill, not 
above 2,000 feet. According to Butler’s specimens in the British Museum, 
C. leucanialis, Butl., is merely a synonym of this species, and not of C. 
angustipenms, as formerly identified by me from the description and figure. 

C. angustipennis, Z. Rakaia and Castle Hill (2,500 feet). 

C. dicrenellus, Meyr. Castle Hill (2,500 to 83,000 feet), Arthur’s Pass 
(4,000 to 5,000 feet). 

C. haplotomus, Meyr. Castle Hill (2,500 feet), and in the bed of the 
Waimakariri River (2,100 feet). 

C. callirrhous, Meyr. Castle Hill, in the bed of the Porter River (2,300 
feet). 

C. simplex, Butl. Napier and Lake Wakatipu (not above 2,000 feet). 

C. vittellus, Dbld. Taranaki, Napier, Wellington, Lake Wakatipu and 
Invercargill (not above 2,500 feet); also in December. In one part of the 


140 Transactions.—Zoology. 


Hawke’s Bay district I observed this species flying in immense profusion, 
literally in clouds; they must here have committed frightful ravages on the 
gvass. 

C. flexwosellus, Dold. Taranaki, Lake Wakatipu and Invercargill; as a 
rule not above 2,000 feet, but at Lake Wakatipu I took a single isolated 
specimen at 4,500 feet, the species being at the time common at the lower 
levels. 

C. tuhualis, Feld. Castle Hill (2,500 feet). 

C. cyclopicus, Meyr. Napier; also in April. 

C. harpophorus, Meyr.. Arthur’s Pass (2,500 feet), Lake Wakatipu 
(4,200 feet) ; also in December. 

C. strigosus, Butl. Palmerston and Masterton. 

C. xanthogrammus, Meyr. Castle Hill, in the bed of the Porter River 
(2,300 feet), and in that of the Waimakariri River (2,100 feet), taken com- 
monly in January and February; this species sits persistently on the small 
bare shingle and gravel of the river-beds, the variegated colours of which it 
exactly imitates; if disturbed it flies a very short distance close to the 
ground, and settles again. The hindwings should have been described as 
light grey (not whitish). 


INDEX OF GENERA. 


Aciptilia, Hb. 56 56) ee Lioptilus, Wallgr. Bo 
Asopia, Tr. .. 06 Bow abs Mimeseoptilus, Waller. 4, 
Crambus, F... 30 6b Gh Orocrambus, n. g. 8. 
Diptychophora, Z. .. on Yo Platyptilia, Hb. 5. 
Hygraula, n.g. 30 a0 Wh 
INDEX OF SPECIES. 

astrosema, Meyr. .. elas innotatalis, Walk. .. Oe 
bipunctella, Walk. .. poe lke interrupta, Feld. .. se Ws 
catacaustus, N. sp. .. 50. Mal lithoxestus, n. sp. .. oa Bs 
celidotus,n.sp. .. aa) (Dh lycosema, n. sp. wa 50) Be 
charadrias, n. sp. .. bo &h melampetrus, n. sp... do 210) 
creneus, 1. sp. a we 2a monospilalis, Walk... eines 
diplorrhous, n. sp. .. -. 26. nitens, Butl. An 50 leh 
elaina, Meyr. a sigaliQt oncobolus, n. sp. .. 54 30); 
enchophorus, n. sp. 50 is orites, 0. sp. .. ae 56° fle 
ephorus, n. sp. ae 66 PB) paraxenus, n. sp. .. 50 Ash 
epiphea, n. sp. 20 a6 ish, patruelis, Feld. 55 sen pe 
falcatalis, Walk. .. oon Wi pedias, n. sp... 55 56) PALS 
farinalis, L. .. ie je ds repletalis, Walk. a6 ae ils 
furcatalis, Walk. .. Sede selenea, n. sp. ae so. Ue. 
haasti, Feld. Ae LO: sophronellus, n. sp... oo 2B: 
heliastis, n. sp. 30 56, die tritonellus,n.sp. .. 56. He 


holanthes, n. sp. .. cin AS 


Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera, 141 


Art. XITI,—Deseriptions of New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 
By EK. Meyricx, B.A, 
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 2nd October, 1884.] 
VII. TORTRICINA.—(Supprementary). 

Tas paper is supplementary to that which I published on the Tortricina 
in the Transactions for 1882. It contains nine additional species, of which 
eight are new, the ninth having been previously known from the Hawaiian 
Islands ; and also some corrections of classification. 

I propose to recast the definitions of the Tortricide and Grapholithide 
thus :— 

Tortricide: Lower median veins of hindwings almost always without 
basal pectination ; vein 2 of forewings rising before posterior third of lower 
margin of cell; genital uncus of male developed. 

Grapholithide : Lower median vein of hindwings pectinated with hairs 
towards base; vein 2 of forewings rising before posterior third of lower 
margin of cell ; genital uncus of male not developed. 

I am indebted to Professor Fernald, well known as a special authority on 
this group, for the information on which this change is founded. He 
states that the genital uncus never occurs in the Grapholithide, and con- 
siders that such genera as Ctenopseustis, hereafter described, should be 
therefore referred to the Tortricidae; which amounts to saying that the 
possession of the uncus is a more valuable systematic character than the 
possession of the basal pectination. Ag Professor Fernald has devoted much 
labour to the investigation of material from all parts of the world, there is 
little doubt that he is correct, and I have adopted his suggestion. I have 
not yet found leisure to examine the genitalia of all the Yortricina of this 
region, but I have investigated a few species, which appear to confirm his 
views; and in the case of the Pyralidina I have found the same character 
valuable for family separation. The genital uncus (when present) is a hard 
cylindrical, more or less downwards-hooked, process from the apex of the 
abdomen in the male, and in some groups of Lepidoptera assumes complex 
forms. 

The occurrence of the Hawaiian Chiloides straminea is interesting, and 
may be compared with the presence of the genus Heterocrossa in both 
regions. Probably they extend over the intervening space, but I have not 
at present any evidence of this. The other additional species are all of 
genera already recorded from New Zealand, and mostly interesting as repre- 
sentatives of the old indigenous fauna. Itseems probable that Proselena, 
Harmologa, and Hetervcrussa will be found to be richer in species than I had 
previously anticipated, I think that Cacwcia alopecana is also peculiarly 


142 Transactions. —Z oology. 


interesting in another way, from its bearing on general theories of develop- — 


ment, since it is my opinion that although now justifiably to be regarded as 
a species, it has reached this stage only within extremely recent times; I 
think it would be interesting to experiment on the larve of this species with 
different food-plants, and conversely to try the effect of feeding C. excessana 
on Phyllocladus. 
GRAPHOLITHIDA. 
Curnowss, Butl. ‘ 

Thorax smooth. Antenne in male serrate, with whorls of moderate 
cilia. Palpi long, straight, porrected, triangularly scaled. Forewings with 
costa in male simple. Hindwings broader than forewings. Forewings with 
12 veins, 7 and 8 separate, 7 to hindmargin, secondary cell well-defined. 
Hindwings with 8 veins, 3 and 4 remote at base, 4 and 5 almost from a 
point, 6 and 7 approximated towards base. 

Allied to Bactra, Stph. (dphelia, Stph.), but differing in the separation 
of veins 3 and 4 of the hindwings, and the longer palpi; only the species 
here given is known. 

Chil. straminea, Butl. 
(Chiloides straminea, Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1881, 393.) 

Media, alis ant. ochreis, venis omnibus lineisque inter venas punctatis, 
puncto etiam disci postico nigrescentibus ; post. griseis. 

Male, female—17-24 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax pale och- 
reous. Abdomen whitish. Lees pale ochreous, posterior pair ochreous- 
whitish. Forewings elongate, oblong, costa moderately arched, apex round- 
pointed, hindmargin slightly sinuate, rather strongly oblique; light ochreous; 
all veins marked with fine fuscous or blackish lines; intervenal spaces also 
marked each with a fine:incomplete, often interrupted or dotted, fuscous or 
blackish line; a larger dark fuscous dot in disc beyond middle; inner mar- 
gin dotted with black: cilia pale ochreous. Hindwings grey, towards base 
lighter ; cilia white, with a grey line. 

Recalls some forms of Bactra lanceolana, Hb., from which it is easiest 
separated by the structural characters. 

Hamilton, Taranaki, Wanganui, and Otaki; common amongst rushes 
(Juncus) in swampy ground, from January to March. Also occurs in the 
Hawaiian Islands, from which it was originally described; I have seen 
Butler’s type, and there is no doubt whatever of its identity; probably 
therefore it will be found to range through all the Pacific islands. 

Bactra, Stph. 

This generic name should be substituted for Aphelia, Stph., of which 
lanceolana, Hb., is the representative in New Zealand. I make this change 
on the authority of Professor Fernald, who has specially investigated the 
point, and is doubtless correct. 


Le 


Meyrick,—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 148 


TORTRICIDA. 
Pyreotis, Meyr. 
Pyrg. eudorana, ni. sp. 

Media, alis ant. ochreo-rufis, area basali externe non angulata, fascia 
media perobliqua latiore recta, strigulaque subapicali saturatioribus, ciltis 
purpureo-fuscis ; post. flavido-albis, apice flavidiore. 

Female.—20 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax purplish-ochreous. An- 
tenne ochreous-whitish. Abdomen and legs yellow-whitish, anterior and 
middle pair suffused with reddish-fuscous. Forewings broad, oblong, costa 
anteriorly very strongly arched, apex round-pointed, produced, hindmargin 
strongly sinuate, hardly oblique; purplish-ochreous, obscurely strigulated 
with greyish-purple; a slightly darker purplish basal patch, its outer edge 
extending from + of costa to 2 of inner margin, not angulated; central fascia 
straight, broad throughout, greyish purple, suffused with bright reddish- 
ochreous on upper half posteriorly, running from middle of costa to anal 
angle ; a more distinct strigula from 2 of costa to hindmargin below middle: 
cilia rather dark fuscous purplish. Hindwings yellow-whitish, towards apex 
more yellowish, somewhat spotted with pale grey towards inner margin ; 
cilia yellow-whitish. 

A handsome species, readily known by the different form of wing, 
straight outline of basal patch, and broad central fascia; the costa is very 
much more strongly arched anteriorly than in any other species. Although 
the male is not known to me, I have no doubt of the generic position. 

Taranaki, in February; one specimen amongst forest. 

ProseLena, Meyr. 
Pros. elephantina, n. sp. 

Magna, alis ant. albido-ochreis, linea disci breviore obscura, punctisque 
plerisque posticis sparsis nigris; post. albidis. ) 

Male.—27 mm. Head, palpi, and antennz whitish-ochreous, palpi ex- 
ternally fuscous-tinged. Thorax pale yellowish-ochreous. Abdomen and 
legs whitish-ochreous, anterior and middle pair infuscated. Forewings 
elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin 
hardly perceptibly sinuate, oblique; whitish-ochreous; a cloudy central 
streak from base to beyond middle more yellowish-ochreous, containing 
several small dots of black scales, and an ill-defined longitudinal blackish 


2 


line in disc, extending from 4-2; some fine scattered black dots towards 


hindmargin : cilia pale whitish-ochreous. Hindwings and cilia whitish. 
Singularly distinct by its comparatively gigantic size, pale colouring, 
and blackish discal line. 
Arthur’s Pass, in January; one specimen on the grassy mountain-side 
at 4,700 feet. 


144 Transactions.— Zoology. 


Pros. eremana, n. sp. 

Parva, alis ant. fusco-ochreis, innotatis; post. saturate griseis. 

Male.—12-14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish-ochreous. An- 
tenne dark fuscous. Abdomen dark grey. Legs whitish-ochreous. Fore- 
wings elongate-oblong, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hind- 
margin straight, oblique; uniform brownish-ochreous: cilia light brownish- 
ochreous. Hindwings dark grey, posteriorly still darker; cilia pale grey or 
whitish, with a grey line. 

Closely allied to P. siriana, Meyr., but lighter, more ochreous, and 
recognizable by the absence of any discal dot in the forewings, and the 
paler cilia of the hindwings. 

Castle Hill (2,500 feet), and Invercargill, frequenting swampy ground ; 
taken commonly in December and January. 

Pros. zatrophana, Meyr. 
(Harmologa zatrophana, Meyr., Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1882, 46.) 

Having obtained what I believe to be undoubtedly the male of this 
species, I find that there is no costal fold, and the species is therefore 
referable to Proselena. As the male is distinctly marked, and these 
markines were lost in the dark suffusion of the female, I give a diagnosis 
and description of the former. 

Parva, alis ant. lete ochreis, albido-maculosis, fascia antica angusta 
obliqua, altera media latiore perobliqua cum tertia postica erecta sub medio 
confluentibus, hac lineas duas plumbeas metallicas includente, rufo-ochreis, 
nigro-mixtis ; post. saturate fuscis. 

Male.—11-12 mm. Forewings bright ochreous, irregularly and suf- 
fusedly spotted with whitish; markings deep reddish-ochreous, somewhat 
mixed with blackish ; a narrrow straight fascia from before + of costa to 
beyond 4 of inner margin; a moderately broad very oblique fascia from 
costa before middle, confluent in middle of dise with a similar straight fascia 
from # of costa to Inner margin before anal angle, the latter fascia con- 
taining two irregular incomplete metallic-grey transverse lines: cilia bright 
ochreous, towards tips paler. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia grey-whitish, 
with a dark grey basal line. 

Common in Arthur’s Pass from 2,600 to 3,000 feet, flying freely over 
thick herbage in January. 

Harmotoea, Meyr. 
Harm. oblongana, Walk. 

Larva 16-legged, rather stout, cylindrical, somewhat tapering at both 
ends; dull grey; dorsal slender, dark grey; subdorsal indistinctly darker 
than ground-colour; spots small, pale, dark-centred; head and second 
segment dark fuscous. Feeds on Discaria toumatou, forming a shelter of 


Mryrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 145 


very dense web, and loose silken galleries along the branches. I found 
these larve at the beginning of February, near Castle Hill; from their 
habit I was led to expect one of the Pyralidina. They are doubtless not 
confined to this food-plant. 

Harm. latomana, n. sp. 

Media, alis ant. albis, area basali bis secta externe perobliqua, fascia 
media cum macula costx postica tripunctata per dentem fere connexa, altera 
etiam e margine postico in angulum analem percurrente flavido-fuscis, nigro- 
mixtis; post. albis, apice griseo-suffuso. 

Female. —20mm. Head whitish, spotted with ochreous behind antenne. 
Palpi whitish, towards apex of second joint ochreous. Antenne blackish. | 
Thorax blackish, somewhat mixed with ochreous, apex of patagia and 
posterior margin white. Abdomen and legs whitish, anterior tarsi dark 
fuscous internally. Forewings elongate-oblong, costa strongly arched 
towards base, somewhat sinuate beyond middle, apex very obtusely rounded, 
hindmargin slightly rounded, hardly oblique; white, with a few grey scales ; 
markings fuscous, densely mixed with yellow-ochreous and black; basal 
patch with outer edge straight, very oblique, from + of costa to beyond 
middle of inner margin, cut in middle and beneath costa by two very 
irrecular longitudinal streaks of ground-colour; central fascia moderate, 
from before middle of costa to anal angle, anterior edge connected with 
basal patch above middle and on inner margin by cloudy fuscous bars, 
posterior edge giving rise in middle to a strong irregular projection almost 
or quite touching an elongate spot which extends along costa from middle 
to near apex, and contains three white dots; a small spot on costa imme- 
diately before apex ; a tolerably straight irregular fascia from hindmargin 
above middle to lower extremity of central fascia ; an regular hindmarginal 
line: cilia pure white, base ochreous spotted with dark fuscous. Hindwings 
white, suffused with grey towards apex; cilia white. 

A very distinct species, but evidently allied to H. enea and H. sirea. 

Arthur’s Pass, at 4,700 feet, in January; one specimen. 

Harm. str@a, DQ. sp. 

Media, alis ant. 9 ochreis, costa late ochreo-rufa, ? dilute stramineis ; 
post. g griseis, apicem versus saturatioribus, ? albis. 

Male.—21mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish-ochreous mixed with 
grey; thorax hairy beneath. Antenne stout, dark fuscous. Abdomen grey- 
whitish. Legs whitish-ochreous. Forewings moderate, oblong, costal fold 
very short, costa moderately arched towards base, thence straight, apex 
obtusely rounded, hindmargin rounded, not oblique; yellow-ochreous, becom- 
ing deeper towards inner margin; a broad reddish-ochreous-brown streak 
along costa from base to apex, becoming deep ashy-grey towards costa, 

10 


146 Transactions, — Zoology. 


pointed at apex; extreme costal edge whitish: cilia pale grey, tips whitish. 
Hindwings grey, becoming dark grey posteriorly, costa suffusedly yellow- 
whitish ; cilia yellow-whitish, with an indistinct greyish line. 

Female.—22-28 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax yellowish-white. An- 
tenne whitish. Abdomen and legs white, anterior and middle pair light 
ochreous. Forewings as in male, but hindmargin straighter; whitish- 
yellowish, interspersed with pale-greyish; costa suffusedly white: cilia 
white, base whitish-yellowish. Hindwings white, towards inner margin 
faintly suffused with very pale greyish; cilia white. 

Allied to H. @nea, but smaller, and distinguished in both sexes by the 
absence of yellow in the hindwings; in the male also by the conspicuous 
dark costal stripe; in the female by the pale yellowish forewings. 

Arthur’s Pass; four specimens (1 male, 3 females) taken in a grassy place 
at about 4,500 feet, in January. 

CTENOPSEUSTIS, nl. &. 

Thorax smooth. Antenne in male shortly ciliated. Palpi moderate, 
porrected, second joint roughly scaled. Forewings in male with strong 
costal fold. Hindwings broader than forewings, lower median vein with 
strong basal pecten. Forewings with 12 veins, 7 and 8 separate, 7 to hind- 
margin. Hindwings with 8 veins, 3 and 4 from a point, 5 approximated to 
4 at base, 6 and 7 from a point. Abdomen in male with genital uncus well 
developed. 

Cten. obliquana, Walk. 
(Pedisca obliquana, Walk. ; Meyr., Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1882, 60.) 

Professor Fernald assures me that the genital uncus of the male (the 
value of which as a divisional character he has been the first to discover in 
this group) is never developed in the Grapholithide, and that this species (of 
which I sent him specimens) should therefore be included in the Tortricidae, 
notwithstanding the pectination of the lower median vein, this latter struc- 
ture beig indeed also found in Ginectra, which is certainly referable to the 
Tortricide. In this view I quite concur, and therefore place the species here, 
which involves the formation of a new genus for its reception as above, 
since it differs from Cinectra by the costal fold and separations of veins 7 
and 8 of the forewings, and from the rest of the family by the basal pecten 
of the hindwings. 

EpauxrpHora, Meyr. 

The characters given for this genus are in part quite erroneous; this is 
in some measure due to my having mistaken my single specimen for a male, 
whilst it proves to be a female; I have since obtained several specimens of 
both sexes, and therefore give a fresh and more correct characterization of 
the genus, with some additions to the specific description, as the species is 


Meyrick.— On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 147 


found to be very variable. Moreover the development of the genital uncus 
proves that the genus must be transferred with the preceding to the Tor- 
tricide ; it differs from Cinectra by the costal fold, from Ctenopseustis by the 
stalking of ves 7 and 8 of the forewings, from both by the triple thoracic 
crest. The combination of characters in this genus is very interesting. 

Thorax with a large erect crest on each side of back, and a small double 
erest behind. Antenne in male shortly ciliated. Palpi moderate, straight, 
porrected, second joint with appressed scales. Forewings in male with 
strong costal fold. Hindwings broader than forewings, lower median vein 
with strong basal pecten. Forewings with 12 veins, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to 
near below apex. Hindwings with 8 veins, 3 and 4 separate, 3, 4, and 5 
more or less closely approximated at base, 6 and 7 stalked. Abdomen in 
male with genital uneus well developed. 

Eipalx. axenana, Meyr. 

Male, female.—19-26 mm. Forewings in male with apex less produced, 
hindmargin more perpendicular; very variable; markings always of same 
form but differing much in intensity, sometimes mixed with ochreous- 
greenish, or partially blackish; in both males the markings are suffused 
with blackish towards costa; in one female the whole dorsal half of wing 
beneath a straight line from middle of base to apex suffused with blackish, 
costal half unusually light. Hindwings in male pale grey; in female often 
more or less ochreous posteriorly. 

Seven specimens (2 males, 5 females), taken at Palmerston and Taranaki, 
amongst forest ; in March. 

Cacacta, Hb. 
Cac. alopecana, n. sp. 

Minor, alis ant. ochreo-rufis, area basali, fascia media obliqua inferius 
dilatata, maculaque cost postica interdum saturatioribus, sepius obsoletis ; 
post. albidis, griseo-maculosis, apice rufescente ; antennarum ciliis longis. 

Male, female—15-17 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax reddish-ochreous- 
brown. Antenne dark fuscous, in male with jomts sharply angularly 
dilated at apex, ciliations long, twice the width of the joint. Abdomen 
whitish-ochreous.. Legs ochreous-brown, anterior tibie and tarsi dark 
fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate, in male 
triangular, in female tolerably oblong, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, 
hindmargin sinuate, slightly oblique; reddish-ochreous-brown, varying in 
intensity, with numerous small dark leaden-grey spots, which are stronger 
and more purplish in female; an indefinable basal patch, a central oblique 
fascia apparently dilated on lower half, a triangular costal spot, and a hind- 
marginal suffusion sometimes obscurely darker, but generally obsolete: 
sometimes some evenly-scattered black dots, especially towards hindmargin : 


- 


148 Transactions,— Zoology. 


cilia reddish-ochreous-brown, becoming whitish-ochreous at tips, on anal 
angle dark grey. Hindwings whitish, spotted with grey except posteriorly, 
apex reddish ; cilia whitish, with an obscure grey basal line. 

I am compelled to separate this species from C. eacessana on account of 
the structural difference in the antenne of the male; otherwise I should 
certainly have regarded it as a mere variety. It is constantly much 
smaller than the average of that species, but C. eacessana is occasionally 
quite as small; it is also much redder, and the hindwings are more 
clearly whitish, but these points are quite indefinable, and would not be 
sufficient for demarcation ; moreover I conceive that the diminished size and 
the reddish colouring of both larva and imago are the direct effect of the 
peculiar foodplant. But the antenne of the male are in O. excessana 
tolerably filiform, the joints hardly dilated, the ciliations not longer than the 
width of the joints; whilst in C. alopecana they are conspicuously serrate, 
the joits almost triangular, and the ciliations much longer, fully twice the 
greatest width of the joints. These differences are quite constant, and must 
be regarded as sufficient. 

Larva 16-legged, moderate, cylindrical, somewhat tapering at both ends ; 
variable, yellowish to ochreous-fuscous; segmental incisions and some- 
times sides ochreous-carmine ; spots large, pale, in some lights whitish ; 
head and second segment ochreous-fuscous. Feeds in spun shoots and 
between joined leaves of Phyllocladus alpinus (Conifere), in January. Pupa 
in the same position. 

I took two specimens in the forests on the Bealey River (2,100 feet) in 
January, and at the same time found larve feeding, from which I bred 
three more specimens in February. 

CONCHYLIDIDAL. 

This form of the name, which is orthographically the more correct, 

should be substituted for Conchylide. 
Herterocrossa, Meyr. 

The pectination of the lower median vein of the hindwings in this genus 
is, so far as I can ascertain, confined to the female; the male does not 
possess any trace of it. I had originally supposed that this was due to 
denudation in the case of the two or three male specimens which I possessed, 
but having since acquired more material, I find it to be the normal structure. 
I think however that the point is not less valuable for generic separation ; 
in the female of Paramorpha, which is the nearest allied genus, this well- 
developed pecten does not exist. 

Het. cryodana, u. sp. 

Minor, alis ant. albis, griseo-irroratis, strigula e basi sub costa breviore, 
squamis paucis sparsis, interdum etiam striga disci media nigris; post, 
griseo-albidis, 


Corunso.—Deseription of a new Lizard. 149 


Male, female——16-17 mm. Head and thorax white, slightly speckled 
with grey. Palpi in male moderate, in female long; lower half dark 
fuscous, upper half white. Antenne whitish. Abdomen and legs ochreous- 
whitish, anterior and middle pair dark fuscous except apex of joints. Fore- 
wings elongate, narrow, tolerably oblong, costa moderately arched, apex 
round-pointed, hindmargin straight, very oblique ; white, densely irrorated 
with pale fuscous-grey; a short black streak from base beneath costa ; 
tufts preceded by a few black scales; sometimes a thick irregular blackish 
longitudinal streak in disc, extending from 4-2; cilia white, densely 
irrorated with pale grey. Hindwings grey-whitish ; cilia whitish. 

Characterized by the short black subcostal streak. The arrangement of 
the surface tufts of scales appears to be the same in all the species. 

Dunedin and Invercargill, in September; three specimens from 
Leptospermunr. 

Het. epomiana, u. sp. 

Minor, alis ant. dilutissime griseis, partim albo-conspersis, macula coste 
basali nigra, maculis cost sex parvis, aliisque disci plerisque obscuris fuscis ; 
post. griseo-albidis. 

Female—17 mm. Head and thorax white, irrorated with light grey. 
Palpi rather long, lower half dark fuscous, upper white. Antenne whitish. 
Abdomen and legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair suffused with dark 
fuscous, middle pair greyish. Forewings elongate, narrow, oblong, costa 
moderately arched, somewhat bent at 4, apex round-pointed, hindmargin 
slightly sinuate, rather strongly oblique; very pale grey, irrorated with 
white towards costa and hindmargin, and with scattered dark fuscous scales ; 
a blackish elongate spot along costa at base; a blackish dot above inner 
margin near base ; costa with six small fuscous spots between 4 and apex ; 
discal and posterior tufts also preceded by small obscure fuscous spots: 
cilia pale grey mixed with whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. 

Hasily recognizable by the conspicuous elongate black spot on base of 
costa. 

Otira River; one specimen amongst forest at 1,600 feet, in January. 


Arr. XIV.—Description of a small Lizard, a Species of Naultinis, supposed to 
be new to Science. By W. Cotznso, F.L.8. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 1st October 1884.j 
Naultinus versicolor, sp. nov. 
Grnerat Conour.—Above light brownish-black or dark grey, spotted with 
small dark spots; six broad dark-umber zig-zag, or double VV, shaped 
bands across the body, and nine similar ones across the tail, 15 in all, and 


150 Transactions.—Zoology. 


regularly placed, having lighter scales in the anterior angles; a dark line 
from the lower angle of eye to that of mouth, and another from the upper 
angle of eye to over the ear; a narrow dark transverse band from eye to eye 
in front, and a cross dark band (St. Andrew’s Cross) on vertex ; below of a 
light-greyish colour with small dark spots. 

Vertex depressed; eyebrows very prominent (porrected) with 2-3 rows 
of dark pointed scales, upper row black: snout very obtuse; on both upper 
and lower lips, 11 large greyish scales on each side of the rostral ones which 
are much larger, but the upper rostral is larger than that of the chin, and 
extends to the nostrils; two large scales immediately above the upper rostral 
one, and four similar scales around each nostril; nostrils circular; aural 
apertures oblong, large. A number of small pointed simple glassy teeth in 
both jaws; tongue roundly-spathulate, very long and extensible, thin, deeply 
emarginate, red; the palate salmon-colour. Body narrow and round, back 
arched, not broad and flat as in N. pacificus. Toes all regularly barred with 
blackish lines; the fourth toe is the longest on each foot, and at a great dis- 
tance from the fifth one on the hind feet, the soles also of the hind pair are 
large and flat. Its tail is very prehensile, so that it ¢an curl its tip around 
a lead pencil, or a quill, and swing thereby; it can also hang by a single toe- 
nail (which are exceedingly sharp pointed and curved) and so remain for a 
short time; it also leaps well and fearlessly from a height of 2-3 feet. 
Length—head and body, 4 inches ; tail, 44 inches=84 inches. 

Hab. In forests near Norsewood, County of Waipawa; 1883: W.C. 
Also at Glenross, County of Hawke’s Bay; 1884: Mr. D. P. Balfour. 

Obs. I obtained two fine living specimens of this lzard last summer 
while in those woods ; and one since, a smaller one, also living, from Mr. 
Balfour; this last is still living, although it has not eaten anything since I 
received it nearly six weeks back. It has only taken at intervals of several 
days a very little water, and this when I put it into a wash-hand basin to 
take a swim; when, on taking it out, it invariably licks up a few drops. 
Hitherto it has refused flies, as food, which my other lizards always 
greedily ate; and I have supposed such might be owing to its hybernating 
season not being over. It is exceedingly quiet, and rarely moves about. 
Their peculiar and regular double VV dark and variegated bands are the 
same in all three specimens; but it is not from that fact that it derives its 
trivial name, but from a much more strange one (though not wholly unknown 
to the family), viz., it often changes its ground-colour of grey to a pink-red, 
and this it does sometimes three or four times in a day ; the cause, however, 
of its doing so is wholly unknown to me. I haye often tried, by altering its 
position as to light, and to heat (sun), and also by giving it a little gentle 
shaking (in its glass house!) if I could cause it to change its colour, but I 


Cotmnso.—On newly-discovered New Zealand Insects. 151 


have never once succeeded; it seems to be entirely dependent on itself 
(possibly emotional), and not arising from any outward cause—nor from 
the time of day; neither is it regular in its changes. At first, I was a little 
astonished, and could scarcely believe my own eyes, until I had repeatedly 
proved the event; the change of colour is always equally the same, extend- 
ing all over its body. 

This lizard is also infested with a tiny red parasite, that sticks on 
between its scales in the outer angles of the thighs of its hindlegs, where it 
lives together in little clusters of 12-16. This parasite has a thickish body, 
rather soft, and is very difficult to remove entire. I suppose it to be an 
insect of the Hemiptera order. I have sent specimens of it to Professor 
Hutton at Christchurch, and to Mr. Maskell at the Museum, Wellington, 
for examination, etc. 


Art. XV.—A Description of some newly-discovered New Zealand Insects 
believed to be new to Science. By W. Cotznso, F.L.S. 


[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 1st October, 1884. | 


INSECTA. 
Order ORTHOPTERA. 
Section GrEssoriA. 
Family Poaomwp. 
Division APTEROPHASMIN#. 
Genus Bacillus. 
1. Bacillus coloreus, sp. nov. 
Female; General colour light green; the two basal joints of antenne 
(under-surface), the throat, and the upper long curved ends of anterior 
femora bright pink-red. 

Head oblong, rather narrow, 8-9 short scattered muricated points on 
vertex ; occiput broad, width of prothorax ; maxillary palpi finely pubescent ; 
antenn 12 lines long, very slender, cylindrical, pubescent, composed of 22 
joints, articulations pink-red, the basal joint large broad and flattish and « 
green on the upper surface, the second basal very small, the rest large, 
brownish-green with a pink tinge, increasing in size to apex. 

Body mostly smooth, 84 inches long, stout, increasing in size to 3rd 
abdominal segment where it is 84 lines wide, a narrow slightly-winged 
crease or fold with a light-yellow margin extending downwards from 
anterior legs, giving the appearance of double side margins to the abdomen, 
which is 19 lines long; a small triangular central dark-brown spot at 
occiput, another at lower end of pronottm, with a very narrow dark line 


152 Transactions.—Zoology. ° 


connecting them; a similar spot at lower ends of meso- and metanotum, and — 
one at the lower end of every joint (sternites) of abdomen, these latter are 
reddish ; prothorax 8 lines long, plain ; mesothorax 8 lines long with a few 
scattered small green points and two larger ones (small spines) on the 
mesonotum; metathorax 7 lines long and (with mesothorax) broadest at 
the lower end. 

Legs long, rather slender, triangular, striated ; strice pinkish-brown ; 2 
small spines at lower ends of tibie ; tarsi very pubescent, tibiz slightly so, 
also the anterior femora between spines ; ungues large, divergent, glabrous, 
piceous: anterior pair, femora much shorter than tibie, and deeply excised 
at upper end for more than 2 lines; 5 coloured distant spines on lower 
outer margin, the upper outer margin sinuate and uneyen, with a tubercle 
on each side under coxe; cox large, stout, brownish, wrinkled: middle 
and posterior pairs with 4 small brown spines at lower end of femora. 
Ovipositor large, rounded and slightly pubescent; anal appendages thin at 
tips pubescent. 

The eggs of this insect are peculiar and worthy of a full notice. They 
somewhat resemble the seeds of a flowering garden-pea ; being slightly sub- 
4-angled in compressed parallelograms 2 lines long and 1 line broad, of a 
reddish-grey or light chocolate colour, a transverse section being linear- 
elliptic; their ends truncate with margins produced and rough, one end 
convex and one end umbonate with a little produced central boss or blunt 
mucro; the shell is crustaceous, slightly hardish, roughish, and much 
furrowed irregularly with impressed angular markings rather prettily dis- 
posed ; one of the lateral edges is smooth, produced a little and thickened, 
haying near’ the narrower end of the egg a large ovate depression with a 
raised little seam around it, resembling also the hilum of a leguminous seed: 
nine eggs weigh two grains. 

A female, that I kept alive for some time under glass, laid 54 eggs in a 
fortnight, in the latter half of June; this she did by merely dropping them, 
without moving or showing any solicitude. She lived for three weeks, 
feeding on the bark of the young branches of arbor-vite (Thuja occidentalis), 
which she greedily ate, gnawing it off all round very cleanly. The feces 
were plentiful and regularly formed in small narrow cylindrical brownish 
roughish rolls, 14 lines long, somewhat resembling the withered tips of the 
branchlets of the shrub on which she lived. 

Hab. At Pourerere, EH. Coast, near Blackhead, County of Waipawa ; 
1884: Mr. Wm. Scott. 

Obs. I. I have subsequently (two months later) received from Mr. Scott 
another living specimen of this insect, also a female, and precisely agreeing 
with the former one received from him, This second specimen, however, 


Cotznso.—On newly-discovered New Zealand Insects. 1538 


was not pregnant (very likely had laid her eggs before capture), she would 
not eat and only lived a few days. And again, since writing the foregoing, 
I have received from him a third specimen, this one being a male; it is 
smaller and slenderer and more smooth, but agreeing in every other 
particular. 

II. Asa species it is apparently allied to B. hookert, but very distinct. 
In its many and bright colours, the configuration of its head and anterior 
femora, it approaches species of the allied Australian genus Phasma (Diura). 
2. Bacillus jilifornis, sp. nov. 

Colour fulyous irregularly variegated with brown. 

Head dull-erey, sub-triangular, broadest in front, convex at vertex, 
smooth ; eyes very prominent at angles, neck narrow; antenne setaceous, 
14 inch long, very roughly pubescent, brownish-yellow ringed with 23 black 
knobbed joints (reminding of a miniature stem of Dendrobium lessonit), 
apical joint longer than each of the three following, and the middle joints 
longest, with a small whitish protuberance on each horn about the middle. 

Body very slender, length 4 inches, breadth 1 line, a little more at joints 
of abdomen ; prothorax very small, 2 lines long, smooth, with a central 
longitudinal ridge; mesothorax 11 lines long, with several large spines 
above and below ; metathorax 10 lines long, one pair of spines above, four 
below ; spines distant, stout, coarse, black; abdomen knobbed at joints, 
two spines below first segment, with a small tubercle under each joint on 
the sides ; appendage broadly triangular, tips finely pilose ; anal extremities 
obtuse, thickened. 

Legs very slender, striate or sub-angular, pilose; ungues small, pubes- 
cent: anterior pair, two small spines at lower end of femora, tibie tetra- 
gonal, 14 inch long, much longer than femora: middle pair, with six stout 
black spines at lower end of femora, and one very small spine on the inner 
margin at + of the length from cox, and a small elevated spine on outer 
margin of tibie at + of the length from the basal joint: posterior pair 
with two small spines at the lower end of femora. 

Hab. Woods, Seventy-mile Bush, Waipawa County ; 1883: W.C. 

Obs. A peculiar dry-looking, rigid, slender form. Apparently a scarce 
Species ; only one perfect specimen seen. 

B. Bacillus minimus, sp. nov. 

Colour light green. Body smooth, 84 lines long, $ line broad. Head 1 
line long ; antenne 1 line long, pinkish, finely pubescent, composed of 9 
joints, the lowest two light green, basal large flattish, the apical one longest 
linear-oblong obtuse. Thorax (notum) with a central pinkish longitudinal 
broad stripe, vanishing at sides; prothorax 2 line long, slightly wrinkled ; 
mesothorax 14 lines, metathorax 14 lines, long; prosternum a triangular 
scale with a rounded apex. 


154 Transactions.—Zoology. 


Legs finely striate; two minute spines at the lower end of femora: 
anterior pair of femora with a long ridge on the upper margin; tarsi and 
tibiz finely pubescent; lowest joint of tarsus flat, broad. Abdomen 4 lines 
long ; anal appendages finely pubescent. Weight barely 2 grains. 

Hab. On trees and shrubs, Norsewood, Waipawa County; 1884: W.C. 

Obs. This interesting, slim, delicate, and fairy-like little creature, is by 
far the smallest species of the genus known to me; it differs in several 
respects from its congeners, particularly in its antenne. It moves very 
slowly. At first I had supposed it to be merely the larval state of one of 
the larger species, but its fully developed antenne, etc., forbid such a 
supposition. 

4, Bacillus atro-articulus, sp. nov. 

Female: General colour greenish-grey blotched with brown, bearing a 
slight iridiscent hue. Head ochraceous, oblong, 3 lines long, wider than 
prothorax, gene gibbous, vertex depressed, a sub-lunate ridge between the 
eyes, with two small pits (foveole) between ridge and base of antenne ; 
nine large black spines on the occiput, and a single tubercle just above each 
eye ; antenne slender, pubescent, 10 lines long, composed of eighteen joints, 
apical one the longest ; palpi pubescent. Prothorax 2 lines long, two black 
spines at lower edge of pronotum ; prosternum smooth: mesothorax 74 
lines long, six spies in three pairs on mesosternum, several scattered and 
one large pair of black ones central on mesonotum, and a regular longi- 
tudinal row of five small spmes on the pleura extending down to interme- 
diate coxze: metathorax 8 lines long, two pairs of spmes on metasternum 
and three pairs on metanotum, with a similar row of five small spines on 
pleura extending to posterior cox. Abdomen rather stout, 12 inches long, 
mostly smooth, wrinkled longitudinally below ; two short blunt spines above 
on apical end of each segment, decreasing gradually in size downwards ; 
two small tubercles below at apical end of the first segment, the end of the 
sixth segment has foliaceous sides and one large central spine below, with a 
thick ridge running from it to the middle of sheath of ovipositor: anal 
appendages large bearing scattered black hairs. Legs rather short; all 
having a ridge of double black spines at the apical ends of femora, and two 
spines at apical ends of tibie, and all jomts black at their apical ends, but 
the terminal joints of the tarsi are light glaucous-green ; tarsi and ungues 
are very hairy, the tibiz and femora slightly so; hairs black :—anterior pair, 
cox with two black spines below; femora 10 lines long with four sharp 
angles deeply sulcated between, bearing a single row of six large spines on 
the lower edge, the upper edge sinuous and bearing three minute and 
distant spines; the upper excised portion 4 lines long with an elevated 
sharp ridge; tibiz of equal length, very slender, smooth; the basal joint 


Cotznso.—On newly-discovered New Zealand Insects. 155 


of anterior tarsi longer than those of the two posterior pairs: middle and 
posterior pairs, femora four-angled, narrow above broad and flat below with 
spines on all four edges ; of the middle pair the femora and tibiz are of equal 
length, 7 lines long, with an elevated spine on the outer edge of the tibiz at the 
_ upper end: posterior pair, femora and tibiz also of equal length, 8 lines long. 

Hab. ‘Seventy-mile Bush, near Norsewood, County Waipawa; 1883: 
W.C. 

Obs. I may also note that this specimen had lost its anterior left leg, 
and that a new one was growing to replace it. This new leg is very small 
and slim, less than 1 inch in total length, but agreeing in all minute par- 
ticulars with the right one, save that its more salient points were not fully 
developed. I suspect this loss of limb is a matter of rather common 
occurrence among the Bacilli,—trom the great length of their slender legs, 
their habitat among the green leaves of trees in the exposed windy 
branchlets, and their known fighting and cannibal propensities. I have 
already noticed an instance of similar mutilation, in my description of 
B, sylvaticus (Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xiv., p. 278). 

Section SaLTAToRIA. 

Family Locustipm. 

Genus Deinacrida. 
_ Deinacrida armiger, sp. nov. 

Male: Whole insect smooth and shining and variously coloured. 

Head large, oblique, broadly ovate, 1 inch long, rather wider than pro- 
thorax, bright dark red-brown, vertex much convex ; eyes prominent sub- 
pyriform; antennz setaceous, 3% inches long, light brown, finely and 
densely pubescent; a lighter-coloured ridge between eyes and antenne 
with a linear oval centre; clypeus black with a narrow white lower margin 
bearing two dark longitudinal streaks; gene rugose, protuberant, black ; 
labrum large, emarginate, brown; palpi light tawny, largely clavate, tips 
sub-globular, whitish, pubescent; mandibles large, black and toothed, 
sub-rugulose, the left mandible larger and overlapping. Thorax: pro- 
thorax 4 lines wide, concave, sub-rugulose, whitish with a slightly reddish 
tinge, and blackish markings resembling a shield and its two supporters, 
and with narrow black anterior and posterior margins, side-margins slightly 
reflexed ; mesothorax 2 lines wide, reddish-brown, with two minute black 
markings and a black dot on each side; metathorax 1 line wide, of a similar 
colour and two black dots; sternum of thorax, cox, and femora below, 
light fulvous-red. Abdomen thick, convex, compressed, 13 lines long, 
much arched at second and third segments, light reddish-brown, irrorated, 
with blackish bands on lower margins of segments, and a reddish-pink hue 
on the lighter-coloured parts; anal appendages greyish, pubescent. Legs ; 


156 Transactions. —Z oology. 


posterior pair very stout and long, femur and tibia each about 10 lines ; 
anterior pairs much smaller; anterior and intermediate coxe armed with a 
large light-fulvous spine; the upper surface of all femora whitish with a 
reddish tinge, smooth, each having three longitudinal lines of short dark- 
brown diagonal streaks on the outer, and two lines on the inner side, but on 
the posterior pair those two inner rows possess short muricated points, this 
latter pair is also sulcated on the lower side and black at the lower end, and 
bears five spines on the outer and six smaller ones on the inner edge, each 
row gradually increasing in size downwards; posterior tibie very stout, 
dark brown, triangular, four large spines on the outer and five on the inner 
edge, and five spines together at the lower ends; anterior and intermediate 
tibiee 7 lines long, brown, each having five pairs of spines on the lower edge, 
and two spines on the upper edge at the lower end; a sunken oval depres- 
sion 14 lines long, covered with a bluish-grey spotted and thin membrane, 
on both sides of anterior tibie near the upper end: tarsi, brown, hairy ; 
ungues and tibie slightly so; pulvilli (or four cushions on sole) remarkably 
large, hemispherical, glabrous, bluish-grey. 

Hab. Wairoa, Hawke’s Bay, whence received in spirits; 1884: W.C. 

Obs. This is both a peculiar and pretty species, something dapper and 
taking about it, from its many and bright contrast colours ; the dark mark- 
ings on the light ground of the prothorax are symmetrical and curious, and 
closely resemble a 6-angled shield with its two supporters! Hence its 
trivial name. It seems allied to D. (or Hemideina) megacephala, Buller ; 
and possesses characters belonging to those two genera,—if they are really 
and naturally distinct, which I doubt. 

Order NEUROPTERA. 
Family MyrMe.zonipa. 
Genus Myrmeleon. 
Myrmeleon nove-zealandia, sp. nov. 

Body slender, densely pubescent, black above and below, sub-iridiscent, 
with yellowish joints to abdomen, and a broad grey lateral stripe running 
down each side that is less hairy ; extremity of abdomen brown with whitish 
spots, and a tuft of longish black rigid hairs ; abdomen much shorter than 
wings. Head, vertex and thorax glabrous, with a few longish soft hairs on 
prosternum and at junctions; piceous-brown above, yellowish and spotted with 
brown below and at base of antenne; clypeus large and labrum yellow, with 
4—5 dark hairs on the latter; mandibles large piceous; palpi light brown, 
dark at tips; eyes very large and prominent, metallic-greenish, shining, 
with innumerable facets; antenne 3 lines long, diverging, curved, bluish- 
black, the two basal joints whitish spotted with brown, clavate with a 
mucro, annulate, about 380-32 rings, with very fine short verticillate hairs ; 


- Cotzenso.—-On newly-discovered New Zealand Insects. 157 


prothorax small; mesothorax curved upwards and projecting shell-like over 
prothorax, with a loose space between neck and pronotum, and a larger one 
between prothorax and mesothorax. Legs hairy, piceous-black, with two 
large spines (spurs) at lower end of tibie ; femora yellow above, brown at 
lower end; ungues long, diverging and bright red-brown. Wings iridiscent, 
brownish, finely ciliate with dark hairs, densely reticulated, cells all shapes 
and sizes, but more regularly rectangular on sub-median vein, and largest 
between sub-costal and median veins, pilose with long dark and rather distant 
hairs on all veins and bands, spotted generally with brownish dots and 
markings, that are somewhat sub-quadrate at bands and triangular at forks 
(and sometimes broadly so at bands), outer edges irregular and not defined, 
the centre of the wings free of spots, also the costal cells from base to 
stigma: anterior wings (each) 14 inches long, 5 lines wide, sub-oblong-lan- 
ceolate, dimidiate,.much contracted at base, obtuse-pointed at tip, apex 
inclined below ; stigma oblong, whitish-yellow (or light cream-colour) with 
short dark hairs, a large black-brown spot at the basal end, and a brown 
blotch opposite between sub-costal and median veins, and another blotch 
directly opposite towards lower margin; costal vein yellow at base and 
gradually becoming brown ; sub-costal vein double for about two-thirds of 
length of wing—from + inch from base on to stigma, and without bands 
between,—yellow with brown dashes at junction of bands, and on sub- 
median vein below ; ante-cubitals straight, simple; post-cubitals forked and 
sloping, a few in the centre forming cells: posterior wings each 1+ inches 
long, 4 lines wide, sub-linear-oblong, more acute, and, less and more finely 
spotted than anterior pair; spots mostly triangular in forks below stigma 
and about tips; stigma rather large, oblong, whitish; a brown blotch 
opposite stigma and near the lower margin. 

Length of the body 16 lines ; of the wings extended 38 lines. 

Hab. Seventy-mile Bush, Waipawa County; (rare, like other species | 
of the genus; three specimens only obtained with much difficulty) ; 
1882-83 ; W.C. 

Obs. A very elegant insect, in form, colour, iridiscence, and finely 
hairy and ciliated wings; in this latter respect closely approaching the next 
sub-order V’richoptera. It seems to have some affinity with our only other 
and little-known New Zealand species of this very large and cosmopolitan 
genus,—M. acutus, Walker, (B.M.),—judging from description only ; but it 
is very distinct. 

The larva is ovate, thick, fleshy, largely convex above, 6-7 lines long, 
3 lines broad, of a reddish-grey hue, spotted with brown and black. Head 
1 line long ; mandibles 14 lines long, curved, hairy, grooved on lower sur- 
face, each having three large and stout curved spines on the inner margin ; 


158 Transactions.— Zoology. 


antenuss very small and slender at base of mandibles. Two large brown 
spots sub-lateral on metanotum; two smaller ones similarly situated on 
mesa- and pronotum. Abdomen of a lighter colour below, with eight trans- 
verse and equal corrugations above, each having five black hairy spots 
running in regular lines longitudinally. Legs (and mandibles) yellowish- 
brown, very hairy with spreading black hairs; ungues of posterior pair 
large, divergent, piceous. Hairs of two kinds: (1) whitish, downy, and 
appressed; (2) black and bristly, and often in tufts, which are larger at the 
sides, the largest pair of tufts are marginal just opposite to the posterior 
legs. 

Hab. Hampden, Waipawa County; 1882: Mr. 8. W. Hardy. 

Obs. This species makes its pitfalls in sandy earth, just like the Huro- 
pean species M. formicarum. I kept several of these larvee alive for some 
time (2-3 months) in light dry soil, they seemed to bear fasting very well. 
This is a much larger larva than that of M. acutus (2), which, I think, I 
knew, and often watched its habits, at the North, in forming pitfalls, etc., 
in sandy spots; though I never met with the perfect insect of that species. 


Order HYMENOPTERA. 
Sub-Order Puprrora. 
Family Icunzsumonwz. 
Sub-Family Pimpiline. 
Genus Rhyssa. 
Rhyssa clavula, sp. nov. 

Female: Abdomen a rich dark-red-brown variegated with yellow: 
thorax, antenne (basal 2), ovipositor and its sheaths much darker brown 
almost piceous. 

Head: orbits of eyes and post-clypeus yellow ; two vertical ferrugious 
lines from base of antenne to mouth ; three ocelli in dark central band a 
little above the eyes; antenne filiform, curved, 13 lines long, finely annu- 
late (above 50 joints), and under a lens covered with excessively minute 
whitish lines, very slightly and finely hairy, basal joints knobbed with 
yellow margins, the lowest the longest, apical third flavescent, the 3 apical 
joints light-ferruginous: clypeus dark-margined, enclosing a light-ferrugin- 
ous triangular spot having a transverse red line, and a shorter brown one 
above it; labrum dark almost piceous (this dark band also surrounds the 
mouth); palpi light ferruginous. 

Thorax: the mesothorax transversely and finely ruguloso-striate; a 
large semi-curved triangular yellow spot on pleure of prothorax, another 
below junction of anterior wings, a smaller one above the junction (trans- 
versely barred with a narrow dark band), the bases of the wings, the scutel- 
lum, post-scutellum, and the apical portion of the metathorax (encircling 


Corenso.—On newly-discovered New Zealand Insects. 159 


the insertion of the abdomen) yellow: wings, iridiscent, infumated, hairy at 
bases, and sparsely sprinkled with very minute hairs; principal veins 
reddish-brown, cross veins blackish. Legs: all the femora, and the cox» 
and tibize of posterior pair, very dark ferruginous; the coxe of the two 
anterior pairs and all trochanters yellow; all the tarsi, and the tibiz of the 
two anterior pairs, light red-ferruginous ; a pair of large spines at the apical 
ends of posterior tibie. Abdomen smooth and shining; at the apical ends 
of the 1st and 2nd segments a broad yellow fascia trifid basally, the extreme 
apical margins dark-coloured ; the 2nd segment has also a lateral linear 
yellow spot ; each of the four following segments has a longitudinal oblong 
yellow spot in the middle above, and also an elongate yellow one literally, 
the lateral ones in the 8rd, 4th, and 5th, occupying nearly the whole length 
of the segment; the 6th has three yellow lateral spots; and the two follow- 
ing segments have yellow stripes extending to the apical segment, of which 
the margin is dark-coloured ; the minute anal styles at top flavescent ; the 
end of abdomen very thick, largely revolute, and there 5 lines in diameter. 
Ovipositor setaceous, stiff, slightly curved, 24 imches long, its two sheaths 
ciliate and finely serrulate at margins, and coiled up (in spirits); tips sub- 
linear-spathulate, concave, obtuse, membranous, light-coloured. 

Length, direct and plane, 18 lines; or, to extreme end of curvature, 
22 lines. 

Hab. High and dense forests near Norsewood, Waipawa County; Apyil, 
1884: W.C. 

Obs. This fine insect is entirely new to me; and from its being so large 
and so striking I conclude it to be scarce. None of the many residents in 
that locality had ever seen one before, and were much struck with its size 
and handsome appearance. For a long time I have been in doubt whether 
itis not Rh. fractinervis, Vollenhoven; which species, in spots and markings, 

it greatly resembles, and it is only after long and close study of it, and 
. comparing it with the description given of Rh. fractinervis* that I have 
believed it to be distinct. Its much larger size, very peculiarly shaped end 
of abdomen and lateral yellow spots on its second segment, dark colour of 
its femora and posterior tibiz, ete., striped clypeus, yellow margins of the 
basal jomts of antenne, iridiscent and hairy and dusky-coloured wings, 
3 ocelli, etc., have caused me so to determine. 
Genus Lissonota. 
LL. multicolor, sp. nov. 

Ferruginous, spotted with yellow and black. Head: orbits of eyes, 

gene, a narrow transverse line above labrum, and mentum light yellow; 


* “Cat. of Hymenoptera,” etc., by Professor Hutton, p. 128; where, however, it is 
named Rh. antipodum, Smith: this name, Professor Hutton informs me in a letter, 
must yield priority to the other, 


160 - Transactions. —Zoology. 


a black spot on vertex, a black ring round occiput and neck; antenns 
length of body, black; maxille and maxillary appendages fulvous. The 
prothorax yellow anterior edge; mesothorax, a broad black longitudinal 
line on mesonotum anterior end, with a yellow narrow and longer line on 
each side, a black lateral line from junction of anterior wing to the yellow 
line of the prothorax, with narrow black curved lines at lateral edges, small 
black spots above the junction of wings, and a small dark triangular spot at 
posterior edge of mesonotum, two small yellow spots beneath the junction 
of the wings and two larger yellow spots running diagonally towards inter- 
mediate coxe ; metathorax, a large trianeular black spot on anterior edge 
of metanotum, with a small yellow transverse bar at its base (post-scutellum), 
and a large yellow lateral line diagonal towards posterior coxe, scutellum 
mottled with yellow, slightly and sparsely acicular at apical end; sternum 
black ; wings iridiscent finely hairy and ciliated, hairs black springing from 
minute tubercles; stigma and nervures brownish; areolet small, sub- 
quadrate. Legs ferruginous; coxe yellow above; tarsi joints barbed and 
slightly hairy, the last joints of tarsi and ungues dark brown: posterior pair, 
cox black below with a ferruginous line; trochanters black ; femora with a 
fusco-testaceous longitudinal line above: anterior pair, trochanters with a 
brown line; spurs long on the two posterior pairs. Abdomen ferruginous 
above, yellow below, a line of fuscous spots at lateral margins of the 3rd on 
to the 6th segments, a narrow darkish line on the lateral edges of the first 
three segments, and a light ferruginous one below it on the first four 
segments ; extremity yellow, with a minute black style on each side; ovi- 
positor 4 lines long, light ferruginous at apex, sheaths darker, ciliate. 
Length of body, 4% lines. 
Hab, Forests at Norsewood, County of Waipawa; 1884: W.C. 


Art. XVI.—Notes on New Zealand Fishes. By W. Artuur, C.E. 
[Read before the Otago Institute, 14th October, 1884.] 
Plate XIV. 
ACANTHOPTERYGII. 
Family Creruiripas. 
Latris lineata, Rich., variety. Pl. xiv., fig. 1. 
Dy 22/27; P16. Vo 55 As i> remammes ©, 152; Broce byline 
Lat. 1. 63; trans. 1. 5%. 
A specimen of this fish, which is rather rare here, was given me by Mr. 
A. K. Smith, of Prince’s Street, Dunedin, having been caught in Otago 


Artaur.—On New Zealand Fishes. 161 


Harbour, about the 5th January, 1884. Mr. Melville also recognized it as 
similar to a fish sometimes received from Stewart Island in odd specimens. 
It agrees so closely with L. lineata, or Mendosoma lineata, described by 
Professor Hutton in Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. v., p. 260, that it must be 
regarded as of the same species, although by certain differences I have 
observed, it may possibly be more accurately called a variety of that species. 
These differences are greater length as compared with depth of body, a 
greater length of longest dorsal rays, the absence of teeth, and in being 
very hog-backed. 

As this species might easily be mistaken for a variety of moki or 
trumpeter, both species of the same genus with L. lineata, I will note some 
of the main distinctions for reference. From both moki and trumpeter it 
differs in having fifteen longitudinal stripes or lines along trunk of a faint 
yellow colour, while the moki has none, and the trumpeter three stripes 
along side and one along dorsal ridge. Its mouth is much more pyrotractile 
and has free end of maxillary ovate, while in these allied fish it is triangular. 
Further differences are in depression of interorbital space, arrangement of 
fins, with body not so deep, and form of air-bladder. 

Description.—Body compressed, deepest below sixth dorsal spine. Hog- 
backed between head and dorsal fin; interorbital outline very depressed. 
Head goes 4,7, times into total length, and 4 times in length without the 
caudal ; depth of body goes 4,2, times in total length; jaws equal and 
mouth very protractile and seemingly toothless ; cleft of mouth oblique, free 
end of maxillary ovate and not extending to anterior margin of orbit ; 
margin of opercles smooth and forming a rounded angle opposite upper 
origin of pectoral fins ; anterior half of dorsal spinous, posterior soft, sixth 
to ninth spines longest; pectoral rays soft and branched except two anterior ; 
ventrals thoracic with one spine and four soft rays; anal fin damaged, but 
posterior part with soft rays ; tail fin bifurcate with branched rays. Lateral 
line continuous ; scales cycloidal large and adherent on trunk and small on 
cheeks. Colour: Indigo-blue on back and sides shaded off into white on 
belly. There are about fifteen more or less distinct olive-yellow longitudinal 
stripes on sides of trunk, with an azure tinge between the stripes; dorsal 
fin clear without colour, also belly fins clear or slightly dusky ; tail fin olive 
colour. Hye bluish-black, iris white—this organ being large and full. 
Palate covered with small dark spots. 

The sex in specimen was indistinguishable, the viscera being partially 
decayed. Pyloric c#ca short and narrow. Stomach simple, air-bladder 
simple and of silvery colour, intestine very long. Although not eaten by 
me, this fish looked firm and good for the table, 

11 


162 Transactions,— Zoology. 


DIMENSIONS, 
Inches, 
Total length .. oe 26 36 pone tlle 
Length without caudal .. ae a ee 10:0 
Depth or height.. 36 nO o0 oOie Ye eis: 
Least depth of tail 00 a: me OS 
Head .. do ne oe 06 won S20 
Kye from snout .. 20 ore 36 Bets | 
Diameter of eye.. 66 oe eae ay ROPE 
Dorgal from snout oe bys ae .. 80; length 5°8 
Pectoral ie es ie sie eel eAO Pape lke) 
Ventral a ae a O0 ve, 140 Pepe 1! 


Anal s ay ae AP oak” 720 malic 

References to this species.—Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. v., p. 260. Cat. Col. 

M., p. 88. A specimen is preserved in spirits in Otago Museum. 
Family Berycip. 
Trachichthys trailli, Hutton. Pl. xiv., fig. 2. 

D5/13;'P. 138; V. 1/6; A. 3/10; C. 1955 Br. 6; Pyle: 11; Wat ate: 

A specimen of this rather rare fish was caught in Otago Harbour, 6th 
September, 1884, and handed to me by Mr. A. K. Smith, also a smaller one 
since that date. The only described specimen I can find is one from 
Stewart Island sent to’ Professor Hutton (Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. viii., p. 
212), but which is not figured. As this fish Dr. Giinther says (‘ Study of 
Fishes,’ p. 420) belongs toa family of deep-sea forms, some of which do not 
occur in shallower water than 200 fathoms, it is of some interest that the two 
individuals given me were taken in the waters of the harbour here, which 
at low water has an average depth only of about 3 fathoms. The weather 
had been very stormy for some time previously, at the same time the fish 
under description had not passed its spawning period, but had two well- 
advanced lobes (apparently milts), no eggs were visible to the unassisted eye. 

In form body compressed and armed with small adherent ctenoid scales, 
with a patch on the cheeks. Length without caudal 2-2 times the height of 
body, and 3°3 times the length of head. One dorsal fin armed anteriorly 
with fine strong spmes; ventrals thoracic with one and anal with three 
spines; caudal forked. Snout blunt and terminating in two short and sharp 
spikes or spines; lower jaw prominent; cleft of mouth very oblique; 
maxillary long and expanded into a club-like flat free end covering the end 
of intermaxillary, which is rather longer than but has similar free end to 
maxillary in form. Mouth protractile. Preoperculum with two vertical 
ridges, the anterior being prolonged towards its inferior margin or lower 
end into a long sharp spine covering the branchiostegals. Another spine 
crosses the operculum in the direction of a horizontal line from the centre 
of the eye and projects over the humerus; while a third spine hes im- 
mediately above the origin of the lateral line and humerus, and points 


ArtHur.—On New Zealund Fishes. 163 


towards the tail. Strie radiate from origin of spine on operculum, which 
coincides with upper end of posterior ridge, in all directions across surface of 
operculum. Suboperculum is narrow with a sinuous outline. Interorbital 
Space covered by three smooth plates, the two anterior being diamond- 
shaped. Hye large and full, black pupil, and iris bright silvery ; nostrils 
close to eye, large and surrounded by bright coloured plates. The keel 
carries eleven scales, or bony plates, terminating in sharp spines, from the 
ventral to the anal fin. Anal opening exactly between the ventrals, lateral 
line slightly sinuous. Colour: A silvery fish with a very faint nut-brown 
tint along dorsal aspect, fins all more or less scarlet. The palate of 
a beautiful blue streaked longitudinally with white. Teeth small and 
villiform, present on» mandible, maxillary, palatines, vomer and tongue. 
Scales small, ctenoid, and covering part of caudal fin, also the cheek. Those 
along lateral line distinguished by small spines like needle points, of a bright 
silvery colour. Stomach siphonal; contents, remains of a small shrimp. 
The abdominal cavity lining of a black colour. ~ Air-bladder black, and 
lyimg close under the vertebre. Two lobes about 14 inches long, each 
containing a clear jelly-like substance—appeared to be milts. Pyloric cxea 
11 in number, from 4-1 inch in length, small in diameter, and covered with 
a great deal of fat. 


DIMENSIONS. 
Inches. 
Total length .. 4 “id AG Bor) 
Length Ne 50 as 20 eoes Gal 
Depth or height 56 at S¢ oo | PY 
Head .. ain 5.4 ae We Ve eS 
Least depth of tail a Ae 56 on0:8 
Hye (diameter) .. oc te bo 50 (HG 
Hye from snout ys ie an sere LOST. 
Dorsal - .,, Bate a we 66 -. 2°63; length 2:1 
Pectoral ,, GA we Me ne Samael Ail lL?) 
Ventral _,, oe ws as Ain Seg: O39 
Anal . , 4-1 ele () 


References.—Ginther’s Study of Fishes, pp. 420-422; Trans. N.Z. Inst., 
vol. vil., p. 245; vol. viii., p. 212. 

In Otago Museum there is a stuffed specimen, also one in spirits. 

Family Cyrripz. 
Zeus nove-zealandie, n.s. PI. xiv., fig. 8. 

DE L/Gjal; Po V0; Veol/p; A; 2/30; C! 132; Bro 7; Pyl. c..82i7 lat. 1. 4. 

A specimen of this fish was handed to me by Mr. William Gray on 
September 8th, 1884 (similar in general appearance to the John Dorée), 
which had been taken in the trawl of the cutter ‘‘ Dauntless,” in 25 fathoms 
of water, off Otago Heads. Two other specimens of the same species and 
nearly the same size as mine were about the same time given by Mr. Melville 
to Professor Parker as a new fish, and which had been caught in Otago 


164 Transactions.— Zoology, 


Harbour. The figure of Cyttus australis, No. 28, ‘‘ Cat. N.Z, Fishes,” 1872, 
is very nearly a counterpart of my specimen. The differences are that my 
fish has a smaller head, larger pectoral fin, one short spine at origin of 
dorsal fin, a series of rough small scales on a dark line along base of dorsal 
fin, and continued to the interorbital space, and along anal fin base, and 
continued to the isthmus. The scales also on the trunk are cycloid, while 
those of C. australis are described as being ctenoid. As the characters of this 
fish partake of those of Zeus and Cyttus I am in doubt to which genus it 
belongs, and propose provisionally to name it Zeus nove-zealandia, 

In form body very deep and compressed, eyes large and lateral; head 
contained 8:5 times and depth 1'6 times in length; greatest depth in 
vertical from fourth dorsal ray. Mouth very protractile, can be protruded 
nearly three inches, cleft nearly vertical; seven branchiostegals; isthmus 
deeply notched; keel fluted, especially from ventral to anal, where it forms 
a deep pocket in which the ventrals lie hidden when at rest; one short dorsal 
spine, one long ventral spine, and two short anal spines; rays of first dorsal 
and of pectorals were much broken, probably in the trawl; caudal fin, straight 
margin. Lateral line is gracefully curved and recurved. The coracoid bone 
is very large and strong. TYeeth small and villiform, present on mandible, 
maxillary, and on vomer. Scales cycloidal, small, smooth and adherent: a 
series of small rough scales along dark line at base of dorsal and prolonged 
to interorbital space, also along base of anal fin and along keel to isthmus, 
but scarcely formidable enough to be called bucklers or bony plates, cheeks 
covered with small smooth scales. In colour a very silvery fish over the 
whole body and head; eye, black pupil, iris silvery white and brilliant; fins, 
first dorsal black, second dorsal, pectoral, and anal pink, ventral white with 
black tips, caudal crimson with white posterior margin tipped with black. 
The stomach contained white mucus; ovaries large and very full of ova the 
size of large pin points, ovarian duct terminating at vent; air-bladder close 
to vertebra, large, simple, cylindrical, and of a silvery colour: pyloric cca 
numerous and small, also covered with much fat, number 82. The condi- 
tion of the ovaries was almost gravid. 


Diensions. 

Inches. 
Total length .. ss ae ae on AAS 
Length se ie 56 oa Out 
Head .. se sis 50 30 th 22, 
Depth or height eS a0 oo Pt e420 
Least depth of tail 50 eve oe -. 0°45 
Hye diameter .. on St sd een 0270 
Kye from snout n9 ce 56 Boe palo) 
Dorsal from snout ae ate we .. 3:40; length 3-40 
Pectoral ,, se da he ae a 2-00 a 0390 
Ventral ,, . Bo a 56 50 SOW » 0-80 
Anal % ” ee ie Ais -. 4:00 » 93:00 


Artuur.—On New Zealand Fishes. 165 


The extraordinary protractile mouth and small teeth of this fish are sug- 
gestive of the habit of passing through shoals of minute fish-food with the 
mouth drawn out so as to catch large quantities. 

Professor Parker has a mounted specimen in the Otago Museum. 

References—Gunther’s Study of Fishes, p. 451; Cat. N.Z. Fishes, pp. 
19 and 112; Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. vii., p. 247, and vol. ix. p. 465. 

Family Tractnipz. 
Leptoscopus anygusticeps, Hutton, var? Or, 
Leptoscopus canis,n.s. Pl. xiv., fig. 4. 
D382) Rate Nexo aera oi Cn tava inn. 

A specimen of this fish caught off Purakanui was sent me by Mr. A. K. 
Smith, of Prince’s Street, Dunedin, as a new fish, on May 6th, 1884. Closely 
allied species are common enough in our fish shops. It bears a close 
resemblance to L. anyusticeps, but differs in having a more pointed snout; 
the teeth are cardiform and in two rows in the jaws, the intermaxillary 
besides having two groups of canine-like teeth or fangs. Eyes nearly 
vertical. The first four anterior dorsal rays are only half as long as the 
other rays. The caudal fin has five more rays; and it differs from L. 
robsonwt chiefly in the interorbital space being broad and in the length being 
eight times the height of body. 

In form the trunk is long and cylindrical; head one-fourth of length 
without the caudal, depth of body one-eighth; one continuous dorsal fin 
from nearly opposite middle of pectoral to near the caudal, in length exactly 
one-half total length. Pectoral large broad and ovate; ventral jugular sup- 
ported on six rays; anal continuous from nearly a third of pectoral from 
origin to opposite posterior end of dorsal, and it is five-ninths total length 
of fish. All the fins are soft-rayed excepting one or two spines at origin of 
each. The gill-covers, the sub-operculum in particular, are soft. Hyes 
small and on. top of head, nearly vertical ; interorbital space flat and broad, 
outline depressed. Cleft of mouth vertical, lower longer than upper jaw 
and projecting. Intermaxillary extends round whole of upper side of 
mouth, the central plate or process flat, pointed, half-inch long and fitting 
space between the nasal bones. Maxillary is half length of intermaxillary, 
superior and with a triangular or curved free end pointing downwards. 
Both bones are connected by a thin transparent diaphragm and form a very 
protractile upper jaw. ‘Teeth cardiform on mandible and maxillary, small 
and sharp, with two groups of long canines on the intermaxillary, a few teeth 
on palatines, none on vomer or tongue and no oral filament, no humeral 
spine. In colour olive-green on back and head with numerous small dark 
spots particularly on anterior part of back, belly white. The sides are 
further marked by light transverse bands which seem to be coincident with 


166 Transactions. —Zoology. 


the dermal and hemal apophyses or with the flakes of the flesh. All the 
fins are clear, but are distinguished by a bright red margin. The sides of 
head silvery and body generally light in colour. Scales small, adherent and 
soft. 

Tt does not look like a very edible fish, but I do not know anyone who 
has tried it. 

The stomach is siphonal ; intestine long and folded a number of times in 
short turns. Liver large; no ceca discernible. From the stomach of a 
larger specimen about the time I got this described one, a sprat was taken, 
showing the presence of these delicious fish on the coast at the time. In- 
deed Mr. Smith informs me he has taken them from the stomachs of cod 
and other fish at all seasons of the year. 


DIMENSIONS. 
Inches. 

Totallength .. ae és ae no SO) 

Length without caudal .. 50 a6 .. 80 

Depth as ie a sis co. dla) 

Least depth of tail 96 50 bc -- 03 

Head .. ae ae 00 ae 5a) AD 

Diameter of eye ae - 60 .. 016 

Hye from snout a4 ae a -. 0°60 

Dorsal A av ae ai a .. 9310; length 4:5 
Pectoral ,, ae a ate oe 65) PPaID) isp timlah 
Ventral ,, ae is as ts sandler) oy PU 
Anal 6 cat 2°80 ee 


I have drawn this fish life size and had it reduced. 

References.—Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. v., p. 275; vol. vi., p. 104; vol. 
vli., p. 248; and vol ix., p. 469, where closely allied species are described. 

Specimens of L. angusticeps in Otago Museum. 

ACANTHOPTERGYIL COTTOSCOMBRIFORMES. 
Family Psycnrotutips, Gunther. 
Neophrynichthys latus, Giinther. The Toad Fish. PI. xiv., figs. 5 and 5a. 
TDs TOG YS Je POS Woah 3) 8) 8 Cams. texas 253 geri a, 

A specimen of this fish, said by Dr. Giinther to be very rare, was got in 
the trawl of the cutter ‘ Dauntless,” off Otago Heads, in October, 1884. 
Head broader than long, and being rather less than one-third of the length 
without the caudal. Depth of head five-eighths of its length; depth of 
body one-third of length. Head broad and flat, interorbital space one-half 
of breadth of head ; mouth wide, lower jaw slightly projecting. The trunk 
tapers rapidly towards the extremity of the tail, while the whole fish includ- 
ing the fins is covered by a loose flabby naked skin. I made an incision in 
this skin but found no fluid beneath, and inflated it to a great extent by 
blowing through a quill. The teeth are very fine and in villiform bands on 


Artuur.—On New Zealand F ishes. 167 


both jaws and pharyngeals, but absent on palatines and vomer. Lower 
phryngeals separate. Premaxillary slightly protractile. Eye lateral, not 
large. Pectoral continuous with branchiostegals which coalesce in their 
coverings with the isthmus, and which thus is not externally visible. No 
apparent lateral line. Fins have soft branched rays, the dorsal being long 
and continuous though divisible into two, caudal fan-shaped. Veutrals 
thoracic and secreted in a pocket of the skin, one simple spine in each. 
Vertebree and apophyses bony. Colowr, dark-brown on head and trunk, 
somewhat lighter on belly, with black more or less distinct bands round 
margin of the fins, which are white-tipped. The band is plainest on the 
caudal fin. A row of oval salmon-coloured spots round margin of posterior 
dorsal and pectoral fins, and numerous round, oval and crescent-shaped 
spots of same colour, scattered all over head, trunk, and fins, giving this 
fish a leopard-like appearance. ‘Those on top of head are lighter, and have 
scattered through them many small black pigment spots. Stomach.—This 
organ was large and balloon-shaped, and contained two crabs an inch and a 
half across the tips of the claws each, also three shrimps and a stringy-like 
mass which I could not recognize. There was no visible outlet that I could 
find from the stomach to the vent, and the mouth was full of excreta. No 
air-bladder present. 

It is probable that this species is capable of rising through the water 
by the inflation of the loose covering which its body possesses, and so feeds 
on the surface, as at other times it manifestly does on the bottom. 


DIMENSIONS. 
Inches. 
Total length .. 46 Ss es 50 Selae 
Length ae BS ae ete at 7. 6:0 
Least depth of tail as ss B0 60 2. 0°55 
Head ae aC O60 ae 50 50 6 AG) 
Hye diameter .. 30 60 O¢ 30 o» O4 
Hye from snout are o6 00 50 oo (Hs) 
Dorsal from snout a aie a0 66 oo ERE 
Pectoral (superior origin) oc SC 00 oc. 2Re 
Ventrals ae are aie os oo. BY 
Anal 4 4°5 


Several more individuals of this species were taken by above cutter off 
the Heads about the same date as above-described one. One of these nine 
inches long came into my possession, and an examination of it was made 
from which I am enabled to add these remarks :— 

D9 loeb 22a Nl A lO ClO brads) byl. crea, 4 (3). 

Owing to the apparently very perishable nature of the viscera (in 
part) I only made out as I think a short delicate intestine, but could 
not discover any opening into stomach or outwards towards the vent 


ee 


168 Transactions. —Zoolegy. 


either. The ceca situated where the duodenum usually occurs were 
plainer, but not so decided in character as to be unmistakable. The 
ovaries however were present and very full of nearly ripe ova, very 
red and about the size of sago piles. The roes measured in inches 
2°5 x 1:0 x 0°8, the cross section being in shape a sector of a circle 
of which radius and arc in size are represented by 1:0 and 0:8 in dimensions 
just given. A distinct strong ovary duct connected the ova sacs with the 
vent, the external end forming that opening. The abdominal cavity was 
full of excreta, similar in its dark colour and offensive odour to that found 
in mouth of the first specimen I have described. The stomach, exactly 
similar in form to that above-mentioned, contained fourteen egg-like or larval 
bodies, almond shaped, white, and with hard cores a quarter to half inch 
each in length enclosed in a stringy spiny mass, with a few remains of 
shrimps. No air-bladder present. Liver large and heart lay right under- 
neath the lower pharyngeals. 

This species is rather loathsome-looking and has not the appearance 
of a good edible fish. 

References.—Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. vii., p. 214. Study of Fishes 
(Giinther), p. 469. A specimen in spirits is preserved in the Otago 
Museum. 

Family Buennip. 
Trypterygium compressum, Hutton. The Blenny. PI. xiy., fig. 6. 
45 OED Pe OsmiVen dee IA ae Crslts rps Ge 

This specimen of a blenny was caught off Otago Heads, May 6th, 1884, 
and I have made a life-size drawing of it for comparison, by which it may 
be seen to differ in greater robustness from any I can find figured in the 
Transactions of the Institute. In form the head is contained a little more 
than four and a half times in the total length; trunk compressed slightly 
and deep, greatest depth goes three-and-a-half times in total length, 
and is in vertical from third spine of second dorsal fin. The sub- 
opercle is prolonged into a sharp spine at posterior margin, which lies 
exactly on origin of lateral line. Mouth protractile, jaws equal and 
cleft very oblique. Intermaxillary in front of and not articulated 
with maxillary; maxillary with triangular or club-shaped free end. 
Teeth villiform and fine, present on maxillary, mandible, palatines, 
and head of vomer. Eye large, lateral and close to interorbital space, 
pupil and iris dark red with a small bright silvery spot on inferior margin of 
iris. Membrane of branchiostegous rays confluent with opercles. First 
dorsal fin detached and erect like a crest above the head, second and third 
continuous; spines mostly soft, but not branched in dorsal pectoral and 
anal fins; ventrals jugular, etc., consisting only of two bare rays. Caudal 


TRANS. ZINSTITUTE.VOLXIVPL XI 


Trachichthys Trattl., 
(LEE OZ) 


LEuS Novae Leatardiae 2.5. 


FSVAANANAAN NAN es 


VNR 


Leptoscopus Angustictps Hutlan) var ow L Canes. 72.8. 


FISHES 


WA del= 


Artuur.—On New Zealand Fishes. 169 


with convex posterior margin, rays branched. Lateral line detached in two 
portions. Colour, head, trunk and fins mottled with patches of dull red on 
a yellow ground ; most of the fin-rays variegated like tortoiseshell, forming 
altogether a prettily-marked fish. Scales cycloid and adherent, cheeks 
naked. ‘This individual was a gravid female, its eggs, of a yellow colour and 
in size like. sago piles, were protruding from the vent. Stomach continuous 
with intestine and both curved about the abdominal cavity; air-bladder 
simple. 


DIMENSIONS. 
Inches. 

Totallength .. ye ae ye so | SHO) 

Length 56 ao O° 5¢ oo (ore) 

Depth o0 or 56 on epi ere 

Least depth of tail §.. ee ae -. 0°45 

Head Ais ae as ue ie pag i 

Diameter of eye is Be ae be (028) 

Hye from snout ae sc ae sa O36 

Dorsal _ ,, asi a Ne de .. 1:1; length 53 
Pectoral _,, on fe ao 55 Godly) ny ale 
Ventral ,, Sis a a ais ysl led: ap dig) 
Anal i we ae ue rie Bie) Ma iss) Aye ee 


Caudal ,, Je ae an Bo oo (BE) 

This fish, although gay in colours, is not considered of value as a food 
fish locally. 

A specimen beautifully preserved in its native tints by Professor Parker’s 
glycerine process is at present in Otago Museum. 

References.—Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. v., p. 263; vol. viii., p. 214. 

ACANTHOPTERYGIL PHARYNGOGNATHI. 
Family Lasripm. ‘ Wrasses.” 
Odax vittatus, Sol., variety. Pl. xiv., fig. 7. 
PD aor eendonn Viewty doo aCe LA 

A specimen brightly-coloured of this fish caught off Otago Heads, May 
9th, 1884, was given me by Mr. A. K. Smith, fishmonger, Dunedin. The 
fish is occasionally caught, although not numerous seemingly, about our 
coast. I have called it a variety, as it differs from Professor Hutton’s 
described specimens in the greater length of the tail portion from the dorsal 
to the caudal fin, and also in its colours. As to the latter, I must observe 
that none of the few individuals I have seen agree closely in colour, so that 
as a distinctive mark of this fish, that is not of much use evidently. 

Form.—Head triangular, lips fleshy and movable, jaws each with a 
band of white confluent teeth forming rather formidable cutting edges, 
gape very small and contracted. Hindmargin of opercula pointed into two 
blunt angles, one forming posterior extremity of operculum, and the other 


170 Transactions.—Zoology. 


of the suboperculum. The eye is large, and contained six times in length © 
of head; iris yellow, with blue and red circular bands; cheeks naked, except 
a patch of scales on operculum and suboperculum. Head one-fifth total 
length, which is four and a half times the height. Body rounded, and 
carrying its depth well towards the tail; dorsal outline sinuous, abdominal 
well curved; greatest depth of body below twelfth dorsal spine. One dorsal 
fin long and continuous, supported on soft spines, a few at posterior end 
being branched. Ventrals thoracic and having four branched rays, nearly 
confluent at base, which is situated a little behind pectorals. Anal fin not 
long with first ray under twenty-fifth dorsal ray. Caudal slightly forked, 
truncate and carried on branched rays. Lateral line curved above pectoral 
and nearly straight thence to the caudal. Scales soft and adherent. 

Colowr.—Rather a gay and striking fish; dorsal half and head dark olive- 
green, and mottled with small blue spots; abdominal half of body greenish- 
yellow with small blue spots. A golden band runs from mouth along 
cheeks to pectoral fins, thence to tail it is broken into a line of broad 
irregular patches of a peach colour, which le below the lateral line and 
terminate a little beyond last ray of anal fin. Dorsal fin dark olive except 
a transparent patch at posterior extremity. Pectoral and ventrals clear. 
Anal dark, a transparent band near posterior extremity. Caudal fin dark 
olive-green. 

Stomach siphonal ; intestine long and lying along abdomen in a number 
of turns. Ovaries clear in colour, ova very small. Air-bladder simple, 
cylindrical and silvery in colour, lining of abdominal cavity also silvery. 


DIMENSIONS. 
Inches. 

Totallength .. 5c 20 Me so OS 

Length a6 Sc 56 ts 66 1 HO 

Head .. an 06 D0 ne bon) = thts) 

Least depth of tail 30 o6 ae 56 (OSH) 

Height ae a Se oe vie 220 

Hye diameter .. 60 50 ae so | OS 

Hye from snout aie ne aA oo ORS) 

Dorsal from snout ete aa Ain .. 21; length 4:0 
Pectoral ,, Pe ais 5a i soo, 220 5 1:2 
Ventral ,, _,, a3 a we 50 BPR 5 1:2 
Anal Sapte ‘ 5:0 ‘6 1:3 


On August 30th another example of this fish was in Mr. Smith’s shop, but 
not so brightly coloured as the above-described one. He examined it and 
found the vertebre to be of a light green colour, but there was no decided 
sexual development. Although the above specimens have heads with sharp 
snouts, while Coridodax pullus, the kelp fish or butter fish, has a blunt 
snout, yet in other respects they are so like as to render it possible that the 
latter may be but the adult form of the former. Our local kelp fish, while 


Artnur.—On New Zealand Fishes. 171 


it has light green vertebre, differs from the described specimens (Cat. N.Z. 
Fishes) in that the posterior end of the dorsal and anal fins is abruptly 
lengthened outwards, making it either a different variety or it may be even 
species. This is correct only, however, for some specimens. 

References.—Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. v., p. 266; vol. vi., p. 104; vol. 
vill., p. 214; and Cat. N.Z. Fishes, p. 43. 

Specimens stuffed and in spirits are in Otago Museum. 

PHYSOSTOMI. 
Family Satmonips. 
Prototroctes oxyrhynchus, Gunther. Upokororo—The Grayling. 

Del Op leeehoye Vey Ol Apelor Croll, Bro) aVeruauAOs wate lOO: 

The occurrence of this fish in the Mataura River is of considerable 
interest, as it is by no means common in Otago waters. This specimen 
was found dead on the Mataura river-bank at Gore, and was sent up to the 
editor of the Otago Witnsss for identification, and subsequently came into my 
hands on the 29th April, 1884. Gore is about thirty-five miles from the sea. 

The body was long and cylindrical, total length seven times that 
of the head, or six times greatest depth, and covered with large cycloid 
scales, adherent. Lateral line barely visible, straight. Eye in diameter 
equal to one-sixth the length of head, and placed one-third from the snout, 
pupil black, iris yellow. Maxillary terminates in narrow rounded point 
posterior to centre of orbit; mandible shorter than maxillary and toothless. 
Teeth fine and comb-like even row (cardiform) along maxillary, a few on 
vomer and some on palatines and tongue. Operculum and sub-operculum 
fine transparent bones with rounded margins and much larger than pre- and 
inter-opercles. Fins fine, ventrals in advance of dorsal, anal in advance of 
adipose ; caudal deeply forked. In colow’ slaty-brown along back passing 
into slate-blue on sides and silvery-white on belly, which had patches of 
azure, no spots. Fins orange colour tipped with dark slate and white ; 
cheeks with slight golden tinge, also the belly. When fresh, it had a 
herring-like smell on boiling, and ate nearly as well as a herring; flesh 
white and delicate. 


DIMENSIONS. 

; Inches. 
Total length aye 50 50 50 a6 .. 10°40 
Depth .. an D0 00 59 00 oo - alee) 
Least depth of tail oe ae ae So .- 0°65 
Girth .. a ae ws 2; se so) € RO) 
Head .. An Oo D0 D0 te -. 1°50 
Diameter of eye .. of 06 00 O06 ag | ORs 
Eye from snout .. on Be a0 og -. 0:50 
Dorsal Sid diabe a oe 00 Ao 66) ely) 
Adipose ae ree se AS ae és So ESO) 
Ventral Ties iisie be be NG aie se PARTS 


Anal pate. M4 Me up eee 


172 Transactions. —Zoology. 


Abdominal cavity was black, the viscera had almost disappeared from 
decay, one long silvery lobe only being recognizable, probably the air- 
bladder. Vent situated immediately in advance of anal fin. 

In form this specimen corresponded almost exactly with figure at p. 136, 
vol. ui., Trans. N.Z. Inst., which is an excellent drawing of the species. 
According to the Catalogue of New 4Zealand Fishes, the upokororo 
had not been found in the sea, but only in the rivers and lakes of both 
islands. Mr. Rutland’s account however (vol. x., Trans. N.Z. Inst.) is, I 
think, conclusive circumstantially that during a portion of the year it is 
resident in salt water, as it is never seen in the Maitaiand other neigbouring 
rivers of Nelson excepting during autumn and winter when spawning or 
getting into spawning quarters, but disappears entirely for the rest of the 
year. Recently, on 29th September, Mr. A. K. Smith informed me of a fish 
he had been keeping for me which was taken in the sea at Otago Heads off 
the North Spit but which I did not get—evidently a grayling. He described 
it as found by him among some mullet to which it had a general likeness, 
but on closer inspection he found the first dorsal fin was softer and had 
more rays than the mullets, while the second dorsal had no rays. The head 
was small and salmon-like, pectoral fin-origin lower than in mullet, body 
rounder, silvery and spotless. I have found Mr. Smith very correct and 
reliable in his observations on fish, so that I believe in this case also he is 
not mistaken, although it is not impossible that the fish may have been a 
spotless trout or young salmon-trout. 

References.—Cat. N.Z. Fishes, 1872, p. 128; Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. i. 
p. 186, and vol. x., p. 250. Specimens are in Otago Museum. 

Nore.—The order of classification I have followed is that of Dr. Gimther 
in his '‘ Study of Fishes,” 1880, as regards families. 


Art. XVII.—Notes on Moa Remains in the Mackenzie Country and other 
Localities. By Freperick CHapman. 
[Read before the Otago Institute, 10th June, 1884.] 
I propose in this paper to give the result of some unconnected observations 
made during the past summer upon the remains of moas which I found in 
widely separate localities. There may be nothing very interesting in these 
observations, but I think it may be of some use to record facts gathered in 
this way, as they all serve in some slight degree at least to add to the 
accumulated fund of information on the subject. The subject is one of 
interest, and when it comes to be dealt with as a whole by some competent 


Cuapman.—On Moa Remains. 178 


writer at a future date he will certainly have no cause to complain that the 
literature relating to it in this country is too copious. If upon this and 
kindred matters, and notably upon such subjects as the history, traditions 
and customs of the Maori race, colonists with good opportunities would 
record all.the facts they observe upon their travels while these facts are 
fresh, much yaluable matter now daily growing scarce would be preserved. 
It has occurred to me that it is worth while to jot down in this way observed 
facts relating to our gigantic extinct birds, especially in connection with 
their relation to the inhabitants of these islands, as the opportunities of 
observing these facts occur only now and then when a piece of g ound is 
newly disturbed, and the observations lose their value if deferred uutil other 
elements come in. : 

What is known as the Mackenzie Country, though somewhat undefined 
as to limits, is now comprised in a new county called Mackenzie County, 
lately cut off the large original County of Geraldine. It consists of the 
Mackenzie Plains and a large amount of mountain country besides extensive 
downs. These plains and downs occupy a central position, stretching from 
the Waitaki up towards the three alpine lakes, Ohau, Pukaki, and ‘Tekapo. 
The climate is cold in winter and very warm and dry in summer. The 
whole region is, like the central districts of the South Island generally, 
devoid of trees, but the mountains show signs of extensive areas of thick 
high serub which has been burnt off. 

When on a visit there during the past summer I was told that on 
a sandy flat on the banks of the Waitaki remains of moa skeletons 
were to be found. I accordingly visited the flat, which I found to be 
about ten or twelve miles down the Waitaki Gorge, starting from Mr. 
Sutton’s Black Forest Station. JI was accompanied by my brother, Mr. 
E. A. Chapman, of Grampians Station, and Mr. Murdoch, Mr. Sutton’s 
manager. The ride down the bank of the river is rather rough, but the 
rocky scenery is very fine. A slight bridle-track among the boulders leads 
along the narrow margin between the steep crumbling ranges and the Wai- 
taki, which is here a fine stream tinged with the dull colour of the glacial 
water. Where it is concentrated in the narrowest part of the gorge the river 
runs with great rapidity, and for many miles it forms an impassable barrier 
between Otago and Canterbury. A long way above the gorge it is fordable 
im winter, when the severe alpine frosts have reduced the water supply. 
There are no feeders for many miles, until the point is reached, where, on 
the Otago side, the Ahuriri pours in a considerable quantity of clear water. 

Some distance below this point we came upon the flat we were in search 
of. Itis of considerable area, perhaps fifty acres, and is merely composed 
of fine light material deposited there by the river. This fine soil is grassed 


174 Transactions. —Zoology. 


over, with the exception of a few acres, which are in a shifting state. Before 
reaching the main mass, we came upon a few moa bones of large size lying 
in the neighbourhood of some old Maori ovens. When we came upon the 
eround disturbed by the wind we soon found a number of distinet groups 
of gizzard stones. It was impossible to mistake them. In several cases 
they lay with a few fragments of the heavier bones. In all cases they were 
in distinct groups; even where they had become scattered each group only 
covered a few square yards of ground, and in that space lay thickly strewn. 
Between the groups scarcely any were seen. In several instances they lay 
in close masses. Mr. Murdoch showed me one piece of ground which had 
recently become covered with blown sand, where he had not long before 
seen several groups lying in close clusters, such as I shall describe here- 
after. 

The peculiar feature of the stones was that they were almost all opaque 
white quartz pebbles. The few in the three sets I now exhibit from 
this spot which are not white quartz have white veins in them. In one 
place I found a small group of small pebbles of different colour, more like 
the few brown water-worn pebbles which may be picked up hereabouts. 
These lay with a set of bones much smaller than the very large bones I ; 
found with most of the clusters of pebbles. 

I did not gather these brown pebbles, as I thought it uncertain whether 
they were gizzard stones or not, though it is possible that the species to 
which the smaller bones belonged was not so careful in selecting white 
stones. A glance at the pebbles lying about in the surrounding country 
showed that the quartz-pebbles were not collected here. In only one 
instance did I find the moa bones burnt, and this may have been acci- 
dental. Mr. Murdoch and I collected three sets of pebbles, and these I can 
safely pronounce complete, or nearly so. It is beyond question, too, that 
each set belongs to a distinct bird. No.1 weighs 3 lbs. 9 ozs.; No. 2 weighs 
41bs.; while No. 8 weighs no less than 5lbs. 7 ozs. This giant set contains 
individual stones weighing over 2ozs.; indeed, I have picked out 8 stones 
weighing almost exactly 1b. 

Moa bones do not seem to be very plentiful in the Mackenzie Country, 
and when found seem to be old and in bad preservation. I should say 
from such observations as I made, that the moa had become scarce or 
extinct on these plains while it still flourished in many other places I have 
examined. The bones at this place were very friable, and generally broke 
when picked up. I searched in vain for foot-prints in places where the 
sand was blown away, though I was tempted to search by finding foot- 
prints of a horse standing above the general level of the surface, the weight 
of the animal haying packed the fine binding soil and thus increased its 


CrapmMan.—On Moa Remains, 175 


stability in comparison with that beside the foot-prints, leaving the sur- 
rounding soil to blow away more readily. The next occasion upon which I 
noticed moa remains was in a bank of débris thrown up on the side of an old 
Maori chert quarry, at Gray’s Hills Station, to which I propose to refer in 
another paper. In this bank several well-preserved fragments of bone were 
found so broken and so situated as to leave no doubt that they had been 
left there by Maoris working at the quarry. The specimen which I exhibit 
is manifestly broken by human agency. It may have formed part of the 
handle of an instrument for getting out the chert, or for splintering it when 
gotten ; but there is nothing in its appearance to support this. 

Harly in March, 1884, I accompanied my brother and several others on 
an excursion to Mount Cook. Our first halting place was Lake Tekapo, 
one of the reservoirs of the Waitaki, a beautiful alpine lake about 2,300 feet 
above the sea on the upper edge of the Mackenzie Plain. As the lake is 
approached from Burke’s Pass a large uninviting patch of sandy country 
may be noticed surrounding the woolshel of Mr. Cowan’s station. A hun- 
dred acres or so of country here have a very unpleasing appearance. Some- 
thing has set the sand moving in a south-easterly direction and nothing can 
stop it. A large part of the ground has been stripped of the loose friable 
soil down to a hard bed, which dries and crumbles in the sun and is set 
moving by the wind. The sand thus set free has then covered another large 
part of this sandy country, half choking the tussacs in some places and 
killing them out in others. Upon the hard bare part I observed what must 
be a vare sight. Here and there lay scattered the last remains of giant 
moas. lam unable to say to what species they belonged as the bones are 
generally too brittle to bring away, but all or nearly all appeared to be of 
one species. I found no less than nine specimens, not lying close together 
but quite isolated. - In most cases the femur and the tibia of each leg 

remained apparently lying in the exact position in which they had fallen when 
the bird fell to pieces. In one or two cases I found fragments of smaller 
bones. In some cases even these very heavy bones had nearly disappeared. 
Here, as elsewhere, I noticed that the femur was about the last bone to 
disappear. In nearly every case the cluster of gizzard stones lay with the 
group of bones. So striking and obvious was the fact that here the remains 
of these great birds lay where they had died, that when I stood upon a 
slight eminence I could at one time see three or four of these white groups 
of bones at once, perfectly isolated, with no loose bones on the mtermediate 
eround. The last I found was in a paddock which had once been enclosed 
in a gorse hedge. In this unused enclosure lay a few well-preserved trag- 
ments. I did not gather any gizzard stones here, as I had no means of 
carrying them, aud on my return no opportunity offered. The remains had 


176 Transactions. —Zoology. 


probably been but little noticed before, as they were quite undisturbed. 
The gizzard stones here were not so pure white as those down the Waitaki. 
In some cases the bird had contented itself with a collection of hard dark 
stones, among which lay here and there a white one. I suppose the pure 
white stones are scarce here, while down the Waitaki the birds lived nearer 
to Otago where quartz is more plentiful. This seems to indicate that their 
habits confined them to a comparatively small area, and perhaps that they 
were able in some way to cross the Waitaki. I saw nothing to lead me to 
think that the birds had been slaughtered. In one case the bones were 
broken, but as they were not burned, and lay in situ, I concluded that they 
had been fractured by accident. I found one wmw or oven on the ground, 
I can only express a hope that these remains may be left undisturbed until 
some competent person has thoroughly examined the locality, making some- 
thing more than a mere cursory survey of it. 

On the journey to Mount Cook, up the western bank of the Tasman, we 
halted for a day or two, close to Mr. Darke’s out-station. Here I ascended 
a mountain in the Moorhouse Range, locally called Mount Peak. It rises 
immediately behind the hut, and terminates in a peak nearly free of snow. 
I make its summit about 8,400 feet above the sea, but I am not certain of 
this, owing to an accident which affected my aneroid. At various heights, 
from 1,500 up to I think nearly 5,000 feet above the sea, I found pure 
white quartz pebbles. They were never isolated; generally three or four 
lay together. In one place I found nearly 80 in a patch. Mr. F. F.C. 
Huddlestone, one of our party, found a similar patch. Some of these groups 
were far above the level where water-worn stones of this character might be 
found. The material was local, as at all levels I occasionally found angular 
fragments from the fine quartz veins which occur in the strata here. I 
have no doubt that these small patches of pebbles were from the ewcreta of 
the moa, as they were always well worn and smaller than the largest stones 
of the collections. Mr. Huddlestone confirmed this view, having found 
similar pebbles in similar places in Otago. 

I now take the opportunity of exhibiting three magnificent sets of 
gizzard stones sent me from Lake Manapouri by Mr. Mitchell, manager 
of Manapouri Station. I give his own account of them: ‘‘ Hach lot is 
complete, as I gathered them very carefully. With one lot I got one or two 
small pieces of bone which I send also. In the case of the two large lots 
one or two stones were scattered while all the rest were as if in a pocket 
a few inches below the surface and may belong to a young bird, but I fancy 
it is from a smaller species.” 

No. 4 is a small set containing 210 small stones, weighing in all only 
8 ozs. No. 5 contains 389 stones and weighs 4 lbs. 7 ozs. No. 6 contains 
842 stones and weighs 4 lbs. 10 ozs. It will be observed that they are 


Cuapman.—On Moa Remains. 177 


nearly all pure white and make a very beautiful collection. It is possible 
that No. 4 may have lost some stones. Mr. Huddlestone, who lived for 
many years at the head of Lake Wanaka, informs me that he often found 
them in pockets just as Mr. Mitchell describes them. A crunching noise 
told when the plough had passed through a pocket. A gentleman who 
- occupies a. large agricultural farm in Southland where moa bones in all 
stages of preservation are extremely plentiful, says that in his district white 
quartz is scarce and he finds complete sets of dark stones. 

During the succeeding month, in the Haster holidays, I made an excur- 
sion with Professor Scott to the country beyond Riverton. Beautiful sandy 
beaches stretch for miles to the westward, broken here and there by rocky 
points. One of these, called Colac’s Bay, is doubtless named after the old 
chief Korako, grandfather of Mr. H. K. Taiaroa, M.H.R., or else after a 
younger chief of the same name and family who died here eleven years ago. 
Beyond Colac’s Bay is a fine beach on which is a prettily-situated katk called 
Kawakaputaputa. This is nearly opposite Rarotoka (Rarotonga) or Centre 
Island. In a somewhat hurried search here we found the remains of four 
moa skeletons in fair preservation ; at least, in each group lay a good many 
bones and fragments of bone, including toes, jaws, and tracheal rings. With 
one very large skeleton lay the white gizzard stones, rather widely scattered 
but quite distinguishable. Not far from this one too lay many fragments of 
eggshell, some quite fresh-looking and others old and worn. Two small 
skeletons lay twenty yards apart half-a-mile from the large ones. One of 
these was very interesting. The bird had died crouching, and the various 
bones lay almost as they had fallen, having been preserved in their positions 
by being covered with sand. The tracheal rings lay close together, and 
immediately under them were the contents of the gizzard. The stones were 
in a little conical heap unmixed with sand. The heap extended below the 
surface still unmixed with sand, but of course the mass could not be removed 
without also lifting some fine sand, which, however, was easily removed by 
washing through a sieve. They are pretty transparent flinty quartz 
stones, different from the white ones gathered elsewhere. This bird, 
evidently belonging to a small species, had no such liking for opaque white 
stones as the others, but had carefully selected transparent ones, which, 
when dry on the surface, look much darker than the others. It will be 
observed that these (No. 7) are all very small, and they are very numerous, 
the whole set weighing 1lb. 40zs. The few dark opaque stones are pro- 
bably intruders picked up with the sand lying about the mass. What I 
noticed here and in many other localities, including the sandy district near 
Otago Heads, satisfies me that a small moa was a regular denizen of the 
sea beaches, and that a large one, if not similarly disposed, often frequented 

12 


178 Transactions,— Zoology, 


similar country. The small one must have been plentiful at one time upon 
narrow pieces of country which could not be reached or quitted without 
passing through miles of bush. The finding of these fine transparent 
pebbles from the gizzard of one of these small ones confirms this opinion, 
as I think these stones were local, the country behind the beach being 
either dense bush or swampy peat soil. 

HKarlier in the summer, namely, in 1883, I had occasion to go to Porirua 
on the west coast of Wellington. Near the western bank of the northern 
branch of this harbour, are situated several old sites of pahs, famous in the 
old native wars, and in their early wars with the colonists. One of these was 
called Taupo, and not far from its site is the old stone stockade called Parra- 
matta. The Manawatu railway crosses this harbour by a bridge, which was 
in course of construction when I visited the spot. I made a hasty search 
among the sandhills beyond the line of the bridge, a few hundred yards 
from the stone stockade, which is now a woolshed, and there found a piece 
of ground from which the sand, which must have been accumulating there 
for ages, had recently been blown away. Here, close to the large sandhill, 
upon which in 1847, a Maori was hanged by the sentence of a court- 
martial for rebellion, I found four beautifully-polished stone axes. Not far 
from these I found the neck of a moa, all the vertebre of which lay in a 
string. A number of bones lay there, too, and upon them were plainly 
visible the marks of the stone implements which had been used to cut off 
the flesh. The bird had evidently been cooked and eaten, as burnt bones 
lay about. I saw numerous tracheal rings lying among the bones, and 
close by them some horny fragments like portions of the beak. I had very 
little time to examine these, and before I could gather them, a boat called 
for me, and I had to leave. Since then, a friend who lives in the neigh- 
bourhood has kindly gathered most of them for me. These bones were 
those of a very small bird when compared with the giant moas whose 
bones are so common in the interior of the South Island. 

P.S.—Since the above was written, I have found what I take to be 
gizzard-stones on the high sand-crowned hills between Lyall Bay and the 
Wellington Heads. 

I had originally fancied that gizzard-stones were worn somewhat flatter 
than water-worn stones, but abandoned this at the suggestion of a friendly 
critic. An examination of the beautiful set in the Colonial Museum at — 
Wellington inclines me, however, to re-adopt this view. 


Marrin.— Against Introduction of Beasts of Prey. 179 


Art. XVIII.—Objections to the Introduction of Beasts of Prey to destroy the 
Rabbit. By H. B. Martin. 
(Read before the Nelson Philosophical So-iety, 2nd June, 1884.) 

Tris paper deals specially with the weasel (Mustelide) and ichneumon 
(Viverride) families; but much that can be said against them will apply to 
any other beast of prey. I use the names of ichneumon and weasel to 
denote respectively the Indian ichneumon (mungoos) and the weasel, with 
all allied beasts of similar habits. 

1. The introduction of these beasts of prey to destroy the rabbit is 
unnecessary ; for poisoning with phosphorized corn succeeds well, even 
in spring and summer, when there is abundance of feed, while tuber- 
culosis (which has recently broken out among the rabbits in Otago) will 
probably destroy them more thoroughly than any other means would. In 
various parts of the Auckland district the rabbits have become almost or 
quite extinct from natural causes ;* tuberculosis was also believed to be 
present in the Wairau Valley, where the rabbits were beginning to decrease 
before the present Act was in force. 

2. Having no natural enemies here, and their furs being of very inferior 
quality in this climate, there would be no adequate check upon them, and 
they would therefore increase and spread as the rabbit has done. In 
Canada and other northern regions the weasels are killed in great numbers 
for their furs, and are also preyed on by larger beasts of prey, while in more 
settled districts their ravages among game and poultry cause them very 
generally to be destroyed, yet with all this they are in no danger of extinc- 
tion, even where most persecuted, the intermission caused by changes of 
fashion sufficing in two or three years to restore them to their former 
numbers; and in England the stoat and weasel are so common, though 
freely destroyed, that it would seem impossible to exterminate them. The 
beasts of prey that have been, or are being introduced are the stoat, weasel, 
ferret, and Indian mungoos, all very prolific, as the following facts will 
show. The weasel has at least 2, perhaps 3, litters annually of 4 or 5 each, 
the stoat has 5 at a birth, and the polecat also 4 or 5; while the ferret 
(at home) has 2 litters in a year of 6 to 9 each. Iam not able to give the 
rate of increase of the mungoos, but in Jamaica, where it was introduced to 
destroy the sugar rats, it has apparently increased much faster than in 
India, having in ten years completely overrun that island, even to the tops 
of the highest mountains (7,000 feet), and though it has certainly reduced 
the rats, it kills all other animals it can (as the weasel and stoat do also), 
so that all species of ground birds, fresh water and sea fowl, are rapidly 


*Hansard No. 7, pp. 342-3, 1883. 


180 Transactions,-— Zoology. 


diminishing before it.* It would thus appear from these facts, that it has 
not yet reached its limit of increase, but that it must before long do so, 
becoming a pest which (Jamaica being a very mountainous country, well 
wooded and well watered) it would be impossible to extirpate entirely, and 
even if this were partially accomplished it is scarcely probable that it would 
be in time to prevent the extermination of at least some valuable native 
birds. It is therefore evident that these beasts being naturally prolifie will 
in a new country be much more so; as are the hare, rabbit, and I may add 
the fox also, as it is said to have become already a pest in Victoria. A ferret 
in this district has been known to have 14 young at a birth, the number at 
home being, as above-mentioned, 6 to 9. It must be remembered that the 
destruction of these vermin is forbidden by law, and that not only will those 
to whom they are useless, or positively mischievous, be now prevented from 
destroying them, but they will be compelled when these beasts become a 
pest to destroy them at their own expense (as with the rabbits) in addition 
to whatever loss or injury they may have suffered from them, and without 
regard to the fact that they may not only have had no hand in the introduc- 
tion of these vermin, but have been consistently opposed to it. 

8. It appears, therefore, that it will be very difficult, probably impos- 
sible, to exterminate them, especially in rough or wooded country. 

4, They have no marked preference for any one species of animal, but 
habitually live on birds and small mammals, so that being very lithe and 
agile, and for the most part active climbers and bold swimmers, no species 
of bird would escape their ravages, which would be the more destructive as 

both weasels and ichneumons are nocturnal animals. The stoat, for 

example, can climb any tree, and is so light and active, that any branch is 
accessible to it that will bear the weight of nest and eggs, and it is particu- 
larly destructive to game and poultry, while being an excellent swimmer it 
might prove very destructive to fish, especially if a good diver (like the 
polecat, which is able to catch eels), as it probably is. 

5. The weasels habitually destroy large numbers of animals from mere 
love of killing, and very frequently do no more than suck the blood or eat 
the brains of their prey, habits which, whatever ‘recommendation they may 
be in regard to the rabbits, must certainly lead to the extermination of many 
native birds, and those the most valuable and curious, such as cannot be 
adequately replaced by any foreign species. Furthermore, both ‘‘ game” 
and ‘‘native game” would be very greatly reduced, the latter probably 
exterminated. The hare, too, would share the fate of the rabbit, as when it 
finds itself tracked by a stoat or weasel, it seems to despair of escape, and 
is killed without difficulty. 


*Sc. American, 24th March, 1883. 


Marrin.— Against Introduction of Beasts of Prey. 181 


6. Being fearless and bloodthirsty above all other beasts in proportion 
to their size, there will be no inconsiderable danger of their killing lambs, 
calves, and other domestic animals, and even human beings, as the following 
instances from Wood’s ‘‘ Natural History” show :—T'wo martens killed in one 
night fourteen lambs out of a flock of twenty-one, and the next night killed 
the other seven. The marten is in proportion to its size one of the most 
bloodthirsty of beasts, though less so than the true weasels.* The marten 
is 18 inches long, the stoat 10 inches, the weasel 8 inches. Of the mun- 
goos I am not certain, but the Egyptian ichneumon, which is very similar, 
is 18 inches long. The length of the tail is excluded in each ease. 

Two gentlemen who were riding together having halted, one dismounted, 
leaving his companion to hold his horse. Presently a weasel came out of 
the hedge and fastened on to the fetlock of one of the horses, retaining its 
hold until it was killed. 

A strong man was in one instance so beset by weasels, that he had no 
time to kill them, but could only pluck them off and throw them to the 
ground, so that he would soon have been killed but for a horseman who 
came to the rescue with his whip. 

In another case a colony of weasels attacked (without any provocation) 
various persons that were passing by their home. 

A gentleman happening to see a couple of stoats by the road side picked 
up a stone and threw it at them, knocking one over, on which the other 
instantly calling out to its companions a number immediately came out of 
the hedge and attacked him; he, fortunately having a woollen comforter on, 
protected his throat with it and his hands, and ran for his house, a distance 
of nearly four miles, several stoats being taken off him when he reached 
home. 

The ichneumons and weasels invariably direct their attacks at the throat 
or the back of the head, according to the nature of the animal attacked, so 
that a single bite is fatal, an attack by a weasel or stoat being the more 
dangerous, as they (and perhaps the mungoos also) aid one another at call ; 
they possess too no inconsiderable strength for their size, as evidenced by a 
weasel leaping at and bringing down a partridge from a covey flying above 
two feet from the ground. The weasels are also very irritable, and are apt 
to take offence where none is intended, so that children would be liable to 
their attacks, the more so as the true weasels (Putorius) are fond of living 
in stone heaps and outbuildings. 

It is well known that the ferret will attack infants, and shows extreme 
ferocity if interfered with in such cases, an instance of which is given in 
Wood’s ‘ Natural History.” Some sheepfarmers perhaps hope that these 


* Ene, Brit., Art. Marten. 


182 Transactions.— Zoology. 


beasts will exterminate the kea, but I do not see that this will be any gain, 
because, in coming in contact with the kea, they cannot avoid finding wounded 
and dying sheep, which they would attack, and this, with the slaughtering 
of sheep on the out-stations, would be to them the best possible training for 
sheep-killing, if any is necessary; and any larger beast or any bird that 
would attack the kea would have no hesitation in killing sheep also. As to 
the question of extirpating these beasts where they may become a pest, the 
following example from Wood’s ‘“‘ Natural History” is worth noticing: A 
number of rats established themselves by a fishpond, devouring the fish and 
doing much other mischief, so that the owner was much pleased when a colony 
of weasels came and, having killed or driven away the rats, settled in their 
place. For a time all went well, but presently, other food failing them, the 
weasels began to kill rabbits, poultry, etc., so that the owner became as 
desirous to destroy them as he had been the rats, but he failed to do so, and 
the weasels remained in triumphant possession. _ 

Mr. T. Bent, M.L.A., of Victoria, ig of opinion, as the result of informa- 
tion gathered on a visit to India, that the mungoos will become as great a 
pest in these colonies as the rabbit. This result would equally attend the 
naturalization of either ichneumons or weasels, as the former are prac- 
tically but tropical weasels and probably resemble them in nature and 
habits much more than I have stated. 

The importation of these beasts should therefore be stopped and those 
already at liberty destroyed, at whatever cost ; if this be done without delay, 
I do not think it is now too late to extirpate them. 

For further information on the Mustelide and Viverride see Wood’s 
‘Natural History” and the ‘‘ Encyclopedia Britannica,’ Arts. Ermine, 
Ferret, Fur, Ichneumon, Mammalia, and those on northern countries. 


Art. XIX.—A short Description of a few Haperiments bearing on the Question 
of Spontaneous Generation. By Dr. J. Hupson. 
[Read before the Nelson Philosophical Society, 3rd November, 1884.] 
Tue few remarks contained in this short paper, are written with the object 
of eliciting discussion. 

The question of spontaneous generation is not by any means a new one, 
nor is it confined to the learned, for I have frequently heard ignorant 
hospital patients account for the parasites with which they were infested, by 
saying that they bred them, meaning that they arose spontaneously, and 
that no amount of care would prevent their development. Practically, the 


Hupson.—On Spontaneous Generation. 183 


belief in spontaneous generation is pretty general; when organisms appear 
in situations where they are not expected, and under ciruumstances which, 
to a superficial observer, would appear calculated to exclude them, the 
easiest mode of accounting for their presence is to assume that ‘they came 
of themselves”’; and, by way of parenthesis, I will say here that, when we 
wish to account for or explain observed facts, we are always right to take 
the simplest theory, provided such theory does not clash with any other 
known facts. 

The possibility of organisms having a spontaneous origin has been 
narrowed and narrowed by successive observers, until it is only the Bacteria 
which at the present day are presumed, under certain conditions, to arise 
spontaneously. These Bacteria are exceedingly minute rods and spheres 
that invariably appear» wherever decomposition of animal or vegetable 
matter is going on. For instance, suppose we take any organic infusion 
such as can easily be made by soaking a piece of meat, or hay, or turnip in 
water for an hour or so; we strain off the clear liquid and set it on one side. 
If we examine it after a few days (a week or ten days in winter, a couple of 
days in summer), we shall find that the clear liquid has become turbid, 
and that it begins to smell offensive-—in common parlance it has turned 
bad, or decomposed! Why has it decomposed ? Modern science tells us 
that organic matter cannot decompose without the presence and help of 
Bacteria of some kind or other; that a complex organic infusion, provided 
we rigidly exclude germs, will remain as stable as a solution of sulphate of 
copper. We have a practical application of the principle in the various 
tinned meats. The germs in or on the meats or fish are first killed by 
exposure to a high temperature, and then the tins are hermetically sealed so 
as to exclude air, or rather germs; for it is not the air that does the harm. 
How can we prove this ? 

I have here three glass tubes, which I will call Nos. 1, 2, and 38. Some 
months ago I put into each of these tubes some chopped hay and water. 
No. 1 I left untouched in a sheltered place but exposed to air and light; 
No. 2 I boiled; into No. 3 I inserted a cotton wool cork, quite permeable to 
air, but which has been found to act as a sieve to Bacteria and their germs, 
and then I boiled it for about five minutes. The steam issued freely from 
the cotton wool, demonstrating its perfect permeability to vapour and air. 
After four days I looked at the tubes. No. 1 appeared clear, No. 2 distinctly 
turbid, No. 8 clear. A drop of No. 2 placed under the microscope showed 
numerous rod-like Bacteria. The earlier appearance of turbidity in No. 2 
is easily explained by the boiling having made the infusion quicker (and so 
prepared the fluid for the reception and growth of germs) than the cold 
water did. At the end of a week I examined the tubes a second time. Nos, 


184 Transactions.—Zoology. 


1 and 2 were very turbid, and both showed under the microscope numerous 
Bacteria, but No. 1 (the unboiled specimen) showed in addition some free 
swimming Infusorians, derived (they or their spores) in all probability from 
the hay, but possibly from the water. The boiling of No. 2 had killed these 
higher organisms. No. 8 was still clear. After several months (it was in 
July that I put up these specimens, examine them now) Nos. 1 and 2 are 
positively filthy, they are far advanced in decomposition, and owing to 
evaporation are drying up. No. 8 has diminished fully half its bulk owing 
to the same cause; but what remains is a clear fluid, and if we examine a 
drop of it under the microscope, I feel well assured will not show any living 
organisms. Now this is very remarkable. What is this exemption from 
decomposition and the associated development of organisms due to? It is 
not due to the previous destruction of organisms by boiling, else No. 2 would 
have escaped. Neither is it due to the exclusion of air, for air has been 
freely admitted; therefore we can only conclude that the exemption is owing 
to the cotton wool plug having caught and retained the germs which are 
ever present in the atmosphere. 

I have also a specimen of a small quantity of a highly putrescible animal 
fluid, which has remained clear and unaltered by means of the same simple 
precautions. 

We may here for a few minutes consider what is the nature of putrefac- 
tion; putrefaction expresses the chemical change which organic matter 
undergoes when exposed to air, dust, etc. If we take a solution of an 
inorganic salt such as nitrate of potash and set it on one side and examine 
it after a long interval, we should find it was nitrate of potash still; similarly 
if we take a number of neutral salts, taking care to select only those that 
would not chemically react on each other, we should still find that even after 
a very long time they would still be unaltered; but with an organic fluid 
the case would be different; a solution of albumen such as the serum of 
blood would very soon putrefy, that is, it would undergo a chemical change, 
and as this change is accompanied with an offensive smell, it is called putre- 
faction. The process is identical with fermentation, in fact only a variety, 
and fermentation is a chemical change induced in an organic fluid by means 
of the growth in that fluid of certain definite minute organisms; thus the 
alcoholic fermentation is caused by the yeast plant (Torula cerevisie) the 
batyric fermentation by the growth of Bacillus subtilis; this organism grows 
best where there is but very little oxygen, and I may state here in parenthesis 
that the well known but at the same time unpleasant symptom of heart- 
burn is caused by this particular fermentation; the lactic fermentation, or 
the souring of milk, by the Bacterium lactis, and the numerous fermentations 
and decompositions of organic fluids by the different species of Bacterium, 


Hupson.—On Spontaneous Generation. 185 


Torula, Baciilus, and Micrococci. It will be well now to examine briefly 
some typical experiments of the leading heterogenists—Pouchet, Jeffreys 
Wyman, and Bastian. 

Pouchet in one of his experiments introduces a flask into a vessel con- 
taining a decoction of barley which had been kept boiling for six hours; the 
flask being completely filled with this fluid was brought to the surface and 
corked, and then the circumference of the cork was surrounded by varnish. 
On the sixth day a deposit of yeast was seen, and the flask burst on the 
seventh. 

Here an impure vessel, cork etc., were used, and the heat was not 
applied to them for a sufficient length of time. Further, the fluid cannot 
have been boiling when the vessel was introduced and corked, otherwise, if 
he had done it efficiently, the operator would have scalded his fingers. It 
is, moreover, noteworthy that Pouchet only got organisms in one experi- 
ment of this kind. 

I may here say that Pasteur has completely upset all of Pouchet’s 
experiments and deductions. 

In Jeffreys Wyman’s experiments such fluids as sugar gelatine and hay 
infusion, or flesh sugar and gelatine, were put into a flask, the neck of 
which was drawn out and bent at right 
angles, the extremity of the neck was in- 
serted into an iron tube and cemented 
there with plaster of Paris. The iron 
tube was filled with wires, leaving only 
very narrow passage-ways between them. 
The general relation between the quantity 
of fluid and the capacity of the flask was 
about 20 to 500. The flasks were then boiled for periods varying between 
a quarter and two hours, while at the same time the iron tube containing 
the wires was heated to redness. On withdrawing the lamp from the flask, 
the air which entered passed over these heated iron wires. When cold the 
flasks were sealed with the blowpipe. Fourteen vessels were prepared in 
this way, and in ten of these, when opened after the lapse of various periods 
of time, Vibriones and Bacteria were found. The other four remained barren. 

Curiously enough, Pasteur had made numerous experiments almost 
exactly similar and had obtained no organisms. Why this different result ? 
Pasteur’s flasks were half filled with fluid, while Wyman’s contained only 
from 35-35 part, so that we can easily understand that in Wyman’s 
experiments a portion of the air and of the walls of the flask were never 
heated to within many degrees of the boiling point. Another source of 
fallacy is to be found in the fact that the air which passes through the iron 
tube with its contained wires is only exposed to dry heat, and it is within 


186 Transactions.—Zoology. 


the experience of every one that very high degrees of dry heat can be sus- 
tained by living bodies with impunity ; so that spores entering with the air 
through the iron tube need not necessarily be destroyed. 

Any one who reads Dr. Bastian’s book on the ‘‘ Beginnings of Life” will lay 
it down feeling convinced of the possibility of spontaneous generation, and yet 
on close examination it is full of glaringly false facts ; for instance, he states : 
‘A closed flask containing a very strong infusion of hay, to which had been 
added =,th part of carbolic acid, was opened twelve days after it had been 
hermetically sealed.” Bastian states that this flask contained organisms of a 
peculiar form. Such a statement as this—that a saturated solution of 
carbolic acid can permit the growth of organisms—is opposed to all expe- 
rience and experiment. It is usually found that so small a proportion of 
carbolic acid as the 45th part effectually prevents the growth of organisms 
in organic infusions freely exposed to the air. The supposed organisms 
were probably granular deposits produced by the action of the strong acid 
on the glass or the hay infusion compounds. Many of Bastian’s experiments 
were made with cheese ; now, the spores of Bacillus subtilis, which abound 
in cheese, have peculiarly resisting powers, and, being contained in a badly 
conducting material like cheese, might easily escape the boiling point. 

With regard to Bastian’s experiments Dr. Roberts says: Dr. Bastian’s 
process does not insure that the entire contents of the flask are effectively 
exposed to the boiling heat. 

Professor Huxley states in ‘‘ Nature,’ that he had seen Dr. Bastian’s 
experiments and preparations, and expressed his belief that the organisms 
which Dr. Bastian got out of his tubes were exactly those which he put 
into them; that in fact he had used impure materials, and that what he 
imagined to be the gradual development of life and organization was the 
simple result of the settling of these solid impurities. For instance, he 
relates how on one occasion Dr. Bastian showed him a specimen of a fungus 
which had developed spontaneously, which Huxley recognized as a fragment 
of the leaf of a Sphagnum, and that it was so he ultimately with great diffi- 
culty convinced Dr. Bastian. 

Drs. Bendon Sanderson, Ray Lankester, and Mr. Hartley have also 
tested Dr. Bastian’s experiments, and found them wanting. 

In concluding this short and imperfect paper, I would here remark that 
the old doctrine ‘‘ Omne vivum ab ovo,” appears to me to be the only one 
scientifically tenable. 

P.S.—On tube No. 3 being opened, no organisms were found, and the 
odour of the solution resembled fresh hay, so forming a marked contrast to 
the other tubes, which had a very stale musty smell. 


Retscunx.—On New Zealand Ornithology. 187 


Art. XX.—Notes on New Zealand Ornithology. By A. Retscurx. 

Communicated by Dr. Hector. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 25th November, 1884.| 
Tue author of this paper has had seven years’ experience as an ornithol- 
ogist in New Zealand, and during the last six months has undergone very 
severe personal hardships in his endeavour to solve some of the most difficult 
problems respecting the habits of our rarest birds that are found only in the 
most remote and inaccessible parts of the islands. In February last he 
arranged for an expedition to the “‘ Sounds,” to study the habits of the kiwi 
and kakapo, and I had great pleasure and confidence in assisting him with 
the knowledge of that wonderful region which I have acquired from many 
exploring visits during the last twenty years. His plan was to take an 
assistant with him in the light-house steamer ‘“ Stella ’’ when she tendered 
the Puysegur light-house at the south entrance to Preservation Inlet, and 
there hire a small whaleboat with which to make his explorations. But at 
the Bluff his companion fell sick after all the arrangements had been made 
and six months’ stores for his party’s use had been purchased and placed 
aboard the ‘‘ Stella.’ Nevertheless he determined to proceed alone, and 
in due course was landed with his supplies in Dusky Sound, at the place 
where Mr. Docherty, the mining prospector, has built a hut. Mr. 
Docherty assisted him as far as lay in his power, and with great 
kindness placed his hut and his canoe at Mr. NReischek’s service, 
but having to leave by the ‘Stella’ on a visit to Dunedin, Mr. 
Reischek was left to follow his researches single-handed. The canoe 
was a very crank craft dug out of a small log, but he lashed on each 
side of it logs of the most buoyant wood he could find, and so gained 
sufficient stability to navigate the waters of the sound when the weather was 
fair, which it seldom is for more than a few hours at a time, so that he was 
storm-stayed often for days together on narrow ledges bounded by precipitous 
cliffs. But Mr. Reischek’s greatest feats of endurance must have been in 
his exploration of the alpine regions that overhang the sounds. He spent 
weeks in cutting tracks to reach the lofty table-lands that form the summits 
of the mountains, carrying up provisions sufficient to enable him to 
spend many nights and days in observing and recording the habits of the 
strange birds that inhabit these localities. Having once myself spent eight 
months in what was after all only a most cursory examination of these 
wonderful sounds, I am able thoroughly to appreciate the work of an 
explorer who devoted six months of earnest work to one spot of them 
only. 


188 Transactions.— Zoology). 


My Researches during Sia Months’ stay in Dusky Sound, commencing on the 
L0th of April, 1884. 

The scenery is beautiful owing to its variety. The sound is about 
23 miles long by 2 miles wide. There are several coves which give good 
shelter to small vessels and boats, also a few easy landings. There are a 
number of large and small islands, such as the Sentinel and Resolution, 
which are parted by the Acheron Passage from the mainland, then Long and 
Cooper’s Island, which divide the main channel and the Nine-fathom 
Passage; there is also a smallisland in Super Cove not marked on the chart. 
On the tops of most of these islands there are to be found small lakes and 
lagoons, but the bush is very dense and the country broken. The mainland 
ascends from the water in terraces, interrupted by many cliffs and pre- 
cipices. Near the water is heavy bush, but higher up the vegetation is 
smaller and denser, and on some places nearer the Alps, it is so thick that 
I had actually to walk on the top of the scrub, or cut my way through it. 
The scrub consists mostly of silver pine and hakehake, and there is an 
extent of grass country well watered, with plenty of rich vegetation. I 
think it could be used as a sheep-run if the lower land and terraces were 
cleared to get food and shelter in the severe winter, when the Alps are 
snowed over. At present they are inhabited by thousands of the wander 
rats (Mus decumanus), which were a plague to me, and very destructive to 
the birds. ‘Beyond that are the rugged mountains, where the schist has 
disappeared and left the colossus of granite behind, some of which are 
covered with snow. ‘There are many fresh-water streams in the valleys, 
and, on top of the mountains, lakes and lagoons similar to other New 
Zealand Alps. Strange to say, on some of them I could only find an out- 
flow, but no inflow. When searching for life, 1 could find nothing but a 
few insects. The water is clear and cold. The formation is chiefly granite 
schist and mica schist, and I have never before noticed such a variety of 
accessories together in any part of this or the surrounding islands of New 
Zealand, as in Dusky Sound. Mr. Docherty informed me, and I have 
myself seen, ruby and peacock ore, yellow sulphide, molibdenite, iron 
pyrites, amphibole, tremolite, tourmaline, moscovite, chlorite, sphene, 
titanium, rutile, garnet, orthoclase, asbestos, wolfram, with black and green 
mica, varieties of quartz and spars and marble. 

A better field could not be found for students in practical geology than 
this. The most of these accessories are found on the top of the Alps 
where Mr. Docherty has found the seven lodes; they are between two 
granite dykes, bounded on the west by Mount Huge; from north-east 
to south-west the granite cut through his lodes; to the east is a chasm 
which separates Mount Bender from these formations. Four lodes bearing 


Rersonex.—On New Zealand Ornithology. 189 


about from north to south, underlying west, three bearing about east to 
west underlying north intersecting each other; all these lodes show metal 
on the surface over 2,000 feet high. There is a valley where these lodes 
could be got with very little difficulty, also there is plenty of water power 
for machinery and timber for tramway, and the best anchorage in Dusky 
Sound is right opposite Mr. Docherty’s huts, from whence he has cut 
a good track to the lodes; also there are two tracks I have cut, No. 1 
to the lake I have found and peak above (no name), No. 2 follows eye 
on the left side of the sound to some succession of waterfalls. This 
country looks very broken, but any one who is used to alpine travelling 
could ascend the most of this mountain and also descend on the other side 
if he looked for the ledges. I would have cut a track to Lake Manapouri, 
but as the winter was so’severe, and I have been alone, I could not venture. 
In August I measured the ice in one of the lagoons on top of the Alps and 
it was 64 inches thick, but the lakes on the eastern side of Mount Huge 
and the one I have found froze in much later. The heaviest frost I 
experienced in July, when in one night 3 inches of ice formed. Snow was 
lying from the 15th July to 30th September from 3 feet in depth. There 
are many snow-drifts and ice-fields, in getting over which I had to gain 
foothold by cutting steps with a tomahawk. I also experienced heavy snow- 
storms during the same period, but never without being accompanied by a 
severe thunderstorm, or vice versd. On the beach the heaviest fall of snow 
I noticed was 6 inches, in August, but it disappeared in three days. An 
incessant fall of rain continued during the whole winter in the low lands 
and of snow on the Alps. From the 10th to end of April there were only 
eight days without rain, in May only four days, in June thirteen days, in 
July four days, in August five days, in September ten days. 

The following is a list of the species met with, against each of which I 
have attached the word rare or common, as the case may be :— 

prlcgaciden yi enop f | Rare all along the coast. 

5 . nove-zealandia. 

Circus gouldi. Rare in the Sounds, common from Martin’s Bay. 
Athene nove-zealandig. Rare in the Sounds. 
Halcyon vagans. Very rare in the Sounds. 
Prosthenadena Rae Notheoryicbunaoe tim teeSouhde) 
Anthornis melanura. 

Xenicus longipes. Common in the Sounds, rare in Martin’s and Jack- 
son’s Bay. 

Aenicus gilviventris. Rare. 

Acanthisitta chloris. Common everywhere. 

Orthonyx ochrocephala. Common. 


190 Transactions. — Zoology. 


Gerygone flaviventris, Rare in the Sounds. 
Petroica macrocephala. Common everywhere. 
Petroica albifrons. Common everywhere. _ 
Turnagra crassirostris, Rare in Dusky Sound, common in Caswell and 
Milford Sounds. 
Rhipidura flabellifera. Common everywhere. 
» fuliginosa. Rare. 
Glaucopis cinerea. Rare in Dusky Sound, common along the coast to 
Jackson’s Bay. 
Creadion carunculatus , 
i ae | Rare in Dusky Sound, common along the BOESt 
Stringops habroptilus. Common to Martin’s Bay. 
Platycercus nove-zealandie 
a Spica } Common along the coast. 
i alpinus. Rare. 
Nestor meridionalis. Rare. 
», occidentalis. Not uncommon from Preservation Inlet to Jackson’s 
Bay. : 
Carpophaga nove-zealandie. Very rare in the Sounds, Martin’s and Jack- 
son’s Bay common. 
Apteryx australis. Not very common, and only to be found from Dusky 
Sound to Jackson’s Bay; in all other localities very rare. 
Apteryx owenit. Rare in the Sounds, and small ; Martin’s and Jackson’s 
Bay more common. 
Charadrius bicinctus. I saw them on the Alps over 2,000 feet, by the 
lagoon. 
Hematopus unicolor. Common. 
Ardea nova-hollandie. Very rare in the Sounds, common from Jack- 
son’s Bay to Bruce Bay. 
Rare from Dusky Sound to Jackson’s Bay, where 


Ocydromus australis me 
O. australis is common; I have found a 


i Fuscus f é : 
variety or species which I must compare 
5 brachypterus. +) 
before deciding. 

Casarca variegata. Not very common. 

Querquedula gibberifrons. Not very common. 

Anas chlorotis. Not very common. 

Anas superciliosa. Not very common. 

Hymenolaimus malacorhynchus. Only common inland. 
Fuligula nove-zealandig. Only common inland. 
Larus dominicanus. Not common. 


Larus scopulinus. Not common. 


Reiscuex.—On New Zealand Ornithology, 191 


Sterna frontalis. Not common. 

Diomedea exulans, Diomedea melanophrys, Diomedea chlororhyncha, Diomedea 
Juliginosa, Ossifraga gigantea, Haladroma urinatrix, Procellaria capensis, 
Prion turtur: all these species are not rare. 

Norms AND OBSERVATIONS. 

1. Xenicus gilviventris. Rock Wren. 

This harmless little bird which inhabits the higher regions on the South- 
ern Alps is very tame, hopping about among débris grown over with alpine 
vegetation. I have found them plentiful on top of Mount Alexander, near 
Lake Brunner, in 1877, also on Mount Alcidus, Rakaia Forks, on the station 
of Mr. Neave, in 1879, not uncommon. To my surprise on the Alps in 
this sound they are exceedingly rare where I expected they would be very 
plentiful, as on many of these places there are not any human beings, or 
ever have been, to disturb them. By my examinations I found that the 
common Huropean rats inhabit these Alps in thousands and they destroy 
every bird. 

2. Apteryx australis. Roa. South Island Kiwi. 

This bird, whose limits of existence are annually getting less, I met 
with on the 1st of June, 1884, west of Mount Bender, on the Alps over 
2,000 feet high, among tussocks and low silver pine scrub. My dog got 
on a scent and followed it up on a well-worn track ten inches wide. As 
soon as he set, I examined the place and found a very large roa sitting 
under the scrub in a burrow, with his head under his side feathers, similar 
to the habits of all the species of Apterya. As soon as I touched him he 
struck at me with his leg, clapped with his bill, and made a grunting noise. 
Judging from his size I mistook him for a female; but to my surprise 
on skinning it I found it wasa male. At first I thought it was a large species 
which the natives have often told me about (the roaroa), but by careful 
observation I have found that this alpine inhabitant only differs in size from 
his lower ally, and never leaves the Alps in the severest winter. I have 
found them under snowed-over silver pine scrub, or in burrows between and 
under stones. Their tracks when come across are easily recognized, even 
without a dog. When the snow had disappeared I noticed them, especially 
from one lagoon to another. It is astonishing what a number of tracks one 
pair of these'birds make. They also make their tracks in the bush, along- 
side of which I have often found places where they scratch with their feet 
and dig holes with their bills in the ground, also in rotten wood for insects, 
larvee, and worms, etc. These holes are about 6 inches in depth, by 14-2 
inches wide at the top. The movements of the bird when not disturbed are very 
slow, the head bent down, and the tip of the bill regularly touching the ground. 
When they get disturbed they stand nearly upright, listen for a moment, 


[ 
—~ 


192 Transactions. —Zoology. 


and then run with outstretched neck, and bill pointed downwards. When 
they get pushed hard they go into the first burrow they come to. In Octo- 
ber the female begins to lay one white oval egg in a nest well lined with 
leaves and grass, either in a fallen hollow tree, or under the roots of large 
trees, especially rata, and under stones. The male hatches the egg. The 
female is much larger, and has a larger bill than the male. The cry of the 
male is shriller than that of the female. This bird is to be found from 
Dusky Sound along the coast (and also inland) to Casket Point, but every- 
where rare, as the burrows have no shelter, and the bird no means of 
defence against the attacks of the number of dogs and cats run wild, who 
prey upon them, and [ fear this peculiar and interesting bird will soon dis- 
appear, even from these beautiful and lovely wilds. I found in their crops 
insects and their larve, also a number of small stones for digestion. 

3. Apteryx owent. Grey Kiwi. 

This bird is the smallest of the four existing species of Apteryx. In the 
sounds they are not very plentiful, they prefer dry and high spurs, where 
plenty of dead logs are lying about. I have, however, found them both in the 
low lands, and at over 2,000 feet above sea-level. . They like places with 
several openings and plenty of room, and it is astonishing what small 
openings they go in and out of. Some I measured were only 3 and 4 inches 
in diameter. With the assistance of my dog it sometimes took me half a 
day to secure a bird, and very often I had to give up without result. 

They go about singly till the pairing begins, and then both sexes call 
each other, and they continue in pairs till the female lays one large white 
oval ege. They build their nest together out of dry leaves and grass, which 
they carry in with their bill. The male hatches the egg. After laying 
they soon separate, and I have never found the female near the nest. The 
young birds are soon left to look after themselves. 

I am certain that this kiwi breeds twice in a year, or in different 
seasons, as I have found a half-grown bird on the 21st June, a six-weeks- 
old bird on the 14th August, and one about two months old on the 3rd 
September. All these birds have been left by their parents. On the 16th 
September I found up the mountains (no name), 1,500 feet high, a male 
sitting on an egg in a nest under a rata, which he broke in defending by 
striking with his leg in a similar manner to all species of Apteryx. From 
that time I examined several nests. In this species also the male is smaller, 
and has a shorter bill than the female ; also the cry is different, that of the 
male being shriller. 

In their crops I have found insects, larve, berries and stones for diges- 
tion. This kiwi is distributed over the most isolated and uninhabited 
districts of the South Island, but its circle is getting every year narrower, 
as where civilization and culture appear, this bird soon disappears. 


ReiscHex.—On New Zealand Ornithology. 193 


4, Hudyptes pachyrhynchus. Yellow-crested Penguin. 

This noble bird has been found on the coast of the South Island, but is 
most plentiful in the West Coast Sounds, especially Dusky and Milford, 
In Dusky Sound there are several colonies, two in Super Cove and one 
on the west-north-west of Cooper’s Island. These birds come on shore in 
July, when they begin to build their nests, which consist of a few sticks and 
leaves, which the male brings, while the female constructs a careless nest, 
either in a cave between cliffs or under large stones, and lays one and some- 
times two eggs, similar to those of the Hudyptula minor, only larger and with 
a bluish tint. These birds breed in colonies. I have seen as many as 24 
pairs together. Both sexes assist in hatching their eggs and rearing the 
young birds. About the beginning of September the young are covered 
slightly with down, the head and back black with a greyish tinge, the throat 
and abdomen white. This down increases in thickness as the birds grow 
larger. The female stays with the young the first few days and the male 
brings the food, which consists of various fish, especially the rock cod 
(Percis colias), which they masticate. Afterwards they take it in turns to 
attend the young. It is interesting to watch these birds: some on the 
alert, some coming out of the water with their prey, and others searching 
for their prey. When they are not disturbed they walk or hop upright 
rather clumsily ; but when they are startled by an enemy they stoop down 
and use their flappers as forelegs. For climbing up on the rocks they also 
use their bills, when they get along very quickly. When anything ap- 
proaches them they make a noise similar to a goose (Anser domesticus), 
and the female goes quickly to her young, while the male, if he is near, 
stops by the entrance of the burrow and bites furiously at any intruder. 
As the caves were low and difficult to get at in my first efforts my dog and 
T got many bites before we succeeded in securing any. Though clumsy on 
land, they can be very swift in the water. When swimming the body is 
under water and only the head out, and they swim slow. But when they 
dive they go with great rapidity. I have noticed them in the severest gales 
of wind, and it had not the slightest effect upon their movements, so great 
is their power in their native element. During my six years’ researches I 
have only found two washed ashore. I have observed a colony of about 
14 journeying to their breeding places together. On disturbing them 
they went in a similar manner to the porpoises, jumping out of the water 
and then diving with great rapidity to get out of the way. When these 
birds get often disturbed they leave their breeding settlements and seek for 
more solitary places, generally nearer the ocean, and more inaccessible. 
Mr. Gidal told me that in Caswell Sound there have been for years 
colonies breeding, but we could not find any of them, as the dogs drove them 

13 


194 Transactions. —Z oology. 


away, and now people are living at the Marble Quarry. The only difference 
between male and female is the slightly smaller size of the latter. I have 
found an insect similar to the Membranacea inside the edges of the bill, 
which adhered so firmly that they parted in two on my trying to get them 
off. Hventually I had to poison them to succeed. 

5. Hudyptula minor. Blue Penguin. 

This little bird is not so common in the sounds. I have only found 
them in pairs, and they differ slightly in their habits from the larger 
variety. I have found their nests, which are better built, nearer the shore, 
and as far back as a mile in the bush; and in one instance in a burrow 
12 feet long. Coming ashore in September, the male brings the sticks, 
leaves, etc., for the female to build, generally in a burrow under the roots of 
trees. Both are together in the day-time in their burrows, when they make 
a noise like a kitten; in the night they build their nest, and towards the 
end of September two white roundish eggs are laid, which are reared by 
both parents, and protected from any intruder, whom they pluckily attack. 
In the beginning of November, I have seen young birds covered with slight 

down, dark grey on the top of the head and the back, white on the throat, 

breast, and abdomen. The female is considerably smaller than the male. 
In the end of February and March, they leave the shore with their parents 
for their unfriendly element, where they are as active, but not so powerful 
of endurance as the larger species, as I have found many of them driven 
ashore after a severe gale, dead. Their food is fish and Crustacea. These 
birds are distributed over the North, South, and surrounding Islands of 
New Zealand, and where they are not disturbed they are very plentiful, 
especially on the Motutiri and Taranga Islands, Hauraki Gulf. Their 
enemies are the domestic dog and cat run wild. 

6. Nestor, sp. Kaka. 

This bird represents Nestor meridionalis in the sounds, but is not very 
plentiful. I have found them alone and in pairs or with their young, from 
two to four. They breed in hollow trees. The nest consists of a deepen- 
ing lined with wood-dust and feathers out of the parent birds. They lay 
their eggs from beginning of March till April. Male and female hatch and 
rear the young birds together ; in August the young birds are fullgrown. 
This bird is not so gregarious as his ally meridionalis, also different in 
plumage and construction of the skeleton and habits; the cry and whistle 
is shriller ; the male is fiery red under the wings, the female golden yellow 
and a little smaller. These birds are very bold. On the 13th April, 1884, I 
found in a hollow tree a female with one egg and three young birds, which 
she pluckily defended by biting and scratching. At the cry of the female 
the male came swooping several times past my head. ‘This species is the 
finest of the three existing species of Nestor. 


Reiscuex.—On New Zealand Ornithology. 195 


As I have not seen any specimens of Dr. Buller’s Nestor occidentalis nor 
of the Nestor montanus which were previously obtained and described I can 
only depend on my own observations, of which I am positive, and also can 
prove by a series of specimens I have collected of the Nestor meridionalis, 
North Island kaka—adult, half-grown nestlings, and ege—having a similar 
series of the above Nestor and also of Nestor notabilis. 

At first I called this bird Nestor occidentalis according to the description 
Dr. Buller has in his Manual, which is similar, but I do not like to give it 
any name until I am sure that it is one of the previously-named species. I 
only hold by my own observations that in New Zealand there are three 
species of Nestor—as Nestor meridionalis, Nestor ? and Nestor notabilis, 

7. Stringops habroptilus. Kakapo. 

On my last researches in the sounds I had the opportunity to observe 
minutely the habits and habitat of these birds. They are common in some 
parts of the bush. The young ones are much duller in plumage than their 
parents. When hatched they are covered with white down, which in 
about a month’s time gives place to a fledging of feathers, the down remain- 
ing upon the feathers until the birds are about three months old. In April 
last I found under the root of a red birch, in a burrow, two young kakapos. 
During the same month I found several other young birds of this species. 
So late in the season as the 12th May Mr. Docherty found a kakapo’s nest 
containing a female sitting upon an egg with a chick just hatched. Mr. 
Docherty kindly pointed out the nest which I measured. The burrow had 
an entrance from both sides, and two compartments. Both entrances led 
to the first compartment, the second and deeper chamber being connected 
with the first by a small burrow of about a foot. The nest was in the outer 
compartment, and was guarded by very strong rocks, rendering it difficult to 
open up. The distance from the entrances to the nest were two feet and 
three feet respectively. The first chamber was twenty-four inches by 
eighteen inches, and twelve inches high. The inner compartment was four- 
teen inches by twelve inches, and only six inches high. The nest was 
formed by a deepening, lined with wood dust, ground by the bird as 
fine as sawdust, and feathers, which the female had evidently plucked from 
her own breast, which was quite bare. From my observations I am of 
opinion that the male bird takes no part in the hatching or rearing of the 
chicks, as in all cases the female was the sole attendant from first to last. 
I did not see a male near a breeding burrow, nor did Lin any single instance 


find two grown-up birds in one burrow, though I have seen them in pairs 
on their nocturnal rambles. Whenever two males meet they fight, the 
death of the weaker sometimes resulting. The female is much the smaller 
(probably about three-fourths the weight), and duller in plumage. These 
bush kakapos are very common in various parts of the Sounds district, 


196 Transactions,—Z ology. 


The alpine kakapo—so called by me as I have never found this beautiful 
bird except on the high mountains—is considerably larger, and much 
brighter in plumage. I was under the impression before the winter set in. 
that these birds inhabit the Alps in the summer time when there is an 
abundance of food; but to my surprise my later investigations proved this 
to be erroneous, for as I have said, I have never seen them anywhere else, 
though I have repeatedly seen them taking their nightly walks on the 
Alps, when the snow covered everything to a depth of three feet or 
more. 

I was particularly anxious to observe the manner in which the kakapos 
make their tracks. I therefore hid myself on several occasions in proximity 
to one of the tracks, and in such a position that I could see every bird as it 
passed along. It was very amusing to watch these creatures—generally one 
at a time—coming along the track feeding, and giving a passing peck at any 
root or twig that might be in the way. Thus the tracks are always kept 
clean ; in fact they very much resemble the native tracks, with the excep- 
tion that they are rather narrower, being from eight to fourteen inches wide. 
The kakapos generally select the tops of spurs for the formation of their 
tracks. I was curious to know how the birds would manage when their 
tracks should be covered with snow. Opportunities were afforded of 
satifying my curiosity. I found that they travelled on the surface of the 
frozen snow, and that their tracks were soon plainly visible, though not 
more than an inch between the level of the surrounding snow. In many 
places the scrub, which consists of silver pine, akeake, and other alpine 
vegetation, is so dense that the snow cannot penetrate it. The kakapos 
take advantage of this to make their habitations under the snow-covered 
serub, where it is both dry and warm. 

The kakapo leaves his burrow after sunset, and returns before day- 
light. If they cannot reach their own home during the darkness, they 
will shelter in any burrow which may be unoccupied, as they travel 
long distances. They consume large quantities of food, which consists 
of grass, grass seed, and other alpine vegetation. In July they are 
in splendid condition, those found having as much as two inches of fat 
upon them. ‘The young birds are delicious food when roasted in the 
camp oven. I prefer them to any other game. I was much surprised and 
interested to find in the intestines of these old alpine fat birds parasites 
from six inches to two feet long. These parasites are flat, about a quarter 
of an inch wide, milky white, and jointed very closely. I have found three 
of these parasites knotted together, and many single ones tied in three or 
four knots. I have not found any parasites in the bush kakapos, although 
I made many examinatious for that purpose. The alpine birds are 


Retscnex.—On New Zealand Ornithology. 197 


rare, but I was fortunate in securing about a dozen of them. Amongst 
them was a specimen of a beautiful varied plumage. On the top 
-of the head’ very light green; back, wing-covers, and tail, yellowish- 
green with crimson spots; round the bill crimson; throat, breast, and 
abdomen yellow with crimson spots; bill light yellow; legs silver-grey ; 
eyes dark-brown. 

In the spring, when the sun begins to shed its warmth, the kakapos 
emerge from their burrows, and select some favourable spots in the sun- 
shine, where they crouch down and remain the whole day. In September 
I selected a suitable day for observing this peculiarity. The snow had dis- 
appeared from all the sunny places. I found three birds in different places, 
sitting upon low silver-pine scrub. They took no notice of my approach 
until I had them safely in my hand, when they endeavoured to release them- 
selves by biting and scratchmg. The bush kakapos, like the alpine, get 
very fat during the winter months. They differ from their alpine allies, 
inasmuch as they do not retain their own burrows except during the breed- 
ing season. All the rest of the year the bush kakapos take the first burrow 
that is unoccupied when daylight approaches. 

8. In the course of my researches I found also two species of leeches, also 
various parasites. When crossing a creek in Dusky Sound, in September, 
1884, I felt something on my feet, and on examining them found some small 
leeches, so I skinned a bird, tied the body to a string, and threw it in the 
same creek; on returning in an hour's time I found a good ‘many of these 
leeches on the body, some being quite red from sucking the blood; these 
have been preserved in spirits of wine. The second and larger species I 
found in the bush, September, 1884, on the leaves of a birch; their colour 
was chestnut-brown, they stuck very hard when I was pulling them off. I 
only found two and gave you one. 

I found a species of tapeworm in the intestines, rectum, of the alpine 
kakapos (Stringops habroptilus, Gray), which I got on the 25th September— 
these old male birds were very fat and had as much as two inches at 
the abdomen. The parasites were alive, from 6 inches to 2 feet long by 
+ inch wide, closely joimted, very thin at the end; three of them I found 
knotted together, and many single ones tied in three or four knots; as soon 
as I put them in alcohol they shrunk together and sent forth a milky white 
substance. 

Another parasite was found on the large penguin, and has been des- 
eribed (vide supra, p. 194). 

Fish in Dusky Sound. 

I may be permitted to mention the wealth which lies in this sound 

undisturbed, 


198 Transactions.—Zooloqy. 


It could be made by enterprising people a paying industry, as there 
are so many feeding grounds and plenty of fish. If any one were to go 


with a boat before high water to these places they could fill their boat very . 


soon. 

The fish good for eating are hapuka, Oligorus gigas; rock cods, Percis 
colias; tarakihi, Chilodactylus macropterus; moki, Latris ciliaris, etc., ete. 
There are also two species of dolphin very plentiful, which could be easily 
secured and used for oil and their skin for leather. In fine weather the 
smaller species are there in hundreds similar to the common Delphinus 
delphis. I have seen the sound alive with these fish playing. 

The second and larger species similar to the Twursio, is not as plentiful. 
They go in small groups from two to a dozen steadily along, the dorsal fin 
the most time out of the water. They make a roaring noise like the bellow- 
ing of a bull, especially in the night. 


When I paddled from one place to another these fish would follow along- 
side my canoe. 


Arr. XXI.—Description of a new Octopus. By James Park. 

[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 14th December, 1883.] 
Arter heavy north-east gales molluses of this class are not infrequently cast 
ashore between Stoke and Richmond, and during the fishing season great 
numbers are caught by the fishermen inside the Boulder Bank; but, except 
they are almost immediately secured, they are soon shrivelled up and beyond 
identification. In the present instance the specimen before you, which is a 
male Octopus, was captured near the Marine Baths, at the ‘‘ Port,” im some 
four feet of water, and I was fortunate enough to obtain it in a very fine 
state of preservation. 

In general outline it somewhat resembles Octopus tuberculatus, but the 
arms are more slender and tapering and very much larger than in that 
species. 

Class CHPHALOPODA. 
Family Octoropipz. 

Octopus communis, Sp. Nov. 

Body oval, stout, fan-shaped behind, smooth, without fins. Head large, 
long, rounded. yes large, round, prominent. Arms long, tapering, un- 
equal; dorsal pair + longer than ventral pair. The hectocotylus is shorter 
and more robust than the other arms, ending abruptly in a long, flattened 
process with a deep longitudinal groove. Suckers in two rows, not opposite, 


Mnnson.—On a Plague of Rats. 199 


sessile, tenth sucker in row largest, gradually diminishing both ways; those 
on dorsal arms about 4 larger than those on ventral arms. The suckers 
vary in number from 188 pairs on the longest arms to 110 on the shortest, 
while the male organ is furnished with only 52 pairs. Colour: Above dark 
steel grey, blotched irregularly with pale grey, almost black round the eyes. 
Below pale grey, blotches smaller and less numerous. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Feet. Inches. 


Length of body and head .. o6 Be aye, we 1 


“ dorsal sessile arms 5) 0 

i ventral —_,, 2 0 

a hectocotylus 1 6 

rs other sessile arms 2 9 

Circumference of body 1 5 
Diameter of eyes .. ; 0 0°5 
me largest dorsal sucker 0 1:3 
He Ww ventral sucker .. 0 0:9 


Hab. Blind Bay, Nelson. 


Art. XXII.—The Plague of Rats in Nelson and Marlborough. 
By Joun Meuzson, B.A. 
[Read before the Nelson Philosophical Society, 6th December, 1884.] 
Tue plague of rats from which we at present are and have been now for 
some months past suffering has features which merit more than a passing 
notice from a Society having for one of its principal objects the discovery, 
corroboration, and classification of fresh facts m natural history. The 
magnitude of the plague is the subject of ordimary conversation. Nelson 
and Marlborough—in other words, the whole of the extreme northern por- 
tion of the South Island of New Gealand—is enduring a perfect invasion. 
living rats are sneaking in every corner, scuttling across every path; their 
dead bodies in various stages of decay, and in many cases more or less 
mutilated, strew the roads, fields, and gardens, pollute the wells and streams, 
in all directions. Whatever kills the animals does not succeed in materially 
diminishing their numbers. Fresh battalions take the place of those 
slaughtered. Young and succulent crops, as of wheat and peas, are so 
ravaged as to be unfit for and not worth the trouble of cutting and har- 
vesting. A young farmer the other day killed with a stout stick two 
hundred of the little rodents in a couple of hours in his wheat field. 
Plainly, the settler, for this season at all events, in addition to parroquets 


200 Transactions.— Zoology. 


and blackbirds amongst his small fruit, the codlin moth, American blight, 
scale, etc., amongst his larger fruit, the difficulty of getting in his seed and 
of gathering his crops through disorganization in the central weather office, 
and the impossibility of getting a remunerative price for what he does 
succeed in bringing to market, may count upon another source of comfort 
and profit, in addition to all those he at present possesses, in the trouble- 
some visitor which forms the subject of this notice. 

Three questions in connection with the invasion seem deserving of 
consideration :—1. Whence do the animals come? 2. To what species do 
they belong? 3. What kills them off in such numbers ? 

Now, as to the first question, the local journals of the past six months 
seem to show that the Province of Marlborough, and in particular the dis- 
trict about Blenheim and Picton, first had the visitation. This was, I 
believe, about five months ago—that is to say, in the depth of the winter. 
Thence the rodents made their way in a westerly direction through the 
Wangamoa to Wakapuaka, Nelson, and the Waimeas. Thousands of them 
made a mistake while passing on the eastern coast of Blind Bay towards 
Nelson. They took to the Boulder Bank and travelled along that curious 
prong of land to its very extremity. To continue their course onwards they 
then boldly swam across the passage leading into the harbour, rather than 
lose time by retracing their steps. From the Waimeas the invading force 
journeyed onwards round Tasman Bay to the Motueka; took possession in 
countless myriads of the valley of the Motueka, spread round Golden Bay, 
passed Collingwood, and planted their outposts even as far as Cape Farewell. 
They have now completely overrun the southern shores of Cook Straits, 
and have even appeared in great force on D’Urville Island, which 
apparently they could only have reached by swimming the French Pass. 
How far southwards the invasion has extended there seems no means of 
immediately ascertaining, as a great part of the country between here and 
the Canterbury Plains is either very sparsely peopled or unoccupied 
altogether. On the Lyell Road, throughout the whole distance, they are in 
swarms. Probably ere this, if they have continued their disposition to 
travel in search of fresh fields and pastures new, they have made their way 
to Westland and Canterbury. 

Now, this is the whole of what we know as to their march: the question 
‘* whence do they come ?”’ still virtually remains unanswered. I think, how- 
ever, if we consider where they first put in their appearance, we may fairly 
conclude that their previous abode was somewhere in the mountainous 
country around the valleys of the Wairau and Awatere,—midway, per- 
haps, as the bird flies, between Nelson and the little township of Kai- 
koura, My friend Mr. Conrad Saxton, who is very well acquainted with a 


Mrzson.—On a Plague of Rats. 201 


sreat deal of the more remote country in this district, and has moreovor 
great natural aptitude and appetite for observing facts in natural history, 
tells me that he is pretty sure that these rats are the same as he used to 
see in large numbers many years ago round about Tarndale,—the very dis- 
trict that our secretary and his party of explorers visited recently. Here, 
or hereabouts, are the head waters of the Clarence, Awatere, and Wairau. 
Of course it would be absurd for me to pretend to fix the precise spot of the 
original habitat ; but that it was somewhere at the head of the valleys men- 
tioned, or on the western side of Mount Odin, in the Kaikoura Range, seems 
to me indisputable. What other supposition can be entertained ? Consider 
the geography of the locality in question. It is the north-eastern corner of 
the island with the waters of Cook Straits and the Pacific washing its coasts 
on the entire east and north. To these shores trend great mountain chains, 
like the fingers of an enormous stony hand, slightly outstretched from a big 
central mass more in the interior. Between these chains lie the narrow 
valleys mentioned above. The rats first appeared on the shores in the 
north-eastern corner. How did they come there? No one will contend 
that they swam across Cook Straits from the North Island,—or that they 
came from the ocean, or that they journeyed from the middle of the island 
where, as far as we know, they have not even as yet been seen. Unless, 
therefore, we assume that they dropped from the skies, or form an illustra- 
tion, like Van Helmont’s mice, of the doctrine of abiogenesis, we are driven 
to the conclusion that their original habitat was somewhere in the high, 
rough, and secluded country on the western side of the Kaikoura Range, 
whence they descended by one of the narrow valleys that I have referred to. 

They probably were driven out of their old haunts by the struggle for exist- 
ence (or subsistence, if you prefer the word), even as in many cases human 
beings are driven to emigrate; and, if we enquire what it was that pressed 
so severely upon the rodents, we shall probably agree that the best explana- 
tion of the movement en masse is in some exceptional climatic condition. 
Let it be borne in mind that last summer was very wet, and last winter 
very cold, the amount of snow lying on the high lands in the interior having 
been reported from time to time to be exceptionally large. In the month of 
September 5,000 sheep were at one station alone, in the Kaikoura District, 
Kekerangu, lost through heavy snow. Under pressure of famine, therefore, 
the rats, though contented enough with their habitat under ordinary cireum- 
stances, naturally braved new dangers, and made their way to the more 
fertile and cultivated lower country in the valleys and along the coast, 
where food would be found more abundantly. Another supposition would 
be that the struggle for existence arises from excessive increase in numbers, 
rather than hard winters; and a third, that the animals are attracted by 


202 Transactions. —Z oology. 


some particular species of food which, in this particular year, and at this 
particular season, their instinct or their keen sense tells them would be 
found hereabouts in abundance. In connection with this supposition, I 
have heard it suggested that, as this year the birch-trees have been seeding 
abundantly, and thus attracting the kakas, so perhaps the rats have been 
drawn down from their remote homes by the same seductive food. I 
incline to the opinion that the recent hard winter has procured this visita- 
tion for us. 

A curious fact, if it be one, here comes in. I have examined many 
of these animals, and have not found a single female. One of my neigh- 
bours has examined two hundred of them; and a Maori, at the pa 
beyond Wakapuaka, one hundred, with the same negative result. I have 
not heard of many female specimens as yet being taken amongst the whole 
host. Some females have, however, been taken; and in one case, at 
Wakapuaka, they were found breeding. If it really be the case that 
nearly all these visitors of ours are males, we may safely prognosticate that, 
unless there be a fusion of this race with that of the Mus decumanus or 
Norwegian rat, which we have with us (a thing most unlikely to occur), the 
infliction under which we suffer will not be of long continuance. Arguing 
by analogy, we should say that the young males driven, or volunteering, on 
a dangerous foray, will not stay long from their old quarters if they be un- 
accompanied by the other sex. But is it possible that the weaker males 
have been driven out by the stronger through jealousy,—or that, through 
res auguste domi, like drones from a hive of bees, they have decamped to 
escape the massacre with which they were threatened by a combination of 
the strongest males, and the whole body of females? It will not be safe to 
raise a theoretical superstructure as yet upon the evidence produced. More 
observation is wanted, so that we may have a foundation of fact, and then 
we may try to answer the above questions. 

Invasions of rats, from whatever cause produced, are not by any means 
rare in the annals of natural history. They have occurred, I am told, from 
time to time in different parts of this colony; and it is quite certain that 
both the Huropean species—Mus rattus and Mus decumanus—appeared in 
Kurope quite suddenly in comparatively modern times—the black rat about 
the year 1500, and the brown one, stupidly called the Norwegian rat, about 
the year 1727; both came from Central Asia, and must therefore have 
travelled much further than our present troublesome little visitors here in 
Nelson; that is, if our supposition as to the whereabouts of their original 
home be accepted. 

2. But what is this rat? Is it a complete stranger or an old acquaint- 
ance? Here is a full and particular description of the adult male. 


Mrxson.—On a Plague of Rats. 208 


Length of body from the tip of snout to base of tail, 4:75-5°5 inches ; 
length of tail, 4°75-5:°5 inches; length of head, about 1:6 inch; length 
of hind foot, about 1:25 inch; length of fore foot, about -75 inch; 
measurement of ears, ‘75 xX ‘625 inch; whisker hairs, numerous, of vari- 
ous lengths, largest 1:5 inch; colour of fur (which is long, very thick, 
soft, and glossy), except at tips, always iron or bluish-grey, intermingled 
with perfectly white hairs at tips; greyish-brown on back, white on belly. 
The ears are rounded and naked; tail long, scaly, covered with very short 
hairs; legs clothed in soft hair, which im the hind feet is long and covers 
the claws ; toes, 4 in fore-feet and 5 in hind ones, each toe provided with 
nails which are sharp and white at tip. Dental formula, 7 ++, m 23—16; the 
lower incisors large, rounded, and yellow. 

Now in turning over the pages of the Transactions and Proceedings of 
the N.Z. Institute, I see, passim, the following species of rats noticed as 
found in the colony and distinguished from one another. It is not by any 
means easy to gather from these scattered notices the information needful 
for writing a clear account. Those who have examined specimens and 
read papers or spoken thereon at the meetings of the Philosophical Societies 
have differed somewhat from one another, and in some cases later informa- 
tion seems to have led to the withdrawal of previously expressed opinions. 
This seems to have arisen partly from the fact that in most cases a solitary 
individual specimen has been the subject. Such an one was the rat, 
ochreous in colour, found in 1858 (Trans., vol. iii., p. 3), and placed in the 
Auckland Museum. This in size was about as big as our rat, but Dr. 
Hector considered that it was probably a Sydney species. Again a rat of 
large size, with a tail 8 inches long, was found in Tinakori Road, Wellington, 
in 1871 (Trans., vol. iv., p. 183). It was a female, is now in the Wellington 
Museum, and was regarded by Professor Hutton as a specimen of Mus rattus. 
Two or three rats, again, were found by Mr. Taylor White near Napier, in 
1876 (Trans., vol. xi., p. 343), and a skin was also found at the Port, all 
of which Professor Hutton regards as being specimens of Mus rattus. Then, 
again, in 1870 (Trans., vol. iii., p. 1), Dr. Buller communicated a paper to 
the Transactions, on a specimen forwarded to him from Wangaehu, which 
he minutely describes, and regards as the true Maori rat—the Kiore Maori. 
This also is deposited in the Wellington Museum. Now some of these 
specimens, I submit, had in all probability been stowaways on board vessels 
arriving at the New Zealand ports from Europe or the Australian colonies, 
and the accounts given of them therefore increase the difficulty of arriving 
at a conclusion as to what species of rats are indigenous or acclimatized 
in New Zealand. However, I think these three species are and have been 
for some time in different parts of the colony. 


204 Transactions. —Z ology. 


1. The Mus decumanus—Norwegian rat—which has driven away the 
Kiore Maori into remote districts, if it has not exterminated it altogether. 

2. A species of Mus rattus, of which perhaps Dr. Buller’s Mus nove- 
zealandié was a specimen —as indeed, he himself seems to think. 

3. A smaller species—for which Professor Hutton proposes the name 
Mus maorium (Trans., vol. ix., p. 348). 

Now let us first enquire if our rat is the Mus decumanus. I think 
certainly not. I have had a Norwegian rat and two of our present invaders 
stuffed and grouped together for exhibition in our museum. A moment's 
inspection suffices to show what different animals these are. The fur of the 
Norway rat is thinner, shorter, and different in undercolour at all events. 
The eyes, too, are smaller. Our new friend is more like a big field-mouse 
than a Norway rat; and besides being considerably smaller, he is slightly 
darker in colour and less malodorous. He differs also in his habits, climbs 
trees and flax plants, is phytophagous rather than carnivorous, prefers the field 
to the house, the garden to the sewer ; is less sagacious and crafty in presery- 
ing himself against his enemies. Some may think him a degenerate form of 
his Norway congener, his degeneracy produced by bush life and scanty fare. 
I do not think so. The argument from difference in size is too important. 
Besides the Mus decwmanus, when it takes to the bush, attains a size which 
is greater than that of the animal which haunts the abodes of man. 
Taking to the bush, for a rodent apparently does not by any means 
necessarily imply starvation of individuals and general deterioration of 
type. 

In the next place we must ask,—lIs our rat the same as that described by 
Dr. Buller and called by him Mus nove-zealandie? Comparing the 
descriptions of the two animals it will be seen that although their charac- 
teristic features agree pretty well in other respects, yet in the matter of size 
one is a comparative pigmy. If Dr. Buller’s rat was the true Kiore Maori, 
and there was only one species of that animal, ours can scarcely be said to 
be the Maori rat. But when the natives told Dr. Buller that the rat from 
Wangaehu was the true Kiore Maori were they right? At the discussion 
which took place on the subject in the Wellington Philosophical Society, 
(Trans., vol. ii., p. 3) the question arose ‘“‘ whether any native now 
living could really identify the native rat.” And truly the point is very 
doubtful. I have tried by means of an interpreter to get information on 
the matter from amongst the Maoris who have thronged into Nelson during 
the last week for Land Court business. But their stories and accounts are 
anything but consistent with one another. ‘They do not by any means seem 
to be quite clear as to there having been in olden times only one kind of rat 
in the country, and in all cases their information seems to be traditional, 


Merrson.—On a Plague of Rats. 205 


although some of them are aged men.* About one thing they are perfectly 
agreed; the Kiore Maori was good to eat; ‘‘ bettern rabbit.’ As to all 
else pertaining to the native rodent, they are about as ignorant and indiffer- 
ent as the average Englishman is to the facts of natural history in his own 
island. 

But there is a third species of rat, for which Professor Hutton proposes 
the name Mus maorium. (Trans.; vol. xi., p. 344; vol. ix., p. 848.) 
Does our animal belong to this species? I think it does, and I will, 
with your permission, give my reasons for saying so. The Professor found 
in Maori cooking places at Shag Point, on Mount Benger, and I think else- 
where, at various times and under circumstances which show that they had 
lain where gathered for many years, certain collections of bones, principally 
of birds, amongst which, however, were the remains and in some cases the 
complete skeletons of a species of rat. He has given us exact measurements 
of these skeletons, and his figures and accounts are extremely interesting ; 
for after careful consideration he entertains no doubt that this animal was 
the true Maori rat, and perhaps identical with the black rat of Polynesia. 
Now in comparing Professor Hutton’s measurements of the Shag Point and 
Mount Benger rat skeletons, with the figures that I have given above of 
the dimensions of our rats, it will be found that the two sets correspond 
marvellously closely. The animal recently killed gives dimensions slightly 
larger than the desiccated skeleton, and we should naturally expect that this 
would be the case. My opinion is that our rats and Professor Hutton’s 
skeletons belong to the same species, which is that of the true and probably 
more ancient Kiore Maori. The question then arises, what of Dr. Buller’s 
Mus nove-zealandie? What was it? Are we right in supposing that 
there was only one species of Kiore Maori before the settlement of the 
British in New Zealand in 1889-41? Ido not see why we should suppose 
so. It is possible that there are at least two species—both varieties of the 
Mus rattus, both frugivorous and dwelling in trees—but one of large size 
inhabiting the lower country and the other smaller occupying the hichlands. 
It is in that case to the former that Dr. Buller’s specimen, the one found in 
Tinakori Road and several others described—would belong; and to the 
latter, our visitor. Perhaps one rat was a Moriori animal, the other a 
genuine Maori, and if that supposition cannot be accepted—perhaps the 
larger variety of Mus rattus came over with Captain Cook in 1769, or with 
some earlier navigator. In that case the small rat Mus maortum must be 
accepted as the original Maori animal and of the Polynesian variety of 


* One old Maori believes that in his youth there were three rats in New Zealand—the 
Maori, the Norwegian, and the Hnglish—whatever he may mean by the latter. 


206 Transactions.—Z oology. 


black rat, while the larger animal would be simply the European black rat 
modified to some extent by climate and other differences during the course 
of perhaps a hundred years. 

The statement is frequently made that the Maori ratis extinct. Surely this 
is a gratuitous assumption. It is at all events an assertion very difficult to 
prove, inasmuch as it virtually involves a universal negative. That one 
species of the so-called Maori rat may have disappeared before the in- 
vaders, I have no difficulty in granting. But there are wide tracts in New 
Zealand where there is room enough for millions of rats to disport them- 
selves without let or hindrance of pakeha or pakeha rat. Old settlers in 
this province who knew the interior 40 years ago, and have known it ever 
since, tell me that during the whole of that period a small species of rat 
has been commonly met with in the bush at all altitudes. One of our 
members (Mr. Browning) has seen it when on his professional duties at a 
height of 4,500 feet. Mr. Saxton says it climbs trees. Some people say it 
lives in them. It certainly eats fruit and vegetation, and is a very clean 
wholesome animal compared with the brown rat of our civilization. It lives 
largely amongst the fern. Why not call it by way of distinction the Fern 
Rat. Understand me, I do not look upon this as another variety additional 
to those I have mentioned, I believe this is the true Maori rat—the Mus 
maorium of Professor Hutton—the Kiore Maori—the rat with whose presence 
we now are so largely favoured. 

It is fair to say, per contra, that Professor Haast in his ‘‘ Report of 
Exploration in the Western part of the Nelson Province, 1861,” states that 
although the native rat (which he calls ‘‘ Mus rattus’’) was said in some 
places still to exist in large numbers, he failed to find any ; while, on the other 
hand, the Kiore Pakeha was found everywhere in large numbers and of 
large size. 

It must also be said that mention has been made more than once of 
some species of rat living in communities—lke rabbits living in their 
burrows, or ants on their hills. The deserted holes were frequently 
found on the Canterbury plains and in the Nelson interior some years 
ago, but there is no evidence to show what species of rat inhabited 
them. 

Well then you see the opinion to which I incline is that our rat— 
whether the true Kiore Maori or not—is an indigenous rodent, the same 
which Professor Hutton calls the Mus maorium, and which we may familiarly 
name the Fern Rat, in reference to its usual habitat. So far from its being 
extinct, this rat, as Dr. Hector says (Trans., vol. xvi., p. 555), “is very 
common in the bush country,” feeding on the bark of the patete, and 
relishing the honey of the puriri, by which it is frequently stupefied and 


Heotor.—On the Dolphins of the New Zealand Seas. 207 


poisoned. It descends into Wellington during hard weather, and if the 
Empire City is not spared, we must look for a like visitation from time to 
time. 

Some say that the colour of our rat is not dark enough to admit of the 
opinion that it is a ‘“‘ Kiore Maori.” But the Mus rattus. is said by a dis- 
tinguished natuvalist to change from black to grey—very old individuals 
becoming decidedly hoary (Trans., vol. iv., p. 184). We should hesitate, 
therefore, before pronouncing positively as to the classification of a rat from 
colour alone. Anatomical structure, size, and habits seem to be more im- 
portant elements to consider. 

8. As to what it is that causes the death of so many of our visitors— 
for their corpses in various stages of decomposition lie about our properties 
everywhere—there need be no difficulty. Their enemies are numerous. 
Hyery man’s hand is against them. Dogs and cats worry them about our 
houses. Native birds pounce upon them in the open fields. Their more 
powerful congeners—the brown rats—wage war against them « outrance. 
A survey party in Motueka the other day dug out a rat hole, and found 
therein a Norwegian female and her young, and by their side about twenty 
skins and other remains of the smaller rat. Besides these enemies they 
have to contend with disease, probably occasioned by change of food and 
surroundings. Moreover, they do not seem to have the experience or 
cunning of the brown rat as to the avoidance of danger; and as their 
numbers are so great, their slaughter is proportionately wholesale. Between 
them and the brown rats there will of course be a war of races. But the 
black rat, neither in Hurope nor here, has ever been a match for the other 
rodent. We shall not have these interesting strangers amongst us long— 
already they are diminishing in numbers, and soon they will probably retire 
to their mountain fastnesses as mysteriously as they descended upon us. 
If we did not welcome their coming, I think without doubt we shall speed 
the parting guests. 


Art. XXIII.—WNotes on the Dolphins of the New Zealand Seas. 
By James Hector, C.M.G., M.D., F.B.S. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 26th November, 1884.] 
ty 1872* I collected all the information at my command respecting the 
dolphins that frequent our coasts, and distinguished the species according 
to the mode of classification adopted by the late Dr. Gray in his catalogue. 


* Trans. N,Z, Inst., vol, v., art. xix. 


208 Transactions,— Zoology. 


In 1876, when describing the osteology of Tursio metis, I pointed out the 
importance of the palatal aspect as affording a ready means of distinguish- 
ing the skulls of our dolphins, and gave figures of this aspect for the five 
species of most frequent occurrence.* So far as I know, no additions have 
been made to our knowledge of the subject by observation in this country 
since then, but the general classification of the Delphinide has been con- 
siderably modified, so that it has become necessary to revise our lists. Un- 
fortunately the great work of Van Beneden and Gervais, which was looked 
forward to as likely to afford us an authoritative settlement of many difficult 
questions, fails us in respect to the dolphins, owing to the death of Professor 
Gervais before this section of the work was written. Professor Flower has, 
however, taken up the subject in a masterly paper contributed to the Zoo- 
logical Society,+ and has done much in clearing the ground for more correct 
observation and study of this most difficult class of animals. The key-note 
of this revision by Professor Flower is that he places no dependence on the 
number and size of teeth, or the form and proportions of the brain-case and 
of the beak, all of which were the chief characters relied on by Dr. Gray, 
and attaches most importance to the features presented by the palatal aspect 
of the skull, and particularly the condition of the pterygoid bones, which, he 
points out, in all the Delphinide enclose a large air-sinus. Adopting the 
classification thus indicated, the following is the revised nomenclature of the 
New Zealand Delphinidee :— 
1. Orca gladiator, Gray, p. 279. 

(Orca pacifica, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1870; Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vii., 260.) 

Two complete skeletons of the Killer are now inthe Museum, one having 
been obtained from Tasmania and the other from the coast south of Wan- 
ganui. I consider that there is no valid ground for separating the southern 
from the northern species. The New Zealand species is the larger and 
more robust of the two specimens, and measures 21 feet in total length. 

The number of vertebre is as follows :— 


Cervical ee a8 ... 7% First 4 anchylosed. 
Dorsal ft iy Bashan bl 
Lumbar Bie Lat Ree 0) 
Sacral ce oe eal 
Caudal inal a Sts) 
52 


The size of the skull exceeds by 4 that of the large skull in the Otago 
Museum which I formerly described (Trans. N.Z. Inst., vii., 260.) 


* Trans. N.Z. Inst., ix., pl. xii. 
+ Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1884, p. 


Hrotor.—On the Dolphins of the New Zealand Seas. 209 


2. Pseudorca crassidens, Owen; Gray, 290. 
(P. meridionalis, Flower, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864; Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., v., 163.) 
Professor Flower states that further examination of a complete series of 
. adult skeletons has led him to abandon the specific distinction of the 
southern from the northern form of this animal. No further specimen of this 
rare animal has been obtained since my former notes were published. 
83. Grampus richardsoni, Gray, 299. 
Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., v., 163. 

Nothing more has been ascertained as to the occurrence of this grampus 
in the New Zealand seas. It is probably identical with Grampus griseus of 
the northern seas, which Professor Flower states is remarkable for the 
variability of its colour. . 

4, Delphinapterus leucas, Pallas. 
(Beluga kingii, Gray, 309; Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., v., 163.) 

The inclusion of this animal in the New Zealand Fauna is still only 
dependent on the single specimen of an imperfect skull. A skull of the 
northern species, which I obtained for comparison, agrees so well that it is 
better to sink the specific distinction until definite information is obtained. 

5. Globicephalus melas, Traill. 
G. macrorhynchus, Gray ; Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., v., 164. 

A number of skeletons of this very common animal known as the 
blackfish have been sent by me in exchange to other museums, and 
Professor Flower has satisfied himself that it cannot be separated from the 
Caaing whale of the Northern Seas. Professor Flower considers that the 
skull in the College of Surgeons Museum which forms the type G. macro- 
rhynchus belongs to a different animal; but the description quoted by Gray 
of the South Sea blackfish and its habits under that specific name so 
evidently apply to our common blackfish that I was misled in my former 
determination. _ 

7. Cephalorhynchus hectori, Van Beneden. 
Lagenorhynchus clanculus, Gray. 
Electra clancula, Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., v., 160. 

The common dolphin of the coast which I at first identified as this 
species has given rise to a most embarrassing confusion of nomenclature 
from its evidently having been confounded with another dolphin almost 
equally common and of the same size, Clymenta obscura. Following the 
nomenclature of Gervais, and guided by the character of the pterygoid bones, 
Professor Flower refers it to the genus Cephalorhynchus, which with Gray 
was a sub-genus of Twursio, and considers it barely distinguishable from 
Gray’s Tursio heavisidii of the Cape of Good Hope, which is, however, 

14 


910 Transactions.—Zoology, 


described as having the teeth 2%, whereas our dolphin has teeth $2. 
Moreover, the dorsal fin in the Cape species is stated to be triangular, 
while in ours it is rounded as shown in my original sketch. This feature 
has been confirmed by Van Beneden, who has founded a new species under 
the name of Electra hectori (Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 1881) on a very 
complete specimen presented to him by Dr. Finsch, who obtained it on the 
north-east coast of New Zealand. 

The only discernible difference in the description of the two animals is 
that the nose and forehead were white in my specimen, and black in Dr. 
Finsch’s, a character of small importance where all the other colouration is 
the same. According to Professor Flower, Electra clancula is only founded 
on a skull, and thig skull, although agreeing in other respects, differs so 
materially in the form of its pterygoid—a character which Gray does not 
allude to—from our species that he places it almost in the same species 
as the Cape dolphin, distinguished by the specific name conferred by Van ~ 
Beneden. The statement which I made in the first notes of this dolphin, 
to the effect that the ‘cervical vertebre’”’ are anchylosed, should probably 
have been “ anterior cervical vertebre,’’ and I have to thank Professor 
Flower for pointing out the error; but, unfortunately, until new specimens 
have been obtained and prepared, the complete osteology cannot be com- 
pared, as both the complete skeletons which I recorded as being in the 
Museum have been given away, one to the ‘‘ Challenger’”’ Expedition, and 
the other to the British Museum, under the impression that there was a 
third complete specimen in store. This latter has been recently cleaned, 
and proves to be altogether a different species, but one with which, as 
already stated, the present dolphin is often confounded. 

8. Delphinus delphis, Zimm. 
D. forsteri, Gray ; Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., v., 158. 
D. nove-zealandie, Q. and G.; Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., ix., 349. 

Comparison of these types with a large number of specimens from these 
seas has enabled Professor Flower definitely to determine that the above 
species are in every character identical, thus’ adding another to the list of 
Cetaceans that have a world-wide geographical range. In the Museum 
there is. a fairly complete skeleton of this species, and a number of skulls 
and lower jaws. 

9. Tursiops tursio, Buonaterre. 
Tursio metis, Gray ; Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., v., 162. 

These species are now considered to be closely allied, if not identical. A 
comparison of a complete skeleton in the Museum with the descriptions and 
anatomical drawings of the northern species does not afford any ground for 
keeping them as distinct species, 


Heotor.—On the Dolphins of the New Zealand Seas, 211 


10. Clymenia obscura, Gray. 
Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., v., p. 160. 

This species was first described as a Tursio, and placed in the sub-genus 
Cephalorhynchus. By Gervais it is figured as an Electra (Lagenorhynchus 
breviceps), and altogether its synonomy is in a very unsatisfactory state. 
Yet itis not uncommon, frequenting the coast in large ‘‘ schools ” in a similar 
manuer to the other small dolphin (Cephalerhynchus hectori), from which it 
is easily distinguished when swimming, by its high-pointed dorsal fin-lobe. 
Also it is uniform black above, white beneath, with a black streak over the 
eye. 

There is a stuffed skin, a complete skeleton, and some skulls of this 
species in the Museum. 

The number of vertebre is 7 1, viz., 7 cervical, of which the first two are 
united, 18 dorsal, 19 lumbar, 21 sacral, and 11 caudal. 

11. Clymenia euphrosyne, Gray. 
C. nove-zealandie, Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., v., 159. 

The skull which I described under the second of these names, I now 
decide, from having had access to better drawings, to refer to Gray’s 
species as above. 


In the Museum we have also skulls of Clymenia dubia, Cuvier, and C. 
attenuata, Gray, but there is some doubt if they were captured within the 
New Zealand area. 


II.—BOTANY. 


Art. XXIV.—On the Flowering Plants of Stewart Island. 
By T. Kies, F.L.S. 
[Read before the Southland Institute, 9th December, 1884.] 
Unit within the last five or six years botanists have been almost entirely 
ignorant of the flora of Stewart Island, our knowledge being restricted to 
about a dozen flowering plants and a similar number of mosses and Hepatice 
collected by Dr. Lyall in 1848-49, recorded in the Handbook of the New 
Zealand Flora. Of late years, however, this reproach has been removed by 
the labours of several collectors whose work may be briefly mentioned. 

Mr. Charles Traill has done a large amount of good work in the investiga- 
tion of the flora and fauna of the island: I am specially indebted to him for 
dried specimens of about 200 species of flowering plants and ferns, accom- 
panied in many cases by valuable notes on their habits and distribution, as 
well as the native names in use on Stewart Island. Mr. and Mrs. A. W. 
Traill have most kindly formed for me a copious collection of the plants of 
Ruapuke Island, numbering about 140 species, several of which have not 
been observed on Stewart Island proper. Mr. W. Pearson, Commissioner 
of Crown Lands, has laid me under obligations for numerous dried plants 
collected in out-of-the-way places during several visits to the island. 

In 1870 Professor Black, of the Otago University, visited the island, on 
the part of the Otago Provincial Government, for the purpose of investigat- 
ing its natural productions, but no plants of special interest were obtained. 
Mr. G. M. Thomson has, I believe, paid several visits to Stewart Island, 
during which he collected the new species of Brachycome, to which his name 
is attached, and Myrsine chathamica, previously known on the Chatham 
Islands only ; he also collected between thirty and forty species of ferns, with 
other plants of interest. In 1880 he was accompanied by Mr. D. Petrie, 
who read a valuable paper on the flora of Stewart Island before the Otago 
Institute, and gave a catalogue of 200 flowering plants observed by him, 
_ this being the first published account of the plants of the island.* During 
this expedition Actinotus bellidioides and Liparophyllum gunnii were added 
to the New Zealand flora, a matter of great interest, as previously they were 
only known as indigenous to Tasmania, where they are extremely rare. In 


*Trans. N.Z, Inst., vol. xiii., p. 323. 


914 Transactionvs.— Botany. 


December, 1881, Mr. W. 8S. Hamilton and Mr. Goyen made the ascent of 
Rakiaua, during which they collected an Aciphylla, the first observed on the 
island, Raoulia goyent and Hymenophyllum rufescens, the last being extremely 
rare and local. 

I had the pleasure of examing the flora in January, 1882, when I 
landed on Herekopere Island ; and again in January, 1884. Although my 
stay on the last occasion was but short, I was able to make the ascent of 
the Ruggedy Range, on the west coast, and of Mount Anglem, the highest 
peak on the island, but was unable to visit the extreme north or the extreme 
south. During my excursions a few plants new to science were discovered, 
and much important information collected with regard to the vertical and 
horizontal distribution of many interesting species. 

Stewart Island is about 42 miles in length from north to south-west, 
and about 26 miles in its greatest breadth from east to west. Its area is 
estimated at 640 square miles. It is composed chiefly of slates and granitic 
rocks, the latter often in a highly decomposed condition, and in some 
localities intersected by dykes. In a few instances the slates are more or 
less metamorphosed by the overlying or interjected volcanic rocks occa- 
sionally passing into a kind of novaculite, which is utilised for whetstones 
by the settlers. 

On the eastern side the coast is deeply indented by Paterson’s Inlet, a 
fine arm of the sea, which extends half way across the island and includes 
several secure harbours—Glory harbour, Abraham’s Bosom, Glory Cove, 
etc. At the head of the inlet a swampy valley, but slightly elevated above 
high-water mark, runs across the island to a point between Ruggedy on the 
west coast, and the Mount Anglem range, where it is abruptly closed by 
low hills. About six miles from the head of the inlet a break in the 
hills on the southern side of the valley leads into Mason’s Bay, where a large 
extent of flat land of good quality is sheltered from the sea by hills of blown 
sand, now more or less covered with low forests, although in some places 
advancing inland. From Mason’s Bay a considerable extent of undulating 
table-land extends southward to Port Pegasus at an elevation of from 1,200 
to 1,700 feet. To the north the country is much broken and rugged, 
culminating in Mount Anglem at an elevation of 3,200 feet. 

Between seven and eight miles from the head of Paterson’s Inlet the 
main valley rises somewhat rapidly, and a grand system of river terraces 
comes almost suddenly into view; the terraces are two in number and are 
carried along each side of the valley; at a point where the valley is two 
miles wide the lower terrace is about 45 feet high and the upper about 40. 
Near the base of Ruggedy they form two branches, one running along the 
south-western flank, the other along the northern ; both branches appear to 


T. Kirx.—On the Flowering Plants of Stewart Island. 915 


terminate abruptly at the base of the low hills which shut off the valley from 
the sea; but I was not able to visit the termination of either. These ter- 
races are chiefly composed of loose sand and contain water-worn fragments 
of slate-rocks; their faces are often covered with a dense growth of scrubby 
manuka. No traces of fossils were to be seen on the surface. 

In its lower part the valley is traversed from east to west by low ranges 
of sandhills from three to six feet high which, in many cases, run parallel 
with each other for two or three miles and are covered with a scanty vege- 
tation. 

With the exception of the valleys already mentioned, and the elevated 
table-land south of Mason’s Bay, there are no tracts of level land. The 
country is more or less broken and covered with forest. Much of the soil 
is of a peaty character, and not well adapted for general cultivation. Where 
the peat is mixed with sand, as at Mason’s Bay, introduced grasses can be 
grown with but little trouble.. Mr. Walker has utilized this part of the 
island for a sheep run, and, after having had to face many difficulties, is 
realizing a fair measure of success, which will increase with the extent of 
land laid down in grass. At Halfmoon Bay, Horseshoe Bay, and Port 
William, the chief places of Kuropean settlement, the soil is of a fertile 
character, and introduced grasses are easily grown. At the Neck, which 
forms the southern head of Paterson’s Inlet, a large acreage of excellent 
land is cultivated by the Maori and half-caste population. Two or three 
families reside as far south as Bravo Island in Paterson’s Inlet, the extreme 
southern point of permanent residence in the colony. Port Adventure and 
places further south have long ago been abandoned by the Maoris, although 
Tam assured that peach trees and other cultivated plants still mark the 
sites of their gardens. 

No observations. have been recorded with regard to temperature, amount 
of rainfall, prevailing winds, etc., so that no precise data exist by which to 
compare the climate of Stewart Island with that of other parts of the colony. 
The abundance of luxuriant tree-ferns, the luxuriance of the varied ligneous 
and herbaceous vegetation, afford conclusive evidence of a mild, equable, 
and moist climate. In all probability the actual rainfall does not exceed 
that of Wellington or Auckland; but the atmosphere must be more con- 
tinuously moist. It will be necessary to return to this subject before the 
close of the paper; but a remarkable result of the great amount of moisture 
in the atmosphere may be recorded here: in many instances the duramen 
of old trees is converted into peat, while the alburnum is still discharging 
its functions. Still more striking is the fact of the dense lower leaves on 
the stems of Raoulia goyeni becoming changed into peat, while the upper 
leaves are performing their usual functions. 


916 Transactions.—Botaity. 


So far as at present known the flora of the island comprises about 
880 species of Pheenogams and nearly 70 species of Ferns and allied plants. 
The lower Acotyledons have not been sufficiently investigated to allow of 
their number being estimated with any approximation to correctness. It is 
not my intention to present a complete list of the plants observed by me, 
but simply to offer a brief account of the most striking characteristics of 
the flowering plants, with special remarks on the endemic species. 

The traveller who visits Stewart Island in December or January will 
have his attention arrested by the blaze of crimson presented by the rata 
(Metrosideros lucida), often flecked with the pale racemes of the kamahi 
(Weinmannia racemosa), the deep green leaves of the puheretaiko and the 
tupari (Senecio rotundifolius and Olearia colensot), and the grass-like leaves of 
the inaka (Dracophyllum longifolium), all of which form a fringe of greater 
or less breadth at the water’s edge, and (except the puheretaiko) often 
expand into large masses ascending to the crests of the hills. Of these 
however the kamahi and rata alone attain the dignity of timber trees, and 
are excelled in dimensions by the rimu and the totara alone. The rimu 
(Dacrydium cupressinum) is abundant at the lower levels and attains large 
dimensions, the specimens comparing favourably with those from the west 
coast of the South Island, and yielding timber of greater durability. 
Podocarpus totara comes next in order of frequency, but is much less common 
than the rimu, although individual specimens attain a larger size. 
Dacrydium colensoi and D. intermedium are abundant in certain localities and 
yield the “‘ white pine” of the saw mills: the true white pine (Podocarpus 
dacrydioides) does not appear to occur on the island. Podocarpus ferruginea 
and Griselinia littoralis, the miro and the kapuka, are plentiful, but the 
matai (Podocarpus spicata) is extremely rare. 

Amongst smaller trees and shrubs the most prominent are the horoeka 
(Pana crassifolia), and its congeners Panaw simplex and P. edgerleyt, both 
exhibiting such excessive luxuriance as frequently to require an examination 
of the fruit before their identification can be determined; the rautawhiri 
(Pittosporum tenuifolium, var. colensoi), the kotukutuku (Fuchsia excorticata), 
the mako (Aristotelia racemosa), the mapau (Myrsine australis), the pokako 
(Eleocarpus hookerianus), also Carpodetus serratus, Myrsine divaricata, both of 
which are abundant. The remarkable ‘‘ weeping tree,’ Myrsine montana, with 
its crowded recurved branches and small foliage, affords a picturesque effect of a 
peculiarly attractive character altogether unique amongst New Zealand plants. 
On the slopes of the hills Leptospermum scoparium, the manuka, forms a small 
tree, but in the lower lands it is usually scrubby. It should be observed 
that the trees and shrubs here mentioned form the greater portion of the 


1. Kimx.—On the F lowering Plants of Stewart Island. 919 


forest, and with the exception of Dacrydium colensoi, are of general distribu- 
tion in the colony. Olearia nitida, O. avicenniefolia, and Panaz colensoi are 
common by the sides of streams, or on the margin of forests. Veronica 
salicifolia occurs by the sides of water-courses, but is far from common. 
Schefflera digitata is abundant in damp gullies. . 

The undergrowth is often extremely dense, and consists in many places 
chiefly of Coprosma fetidissima and C. lucida. C. colensot is common, C. 
tenuicaulis and C. rotundifolia are local.  Metrosideros hypericifolia is 
abundant, and is the only scandent species on the island. Myrtus peduncu- 
lata is plentiful, and the supplejack (Rhipogonum scandens) occurs in moist 
places, but scarcely ascends above sea-level. 

Amongst the shrubs the soil is often carpeted with a compact growth of 
the charming liliaceous plant, Callixene parviflora, with its elegant drooping 
flowers, mixed with numerous ferns, orchids, and mosses. ‘The orchids 
form a marked feature in some parts of the forest. Corysanthes oblonga, C. 
rivularis, and others produce their attractive flowers literally by thousands ; 
in no other locality have I seen these interesting plants in such vast pro- 
fusion. Gastrodia cunninghamii is rare, having been observed only on the 
small island of Ulva. Caladenia bifolia is frequent, one of its forms making 
a close approach to C. lyallit. Chiloglottis cornuta occurs on Ulva, the glands 
on the labellum vary considerably in their shape and arrangement. In 
the majority of cases there are five depressed coloured glands arranged 
in a symmetrical manner, in a few specimens they were reduced to 
three, and in a solitary plant numerous stalked glands were arranged in a 
double row down the middle of the labellum exactly as in the Tasmanian 
C. gunnit, which is probably a state of the New Zealand plant. The dwarf 
variety of Péerostylis banksii, with abbreviated sepals, is common in open 
places in the forest. 

In addition to the terrestrial forms, the epiphytic forms are well repre- 
sented, with the exception of Sarcochilus, which appears to be rare, and 
Bolbophyllum, which has not been observed on the island. 

Arborescent ferns are abundant alike on the outskirts of the forest and 
in its deepest recesses, often occurring in large masses especially on sheltered 
slopes, where they frequently rise above the level of the surrounding shrubs 
and produce an effect rarely seen elsewhere in the colony. The most 
common species are the poka (Dicksonia squarrosa) and the katote (Hemitelia 
smithii) ; the stem and fronds of the latter are sometimes used as food for 
cows. The mamaku (Cyathea medullaris) is local, and has not been observed 
south of Halfmoon Bay. Lomaria discolor frequently developes an erect 
caudex 2’-3’ high. Of the numerous filmy ferns I will only mention 
Hymenophyllum bivalve, one of the commonest ferns on the island, sometimes 


918 Transactions.— Botany. 


covering moist banks with its rigid drooping fronds half hidden amongst 
Dicranum menziesii, at others exhibiting exceptional luxuriance and grace on _ 
the trunks of trees. 

The most striking feature of the fern flora (next to the abundance of 
tree-ferns) is afforded by the numerous varieties of Asplenium bulbiferum, 
A. obtusatum, A. falcatum, and A, flaccidum ; in many cases these varieties 
are extremely beautiful and attractive, but merge into each other by such 
minute gradations that it is often a matter of difficulty to determine the 
species to which certain varieties should be referred. ‘The occurrence of 
Asplenium faleatum, A. obtusatum, etc., iN masses covering many square 
yards, to the exclusion of all other forms, is not often seen in other 
localities. 

The trees are more or less clothed with mosses and foliaceous lichens, 
while terrestrial Hepatice are unusually abundant, and on the whole form 
the most striking feature in this section of the flora. The genus Gottschea 
is especially well developed. Specimens of G. appendiculata were collected 
from 7'—9" in length: a species new to science was remarkable on account 
of its dichotomous branching and habit forming loose rounded patches 
of a yellowish-green tint. 

The vegetation of the open peaty valleys between Paterson’s Inlet and 
Mason’s Bay is of a very different character. On the margins of streams 
a dense growth of shrubs usually exhibits great luxuriance, and consists 
chiefly of Olearia avicenniafolia, O. nitida, Leptospermum scoparium, Veronica 
salicifolia, V. buwifolia: the last named exhibiting much greater luxuriance 
than in its usual mountain habitat, while the former is of smaller size than 
in the north. Under the shelter of the larger shrubs Gaultheria perplexa is 
abundant, and is frequently associated with Gleichenia cunningham. 

On the open land Gleichenia dicarpa is abundant, varying from stunted 
specimens 2” high with a single whorl of branches, to luxuriant stems 
18’ high with from 6 to 9 whorls. Lycopodium ramulosum covers acres of 
ground, when growing in the open its short stout branches present a stunted 
appearance. In places where’fire had passed over the valley, the blanched 
dichotomous stems with their persistent leaves presented so close a resem- 
blance to the European Selaginella helvetica, that one was repeatedly impelled 
to examine the plant afresh. In shade the plant is extremely luxuriant, 
but invariably prostrate in habit. Hundreds of acres were covered with the 
wiry stems of Hypolena lateriflora, almost to the exclusion of other plants. 
Carpha alpina was abundant as well as Oreobolus stricta; but O. pumilio 
occurred only in small quantity, and in a single locality on the west coast. 
Drosera arcturt was extremely rare; D. binata and D. spathulata were plen- 
tiful. Centrolepis monogyna formed rounded velvety-looking masses at the 


1, Kmx.—On the F lowering Plants of Stewart Island. 219 


margins of bogholes, etc., the leaves being more hairy at the base than in 
alpine specimens. Actinotus bellidiotdes occurred plentifully in the fruiting 
state. Liparophyllum gunnii is common in all the swamps, its white roots 
sometimes a foot or more in length. Potamogeton oblongus, Myriophyllum 
pedunculatum, and Hydrocotyle muscosa are not unfrequent. Schizea australis 
is plentiful in swamps, forming compact tufts 1’-3" high. Dichondra brevifolia 
is common on moist peat, its large white flowers being conspicuous at a con- 
siderable distance. In wet places Cares echinata is frequently intermixed 
with the small bladder-wort, Utricularia monanthos, while Cladium glomeratum, 
Carex ternaria and other species fringe the margins of small streams and 
bogholes. 

In drier places several common mountain plants may be found—FPen- 
tachondra pumila, Cyathodes empetrifolia, Hierochloe alpina, Dacrydium lawi- 
folium varying from one inch in height to three or four feet, and in exposed 
places a stunted depressed form of D. intermediwm. ‘These montane forms 
are associated with the northern Lindsaya linearis, which is usually in poor 
condition, resembling specimens from the clay hills about Auckland, but in 

a few favourable spots luxuriant specimens were obtained. 

On the sandy ridges described in a previous paragraph, Drapetes lyallii 
was abundant, with occasional patches of Actinotus; large tussocks of 
Danthonia raoulii served to protect many smaller plants. A curious pigmy 
form of Viola filicaulis was not uncommon. Uncinia rubra and Danthonia 
semi-annularis formed large patches. Haloragis micrantha, H. uniflora, 
Libertia iaxioides, Prasophyllum colensot, Thelymitra uniflora, and an un- 
described species of the genus, were frequent on many of the ridges. 

A few littoral plants deserve special mention. The suffruticose trailing 
stems of Tetragonia trigyna, often many feet in length, cover the rocks in 
sheltered places at the margin of the sea. A striking variety of Gentiana 
saxosa, distinguished by its much-branched, prostrate, or semi-erect habit, 
and deeply-cut calyx, with the segments subulate and recurved, is com- 
mon on maritime rocks. A large Myosotis with white flowers, doubtless the 
plant described by Mr. J. B. Armstrong as M. capitata, var. albiflora, is 
abundant on rocks, often in situations exposed to the spray of the sea. 
Brachycome thomsonii is common on maritime banks and cliffs. Convolvulus 
soldanella is restricted to a solitary habitat in Sydney Cove. Festuca littoralis 
occurs in several localities, but is by no means abundant. Lomaria dura is 
found all round the coast, but does not extend inland. Atriplex billardiert 
is not uncommon, and Festuca scoparia is specially characteristic of sheltered 
bays. The typical form of Poa foliosa, a noble species, is found on Hereko- 
pere Island, and on certain headlands frequented by mutton birds south of 
Port Pegasus. 


990 Transactions.—Botaiiy. 


A brief account of the plants observed during the ascent of Mount 
Anglem, the highest peak of the island, will serve as a fitting introduction 
to the alpine portion of the flora. 

Landing at Sentry Point, our track led through a swampy forest, with 
large specimens of red pine and other trees, interlaced with supplejack. 
Tree-ferns were numerous, but restricted to two species, Hemitelia smithit 
and Dicksonia squarrosa, their trunks often shrouded with a luxuriant growth 
of filmy ferns. 

The ascent at first was very gentle, the supplejack (Rhipogonum scandens) 
did not ascend above 200 feet, and the tree-ferns disappeared below 400 feet. 
The timber gradually became of smaller dimensions, and at about 1,000 feet 
on the ridges the forest was to a large extent replaced by Leptospermum 
scrub, with solitary plants of Drosera stenopetala and Ehrharta thomsonit 
in moist places. In the gullies large timber occurred up to 1,700 feet 
or higher. Still ascending, Leptospermum scoparium gradually assumed 
an arboreal habit, but none of the trees exceeded 25 feet in height, 
although the trunks were from 1’-2’ in diameter. Progress was 
very easy up to 1,500 feet, when a tangled belt of Olearia colensot, 
Dacrydium colensot, and other shrubs, interspersed with inclined ratas 
(Metrosideros lucida) formed an almost impenetrable barrier, although rarely 
exceeding 15’—20’ in height. The branches were so closely interlaced that 
it was impossible to break through them, while they were so tough and 
elastic that our tomahawks were useless. Under these circumstances our 
progress was extremely slow, and in no way favoured by the continuous 
heavy rain. The vertical range of this belt did not exceed 800 or 900 
feet, but it required four hours of excessively fatiguing work to force our 
way through; on the ridge of the spur the scrub was only breast high and 
offered less difficulty. From this point the ascent of the last slope was 
comparatively easy, except in a few hollows where the scrub attained 8 or 10 
feet in height and was excessively dense. In many places it was varied by 
large patches of open peaty land studded with alpine plants— Celmisia discolor, 
Forstera sedifolia, Donatia nove-zealandiea, Phyllachne clavigera, Dracophyllum 
rosmarinifolium, and a remarkable prostrate form of D. scoparium, Carpha 
alpina, etc., etc.; owing to mingled hail, rain, and sleet at this elevation 
but little could be made out beyond the point on which we stood for the 
moment. At about 2,700 feet Dracophyllum menziesii, one of the most 
remarkable species of the genus, was collected ; it attains the height of from 
1’ to 3’ with the habit of a miniature D. latifolium, the native branches 
terminating in an almost globose head of recurved leaves with several 
racemes of waxy white flowers springing from beneath: the flowers are 
the largest in the genus. In swampy places near the crest of the slope 


T. Kirx.—On the Flowering Plants of Stewart Island. 221 


a small rush was obtained closely allied to Juncus antarcticus of 
Campbell Island, if not identical with that species, also an undescribed 
species of Uncinia and a Carex new to science. Before reaching the crest 
we encountered a dense snowstorm, which later on was varied by fierce 
blasts of sleet and hail, so that hands and face were stung almost past 
endurance, and the use of note-book and pencil became impossible for the 
rest of the day. 

The scene on reaching the crest was quite unexpected; right in front 
towered the highest peak, half-obseured by the driving snow, steep and 
precipitous, but between the crest on which we stood and the beetling 
cliffs was a crateriform hollow apparently 300 feet in depth, the bottom 
of which was occupied by a lake. The ridge from which we looked down 
to the lake sloped gradually to the water’s edge, causing the hollow 
to present the appearance of a cup-shaped crater. I was unable to detect 
the outlet of the lake, but one of the party caught a view of it as the falling 
snow was momentarily swept on one side by a fiercer blast than usual. On 
its inner face the slope was sparingly clothed with scrub apparently 
of the same character as that amongst which we had been struggling» 
but time pressed too hardly to allow of its examination. On the crest 
itself stunted Olearia and Dacrydium were the commonest plants, but 
in some places a strange sight was presented: Dracophyllum muscoides 
formed a compact dark-green sward, thickly gemmed with white flowers, 
occasionally rising into pillar-like hummocks two feet high, and so 
extremely dense that it was a matter of great difficulty to thrust a knife 
into the woody mass; at a somewhat lower elevation short straggling 
branches were given off at the margins of patches, forming a kind of loose 
fringe. The line of ascent lay along the eastern side of the hollow, the 
mountain rising into a high peak not greatly inferior to the highest or 
northern peak. The ascent to the eastern peak was impeded by numerous 
patches of dense scrub of no great height but of extremely rigid habit; on 
the open spots several interesting plants were collected, amongst which may 
be mentioned a new Aciphylla of flaccid densely-tufted habit, which I have 
described as A. traillit, occasional specimens of Ranunculus lyallii, a pros- 
trate form of Coprosma colensoi (identified in the absence of flowers), patches 
of C. pumila, a silvery Celmisia, destitute of flowers but apparently allied to 
C. sessiliflora, Schenus pauciflorus, Danthonia florescens, and two undescribed 
species of the same genus. In rock crevices Hymenophyllum villosum was 
plentiful, and the curious fern usually referred to Polypodium australe, v. 
alpinum ; but the most interesting plant was unquestionably Ourisia sessili- 
flora, its large handsome flowers were white as the snow by which it was 
partially hidden, 


222 Transactions.—Botany. 


The principal plants observed on the highest peak were Ourisia cespitosa, 
which was luxuriant and plentiful. A Raouwlia, or Haastia, destitute of 
flowers but new to science has been provisionally described as Raoulia 
goyent. ‘These were associated with the prostrate form of Coprosma colensot 
and other plants already mentioned. The rapid approach of evening pre- 
vented any detailed examination of the vegetation of the highest and western 
peaks as it was desirable to commence the return to camp during daylight, 
but we lingered sufficiently long to frustrate our wish, and had the doubtful 
pleasure of camping in the open. 

It is obvious that under the unfavourable atmospheric conditions which 
prevailed during two-thirds of the ascent, and which continued until night- 
fall, the above must necessarily be an incomplete account of the alpine 
portion of the flora. Not only was investigation restricted to a compara- 
tively small area, but many inconspicuous plants were hidden by the snow 
and hail, and others doubtless were overlooked, owing to the weakened con- 
dition of the observing faculties caused by our benumbed and saturated 
condition. 

A few of the endemic and rarer plants found on the island deserve 
special mention. 

Aciphylla traillii, T. Kirk. A small flaccid species found on Rakiaua and 
Mount Anglem. 

Ligusticum intermedium, Hook. f., var. oblongifolia. A handsome plant, to 
some extent combining the characters of L. lyallii and L. intermedium, 
but distinguished from both by the narrow, oblong, erect leaves. 
Mason’s Bay and inland base of Ruggedy. 

Actinotus bellidiotdes, Benth., var. nove-zealandie. At sea-level, head of 
Paterson’s Inlet, and on Mr. Petrie’s authority at Port Pegasus. On 
the peaks of Ruggedy, and at nearly 3,000 feet on Mount Anglem, 
but not observed at intermediate levels. Found also on the west 
coast of the Nelson district, altitude 2,000 feet. Specimens collected 
on the dry sandy ridges between Paterson’s Inlet and Ruggedy cannot 
be distinguished from the Tasmanian plant, but marsh specimens are 
characterized by numerous short barren stems. 

Aralia lyallii, T. Kirk (Stilbocarpa polaris, Den. and Pl. in part). I have 
elsewhere given my reasons for removing this plant from Stilbocarpa, 
and need only state here that it is altogether a littoral plant, being 
restricted to sea-cliffs or to small outlying islets, ete. One of the most 
striking plants in the flora. 

Olearia angustifolia, Hook. f. Tete-a-weka of the natives. This is one of 
the grandest flowering plants, and was first observed by Dr. Lyall, | 
who, however, was not fortunate enough to obtain flowers. It appears 


T. Kirx.—On the Flowering Plants of Stewart Island. 223 


to be confined to exposed portions of the coast on both sides of the 
island, and to the adjacent islets, but has not been observed north of 
Paterson’s Inlet. It varies in size from a small shrub six feet high 
to a tree of twenty feet, with a stout trunk and compact dome-shaped 
head. The leaves are of a deep glossy green, excessively coriaceous, 
lanceolate-acuminate with curious indurated obtuse teeth, white with 
closely appressed tomentum beneath. Head solitary, 14’-2" in diameter, 
with snow-white rays and rich purple disc, carried on stout foliaceous 
peduncles crowded at the tips of the branches. It is not easy to con- 
ceive of a grander floral display than is afforded by a fine specimen of 
this plant when viewed from above. The regular outline of tlie head, 
the glossy green of the leaves, which, when stirred by the wind, 
show the white tomentum beneath; the snowy rays and dark 
purple discs of the myriad flower-heads form a never-tiring source _ 
of attraction, while a grateful aromatic perfume is constantly ex- 
haled. 

Olearia traillti, T. Kirk. A noble species of sparing occurrence on Stewart 
Island, but found also on Puyseygur Point. 

Brachycome pinnata, Hook. f. A small but elegant species discovered by 
Dr. Lyall at Port William, but not observed elsewhere until its recent 
discovery on the Canterbury Plains. 

Brachycome thomsoniit, T. Kirk. The largest New Zealand species. 
Common near the sea on Stewart Island, and on Ruapuke, etc. 

Cotula traillii, n.s. A handsome littoral species, plentiful near the Neck. 
Allied to C. squalida, Hook. f. 

Senecio muellerit, T. Kirk. A fine species, allied to S. huntii, F. Muell., 
of Pitt Island. Only known on Herekopere Island, South Cape Island, 
and the Snares. 

? Raoulia goyent, T. Kirk. A small species only known at present from 
Mount Anglem and Rakiaua. Flowers not seen. 

Dracophyllum pearsonii, n.s. I am indebted to Mr. Pearson for a much- 
branched specimen of a Dracophyllum, collected either on Codfish Island 
or in Chew-tobacco Bay. ‘The plant is evidently erect, the leaves 
about 1” long are close-set and densely imbricating, appressed to the 
branches, which, with the leaves, are about #’-1" diameter. Flowers 
not seen. The habit differs so widely from that of any other species 
known to me, that I venture to describe it provisionally in the absence 
of flowers, and have great pleasure in attaching the name of its dis- 
coverer, to whom I am greatly indebted for numerous specimens of 
Stewart Island plants. 


224 Transactions. — Botany. 


Gentiana sawosa, Forst., var. recurvata. A littoral form with prostrate or 
suberect stems excessively branched, flowers produced in profusion. 
Calyx divided fully two-thirds of its length, segments thickened, sub- 
ulate, recurved at the tips. Found also on the outlying islets and on 
the Bluff Hill. 

Liparophyllum gunnii, Hook. f. Plentiful in swampy places on the low 
ground between Paterson’s Inlet and Mason’s Bay. Observed by 
Messrs. Petrie and Thompson at Port Pegasus. 

Myosotis antarctica, Hook. f., sub-sp. traillii, Mason’s Bay. 

Myosotis capitata, Hook. f., sub-sp. albida. A rather coarse littoral plant 
which might almost claim specific honours. The radical leaves are 
much longer than in the type and on longer petioles; the cauline leaves 
are narrower and more distant, continued to the base of the inflor- 
escence. The flowers are smaller, densely crowded, corolla white. 
Also on the outlying islets and on Campbell Island, but I am assured 
that it does not occur on the Auckland Islands. 

Dacrydium intermedium, T. Kirk, var. gracilis. Usually a smaller plant 
than the type, from which it differs in its slender branchlets and 
monecious flowers. Plants 8-6 feet high are often laden with flowers. 

Two specimens of a small epiphytic orchid were obtained on the descent 
from Mount Anglem. It seems probable that they will form the type 
of a new genus closely allied to Burnettia and Chiloglottis. 

Juncus antareticus, Hook f. (?) A plant doubtfully referred to this species for 
the present was collected on Mount Anglem. 

Scirpus (Isolepis) muscosus, n. s. A minute species, less than one inch in 
height, forming moss-like patches at the head of Paterson’s Inlet. Also 
on the Bluff Hill. 

Scirpus (Isolepis) ebenocarpus, n.s. A tufted species resembling a luxuriant 
state of S. cartilaginea, but easily distinguished by the shining jet- 
black nuts. The Neck. 

Ehrharta thomsonii, D. Petrie. A small tufted species not uncommon in 
moist situations on the hills. 

Danthonia crassiuscula, n. s. A sparsely-tufted rigid glabrous plant 1’-14’ 
high, with a lax broadly-ovate panicle, allied to D. ovata, J. Buch. 
Mount Anglem. 

Danthonia flaccida, n.s. A small slender species allied to D. buchanant 
Hook. f. and to D. pumilio. Mount Anglem, 2,800 feet. 

Poa walkert, n.s. A remarkable plant, densely tufted, strict, with the 
panicle excessively contracted. Local. Hast coast, Stewart Island. 
I have great pleasure in attaching Mr. Walker’s name to this distinct 
species, as a slight recognition of his ready assistance during my stay 
on the island. 


’ 


T. Kirx.—On the Flowering Plants of Stewart Island. 225 


Poa foliosa, Hook. f. The typical form; a noble species, producing an im- 
mense yield ‘of herbage. Observed only on Herekopere Island; but a 
native informed me that it was to be found on several headlands near 
the South Cape. Plentiful on the Auckland and Campbell Islands. 

The total number of Phenogams observed on the island is about 380, 
one half being species generally distributed throughout the colony. From 
the small amount of variation exhibited in the plants of different districts, 
except under changed conditions, I see no reason to anticipate any large 
additions to this number, not more than from 12 to 15 per cent. at most, 
and in all probability less than 10 per cent.; but amongst these additions 
several species new to science may fairly be anticipated, as well as others 
at present known only from the Auckland and Campbell Islands. 

The absence of many species of general distribution is most remarkable, 
and in most cases not easy to be accounted for. Not a single leguminous 
plant has yet been observed, although Sophora and Carmichelia are found on 
the opposite side of the strait. Dodonea, Melicope, Pennantia, Hoheria, are 
altogether wanting; still more singular is the apparent absence of Ozulis, 
Pelargonium, Daucus, Galiwm, Microseris, Scleranthus, and other genera. 
The spear-grasses of the South Island are represented by a single endemic 
species only, Aciphylla traillii, The white pine, Podocarpus dacrydioides, does 
not appear to occur on the island, the common name being applied by the 
bushmen to Dacrydiwm intermedium. Podocarpus spicata is extremely rare, 
and P. nivalis has not been observed. More remarkable still is the total 
absence of the beeches, although Fagus cliffortioides, F’. menziesii, and Ff’. 
jfusca descend to the sea-level on the opposite mainland. The absence of 
the toatoa (Phyllocladus alpinus) is equally noteworthy. 

A striking peculiarity of the flora of Stewart Island is the occurrence at 
sea-level of numerous species usually restricted to alpine or sub-alpine situa- 
tions. Amongst these may be enumerated :— 


Claytonia australasica, Drosera arcturt, 
Hydrocotyle muscosa, Liparophyllum gunnit, 
Actinotus nove-zealandia, Veronica buxifolia, 
Olearia colensot, Drapetes lyallit, 
Celmisia petiolata, Dacrydium colensot, 
Senecio eleagnifolius, ‘5 laxifolium, 
Oreostylidium subulatum, Caladenia bifolia, 
Cyathodes empetrifolia, Centrolepis monegyna, 
Pentachondra pumila, Oreobolus stricta, 
Dracophyllum longifoliun, »  pumilio, 
Gentiana saxosa, Uncinia rubra, 
Drosenge stenopetala, Hierochloe alpina. 


15 


226 Transactions.— Botany. 


The above list does not include several species which, although generally 
found on the mountains, are occasionally seen in littoral situations. Amongst 
these may be mentioned Hymenanthera crassifolia, Colobanthus billardiert, 
Pimelea lyallit, Danthonia raoulit, Haloragis uniflora, Senecio lagopus, Gen- 
tiana montana, Utricularia monanthos, Herpolirion nove-zealandia, all of 
which are found on Stewart Island,* but there is no other locality in the 
colony where so large an assemblage of alpine plants can be found growing 
at the sea-level. 

It has been hastily assumed that this remarkable feature affords direct 
‘evidence of a severe climate. Mr. Petrie, in his Notes on Stewart Island, after 
recording the occurrence of Donatia nove-zealandia at sea-level in Paterson’s 

Inlet, writes, ‘It is extremely remarkable that a plant which does not descend 
below 3,000 feet in the latitude of Dunedin should flourish at sea-level in that 
of Paterson’s Inlet, and the fact bears emphatic testimony to the severity of the 
climate of Stewart Island.” + Again, referring to Senecio lyallit at intermediate 
levels in Port Pegasus, he writes, ‘‘ The occurrence of this alpine plant at so 
low a level in Stewart Island, as well as its dwarfed proportions, give additional 
proof of the severity of the climate in this part of the colony.”{} It may be 
mentioned incidentally that I was unable to find Donatia at sea-level, and 
did not observe it below 2,700 feet. Senecio lyallii is usually dwarfed when 
erowing on undrained peat soil ; its favourite habitat is the side of a moun- 
tain stream, where it exhibits its greatest luxuriance, while specimens 
growing within a few yards on undrained soil are dwarfed and stunted. 

If this theory were correct it would be necessary to account for a still 
greater difficulty—the occurrence of a varied and extremely luxuriant 
arboreal vegetation, including arborescent ferns, under the conditions 
incidental to a severe climate. Nowhere in alpine districts are the alpine 
plants enumerated on the preceding page associated with a varied and 
exuberant forest growth, still less with tree-ferns as is the case on both 
sides of the low moory ground at the head of Paterson’s Inlet. 

All the facts of the case are opposed to such a conclusion: the climate is 
remarkable for its mildness, and so far from being severe that it is much 
more favourable to a luxuriant plant-growth than that of many parts of the 
South Island, for instance the Canterbury Plains. It is true that the 
atmosphere is almost constantly moist, but snow does not fall on the 
lowlands, and frosts are not felt. Not only are many plants of mild climates 
cultivated in the gardens of the settlers, but the Clianthus, karaka, nikau, and 
other plants from the northern part of the colony, grow luxuriantly in the 


* Olearia colensoi and Senecio eleagnifolius descend to the sea-level in the West Coast 
Sounds. 
+ Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol, xiii., p. 325. { Le., p. 328. 


T. Kirz.—On the Flowering Plants of Stewart Island. 227 


open air. The peach is never touched by frost. Fucalyptus globulus grows 
luxuriantly—but it is needless to multiply instances. Similar testimony is 
afforded by the robust health of the settlers, their freedom from affections of 
the respiratory organs, and the rarity of deaths from sickness, as well as by 
the vigour of the children. 

To what cause then must the occurrence of numerous alpine plants at 
low levels be attributed? Unquestionably to the remarkable equability of 
the moist mild climate characteristic of the low lands. For it is especially 
worthy of remark that, while the majority of the alpine plants found at sea- 
level on Stewart Island occur also on the higher slopes of Mount Anglem, 
they are rarely to be found at intermediate heights below 2,000 feet. 

It is to this equability of climate that the occurrence of a few character- 
istic northern plants in the extreme southern part of the colony must be 
attributed. Lindsea linearis, a fern common in the Auckland District, rare and 
local elsewhere, and altogether absent from the eastern side of the South 
Island* is abundant and often luxuriant, growing side by side with Penta- 
chondra pumila, Cyathodes empetrifolia, Centrolepis monogyna, etc. Eleocharis 
sphacelata, not unfrequent north of the Waikato, has a single habitat in the 
Taupo District : but in the South Island has only been observed at Okarito 
and Bluff Island. It occurs freely in deep bogholes at the head of the 
northern creek running into Paterson’s Inlet. Dacrydium kirkii, only known 
elsewhere to the north of Auckland, occurs on Ruggedy, and, as I was in- 
formed, attains a large size in localities on the western side of the island, 
the trunks being 3 feet in diameter. It should, however, be mentioned that 
the identification is made in the absence of flowers or fruit. Campylopus 
kirkii, previously known only from the Great Barrier Island, is abundant 
in the low valleys between Paterson’s Inlet and the west coast. Micro- 
lena stipoides, a grass decidedly impatient of frost, is found at the Neck and 
other places. 

Ido not propose to include a list of the Phenogams in the present 
paper, as one has been already given by Mr. Petrie, and although the 
number recorded by him has been nearly doubled, so much of the island 
remains unexplored that a complete list could not be presented ; but I pur- 
pose giving a detailed account of the ferns and allied plants in a future 
paper. 

The equable character of the climate, especially in sheltered inlets of 
the sea, is so conducive to health, that in a few years it will doubtless 
attract many residents from amongst the wealthy merchants of Dunedin 
and Invercargill. The shores of Paterson’s. Inlet, Port William, Horse- 
shoe Bay, and similar localities, will be dotted with villas, relieved by the 


* Tt occurs in somewhat small quantity on the western face of the Bluff Hill, 


228 Transactions.— Botany. 


crimson glory of the rata and the pale racemes of the akamai. But speak- 
ing generally the quality of the soil is not of the first class, and with the 
abundance of land still waiting inhabitants in both the North and South 
Islands, it would be most wasteful policy to destroy the fine timber of the 
lower levels simply for the sake of forcing settlement. Except in the loca- 
lities indicated above, a wise policy would retain the island as a timber 
reserve, for not only is timber abundant, but it is of more durable quality 
than much of that grown on the west coast of the South Island. Past 
attempts to force settlement on Stewart Island have resulted in the expen- 
diture of large sums of money without any return, as may be seen in the 
Government barracks now decaying at Port William, happily in this case 
without requiring the continuous annual outlay rendered necessary by pre- 
mature settlement in other localities, 


Arr. XXV.—On the Ferns and Fern Allies of Stewart Island. 

By T. King, F.L.8. 
[Read before the Southland Institute, 13th January, 1885.] 
From the short sketch of the chief physical and climatal characteristics 
of Stewart Island given in a previous paper,* it will be seen that the 
conditions are highly favourable to the development of a luxuriant fern-flora, 
and such we accordingly find, whether considered with regard to the rich 
free growth of the individuals composing a species, or to the actual number 
of species found on the island. Swamp, forest and open land—sea-level, 
hillside and mountain-peak—alike exhibit characteristic forms, and include 
species whose occurrence in such hieh latitudes could not have been 
anticipated. 

The chief points of general interest presented by the fern-flora of 
Stewart Island are— 

1. The great abundance and luxuriance of arborescent ferns, which occur 
in nearly all situations at low levels, and exhibit an extension of the geo- 
graphical range usually given in our text-books (45°-50) to 47°20 S. 

2. The large, unusually large, proportion of Hymenophyllacee. Of the 
twenty-seven species of ‘‘ filmy-ferns”’ generally recognized by botanists in 
New Zealand, no fewer than twenty occur in Stewart Island. They form 
only one-fifth of the entire fern-flora of the colony ; but rise to one-third on 
Stewart Island. 


* See above, Art. xxiv. 


T, Kirx.—On the Ferns of Stewart Island. 229 


3. The excessive amount of variation exhibited by certain species, as 
Asplenium bulbiferum, A. obtusatum, etc., which is much greater than in any 
other part of New Zealand. 

4, The occurrence of certain species of a northern type, as Lindsea 
linearis, Trichomanes lyallu. 

I purpose drawing attention to these features at greater length in the 
notes appended to the following enumeration of the ferns and allied plants 
observed on the island. 

Gleichenia circinata, Swartz. Not uncommon on the margins of swampy 
forests. 

G. dicarpa, Br. Abundant in woods. Stipes slender, wiry, sometimes 18" 
high, with from six to nine series of branches. 

(3. alpina. Common in open moory places 1'—4" high, often reduced 
to a single pair of branches. Passes gradually into the typical 
form. Ascends to 3,000 feet. 

G. cunninghamit, Heward. Woods and sheltered places by streams; not 
common; and never exhibiting the extreme luxuriance of northern 
specimens, 

Cyathea medullaris, Swartz. Port William and Halfmoon Bay; rare and 
local. Does not attain large dimensions. The occurrence of this 
species so far south is quite unexpected. 

Hemitelia smithii, Hook. In forests throughout the island; sometimes 
attaining the height of 25’. Two principal forms may be distinguished : 
a. Segments broad, teeth acute, few. 6. Segments longer, with obtuse 
teeth ; much more elegant than a. The young fronds and the pith of 
the stem were formerly used by the Maoris as food, and are still 
collected for cattle. Ascends to nearly 1,000 feet on Ruggedy. 

Alsophila colensot, Hook. f. Two specimens observed in a deep wooded 
gully on Mount Anglem. Alt. 1,500 feet. 

Dicksonia squarrosa, Swartz. Throughout the island, abundant. Often 
forming groves covering many acres under large trees. Branched 
specimens are occasionally seen, and in many places the stem 
is completely hidden by crowns of short fronds, given off direct from the 
stem in such a way as at first sight to suggest the idea of the stem 
being covered with an epiphytal growth of young plants. It is, how- 
ever, easy to prove their organic connection with the stem. One of the 
most characteristic plants of the island, occurring in all lowland 
situations except open swamps. 

Hymenophyllum armstrongii, T. Kirk. Rare. At the base of shrubs, etc., 
Peaks of Ruggedy. . 

H, tunbridgense, Sm. In forests and rocky places. Common, 


230 Transactions.—B otani/. 


H. unilaterale, Willd. Rare and local. Steep banks of a stream near head 
of Paterson’s Inlet. 

Hl. minimum, A. Rich. On rocks, trunks of trees, etc., near the sea, not 

unfrequent. Fronds with from two to six pairs of lobes. 
AL, bivalve, Swartz. Common on mossy banks, in damp situations, and in 
forests. a. Fronds rigid, decurved. 6. Fronds slender, flat, sometimes 
nearly 1’ in length. 
H. multifidum, Swartz. Common throughout the island, ascends to fully 
2,000 feet. ; 

. rarum, Br. Remarkably local. Ulva. Port William. 

. pulcherrimum, Col. Observed only at the Archdeacon’s Cove, Paterson’s 
Inlet. Fine pendulous fronds measured nearly thirty inches in length. 


mm 


. dilatatum, Swartz. Common throughout the island at low levels. 


co 


. javanicum, Spr. A solitary specimen of this species was collected on 
Ulva. 

H. polyanthos, Sw., var. sanguinolentum. Most abundant, and exhibiting 
a wide range of variation in the shape of the fronds, caused by the 
unequal development of the pinne. Occasionally the lateral pinne are 
less than half an inch in length, while the apical portion of the frond is 
oreatly elongated, sometimes being over a foot in length. Again, the 
lateral pinne alone are elongated so as to form a broadly flabellate 
frond. A diminutive form with fronds less than half an inch in length 
is found on the mountains. 

H. villosum, Col. Mount Anglem, 3,000 feet. 

H. demissum, Sw. Abundant below 1,800 feet. 

H. flabellatum, Br. Epiphytic, not uncommon, ascends to 2,000 feet on 
Mount Anglem. 

H. rufescens, T. Kirk. Rakiahua, Messrs. Hamilton and Goyen ! 

H. e@ruginosum, Carm. Abundant on trunks of tree-ferns. Hxtremely 
luxuriant at Port William. 

Trichomanes reniforme, Forst. Paterson’s Inlet and Halfmoon Bay. 
Restricted to a few square yards above high water-mark in each 
locality. For my knowledge of these habitats I am indebted to Mr. 
Walker. 

T. lyalli, Hook. On inclined trunks of Metrosideros lucida, Mount Anglem, 
1,500 to 2,200 feet. I was much surprised at the discovery of this 
species on Stewart Island. 

7’. strictum, Menzies. Extremely rare and local. Ulva. Discovered by 
Miss Traill. 

T. venosum, Br. On stems of tree-ferns, etc. Port William, Ulva, and 

other localities, not uncommon, 


T. Krrx.—On the Ferns of Stewart Island. 931 


Lindsea linearis, Swartz. Head of Paterson’s Inlet, Mason Bay. 

Adiantum affine, Willd. Port William and Halfmoon Bay. Rare. 

Hypolepis tenwifolia, Bernh. Not uncommon on the margins of forest, etc. 

Pieris aquilina, i, var. esculenta. Common. 

P.incisa, Thunb. Abundant: in open places forming extensive patches. 

P, scaberula, Sw. Common. 

Lomaria capense, Willd. Abundant in woods, etc. In deep gullies the 
sterile fronds are sometimes from eight to ten feet in length and two 
feet eight inches in breadth. 

var.minor. Frequent in open places, and on mountains. 

Lomaria fluviatilis, Spr. Moist places in woods, etc., common. 

L. vuleanica, Blume. Rocky places in woods; frequent. The young fronds 
are of a delicate pale red colour. 

I. patersoni, Br. Local. Island of Ulva. Near Ruggedy. 

L. lanceolata, Spr. Abundant in woods and on the banks of streams, ete. 

L. discolor, Willd. Abundant in forests. Stems erect, 1-2 feet high. 

L. alpina, Br. In open swamps and on mountains; common. 

L. dura, Moore. A very handsome fern, frequently forming a dense fringe 
above high water-mark, but never found inland. Fronds 1-24 feet 
long: pinnee frequently dense and overlapping. 

L. banksii, Hook. Littoral; rare. Paterson’s Inlet, etc. 

» Asplentum obtusatum, Forst. 

a. Pinne, thick, fleshy, entire or serrate, obtuse. Fronds one inch 
to two feet long. Common near the sea. 

3. scleropium. More or less finely serrate, the teeth varying in 
length in different specimens; sometimes extending nearly to 

the midrib of the pinna. Near the sea. Forming large 
patches on Herekopere Island. 
Notz.—Fronds with the pinna entire are frequently found 
on the same plant, with deeply-serrated fronds. 
y. lyallti. Fronds with pinne pinnate or pinnatifid at the base. 
- Mason Bay. 

0. pseudo-falcatum. Fronds greatly elongated, 3 feet long or more, 
drooping, coriaceous; pinne broad at the base, suddenly 
acuminate, coarsely toothed. Mason Bay ; in forests. 

A. falcatum, Forst. Common in forests, epiphytal. Forming extensive 
patches on open land. Herekopere Island. 

A. bulbiferum, Forst. 

a. vera. Common. 

G. lava. Common in deep gullies. 

y. tripinnatum. In forests. Less common than the preceding. 


939 Transactions.— Botany. 


6. integra. Pinne nearly entire—or with shallow lobes or teeth. 
Resembles some states of flaccidum; but bulbils are always ~ 
developed. Island of Ulva. 

e. pseudo-lucidum. Fronds oblong-lanceolate, stipes short, pinne 
nearly entire or deeply toothed, lobed or almost pinnatifid ; 
coriaceous ; bulbils of large size. Island of Ulva. 

decomposita. Fronds 1-3 feet long, drooping, coriaceous, 3-4 times pin- 
nate, segments narrow-linear, acute, sori marginal. A beautiful 
variety ; the most highly divided form of the species. Island of 
Ulva. 

A. flaccidum, Forst. 

a. In forests. 

(3. In forests and on rocks. 

y. Cliffs by the sea. 

Aspidium aculeatum, Swartz., var. vestitum. Common. A form approaching 
A. angulare, Willd., occurs on Ulva. Another scarcely to be distin- 
guished from the European typical form is found at the Old Neck. 
The caudex is frequently erect, and much branched. The scales on the 
rhachis vary greatly in size and density. The non-indusiate form was 
not observed on the island. 

A. capense, Willd. Common in forests, ete. 

Nephrodium hispidum, Hook. In forests. Common. 

Polypodium rugulosum, Lab. Common. 

P. grammitidis, Swartz. Common on trees and rocks. 

P. serpens, Forst. Abundant on trees and rocks. 

P. pustulatum, Forst., vera. P. billardiert, Handbook N.Z. Flora. On rocks 
and trees, abundant, but always less luxuriant than in the north. 

P. australe, Mett. Common. Ascends to 2,000 feet. 

P. crassium, MS. A singular little plant usually confused with P. australe, 
var. alpina, but differing in the elongated flexuous or twisted rhizomes ; 
1'-3" long; fronds narrowed into a distinct stipes, broadly ovate, 
coriaceous, unisoriate ; sorus attached to the centre of the frond. The 
fronds are arranged in three series along the rhizome, and are never 
tufted. Bare rocks on the highest peaks of Mount Anglem; 3,000 feet. 

Todea hymenophylloides, Presl. In forests, local. The Old Neck, etc., ete. 

T. superba, Col. Local, but not unfrequent. In deep woods; head of 
Paterson’s Inlet, Ruggedy, the Archdeacon’s Cove, ete. 

Schizea fistulosa, Sw., var. australis. S. australis, Gaud. Forming small 
dense tufts in swamps. Head of Paterson’s Inlet, ete. Fronds 1’—9’ 
high. In a few places on the terraces larger specimens were found 
showing a direct transition to the typical form. 


T. Kirx.—On the Ferns of Stewart Island. 233 


Lycopodium selago, L. Port Pegasus, Mr. Petrie ! 

L. variwn, Br. 

L. ramulosum, T. Kirk. On open peaty land and in swampy woods. Stems 
excessively branched and prostrate, densely matted. Head of Pater- 

~ son’s Inlet. 

L. clavatum, var. magellanicum. Common; ascends to 3,000 feet. 

L. scariosum, Br. Low sand ranges and terraces between Paterson’s Inlet 
and Mason Bay. Island of Ulva. 

L. volubile, Swartz. In forests; not uncommon. 

Tmesipteris tannensis, Sw. On rocks and trees, frequent. 

Azolla rubra, Br. Ruapuke Island. A. W. Traill! 

It is not easy to account for the apparent absence of several species, 
such as Dicksonia antarctica, Hymenophyllum scabrum, Aspidium richardii, 
Nephrodium glabellum, Polypodium pennigerum, and especially Asplenium 
hookerianum, and A. colensoi. In all probability several of these will be 
discovered before long. 

This paper may be fittingly concluded with brief descriptions of two 
natural ‘‘ ferneries ’ on Stewart Island. 

The first is a narrow gully, or deep ravine, in the forest on the island 
of Ulva. At the head of the ravine is a small cascade, which gives rise to 
the stream flowing through the gully. The whole is shut in by large trees 
so that direct sunlight is excluded, and the sides of the gully, at first steep, 
are gently rounded-off in the upper portions. The conditions are eminently 
favourable for luxuriant fern-growth. 

At first the visitor’s attention is arrested by large masses of tree-ferns, 
Dicksonia squarrosa, the stems of which are partly shrouded by the persis- 
tent dead fronds. These are most abundant in the flat ground at the lower 
part of the gully, and as they ascend the banks become reduced to solitary 
‘specimens, here and there intermixed with the more eraceful Hemitelia, 
which becomes more abundant in the upper parts of the gully and attains 
large dimensions. 

Interspersed amongst the scattered tree-ferns are gigantic specimens of 
Lomaria capensis which considerably overtop the visitor as he passes beneath 
them ; as they ascend the banks they gradually diminish in height until 
they pass into the var. minor. Lomaria patersoni is plentiful and luxuriant 
near the head of the gully. The spaces between the larger ferns are 
occupied with a dense growth of Lomaria lanceolata—Pteris scaberula in the 
drier places. Hypolepis tenuifolia, Lomaria discolor, L. vulcanica, and other 
common species forming a series of contrasts in colour and habit. 

The trunks of the tree-ferns are clothed with Hymenophyllum eruginosum 
in the most luxuriant condition, while H. flabellatum, H. tunbridgense, and 
Trichomanes venosum occupy similar habitats, and the translueent H. 


934 Transactions. — Botany. 


dilatatum covers fallen logs with its delicate tracery. Numerous epiphytic 
species are to be seen on the higher portions, amongst which may be 
mentioned Asplenium faleatum, Polypodium serpens, and P. pustulatum 
(verum). 

One charming feature remains to be stated—the profusion of mosses 
and Hepatice, large frondose species of the latter being everywhere con- 
spicuous, their greenish-yellow tints harmonizing thoroughly with the 
bright green leaves of Hookeria cristata, which in these deep gullies 
exhibits its highest luxuriance. 

The ‘‘ Archdeacon’s Cove” is a delightful nook on the south-eastern 
side of Paterson’s Inlet, and can only be approached by water. On step- 
ping out of the boat the visitor observes luxuriant plants of Lomaria dura 
and L. banksti, but for some time sees no indication of the rich treat await- 
ing him. Proceeding for a few chains along a narrow creek, Lomaria 
capensis is found in great luxuriance, and almost suddenly daylight is 
diminished by the narrowing width of the ravine and the increasing height 
of the cliff, all being overshadowed by a dense growth of gigantic forest 
trees, thickly clothed with epiphytes so that the direct rays of the sun are 
excluded, and a constant drip falls from the branches. The eye is bewil- 
dered by the multiplicity of fern forms which emerge from the partial 
obscurity as it becomes accustomed to the diminished light. High 
up amongst the branches of an inclined trunk hangs a pale green mass, 
which seems strangely familiar, but which from its large size fails to be 
recognized until a tedious climb of the wet slippery trunk reveals it as 
Hymenophyllum pulcherrimum, with fronds between two and three feet in 
length. H. bivalve, H. multifidum, and many other congeners whose names 
need not be given, are found on adjacent trees, while H. dilatatwm exhibits 
great luxuriance at their base. Presently the gully widens out and numer: 
ous tree-ferns are to be seen; but the glory of the gully consists in its 
grand specimens of Todea hymenophylloides and T. superba, both of which 
are plentiful, but the latter especially exhibits its most graceful habit and 
its most luxuriant growth. From a stout stem some 18’ high, a dense 
crown of nearly erect fronds with drooping tips is given off. They must be 
counted by scores: some of them are three years old, and between four and 
five feet in length, of a deep blackish-green. It is impossible to conceive of 
a more attractive fern than this, or of a greater contrast than is presented 
by the same species when spreading its yellowish-green fronds in open 
woods. Numerous specimens were observed, but only one exhibited the 
extreme beauty or attained the large dimensions stated. 


CHEESEMAN.—On new Species of Plants. 235 


Art. XXVI.—New Species of Plants. By T. F. Cunnsuman, F.L.S., 
Curator of the Auckland Museum. 
[Read before the Auckland Institute, Tth September, 1884.) 
1. Ranunculus tenuicaulis, n. sp. 
Very slender, sparingly pilose or nearly glabrous, 6-18 inches high. 
Rootstock long, rather stout, sending down numerous fleshy fibres. Leaves 
few (1-4), all radical, very variable in size and cutting, about reniform in 
outline, cut to the base into 8 (rarely 5) broadly cuneate divisions, which 
are deeply and irregularly 2-3-lobed ; lobes narrow, often again toothed ; _ 
texture thin, herbaceous; petioles very slender, variable in length, 1-4 
inches. Scape slender, grooved, one-flowered, usually with three variously 
eut or lobed bracts about the middle. Petals not seen. Achenes 8-20, 
loosely packed and spreading on all sides, + inch long, shortly stipitate, 
somewhat fusiform, gradually narrowed upwards into a long spirally re- 
curved style. 

Hab. Canterbury mountains above Arthur’s Pass, altitude 4,000- 
5,000 feet. T.F.C. 

A very distinct and well-marked plant. In habit and appearance it is 
perhaps nearest to R. geraniifolius, but it differs from that plant, and from 
all the other New Zealand species, in the stipitate and fusiform achenes, 
with spirally recurved styles. 

2. Myosotis (H'xarrhena) concinna, n. sp. 

An erect or diffuse perennial, 6-18 inches high, branched from the base, 
covered in all its parts with fine closely-appressed silky hairs. Flowering 
stems or branches numerous, rather stout, leafy. Radical leaves usually 
many, 2-4 inches long, from linear- or lanceolate-spathulate to narrow 
oblong-spathulate, acute or obtuse, gradually narrowed into long petioles, 
covered on both surfaces with fine closely-appressed silky hairs. Cauline 
leaves sessile, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute. Racemes large, simple 
or branched, usually forming a rather dense many-flowered head, rarely 
elongated. Flowers large, bright pale yellow, sweet-scented, shortly pedi- 
celled. Calyx 4 inch long, 5-partite, lobes covered with appressed silky 
hairs. Corolla broadly funnel-shaped or almost campanulate, 4 inch long ; 
tube very short, limb large, deeply lobed, lobes oblong or ovate, acute or 
obtuse. Filaments very slender, elongate; anthers linear-oblong, exserted 
far beyond the corolla. Nuts ovoid, red-brown, but not seen perfectly 
ripe. 

Hab. Nelson, abundant on the débris of limestone rocks on Mount 
Owen, altitude 3,500-4,500 feet; also on Mount Arthur, altitude 4,000 feet. 
THC, 


236 Transactions. — Botany. 


This, which is an exceedingly handsome plant, is at once distinguished 
from Myosotis (Exarrhena) macrantha by the more silky indumentum, colour 
of the flowers, and particularly by the shape of the corolla, which has a 
short tube and large deeply divided limb; whereas in M. macrantha the tube 
is very long and the divisions of the limb comparatively shallow. From M. 
lyallit it is separated by the leaves, indumentum, calyx and corolla. 

In the Wairau Valley, Nelson, I have gathered immature specimens of a 
plant agreeing with this in the structure of the flowers, etc., but with the 
habit and foliage of M. sawosa. I am tempted to consider it a hybrid 
between the two species. 

3. Myosotis (Hxarrhena) leta, nu. sp. 

Stems slender, simple or sparingly branched from the root, hispid, erect 
or ascending, 6-12 inches high, sparingly leafy. Radical leaves variable in 
size, 1-3 inches long, linear- to obovate-spathulate or obovate-oblong, gradu- 
ally narrowed into long or short petioles, obtuse, rather thin, hispid on both 
surfaces with short white hairs. Cauline leaves smaller, sessile, lanceolate 
or oblong.. Racemes terminal, elongate, hispid, many-flowered. Flowers 
on slender pedicels, white with a yellow eye, or altogether yellow. Calyx 
5-lobed to near the base, lobes narrow, erect, covered with simple or 
occasionally hooked hairs. Corolla rather large, 4-4 inch long, 4 mech in 
diameter, nearly campanulate, tube short, limb with short, rounded lobes. 
Stamens with long filaments, the anthers nearly or quite exserted. Style 
exserted. Nuts ovoid, pale-brown, shining. 

Hab. Apparently not uncommon on the Nelson mountains, altitude 
2,000-4,000 feet. Red Hills, Wairau Valley; Mount Arthur Plateau ; 
Mount Owen, ete. T.F.C. 

In habit very close to M. australis, with which it has probably been 
confounded. It is usually smaller, more slender, much more sparingly 
branched, and not so hispid. The flowers are altogether different, being 
larger and more campanulate ; the anthers are on long filaments, so that 
they stand nearly on a level with the top of the corolla, and the style is 
altogether exserted. The nuts are also broader, and appear to be pale- 
brown when ripe. In the true M. australis the filaments are shorter than 
the anthers, which are included in the tube of the corolla, their tips just 
appearing above the scales ; and the style is hardly longer than the calyx. 


A plant common in many places in the Canterbury mountains, and 
which at present I include as a variety of M. australis, has a broad almost 
campanulate corolla nearly as large as that of M. leta. But the anthers 
and style are precisely those of M. australis. 


Cotznso,—Deseriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 287 


Art, XXVII.—4A Description of some newly-discovered and rare Indigenous 

Plants ; being a further Contribution towards the making known the Botany 

of New Zealand. By W. Cotenso, F.L.S. 

(Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1885.) 
Class 1. DicoryLEpons. 
Orver I.* RANUNCULACEA. 
Genus 3. Ranunculus, Linn. 

1. Ranunculus amphitricha, sp. nov. 
A tow perennial, perfectly glabrous, slender, creeping herb, stolons very 
long, rooting at nodes, rootlets very long. Leaves rather distant, generally 
two from a node, erect, orbicular-cordate in outline, 7-9 lines diameter, 
ternisect, the two lateral lobes bisected nearly to base, each lateral lobe 
having 3-4 laciniations, middle lobe always cuneate and trifid, with a 
minute laciniation or notch on each side, and mostly very regular ; petioles 
slender, fistular, 2-83 inches long, winged and clasping at base. Scapes or 
peduncles rather stout, 1-2 inches long, springing from node on the opposite 
side to the leaves, 1-8-flowered ; flowers single, on long pedicels, 3 lines 
diameter ; sepals 5, shorter than petals, orbicular, greatly concave, inflated, 
erect, obtuse, sub-papillose, one sepal always deeply emarginate or 
sub-bifid; petals 5-6, spreading, narrow, linear-oblong, obtuse, 2 lines 
long, yellow, shining, simple veined; vein forked at apex; unguiculate, 
ungues nearly as long as the lamina, the gland at base of lamina large, 
extending nearly across, erect, thickened, slightly toothed at top; stamens 
numerous, filaments long, anthers round bright yellow; styles erect when 
young, long recurved and subulate when mature; stigmas pubescent ; 
achenes turgid and subpapillose when young, sub-globular and rugosely- 
papillate when mature, 12-15 collected in a globose head as large as a small 
pea; receptacle (ripe) largely echinately chaffy or squarrosely-hairy at base ; 
hairs flat, translucent, bordered. 

Hab. In muddy watercourses, edges of woods near Norsewood, County 
of Waipawa; 1880-84: W.C. 

Obs. I have long known this plant, it has given me no small amount of 
yearly consideration and labour. I had long supposed it to be a variety of 
fh. rivularis and of some allied Australian species ; but on closer examina- 
tion in its living state, and noting its differential (? specific) characters 
(supra), which are permanent, I cannot but conclude it to be distinct. 


* The numbers in this paper attached to both orders and genera are those of the 
‘* Handbook of the N.Z. Flora,” 


238 Transactions.— Botany, 


Orpen X. MALVACEA, 
Genus 2. Hoheria, A, Cunn. 
1. Hoheria sewstylosa, sp. nov. 

Tree erect, 12-14 feet, fastigiate, much branched; bark scaly with 
many small cracks and a whitish epidermis; branches long, slender, 
glabrous, roughish, bark dark reddish-brown; branchlets puberulous, with 
star-like pubescence. Leaves rather distant, glabrous, very variable in size 
and shape, mostly, however, lanceolate on the main and flowering branches, 
2-22 inches long, acuminate, sometimes truncated at tips, cuneate, very 
finely reticulated and dotted, sub-membranaceous, light green above and 
lighter green below, sharply and deeply serrate, teeth acute; petioles 4 
inch, flat above, and (with peduncles and calyces) thickly clothed with star- 
like pubescence. Flowers numerous, white, 1 inch and more in diameter, 
axillary and lateral, fascicled, mostly 8-4 together, sometimes 2, and also 
only 1; peduncles 2 inch, jointed about the middle; calyx cup-shaped, 5- 
lobed, lobes large, deltoid-acuminate, acute with a knob at tips, 3-nerved, 
purplish-green ; petals 5, connate at base, oblong, 7 lines long, 3 lines 
wide, oblique, obtuse, each petal deeply one-notched on the right side near 
tip, veined, glabrous, hairy within near base, spreading, incurved; filaments 
5-adelphous, spreading, 2 lines long; anthers (filaments and styles) white, 
reniform, sub-versatile; styles 6-7, stout, flexuous, shaggy; stigmas capitate, 
large, flattish at top, papillose, slightly coloured, yellowish ; ovary included 
sunk, 6-7 ridged, pubescent. 

Hab. Skirts of woods and thickets, Norsewood, Matamau, and Taho- 
raiti, County of Waipawa; 1883-84: W.C. Flowering in March and 
April. 

Obs. No two trees can be more unlike in their foliage than this is in 
its young and in its mature state; and not only so, but the same tree in 
the leaves on its older and flowering branches, and in those on its younger 
and lower branches; these latter, like those on the young trees, are under 
an inch long, rhomboid, trilobed, sub-orbicular, etc., but always deeply 
serrate and sub-fascicled, generally four together and all of various sizes. 
On the flowering branches also, the lowest leaves are invariably small. I 
have long known this plant in its young and leafing state, and had always 
supposed it to be a variety of Plagianthus betulinus, A. Cunn., which it much 
resembles. When in flower it has a striking and elegant appearance, and 
it remains a long time in full blossom; it will make a handsome garden 
tree or tall shrub. Not unfrequently 5-6, or more, standards rise from the 
one root, all about the same size, forming a little compact clump. The 
bark of the older trees is often completely covered with handsome crusta- 
ceous lichens. 


Cotenso,—Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants, 239 


Orper XXXIII. UMBELLIFERA, 
Genus 1. Hydrocotyle, Linn. 
1, Hydrocotyle concinna, sp. nov. ' 

Plant creeping, slender, pilose, soft, forming dense beds. Stems 2-3 
feet (and more) long, rooting at nodes. Leaves membranaceous, green, 
distant, generally 1, sometimes 2, springing from a node, sub-orbicular, 
8-10 lines diameter, roughish above with glandular pubescence of large 
flattish white and pink hairs, with a few larger and pink coloured ones 
scattered on the veins, deeply 5-lobed, lobes regular, broadest at apices, 
sub-tri-lacmiate and sharply toothed, teeth long and curved; petioles 3 
inches long, slender, finely striate ; stipules large, broadly ovate, laciniate. 
Peduneles axillary and lateral (from nodes), erect, slender, much longer 
than the leaves, 4-6 inches long, pink-striped, thickly clothed with weak 
curved hairs; umbels 20-22-flowered; flowers radiate on long glabrous 
pedicels sub 2 lines long, each bearing a few scattered erect hairs and mostly 
in a single line; involucral leaves and bracteoles numerous, ovate-linear, 
laciniate and pointed; flowers greenish-white tinged with pink, red-striped 
on the outside; petals ovate, obtuse, spreading ; calyx tube raised, tubercu- 
late, dark-red; styles diverging, sub-clavate; stigmas capitate, red, minutely 
pencilled. Fruit orbicular, at first semi-transparent, echinate, light brown, 
carpels with one rib on each face. 

Hab. In dense rather dry forests, on the ground. Seventy-mile 
Bush, County of Waipawa; 1878-84: W.C. Flowering in March. 

Obs. This is a truely graceful species, neat, pretty, and uniform in all 
its parts. I have long known it, and though I had early considered it to be 
new, and often brought away specimens, I never found time to dissect, 
examine and compare it, until the autumn of 1884, when I did so leisurely 
in its native forests. Sometimes the young immature and unfolded leaves 
present a highly curious appearance ; sessile at the nodes in small globular 
woolly masses, with their green cut and plaited margins fringing their 
tops; reminding one of young hazel-nuts. I believe it to be the work 
of some insect, having found the darkish-yellow larve snugly ensconced 
within. 

2. Hydrocotyle uniflora, sp. nov. 

Stems creeping, rooting at nodes, whence also spring the leaves and 
peduncles fascicled. Leaves glabrous, entire, orbicular-truncate, or oblong- 
orbicular, always truncate at base, 5-7 lines long, rounded at apex, finely 
and regularly crenately toothed (8-4) towards base, and often with one 
small acute tooth at or below the two corners, 5-nerved, green, often purple 
above and covered with very minute white dots as if stippled, margins purple, 
sometimes largely and loosely hairy below at base and on the nerves, veinlets 


240 Transactions.— Botany. 


closely anastomosing; petioles 14-8 inches long; stipules large, mem: 
branous, veined, entire. Peduncle 1-14 inches long, slender (two are often 
united below near base, and thus become bi-peduncled), sometimes largely 
pilose. Involucral leaves two, sub-orbicular or orbicular-ovate, sessile and 
half-clasping, glabrous, veined, purple stained or margined, very mem- 
branous. Flowers single, sessile (rarely two together, and when so then 
one is shortly pedicelled), petals rather large, ovate, sub-acute, purple, 
reflexed. Fruit large, sub-orbicular, compressed, 2 lines diameter, obso- 
letely 3-4-ribbed, tops purplish with a few loosely scattered hairs. 

Hab. Wet sides of slopes, gullies near Norsewood, County of Waipawa ; 
1884: W.C. But not common. 

Obs. A species having pretty close affinity with H. asiatica, Linn., but 
differing in several particulars. 

3. Hydrocotyle intermiata, sp. nov. 

Plant very small; stems short, creeping and rooting interlaced under- 
ground. Leaves orbicular with a narrow deep sinus, 3-4 lines diameter, 
thickish, much veined, dark green, sparsely pilose on both sides with long 
succulent, scattered hairs, 5—6-lobed, lobes short, broad, sub-tri-laciniate, 
cut, obtuse; petioles 4-5 lines long; stipules delicately membranous, reti- 
culated, sharply laciniate. Flowers in small globose heads, 9-10 (sub 12), 
minute, red, sessile, petals incurved, obtuse ; styles short; peduncles 7-8 
lines long, erect, striate ; involucral leaves small, obovate, obtuse. Fruit 
very small, shortly pedicelled, glabrous, turgid, broader above than below, 
shining, dark brown ; carpels sharply keeled on back, 1 rib on each face, 
and a deep hollow between the two lateral ridges. 

Hab. On dry open hills near Matamau, Seventy-mile Bush, County of 
Waipawa ; forming thick little patches among short grasses and mosses, 
and other small plants, scarcely visible without close search; 1880-84 : 
W.C. 

Orper XXXIV. ARALIACEA. 
Genus 2. Panax, Linn. 
1. Panax microphylla, Col.* 

Flowers axillary, in 2-4 small umbellate panicles, conjoined at base and 
wearing a fascicled appearance, each sub-panicle containing 2-4 flowers—in 
all 3-14, small and inconspicuous, 14 lines diameter, pedicelled, each 
pedicel surrounded by many minute stipelle ; petals broadly ovate, sub- 
acute, darkish-red on the outside greenish-red within, spreading, slightly 
recurved, deciduous; calycine teeth minute, acute, purple; filaments short, 


* For description of this plant (without flowers), see ‘‘ Trans. N.Z. Inst.,’’ vol, xvi, 
p- 328. 


Cotrnso.—Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 241 


alternate with petals ; anthers sub-orbicular, bright yellow; disk green, 
convex ; styles long, divergent, recurved, stout, obtuse, arising from an 
elevated base ; stigmas slightly pencilled, purple. 

Obs. Flowering in February. Each panicle almost invariably bears 
one large fruit before the other flowers are open. I have recently detected 
some larger shrubs, in those same localities, 5-7 feet high. 

Orper XXXVI. LORANTHACEA. 
Genus 1. Loranthus, Linn. 
1. Loranthus polychroa, sp. nov. 

A glabrous spreading shrub of irregular horizontal growth ; branches 
extending 2-3 feet. Leaves 2-24 inches long, 7-10 lines broad, narrow- 
oblong and oblong-lanceolate, very obtuse and rounded at apex, sometimes 
(rarely) apiculate, tapering at base and narrowed into a rather long petiole 
4—6 lines long, coriaceous, sub-glaucous-green, veins obscure when fresh, 
very apparent in dried leaves, 5-7 diverging from near base, margins 
thickened, sub-revolute, coloured red, and regularly and finely tuberculated. 
Racemes erect, about 1 inch long, 12-16-flowered ; peduncle quadrangular, 
stout, tapering; pedicels decussate 2 lines long; flowers bright orange- 
red, 7-8 lines long; corolla slender, straight, swollen about the middle at 
base of filaments; petals linear-spathulate, sub-acute, longer than anthers, 
combined to below the middle, recurved and appressed from middle, darkish- 
coloured on outside at tips; anthers linear; style filiform longer than 
anthers ; stigma dark red, globular, finely papillose; calyx rather deep, 
margin uniform, even ; tube cylindrical, oblong, length of pedicel. 

Hab. Parasitical and high up on trunks of Fagus solandri ; woods near 
Norsewood, County of Waipawa, but scarce; March, 1884: W.C. Speci- 
mens, flowers, and leaves picked up. 

Obs. A species near to L. flavidus, Hook. fil., yet distinct (vide descript. 
supra), aS well as from the many other described species (nearly 200!) of 
this large genus. 

Orpen XXXVII. CAPRIFOLIACHA. 
Genus 1. Alseuosmia, A. Cunn. 
1. Alseuosmia pusilla, sp. nov. 

A small glabrous shrub, 5-8 (rarely 10) inches high, erect, simple, some- 
times bearing 2-3 very short branches, and also other plants once forked 
from the base. 

Leaves few, 8-12, distant, spreading, petiolate, 1-24 inches long, oblong 
and obovate-lanceolate, obtuse with a small mucro, with 3-6 minute and 
fine distant teeth, sometimes quite entire, sub-coriaceous, green splashed 
and spotted with red, obsoletely veined, margins red; petioles 3-4 lines 
long, rather stout. Flowers few, scattered, single, lateral from near base or 

16 


242 Transactions.—Botany, 


near top, rarely axillary, drooping; peduncle stout, glabrous, spotted and 
striped with red (also the calyx and corolla without), bearing two small 
alternate bracts, and 8-4 red bracts together at the base with red spread- 
ing hairs within; calyx glabrous, 5-lobed, lobes deltoid acute; corolla 
4-5 lines long, 5-lobed, lobes thickish, revolute, of a light straw or pale 
primrose colour, velvety, not veined, sides ruguloso-fimbriate to base, each 
lobe bearing 8-4 rather long cylindrical white obtuse fimbrie at tip ; anthers 
large, orbicular, 2-lobed, lobes turgid, shorter than corolla-tube, and longer 
than the style; stigma large, globose. Berry large, 8-9 lines long, ellipsoid, 
thickest at apex, succulent, smooth, shining, bright red, containing 9 (or 
more) dark brown seeds, 2 lines long, oblong, slightly curved and obtusely 
angled, finely striate, shining. 

Hab. In shady forests near Norsewood, County of Waipawa; 1884: 
W.C. 

Obs. I. The unexpected discovery of this little shrub pleased me much: 
(1) from the genus being very scarce in this part of the island, though com- — 
mon in the woods at the north (Bay of Islands, etc.) ; I had only once 
before (in 1848) fallen in with a species* so far south, and then only in one 
spot, in the dense forest between the rivers Manawatu and Ruamahanga : 
(2) from the distinctness of this species: (8) from the small size of the 
shrub—a little erect hard-wooded tree in miniature; and (4) from its very 
large and bright red fruit (which indeed was the cause of my detecting it, 
hidden among the dense undergrowth of ferns and small herbaceous 
plants); it bears the largest berry of the known species of the genus. 

Obs. II. I brought away living four shrubs, each 5-6 inches high ; and 
planted them here at Napier in a large flowerpot. These are all healthy, 
and are now flowering (September), although they have not yet fully evolved 
a leaf; some of the flowers are about 1-2 inches from the base, and all from 
old wood. From its delicious odour (common to the genus) this species 
being so small will make a suitable pot plant. 

Orper XXXIX. COMPOSITA. 
Genus 1. Olearia, Mcench. 
1. Olearia multibracteolata, sp. nov. 

A shrub about 6-7 feet high of dense foliage and thick compact growth ; 
“bark on trunk rough grey and somewhat scaly, wood hard, and leaves in 
age acquiring a brown colour.” Branchlets long slender, dark brown, 
suleated, villous with brown and grey pubescence. Leaves 1—24 inches 
long, 43-2 inch wide (decreasing in size towards ends of branches), limear- 
oblong, obtuse with a tooth, alternate, distant, coriaceous, incurved, deeply 


* This, also, I had only found in fruit, in the autumn; Sir J. D. Hooker, in the 
‘* Handbook N.Z. Flora,” has placed it under A. quercifolia. 


Cotenso.— Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 248 


and sharply serrate, or bi-serrate—the serratures having small teeth in the 
sinuses, margined, bases dimidiate and sub-truncate, glabrous and shining 
on upper surface, clothed below with fine appressed golden silky hairs, 
midrib stout, keeled below, costal veins forming obtuse angles with midrib, 
greatly and finely reticulated on the upper surface, almost tessellated with 
minute squarish dots that are sometimes crescent-shaped; petioles 4 
inch long, stout, deeply channelled, dark brown, largely decurrent shghtly 
winged or ridged extending to next leaf below. Flowers whitish, 
in small rounded terminal corymbose-panicles, arising from axils of 
leaves ; panicles long slender, 1-2 inches long, leafy; sub-panicles with 
2-4 flowers; flowers rather distant, but together form a close compact 
corymbose head; peduncles slender, each with a small leaf at its base; 
pedicels about 3 lines long, slender; peduncles, pedicels, and involucres 
thickly covered with viscid glandular pubescence, odoriferous. Head of 
flowers small, about 2 lines long, 2-8 lines diameter, sub-cylindrical or in- 
fundibuliform, few-flowered, soon expanding ; involucre with 1-2, or more, 
leafy bracteoles at its base; involucral scales in two rows, brown with a 
dark centre, outer shorter and ovate-acuminate, inner long linear obtuse, 
fimbriate at tips with brown curly tomentum. Florets of the ray white, 
7-9, largely revolute, nearly twice as long as the involucre,—of the disk 
5-6, reddish, pubescent without; pappus short, rather shorter than florets, 
not thickened at tips, of a light-brownish colour (ochrolewcus) ; achenes 
small, sub-linear-obovoid, somewhat flattened, ribbed and very hairy ; 
receptacle very small, somewhat irregular and ridgy. 

Hab. Forests about Woodville, River Manawatu, North Island; 
1882-84. Flowering February and March: Mr. S. Hutching. 

Obs. A species closely allied to O. dentata and ilicifolia, with which 
I was at first inclined to place it; but a closer examination of better and 
flowering specimens has yielded important characters possessed by neither 
of those species. It has a very strong and not unpleasant smell, particu- 
larly the clammy glandular pubescence of its heads of flowers. Mr. Hutch- 
ing informed me that, during several years residence there, he had only 
noticed this one plant, which he had early removed into his garden. I 
think it will make a neat garden shrub. 

2. Olearia populifolia, sp. nov. 

Branchlets slender, bark brown, striate, thickly hairy with brown and 
grey hairs. Leaves alternate, rather distant, 2-3 inches long, 14-24 inches 
broad, membranaceous, broadly ovate, acute, acuminate, sometimes sub- 
orbicular and dimidiate, sub-truncate at base, sinuate, toothed, teeth few 
distant and (apex) knobbed, glabrous above, clothed below with densely 
appressed short pale greenish-white wool of a satiny appearance, midrib 


244 Transactions.— Botany. 


prominent below and densely covered with brown hairs; petioles 5-9 lines 
long, rather slender, brown, hairy, deeply channelled above, dilated at base 
but not decurrent. Flowers sub-terminal in long slender sub-corymbose 
and axillary panicles, 4 inches long, panicles and sub-panicles each with a 
single small obtuse densely-haired brown bracteole at base; heads few, 
broad, spreading, 4—5 lines diameter, rather distant, on slender pedicels 5-6 
lines long; involucral scales in three rows, brown with a dark mid-line, 
outer short sub-ovate, acute, densely hairy on the back, inner longest, linear, 
obtuse, glabrous on back, densely fimbriate at edges and tips; florets few, 
tubes glandular-pubescent, thickened downwards; florets of ray broadly 
lanceolate, tips obtuse and very slightly emarginate ; stigmas much exserted, 
Jong, narrow, acute, spreading; pappus short, acute, dirty-white, tips 
recurved reddish ; receptacle small, convex, ridgy; achene very small, less 
than 1 line, nearly linear, broadest at top, sub-cylindrical and very slightly 
angled, very hairy. 

Hab. Woods, east side of the Ruahine Mountain range, County of 
Waipawa, North Island; January 1884: Messrs. H. Hill and A. 
Hamilton. 

Genus 14. Gnaphalium, Linn. 
1. Gnaphalium adherens, sp. nov. 

Plant a diffuse bushy perennial herb; main stems woody, as thick as a 
goose-quill, climbing, adhering closely by long lateral rootlets to per- 
pendicular clayey cliffs. Branchlets sub-secund, patent, drooping, 9-14 
inches long, stoutish, covered with floccose silky hairs; leaves alternate, 
scattered, distant, 2 inches apart on stems, 14-24 inches long, 6-8 lines 
broad, obovate, acute, apiculate, sessile, half-clasping, margins entire, 
glabrous above, woolly below, with closely appressed floccose white hairs, 
membranaceous, flaccid, strongly tri-nerved, light green. Flowers terminal 
in loose bracteate corymbose panicles, 2-3 inches long, containing 12-13 
heads, mostly 3 heads-on each sub-panicle or lower peduncle ; peduncles 
and pedicels long, bracteolate, densely woolly like branchlets; bracts and 
bracteoles foliaceous, margins waved; heads 4 lines diameter; outer 
involucral scales densely floccosely silky ; inner involucral scales 2 lines 
long, linear, clawed, spreading, lamina white as ligulate florets but nar- 
rower, claw green shining thickened at base ; ligulate florets white, spread- 
ing acute and obtuse, laciniate-toothed at tips; pappus few, slender, scabrid, 
spreading, not thickened at tips; achenes very small, linear, somewhat 
subquadrangular, obtuse with a central depression or corona at base, 


glabrous : receptacle small 1 line diameter, flat, subdepressed, alveolar, full 
of circular holes with raised margins, 


Cotenso.— Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 245 


Hab. Damp cliffy clayey sides of the River Mangatawhainui (a feeder 
of the River Manawatu) near Norsewood, County of Waipawa; 1883: W.C. 
Flowering in December, with the dead leaves and flowering panicles of the 
former year still strongly adhering. 

Obs. A species allied to G. lyallii, trinerve, and keriense. From its 
diffuse flourishing growth, peculiar habit, and numerous heads of pure 
white flowers, this plant looks exceedingly well in its native home. It 
clings strongly to the cliffs, like ivy, only its rootlets are very much longer, 
extending some inches each way. 

2. Gnaphalium sub-rigidum, sp. nov. 

Plant bushy, loosely spreading; stems many from one root, woody, 
ascending, very slender, 12-20 inches long, 1-14 lines diameter, of uniform 
thickness, brittle, branched and naked below, simple and leafy above, 
scarred throughout; bark dark brown. Leaves rather closely-set, scattered 
or somewhat whorled, patent, sub-coriaceous, linear, 8-12 lines long, 1-14 
lines broad, sub-acute and apiculate, flat, sessile and half-clasping, glabrous, 
shining and reddish above, white and cottony below; margins entire, re- 
curved, very thick and shining ; midrib stout and prominent below; veinlets 
anastomosing. Heads of flowers white, numerous, 10-20 at tips of branches, 
in lax sub-fascicled corymbs, on slender nodding white and cottony peduncles 
and pedicels of various lengths 3-9 lines long, some 1-, others 2- and 
3-flowered, all with long foliaceous narrow bracts, often each pedicel is bi- 
bracteolate ; heads 4-inch diameter ; involucral scales white and spreading, 
oblong, obtuse, rarely notched at tips, margins entire, claw short, greenish- 
brown, glabrous; florets very numerous, at first yellow, afterwards with a 
dull reddish tinge; receptacle flat with a raised flat centre, densely and 
minutely rugged; pappus few, very slender, weak, slightly scabrid and 
jointed. Achene short, linear, sub-acute at tip, glabrous. 

Hab. Dry hilly country west side of Ruataniwha Plains, County of 
Waipawa; 1884: Mr. H. Hill. Flowering in September. 

Obs. A species pretty near to G. keriense, A. Cunn., var. linifolia, J. D. 
Hooker. 

Orpver LIII. SCROPHULARINEA, 
Genus 4. Gratiola, Linn. 
1. Gratiola glandulifera, sp. nov. 

Plant creeping at root, glabrous, stems erect and ascending, 6-12 inches 
high, simple and branched, stout, semi-succulent, sub-quadrangular, 
obtusely-angled, deeply channelled on two sides, purple-red, with a few weak 
and short scattered hairs. Leaves ovate, 4-6 lines long, 2-3 lines wide, 
obtuse, sessile, half-clasping, thickish, 3-nerved, serrate, sub 6 (generally 
4) teeth, teeth and tip dark purple. Flowers few, axillary, solitary, 


246 Transactions.— Botany. 


peduncled, peduncles about 1 line long: calyx 5-leaved, leaves linear- 
acuminate, 1-nerved, green, longer than capsule, obtuse, somewhat knobbed 
and purple-tipped, each leaflet having a row of sub-succulent white hairs 
down the nerve on the outside: corolla 4 inch long, pubescent, limb white ; 
upper lip 2-lobed, sometimes purple-margined ; lower lip 3-lobed, lobes all 
very obtuse; tube yellowish, purple-striped, throat above thickly clothed 
with golden glandular hairs, and on each side a single row of similar hairs. 
Capsule broadly-ovoid. 

Hab. In boggy spots, edges of water-courses near Norsewood, County 
of Waipawa; 1884; but very local; flowering in March: W.C. 

Obs. A species having pretty close natural affinity with G. seadentata, 
A. Cunn. (? G. peruviana, Benth.), but apparently differmg in several 
characters, the chief one being the thick glandular pubescence lining the 
corolla. 

Genus 9. Ourisia, Comm. 
1. Ourisia robusta, sp. nov. 

Hrect, glabrous, scape, sparingly pilose. 

Leaves radical broadly-ovate, obtuse, deeply crenate or sub-crenate- 
serrate, teeth apicular, each with a gland-like circular brownish dot on 
upper surface within margin, triple-ribbed, veins very stout and prominent 
below, lamina 6 inches long, thickish, slightly decurrent ; petioles same 
length, thick, sub-sueculent, deeply canaliculate, edges purple and slightly 
hairy. Scape 14-2 feet high, very stout, 5 lines diameter, septangular 
and sulcated, purple-striped, bearing long white jointed and weak hairs 
scattered on its angles. Bracts, or floral leaves, on the scape all 
whorled, lowermost 5-8 (generally 8), broadly lanceolate, 24 inches long, 
serrate, margins purple, 5-nerved to base of petiole; petioles long 
broad and flat, edges hairy; upper whorls of bracts very numerous (00), 
serrate, decreasing gradually in size to the apex. Flowers umbelled in 
distant whorls, generally nine; pedicels 14 inches long, rather slender, 
sub-angular, purple-striped, covered with thick glandular pubescence ; calyx 
5-partite, glabrous, purple-striped, lobes linear-subulate, 1-nerved, 5 lines 
long, obtuse and thickened at tips; tips recurved, margins purple; corolla 
large 11 lines diameter, white within, purple and purple-striped on the 
outside ; throat yellow-green, densely clothed with numerous jointed and 
sub-clavate succulent hairs of the same colour; tube short 3 lines long; 
lamina spreading 5 lines long, lobes large, retuse, veined; veins obtusely 
angled and rounded. Capsules orbicular-oblong, broadest at base, turgid, 
glabrous, purple-spotted on top, much smaller than calyx lobes. 


Hab. In gullies on the high lands west of Napier, between Napier and 
Taupo; 1888; Mr, H, Hill, 


Cotenso.—Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 247 


Obs. I. This species has close affinity with O. macrophylla, Hook., but 
differs from it in several particulars; the sepals are narrower longer 
glabrous and coloured, and only 1-nerved ; the corolla is coloured within 
and there clothed with densely glandular pubescence, and the tube is much 
shorter, and in the venation of the limb, which is also larger, the angles 
are rounded at apices, and not acute as in that species, and the pedicels are 
densely glandular-hairy: the leaves also are different, both in their shape 
and in their curious little gland-like openings or depressions on their 
margins ; and the scape is very much stouter and 7-angled, with its lower 
floral leaves much more numerous, larger and petiolate. 

Obs. II. From Sir J. D. Hooker’s ‘‘note’’* on an imperfect specimen 
of Ourisia of possibly an additional species allied to O. macrophylla which I 
had early ‘‘ gathered near Taupo;” I am of opinion that this may very 
likely be identical with that plant. 

Orper LXX. CUPULIFERA. 
Genus 1. Fagus, Linn. 
1. Fagus apiculata, Col.t (Fruit.) 

Fruiting involucre or cupule, green, ovate, obtuse, 4 lines long, 3- 
(sometimes 4-) sided, with four imbricated tomentose ovate scales on each 
side, edges scarious and brown, shortly pedicelled, pedicels pilose; nuts 
2-3, broadly ovate, sparsely pilose, outer one (or two) sharply ridged down 
the centre on one side, inner (or middle) one flat, thin, sub-erose at edges 
above, tips deeply bifid ; styles persistent. 

. Class Il. Monocorynepons. 
Orper I. ORCHIDEA. 
Genus 10. Microtis, Banks and Solander. 
1. Microtis longifolia, sp. nov. 

Plant variable in size, and in the number of its flowers; tall, erect, 
1 foot 3 inches to 2 feet 3 inches high ; leaf solitary terete tubular, with 3 
longitudinal furrows from base to tip, 2-3 inches longer than scape, and an 
open oppressed bract at base 1-2 inches long. Scape stout, 2-3 lines 
diameter, cylindrical below sub-angular above; raceme 3-6 inches long, many 
flowered (25-40), flowers pedicelled, small, distant, 2-6 lines apart ; bracts 
2 lines long, broadly ovate-acuminate, transversely rugulose and decurrent; 
upper sepal boat-shaped, sub-cucullate, acute; lower pair largely divergent 
sub-revolute, obtuse; petals free, recurved, obtuse ; lip oblong, laciniate or 
sub-lobed, much crisped at margins; tip broad and bifid; the two lumps 
at base very large, dark green, smooth and shining; the lump near tip 
tuberculate or crisped, commonly in two ridges; ovarium stout, 3 lines 
long, finely papillose, flat beneath, very turgid and gibbous above. 


t For description of this plant (without fruit) see ‘‘ Trans. N.Z. Inst.,” vol, xvi. 
p. 335, 


948 Transactions.— Botany. 


Hab. Skirts of woods near Norsewood, County of Waipawa; flowering 
in February and March ; 1883-84: W.C. 

Obs. A species allied to the common M. porrifolia, but differmg m 
several characters (vide descript. supra); and also from its flowering in the 
autumn. It is nearly allied to some of the Australian species. 

Genus 11. Caladenia, Br. 
1. Caladenia variegata, sp. nov. ; 

Plant erect, 6-12 inches high, glandular-pubescent ; pubescence 
pink-tipped; scape red, sub-rigid not succulent, slender above leaf, 
stoutish below, arising from a thickened node, having three clasping 
membranous acute sheaths, one at base enclosing scape and leaf, 
one at middle 6-8 inches long, and one close under ovarium; root 
rather long, stoutish, ending in a long white tuber as big as a pea. 
Leaf single, 4-1 inch from base, 6-8 inches long, 1-2 lines wide, 
linear-acuminate, thickish, glabrous, channelled, green on upper and 
purplish-red on under surface, slightly ciliate at edges, and very sparsely 
pubescent underneath on the lower portion with long weak glandular hairs. 
Flower single on top of scape, (one specimen only, out of nearly forty 
obtained, bore two flowers, both springing from within the upper sheath 
and pedicelled,) perianth spreading, more than 4 inch diameter; dorsal 
sepal green, arched, sub-oblong-obovate, obtuse and apiculate at apex, pro- 
duced, glabrous above ; lateral sepals pinkish, oblong, apiculate, larger than 
petals, 3-nerved; petals pink, oblong-lanceolate, apiculate, faleate; lip 
sessile ; disk with two longitudinal rows of bright-yellow stipitate glands 
having large globular heads, extending from mner part of middle lobe down 
into the throat, with smaller glands scattered on each side, and one or two 
at the margin of extreme base of the middle lobe ; the two lateral lobes are 
transversely banded with light-purple, margins white, rounded at tips; 
middle lobe deltoid, deeply crenulate, recurved, bright yellow; column 
winged throughout, green, pubescent at top, transversely banded below 
with light purple, similar to lateral lobes; anther acute, tip subulate, 
margin finely fimbriate. Ovary 8-9 lines long, linear-obovate, sulcate, 
densely glandular-pubescent. 

Hab. Plentifully, but only in one spot, among mosses on fallen and 
rotten Fagus trees, and on the ground alongside, in rotten vegetable soil, 
shady woods, top of a high hill near Norsewood, County of Waipawa ; 
December, 1883: W.C. 

Obs. A species closely allied to the two known New Zealand species, 
C. minor and lyalli; and also to several Tasmanian and Australian 
species—C. carnea, alata, and angustata; but while serving naturally to 
unite them differing from them in all important characters. C. minor; 


Comnso.—Deseriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 249 


which is so common at the north (Bay of Islands), on clayey open hills 
among fern (Pteris esculenta) and Leptospermum scrub, I have never met 
with in these southern parts. 

Genus 15. Thelymitra, Forst. 
1. Thelymitra nemoralis, sp. nov. 

Plant stout; tubers large, oblong, narrow. Leaf (occasionally two) 
variable, 6-17 inches long, 6-9 lines wide, linear-acuminate, acute, 
broadest at base, green, glabrous, thick, strongly 3- (obsoletely 5-) nerved, 
keeled. Scape stoutish, 8-16 inches long, bibracteate, bracts equidistant, 
sub-foliaceous, clasping, acute ; raceme 2-8- (usually 7-) flowered ; flowers 
distant, bracteolate on rather long pedicels; bracteoles obovate-oblong, 
acuminate, acute, obsoletely 5-nerved ; perianth spreading ? inch diameter ; 
sepals pale green with broad white margins, narrower than petals; dorsal 
sepal much larger than laterals, obovate-oblong, obtuse with a mucro ; 
lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, acuminate ; petals white, sometimes pinkish, 
broadly elliptic, acute with a mucro; lip similar to petals but narrower 
and not so highly coloured; column with stout deeply emarginate tip, 
pinkish below, umber-brown above, edged with bright yellow, margins 
incurved ; appendages produced, rather shorter than column and inclined 
at top towards it, densely globosely-plumose at tips, white; the base of 
wings in front of column sub-two-lobed and two-toothed ; stigmatic gland 
bilobed at base, trilobed at apex including rostellum. 

Hab. Dry Fagus forests. Seventy-mile Bush, County of Waipawa ; 
1881-83: W.C. Flowering in December. 

2. Thelymitra purpureo-fusca, sp. nov. 

The whole plant exceedingly slender, of a dusky purple-brown or 
purplish-red colour; tubers narrow, oblong. Leaf narrow, 14-3 lines 
wide, 7-10 inches long, thickish, channelled, glabrous. Scape erect, very 
slender, almost filiform, bibracteate, 8-10 inches long; raceme 38—5-flowered 
(occasionally only one); flowers rather distant, bracteolate on long slender 
pedicels ; perianth 4 inch diameter ; sepals dark purple-brown edged with a 
bright green line, a yellow central stripe and broad white exterior margins, 
sub-ovate-acuminate, much concave, dorsal one largest, the two laterals 
with a long mucro; petals light pink, sometimes white, elliptic-oblong, 
obtuse, broader than sepals; lip the smallest; column pink dashed with 
blue, apex stout, much emarginate, incurved, dark and edged with bright 
yellow (as in 7. nemoralis), but the plumose appendages are more produced 
and rise above the column; anterior base slightly erose ; stigmatic gland 
similar to that of 7’. nemoralis ; anther very acuminate, tip subulate. 

Hab. In Fagus woods on dry hills with the preceding species, but 
usually higher up ; 1881-83: W.C. 


950 Transactions.— Botany. 


Obs. I have both sought and watched this plant very closely ; from the 
fact of its widely different general appearance at all stages from 7’. nemoralis, 
and yet, on examination and dissection, I find it possessing such scanty 
differential characters; the principal ones consisting in its plumose stamin- 
odia rising above the tip of the column—its narrower and variegated sepals 
—its slenderer proportions, dusky aspect and fewer flowers. In all these 
however it is very uniform; as I have seen and examined (through patiently 
waiting for their development) some scores of flowers and plants. It has 
also a peculiar habit of growth, being often found in little clumps (like 
crocuses and jonquils), from which arise 6-12 scapes. It wears a very 
striking and elegant appearance, when its dark perianths with their seg- 
ments edged with white are about expanding, from their contrasts in colour. 
Notwithstanding the column-appendages being produced beyond its tip, 
while in T. nemoralis they are below it, this species is naturally very closely 
allied to that one. 

Orper VII. LILIACEA. 
Genus 2. Callixene, Comm. 
1. Callixene melantha, sp. nov. 

Perianth darkish-green, 13 inches diameter; segments obtuse, 3 outer 
ovate-acuminate, thickish, obsoletely veined longitudinally ; 3 inner narrower 
and thinner, broadly-linear, incurved, venation netted; filaments brown, 
stout, broad at base, longer than anthers ; anthers bright yellow, sub-linear- 
ovate, 3 lines long, tips emarginate, base sagittate, extrorse; style brown, 
sub-angular, tapering ; stigma ochraceous, small, papillose. 

Hab. fast sides of Ruahine mountain range, County of Waipawa; 
1883 : Mr. Hamilton. 

Obs. I. The anthers and stigma of this species more closely resemble 
those of C. polyphylla (a South Chilian plant) than they do those of C. parvi- 
flora, the only known New Zealand species. 

Obs. II. I have received but a single unexpanded flower! all that was 
by chance obtained ; fortunately it was mature, uninjured, and fresh. It 
appears that Mr. Hamilton, on his return from the forests, was clearing out 
some mosses, leaves, etc., from the outer pockets of his coat, and found 
among them this one flower-bud (alabastrum), and kindly gave it to me. 
For some time it puzzled me, its dark green colour, so unlike that of 
a flower, and its being closely shut up, helped to disguise it; it more 
resembled a caper bud than anything else; but on soaking, dissection, etc., 
I found out what it was, and believe it will prove to be a new species of 
Callixene. It is allied to C. parviflora, which bears a much smaller and 
white flower and has a very different stigma ; this latter, however, grows on 
the same range at a much higher altitude. 


Cotenso.— Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 251 


Genus 5. Astelia, Banks and Solander. 

1. Astelia microspermum, sp. Noy. 

Leaves coriaceous, sub-linear-ovate, lanceolate, very acuminate, 2 feet 
83 inches to 2 feet 6 inches long, 14-12 inches wide at the broadest 
part above, rather suddenly and much dilated at base and there 
4 inches wide and greatly overlapping and triquetrous, light yellowish- 
ereen, glabrous and shining particularly at bases, but the imnermost 
leaves have a narrow band of white hairs at their bases on the out- 
sides, the extreme base somewhat fleshy and succulent, gummy, with 
a white transverse band 1 inch wide, above that it is black for 2 inches 
or more; under a strong lens the surface below is closely cottony ap- 
pressed in minute squares, sub-incurved, deeply channelled, slightly keeled 
below in the centre of the leaf but not so at base, 2 prominent and stout 
nerves equidistant from midrib, with many finer nerves ; offshoots around 
the base of scape sharply triangular. Female scape terminal very stout, 
sub-triquetrous, 9 inches long, densely clothed throughout with white silky 
hairs that are very long at base; panicle nodding, 6—7 inches long, com- 
posed of seven slender sub-sessile racemes 4-6 inches long and about 
1 inch apart, each with a very long sessile foliaceous bract sub-ovate- 
acuminate, half-clasping, not cordate, 16-18 inches long, 14-1? inches 
wide at base; flowers very small, about 1 line long, excessively 
numerous, compact, light yellow; pedicels sub-fascicled, 2 lines long, 
slender, woolly ; bracteoles linear, 2 lines long, white with a brown central 
stripe; perianths woolly on the outside, closely embracing ovary, 
and nerved below to anthers; segments sub-linear-ovate, obtuse, re- 
flexed, nerveless; ovary ovate, half or more exserted; stigma sessile, 
spreading, trilobed, papillose; anthers linear, very slender. Fruit small, 
14 lines diameter, sub-globular, somewhat obtusely triquetrous, with a long 
produced sub-angular beak, greenish ; seeds very small, 14-18 in a berry, 
black, shining, sub-lanceolate, convex above flattish below, produced at one 
end. Male (whole scape not seen), sub-peduncle thickish, obtuse, cylin- 
drical, single raceme 3 inches long, 10 lines wide; flowers light brown, 
densely compact, sub-fasciculate, pedicelled; pedicels 2-3 lines long, 
stoutish, shaggy, with an excessively narrow linear bracteole near the base, 
longer than pedicel and nerved; perianth large spreading, about 1 inch 
diameter; segments cut to base, 4 lines long, shorter than anthers, deflexed, 
sub-linear-ovate, obtuse; outer 8, broader, 3-nerved, tips woolly on the 
outside; inner 3, 1-nerved, tips thickened; filaments 3 lines long, stout, 
cylindrical; anthers 2 lines long, linear, obtuse, largely hastate; ovary 
small, sub-triquetrous, spotted white; stigma sessile, tri-orbicular, finely 
papillose. 


952 Transactions.— Botany. 


Hab. Epiphytical on high trees in forests, Seventy-mile Bush, between 
Norsewood and Danneverke, County of Waipawa; 1884: W.U. Flowering 
in January. 

Obs. A very peculiar, fine and distinct species; of which, from its 
growing so very high up in the trees, it is difficult to obtain good 
specimens. 

2. Asitelia albicans, sp. nov. 

Leaves linear-acuminate, 1 foot 8 inches to 2 feet 6 inches long, # inch 
wide at broadest part, tips much drawn out, obtuse and hairy, drooping, 
stout, glabrous and green above, closely appressed with short white hairs 
below mixed with minute dark green dots, sub-8-nerved, edges ciliate, 
slightly keeled, of a blackish colour for about three inches from base; base 
thick, dilated, 14 inches wide, satiny within and densely shaggy on outside 
with long white hairs. Male, scape flexuous, erect or slightly cernuous, 4 
inches long, very stout, obtusely triquetrous, densely silky ; panicle short, 
stout, 6-8 inches long, composed of 6 stout short obtuse sub-sessile 
spikes, each 2 inches long and 1 inch wide, with a broadly ovate and very 
acuminate bract at the base of each spike, the lowermost bract 1 foot long ; 
perianths sessile, densely crowded, white, 3 inch long, with a single very 
narrow linear-acuminate light brown bracteole at base, shorter than segments 
of perianth ; segments cut to base, glabrous, shaggy at bases, distant, 6-7 
lines long, longer than anthers, narrow-linear-acuminate, very membranous, 
transparent, obsoletely 3-nerved, at first erect, afterwards wholly reflexed ; 
filaments 3 lines long, white, very stout, broad and red at base, tapering, 
arising from bases of segments; anthers 2-24 lines long, linear-acuminate, 
hastate, light brown; stigma plumose, sessile on a beak-like projection of 
disk. Female scape much smaller and more slender than male, slightly 
drooping ; panicle composed of 4 (sometimes 5) rather distant racemes, each 
2-24 inches long, 4 inch wide; bracts same as in male but narrower; 
perianths free, shortly pedicelled, closely enclosing ovary below; segments 
cut half-way to base, very small, reflexed, with here and there minute 
rudimentary anthers; stigma sessile, somewhat trifid, papillose; ovary 
ovate-acuminate, cylindrical, glabrous, greenish-yellow. 

Hab. Upiphytical on trees, east slopes of Ruahine mountain range, 
County of Waipawa; January, 1884: Mr. A. Hamilton. 

3. Astelia fragrans, Col.* (Fruit). 

Fruit large globular, orange-coloured with puckered sub-angled red tips 

(stigmatic points); calyx persistent, 6-lobed, large, free, thickened, saucer- 


* See ‘Trans. N.Z. Inst.,” vol. xv., p. 333, for a full description of this species, 
without its fruit. 


Cotenso.—Deseriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 258 


shaped, spreading, orange-coloured with dark margins; lobes very obtuse ; 
8 seeds in each berry ; seeds black, smooth, shining, gibbous, curved, 1-14 
lines long, sharply and obsoletely and variously angled. 

Obs. The coloured thick and spreading calyx of this species when the 
fruit is ripe has a very peculiar and novel appearance. 

Orper IX. JUNCEAI. 
Genus 1. Juncus, Linn. 
1. Juncus macrostigma, sp. nov. 

Plant large, loosely czspitose in rather small isolated clumps, erect, dull 
green, sub-glaucescent, glabrous but not shining. Culms 3-5 feet high, 
cylindrical, stout, 4-inch diameter, tips acuminate and sharp, very finely 
striate, pith continuous, each culm with several (4-5) membranaceous 
sheaths at the base, outer ones very small, innermost 8-10 inches long, 
appressed, very obtuse with a long hair-like mucro 2-3 lines long, sulcate, 
pale green above dark brown below; flowers lateral, numerous, pale, pedi- 
celled and sessile, in close cymose heads and in sub-panicles on long sub- 
compressed and rigid peduncles, generally 3-4 main ones, one being much 
longer (2-3 inches) than the rest; bracts long, awned ; bracteoles numerous, 
short, broadly obovate, sub-acute, sometimes acuminate, clasping, rugulose, 
pale; perianth lobes acute sub-acuminate, pale green with white membra- 
nous margins; stamens 6, anthers bright yellow; style short, distinct ; 
stigmas 3, very long, stout, erect, twisted, spiral, plumose, light reddish- 
pink; capsule ovoid, pale, reddish at tips, shining, longer than perianth ; 
seeds numerous, small, brown, turgid, oblong, irregular in shape, somewhat 
sub-lunate and gibbous, very finely striate and reticulated, testa produced 
at each end. 

Hab. Sides of water-courses, Seventy-mile Bush, between Norsewood 
and Matamau, County of Waipawa; 1882: W.C. With other Junci, but 
not like them plentiful; flowering January and February. 

Obs. In the flowering season its head of flowers presents a striking and 
pretty appearance, from their large and coloured pink stigmas and bright 
yellow anthers; very different from all our other Junci. Its affinity is, I 
think, with J. vaginatus, Br., and J. pseudo-cyperus, Linn. 

Orver XI. CYPERACHA. 
Genus 18. Uncinia, Persoon. 
1. Uncinia nigra, sp. nov. 

Plant large, densely cespitose. Culms stout, erect, 3 feet long, trique- 
trous, smooth. Leaves of equal length, 1 inch wide, squarrose, very 
acuminate with hair-like tips, many nerved, margins finely and closely 
serrulate, glabrous below, scaberulous on upper surface, keeled, generally 
4 leaves on a culm, sheathing below 6-12 inches from base; colour light 


254 Transactions.— Botany, 


ereen, brown towards base; spurious ligula bi-lunate or kidney-form. 
Spikelet 6 inches long, slender, upper portion 14-13 inches male, bracts 
(often 8) leaf-like, long, outer 12-16 inches long 1 line wide, very filiform 
at tips, scabrid, crumpled towards top, fugacious; utricles decussate, dis- 
tant on rhachis about 1 line apart, squarrose, black, 24 lines long, spindle- 
shaped, truncate and striped at base, acuminate, shining ; bristle 34 lines 
long from tip of utricle, greenish ; hook long, light brown, thickened and 
black at curve; glume narrow, narrower than utricle, linear-ovate-acumin- 
ate, 54 lines long, obtuse, glabrous, shining, light brown with a thick 
central nerve, tri-nerved at base, fugacious ; stigmas long, slender. 

Hab. Skirts of low woods near Norsewood, County of Waipawa ; 
March, 1884: W.C. 

Obs. This plant wears a striking appearance when its fruit is ripe, 
widely different to that of its ripening state; for the light-coloured and 
long glumes having fallen away, the black and distant utricles stand out 
patent on the rhachis, which, in clear tranquil and undisturbed situations, 
arrests the eye immediately from their extreme novelty. The fruits, how- 
ever, fall off at a very slight touch, often clinging disagreeably by their 
hooks to clothing, hair, etc. 

Genus 14. Carex, Linn. 
1. Carex quadrangulata, sp. nov. 

Plant large, tufted, diffuse, dark green. Culms rather slender, 3 feet 
6 inches long, drooping, smooth, glossy and finely striate, trigonous but 
4-angled owing to the lower angle being double or channelled throughout, 
and seaberulous on both edges. Leaves shorter than culms, 2 feet 6 inches 
long, + inch wide, channelled, linear, acuminate, margins and upper-surface 
finely scabrid, keeled, keel scaberulous. Spikelets few, under 1 inch long, 
the lower 2 single, distantly spiked along the culm, the upper and terminal 
one a short compound panicle, bearing the male spike at top, slender, 1 inch 
long; peduncles 3, 14—2 inches long, erect and nodding, filiform, com- 
pressed, scabrid, with 2 small adpressed sheathing brown bracteoles ; the 2 
lower bracts very long, 12-15 inches, foliaceous, sheathing, with a small 
transverse scarious bracteole below aperture of sheath on the outside. 
Glumes as long as the utricles, broadly ovate, bicuspidate, awned with a 
stout central nerve, membranous at margins, light coloured minutely striped 
with red. Utricles short, about 1 line long, broadly ovate, turgid above, 
flattish beneath, bicuspid, scabrous on both margins near tip, glabrous, 
shining, dark brown. Stigmas 3. 

Hab. Sides of water pools, open parts of the forest, Norsewood, County 
of Waipawa; 1884: W.C, 


Cotenso.— Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 255 


Class III. Cryprocamta. 
Orver I. FILICES, 
Genus 5. Hymenophyllum, Smith. 
1. Hymenophyllum melanocheilos, sp. nov. 

Plant very small, creeping, glabrous, very thin, light green, cellules 
large; rhizome filiform. Fronds rather distant on rhizome, upright, 
simple and bifid, elliptic, linear and spathulate, obtuse, }-? inch 
high, about 1 line wide, margins often thickened, black and shining; 
laciniate-serrate, serratures distant, sometimes dark and rigid, and shining 
like margins ; midrib thick, glossy, dark like stipe, no lateral veins ; stipe 
short, 1-2 lines long, not winged, glabrous, dark brown. Involucre single 
at tip of frond, elliptic, free, less than 1 line long, flattish, slightly convex ; 
valves free to base, margins entire, black bordered; borders shining ; recep- 
tacle included ; sori few, large. 

Hab. Woods, Whangaroa, County of Mongonui; 1884: Mr. Rh. W. 
Rowson. 

Obs. A very peculiar little species, and one of the smallest known of 
the genus. Its affinity is with H. marginatum, Hook. and Grev., of Port 
Jackson, Australia (a scarce and little-known fern), from which species, 
however, it is very distinct. It has also some affinity with H. parvifolium, 
Baker, an Hast-Indian fern of about the same size, but is, also, quite dis- 
tinct. 

2. H. lophocarpum, sp. nov. 

A climbing fern, mostly pendulous from upper parts of trees. Rhizome 
creeping, long, branched, hairy. Fronds rather distant on rhizome, glab- 
rous, spreading, flat and slightly waved, transparent, light green when 
young darker in age, elastic and curled up when dry, rhombic- or ovate- 
acuminate, apical portion often narrow-elongate, usually dimidiate at base, 
24-4 inches long, twice the length of stipe, 3-pinnatifid; pinne alternate, 
sometimes very close and sub-imbricate, the lowest pimna solitary and very 
short; rhachises, main and secondary, dark, flexuose, finely tuberculate 
and striate, winged; wing wide and mostly waved; secondary segments, 
sub-flabellate, not branched on the lower or outer side; veins dark; ulti- 
mate segments or lobes rather long, linear, obtuse, apices rounded, nerves 
ereen not extending to margin; margins entire; cellules large, of vari- 
ous shapes and sizes, mostly sub-orbicular and oblong. Stipe stout, 
1-14 inch long, blackish, shining, striate, roughish, narrowly winged 
to base, and (with rhachis) slightly hairy (very hairy when young); hairs 
scattered, long, brownish, tortuous, jomted and transparent. Involucres 
free, large, sub-orbicular, loose, rumpled or bladdery, wider than lobes, 
turgid, much larger than sori, confined to upper portion of frond 


256 Transactions.— Botany. 


and extending to tip, but always supra-axillary and not terminal on 
lobes ; valves free to base, convex, entire, sometimes slightly sinuate or un- 
even at tip, not toothed, largely crested, the upper one most so, with 3-4 
erect lamella that are often high and nodding, and wider at apex than at 
base, not ‘‘spinulose”’ nor ‘“‘ spinuloso-dentate.” Receptacle very short, 
4 length of involucre, peduncled, clavate, finely puberulous, with sporangia 
only around the tip; sporangia few, very large, sessile; sporules globular, 
green, and enclosed in a fine transparent white membrane, separate from 
the sporangium. 

Hab. On trunks and main branches of trees, hilly forests in the in- 
terior, Seventy-mile Bush, County of Waipawa; 1860-84: W.C. 

Obs. I. This fern has the same peculiar and strong though not unplea- 
sant odour that pertains to a few other of our New Zealand ferns, and to 
some of our foliaceous Hepatice, which odour it long retains, as well as its 
elasticity. It also stains paper, leaves of a book, etc., in which it is kept, 
of a dark colour, often leaving a faithful outline impression. In exposed 
dry situations, in hot dry weather, this fern will be seen dry and completely 
rolled up; but on rain falling it again recovers and expands, like some 
mosses. It is generally found much gnawed and eroded by insects, more so 
than other species of the genus (allured, probably, by its powerful odour), 
so that it is rather difficult to obtain fully-developed uninjured specimens. 

Obs. II. I have long known this fern, and had early supposed it to be 
distinct from H. polyanthos and sanguinolentum (possibly merely as a 
variety or ‘‘sport,” but still very distinct). During the last two years, 
however, I have been induced to pay more attention to it; to study and to 
examine it closely and repeatedly in the living state and in all stages in its 
native woods. An extra inducement thereto arose from my obtaining (in 
addition to the ‘‘ Flora Nove-Zelandiz,” and the several commoner works 
or compilations of ferns,) Hooker and Grev. Ic. Filicum, Swartz (original) 
Synopsis Filicum, Beddomes Ferns of British and Southern India. 
Van den Bosch Hymen. Java, and Clarke’s Review of Ferns of Northern 
India, drawn up and aided at Kew (Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1880: 
Botany, vol. i., part vu.), in all which works H. polyanthos and its allies 
and synonyms are particularly described and investigated. And the conclu- 
sion I have come to is, that this fern (H. lophocarpum) is really distinct 
from H. polyanthos and sanguinolentum, and also from their synonyms 
included as above. Indeed, in my opinion, there is no near affinity between 
this fern and H. polyanthos, Sw. (as that is fully given in description drawing 
and dissections by Hook. and Grev. in their Ic. Filicum, vol. ii, t. 
128, which I take to be a type specimen of that species) ; H. polyanthos, 
Sw., being also a West-Indian (Jamaica) fern, Neither is there any close 


Cotenso.—Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 257 


relationship between this fern (H. lophocarpum) and H. protrusum, Hook. ; 
which species Baker has more recently (in his ‘“‘ Synopsis”’) united with H. 
polyanthos. While from H. polyanthos and H. polyanthos, 3. minor (Bedd. 
Ferns Brit. India, tt. 280 and 3806), H. blumeanum, pycnocarpum, and in- 
tegrum, (Van den Bosch, Hymen. Java, tt. 86, 37, 88), which ferns Clarke 
unites with H. polyanthos, as being one species (?) and not even sub-varieties, 
—this fern of mine disagrees still more strongly. Of H. sanguinolentum I 
might say the same; but seeing it is not now recognized as a distinct 
species or variety by modern authorities, and omitted altogether by Baker 
from his ‘‘ Synopsis ;” while Swartz himself observed of it, that it was very 
near to his H. clavatum (another Jamaica fern), differing only in form and 
colour,—and both of these ferns were long ago included by Sir W. J. 
Hooker, in his ‘Sp. Filicum,” as forming but one species with 4. 
polyanthos—I have no need to remark especially upon it. 

In fine: this species (H. lophocarpum) differs from H. polyanthos and its 
several synonymous allies (supra), in outline, in appearance, in colour, in 
substance both of stem and lamina of frond, in shape of segments and 
lobes, in position form and appendages of involucre, in the receptacle and 
sporangia, and in its peculiar hairs. In its fresh natural and perfect state, 
it is one of the very handsome New Zealand species of this lovely genus of 
ferns. I have thus written largely on it, after a prolonged and patient 
investigation, for the sake of future working botanists. 

Genus 22. Polypodium, Linn. 
1. Polypodium rwpestre, Br., var. sinuatum, Col. 

Rhizome long, rather stout, creeping, branched, climbing trees, scaly ; 
scales ovate-acuminate, light brown, fixed by centre. Fronds scattered but 
not distant, erect, of 2 or more forms tapering into long and very slender - 
stipes, somewhat coriaceous, margins recurved, veins largely anastomosing 
and visible between eye and the light, densely covered with white stellate 
hairs; hairs 10-11-rayed with brown centres, giving the plant a finely 
spotted appearance; barren fronds 4-54 inches long, 1-14 inches wide, 
rhomboid- and oblong-lanceolate, coarsely sinuate, almost crenate ; fertile 
8-84 inches long, 8 lines wide, broadly lanceolate, margins sinuate, tips 
sub-acute ; stipes of both barren and fertile fronds 2 inches long, with a 
thick cluster of imbricated scales at bases; base-scales ovate-acuminate, 
minutely tuberculate. Sori rather small, often oblong, and distant. 

Hab. On living trees, woods, Seventy-mile Bush, between Matamau 
and Danneverke, County of Waipawa; 1883-84 (also in woods, Hast 
Coast): W.C. 

Obs. A very fine and striking variety (as I take it) of the well-known 
and common Polypodiwm rupestre; it is not only a much larger plant than 


17 


258 Transactions. — Botany. 


that, but it is also thinner, and sori smaller often oblong and less prominent, 
more hairy on both surfaces, and stellate hairs with a larger number of rays; 
the copious scales too are different. When I first detected this plant in the 
woods on the East Coast in 1846, I noticed only a few specimens, and I 
thought it was only a “sport” of P. rupestre; but where I lately found it, 
it was very plentiful, 
Orper TV. MUSCI. 
Genus 41. Bartramia, Hedwiec. 

1. Bartramia readeriana, sp. nov. 

Stems densely tufted, tall, robust, ascending, 4-inch diameter, 14-34 
inches long, vaguely dichotomously branched, thickly tomentose with red 
branched and implexed tomentum ; branches above fascicled, strict, almost 
glabrous, red. Leaves spreading (some are truly divaricating, at first spread- 
ing then bent downwards), pale yellow-green, shining, with a short sheathing 
base, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, gradually narrowed into a very long hair- 
like point, serrulate to tips, plaited, minutely papillose, twisted (to the right) 
when dry contorted; nerve slender, percurrent; cells dense, linear, the 
marginal at the base larger oblong and translucent; perichetial leaves 
broader with lax cells. Fruitstalk 1-14 inches high, erect, red, shining. 
Capsule large, inclined or horizontal, ovoid, grooved when dry; operculum 
convex, apiculate; teeth red; spores very minute. Calyptra 2 lines long, 
narrow, blackish at tip, apiculate. Inflorescence dicecious; antheridia 
capitulate. 

Hab. Among Hepatice on dry elevated ridges, open woods, Seventy-mile 
Bush, between Norsewood and Danneverke, County of Waipawa ; 1882-84 : 
W.C. 

Obs. 1. A species allied to B. pendula, sieberi and comosa ; differing 
from pendula, mainly in the very long points of the leaves, that are twisted 
when dry and papillose, and in the erect capsule; from sieberi, in the 
shining long-pointed and twisted leaves; and from comosa in the long- 
pointed, twisted and broader leaves, which are serrulate throughout, its 
densely tomentose stems, and apiculate operculum; and from all three 
species, also, in the translucent marginal cells at the base of leaves. It 
appears, however, to be nearest to this last species—comosa. 

Obs. II. This species seems to be scarce; hitherto I have only detected 
it in two similar open ridgy spots, growing two-thirds concealed among 
dense and erect pale Hepatice (Mastiyobryum, sp. nov.?); and then only in 
small quantities, and rarely found in fruit, although I have visited those 
places some twenty times in hopes of finding good fruiting specimens. 
From its dense and shaggy tomentum, and intermixed habit among the 
Hepatice, and aged appearance, it seems to be of very slow growth, 


Cotenso.—Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 259 


Obs. III. I have with pleasure named this species after Mr. F. Reader 
‘(formerly of Blenheim, New Zealand, but now of Victoria), an amiable, per- 
Severing and unassuming young botanist, and diligent collector of plants, 
especially mosses; which Order he has long made his particular and close 
study, and that from pure love of nature, and not for mere pecuniary 
gain. 

Genus 71. Hookeria, Smith. 
1. Hookeria trichophora, sp. nov. 

Plant small, under 1 inch high, densely tufted, stems erect ; branches 
red, stout, 4-2 inch long, simple and branched above, rooting below. 
Leaves minute, 4 of a line long, sub-quadrifarious, oblong-orbicular, acu- 
minate, serrulate half-length down from tip, nerve about half-through ; 
crisp when dry ; cells very small above, increasing in size downwards from 
apex of nerve and very large at base; perichetial erect, sub-ovate-lanceolate, 
acuminate. Fruitstalk erect, 3-2 inch long, longer than stems, flexuous, 
smooth, red, springing from below the base of a branch, thickened and 
rooting at base. Capsule oval, inclined or horizontal, sub-apophysate, 
reddish, beak long, curved upwards. Calyptra white, fimbriate at base, tip 
black and hairy ; hairs loose and very long, 

Hab. In patches on rotten trunks, deep and wet forests, Norsewood, 
County of Waipawa; 1884: W.C. 

Obs. A species having some affinity with H. apiculata and rotundt- 
folia ; differing from the former in its nerve and small cells; and from the 
latter by its small cells and white and hairy calyptra. 

2. Hockeria sciadophila, sp. nov. 

Plant 1-14 inches high, sub-flabellate, bipinnately branched, thickly 
tomentose below on main stems with branched red-brown hairs; branches 
flat, compressed, 8-4 lines wide, slightly concave, dark below, branchlets 
and leaves closely imbricate. Leaves sub-quadrifariously disposed, broadly 
elliptic, round at tips, above 1 line long, spreading, flat, light green, nerve 
extending nearly to margin, margin entire and very thin; cells small in 
regular hexagons in the upper portion, and in very large oblong-hexagons 
at lower half of nerve and base of leaf; perichetial small, ovate, nerve 
stronger and cells larger. Fruitstalk lateral, springing from base of 
branchlets, 3 lines long, black, flexuous, shining, incrassated at base with a 
sheathing ring ; 2-8 together on a branchlet. Capsule oblong, sub-erect, 
regularly and finely reticulate ; operculum conical, beak long. Calyptra 
small, glabrous, very acuminate, tip black, slightly and finely lacerate at 
base. — 

Hab. On the ground, sides of deep narrow watercourses, dark forests 
near Norsewood, County of Waipawa ; 1883-84: W.C, 


260 Transactions,— Botany, 


8. Hookeria luteo-vivens, sp. nov. 

Plant largely gregarious, stout, sub-erect, 2-24 inches high, dichoto- 
mously branched above, branches sub-compressed, 5-6 lines wide, stem stout, 
dark brown. Leaves sub-quadrifariously disposed, oblong-orbicular, 2 lines 
long, obtuse and rounded at tip, dorsal and ventral smaller and more 
orbicular, minutely papillose, thin, margins entire, light green, whitish 
and yellowish at tips, slightly convex, densely imbricated ; nerve short, 
forked, slender, green, largely cellular; cellules (of leaf) large, sub-orbicu- 
lar, smaller at margins and apex, larger and oblong at base; perichetial 
erect, small, sub-rhombic, nerveless. Fruitstalk stout, 1: inches long, 
smooth, flexuous, twisted, slightly sulcate, dark brown, thickened at base. 
Capsule oblong, reddish, smooth (minutely reticulate under a lens), cernu- 
ous, slightly tuberculate at base; tubercles few and mostly above, round, 
smooth; cells of capsule large, oblong; external teeth 4-lined longitudi- 
nally, pretty closely trabeculate, strongly denticulate, reddish. Calyptra 
large scabrid, whitish, ragged at base. 

Hab. Sub-pendulous on sides of shaded cliffs, in large patches, but rarely 
fruiting, in forests, Seventy-mile Bush, County of Waipawa; 1883-84: W.C. 

Obs. A fine species having affinity with H. quadrifaria, but differing in 
several particulars. 

4. Hookeria lophophora, sp. nov. 

Stems simple and slightly once-branched, flat, sub-erect, 14 inches high, 
4 lines broad, thickly clothed between leaves with large red branched trans- 
parent and jointed hairs. Leaves pale, densely imbricated, sub-quinque- 
fariously disposed, the lateral ones spreading, crisp when dry, broadly 
oblong-apiculate, 2 lines long, very thin, transparent, margined, upper 
portion sharply serrulate; nerve forked; dorsal and ventral similarly 
shaped but smaller ; cells lax, orbicular-hexagonal in the upper part of leaf, 
larger and oblong-hexagonal in the central and lower part; perichetial 
oblong, very acuminate. Fruitstalk springing from near the top of stem, 
24 lines long, stout, pale, hairy; hairs short, patent; much fimbriate at 
top; fimbriz erect, crest-like, nodding over apophysis. Capsule apophy- 
sate, inclined or horizontal, sub-obovate, turgid, red, finely reticulated, 
shining, tuberculate at base; apophysis dark brown. Calyptra not seen. 

Hab. In dry woods, hill country near Napier. 

Obs. A species allied to H. cristata. 

Orpen V. HEPATICA). 

Genus 25. Noteroclada, Taylor. 
1. Noteroclada perpusilla, sp.nov. 

Plant very small creeping, densely compact, under 1 inch long, 2 lines 
wide, branched, branches very short about 4 inch long, deeply pinnatifid 
or sub-pinnate, glabrous, glistening, light green ; midrib or stem stoutish, 


Cotznso.— Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 261 


and clothed beneath with purple-brown rootlets ; leaves or lobes, sub-flabel- 
late, under 1 line diameter, very thin, transparent, minutely crenulate on 
upper margin, closely imbricated at base free above; involucral leaves 
paler, longer, and lacerate at tips; areole minute but prominent, sub- 
rhomboid-orbicular, more oblong in involucral leaves; stipule 0; perianth 
terminal and sub-terminal on short lateral branchlets, cylindric, oblong, 
whitish, mouth gaping, jagged, often two together closely adjoining at tip ; 
peduncle rather stout, striate and septate, 8 lines long; capsule globular, 
minutely pitted, at first purple afterwards brown, bursting irregularly, 3-4 
valves ; valves sub-rhombic-ovate, lacerate, minutely reticulate. 

Hab. Among mosses, etc., shady banks, Scinde Island, Napier ; 
August, 1883: W.C. 

Genus 26. Petalophyllum, Gottsche. 
1. Petalophyllum australis, sp. nov. 

’ Rhizome short, stout, fleshy, with fine hair-like rootlets. Frond single, 
procumbent, sub-rotund, 6-8 lines diameter, reflexed, sub-bilobed, largely 
lamellate waved and crisped above, nerved below, margin sinuate and finely 
crenulate, colour bright light green with reddish-brown margins ; perianth 
. large, bell-shaped, open, crisped, mouth much laciniate; peduncle stout, 
14 inches long, white, succulent, very tender ; capsule large, globular, more 
than 1 line diameter, dark brown, finely pitted, bursting irregularly and 
ragegedly, bearing large brown tessellated markings; sporules circular and 
tuberculated ; elaters geminate, twisted and truncate. 

Hab. Among mosses and Hepatice, Petane, near Napier; 1883: 
Mr. Hamilton. 

Obs. A rather scarce, or, from its smallness, overlooked plant, posses- 
sing pretty close alliance with the single British species P. ral/sii, which 
it also resembles. I have only seen 8 specimens that I picked out from 
among mosses and Hepatice. 

Genus 30. Symphyogyna, Mont. and Nees. 
1. Symphyogyna crispula, sp. nov. 

Plant terrestrial, single, stipitate, erect, dark green. Frond dichotomous, 
flabellate, 6-8 lines long, 9-12 lines broad, segments broadly-linear, 2 lines 
wide, very obtuse, deeply emarginate, distantly serrate above and in sinuses 
but not below, unduiate and crisped, wide at base and broadly decurrent on 
stipe ; cellules large, elliptical, nerves dark brown, stout, extending to base 
of apical notch. Stipe dark brown, 4 inch long, stout, flexuose, with fine 
rootlets at base. Involucral scale on upper surface at main forks and 
scattered on nerves, several on a frond, middle size, 14 lines wide, papillose, 
very laciniate ; laciniz irregular and transversely barred. Calyptra stout, 
2 lines long, shortly peduncled, sub-clavate, finely papillose, light green, 
largely fimbriate at mouth; fimbrie red, stout, truncate, barred, 


262 Transactions.— Botany. 


Hab. Bases of wet and shaded cliffs, sides of the River Mangata- 
whainui, near Norsewood, County of Waipawa; May, 1884: W.C. 

Obs. A species allied to S. melanoneuron and vulgaris (‘‘ Trans. N.Z. 
Inst.,” vol. xvi., pp. 851, 352), but distinct from both. 

2. Symphyogyna flavo-virens, sp. Nov. 

Plant terrestrial, densely gregarious and compact (like moss), stipitate, 
erect, single, very light green. Frond small, once forked, diverging and 
irregular, 38-4 lines long, 6-7 broad, sub-flabellate, each fork having 2-4 
short segments, segments narrow, linear, about 1 line wide, round at tips 
and deeply emarginate, slightly and distantly serrate, much undulated and 
crisped, truncate and incurved at base concealing scale, not decurrent on 
stipe; cellules large, sub-quadrate-orbicular ; nerves same colour as frond 
and not extending to base of notch. Stipe stout, flattish, sub-succulent, 
light pink, 3-1 inch long, very flexuous, 2-nerved, thickened and rooting at 
base. Involucral scale on upper surface at main forks, 1-2 on a frond, very 
small, ovate, laciniate. Calyptra large, erect, 4 lines long, cylindrical, 
whitish, generally extending beyond margin of frond, mouth laciniate and 
fimbriate. Seta slender, 1 inch long. Capsule linear-oblong, apiculate, 
2 lines long, dark brown, finely longitudinally striate. 

Hab. Shady sides of hills, west side of Ruataniwha Plains, County of 
Waipawa; 1884: Mr. H. Hill. 

Genus 82. Aneura, Dumort. 
1. Aneura polyantha, sp. nov. 

‘ Plant green, small, creeping, spreading, very flat, effuse, but often form- 
ing a circular patch about 1-1} inches diameter, radiating from the centre: 
fronds flattened, thickish, scarcely branched, pinnatifid, lobes rounded, 
obtuse, crenately cut, generally broadest at apices and _ sub-flabellate. 
Calyptras very numerous, 20-40 close together, arising from the centre of 
the plant, sometimes 2-8-fascicled, above 1 line in height, brownish- 
white, cylindrical, minutely and much tubercled. Seta nearly 1 inch long ; 
capsule linear-oblong, brown, smooth, segments rather long with numerous 
and large elaters at tips. 

Hab. On denuded rotten branches, in dense wet woods near Norsewood, 
County of Waipawa; May, 1884: TV.C. 

Obs. A pretty and very distinct little species: its numerous upright 
calyptras standing so close together give it a curious sub-coralloid appearance. 
2. Aneura biflora, sp. nov. 

Plant spreading, effuse, crisp, waved and rumpled, sub-imbricate ; 
branchlets 1-14 inches long, sub-obovate, somewhat pinnatifid, lobes sub- 
rotund, round at tips, finely and regularly denticulate, with numerous short 
brownish rootlets beneath. Calyptra 5 lines long, cylindrical, slightly 


Cormnso.— Descriptions of new Indigenous Plants. 263 


rugulose, broader towards top, hairy about tip; hairs short, patent; mouth 
small, contracted, much tuberculated at base, springing from frond in pairs, 
greenish-white at first, brownish-white in age. 

Hab. LEpiphytical on Hookeria (sps.) and other mosses and Hepatica, 
but easily separated ; growing low down in sides of dark water-courses, hill 
forests, near Norsewood, County of Waipawa; 1883-84: W.C. 

Obs. A species near to A. orbiculata, and imbricata, mrmt: ‘‘ Trans. 
INE“ inst... vol. xvi., p. d59. 

Genus 89. Anthoceros, Micheli. 
1. Anthoceros pellucidus, sp. nov. 

Plant prostrate, spreading, effuse, 2-6 inches diameter, densely imbri- 
cate, thin, transparent, fragile, crumpled, minutely tuberculate, light green, 
cells large, nerveless, with a few very fine rootlets at the extreme base : 
fronds 4-14 inches broad at top, mostly narrow at base, sub-flabellate, more 
or less branched or deeply laciniate at top, irregularly lobed ; lobes largely 
crenate or rounded at tips, margins free, sub-erect, finely and irregularly 
torn and sub-fimbriate; some fronds are very narrow, 4-2 lines wide, pin- 
natifid (like Aneura multifida). Involucre stout, conical, finely tubercu- 
lated near base, generally 3 or more arising from centre of a frond, 1-2 
lines high, lips sub-bivalve, scarious. Capsule linear very narrow, almost 
filiform, arcuate, 3 lines long, light brown, dehiscing centrally on both sides 
and then margins reflexed, cohering at tips; columella exceedingly fine; 
spores light brownish-green; elaters large, numerous. Gemme, little 
oblong dark green bodies immersed and scattered in the frond. Appar- 
ently the seeds and filaments are at first contained in a thin transparent 
membrane around the columella, which is soon ruptured. 

Hab. On rotten logs in dark wet woods, spreading over and adhering 
to other small Hepatice, mosses, dead twigs, etc., near Norsewood, County 
of Waipawa; 1882-84: W.C. 

Orper VII. LICHENKES. 
Genus 5. Spheerophoron, Persoon. 
1. Spherophoron vividulum, sp. nov. 

Thallus sub-ceespitose, with a few small scales at the base, erect, flat, 
1-14 inches high, main stem 1-8 lines wide and unbranched below, sub- 
palmate and dichotomous above, very smooth and slightly convex on the 
upper surface, rugulosely pitted on the lower, edges entire, whitish beneath, 
light green above when living, but a dull olive-green when dried ; upper 
branchlets numerous, very narrow 4-7, inch wide, sub-linear-clavate, 
ultimate segments cuneate-truncate, obconic, and spathulate, narrower at 
bases, having a sub-articulated appearance like some species of Corallina. 
Apothecia very small on slightly raised hemispherical receptacles just below 


264 Transactions.— Botany. 


the edge of the ultimate segments, usually two apart—one at each angle, . 
sometimes three on a broad, and one only central on a narrow, segment ; 
at first light brown, closed, with a finely puberulent covering, afterwards 
the minute ostiole opens, end the black shining capitulum is protruded. 

Sometimes the thallus is largely coloured bright red on both surfaces, as 
if red ink had been splashed over it; this colour is permanent. 

Hab. On trunks of Fagus solandri, forests near Norsewood, County of 
Waipawa ; 1880-84: W.C. 

Obs. I have known this pretty species for many years, but always (until 
this year) barren. Specimens that I had long ago sent to England in that 
state, were supposed to be small ones of S. australe, Laur. (S. compressum, 
Ach.), but I never could bring myself to believe it, the difference being so great 
between them, especially when closely compared together in a living state. 
It is, however, very rarely found in fruit, like some of its Huropean congeners. 
2. Spherophoron (?) stereocauloides, Nyl. 

Plant ascending, bushy, diffuse, 8-10 inches diameter; height 4-5 
inches; main stems very stout, sub-cylindrical, 4 inch circumference near 
base, 6-8 springing separately from one root-stock or thick and flat broad 
disc 1 inch diameter ; spreading, prostrate, naked below and adhering by 
fresh large rooting discs; much and thickly branched above, transversely 
and finely fissured; branches flattish, sub-flabellate, and dichotomous, 
naked here and there on upper and under surfaces but not on the sides; 
general colour greyish-white, stems more white with a light pinkish tinge ; 
branchlets numerous crowded, densely covered with many short compound 
spurs or branchlets, composed of cylindrical and sub-angular obtuse and 
clavate fibrils that are patent sessile and fascicled, and sometimes coalescent, 
bearing at tips small black circular soredia. Apothecia large, globular, 1-3 
lines diameter on tips of branches, mostly solitary sometimes 2-3 together, 
much broader than branch or peduncle, which is naked, sub-terete and 
lacunose, 1-2 lines long; receptacle cernuous, smooth and naked or slightly 
lacunose on the outside, bursting irregularly, containing numerous globose 
black rough spores entangled in a mass of thin flat hairs; ‘‘ diameter of 
spores ‘01 mm” (Dr. Knight). Sph. robustum, Col. 

Hab. Stony declivities in hilly forests, west side of highway, Seventy- 
mile Bush, County of Waipawa; 1882: W.C. And on east slopes of 
Ruahine Range (same county): 1884: Mr. A. Hamilton. 

Obs. This fine Lichen has given Dr. Knight and myself some study 
and research. JBelieving it to be another new species of this small and 
peculiar genus, I early referred a specimen of it to Dr. Knight’s superior 
judgment, who agreed with me that it was a new species, and closely allied 
to Spherophoron stereocauloides of Nylander. Subsequently, however, on my 


Conznso.—On Fungi recently discovered in New Zealand. 265 


forwarding larger and better specimens to Dr. Knight, and on his re- 
examination of them, he found the plant to be ideutical with the species 
named by Nylander (supra), which Lichen Dr. Knight had himself sent in 
1868 from New Zealand to Nylander, and it was published by him in the 
“ Flora,” No. 5, 1869 (a French serial). Notwithstanding, from that work 
being so little known here (Dr. Knight, the original publisher of the plant, 
not having republished it), and the plant itself so fine and rare and new 
to us—with, also, some differences as to size, etc., between Dr. Nylander’s 
and my own measurements and descriptions—I bring it now forward, 
together with Dr. Nylander’s description, kindly transcribed for me by Dr. 
Knight, from the foreign botanical work above-mentioned. 

‘«Spherophoron stereocaulvides. Thallus ei pallidus v. albidus, dendroideo- 
ramosus, teres, (altit. 10-12 centimetrorum et trunco primario basi crassit. 
circiter 2 mm.) cortice sat conferte trausversim supra diffracto, ramis et 
ramulis fibrillis teretibus, divisis vel ramosis conferte minutis; apothecia 
in receptaculis subglobosis inclusa; spore globose vel subglobose, diam. 
0:008 ad 001mm. Legit Dr. Anight.” 

Orver VIII. FUNGI. 
Genus 69. Xylaria, Fries. 
1. Xylaria polytricha, sp. nov. 

Sub-succulent, fleshy, black and densely hairy; hairs rigid, patent. 
Stem 1 inch long, cylindrical, rather stout. Receptacle obovate, and 
spathulate, 6-7 lines long, 3-4 lines broad, thickish, margins sinuate above, 
tip obtuse, deeply and broadly grooved on one side, obtusely keeled on the 
other: some specimens are shortly 2-lobed at top, lobes cylindrical, tips 
round ; others have a small obovate and sessile head, or lobe, springing 
laterally from stroma low down; perithecia not visible; hairs (sub lente) 
brown-black, lanceolate, twisted, acute. 

Hab. On the earth among mosses, etc., at Glenross, near Napier ; 
1884: Mr. D. P. Balfour. 

Obs. A species having affinity with X. castorea, Berk., originally dis- 
covered in forests in this same locality ; and also with a few of Montagne’s 
South American species. 


Art. XXVIII.—A List of Fungi recently discovered in New Zealand. 
By W. Cotenso, F.L.8. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 1st October, 1884.] 
Last year (1883) I detected several peculiar and interesting Fungi in the 
woods and glens of the Seventy-mile Bush, Waipawa County, that were 
new to me; these, with a few others already known but rare, I exhibited at 


9.66 Transactions.— Botany. 


two of the ordinary meetings of the Hawke's Bay Philosophical Institute 
held in 1883; and although I knew the genera of some of them, yet in 
order the better to ascertain their generic and specific distinctions and 
positions in this very intricate Order of plants, I forwarded specimens to 
Sir J. D. Hooker at Kew. From him I have lately received a list of them, 
kindly drawn up by that eminent fungologist, Dr. Cooke, which list I now 
give, together with a few brief and plain popular notes concerning those 
species now for the first time found in this country. 

And here I may observe, that out of 26 distinct species forwarded in 
this little lot to Kew, 21, belonging to 20 genera, have been now detected 
in New Zealand; yet of these no less than 19 species are known from other 
countries, mostly the Old World; so that there are only two really new 
species in the whole lot! : 

This circumstance, however, is neither strange nor unexpected ; for in 
the Annales des Sciences Naturelles an account has been given by M. Mon- 
tagne of the Fungi transmitted from Juan Fernandez by Bertero, consisting 
of 56 species; of these there is scarcely more than a third which are not 
referable to well-known European species,—and only one which requires 
the formation of a new genus for its admission. So, also, of those numer- 
ous species of Fungi described by Sir J. D. Hooker in the ‘‘ Handbook 
of the New Zealand Flora,” a large proportion of them are HKuropean and 
cosmopolitan. : 

Sir J. D. Hooker, in his accompanying letter to me, remarks on this 
curious incident, saying :—‘‘ While many of them are already well-known 
to science from other countries; on the other hand, almost all the species 
you have now sent are new to the islands of New Zealand, and thus give an 
idea how vast a number of widely distributed forms remain to be collected.” 
1. Polyporus exiquus, sp.nov. 

A small semi-stipitate flabellate whitish fungus, of horizontal growth, 
among mosses, on the bark of old trees near their bases; wet woods near 
Norsewood, Waipawa County ; 1883: W.C. 

2. P. fomentarius, Fr. 

This species of fungus is the real Amadow or German Tinder, and is very 
generally distributed over the globe. Berkeley says of it (Introduction to 
Crypt. Botany) that “it is one of the few undoubted instances of fungus 
occurring in afossilstate. . . . Inthe Kew Museum a British specimen 
may be seen together with one from Sikkim, the accordance of the two 
being quite perfect” (p. 252). Again: “ P. fomentarius not only supplies 
Amadou, but has been manufactured into coarse clothing” (p. 864). And, 
such being the case, it almost leads me to doubt the specific identity of the 
New Zealand plant, because this plant is excessively hard and tough to cut 


Cotznso.—On. Fungi recently discovered in New Zealand. 267 


or break—requiring an axe; and while it grows to a tolerably large size, 
5-7 inches, flat, irregular, and overlapping (stratwn super stratum), it 1s not 
very thick; evidently of slow growth, perennial and aged, of a bright 
yellow-brown colour, and somewhat resembling a slab or cake of ginger- 
bread. Owing to its excessive hardness, I could only with my knife secure 
a small portion as a specimen. On trunks of Magus solandri, but not 
common ; dry hilly woods near Norsewood ; 1883: W.C. 

3. Hydnum alutaceum, Fr. 

A tawny prostrate effuse plant, growing in large patches on bark of 
‘trees ; woods, with No. 1; 1883: W.C. 

4, Irpex zonatus, B. and Br. 

A small tawny-orange semi-stipitate sub-flabellate fungus, often 
gregarious and imbricate, and sometimes prostrate and effuse (apparently 
2-3 vars.), growing among mosses and dead logs, same forests with the 
preceding (Nos. 8 and 1); 1883: W.C. 

5. Stereum lugubris, sp.nov., Cooke. 

This is a most peculiar and elegant plant; pileus 1-3 inches broad, 
sessile, lateral, thin, rumpled, and zoned above with alternate grey and 
black bands, growing profusely and closely imbricated, sub-horizontal and 
pendulous—resembling small epaulettes,—a pretty sight. On dead trunk of 
Fagus solandri, in river bed (high and dry) near Norsewood; but though 
very plentiful there, only noticed on that one tree* ; 1883: W.C. 

6. Dictyonema eruginosa, Ag. 

A small effuse horizontal species, over-running mosses, etc., belonging 
to a curious and tropical genus, long considered to be an Alga. In woods, 
with Nos. 1 and 2; 1883: W.C. 

7. Cyphella discoidea, Cooke. 

A small circular fungus adnate on long-rooted cat’s-ear (Hypocheris 
radicata), in fields, Napier ; 1881-83: W.C. 

8. Clavaria acuta, Sow. 

A curious minute stipitate white clavate fungus, growing in little patches 
among Hepatice, but not common ; on earth, sides of shady cuttings near 
Norsewood; 1883: W.C. 

9. Tremella albida, Huds. 

A small erect white foliated gregarious fungus, gelatinous when fresh ; 
on rotten logs, in wet dark woods near Norsewood; 1883: W.C. 

10. Puccinia malvacearum, Corda. 

On leaves of mallow (Malva sylvestris), in my paddock, Napier; 1881- 
83: W.C. 


* Ags this is a species nova, and possibly but little known here among us, I may re- 
mark that, in form and appearance, it is much like those sp. nov. of the same genus from 
Queensland, recently described by Berkeley and Broome in ‘‘ Transactions Linn. Soc. 
London,” 2nd series, Botany, and figured in tab. 46, vol. i., and in plate 14, vol. i. 


968 Transactions. —B otany. 


11. Tilmadoche nutans, Pers. 

A curious minute simple stipitate funeus bearing a globular head of 
perithecia, having a greyish semi-metallic appearance when fresh and before 
bursting ; growing in small patches among Hepatica, etc., on rotten logs, 
open skirts of woods near Norsewood ; 1882: W.C. Glenross; 1883: Mr. 
D. P. Balfour. 

12. Aspergillus glaucus, Lk. 

On fruit of black currant (Ribes nigrum); gardens, Waipukurau ; 1882— 
83: W.C,. 

13. Fusisporium miniatum, B. & C. 

A minute cinnabar-red fungus, sessile, gregarious in round dots, on dead 
logs of Fagus solandri, in river-bed near Norsewood; 1883: W.C. 

14. Peziza (Hymenoscypha) scutula, P. 

A minute stipitate fungus, parasitical on leaf of Knightia excelsa ; wet 
woods with No. 9; (apparently very scarce); 1883: W.C. 

15. Solenia candida, Fr. 

A peculiar looking small horizontal effuse scurfy whitish fungus, full of 
transverse fissures, spreading on rotten logs; woods, with preceding ; 
1883: W.C. 

16. Xylaria filiformis, Fr. 

An extraordinary plant! at first horizontal, of effuse pink or pink-red 
hyssoid growth, and forming vermicular-like markings, adhering closely to 
dead leaves (matrix); afterwards erect long wiry black and flexuose (like 
stout hairs), bearing large moniliform perithecia: originally found on west 
flank of Ruahine mountain range, emerging from dead leaves of Coriaria 
ruscifolia, but barren ; 1850: W.C.: and in fruit at Glenross; 1888: Mr. 
D. P. Balfour. 

17. Spherostilbe cinnabarina, Tul. 

A minute orange-red circular and convex sessile fungus, found growing 
gregariously in little scattered masses about roots of living trees, woods 
near Norsewood ; a curious and elegant plant; 1883: W.C. 

18. Valsa (Fuckelia) turgida, Fr. 

A peculiar looking large prostrate spreading whitish fungus, the stroma 
(resembling the crustaceous thallus of a lichen of the Graphidet tribe) having 
scattered dark-umber lear perithecia, 1-2 lines long, erumpent and 
bursting ; on the bark of a dead tree, dry hilly woods near Norsewood ;- 
(only one large patch noticed) ; 1883: W.C. 

19. Antennaria scoriadea, B. 

This peculiar fungus assumes two forms :—1. When young, spreading in 
long dark ribbon-like lines over mosses, ete., as if laid on with a brush; 
very plain when wet but scarcely visible when dry: 2. On bark of living 


Perrin.—On new Species of New Zealand Plants. 269 


trees, bristly, black, horizontal, 1-14 inches long, of dense bushy growth, 
perennial, bearing moniliform fruit. Woods near Norsewood, also near 
Matamau; 1883: W.C. | 

20. Hemiarcyria serpula, Rtfi. 

This is a most curious small fungus; a substance that, at first sight, 
might well be taken for some small smooth worm, coiled up and hybernating ; 
it is orange-coloured, smooth, vermicular (in size, like small pieces of 
vermicelli, or coloured silk cord), soft and tender, so as to make it difficult 
to preserve a good specimen. Found under large foliaceous lichens (Sticte), 
on rotten logs, dry elevated woods near Norsewood ; (but scarce); 1883: 
W.C. 

21. Chroolepus aureum, Ag. 

A curious small reddish woolly convex and spreading fungus, forming 
_ little cushions, adnate on lichen (Thelotrema) on bark of living Dacrydium 
cupressinum ; forest between Matamau and Danneverke, Waipawa County ; 
1883: W.C. (N.B.—The colour changes to light green in drying and 
keeping.) 


The following more or less rare Fungi (but already collected in New 
Zealand, see ‘‘ Handbook of the New Zealand Flora”’), were also in the lot, 
V1Z. :— 

Polyporus australis, Fr. 

Thelephora pedicellata, Schw. 

Stereum lobatum, Kze. 

Guepinia spathularia, Fr. 

Secotium erythrocephalum, Tul. 


Art. XXIX.—Description of new Species of Native Plants. 
By D. Perrin, M.A. 
[Read before the Otago Institute, 11th November, 1884.] 
Coprosma rubra, n. sp. 
A waxty or densely branched shrub, 4-10 feet high; branches slender divari- 
cating, marked by numerous transverse rings; bark of younger branches 
reddish-brown, smooth ; the ultimate twigs pubescent. 

Leaves variable in size, 4-2 inch long, 4-4 inch wide, rounded-oblong, 
acute, thin, pale below, veims and reticulations evident, narrowed into a 
rather long flat glabrous petiole. 

Stipules minute, 


270 Transactions.— Botany. 


Flowers lateral on the branchlets. 

Males solitary or fascicled: calyx absent, but replaced by a cupular 
membranous unequally four-lobed involucel: corolla bell-shaped, four- 
partite. 

Females solitary or loosely aggregated; calyx adnate to the ovary, 
tubular, limb shortly 4- or 5-toothed ; corolla tubular below, 4-partite, the 
lobes recurved; styles rather slender. 

Drupe rounded-oblong, + inch long, pale yellow when ripe. 

Hab. Dunedin, mostly in woods. 

In woods this species resembles in foliage and habit C. rotundifolia, A. 
Cunn. In open situations the leaves are always much reduced in size, and 
are of a darker hue. Many twigs are in the latter situations almost desti- 
tute of leaves, but produce a profusion of flowers. The prevailing forms in 
open situations are of a much more decided divaricating habit than the lax 
forms occurring in shady situations. 

I think the species has hitherto been confounded with C. rotundifolia, A. 
Cunn.; butits berry is never didymous and the bark and foliage are differ- 
ent. Some of the forms appear also to have been included in the group of 
species and varieties that goes by the name of C. divaricata, A. Cunn. 

Lepidiwm kawarau, i. sp. 

An erect much-branched leafy species, 5-12 inches high, diccious, 
glabrous or with sparse whitish hairs. 

Radical leaves numerous, 8-5 inches long, primatisect, on short flat 
petioles, the segments distant lmear lobed above and rarely below also. 

Lower cauline leaves similar to the radical but smaller, passing gradually 
into linear, sessile toothed or entire forms towards the top. 

Racemes terminal; flowers imperfect, minute, on short slender pedicels. 

Males somewhat larger than the females, with four small petals and a 
mere rudiment of an ovary without style or stigma. 

Females usually apetalous and with rudimentary stamens. 

Pods ovate-orbicular, ¢ inch long, emarginate; style distinct. 

Hab. Kawarau River, near Victoria Bridge, Cromwell; ‘‘EHarthquakes,”’ 
near Duntroon. The Duntroon forms are almost pubescent. 

This species has been erroneously included by Mr. T. Kirk, F.L.S., in 
his Lepidiwm australe, which he describes as haying perfect flowers. My 
species is, however, dicecious. The error has no doubt arisen from the very 
imperfect condition of the specimens I was possessed of when his Review of 
the New Zealand Lepidia was being prepared. Since then I have procured 
excellent specimens, and have grown the Duntroon form in my garden. 
The seedlings of the Kawarau form have all been male, and have borne no 
fruit. 


Petriz,—-On new Species of Uncinia. 271 


This species of Lepidium is greedily eaten by sheep, and it is only in 
spots to which sheep cannot get ready access that specimens are now to be 
gathered. 


Art. XXX.—Description of three new Species of Uncinia,. 
By D. Perrin, M.A. 
[Read before the Otago Institute, 12th August, 1884.] 
1. Uneinia laxiflora, n. sp. 
A DENSELY tufted species. 

Culms 14 inches to 2 feet high, slender, trigonous, scabrid towards the top. 

Leaves as long as or rather longer than the culms, very narrow (4,-7, 
inch wide), flat or concave, slightly scabrid, the expanded bases sheathing 
the lower part of the culm. 

Spikelet very lax-flowered, slender, 24-84 inches long; bract leafy, 
setose, or none. 

Glumes distant, green, lanceolate, sub-acute, shorter than the utricle. 

Utricle plano-convex, linear oblong, tapering at both ends, with numer- 
ous faint nerves; bristle half the length of the utricle. 

Hab. Owake Flat near Catlin’s River (P. Goyen); Stewart Island ; 
Buller Valley (T. F. Cheeseman). 

This species is closely allied to the next U. rigida, mihi. It is also 
allied more remotely to U. jiliformis, Boott, and U. cespitosa, Boott. The 
latter as described in the ‘‘ Handbook”’ appears to include several distinct 
forms, of which this is probably one. U. c@spitosa, Boott, is there said to be 
very variable, but I do not find it so. I have never gathered specimens of 
it in Otago, or indeed elsewhere than in the North Island. 

2. Uncinia rigida, n. sp. 

A densely tufted species. 

Culms 16-80 inches high, rather stout, terete, slightly scabrid towards 
the top. 

Leaves as long as or rather shorter than the culms, flat or trigonous, 
7;-7, inch broad, strongly keeled, scabrid. 

Spikelets very uniform, 2-24 inches long, rather slender, bract leafy, 
twice as long as the spikelets. 

Glumes ovate-lanceolate, obtuse or acute, laxly imbricate, brownish, with 
scarious margins. 

Utricle slightly longer than the glumes, fusiform, plano-convex, tapering 
at both ends, brownish, with numerous faint nerves, the bristle nearly as 
long as the utricle. 

Hab, Blueskin, Waitahuna, Lawrence, Roxburgh, 


272 Transactions.—Botany,. 


This species has very close affinity with U. laxiflora, mihi. It differs in 
habit, in the shorter, more uniform, stouter and less lax-flowered spikelets, 
and in the size of the utricle. Intermediate forms may connect these two 
species into one variable series. This appears to form part of U. cespitosa 
of the Handbook. 

3. Uncinia purpurata, n. sp. 

A species of sparse growth. 

Leaves much shorter than the fullgrown culms, grassy, concave or flat, 
so-s inch wide, slightly scabrid. 

Culms twice as long as the leaves or more, rather slender, wiry, terete, 
smooth. 

Spikelets 3-14 inch long; bract none. 

Glumes closely imbricate, broadly ovate, obtuse or subacute, dark brown 
with white margins, strongly keeled, shorter than the utricle. Utricle 
ovate-oblong, plano-convex, tapering above, dark brown but paler at the 
top, with numerous faint veins; bristle incurved as long as the utricle. 

Hab. Signal Hill, Dunedin. 

Var. robusta. Leaves as long as the culms, flat, scabrid. 

Culms stouter, shorter, slightly scabrid towards the top. 

Spikelets with male portion shorter, very variable in length 3-24 inches. 

Glumes and utricle as in typical form. 

Hab. Maungatua, Taieri. 

This very distinct species stands close to U. rubra, Boott. The forms 
which I have placed under var. robusta differ widely in habit from the typical 
form of the species, and may yet prove sufficiently distinct to be worthy of 
specific rank, In the meantime, relying on the likeness of the spikelets, I 
prefer to regard them as a variety of the species described. 


Art. XXXI.—Description of a new Species of Carmichelia, with Notes on 
the Distribution of the Species native to Otago. By D. Prtrm, M.A. 
[Read before the Otago Institute, 12th August, 1884.] 

Carmichelia compacta, ni. sp. 

A tow dense much-branched somewhat spreading shrub, rarely exceeding 4 
feet in height, the ends of the stouter branches giving off a profusion of 

slender wiry terete leafless grooved twigs. 

Leaves not seen. 

Flowers abundant, 1 inch long, in compact glabrous 38-8-flowered 
racemes, the peduncles 4 or 5 times the length of the calyx, springing from 
the axil of a subulate scale, and bearing two acuminate bracts a little below 


the calyx. 


PrrRiz.—On a new Species of Carmicheelia. 278 


Calyx tumid 5-toothed, with a wide shallow sinus between the teeth. 

Corolla white and pink, rather large. 

Ovary glabrous. Pod boat-shaped, obovate in outline, 1 inch long, 
nearly twice as long as broad, flattened, transversely wrinkled, upturned at 
the tip, which suddenly contracts and ends in a short semi-erect subulate 
beak ; grey or brownish-grey, when quite ripe. 

Seeds small solitary (rarely two in a pod), reniform, grey ited with 
dark brown or black. 

Hab. Kawarau Gorge and Dunstan Gorge, Clutha River, Otago. 

This species has close affinity to C. juncea, Col. 

The species of Carmichelia native to Otago appear to be the following :— 

1. C. crassicaulis, Hook. f. 

2. C. nana, Colenso. 
C. grandiflora, Hook. f. 
C. odorata, Col. 
C. flagelliformis, Col. 
C. juncea, Col. 
C. kirkii, Hook. f. 
C. uniflora, Kirk. 
. C. compacta, mihi. 

10. C. enysti (?), Kirk. 

Of these C. crassicaulis appears to be confined to the Hawkdun and Mount 
Ida Ranges, and a triangular area extending southwards from them to the 
Lammerlaw. I believe it grows also on the Waitaki side of the ranges 
named. I have never seen it elsewhere in Otago. It is a common plant in 
the localities where it is met with. 

C. nana has a wide range in the north and interior of Otago, and eek 
to the coast in the Kakanui and Waitaki River valleys. It grows chiefly in 
shingly and alluvial flats, where it is often very abundant, and its strong 
matted roots and creeping stems form an obstacle to breaking-up the 
ground. 

C. grandiflora is reported from the Lake District by Hector and Buchanan, 
but I have never gathered it there, or indeed elsewhere in Otago. My visits 
to the interior have, however, always been late in the season. 

C. odorata is common in the Maniototo and Manuherikia Plains and also 
in the central and higher parts of the Clutha Valley. It grows up to 2,500 
feet in the neighbourhood of Naseby. 

C. flagelliformis is the usual form in the south of Otago and near the 
coast from Oamaru to Foveaux Straits. It is very plentiful in the Tuapeka 
District and also on the ridges north of Balclutha. 

18 


52 


SO DAD TH 


274 Transactions.— Botany. 


C. juncea extends inland from Palmerston South to the Lake District, 
It grows chiefly in alluvial tracts, and not rarely in almost pure shingle. 
Its specific name is a very appropriate one. 

C. kirkii I have gathered at Otepopo and in valleys of the Rock and 
Pillar Range near Hyde. My. Kirk’s discovery of it in Cardrona Valley 
shows that it has a wide range. No doubt it will ere long be found in other 
intermediate stations. 

C. uniflora is reported from the Lower Waitaki Valley by Mr. Buchanan. 

C. compacta I have seen only in the Clutha Valley, between Lake Waka- 
tipu and Clyde, where it is the commonest species. 

C. enysit (?) I believe grows on spurs of Mount Ida and near the Hwe- 
burn Creek, but, as I have no specimens in my herbarium, this point must 
remain for the present unsettled. 

I quite agree with Mr. Kirk’s opinion that C. australis does not occur in 
Otago. At any rate I have never gathered any form which I could refer to 
this species, and I have collected assiduously. 

It is a characteristic of several New Zealand genera of plants that two 
or more species often grow side by side in the same locality. This may be 
well seen in the genera Coprosma, Olearia, Celmisia, Epilobium, and 
Veronica, among others. It holds to a certain extent in Carmichelia also. 

In the Maniototo Plain C. crassicaulis, O. odorata, and C. nana grow side 
by side, while C. juncea and C. enysii (?) both grow in suitable localities in 
the same district. Many a square mile could be selected there contaiming 
all of the foregoing. So C. odorata and C. compacta grow side by side through- 
out the area in which the latter is known to occur. 

Near Otepopo. C. kirkii and C. flagelliformis flourish in the same locality, 
the former being, however, much the rarer. 

Of the Otago species C. flagelliformis is the most isolated, and the widest 
ranging. C. odorata and C. nana have also a wide range, chiefly in the 
drier parts of the province. C. juncea stands next in extent of range, 
though it does not in this respect surpass the much rarer C. kirkii. CO. 
crassicaulis, C. compacta, and C. enysii (?) ave the most local and restricted in 
their distribution. 

I think it probable that another new species of Carmichalia will be 
found in Otago, as I have forms of a very distinct character which I cannot 
refer to any described species. Ampler materials may enable me ere long 
to throw more light on these anomalous specimens. 


Apams.—On the Botany of Te Aroha Mountain. 275 


Art. XXXII.—On the Botany of Te Aroha Mountain. By J. Apams, B.A. 
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 29th September, 1884.] 

Tz Arona Mountain stands at the head of the Thames Valley on the right 

bank of the Waihou River. Its height is 8,176 feet, and thus it is the 

highest mountain north of the Lower Waikato River. 

At a distance it appears to be a continuation of the Coromandel Range ; 
but a nearer examination shows that it is an isolated mountain, and, from a 
botanical point of view, more closely allied to Karioi and Pirongio on the 
west side of the Waikato Plains than to the high mountains of the Thames 
District. 

The mountain ig somewhat of a pyramidal shape. The side of the base 
facing the river runs north-west and south-east. On this side, towards its 
northern end, there are a number of hot springs and mineral springs, with 
a considerable formation of stalagmite, which is constantly precipitated 
from the waters of the springs. 

The town of Te Aroha is built close to these springs. At the southern 
end of the same base line at a distance of three miles is situated the township 
of Wairongomai, so called from the stream that flows from the north-east 
along another side of this irregular pyramid. 

The mountain rises on all sides in a very steep incline; but forms a 
series of broad plateaux from the base to the summit. At each succeeding 
plateau in the ascent, a change takes place in the vegetation. The travel- 
ler’s joy (Clematis indivisa), tataka (Melicope ternata), titoki ( Alectryon eacelsum), 
kowhai (Sophora tetraptera), tea-tree (Leptospermum scoparium), ramarama 
(Myrtus bullata), puketea (Lauwrelia nove-zealandig), mangeao (Litsea cali- 
caris), which are abundant near the base of the mountain, are gradually 
replaced, at higher elevations, by the different species of maire (Olea cunning- 
hamit, O. lanceolata, O. montana), by totara (Podocarpus totara), rimu (Dacry- 
dium cupressinum), kauri (Agathis australis). These again are replaced at 
higher elevations by neinei (Dracophyllum latifolium), pahautea (Labocedrus 
bidwillit), tanekaha (Phyllocladus alpina). There are some plants, such as 
kotukutuku (fuchsia eacorticata), kohekohe (Dysoxylum spectabile), and taua 
(Bulschmudia taua), that are abundant from the base almost to the summit. 

Indeed Fuchsia eacorticata appears to grow as well on the summit of the 
mountain as on the banks of the Wairongomai Creek. 

A very remarkable change takes place in the vegetation about 700 feet 
from the top of the mountain. 

The rimu, Iverba, Quintinia, and tawhero are suddenly exchanged for 
groves of neinei from fifteen to twenty feet high, and straggling trees of 
tanekaha (Phyllocladus alpina) and of pahautea (Libocedrus bidwillit). 


276 Transactions.— Botany. 


The plants peculiar to the broad but irregular summit of the mountain 
are Panawx sinclarii, P. colensoi, Coprosma colensoi, Dracophyllum latifolium, 
D. urvilleanum, Myrsine salicina, Fagus menziesii, Libocedrus bidwillit, Phyllo- 
cladus alpina, Hymenophyllum pulcherrimum, H. malingit. To these ought 
to be added Cordyline indivisa according to the unanimous testimony of 
Maoris, but I could not find it. 

The humidity of the top of the mountain makes it one of the most 
favourable localities for ferns; not only for luxuriance of growth, but also 
for variety of species. This reference to the wonderful natural fernery on 
the north-west slope, near the trig. station, will appear very tame and 
common-place to any botanist who has the good fortune to visit the 
locality on a fine day. 

The flowering plants, which are characteristic of the high peaks of the 
Thames Range, are not found on Te Aroha Mountain. The absence of 
Melicytus lanceolatus, Phebalium nudum, Corokia buddleoides, Metrosideros 
albiflora, Panax discolor, Gaultheria rupestris, and Archeria racemosa shows 
a botanical distinction between the Thames Range and that of Te 
Aroha. 

At the altitude of 2,000 feet on the hillside were observed Olea cunning- 
hamii, O. lanceolata, O. montana, Fagus menziesti, F'. fusca, and some beauti- 
ful specimens of Todea superba. This plant, which grows at 1,200 feet from 
the summit of Te Aroha, is found within a few yards of the summit of 
Pirongia. 

Rimu (Dacrydium. cupressinum) grows plentifully at the same level, and 
it is now being rapidly cut up for timber to be used in connection with the 
mines. There are a few kauris (Agathis australis) scattered over the hill 
side, which increase in number on descending to an altitude of 500 feet ; 
but on the left side of the Wairongomai there is a large kauri forest. 

The most abundant plant on the hill side, spreading over damp rocks 
and forming a dense network in every mountain rill, is parataniwha (Hlato- 
stemma rugosum), of which not a specimen exists in the Thames district. 

The plain at the foot of the mountain is very favourable to a variety of 
plants, as it is diversified by long elevated mounds, wide swamps, the stony 
beds of rapid streams, and the calcareous formation near the hot springs, 
In the latter locality there are two plants, Chenopodium glaucum and Cotula 
coronopifolia, not found elsewhere at Te Aroha. The abundance and variety 
of native grasses are much less near the springs than four years ago. It 
may be said of the plain generally that it contains several plants not found 
in the Thames district, as Potentilla unserina, Myrtus pedunculata, M. ralphit, 
M. obcordata, Teucridium parvifolium, Cladium articulatum, Eleocharis sphace- 
lata, Ophioglossum lusitanicum. The sedges mentioned are very abundant, 


Apams.—On the Botany of Te Aroha Mountain. 277 


On a secondary range, lying to the right of the old Maori track from 
Wairongomai to Katikati, and elevated about 900 feet above the plain, I 
was pleased to find two lakes, one of which appears to be 10 chains long 
and 1 chain wide. 

The borders of this lake are not swampy, and the middle of it appears to 
be deep. The Maoris informed me that it was a favourite place for fishing 
for eels. It is frequented by wild ducks and river gulls. Here I found 
Myriophyllum robustum, Aristotelia fruticosa, Myrtus pedunculata, Eugenia 
maitre, Dacrydium intermedium, in addition to the ordinary hill vegetation. 

On the dividing range between Wairongomai and Katikati I found no 
plants different from those found on Te Aroha Mountain except Celmisia 
longifolia. 

I was so struck with the difference of the vegetation of Te Aroha Moun- 
tain from that of the dividing range between the Thames and Tairua 
Districts that I made an excursion to the high hills between Waihi and 
Waitekauri, which are separated from Te Aroha Mountain by the Waihi 
Plains, in order to discover where the rare plants on the Coromandel Range 
end. On the sides and summit of Te Paua I found Panaw discolor and P. 
anomalum, but not Archeria racemosa nor the other plants peculiar to the 
main range. It appears evident that the true Coromandel Range, of which 
Whakairi, Kaitarakihi, and Pakerarahi are high peaks, does not even extend 
to Waihi, but probably ends near Whangamata, at the head of the Tairua 
River.* 

The plants that are found at Te Aroha and not found in the Thames 
district, are Aristotelia fruticosa, Potentilla anserina, Myriophyllum robustum, 
Myrius ralph, M. obcordata, M. pedunculata, Teucridium parviflorum, 
Phyllocladus alpina, Elatostemma rugosum, Labocedrus bidwillit, Eleocharis 
sphacelata, Cladium articulatum, Hymenophyllum pulcherrimum, H. malingit, 
Todea superba, Ophioglossum lusitanicum. This list no doubt does not include 
all those not found in the Thames District, but so far as it goes there is an 


*This statement has been verified by a recent visit to the head of the Tairua River. 
Here the main range rises into Mount Negapuketurua, 2,275 feet in height, which is 
clothed with the same vegetation as the other high mountains on the Coromandel Range. 
There is the same abundance of Panaz discolor, Archeria racemosa, and Dacrydium inter- 
medium. In fact, it is essentially a part of Whakairi from a botanical point of view. I 
found Melicytus lanceolatus and Coprosma fetidissima at a somewhat higher elevation 
than the kauri forest, but not abundant. These two plants appear to spread vigorously 
some years after the mountain forest has been partly cleared. It is worthy of remark 
that the five high peaks—Mamaepuke, Whakairi, Kaitarakihi, Pakerarahi, and Ngapuke- 
turua—have all immense kauri forests near the base of the respective mountains, and 
that these forests extend on a moderately steep incline from the main range to the east 
coast. 


278 Transactions.— Botany. 


appearance of southern species and a disappearance of some species of 
Pittosporum, of Panax, and of heaths. This disappearance of plants 
closely allied to those of Northern Australia, and the appearance of South 
Island species, appears to bear upon the theory of the land connection of 
New Zealand with Australia and with the Antarctic Continent before the 
glacial period; but in a paper like the present, the plain duty of the writer 
is to state what he knows and to avoid all theoretical subjects. 

In my last paper I mentioned that a Celmisia found at Table Mountain 
differed from the description of Celmisia longifolia in the Handbook. There 
is also a Celmisia growing on parts of the dividing range at Te Aroha, 
which is no doubt a variety of Celmisia longifolia, but the following deserip- 
tions of both plants will, I think, show that the Whakairi plant is a differ- 
ent species. 

Celmisia, sp. Whakairi. 

Leaves 4-7 inches long -7 inch broad lanceolate acuminate flat, distantly 
toothed. Upper surface dull green almost glabrous. Under surface, cot- 
tony, tomentose except the midrib, which is light brown glabrous raised 
above the leaf, and forms when dry a conspicuous band -07 inch wide. The 
leaves are sometimes purple at the base. Scapes 7-8 inches long rather 
weak, bracts leafy. Involucral scales silky subulate green. Rays few °75 
inches long, ligules broad. Pappus hairs yellow brown, weak, -2 inch long. 
Achene brown glabrous, :15 inch long. 

Celmisia longifolia. Te Aroha. 

Leaves, 834-4 inches long, ‘1 inch broad, revolute, covered with a grey 
tomentum, especially on the under surface, rather coriaceous, uniform in 
_ colour to the base. Scapes rather stiff, cottony; bracts linear. Involucral 
scales cottony; points brown. Rays many, °5 inch long. Pappus hairs 
numerous, stiff, :3 inch long. Achene glabrous, white, -25 inch long. 


The following list of plants, observed at Te Aroha, cannot be regarded as 
complete; for although I made two visits to the district, they were both in 
the month of January. This will partly account for the few orchids ob- 
served, as they flower early, and at a later season are easily overlooked. 
Indeed, the presence of Myrtus ralphii and M. obcordata mentioned above, 
but not included in my list, rests on the testimony of my friend Mr, 
Cheeseman, who observed several plants not seen by me. My exploration 
of the mountain commenced at an elevation of about 2,000 feet, where I was 
cataloguing for some days before I visited the base or the summit, and this 
led me to remark on the locality of the plants in my catalogue, as the 
absence of some plants and the presence of others on the mountain side 
were to me alike surprising. 


Apams.—On the Botany of Te Aroha Mountain. 279 


Catalogue of Flowering Plants and Ferns observed at Te Aroha Mountain. 


Clematis indivisa, Willd. On the mountain side. 

C. hewasepala, DC. Outskirts of the forest. 

Ranunculus plebeius, Br. Outskirts of the forest. 

R. rivularis, Banks and Sol. Flat and marshy ground. 

Drimys axillaris, Forst. Ascending to high elevations. 

Nasturtium palustre, DC. Low and damp places. 

Cardamine hirsuta, Linn. Outskirts of forest. 

C. stylosa, DC. Outskirts of forest. 

Viola filicaulis, Hook. f. Marshy ground. 

Melicytus ramiflorus, Forst. Ascending to high elevations. 

Pittosporum tenuifolium, Banks and Sol. Near banks of streams on the flat. 
P. umbellatum, 3 
P., crassifolium, A a ss a, 5 
P. cornifolium, A. Cunn. High elevations. 

Stellaria parviflora, Banks and Sol. Low levels near mountain streams. 
Hypericum japonicum, Thunb. Flat and marshy ground. 

Aristotelia racemosa, Hook. f. Widespread. 

A. fruticosa, Hook. f. Mountain lake. 

Eleocarpus dentatus, A. Cunn. Common at high elevations. 

Geranium dissectum, Linn. On mounds in the flat. 

G. microphyllum, Hook. f. On mounds in the flat. 

Pelargonium australe, Willd. Common on low grounds. 

Oxalis corniculata, Linn. Common on low grounds. 

Melicope ternata, Forst. Outskirts of forest. 

M. simplex, A. Cunn. Low ground, banks of streams. 

Dysoxylum spectabile, Hook. f. Ascending more than 2,000 feet. 
Pomaderris phylicifolia, Forst. On the flat. 

Alectryon excelsum, DC. Outskirts of the forest. 

Corynocarpus levigata, Forst. Outskirts of the forest. 

Coriaria ruscifolia, Linn. Along Wairongomai Creek. 

Carmichelia australis, Br. Banks of Waihou. 

Sophora tetraptera, Aiton. Outskirts of the forest. 

Rubus australis, Forst. Outskirts of the forest. 

Potentilla anserina, Linn. On the flat. 

Acena sanguisorbe, Vahl. On the flat. 

Quintinia serrata, A. Cunn. Mountain top. 

Q. elliptica, Hook. f. Mountain top. 

Ixerba brewioides, A. Cunn. Mountain top. 

Carpodetus serratus, Forst. Ascending to high elevations. 

Weinmannia sylvicola, Banks & Sol. Ascending to high elevations. 


280 Transactions.— Botany. 


.W. racemosa, Forst. Mountain top. 

Drosera binata, Labill. Low and swampy ground. 

D. auriculata, Backhouse. On the flat. 

Haloragis alata, Jacq. Outskirts of the forest. 

H. tetrogyna, Labill. On the flat. 

Hi. depressa, Hook. f. At high elevations. 

H. micrantha, Br. On the flat. 

Myrtophyllum elatinoides, Gaudichaud. Wet places on the flat. 
M. variefolium, Hook. f. Streams near Waihou. 

M. robustum, Hook. f. Mountain lake. 

Callitriche verna, Linn. Swampy places. 

Leptospermum scoparium, Forst. Outskirts of the forest. 
L. ericoides, A. Rich. Mountain sides. 

Metrosideros florida, Sm. Ascending to high elevations. 
M. diffusa, Smith. Ascending to high elevations. 

M. hypericifolia, A. Cunn. Ascending to high elevations. 
M. scandens, Banks & Sol. Ascending to high elevations. 
Myrtus bullata, Banks & Sol. Outskirts of forest. 

M. pedunculata, Hook. f. Near mountain lake. 

Eugenia maire, A. Cunn. Near mountain lake. 

Fuchsia excorticata, Linn. Ascending to summit. 
Epilobium nummularifolium, A. Cunn. Near streams in the flat. 
E.. alsinoides, A. Cunn. Near streams in the flat. 

F.. rotundifolium, Forst. Near streams in the flat. 

E. glabellum, Forst. On the mountain side. 

E.. tetragonum, Linn. On the mountain side. 

E. junceum, Forst. On the mountain side. 

E. pubens, A. Rich. In marshy places on the flat. 

E. billardierianum, Seringe. In marshy places on the flat. 
E. pallidiflorum, Sol. In marshy places on the flat. 
Hydrocotyle asiatica, Linn. In marshy places on the flat. 
H. dissecta, Hook. f. Near banks of streams. 

H. pterocarpa, ¥. Muell. On dry mounds on the flat. 

H. nove-zealandie, DC. On dry mounds on the flat. 

H. moschata, Forst. On the mountain side. 

Daucus brachiatus, Sieber. On the flat. 

Panax simplex, Forst. Summit of the mountain. 

P, edyerleyi, Hook. f. Dividing range. 

P. crassifolium, Dene. and Planch. Mountain side. 

P. colensot, Hook. f. Mountain side. 

P. arboreum, Forst. Ascending to the summit, 


Apams.—On the Botany of Te Aroha Mountain. 


P. sinclairti, Hook. f. Summit of the mountain. 
Scheflera digitata, Forst. Mountain side. 

Griselinia lucida, Forst. Mountain side. 

G. littoralis, Raoul Choix. Mountain side. 

Alseuosmia macrophylla, A. Cunn. Mountain side. 
Coprosma lucida, Forst. Ascending to high elevations. 
C. grandifolia, Hook. f. Ascending to high elevations. 
C. robusta, Raoul. Ascending from the flat to 1,500 feet. 
C. spathulata, A. Cunn. Mountain side. 

C. rotundifolia, A. Cunn. On the flat. 

C. fetidissima, Forst. Ascending to high elevations. 

C. colensot, Hook. f. Summit. 

Nertera dichondrefolia, Hook. f. Mountain lake. 

N. cunninghamii, Hook f. On the flat. 

Galiwn tenuicaule, A. Cunn. On the flat. 

Lagenophora forsterit, DC. On the flat. 

L. petiolata, Hook. f. On the dividing range. 

Olearia cunninghamii, Hook. f. Outskirts of the forest. 
O. albida, Hook. f. On the flat. 

Celmisia longifolia, Cass. On the dividing range. 
Gnaphalium luteo-album, Linn. Near streams in the flat. 
G. involucratum, Forst. Near streams in the flat. 
Raoulia australis, Hook f. Mountain streams. 

R. tenuicaulis, Hook. f. Gravelly beds of streams. 
Cotula coronopifolia, Linn. Near hot springs only. 

C. australis, Hook. Waysides. 

Erechtites arguta, DC. Upper course of Wairongomai Creek. 
E.. prenanthoides, DC. Upper course of Wairongomai Creek. 
E. quadridentata, DC. Upper course of Wairongomai Creek. 
Senecio glastifolius, Hook. f. Summit of the mountain. 
Brachyglottis repanda, Forst. Wairongomai Creek. 
Taraxacum dens-leonis, Desf. Hot springs. 

Sonchus oleraceus, Linn. Mountain sides. 

Pratia angulata, Hook f. Mountain streams. 

Lobelia anceps, Thunberg. Not common on the flat. 
Wahlenbergia gracilis, A. Rich. On the flat. 

Gaultheria antipoda, Forst. High elevations. 

Cyathodes acerosa, Br. High elevations. 

Leucopogon fasciculatus, A. Rich. High elevations. 

L. fraseri, A. Cunn. Mounds on the flat. 

Epacris pauciflora, A. Rich. Mounds on the flat. 


281 


982 Transactions.— Botany. 


Dracophyllum latifolium, A Cunn. Abundant near the summit. 
D. menzxiesti, Hook. f. Abundant near the summit. 

D. urvilleanum, A. Rich. Growing on rocks near the summit. 
Myrsine salicina, Heward, M.SS. Mountain side. 

M. urvillet, ADC. Mountain side. 

Olea cunninghamiti, Hook. f. Numerous at an elevation of 2,000 feet. 
O. lanceolata, Hook. f. Numerous at an elevation of 2,000 feet. 
O. montana, Hook. f. Numerous at an elevation of 2,000 feet. 
Parsonsia albiflora, Raoul. Mountain sides. 

P. rosea, Raoul. Mountain sides. 

Geniostoma ligustrifolia, A. Cunn. Mountain sides. 

Calystegia sepium, Linn. Common on the flat. 

Dichondra repens, Forst. Near the banks of Waihou. 

Solanum aviculare, Forst. Upper course of Wairongomai Creek. 
S. nigrum, Linn. Outskirts of the forest. 

Veronica salicifolia, Forst. Common on the flat. 
Rhabdothamnus solandri, A. Cunn. Outskirts of forest. 

Vitex littoralis, A. Cunn. Mountain side. 

Teucridium parviflorum, Hook. f. River banks. 

Chenopodium glaucum, Linn. Hot springs. 

Polygonum minus, Huds. River bed. 

P. aviculare, Linn. In streams near River Waihou. 
Muhlenbeckia adpressa, Lab. On the flat. 

M. complexa, Meisn. Upper course of Wairongomai Creek. 
Piper excelsum, Forst. Outskirts of the forest. 

Peperomia urvilleana, A. Rich. Outskirts of the forest. 
Hedycarya dentata, Forst. Mountain side. 

Laurelia nove-zealandie, Hook. f. Outskirts of forest. 
Bulschmudia tarairi, Hook f. Mountain side. 

B. taua, Hook f. Ascending to high elevations. 

Litsea calicaris, Hook. f. Outskirts of the forest. 

Persoonia toro, A. Cunn. Mountain side. 

Knightia excelsa, Br. Mountain side. 

Pimelea prostrata, Vahl. Along the beds of streams in the flat. 
Loranthus tetrapetalus, Forst. At high elevations. 

Fusonus cunninghamii, Hook. f. Mountain sides. 

Parahophis mycrophyllis, Raoul Choix. Along River Waihou. 
Elatostemma rugosum, A. Cunn. Mountain sides. 

Fagus menziesii, Hook. f. Summit of the mountain. 

F’. fusca, Hook. f. High elevations. 

Libocedrus bidwillit, Hook. f. Near the summit. 


Apams.—On the Botany of Te Aroha Mountain. 983 


Phyllocladus glauca. High elevations. 

P. trichomanoides, Don. High elevations. 

P. alpina, Hook. f. Summit of the mountain. 
Dacrydium cupressinum, Soland. High elevations. 

D. intermedium. Mountain lake. 

Podocarpus ferruginea, Don. Mountain side. 

P. totara, A. Cunn. Mountain side. 

P. dacrydioides, A. Rich. Along the banks of Waihou. 
Agathis australis, Lambert. Mountain side. 

Farina mucronata, Lindl. High elevations. 

FE. autumnalis, Hook. f. High elevations. 

Dendrobium cunninghamit, Lindl. High elevations. 
Bolbophyllum pygmeum, Lindl. High elevations. 
Sarcochilus adversus, Hook f. High elevations. 
Corysanthes triloba, Hook. f. Near the summit. 

C. oblonga, Hook. f. Near the summit. 

C. rotundifolia, Hook. f. Near the summit. 

C. rivularis, Hook. f. Mountain side. 

Chiloglottis cornuta, Hook. f. Mountain side. 
Pierostylis banksit, Brown. Mountain side. 

Thelymitra longifolia, Forst. On the flat. 

Orthoceras solandri, Lindl. Outskirts of the forest. 
Libertia ivioides, Sprengel. Outskirts of the forest. 
L. micrantha, A. Cunn. Near the summit. 

Freycinetia banksit, A. Cunn. Mountain side. 

Typha angustifolia, Linn. Marshy places in the flat. 
Sparganium simplex, Huds. Marshy places in the flat. 
Potamogeton natans, Linn. In streams and ponds. 

P. polygonifolius. In streams and ponds. 

Rhipogonum scandens, Forst. Ascending to high elevations. 
Callixene parviflora, Forst. Near the summit. 
Cordyline australis, Hook. f. On the flat. 

C. banksit, Hook. f. Summit of the mountain. 

C. indivisa, Kunth. Not seen but doubtless growing on the mountain. 
C. pumilio, Hook f. Near the summit. 

Dianella intermedia, Endl. Outskirts of the forest. 
Astelia cunninghami, Hook. f. Ascending to high elevations. 
A. solandri, A. Cunn. Ascending to high elevations. 
A. banksii, A. Cunn. On the summit of mountain. 

A, grandis. On the summit of mountain. 

A. trinervia. Near the summit. 


984. Transactions.— Botany. 


Arthropodium candidum, Raoul. Near mountain streams. 
Phormium tenax, Forst. Low and marshy ground. 
P. colensot, Hook. f. Outskirts of the forest. 
Areca sapida, Soland. Mountain side. 

Juncus communis, HK. Meyer. Low grounds. 

J. planifolius, Br. Mountain side. 

J. bufonius, Linn. Mountain side. 

J. holoschenus, Br. Mountain side. 

Cyperus ustulatus, A. Rich. On the flat. 
Eleocharis sphacelata, Br. Swampy ponds. 

EH. acuta, Br. On the flat. 

Scirpus riparius, Br. Wet places on the flat. 

S. inundatus, Br. Wet places on the flat. 

S. nodosus, Br. Wet places on the flat. 

S. lacustris, Linn. Wet places on the flat. 

S. maritimus, Linn. Wet places on the flat. 
Isolepis prolifer, Br. Wet places on the flat. 
Schenus axillaris, Hook. f. Outskirts of the forest. 
S. tendo, Banks and Sol. Dividing range. 

S. brownti, Hook. f. Mountain side. 

Lepidosperma australe, Labill. Mounds on the flat. 
Cladium articulatum, Br. Swamps on the flat. 
Cladium glomeratum, Br. Low swampy places. 

C. teretifolium, Br. Mountain lake. 

C. gunceum, Br. On the flat. 

Gahnia setifolia, Hook. f. Outskirts of the forest. 
G. hectori. High elevations. 

G. lacera, Steudel. Mountain sides. 

G. arenaria, Hook. f. On the dividing range. 
Uncinia australis, Persoon. Mountain side. 

U. ferruginea, Boott. Mountain side. 

U. rupestris, Raoul. Mountain side. 

U. banksti, Boott. Outskirts of the forest. 

Carex virgata, Solander. On the flat. 

C. gaudichaudiana, Kunth. Low and swampy places. 
C. ternaria, Forst. Low and swampy places. 

C. forstert, Wahlenberg. Outskirts of the forest. 
C. pseudo-cyperus. Swampy places. 

C. dissita, Solander. Swampy places. 

C. vacillans, Solander. Mountain side. 

Microlena stipoides, Br. On the flat. 


Apams,—On the Botany of Te Aroha Mountain, 285 


M. avenacea, Hook. f. Mountain side, 

M. polynoda, Hook. f. On the flat. 

Hierochloe redolens, Br. Swamps, 

Paspalum distichum, Burman. Swamps. 

Isachne australis, Br. Swamps. 

Echinopogon ovatus, Palisot. Pasture land on the flat. 
Dichelachne crinita, Hook. f. Pasture land on the flat. 

D. sciwrea, Hook. f. Pasture land on the flat. 

Sporobolus indicus, Br. Pasture land on the flat. 

Deyeuxia billardieri, Br. Near hot springs. 

D. avenoides, Hook. f. Near hot springs. 

D. young, Hook. f. High grounds. 

D. quadriseta, Br. On the flat. 

Arundo conspicua, Forst. Swamps. 

Danthonia semi-annularis, Br. Outskirts of the forest. 
Deschampsia cespitosa, Palisot. Low grounds. 

Glyceria stricta, Hook. f. Mountain side. 

Poa anceps, Forst. Mountain side. 

Triticum multiflorum, Banks and Sol. Pasture land on the flat. 
Gymnostichum gracile, Hook. f. Mountain side. 

Gleichenia dicarpa, Br. In swampy ground. 

G. flabellata, Br. Mountain side. 

G. cunninghamii, Heward. Mountain side. 

Cyathea medullaris, Swartz. Mountain side. 

C. dealbata, Swartz. Mountain side. 

Hemitelia smithit, Hook. f. Mountain side. 

Dicksonia squarrosa, Swartz. Mountain side. 

D. lanata, Col. in Tasm. Journ. Mountain side. 
Hymenophyllum rarum, Br. Near the summit of the mountain. 
HH. polyanthos, Swartz. Near the summit of the mountain. 
H, javanicum, Wallich. Near the summit of the mountain. 
Hi. demissum, Swartz. Near the summit of the mountain. 
Hi, flabellatum, Labill. Near the summit of the mountain. 
H. scabrum, A. Rich. Near the summit of the mountain. 
Hi. dilatatum, Swartz. Near the summit of the mountain. 
H. rufescens, Carmichael. Near the summit of the mountain. 
Hf. malingii, Hook. On the summit. 

Hi. tunbridgense, Smith. On the summit. 

AA. multifidum, Swartz. Common on the mountain. 

H. bwalve, Swartz. Common on the mountain, 

H, minimum, A. Rich. Summit, 


286 Transactions. — Botany. 


Trichomanes reniforme, Forst. Summit. 

T. humile, Forst. Near the summit. 

T. strictum, Menzies. Rocky elevated places. 
Davallia nove-zealandie, Col. Outskirts of the forest. 
Lindsea trichomanoides, Swartz. Mountain side. 
Adiantum affine, Willdenow. Outskirts of the forest. 
Adiantum fulvum, Raoul. Outskirts of the forest. 
A. hispidulum, Swartz. On the flat. 

Hypolepis tenuifolia, Bernhardi. Mountain side. 
Pellea rotundifolia, Forst. On the flat. 

P. falcata, Br. Outskirts of the forest. 

Pteris tremula, Br. Outskirts of the forest. 

Pt. aquilina, Linn. On the flat. 

Pt. scaberula, A. Rich. Mountain side. 

Pt. macilenta, A. Rich. Outskirts of the forest. 
Pt. incisa, Thunberg. Mountain side. 

Lomaria patersoni, A. Cunn. Mountain side. 

L. discolor, Willdenow. Mountain side. 

L. lanceolata, Sprengel. Mountain side. 

L. procera, Sprengel. Hot springs. 

L. filiformis, A. Cunn. Mountain side. 

L. nigra, Colenso. Mountain streams. 

L, flwiatilis, Sprengel. Mountain side. 

L. membranacea, Colenso. Mountain side. 

LL fraseri, A. Cunn. Mountain side. 

Doodia media, Br. On the flat. 

Asplenium obtusatum, Forst. On the flat. 

A. falcatum, Lamarck. Mountain side. 

A. hookerianum, Colenso. Swampy places on the flat. 
A. bulbiferum, Forst. Mountain side. 

A. flaccidum, Forst. Mountain side. 

A. lucidum, Forst. Mountain side. 

Aspidium richardii, Hook. Outskirt of the forest. 
A. oculatum, Hook. Mountain side. 

A. capense. Near the summit. 

Nephrodium decompositum, Br. Mountain side. 
N. hispidum, Hook. Mountain side. 

Polypodium punctatum, Forst. Mountain side. 
P. pennigerum, Forst. Mountain side. 

P. australe, Mettenius. Mountain side. 

P. grammitidis, Br. On trees at high elevations, 


Buowanan.—On a new Species of Krigeron. 287 


P. tenellum, Forst. On trees at high elevations. 

P. cunninghamii, Hook. On trees at high elevations. 

P. billardieri, Br. On trees at high elevations. 

P. rugulosum, Labill. Mountain side. 

Todea hymenophylloides, Presl. Mountain side. 

T. superba, Hook. At an elevation from 2,000 feet to 2,600 feet. 
Schizea bifida, Swartz. High elevations. 

Lygodium articulatum, A. Rich. Mountain side. 
Ophioglossum lusitanicum, Willdenow. Near swamps. 
Botrychium ternatum, Swartz. Banks of streams in the flat. 
Lycopodium varium, Br. Near the summit. 

. billardieri, Spreng. Mountain sides. 

. densum, Labill. On the dividing range. — 

. laterale, Br. High elevations. 

. clavatum, Linn.. High elevations. 

. volubile, Forst. High elevations. 

Tmesipteris forsteri, Hndlicher. High elevations. 


St St lest fest is 


Art. XXXIII.—Description of a new Species of Erigeron. 
‘ By J. Bucuanan, F.L.S. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1884.] 
Plate XV. 
Erigeron nove-zealandig, Buch. PI. xv. 
A satu semi-shrubby plant 7-8 inches high, whole plant viscid. Leaves 
very narrow imbricating linear-spathulate obscurely and distantly serrate, 
4-24 inches long, 4-4 inch broad, obtuse or acuminate, green on the upper 
surface, 3-nerved beneath and covered with closely appressed tomentum. 
Scapes 2-3, very narrow, proceeding from the axils of the upper leaves. 
Bracts 5-7 narrow-linear, diminishing in size upwards. Heads 1 inch 
diameter, involucral scales in few series, linear, very narrow, sometimes 
recurved. Rays long, narrow, recurved in full flower. Anthers tailless. 
Pappus 4 inch long. Achene with short rigid hairs. 

The semi-shrubby habit of the present plant, as also of some others 
described as belonging to Celmisia—namely, C. discolor, Hook. fil., and 
C. walkeri, Kirk, indicate—especially when this habit is associated with tail- 
less anthers, as with the plants above named—the necessity of removing 
them to the genus Hvigeron, where they will find a more natural alliance, 


288 Transactions.— Botany. 


The above three plants are closely related, Celmisia walkeri, Kirk, and 
the present described plant, being probably only varieties of Celmisia dis- 
color, Hook. fil. 

The figure on plate xv. is drawn of the natural size. 

Locality.—Collingwood. 


Art, XXXIV.—Notes on Loranthus fieldii, Buchanan. By H. C. Fre. 
Communicated by the President. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 6th August, 1884.} 

I was greatly surprised on looking over the last volume of Transac- 
tions* to find that a Loranthus of which I sent a spray to Mr. 
Buchanan in February was new to science. It is so abundant in the 
region where it grows, and that region has been so constantly tra- 
versed by Huropeans—several tracks from Wanganui to Taupo passing 
through it—that I never dreamed that the plant could have escaped obser- 
vation. Those ardent botanists, Dr. Curl and the late Rev. R. Taylor, both 
visited the locality to my knowledge. The latter indeed did so several times, 
and, as he spent a Christmas at Taupo, he must apparently have traversed 
the forest where the plant grows just when it was in blossom. 

I first saw it in December, 1870, and have had so many opportunities 
of observing it since that date that I can describe it fully. It grows on the 
red birch trees, but only on the upper branches of large trees, where the 
bark is smooth and firmly attached to the wood. It is never seen on the. 
trunk or large branches, which have their bark more or less rough and 
detaching in large flakes. I have never even seen it on young trees, though 
these have smooth firmly-clinging bark. I think it only grows on the red 
birch, as I have not observed it on the black. The level forests to the south 
and west of Ruapehu consist almost exclusively of red birch, the black being 
found growing separately, in detached patches of bush, on the eastern side 
of the mountain, and thence to the Ruahine. 

The Loranthus forms large bushes in the tops of the trees, and the 
blossoms are so abundant as almost to hide the foliage, so that each bush, 
when in flower, looks like a flame. I believe that the largest bushes are 
quite 10 feet in diameter, and those of 6 feet are common. I should say 
that fully ten per cent. of the large trees have one or more plants of 
Loranthus growing on them, and as the blossoms fall the whole ground is 
sprinkled with the petals. The root of the plant is hard and woody, and of 


*« Trans, N.Z. Inst.,”’ xvi., p. 397. 


TRANS NZ.INSTITUTE, VOL XVILPLAV 


ERIGERON WOVA. -LEALANLA. 


SB det. 


Wee Gi, 


bh Nae 
“ig Seana 
i - av 


Firitp.—On Loranthus fieldii. 289 


a dark greyish-brown colour, approaching to black. It is smooth or very 
slightly roughened, and extends longitudinally, both upwards and down- 
wards, along the branch on which the plant grows. It adheres so firmly to 
the bark of the birch, that it will drag the latter away from the wood of the 
tree rather than loose its own hold. At intervals short lateral rootlets 
branch out and clasp the branch. Plants often grow on branches far 
smaller than themselves. Thus one with roots from 1-14 inches thick will 
grow on a branch no thicker than a man’s little finger, which of course 
bends down with the weight, so that the Loranthus swings about with every 
breath of air. From this it might be inferred that the plant was an 
epiphyte, drawing little or none of its sustenance from the branch on which 
it grows. It is, however, unquestionably a parasite, nourished by the sap 
of the parent tree. When cutting a line 40 feet wide for nearly six miles 
_ through the bush, for the Wanganui-Taupo road, in September and 
October, 1882, my men felled many scores of trees on which the plant was 
growing. These all blossomed, but died soon afterwards, as the felled trees 
withered. 

In February last I brought down two small plants with me, cutting off 
the branches on which they grew, without injuring the roots. I bound 
these branches and roots in moss, so that the plants looked as fresh as ever 
when I reached home. I planted one (branch and all) in a shady part of 
my garden, and hung the other (moss and all) under a bench in my green- 
house. Both, however, died without developing their fruit, proving that the 
birch sap is necessary to them. 

The roots of the Loranthus are flattened or hollow where they touch the 
birch branches, and when on a branch smaller than itself, the root sur- 
rounds the branch to a greater or less extent. The stems are of the 
same colour as the roots. The blossoms are yellow at their bases, but 
shade gradually through orange and scarlet to crimson, and even 
carmine, at their tips. They are from 1-14 inches long. They open very 
peculiarly. A very small proportion (certainly less than a tenth) open 
from the apex of the petals downwards, in the ordinary manner of flowers. 
In the remainder the petals become detached at their bases from the fruit 
beneath them, and roll upwards and outwards like those of the rewarewa 
blossoms. The upper portions of the petals, however, still adhere to each 
other, and clasp the stamen firmly. The result is that the stamen bends 
downwards, and supports the flower in an inverted position. Ultimately 
the stamen breaks, and its upper end falls to the ground with the petals 
still attached to it. In the lower forests, on the level of the Karioi plain, 
the plant blossoms in November and December; but near the upper margin 
of the bush, on the slope of Ruapehu, it was in full bloom at the end of 

19 


290 Transactions.— Botany. 


January. I have never seen the ripe berry, but it is no doubt viscid, like 
those of other plants of its class, and eaten by birds. The Maoris call it 
by the same name, ‘‘rorerore,”’ as the smaller roseate fuchsia-shaped 
Loranthus. 

I have mentioned that while the forests south and west of Ruapehu are 
of red birch, the detached bushes on the east of the mountain are of 
black. It is curious that the vegetation on the east and south of the 
mountain differs widely, though the soil and everything but the aspect 
exactly correspond. The slope of the mountain is so gentle that one would 
think the aspect could make no difference; yet plants which abound on 
the east are wholly wanting on the south, and vice versa. For instance a 
plant which seems to be identical with or very closely allied to Carmichelia 
enysit (Trans., vol. xvi., p. 879) abounds, and forms patches many yards in 
diameter on the east of the mountain, but there is not a trace of it on the 
south. As it had neither blossoms nor fruit in January, I did not gather 
any specimens, and could find no small plants. Next day I sought it in 
vain on the south side of the mountain. From what I have heard, I 
believe the vegetation on the north and north-west of the mountain is 
different again. 


Art. XXXV.—Notes on the Occurrence and Habits of some of our New 
Zealand Plants. By W. S. Haminrton. 
[Read before the Southland Institute, 13th May, 1884.] 
Glossostigma elatinoides, Benth. 
Tus plant occurs on the flats of the Oreti, in the bottom of ditches that 
have been opened for some time. Its corolla is pale blue and very pretty, 
4tinch. The strap-shaped stigma is irritable, and springs back on being 
touched, leaving the anthers exposed; and taking a place among the petals, 
looks exactly like an additional one. Before springing back it forms a hood 
over the anthers, and looks like an Orchid or a Lobelia. This plant has not, 
so far as I know, been reported from the south before. It does not occur 
on the flats except where a ditch has been opened, thus leading us to 
suppose that the subsoil is full of its seed, but that the climate is no longer 
suitable to its growth, and that it can only grow now under exceptional cir- 
cumstances of shelter and moisture. 
Pteris scaberula, A. Rich. 

Like the last-mentioned, this plant occurs in Southland under somewhat 
exceptional conditions. It also springs up where ditches have been opened 
along the roadsides, in the cemetery, and in sheltered spots on the Bluff Hill, 


Hasmnton.—On the Habits of some New Zealand Plants. 291 


Its spores are no doubt lying in the gravel-beds of the subsoil, and would 
thus appear to have been of universal occurrence at some past time. Its 
local and exceptional occurrence at the present day, would also argue the 
decrease of the temperature, and hence of the moisture held in solution, a 
change which is also evidenced by the disappearance of the ordinary bush 
over wide tracts of country in the South Island. 

Corysanthes macrantha, Br. 

This fine orchid occurs plentifully, but always in one kind of situation, 
where water is oozing out of a bed of gravel onaslope. It likes a burn-brae, 
and is there only found on the shady side. It is particularly luxuriant and 
large in Southland ; its leaves as large as a florin, bright green and succu- 
lent. It folds its large apron (labellum) so closely around the short style 
and the pollen masses that it must be a very small insect indeed that is able 
to find its way to them. It not only seems independent of the services of 
insects, but takes good care that they do not get at its treasures. 

Stylidium subulatum, Hook. f. 

This curious little plant occurs plentifully over the Seaward Moss, and 
seems to be more closely allied to the Pratia family than has been generally 
supposed. The fruit is not one-celled ag stated in Hooker’s ‘‘ Handbook,” 
but is strongly two-celled, the cartilaginous septum being particularly strong 
and permanent. The seeds are agglomerated on a spot in the middle of the 
septum on each side of it; and from those in the centre having longer 
placentas than those around the outside of the bunch, they look like a hemi- 
spherical mass, somewhat like the spore-bundles of Polypodium. 

Pelargonium australe, Willd., var. prostrata. 

This variety, hitherto unreported in New Zealand, occurs in the Seaward 
Moss, and varies in size from 2 to 8 inches or more, with dark brownish- 
purple foliage and much-branched prostrate almost creeping stem ; root- 
stock fusiform and very short and stout, flowers small, very slightly 
irregular and pure white, pink when dry. ) 

Callitriche verna, Linn. 

It does not seem to have been observed that the first flowers of spring of 
this species are all male, with very long filaments. After a few days the 
male flowers decrease, and a few female flowers begin to appear on the 
same plants, and sometimes on the same peduncle with the male. Later 
on the flowers are all female, and one may search in vain for a single male 
flower, and yet the fertilization goes on, no doubt from the pollen grains 
adhermg to the moist foliage and remaining in a fit state for germination 
during the summer; this is also observable in the Gunnera family, all the 
New Zealand species of which seem to be-more or less polygamous. But it 
is observable that the first flower-scapes that are sent up in spring bear only 


292 Transactions.— Botany. 


male flowers, and after the pollen which is green has been shed, they 
wither rapidly away. A few days later, and the scapes coming up have 
often both kinds of flowers mixed, which gives the fruit-spike when ripe a 
rageed or interrupted appearance very common in some species, from the 
places of the male flowers remaining vacant. Later still the scapes (which 
come up in succession all the summer) have nothing but female flowers, 
and these have the finest fruit. The scapes which bear both kinds of 
flowers are generally barren, unless the female flowers predominate, in 
which case a few drupes come to maturity, but are shy, small and half- 
withered looking. 

The male scapes attain their full length before flowering, which they do 
in a few days; the female lengthen after flowering, and indeed till the fruit 
is mature. The female flowers are developed as soon as the scape appears 
in the axil of the leaves, and are in full flower at, or even under, the surface, 
the long hairy or papillose styles spreading like rootlets among the débris of 
withered leaves, as if in search of the pollen grains which had been shed in 
spring, and are probably still remaining in a fertile condition among the 
moist foliage. 

Gunnera hamiltonii, Kirk, n. sp. 

Mr. Kirk has not yet sent me the description of this handsome and 
unique species. It is extremely local, occurring in patches on the hills near 
the New River Heads. It completely excludes every other kind of vegeta- 
tion, and from its graceful cuneate-deltoid deeply and sharply dentate 
foliage gives the surface a peculiarly crisp appearance. The extremely 
coriaceous strongly-ribbed leaves tufted densely together support the foot, 
and spreading from a hollow centre give the ground a bird-nested appear- 
ance. ‘The succulent leaves are extremely rich in lime and silica and give 
off, when old, the epidermis as a grey paper. The flowers of this species are 
spiked, the anthers sessile on very stout scapes, not crowded; the drupes on 
still stouter peduncles, as thick as a goose-quill and two to four inches long, 
bright red, and with the drupes almost sunk in the fleshy peduncle, not 
crowded, but occupying an inch or more of the top of the scape. 

Tillaa hamiltonti, Kirk, n. sp. 

This Tillea, occurring on the flats of the Makarewa, also takes to the 
river-bed, and, along with other species of aquatic or, rather, semi-amphi- 
bious plants, carpets the river-bottom to a very considerable depth. This is 
a remarkable feature of the Makarewa, and, whatever be its cause, is a very 
strange peculiarity. 

Lindsea linearis, Swartz. 

This fern occurs plentifully in the Seaward Moss, but still in a very local 

way. It occurs in strips across the plains, as if following the outcrop of 


T. Kirx.—On the Punui of Stewart Island. 293 


some particular eravel bed or some condition of soil or moisture. In some 
places it is restricted to a strip a few yards wide, but extending lengthwise, 
following the same level round the little elevations of the plain. It grows 
in some places very luxuriantly ; fronds 6-8 inches high. 

L. trichomanoides occurs in the Longwood Ranges, but is very rare. I 
have only seen one specimen—brought in by a surveyor, who took it for a 
maiden-hair fern. 

Geranium, sp. 

A Geraniwn with pure azure blue flowers occurs on the hill of the New . 
River Heads. I cannot distinguish this species in other respects from G. 
molle, Linn., except that it has much heavier foliage. I have sent specimens 
to Mr. Kirk, but have not yet received his reply. 


Arr. XXX VI.—On the Punwi of Stewart Island, Aralia lyallii, n. s. 
By T. Kirx, F.L.S. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 9th July, 1884.] 

Plate XVII. . 
Tue Punui, one of the most striking plants in the New Zealand flora, was 
discovered by Dr. Lyall in 1848, and referred by Dr. Hooker* to Aralia 
polaris, Homb. and Jacq., discovered by those botanists on the Auckland 
Islands in 1889. Subsequently Dr. Hooker’s suggestion that Aralia polaris 
might form a new genus to be termed Stilbocarpa was carried out by 
Decaisne and Planchon, and in the Handbook of the New Zealand Flora 
published in 1864, the Auckland and Stewart Island plants are included 
under the description of Stilbocarpa polaris, Decn. & Plan., the author 
stating that Lyall’s plant wants the long bristles which are so characteristic 
of the Auckland Island plant, and might belong to another speciest. 

For the sake of conciseness, in the following paragraphs the native 
name punui will be restricted to the Stewart Island plant; the generic 
name Stilbocarpa to that from the Auckland Islands. 

Until recently so little has been known of the flora of Stewart Island 
that, notwithstanding the botanical interest attached to such a remarkable 
plant as the punui the material for determining its precise relationship to 
Stilbocarpa has not been available: no specimens were to be found in our 
Herbaria, no plants in our botanic gardens. In 1878 a fine living specimen 


= a 5 


* FI, N.Z. i, ps 95. + Handbook N.Z. Flora, p: 100, 


294 Transactions. —Botany. 


with other Stewart Island plants was kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. 
C. Traill, who shipped them by the Government steamer ‘‘ Stella,’ which 
also brought several cases of plants from the Auckland Islands for the 
Colonial Botanic Gardens. As my case was by some mistake removed to 
the gardens, I allowed the plants to remain there, so that the punui was 
grown under the same conditions as the Stilbocarpa, all the plants at first 
being planted in the shade-house. 

While closely agreeing in the shape of the leaf, toothing, venation, etc., 
the two plants exhibited marked differences in minor characters—the texture 
of the leaf, amount of hairiness, and the colour and size of the hairs: the 
leaves of the punui being more membranous than those of the Stilbocarpa, 
the upper surface usually glabrous, the lower clothed with soft white hairs 
and the terete petiole. In Stilbocarpa both surfaces were clothed with 
fulvous bristly hairs, longer and stouter than those of the punui, the petiole 
was slightly compressed, and in some cases faintly grooved on the upper 
surface. In both plants the petiole was pilose. 

Two specimens of Stilbocarpa gradually developed new leaves in which 
the texture was less coriaceous, and the hairs reduced in number, shorter, 
and less bristly. These were exactly the results which I had observed in a 
greater degree with plants cultivated for two years in my own garden, so 
that the theory which attributed the trivial differences between the vegeta- 
tive drgans of the two plants to the different climatal conditions under which 
they grew, seemed to receive all the confirmation needed to establish their 
identity. Had good specimens of the flowers and fruit been available for 
examination, the opinion expressed by me* would have been different. 
Business, however, took me from Wellington before the punui had fairly 
developed flowers, and the single imperfect specimen that I was able to 
secure exhibited no characters calculated to alter my opinion. 

In 1880 Mr. J. B. Armstrong gave an imperfect description of the punui 
under the name of Stilbocarpa lyallii.t He states, ‘‘ unfortunately I have not 
been able to obtain flowers or fruit, but there is no doubt as to the genus,” 
and describes the leaves as being “‘ from 4 to 8 inches across or more, with 
a closed—not open—sinus.’’ As will be shown presently, both these state- 
ments are erroneous. 

Recently I have had the pleasure of examining the punui in its native 
island, and have received fully ripe fruit from Mr. C. Traill, the result 
being that not only must my old opinion as to its identity with Stilbocarpa 
polaris be abandoned, but that it must be removed to another genus. 


* “ Trans. N.Z. Inst.,” vol. xiv., p. 387. 
} “Trans, N.Z. Inst.,” xiii., p. 336. 


T. Krrx.—On the Punui of Stewart Island. 295 


Stilbocarpa was proposed by Sir Joseph Hooker as the name of a mono- 
typic genus, consisting of the Auckland Island plant already mentioned, and 
was established by Decaisne and Planchon in 1854, its essential characters 
being drawn from the 3-4-celled acetabuliform fruit, which in fact affords 
almost the only characters by which it can be separated from Aralia. The 
fruit of the punui, instead of exhibiting the cup-shaped cavity characteristic 
of Stilbocarpa, has a flattened apex covered with an epigynous disc consisting 
of the two stylopodia: in all respects agreeing with Aralia, to which it must 
consequently be removed, and in honour of its discoverer may worthily be 
designated A. lyallii, I now append a description. 

Aralia lyallvi, n. 8. 

A stout herb. Stems 3” thick, pilose, forming strong arcuate stolons. 
Leaves alternate, crowded, petioles 1’—5’ long, fistulose, terete, pilose, with 
a sheathing laciniated ligule at the base: blade 6’—24" in diameter, orbicular- 
reniform, lobed and deeply toothed, upper surface shining, usually glabrous, 
hairy beneath. Umbels monecious, on axillary or terminal scapes, equal- 
ling or exceeding the leaves, globose 6’-12" diameter, compound: primary 
involucral leaves foliaceous, inferior linear. Fl. unisexual, calyx teeth 
reduced to points, petals linear, more or less imbricate in bud. Male, 
stamens 5, filaments slender, disk 2-lobed. Female, stylopodia 2, reniform, 
forming a flat indented disk; styles 2, short, free, straight or divergent, 
ovary 2-celled. Fruit spherical, black, 2-celled, cells 1-seeded: testa 
crustaceous, striated. 

Hab. South Island:—Coal Island, Preservation Inlet (identified from 
the deck of a passing steamer); Stewart Island and outliers, chiefly on 
shady cliffs, etc; Herekopere Island, Ruapuke Island, Green Island, Centre 
Island (nearly extinct). 

Reported also from the Snares, Antipodes Island, and Bounty Island, 
but I have not seen specimens. 

The punui often forms large patches spreading by means of the stout 
naked stolons which at first are suberect but gradually become inclined or 
arched until the terminal bud comes in contact with the ground, when roots 
are given off and a new plant is speedily developed. The stems vary in 
length from a few inches to 8! or 4’ and are about the thickness of a man’s 
finger. The patch becomes more and more dense as seeding plants are 
developed amongst the stolons. Specimens grown in the shade exhibit a 
marked difference from those grown in the open. In the former the leaves 
are flat or convex, more membranous, and with softer hairs than those 
grown in exposed places. The latter have leaves of stouter texture and 
clothed with stronger hairs—the blades often concave forming cups having 
the cordate or reniform bases folded inwards; it is doubtless this peculiarity 


296 Transactions. —Botany. 


which led Mr. J. B. Armstrong to describe the leaf as having a closed sinus, 
an error which is at once demonstrated by simply flattening the leaf. Asa 
rule large specimens growing in the open have the upper leaves concave and 
the lower convex, the texture of those most exposed being almost as thick 
as in some specimens of Stilbocarpa. Occasionally hairs are developed on 
both surfaces, but they are always white and soft. 

The foliaceous ligule at the base of each leaf is sometimes largely 
developed, and usually exhibits a pair of acute lacinie larger than the 
others, at first sight presenting the appearance of a pair of ordinary stipules: 
most frequently all the lacinie are more or less acute and ciliated, but a 
considerable amount of variation is exhibited in this respect. 

Much variation is shown in the density of the inflorescence ; the umbels 
are highly compound, usually forming a dense orbicular mass of reddish- 
purple flowers, often more than a foot in diameter. Frequently the 
inflorescence is lax and open. The scapes are fistulose, and equal the 
petioles ; the primary involucral leaves are sometimes 5’ or 6’ in diameter, 
on stout petioles, and closely resemble ordinary leaves; the secondary 
series 1s also petioled but greatly reduced in size and modified in form, 
being trifid, tripartite, or lobulate with a cuneate base; in the tertiary 
umbellules they are simply linear. 

In most specimens each of the secondary rays carries a female 
umbellule, from beneath which a whorl of from two to five male umbellules 
is given off; some of these are again branched. Sometimes the apex ofa — 
secondary ray terminates in a single abortive flower, when the tertiary rays 
carry small female umbellules surrounded by male as before. The pedicels 
of the male flowers are shorter than those of the female. 

In the male flowers the calyx teeth are reduced to points, in the female 
they are obsolete ; the petals are usually close set, those of the male being 
shghtly longer than the others, both alike are of a lurid reddish-purple. 

Stilbocarpa polaris differs from Aralia lyallit in the stouter texture of the 
leaves, which are clothed on both surfaces with long bristles, and the petiole 
is slightly compressed, sometimes exhibiting traces of a groove on the upper 
surface; the ligule is usually more deeply laciniated, the lacinize beimg orb- 
tuse and fringed with strong cilia. The petals are broader, obovate-spathu- 
late, and of a pale yellow colour. The stamens are oblong, with rather 
shorter filaments, and the styles are recurved. The stylopodia form an 
interrupted annular disk, and as already shown, the fruit is acetabuliform 
8-4 celled. It appears to be restricted to the Auckland Islands, Campbell 
Island, and Macquarrie Island. 


TRANS.NZINSTITUTE,VOLRVIEPL IVIL 


fi 


ie | 


/, 


io 
Oa 


(™ 
seca 
Cuil | 


NU 


LKirk, del, 


AHALIA LYALLI, T Kerk: 


T. Kirx.—On a new Species of Fagus. 297 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI... 
J. Stilbocarpa polaris (after Hooker). 
1. Bud. 
. Staminate flower with petals removed. 
. Stamen. — 
. Pistillate flower. 
. Portion of ovary, showing a single ovule. 
. Section of ovary. 
. Ripe fruit. 
. Section of fruit. 
. Seed. 
. Longitudinal section of seed. 
11. Embryo. 
Il. Aralia lyallii, T. Kirk. 
1. Bud. 
. Stamens. 
. Perfect flower. 
. Pistillate flower. 


OoOMON Do Kr WwW DS 


= 
(=) 


. Longitudinal section of pistillate flower. 
. Transverse section of ovary. 

. Ovule. 

Fruit. 

. Longitudinal section of seed. 


OOIP HP wp 


Art. XXXVII.— Description of a new Species of Fagus. By T. Kreg, F.L.S. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Soiety, 1st October, 1884.] 
Plate XVI. 
Fagus blairti, n.s. 

A tree 40-60 feet high, trunk 2-24 feet in diameter. Young twigs and 
petioles slightly pubescent. Leaves spreading, petioled, ovate, entire, 
minutely apiculate, abruptly rounded at the base, coriaceous, 2'—3" long, 
+'_4" broad, clothed beneath with fulvous appressed tomentum. Valves of 
the involucre with a membranous margin and one or two narrow scales at 
the outer base. Nuts winged, wings shortly bifid. 

Hab. South Island. By the Little Grey River, Nelson, Head of Lake 
Wakatipu, Valley of the Dart, Otago: T. Kirk. Five Rivers Plain: W. 
N. Blair. 

This species is closely allied to F’. cliffortioides, Hook. f., from which it 
differs in the habit and spray, which resemble those of the European beech, 
and especially in the ovate apiculate leaves, which are of larger size and are 
never cordate, while the pubescence is of a fulvous hue, never white. I have 


298 Transactions. — Botany). 


not seen Mr. Blair’s specimen from the Five Rivers, but, as he at once 
identified it with mine from the Dart Valley, I entertain no doubt of his 
correctness, and have great pleasure in connecting his name with the species. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 
1. Fagus blairii. Natural size. 
2. Leaf enlarged. 

3. Involucre. 
4, Nut slightly enlarged. 


Art. XXXVITI.—Notes on the New Zealand Beeches. By T. Karx, F.L.S. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 1st October, 1884.] 
Fagus menziesii, Hook. f. 
Hook. Ic. Pl., t. 652. 
Silver Beech. 


Brown Birch, White Birch, Red Birch. 
Silver Birch. 


AutHoucH this species exhibits a considerable amount of variation in the 
shape, toothing and texture of the leaves, it is the most easily recognized of 
all the New Zealand beeches, especially when the fruit is fairly developed : 
the curious glandular scales on the valves of the cupules at once distinguish 
it from the other species, while they show its close affinity to F. gunni, 
Hk. f., of Tasmania, F’. moorei, Muell., of New South Wales, and Ff. 
betuloides, Mirb., of Cape Horn and South Chili. 

This forms a fine tree, 60’-80' feet high, with a trunk 2’—3’ in diameter, 
but larger specimens are by no means unfrequent. ‘The twigs are clothed 
with a fine brown pubescence ; leaves glabrous, rigid, orbicular, or broadly 
ovate, or rhomboid ovate, shortly petioled, with the margins cut into very 
short blunt teeth, or more frequently crenate, each crenature being irregularly 
notched. In the young state the leaves are sometimes deeply toothed, 
stipules linear-oblong. The valves of the cupule are pubescent and clothed 
with from 5 to 7 horizontal scales, the margins of which carry a fringe of 
stalked glands. Nuts trigonous, 3-winged, the wings being divided or fringed 
at the apex. 

In common with all the local species, the bark varies considerably at 
different periods of growth. Before reaching maturity, the tree is charac- 
terized by a thin silvery whitish bark much resembling that of Betula alba, 
L. This becomes gradually thickened, and rugose, although patches of 


TRANS.N.ZINSTITUTEVOLXIVPLXVL 


ae ee 
ay AL 


SS 
% 
Zy 


TAGUS BLAIR LEGrk: 


T, Krrx.—On New Zealand Beeches. 999 


smooth bark may often be seen even on the largest trunks. This retention 
of the smooth bark has led to the adoption of the common name of silver 
beech for this species. 

The timber is of a deep reddish-brown colour, compact in texture, and 
splits easily. It is well adapted for inside work as rafters, flooring joists, 
etc., and especially for the manufacture of ordinary furniture, French 
bedsteads, sideboards, etc.; also for wine casks, tubs, buckets, etc. A con- 
siderable demand for these purposes may be anticipated when the progress 
of road-making has afforded more easy access to the silver beech forests, 
but at present I am not aware that any timber-merchant considers it worth 
while to keep the wood in stock. So far as Wellington is concerned, a 
supply could be obtained from the Rimutaka. When used for fencing pur- 
poses it lasts from three to seven years; house blocks in dry ground, and 
sheltered from the rain, are in a partially decayed state after having been 
fixed for eleven years. Shingles require renewal at the end of six or seven 
years. . 
The silver beech attains its northern limit on the Te Aroha Mountain at 
the head. of the Hauraki Gulf. It is abundant on the mountains of the 
Hast Cape, on the Ruahine, Tararua and Rimutaka Ranges, and the Wainui- 
omata Hills in the North Island. In the South Island it occurs on the 
Kaikoura Mountains, Mount Arthur Range, Spencer Mountains, and more 
or less throughout the Southern Alps, especially on their western slopes. 
In the Makarora Valley it is the only species found between the head of 
Lake Wanaka and the Haast Pass, the timber in this district being of de- 
cidedly better quality than in the lowlands. The most southern specimens 
known to me occur at Colac Bay and Lake George in the Longwood district. 

Sometimes it forms the chief portion of the forest, but is commonly 
mixed with other species. In the south it often occurs singly, or in small 
quantity in mixed forest, as in the Makarewa district. 

It descends to the sea-level at Colac Bay, Dusky Bay, Preservation Inlet, 
and other places, but is most frequent at elevations between 1,200 and 
2,500 feet. Its highest levels are but little above 3,000 feet. 

Specimens from humid situations, at low levels on the west coast of the 
South Island, generally have leaves of thinner texture, and less closely set 
than those from higher levels. In both these points as well as in the 
margination, a wide range of variation is exhibited. 

This species is subject to a remarkable foliar transformation: crowded 
panicles of scaly, fulvous bracts are developed at the tips of the branchlets. 
Usually four scales form a kind of flask-shaped perianth, which is sessile in 
the axil of a larger bract-like scale, and covers a number of minute scales. 
These panicles are often produced in great abundance, and present a close 
resemblance to the early stages of a true inflorescence. 


300 Transactions. — Botany. 


Fagus fusca, Hook. f. 
Hook. Ic. Pl., t. 631. 
Tooth-leaved Beech. 
Black Birch of Auckland and in part of Otago and Southland. 
Black or Bull Birch of Lake Wakatipu. 
Red Birch of Wellington, Nelson, and in part of Otago and Southland. 

It is not easy to see why any difficulty should have occurred in the 
identification of this fine timber-tree apart from the misleading tendency of 
the common names generally applied. The thin yet firm texture of the 
leaf, the prominent veins, the sharply-toothed margins, are characters that 
can only be confused with those afforded by other species by a careless 
observer. Yet merely owing to the use of common names based upon 
colour, and applied or rather misapplied to the leaves, bark, or wood at the 
fancy of the bushman, no species has been more misunderstood. 

The tooth-leaved beech forms a fine tree 70-100 feet with a trunk from 
83 to 8 feet in diameter, the bark varying greatly in colour and rugosity in 
different localities and at different stages of growth. In the north and in 
lowland situations in the south it is usually blackish, but in sub-alpine 
localities the prevailing tint is of a rich deep brown. In the young state it 
is smooth and whitish. 

The wood varies in colour but is usually reddish or reddish-black, stout in 
the grain. Itis one of the strongest and most durable timbers in the colony. 

In the young state the twigs are pubescent, leaves oblong-ovate, shortly 
petioled, with rathar large acute teeth; pubescent or glandular when young. 
Cupules with membranous scales at the back; nuts winged, the wings being 
divided at the apex. 

Varieties with the teeth more or less abbreviated are occasionally met 
with, but on the whole these are rare and can scarcely be mistaken for either 
of the entire-leaved forms by an observer of ordinary intelligence.* 

The good qualities of this timber are so generally admitted that it is 
needless to discuss the question or offer further evidence on the subject. 
On the Thames Gold Field it has been so generally appreciated by the 
miners that it has now become extremely rare and is said to be extinct in 
some localities where it was once plentiful. I may add that I have examined 
stock-yard fences which have been erected twenty-one years, and which are 
still in good condition. 

This is the most widely distributed of the species; it extends from 
Ahipara in the extreme north to Southland, in many southern localities 
forming the greater portion of the forest. In the South Island it is more 
plentiful on the western side of the main range than on the eastern, and is 
decidedly rare in the central districts: in Canterbury its chief habitat is in 
the mountain district between the Waimakariri Gorge and Bealey, where it 


* Hook. Ic. Pl., t. 680. 


T. Kirx.—On New Zealand Beeches. 801 


forms the chief portion of a zone ranging from about 2,400 to 8,000 feet, 
extending up the valley of the Poulter and adjacent ranges. Between the 
Cass River and Bealey it is so stronely marked in contrast with the moun- 
tain beech that it can readily be descried from the terraces on the southern 
bank of the river. As its occurrence in the interior of Canterbury had been 
warmly denied, Mr. Blair, the Directing Engineer for the South Island, 
suggested that I should finally determine the point by an examination of the 
growing timber. When on a visit to the district in January, 1881, I had 
the pleasure of carrying out this suggestion in company with my friend Mr. 
J. D. Enys, and found the tooth-leaved beech occurring freely between 
the limits already stated, mixed with mountain beech which forms the ~ 
greater portion of the forest. Most of the mature specimens were from 
50 to 70 feet high, with clear unbranched trunks of from 35 to 45 
feet, measuring 10 feet in girth at six feet from the ground. The 
oldest specimens were unsound in the middle, but the shell was firm 
and hard. Trunks cut down twelve years before the date of my visit 
and left on the ground were still perfectly sound, the logs retaining the 
wedges that had been driven to split them. Subsequently I examined a 
stock-yard fence constructed with timber cut at this spot at the time to 
which I have referred, and found all the posts of tooth-leaved beech in a 
perfectly satisfactory state, sound and good; while it had been found 
necessary to renew all the posts of mountain beech at the end of six 
years, and the renewed portion was in bad condition, requiring imme- 
diate replacement, many of the rails even being worthless. 

This species is not found in the Oxford and Alford Forests, although 
reported to occur there by Mr. Robertson, who was instructed to examine 
those forests in October, 1876. 

It descends to the sea-level in many localities, as Ahipara, Kawau, - 
Omaha, Wairoa Hast, etc., but rarely in large quantities. It is more 
abundant and attains larger dimensions at elevations between 1,200 and 
3,000 feet, and in a few localities ascends. to 8,800 feet, which, so far as I 
am aware, is the greatest altitude which it attains. 

Fagus solandri, Hook. f. 
Hook. Ic. Pl., t. 639. 
Myrtilloides cinerascens, Banks & Sol., MS. 
Cliffortiotdes oblongata, Dryander. 
Entire-leaved Beech. 

Black Birch of Wellington, Canterbury, and in part of Otago and Southland. 
White Birch of Nelson, and in part of Otago. 
Black-heart Birch of Otago. 
White, Black, Red, and Brown Birch of Oxford and Alford Forests. 

A fine tree, sometimes attaining the height of 100 feet, but usually 60- 
80 feet, with a trunk from 2 to 4 feet or more in diameter. Branchlets 


802 Transactions. — Botany. 


pubescent, leaves narrow oblong, quite entire, with appressed cinereous 
pubescence beneath in the mature state at least. The leaves vary in width, 
but are oblique or cuneate at the base. Timber reddish, sometimes streaked 
with black, stout, and durable under certain conditions, but in all respects 
inferior to tooth-leaved beech. It has the disadvantage of forming oblique 
or longitudinal cracks in the sawn state when exposed to the weather. 

Great difference of opinion has existed respecting the durability of the 
timber of this species. In a Report on the Durability of New Zealand 
Timbers which I had the honour to prepare for the Government in 1874, 
and again in Captain Campbell Walker’s Report on State Forests, I wrote: 
—‘‘ Owing to the confusion arising from the misapplication of the common 
names of the different beeches, even in the same district, I have been 
unable to obtain precise and satisfactory evidence on this point.” At that 
date the timber was generally considered to be of inferior value with regard 
to durability, but recently evidence has been obtained, showing that this 
opinion requires considerable modification. 

The West Oxford Forest consists in its lower parts exclusively of this 
species, so far at least as could be ascertained during the few hours that I 
was able to spend there ; formerly it was stated officially to contain a large 
amount of tooth-leaved beech, and it was supposed that any durable timber 
obtained from the forest was furnished by that species. I failed, however, 
to find tooth-leaved beech, either at West Oxford or at View Hill, several 
‘miles higher up the river, although there can be little doubt that it occurs 
on the ranges. All the men engaged at the sawmills had heard of ‘ tooth- 
leaved beech,’’ but only one or two of them had seen it growing, and no one 
had seen it converted. I am quite satisfied that it must be extremely rare 
in the locality so that it has not come within reach of the sawmillers. 

Now along with numerous instances of lack of durability exhibited by 
this timber are a comparatively few in which it has shown a much higher 
degree of durability than it has generally been considered to possess. 
Several fences are pointed out, the posts of which have been in the ground 
for periods varying from twelve to twenty years; the longer period, how- 
ever, has in most cases exhausted their durability ; those that have been 
erected ten or twelve years only will last several years longer. House 
blocks have proved durable, lower wall plates, and sleepers also. In the 
cases which I examined there can be no doubt as to the timber being 
‘* entire-leaved beech.”’ 

In estimating the durability of this timber, however, it must be remem- 
bered that these instances of fair durability are comparatively exceptional. 
It has been largely used in the Oxford district and other places for fences, 
but in numerous cases these fences have become dilapidated in so short a 


T, Kirx.—On New Zealand Beeches. 8038 


period as five or six years, even when the timber has been apparently sound 
and good at the first. How far this may be due to its bemg cut during the 
period of active growth, or to its having been used while in a green con- 
dition, both practices being the rule rather than the exception, it is impossible 
for me to say. Another possible cause of its early decay in certain cases 
may be its having grown upon wet ground. It must be admitted at least 
that its durability cannot have been fairly tested in the majority of cases. 
But making all possible allowances on these points I am compelled to place 
its good properties considerably below those of the tooth-leaved beech. 

In the Oxford Forest it is sparingly mixed with white pine, miro, and 
matai, the last decidedly rare. A few fine trees run up to from 60 to 75 feet 
in height, but the bulk do not exceed 40 feet in the clear trunk. The 
manager of one of the largest sawmills informed me that ‘‘ trunks capable 
of giving 4-14 feet lengths were extremely rare.” I learned that the tree 
was termed ‘red birch,” ‘‘ brown birch,” ‘white birch,” ‘black birch,” 
and ‘‘ yellow birch,” at different stages of its growth, but the application of 
these terms varied greatly: perhaps ‘‘black birch” was most generally 
applied to the mature condition before decay commenced, and “‘ white birch’”’ 
to the young state; but there were too many exceptions to allow of the 
names being other than misleading. 

Unripe trees of this kind never afford durable timber, however large 
their dimensions; unless the tree is allowed to stand for a few years after 
attaining its full growth decay speedily commences. The time required for 
ripening, at present undetermined, cannot be very long, and when once the 
process is completed decay sets in very quickly, and progresses with greater 
or less rapidity. Sometimes it commences at the heart before full growth 
has been attained; the trunk appears perfectly sound, but on being squared 
or sawn its defective condition is exhibited at the expense of the woodman. 
All our beeches are more or less subject to this peculiarity, but I am in- 
clined to believe that the period between the ripening of the wood and the 
commencement of decay is unusually short in the entire-leaved beech, and 
as the timber is of but little value at any other period, we have here one 
cause of its frequent early decay after conversion. 

In this species the medullary rays of fully ripened timber are more 
durable than the wood formed by the fibro-vascular bundles of the annual 
cylinder. Logs decaying in the forest often present a curious appearance 
from this cause: after the sapwood has perished the outer surface of the 
heart-wood appears to be divided into numerous short lamine running 
longitudinally. These laminz project more or less beyond the general mass 
owing to the early decay of the wood of the cylinder. If the log has been 
kept from the ground, the appearance is still more remarkable, the medullary 


804 Transactions. —Botany. 


plates often projecting from one to two inches beyond the sound portion of 
the trunk, and exhibiting thin, rounded, weather-worn edges, but perfectly 
sound, and extremely hard. They vary from + to } inch in thickness 
at the base, and may be easily broken off by a sharp blow with a hammer. 
Unripe trees do not exhibit this peculiarity. 

The remarkable difference in the pubescence of the leaf at different 
stages of growth has not received the attention it deserves. In the young 
state the leaves are nearly membranous, and perfectly glabrous. In ex- 
posed mature specimens the under surface of the leaves is clothed with a 
layer of closely appressed hairs; but it is quite a common occurrence to find 
trees thirty feet high or more with leaves destitute of this hairy covering 
when growing under the shelter of taller trees. These hairs are unques- 
tionably adapted to prevent undue evaporation and injury from sudden 
variations in temperature. Accordingly we only find them developed on 
leaves fully exposed to the sun and air, whether on young trees or old. 
They are never developed on seedling plants, or on branches growing under 
the shade of taller trees. The series of specimens now exhibited will be found 
very instructive on this head. 

This species appears to attain its northern limit at the Hast Cape, where 
it forms a small tree 20 to 80 feet in height. It is plentiful on the lower 

slopes of the Ruahine, Tararua, and Rimutaka Mountains, in the North 
Island, and widely distributed in the South Island, but does not appear to 
extend to Foveaux Straits. It descends to the sea-level at Lowry Bay and 
other places, but appears to be replaced by the mountain beech, which is 
often mistaken for it. At altitudes above 2,800 feet, with some few ex- 
ceptions. 

Specimens 100 feet high were observed by Mr. Bidwill at Waiwetu, near 
Wellington. 

Fagus cliffortioides, Hook. f. 
Hook. Ic. Pl., t. 673. 
Mountain Beech. 

Black Birch of portions of Wellington, Canterbury, Otago, and Southland. 

White Birch of Nelson, and in part of Otago and Southland. 

Rarely distinguished by the woodman from Entire-leaved Beech. 

The mountain beech bears a close resemblance to the entire-leaved beech 
in general appearance, although it never attains the extreme dimensions of 
that species. The leaves are pointed at the apex and rounded or cordate at 
the base, so that there is but little difficulty in distinguishing the two 
kinds. 

In the North Island it is confined to the mountain ranges, and appears 
to attain its northern limit at Lake Waikare on the East Cape. It is most 


T. Kirx.—On New Zealand Beeches. 805 


abundant on the mountains of the South Island, often forming the sole 
constituent of the forest from 2,000 feet to the limits of arboreal vegetation 
at about 4,000 feet. It descends to the sea-level in Preservation Inlet. 

In many districts the abruptness of the higher limit is strongly marked : 
on the St. Arnaud Range, as on others in the South Island, the upper limit 
forms a tolerably even line running for miles at a little below 4,000 feet. 

On Mount Torlesse a few small detached specimens attain an elevation 
of 4,600 feet or thereabouts. 

Except in special situations it rarely exceeds 40 feet in height, and even 
at low elevations is frequently much smaller. At the highest levels it is 
little more than a shrub, often with prostrate stems, and if exposed to the 
full influence of the wind with the branches so densely set that it is possible 
to walk for long distances over the tops. 

In deep narrow valleys at high elevations this species is sometimes not 
more than from 6 to 10 feet high, but retains the arboreal habit. At the 
same time the leaves are excessively reduced in size, densely crowded, and 
fruit is produced in abundance. At first sight this state presents the ap- 
pearance of a distinct species, but a careful examination speedily dispels the 
idea. 

On the other hand, isolated specimens growing in the open at below 
3,000 feet, are often branched from the base, and form charming symmetri- 
cal specimens of great beauty. When dotted over a wide area they give a 
peculiar park-like character to the scene, and are peculiarly attractive. 

This species resembles Fagus solandri in the leaves of the young plant 
being destitute of hairs on the lower surface, while full-grown specimens 
have the leaves clothed with a thick layer of appressed white hairs. The 
distichous arrangement of the leaves is a noteworthy character, although 
in old specimens it is often obscured. 

The quality of the timber is much the same as that of entire-leaved 
beech, and like that species it exhibits a considerable amount of durability 
in certain cases, while in others it perishes within five or six years, as in 
sheep-yards at Lake Pearson. 

In many districts it is of value as affording the only available timber, 
but it assumes far greater importance when viewed with regard to its 
influence on climate. In this respect it is not easy to overrate its import- 
ance: its restraining action in the prevention of floods in certain situations 
is so marked, that the destruction of the mountain beech forests would 
speedily bring about the devastation of large tracts of country at low levels. 

In wet situations the timber of this species often proves durable. Mr. 
J. D. Enys informed me of an instance in which a large sleeper at the 
margin of a spring in a situation where it was constantly moist was sound 

20 


306 - Transactions.— Botany. 


and good after being sixteen years in use. Some of the telegraph poles of 
the first line erected in the Waimakariri Country were furnished by this 
species; those fixed in dry soils perished in four or five years, while those 
driven in swamps remained sound for a much longer period. Similar 
results have been obtained with fencing posts furnished by mountain beech. 
Fagus blairti, 0. 8. 
Blaiv’s Beech. 
(Vide ante, p. 297. Pl. xvi.) 

Hitherto this species has been confused with the mountain beech, 
although its differential characters are easily recognized. It has been 
observed in the valley of the Dart and other places about Lake Wakatipu, 
and by the Little Grey River at elevations between 1,000 and 2,000 feet ; 
also I believe on the Five Rivers Plain. 

Usually it attains rather larger dimensions than mountain beech, being 
from 40 to 60 feet high: it is easily distinguished from that species by the 
ovate apiculate leaves clothed with appressed fulvous tomentum beneath in 
the mature state. 

The habit and spray of this species more closely approaches F’. sylvatica 
of Europe than any other New Zealand species. 

At present nothing is known as to the durability of the timber, which in 
appearance resembles that of mountain beech. 


III.—_GEOLOGY. 


Art. XXXIX.—On the Age of the Orakei Bay Beds near Auckland. 
By Captain F. W. Hurton, F.G.S. 

[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 27th November, 1884.] 
In his lecture on the geology of the Province of Auckland, delivered to the 
members of the Auckland Mechanics’ Institute, on 24th June, 1859, Dr. von 
Hochstetter, after describing the brown coals of the Province, and the tertiary 
strata on the west coast from Waikato to Kawhia, said that ‘“ the horizontal 
- beds of sandstone and marls which form the cliffs of the Waitemata and 
extend in a northerly direction towards Kawau, belong to a newer tertiary 
formation.”* This he considered to be of miocene age, but fossils were 
obtained only at Orakei Bay, and in an ash-bed at Wangaparoa. Subse- 
quently, on his return to Europe, Dr. von Hochstetter followed Dr. Zittel 
in placing the “‘ Waitemata series’? with the west coast or ‘‘ Aotea series,” 
but he considered both as older miocene.+ Dr. Stache, however, considered 
the Aotea series to be oligocene,? and Dr. Zittel considered it to be eocene.§ 

The first attempt to ascertain the relative age of these two series by 
stratigraphical evidence was made in a paper read to the Auckland Institute 
on 8th August, 1870.|| In this paper I showed that the Waitemata series 
can be traced eastward beyond the Tamaki and Howick to Turanga Creek, 
where it consists of a set of yellow clays and white or pale yellow sand- 
stones, stained in places by iron oxide. It rests here unconformably on a 
dark green or bluish sandstone, generally showing a concretionary structure, 
which can, in its turn, be traced nearly to the Papakura River, and on the 
other side of the valley it reappears, on the north side of the Hunua hills, 
where it is associated with the Papakura limestone, and, with other beds, 
forms the ‘‘ Papakura series,” which rests unconformably on the coal series 
of Drury. Consequently the Waitemata series is separated from the coal 
series of Drury by two unconformities. The Papakura series was con- 
sidered to be the equivalent, or very nearly the equivalent, of the Aotea 
series, and to be of oligocene age, while the Waitemata series was considered 
as miocene. 


* Geology of New Zealand, Auckland, 1864, p. 26. 
t Reise der Novara, Geology, I., p. 34. t Reise der Novara, Palzeontology, p. 298. 
§ On the Paleontology of New Zealand, Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc., xix. (1863), Misc., p. 20, 
|| Trans. N.Z, Inst., iii., p. 244, 


308 Transactions. —Geoloqy. 


In June 1875, Mr. S. H. Cox, in his report on the Raglan and Waikato 
districts, * said that the sandstones and clays of Mercer were probably the 
equivalents of the Waitemata series, and he considered them to form part 
of Dr. Hector’s cretaceo-tertiary formation, now called the ‘‘ Waipara 
System;” at the same time saying that ‘the fossils do not absolutely fix 
them as such.”’ This is certainly very true, for the only fossil in his list 
of any chronological value is Dentaliwm nanum, Hutton, which is found in 
the pliocene beds at Wanganui and Petane. In his further report, however, 
Mr Cox says that “ they are in this locality the higher member of the Leda 
marls.’’+ In 1879 Mr. Cox was sent to examine the country from Auckland 
northwards ; tracing the Waitemata series towards the Kaipara and Cape 
Rodney, he found that it gradually changed into greensands mixed with 
much volcanic ash, and that at Mahurangi and at Komiti Point, in the 
Kaipara District, it rested unconformably on ‘“ chalk-marls and hydraulic 
limestones,” thought to be of cretaceo-tertiary age. This, together with the 
fossils found at Komiti in the Waitemata series, led him to alter his former 
opinion, and to consider the Orakei Bay Beds as lower miocene.{ Dr. 
Hector in his Progress Report for the same year demurs to this conclusion 
and suggests that the Waitemata series ought to be divided at the horizon 
of a volcanic ash bed in the cliffs under Parnell, which he calls the ‘‘ Parnell 
Grit;”’ all below this bed, including the strata at Orakei Bay, being still 
retained as cretaceo-tertiary : his reason being that Pecten zittelli, Hutton, § 
and many other Orakei Bay fossils are found at Komiti Point only in sandy 
marls and grits which underlie tufaceous beds containing a number of 
lower miocene forms.|| Mr. Cox, however, who collected the fossils, says 
distinctly in his report that ‘‘ these beds [i.e., the marly grits] curiously 
enough contain, associated with a great preponderance of lower miocene forms, 
the Pecten zitteli, Hutton, and P. fischeri, Zittel, of Orakei Bay, on the 
occurrence of which we have ascribed a cretaceo-tertiary age to these beds,” 
and he does not mention any fossils in tufaceous beds. 

In the following year Mr. Cox was sent to re-examine this point, but he 
reported that he was more than ever convinced of the correctness of his last 
year’s work, although he thought it possible that the Waitemata series 
might be of eocene age.** He examined the cliffs from Auckland to Orakei 


* Reports of Geological Explorations, 1874-76, p. 9. 

t Reports of Geological Explorations, 1876-77, p. 22. 

t Reports of Geological Explorations, 1879-80, p. 37. 

§ Dr. Hector and Mr. Cox often call this shell Pecten plewronectes ; it seems therefore 
necessary to point out that P. plewronectes, L., is a living species which has never been 
found in New Zealand. 

[U- Ges ss xa {| Lc. p. 17. On page 33 he gives a list of these fossils. 

** Probably influenced by his mistake of supposing that nummulites occur at Orakei 
Bay. (Reports 1879-80, p. 25.) 


Hurron.—On the Age of the Orakei Bay Beds. 309 


Bay, and reported that ‘the sequence between Fort Britomart and Orakei 
Bay is sufficiently conclusive to make it a matter of certainty that no 
stratigraphical break occurs above the horizon of the Orakei Bay fossils, 
which are again seen at Komiti Point.”* He also gives a section of 
Komiti Pomt, and says, ‘‘At Komiti Point, again, a gritty bed occurs at 
the base of this [older tertiary] series, resting quite unconformably upon the 
upturned edges of the chalk-marls [cretaceo-tertiary]; and it was from the 
lowest bed of this series that my collection of fossils was made last year. 
After passing round the first point and reaching a small bay beyond, a 
second fossiliferous bed comes in, which is about 100 feet higher in the 
vertical sequence than the fossiliferous bed first mentioned. This bed 
corresponds entirely with the fossiliferous deposit at Orakei Bay, Auckland, 
containing the same fossils, and being of precisely the same character ; and 
these beds pass up again into regularly stratified sandstones and marls, 
which continue until just before the far point is reached, where beds of 
consolidated sand come in with lignitiferous deposits and old timber partially 
carbonized.”’+ It thus appears that Orakei Bay fossils are also found 100 
feet above the bed which contains Pecten zittelli and P. fischeri mixed with 
miocene fossils ; and that there are no tufaceous beds in the locality. 

On the 80th June, 1881, Mr. Cox again reported on the position of the 
Orakei Bay beds. He followed them this time eastward towards Mareitai 
and found that at Turanga Creek they rested on a green “ concretionary 
tufaceous sandstone ”’ which is underlaid by clay marls and calcareous sand- 
stone.t His section shows the Waitemata series conformable to this green 
sandstone, but in his report he says that it is unconformable, and his map 
shows a decided unconformity between the two, as the Waitemata series is 
made to overstep the green sandstone and to lie on the older slates. I may 
remark that this map agrees closely with an unpublished one which I made 
in 1866, and which Mr. Cox had not seen. 

In October, 1883, Mr. A. McKay was sent to investigate the question. 
He reported in favour of Dr. Hector’s opinion that the Waitemata series 
consists of two distinct formations of different ages;§ and Dr. Hector in his 
Progress Report for the same year, in mentioning the coal at the Whau, 
speaks of ‘‘ the lower miocene series that overlie unconformably the ‘ Waite- 
mata beds’ of Hochstetter (taking the Orakei Bay beds as his type).”’|| Mr. 
McKay’s report however has not convinced me that Dr. Hector is right, and 
I wish to make a few remarks upon it. 

Mr. McKay mentions “ bands of soft marly sandstone, parted by beds of 
soft crumbling sandy marl of darker colour” as forming the beds at Point 
Britomart, which, he says, pass under the Parnell grit; and he describes 


* Reports of Geological Explorations, 1881, p. 27. t Lc., p. 23. t L.c., p. 95. 
§ Reports of Geological Explorations, 1883-84, p. 101. || U.¢., Ps ZVI. 


310 Transactions.— Geology). 


the beds above the Parnell grit at Parnell as “ yellowish sands and sandy 
clays easily distinguished from the beds underlying the grit bed,” and from 
this he concludes that ‘‘there is a marked distinction in the character of 
the beds overlying and underlying the Parnell grit.”* This statement I 
may be allowed to question. In 1866 I examined these rocks at the typical 
locality at Parnell and found that at the east point of St. George’s Bay the 
voleanic ash, called by Dr. Hector the Parnell grit—here about 15 feet 
thick—is overlaid by a bed of yellow sandstone above which comes a set of 
false bedded sandstones and shales. It is underlaid by another set of 
yellow sandstones and shales, also false bedded, below which is a greenish 
sandstone going down to low water-mark. At Resolution Point the Parnell 
grit, greatly reduced in thickness, rests on a thin bed of clay, below which 
is a thick stratum of yellow sandstone; the ash of the Parnell grit 
is much mixed with the clay, and the two beds are certainly quite con- 
formable. Above the Parnell grit comes a set of thin-bedded sandstones 
and clays, and on the west side of Hobson’s Bay these are seen to be covered 
by a thick stratum of clay. Thus in a distance of 600 yards the series, 
both above-and below the Parnell grit, has altogether changed its appear- 
ance. The rocks at Point Britomart do not contain any beds of marl, as 
stated by Mr. McKay, and they do not correspond exactly with the rocks 
either above or below the Parnell grit at Parnell, but are more like the 
beds above the Parnell grit in Hobson’s Bay. This, however, is a matter 
of little importance, for all the rocks of the Waitemata series are so local 
that lithological evidence cannot be trusted for correlating beds a few 
hundred yards apart, and I do not understand how Mr. McKay can, in 
the absence of fossils, ‘“‘ easily identify” the rocks north of Lake Takapuna 
with those underlying the Parnell grit at Parnell, which are five miles off. 
Again, Mr. McKay gives no stratigraphical evidence in favour of the 
Orakei Bay beds being older than the Parnell grit. He commences by as- 
suming, without giving any reason, that the beds at Point Britomart are 
the Orakei Bay beds, and then says that at St. George’s Bay they pass 
under the Parnell grit. Both these statements may, however, be ques- 
tioned. I will take the second first. On the east side of St. George’s Bay 


*l.c., p. 106. Mr. McKay also says that “ this is made perfectly clear by Mr. Cox in 
his report already cited.” Mr. Cox, however, says that the beds both above and below 
the Parnell grit are sandstones and sandy marls ‘‘ which occur throughout the series,” 
but the grit represents the commencement of the volcanic outburst which attained its 
greatest development near the Manukau Heads, the higher beds being notable for the 
great abundance of the volcanic material which is mixed with the sand and clay. So 
that, in the absence of volcanic ash, the upper and lower beds, according to Mr. Cox, 
cannot be distinguished. On page 27 of the same report Mr. Cox also says that the beds 
above the Parnell grit at St. George’s Bay have ‘a similar but more indurated character’ 
to the strata of Fort Britomart. 


Hurron.—On the Age of the Orakei Bay Beds. 311 


the Parnell grit dips southerly and reaches the sea-level some distance from 
the head of the bay, so that all the rocks at the head of the bay must lie 
above it. On the west side of the bay the Parnell grit is not seen ; and, in 
my opinion, it either thins out or passes below the Point Britomart beds. 
As, however, the section has two breaks, one in St. George’s Bay and the 
other in Mechanic’s Bay, nothing certain can be made out; but it is worthy 
of notice that the beds above the Parnell grit on the east side of St. George’s 
Bay contain plant remains, as also do those at Poimt Britomart. Next, 
with regard to Mr. McKay’s first statement: To the east of Parnell, be- 
tween Resolution Point and Hobson’s Point, there is a break across Hob- 
son’s Bay, a mile in length, in which nothing definite can be seen. It is, 
therefore, quite impossible for any one to say, from stratigraphical evidence, 
whether the beds at Hobson’s Point are above or below the horizon of the 
Parnell grit, and consequently whether they are or are not the equivalents 
of the Point Britomart beds. It is indeed probable that, on the whole, the 
rocks of the Waitemata series get younger to the westward ; but, although 
usually nearly horizontal, they are subject to strong local disturbances—as 
at Cape Horn, Freeman’s Bay, Wangaparoa, and Parnell,—and it is as 
likely as not that the very oldest beds in the series may have been brought 
up at Parnell. 

Neither can Mr. McKay produce any evidence of an unconformity below 
the Parnell grit. He says, ‘‘ Respecting the question of an unconformity 
between the Orakei Bay beds and the higher miocene rocks, I should submit 
that, when estuarine muds and soft sandstones are suddenly succeeded by 
coarse voleanic agglomerate, there is, by whatever degree the unconformity 
is measured, most surely unconformity to a certain extent; and when it is 
determined that the beds above and below belong to different groups of 
formations—e.g., the cretaceo-tertiary and the miocene—although no strati- 
graphical unconformity were apparent, the conclusion that there is such 
cannot be escaped.”* Accordingly in his section from ‘“‘ Auckland north to 
Wade’ he shows the Parnell grit highly unconformable to the underlying 
beds. The idea that an outbreak of volcanic energy must necessarily mark 
an unconformity may be passed over in silence; but if Mr. McKay had 

_proved that the two sets of beds belonged to two different formations of very 
different ages, then all would allow that an unconformity was probable 
although it might not be apparent. But this is just what Mr. McKay has 
not done. He recognizes the few fossils found north of Lake Takapuna, 
above a bed supposed to be the Parnell grit, as miocene, and says that they 
differ from those found at Orakei; but he makes no reference to the fact 
that Mr. Cox had found the Orakei fossils mixed with miocene shells at 


* L.c., p. 106, 


312 Transactions. — Geology. 


Komiti Point ; and he makes no attempt to prove that the Orakei Bay beds 
are of cretaceo-tertiary age. He certainly says that the Mercer beds, which 
are generally thought to be the equivalents of the Waitemata series, ‘‘ close 
the sequence of rocks succeeding the cretaceo-tertiary coal formation ;” but 
this is a pure assumption unsupported by any evidence and abandoned by 
Mr. Cox as disproved.* 

Mr. McKay also ignores altogether the opinion of the Kuropean palzon- 
tologists who have examined the fossils from Orakei Bay. Professor Rupert 
Jones examined the Foraminifera, and thought that they indicated a late 
tertiary period.+ In the Paleontology of the Voyage of the Novara Herr 
Karrer says that these Foraminifera are probably of the same age as the 
Vienna Basin—i.e. miocene,—and Dr. Stoliczka thinks that the Bryozoa 
indicate a miocene or perhaps older pliocene age; while Professor Martin 
Dunean thinks that the Orakei Bay beds are probably the equivalents of the 
Mount Gambier series of South Australia, which he calls middle cainozoie, t 
and which are considered by all Australian geologists to be miocene. So 
that four well-known paleontologists all agree that these beds are not older 
than miocene. 

The reason why the Orakei Bay beds were considered by the Geological 
Survey to be of cretaceo-tertiary age is stated by Mr. Cox. He says it was 
because Pecten zittelli and Pecten fischeri occurred in them; and he further 
says that ‘‘we have always considered P. zittelli to be a typical fossil in the 
cretaceo-tertiary series—indeed, to be almost confined to the Leda mazls ; 
and now to find it associated with a large number of Pareora fossils is apt 
to throw discredit on those fossils which we have considered as distinctive of 
any special horizon.”’§ But I am not aware that either of these species of 
Pecten has ever been found associated with cretaceous fossils. Both were de- 
scribed from rocks at Papakura, considered by Dr. Stache to be oligocene, and 
by Dr. Zittel to be eocene. P. zittelli also occurs at Cape Kidnappers|| in beds 
acknowledged both by Dr. Hector#’ and by Mr. McKay** to be miocene, and 
the finding of both species by Mr. Cox, in 1880, with acknowledged miocene 
fossils at Komiti Point, proved decisively that neither species can be taken 
as characteristic of cretaceo-tertiary rocks. 

But there is still another point altogether omitted in Mr. McKay’s report. 
If the ‘marly grits’ containing Orakei Bay fossils at Komiti Point belong to 


* Reports of Geological Explorations, 1881, p. 36. 
+ Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc., xvi., p. 251 (1860). 
} Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc., xxvi., p. 316 (1870). 
§ Reports of Geological Explorations, 1879-80, p. 17. 
|| Cat. Tertiary Mollusca of New Zealand, 1873, p. 32. 
4] Reports Geol. Exp., 1877-78, p. 190. 
** Rep. Geol. Exp., 1874-76, p. 49, and Rep. Geol. Exp., 1878-79, p. 70. 


Hurron.—On new Tertiary Shells. 318 


the Waipara System, what is the age of the ‘chalk-marls and hydraulic 
limestone” which underlie them unconformably ? These are also considered 
by Dr. Hector and Mr. McKay to be cretaceo-tertiary, and certainly they 
are not like any rocks in New Zealand that are older than the Waipara 
System. Again, if the Orakei beds belong to the Waipara System, what is 
the age of the green sandstones of Turanga and Papakura, which both Mr. 
Cox and myself have shown to underlie the Orakei Bay beds unconformably ? 
Dr. Zittel considered the Papakura series to be of eocene age, that is, to 
belong to the Oamaru System, and if this be correct the Waitemata series 
must belong to the Pareora System. This conclusion is quite in accordance 
with the evidence, both stratigraphical and paleontological, at Komiti Point, 
and at Mahurangi, and is not contradicted by the fact that the Mercer beds 
are apparently conformable to the underlying marls, for it is quite possible 
that two systems may be conformable at one place although unconformable 
at other places. 

It appears then (1.) That there is no evidence that the Orakei Bay beds 
are older than the Parnell grit; they may or may not be so; (2.) That 
there is no evidence of any unconformity in the Waitemata series between 
Auckland and the Tamaki; and (3.) That the evidence, both stratigraphical 
and paleontological, is altogether in favour of the Orakei Bay beds belonging 
to the Pareora System. 


Art. XL.—Descriptions of new Tertiary Shells. Parr I. 
By Caprain F. W. Hurton, F.G.S. 
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 27th November, 1884.] 
Plate XVIII. 
Durine the past year I have received several collections of fossils from Mr. 
8. H. Drew, of Wanganui, and from Mr. A. Hamilton, of Petane, near 
Napier, and I now offer descriptions of the new species so far as I have 
made them out. There are, in addition, a few species which, although not 
known in New Zealand, are living in Australia or Polynesia, e.g. Drillia 
alabaster, Reeve. 
Ringicula wuniplicata. 

Shell minute, ovate, transversely finely striated. Whorls 4, those of 
the spire small and smooth. Aperture narrow, obliquely notched in front ; 
the outer lip thickened, varicose; columella with a strong anterior plication. 

Length, :08 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 


314 Transactions. — Geology. 


Oliva neozelanica. Pl. xviil., fig 1. 

Shell oblong, the spire acuminate, of 4-5 whorls, each of which has an 
anterior callous band covering nearly half the whorl: suture excavated. 
Aperture narrow, the columella twisted and with four or five spiral grooves 
anteriorly. 

Length, 1:5 inch; breadth, -68 inch. 

Locality. Patea. 

Perhaps the same as O. australis, Duclos. 

Columbella varians. Pl. xvii., fig. 2. 

Shell oblong, the spire prominent and acute. Whorls 7, flattened, 
spirally grooved. Grooves variable, sometimes only one on the anterior 
half of the whorl, sometimes several are equally distributed all over ; 
generally there is a smooth band without grooves on each whorl; some- 
times the spire whorls are quite smooth or with one or two grooves only. 
Suture deep. Aperture less than half the length of the shell, oval with the 
right lip flattened ; the posterior canal well marked ; columella smooth and 
rounded; the anterior canal very short; right lip toothed within. 

Length, *87 inch; breadth, ‘15 inch. Length of aperture, -14 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 

A variety occurs at Wanganui in which the whorls are longitudinally 
plicated. 

Columbella pisaniopsis. 

Shell fusiform, the spire produced and sharp. Whorls 7; the two first 
embryonic, smooth, polished ; the others rounded, rather gibbous behind, 
and with rather close spiral ribs. Spire whorls and posterior portion of the 
body whorl with regular, but not strong, longitudinal plications. There are 
eighteen or twenty longitudinal plice on a whorl. The penultimate whorl 
has 7 or 8 spiral ribs, the body whorl has from 16 to 20. Suture well 
marked. Aperture narrow, roundly angled behind; the right lip sharp, 
toothed inside ; the columella smooth. 

Length, -38 inch ; breadth, -17 inch. Length of aperture, ‘15 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

Columbella cancellaria. 

Shell fusiform, the spire produced and sharp. Whorls 6 or 7, the first 
two embryonic, polished; the others slightly rounded and with strong 
spiral ribs crossed by longitudinal ribs which are not so strong as the spiral 
ones, dividing the surface into squares. There are 5 spiral ribs on the 
penultimate whorl, and about 15 on the body whorl; the grooves are 
rather broader than the ribs, and are longitudinally striated. The longi- 
tudinal ribs die away anteriorly on the body whorl. Suture well marked. 
Aperture narrow; the outer lip sharp, but thickened and toothed inside ; 
the columella smooth. 


Hurron.—On new Tertiary Shells. 315 


Length, -5 inch ; breadth, -17 inch. Length of aperture, :25 inch. 
Locality. Petane. 
Turricula planata. Pl. xviii, fig. 3. 

Shell ovato-fusiform, the spire acute, but not so long as the body whorl. 
Whorls 7, the first 14 embryonic, translucent, polished ; the others flattened, 
distantly longitudinally ribbed and obscurely spirally striated. About 12 
or 18 ribs in a whorl. Aperture narrow, the right lip not thickened ; 
columella with four plaits. 

Length, °56 inch; breadth, :24 inch. Aperture, :29 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Related to 7’. microzonias, Lam. 

Turricula marginata. Pl. xvii, fig. 4. 

Shell ovato-conical; the spire acute, longer than the body whorl. 
Whorls 64, the first 14 embryonic, smooth, polished; the next 4 or 5 with 
about 14 longitudinal ribs on each whorl, which are crossed by fine spiral 
strie. Suture margined. Body whorl finely spirally striated with obsolete 
longitudinal ribs. Aperture narrow, contracted in front; the columella 
with four plaits. 

Length, :3 inch; breadth, :1 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Siphonalia (?) cingulata. 

Shell small, rather thin, fusiform, the spire acute but shorter than the 
body whorl, not nodose nor ribbed. Whorls 5, the first two embryonic, 
smooth, usually sharply-shouldered; the others rounded, finely spirally 
striated and delicately marked with growth-lines. Suture impressed. 
Aperture oval, the right lip thin ; anterior canal short, nearly straight. 

Length, ‘55 inch ; breadth, °25 inch. Aperture, 32 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

A distinct species which should, perhaps, be placed in a new genus. 

Cominella elongata. Pl. xviii., fig. 5. 

Shell elongated, the spire acute and much longer than the aperture. 
Whorls 8, the first 24 embryonic, polished ; the next 3 or 4 with about 10 
or 11 longitudinal ribs ; the rest smooth. The spiral sculpture is five spiral 
lines, and, after the fourth or fifth whorl, some distant shallow grooves, of 
which there are about 9 on the body whorl. Aperture ovate, the posterior 
canal small but well marked; the anterior end deeply notched. 

Length, 1:25; breadth, °5 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Terebra costata. Pl. xviil., fig. 6. 

Shell turreted, smooth, polished, rather thick. Whorls 10-12; the 

first 24 embryonic ; the others longitudinally ribbed; about 11-15 ribs on 


316 Transactions. —Geology. 


a whorl. Suture well marked. No posterior band on the whorls. Aperture 
ovate ; the columella twisted, produced into a short nearly straight canal. 
No posterior sinus. 

Length, °58 inch; breadth -15 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Distinguished from T. tristis by the stronger and smaller number of the 
longitudinal ribs. 

Clathurella hamilton. Pl. xviii., fig. 7. 

Shell ovato-fusiform. Whorls 7-8, rather shouldered behind; the first 
24 embryonic, smooth; the others strongly longitudinally ribbed and 
crossed with fine spiral lire. There are about 12-15 rounded, longitudinal 
ribs in a whorl, and the spiral lire are small and close set. Aperture ovate, 
rather angled behind; posterior sinus obsolete; the anterior end deeply 
notched ; inner lip reflected over the columella. 

Length, :65 inch; breadth, -83 inch. Length of aperture, *25 inch. 

Locality. Petane. A small variety is also found at Wanganui. 

Clathurella dictyota. Pl. xviu., fig. 8. 

Shell minute, elongato-fusiform. Whorls 6, the first two embryonic ; 
the others slightly angled and cancellated. Longitudinal ribs narrow and 
distant, about eleven in a whorl. Spire whorls with three strong distant 
spiral ribs, the interstices finely spirally striated ; body whorl with about 9 
spiral ribs, the posterior three larger, and alternating with a small rib 
between each, as well as the spiral striae. Aperture oval, nearly half the 
length of the shell; posterior sinus broad and shallow; anterior canal 
moderate. 

Length, :23 inch; breadth, -1 inch. Aperture, :11 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 

This species approaches C. owyclathrus, Martens, but the spiral ribs are 
fewer and further apart. 

Clathurella abnormis. 

Shell minute, mitriform, the spire produced and acute. Whorls 64, the 
first 14 embryonic, polished; the others angled, strongly longitudinally 
costate and delicately spirally lined. There are eleven longitudinal ribs on 
a whorl, which are crossed by three or four spiral threads in front of the 
angle, none behind it. On the body whorl, the spiral threads in front of 
the angle are about 12, some of which are stronger than others. Aperture 
linear ; the right lip rather thick but not grooved; a posterior shallow sinus 
above the angle ; columella smooth. 

Length, ‘2inch; breadth, ‘08 inch. Aperture, ‘09 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 


Hurton.—On new Tertiary Shells. 317 


Clathurella (?) newilis. Pl. xvii, fig. 9. 

Shell minute, fusiform, cancellated. Whorls 6, the two first embryonic, 
polished ; the others angled. Those of the spire with a prominent spiral 
keel crossed by rather oblique and rather distant spiral threads, forming an 
obtuse angle on the keel. Suture margined. Body whorl with 8 or 9 
spiral ribs, the first and third larger than the others; all after the sixth very 
close together on the canal ; these are crossed by rather distant longitudinal 
lines which form a very obtuse angle on the first spiral rib or keel ; aperture 
less than half the length of the shell, rather constricted and angled behind ; 
columella straight, produced into a short canal. 

Length, :17 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 

Apparently near to C. tricarinata, Val., perhaps it should be considered 
as a species of Drillia. 

Daphnella protensa. 

Shell elongato-fusiform, with the spire longer than the body whorl, 
rather thin. Whorls 7, the first 21 embryonic; the others ornamented with 
delicate spiral threads crossed by growth-lines ; those of the spire rounded 
more or less longitudinally plicated; about 15 plications ina whorl. Suture 
well marked. Aperture oval, the anterior canal broad and short; posterior 
sinus small but well marked and giving rise to a series of curved growth- 
lines on the posterior portion of each whorl. 

Length, 33 inch; breadth, -1 inch. Aperture, ‘15 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

Daphnella lacunosa. 

Shell minute, sub-fusiform. Whorls 5, the first two embryonic, polished ; 
the others slightly rounded, with strong spiral ribs at equal distances. Spire 
whorls with 3, body whorl with 10 or 12 of these ribs; the grooves are rather 
broader than the ribs and are smooth or very slightly longitudinally striated. 
Suture well marked. Aperture ovate, about half the length of the shell ; 
the posterior sinus obsolete: anterior canal short ; outer lip thin. 

Length, :18 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Vatica (Ampullina) levis. Pl. xvui., fig. 10. 

Shell sub-globose, transverse, smooth, without any spiral markings. 
Whorls 4, the two first polished. Aperture broadly ovate, rounded in front; 
columella curved, the callus covering the umbilicus. 

Length, -78 inch; breadth, ‘9 inch. Aperture, length, -67 inch; 
breadth, -5 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 


318 Transactions. —Geology. 


Sigaretus undulatus. Pl. xviii., fig. 11. 

Shell sub-globose, smooth, ornamented with delicate, close, undulating 
spiral lines. Whorls 44, the first 24 polished. Aperture ovate, produced 
anteriorly ; columella curved, the callus completely covermg up the 
umbilicus. 

Length, ‘82 inch; breadth, 82 inch. Aperture, length, :65 inch; 
breadth, °47 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 

Sigaretus (Naticina) cinctus. Pl. xviii, fig. 12. 

Shell globoso-ovate, smooth, closely spirally grooved, the grooves 
shallow. Whorls 44, the first three without spiral markings. Suture ex- 
eavated. Aperture oblong; columella nearly straight; umbilicus widely 
open. 

Length, ‘6 inch; breadth, :55inch. Aperture, length, -5 inch; breadth, 
‘28 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Eulima micans. 

Shell minute, subulate, highly polished, slightly curved to the right. 
Whorls 6, flattened, suture almost obliterated, enamelled. Aperture oval, 
rounded in front and pointed behind, the columella curved. 

Length, :14 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Julima media. Pl. xviil., fig. 13. 

Shell minute, slightly polished, straight. Whorls 6 or 7, slightly convex, 
smooth, without any markings; suture impressed. Aperture ovate rounded 
in front but not pointed behind; columella curved to the right. Not um- 
bilicated. 

Length, :14 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Doubtfully located; should perhaps be placed in Hulimella. 

EHulimella deplexa. 

Shell minute, slightly polished, straight. Whorls 6-7, flattened, smooth, 
without any markings; suture impressed. Aperture sub-quadrate; columella 
straight, callously reflected over the umbilical region. 

Length, ‘14 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Hulimella obliqua. 

Shell minute, smooth, almost polished, slightly curved to the right. 
Whorls 7 or 8, the last slightly keeled in the middle; suture rather obscure. 
Aperture sub-quadrate, pointed behind; columella straight and parallel 
with the outer lip. 


Hurron.—On new Tertiary Shells. 319 


Length °18 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

Aclis costellata. Pl, xviti., fig. 14. 

Shell minute, subulate. Whorls 6, rounded; the first two smooth and 
polished, the rest spirally grooved. Spire whorls with the two posterior 
spiral grooves deeper and broader than the others, and the rib between 
them raised higher; crossed by delicate longitudinal plications. Body 
whorl like those of the spire; the whole of the base very finely spirally 
grooved. Suture well marked. Aperture ovate, less than half the length 
of the shell; columella arched; umbilicus covered. 

Length, :13 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Odostomia sulcata. Pl. xvii., fig 15. 

Shell large, ovato-elongate, spirally grooved, the spire slightly gradated. 
Whorls 8, flattened; those of the spire with 5 to 7 narrow grooves crossed 
by longitudinal growth-lines; body whorl with 18 to 20 grooves, the anterior 
of which are sometimes closer than the posterior. Suture impressed. 
Aperture ovate, pointed behind ; columella with a single, posterior, oblique 
fold, almost or quite covering the umbilicus. 

Length, :62 to 1:0 inch; breadth, :34 to °48 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

The form of this shell is very variable ; the length is from 2 to 23 times 
the breadth. . 

Odostomia georgiana. Pl. xvii., fig 16. 

Shell rather elongated, shining. Whorls 10, flattened, polished, irregu- 
larly longitudinally marked, but without any spiral sculpture; body 
whorl very obtusely keeled. Suture impressed. Aperture oval, pointed 
behind; columella with a single deep, posterior, oblique fold, nearly or 
quite covering the umbilicus. 

Length, :58 inch ; breadth, -22 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Named after Mr 8. H. Drew’s son, an indefatigable collector. 

Odostomia (Parthenia) plicata. Pl. xvii, fig 17. 

Shell minute, ovato-elongated, longitudinally plicated. Whorls 6, 
flattened, irregularly longitudinally, rather strongly, plicated on the posterior 
half only ; the anterior half of the body whorl smooth; the whole shell 
faintly spirally striated. Suture impressed. Aperture ovate; columella 
with a single, rather strong, fold; the umbilicus covered. 

Length, :12 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 


820 Transactions. —Geology. 


Odostomia (Pyramis) fasciata. 

Shell minute, ovato-elongated, faintly spirally striated. Whovrls 5, the 
first rounded and polished, the rest flattened ; those of the spire with three 
shallow spiral grooves at the posterior end, a broad smooth band in the 
centre and a single spiral groove at the anterior end. Body whorl with 
numerous spiral grooves in front of the smooth band. Suture impressed. 
Aperture ovate; columella with a single nearly obsolete fold; umbilicus 
open. 

Length, ‘14 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Cancellaria lacunosa. 

Shell ovato-fusiform, not umbilicated, the spire produced. Whorls 6, 
the first two embryonic; the others rounded, spirally ribbed and longitu- 
dinally plicated. Spiral ribs three on the spire whorls, and seven or eight 
on the body whorl, with fine spiral threads between them. Longitudinal 
plications numerous and rather oblique, about 15 in a whorl. Aperture 
broadly ovate; columella with three strong folds ; no anterior notch ; outer 
lip acute. 

Length, -48 inch ; breadth, :86 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

Admete (?) ambigua. Pl. xviii., fig. 18. 

Shell minute, ovate, perforated, spirally striated. Whorls 4, the first 
two smooth, the others rather convex, spirally grooved, about 18 or 20 
grooves on the body whorl. Suture well marked. Aperture ovate, more 
than half the length of the shell; columella smooth, rather produced in 
front, not covering the umbilicus. 

Length, :08 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Turritella (Fglisia) planostoma. Pl. xviii., fig. 19. 

Shell minute, turreted. Whorls 8 or 9, flattened, the anterior portion 
concave, smooth. Spire whorls with four strong, equal, spiral ribs. Body 
whorl with five or six spiral ribs and a smooth base. Suture well marked. 
Aperture ovate, flattened anteriorly, and the outer lip rather straight. 

Length, :2 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 

Rissoa emarginata. Pl. xvii., fig. 20. 

Shell minute, ovato-conical, smooth, polished, very delicately spirally 
striated. Whorls 6, flattened, the two first very small and smooth. Suture 
obscure. Aperture ovate, the peristome continuous; slightly notched an- 
teriorly. 

Length, :08 inch, 


EWHutton @el 


Hurron.—On new Tertiary Shells. B21 


Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 

Rissoa semisulcata. 

Shell minute, pupiform, thick. Whorls 5, flattened; the first three or 
four smooth ; the last, or the two last, smooth anteriorly, but with four 
shallow but well marked spiral grooves on the posterior half. Suture 
distinct. Aperture roundly ovate, not notched anteriorly ; peristome con- 
tinuous. 

Length, *1 inch. 

Locality, Wanganui. 

Rissoa rugosa. 

Shell robust, pupiform, roughish. Whorls 6 or 7; the first 14 polished, 
the others of the spire longitudinally plicated with one spiral rib and a 
sulcus behind and two in front of the plications; plications more or less 
nodulose. Body whorl sometimes not longitudinally plicated, the posterior 
half with about 8 spiral ribs, the anterior half smooth. Aperture broadly 

_ ovate, the peritreme continuous and rather patulous. 

Length, :17 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

Rissoa impressa. 

Shell small, pupiform. Whorls 5, the two first smooth; the others 
longitudinally plicated; base of the body whorl smooth; a single spiral 
groove just below the suture, which is margined. Aperture broadly ovate ; 
peritreme continuous and rather patulous. 

Length, ‘08 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

Rissoa gradata. PI. xviii., fig. 21. 

Shell small, ovate, cancellated. Whorls 5, gradated; the two first 
smooth and polished; the others longitudinally and spirally ribbed. 
Longitudinal ribs about 15 in a whorl. Spirals—a posterior one near the 
angle, and two anterior ones with a smooth band between. On the body 

whorl there are about 7 spirals in front of the smooth band and the longitu- 
dinals become obsolete. Suture impressed. Aperture roundly ovate, not 
notched in front ; peritreme continuous. 

Length, -1 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 

Scalaria nympha. 

Shell small, turreted. Whorls slightly rounded, very finely spirally 
striated and longitudinally ribbed. About 18 or 20 ribs and one or two 
varices in each whorl. Suture impressed. Body whorl keeled anteriorly, all 
the longitudinal ribs ending abruptly at the keel ; the base slightly concave 
and smooth below the keel. Aperture sub-rotund. 

21 . 


822 Transactions,—Geology. 


Length, ‘3 inch (?, specimen broken) ; breadth, :12 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

Scalaria corulum. Pl. xviii, fig. 22. 

Shell minute, ovate, slightly perforated. Whorls 5, very convex, the 
two first smooth, the others longitudinally ribbed; about 22 to 24 ribs in a 
whorl; the interstices finely spirally lined; suture deep ; body whorl rounded, 
Aperture roundly ovate, the peritreme continuous, 

Leugth, :06 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Zizyphinus ponderosus. 

Shell large, solid. Whorls 5 or 6, flattened, the periphery roundly 
angled; with distant smooth spiral ribs, which are closer together on the 
posterior part of the whorls; suture distinct; base with about 12 fine spiral 
ribs. Aperture rhomboidal, the umbilical callus large. 

Length, 1:4 inch; breadth, 1-7 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. ' 

Differs from 4. decarinatus by the periphery being more rounded, the 
base not so flattened, and the umbilical callus larger, as well as in the 
whole shell being much thicker. 

Hemimactra crassa. 

Shell trigonal, sometimes nearly as high as long, massive, inequilateral, 
rather rudely concentrically striated. Anterior dorsal margin straight, or 
slightly concave; posterior dorsal margin slightly convex, larger than the 
anterior margin, the posterior slope barely keeled; ventral margin curved. 
Left valve with a single strong elongated lateral tooth on each side. Right 
valve (?). Pallial sinus very shallow and rounded. 

Length, 1:6 inch ; height, 1:4 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Tellina angulata. 

Shell ovato-trigonal, transverse, compressed, inequilateral, anterior end 
longer, regularly concentrically grooved. Posterior end truncated, and with 
a well marked fold on the left valve. Anterior dorsal margin convex, the 
posterior dorsal margin slightly concave, ventral margin rounded in front 
and flattened behind. Right valve with two cardinals, the anterior bifid. 
Left valve with two cardinals, the posterior bifid. Posterior laterals obsolete. 

Length, 1:3 inch; height, :85 inch; thickness, °35 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Tellina retiaria. 

Shell ovato-trigonal, compressed, sub-equilateral, the anterior end shorter, 
finely and rather distantly concentrically lamellated, and decussated with 
radiating lines. Posterior fold obsolete, Anterior dorsal margin slightly 


Hurron.—On new Tertiary Shells. 328 


convex, the posterior also slightly convex, ventral margin rounded. Left 
valve with two cardinal teeth, the anterior bifid; posterior lateral tooth 
small, the anterior one obsolete. Right valve (?). 

Length, :58 inch; height, °46 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui. 

Kellia robusta. 

Shell orbiculo-triangular, nearly as high as long, compressed, nearly 
equilateral, very delicately regularly concentrically striated. Anterior and 
posterior dorsal margins nearly straight, sub-equal, the anterior rather the 
steeper ; ventral margin and both ends rounded. Right valve with a lateral 
tooth on each side, both of which are nearly parallel with the margin. 
Anterior tooth the stronger of the two. 

Length, :12 inch; height, :11 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

Kellia effossa. 

Shell oblongo-triangular, nearly equilateral, rather swollen, rather 
coarsely irregularly concentrically striated. Anterior dorsal margin rather 
concave, the posterior one rather convex, ventral margin flattened, the two 
ends rounded. Right valve with a lateral tooth on each side and a flattened 
concave portion in the centre ; posterior lateral sharp and nearly parallel to 
the margin; the anterior thickened and curved inward forming a deepish 
pit between it and the dorsal margin. Left valve with a lateral tooth on 
each side and a cardinal tooth in the centre, sloping backward. 

Length, :13 inch; breadth, :1 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

Loripes concinna. 

Shell small, sub-orbicular, the umbos turned forward, truncated behind, 
compressed, regularly very finely concentrically grooved. Anterior dorsal 
margin hollowed under the umbo, then convex; posterior dorsal margin 
slightly convex, descending suddenly near the posterior end; anterior end 
sometimes slightly undulated; ventral margin rounded. Lunule lanceolate. 
Anterior adductor impression elongated. Teeth: right valve one cardinal, 
the posterior lateral obsolete; left valve with two diverging cardinals, the 
laterals obsolete. 

Length, °3 inch; height, -27 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 

Mysia ampla. 

Shell sub-orbicular, rather thick, concentrically striated; posterior 
dorsal margin slightly concave, the anterior dorsal margin slightly arched. 
Interior rough, slightly radially striated, the adductor impressions and 
pallial line well marked. Hinge moderate; left valve with two diverging 
cardinal teeth, the anterior of which is grooved ; lateral teeth obsolete. 


324 Transactions. —Geology, 


Length, 1:55 inch; height, 1:47 inch. 
Locality, Wanganui. 
Mytilicardia trigonopsis. 

Shell small, higher than long, strongly radiately ribbed. Ribs ten, 
nodular, the interstices strongly concentrically striated. Anterior margin 
straight, long ; posterior dorsal margin straight, short, then suddenly bent 
down ; ventral margin regularly curved. 

Length, :18 inch; height, -15 inch. 

Locality. Wanganui and Petane. 

: Anomia undata. 
Placunomia, sp. ind., Cat. Tert. Moll. of N.Z. (1873), p. 34. 

Shell broadly oval, transverse. Upper, or left, valve thin, rather in- 
flated, the surface gently rather regularly waved; the undulations take 
different directions on different shells, but are more or less parallel on the 
same individual. Muscular impressions three, confluent, forming a long 
oval mark sloping from before the umbo to the centre of the shell; the 
upper one the largest, the other two sub-equal. 

Length, :83 inch ; breadth, :7 inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 
. Oliva neozelanica. 
. Columbella varians. 
. Turricula planata. 
. Turricula marginata. 
. Cominella elongata. 
. Terebra costata. 
. Clathurella hamiltoni. 
. Clathurella dictyota. 
. Clathurella nexilis. 


omnrNaoar wd 


a 
So 


. Natica leevis. 
. Sigaretus undulatus. 
. Sigaretus cinctus. 


mp ee 
w pp 


. Kulima media. 


— 
He 


. Aclis costellata. 


= 
On 


. Odostomia sulcata. 


a 
ler) 


. Odostomia georgiana. 


e 
~J 


. Odostomia plicata. 


- 
@ 


. Admete ambigua. 


= 
Ve) 


. Turritella planostoma. 
20. Rissoa emarginata. 


bo 
ra 


. Rissoa gradata. 


i) 
bo 


. Scalaria corulum. 


Hurron.—On new Tertiary Shells. 825 


Parr II. 
~ (Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1885.} 
Tue following new species are chiefly from the collection in the Canterbury 
Museum, which Dr. von Haast very kindly allowed me to examine. But I 
have also added a few which I obtained in the Hawke’s Bay Districi last 
January. 
Tornatellina ovalis. 

Shell ovate rather thin, spirally grooved ; whorls 5, rounded ; the two 
first smooth, the others with smooth spiral ribs much broader than the 
grooves, which are longitudinally striated; ribs about 16 on the body 
whorl, and 6 or 7 on the penultimate whorl. Aperture ovate, pointed 
behind ; columella with a single strong, sharp, fold about half-way up. 

Length, :17 inch; breadth, :08 inch. 

Locality. White Rock River. 

Anecillaria lata. 

Shell broad, tapering anteriorly; the spire short and obtuse, covered 
with a large callus extending over the posterior portion of the body whorl. 
The rest as in A. australis. 

Length, 1:65 inch ; breadth, :9 inch. 

Locality. Petane and Wanganui. 

Distinguished from australis by its greater breadth and obtuse spire, 
but there are intermediate varieties. A. hebera, with which it has been 
confounded, differs in having the sides nearly parallel and the spire 
longer. 

Voluta aculeata. 

Shell small, fusiform, the spire produced, acute ; whorls 6 (?), longitu- 
dinally ribbed, the posterior end of each rib rising into a sharp tubercle 
pointing outwards; ribs low, rounded, 8 in a whorl; suture covered up. 
Aperture rather narrow, the outer lip not reflexed; columella with four 
plaits. 

Length, ‘8 inch; breadth, :33 inch. 

Locality. White Rock River. 

Voluta kirkii, v. kirki, Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll., p. 7, 1873. 

Shell ovato-fusiform ; spiral short, acute, the whorls smooth; body 
whorl longitudinally subplicate, rounded at the shoulder and narrowing 
anteriorly ; the plications rising into a row of tubercles below the shoulder ; 
there are 8 or 9 in a whorl. Aperture moderate, with a posterior callus. 
Columella plaits not seen. 

Length, 3°5 inch; breadth, 2:0 inch. Length of aperture, 2°6 inch, 

Locality. Porter River. 


326 Transactions.— Geology. 


Mitra inconspicua. 

Shell fusiform, tapering nearly equally towards both ends from about 
the middle; quite smooth. Whorls 6-7, rather flattened, but the suture is 
well marked. Aperture narrow, produced anteriorly into a short canal, 
which is very faintly spirally striated; columella plaits four, subequal and 
equidistant. 

Length, °65 inch; breadth, -28 inch. 

Locality. Mount Harris and Waihao greensands. 

Much like M. grenlandica, Gray, but narrower anteriorly. 

Turricula lincta. 

Shell minute, fusiform, broadest in the middle, smooth and shining. 
Whorls 6, the two first embryonic, the others angled; those of the spire 
with numerous small longitudinal nodules, which get smaller and disappear 
altogether on the body whorl. Suture covered. Posterior portion of the 
whorls slightly concave. Body whorl spirally striated at the anterior end. 
Aperture narrow ; columella with four plaits, the anterior one being very 
small. 

Length, :2.inch. 

Locality. Petane. 

Stiphonalia orbita. 

Shell fusiform, spire produced, acute. Whorls 8, the first 24 embryonic, 
the others with distant strong spiral ribs. Spire whorls shouldered and 
slightly longitudinally plicated, marked with growth-lines and with 3 or 
4 spiral ribs; the space above the shoulder without any spiral ribs, 
slightly concave, overlapping the suture. Body whorl rounded, with about 
14 spiral ribs, which are flattened and narrower than the grooves. Aperture 
oval ; anterior canal moderate, slightly recurved. 

Length, 1°45 inch ; breadth, :75 inch. 

Locality. Greta, Canterbury. 

Like mandarina in shape, but distinguished by the regular distant spiral 
ribs. 

Pisania media. 

Shell fusiform, spire acute, without longitudinal ribs. Whorls 7, the 
first two embryonic, polished; the others finely spirally ribbed; about 14 
of these ribs on the penultimate whorl just above the mouth; suture well 
matked. Aperture ovate; canal short. 

Length, 1:0 inch; breadth, -45 inch. 

Locality. Waikari; Pareora; and White Rock River. 

Of the same shape as P. lineata. It is more strongly spirally marked 
than P. striata and less so than P. drewit; the latter having only about 6 or 
7 spiral ribs on the penultimate whorl above the mouth. 


Hurron.—On new Tertiary Shells. 327 


Nassa (Tritiaria) cingulata. 

Shell elongato-ovate, the spire produced, acute. Whorls 74, the first 
two embryonic, the others rounded, spirally and longitudinally ribbed ; 
about 6 spiral ribs on the spire whorls and 12-14 on the body whorl; about 
18 longitudinal ribs on a whorl: some of the spiral ribs are double. Aper- 
ture ovate; a small posterior sinus; anterior canal very short and re- 
curved ; columella and right lip smooth; callus on inner lip small but 
defined. 

Length, 1:05 inch; breadth, -47 inch. Aperture, °42 inch. 

Locality. Greta, Canterbury. 

Perhaps a Cominella. 

Conwnella monilifera. 

Shell small, ovate, the spire rather short. Whorls 5-6, the first two 
embryonic, the others longitudinally and spirally ribbed ; about 14 longitu- 
dinal low ribs on the body whorl, the intervals as broad as the ribs ; 11-12 
spiral ribs on the body whorl, close, making the longitudinal ribs nodulose ; 
posterior portion of the whorls concave, covering the suture. Aperture 
ovate, the posterior canal strongly marked; anterior canal quite short; 
outer lip thickened, toothed inside. 

Length, ‘68 inch; breadth, -44 inch. 

Locality. Shepherd’s Hut, Watpara. 

Terebra biplex. 

Shell turreted ; whorls 9 or 10, flattened, longitudinally ribbed ; ribs 13 
in a whorl, sharp, straight or slightly curved, usually higher at each end 
than in the middle, especially on the anterior whorls of the shell; on the 
body whorl they end suddenly at the shoulder. Aperture oval; a posterior 
sinus apparent ; anterior canal short, not much twisted. 

Length, -7 inch; breadth, -2 inch. 

Locality. Pareora. 

Differs from other New Zealand species in the shouldered whorls and 
peculiar ribs. 


4 


Clathurella cincta. 

Shell fusiform, the spire produced and acute. Whorls 7-8, rounded, the 
first two smooth, the others longitudinally plicated and spirally ribbed ; 
plications low, about 10 in a whorl; spiral ribs strong, distant, narrow, 5 
on the penultimate whorl, of which the two posterior are smaller. On the 
body whorl there are 16-18, some of which are alternately larger and 
smaller ; suture well marked. Aperture ovate, produced into a short an- 
terior canal. 

Length, °35 inch ; breadth, -15 inch. 

Locality, White Rock River, 


328 Transactions.— Geology. 


Clathurella rudis. 

Shell fusiform. Whorls 7, convex, with large, rounded, longitudinal 
ribs, which are broader than the interstices; there are 9 on a whorl, rising 
abruptly at the posterior end and dying away anteriorly ; those of the body 
whorl scarcely reaching half its length. Spiral ribs weak, about as broad 
as the interstices, 9 on the spire whorls and 20-25 on the body whorl. Aper- 
ture ovate, produced into a short anterior canal. 

Length, -48 inch; breadth, -22 inch. Aperture, ‘22 inch. 

Locality. Waihao, in green-sand. 

| Clathurella leptosoma. 

Shell small, elongato-fusiform, the spire produced and acute. Whorls 
6-7, the first two smooth, the third spirally striated, the others longitu- 
dinally ribbed and spirally striated; all the whorls after the third slightly 
angled. On the body whorl the longitudinal ribs are obsolete; spire 
whorls with two strong spiral strize and other smaller ones; body whorl 
' with the two strong spiral striz followed by about 20 small ones, regular 
and equidistant. Aperture narrow, angled behind, produced anteriorly into 
a short canal. 

Length, ‘25 inch ; breadth, :08 inch. 

Locality. White Rock River. 

Clathurella incisa. 

Shell fusiform. Whorls 6-7, rounded, the first two embryonic, the 
others longitudinally plicated and strongly spirally ribbed. Longitudinal 
plications 16 in a whorl; spiral ribs 9 on the penultimate, and 18 on the 
body whorl; posterior spiral ribs about their own breadth apart, but the 
four anterior ones on the body whorl further apart. Aperture ovate, pro- 
duced into a short anterior canal. 

Length, -8 inch ; breadth, :42 inch. 

Locality. Te Aute, Hawke’s Bay. Collected by Mr. A. Hamilton. 

Spiral ribs much stronger than in C. hamiltont. 

Cassis senex. 
Struthiolaria senex, Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll. of N.Z., p. 11. 
Purpura excursa, Hutton, l.c., p. 6 (1878). 

An excellent specimen from Pareora shows that this species is a Cassis. 
The inner lip has a large callus and is slightly rugose in front. The whole 
shell is finely spirally striated, and there is sometimes a third row of 
nodules on the body whorl. There are 12-17 nodules in a row on each 
whorl. 

Cerithium bicorona. 

Shell subulate. Whorls flattened, spirally striated, the posterior half 

with two rows of longitudinally elongated nodules, of which there are about 


Hurron.—On new Tertiary Shells. 829 


19 or 20 in a whorl, the whole crossed by growth-lines. Aperture, appa- 
rently, ovate, produced anteriorly into a well-marked and much-twisted 
canal. 

Length, (?); breadth, :27 inch. 

Locality. Tutaekuri River, Hawke’s Bay. Collected by Mr. Winkle- 
man. 

A fragment only, but so well marked as to deserve description. 

Struthiolaria obesa. 

Shell globoso-ovate, smooth or finely spirally striated. Whorls 5-6, 
convex, the suture covered. Body whorl inflated, very slightly flattened 
in the middle. Aperture broadly ovate; columella much bent, and with a 
large callus extending to the posterior end of the aperture ; outer lip thick, 
reflexed, slightly produced in the middle. 

Length, 1:75 inch; breadth, 1-4 inch. 

Locality. Shepherd’s Hut, Waipara. 

Struthiolaria frazert. 

Shell large, elongated, spirally grooved. Whorls 6-7, keeled and flat- 
tened laterally so that the spire is distinctly gradated. Usually a row of 
small tubercles on the keel, about 10 on a whorl. On both sides of the 
keel the whorls are deeply spirally grooved ; three or four grooves behind 
the keel, and four or five in front of it, on the spire whorls. Body 
whorl with about ten spiral grooves in front of the keel; the anterior part 
of the shell is spirally striated only. Aperture ovate; inner lip with a 
large continuous callus, the columella slightly bent ; outer lip reflexed, pro- 
duced in the middle. 

Length, 3:0 inch; breadth, 1:8 inch. 

Locality. Kikowheru Creek, Hawke’s Bay. 

This species has been thus named by Dr. Hector. 

Trochita alta. 

Shell sub-circular, conical, high. Apex sub-centyral. 

Height, ‘65 inch ; diameter, 1:0 inch. 

Locality. Kikowheru Creek, Hawke’s Bay. 

Distinguished from J’. scutwm by its great height; but intermediate 
forms occur. 

Figlisia striolata. 

Shell minute turreted. Whorls 8, rounded, the suture deeply impressed, 
delicately spirally striated ; two of the striations usually more prominent 
than the rest; sometimes almost smooth. Aperture broadly ovate or sub- 
rotund, the columella bent. 

Length, °15 inch. 

Locality. White Rock River. 


330 Transactions. —Geology. 


Scalaria marginata. 

Shell large, elongated, imperforate. Whorls (?), flattened, distantly 
longitudinally ribbed, 8 in a whorl, sub-equal, the interstices smooth or 
very delicately spirally lined; the whorls sharply keeled at the base, the 
keel shows in the spire whorls just above the suture ; the longitudinal ribs 
end at the spiral keel; base of the body whorl concave, smooth. Aper- 
ture (?). 

Length, (?); breadth, :7 inch. 

Locality. Curiosity Shop. 

A fragment only of this very well-marked species is in the Canterbury 
Museum. 

Trochus nodosus. 

Shell small, conical, imperforate, the spire acute. Whorls 6-7, flattened, 
keeled, below the keel bent parallel to the axis; keel placed a little above 
the suture and with a single row of tubercles, about 9 on a whorl. Body 
whorl bent vertically below the keel for a short distance and then flattened, 
giving a double keel to the body whorl, the lower of which is smooth; base 
spirally striated; apparently no umbilical callus. Aperture rhomboidal. 
The whole surface of the shells appears to be finely cancellated with spiral 
and longitudinal lines. 

Length, :54 inch; breadth, °45 inch. 

Locality. White Rock River. 

Corbula humerosa. 

Shell small ovato-trigonal, much inflated, smooth, with irregular growth 
lines; sub-equilateral, slightly produced and rounded posteriorly, not cari- 
nated. 

Length, :25 inch; height, -18 inch. 

Locality. White Rock River. 

Corbula pumila. 

Shell small, ovate, concentrically sulcated; sub-equilateral, slightly 
produced and truncated posteriorly ; slightly angled. 

Length, ‘3 inch; height, -22 inch, 

Locality. White Rock River. 

Differs from C. erythrodon in being shorter and less angled behind. 
From C. sulcata it differs in being larger, more compressed, and in the sulci 
being smaller and more numerous. 

Pholadomya neozelanica. 

Shell oblong, very inequilateral, moderately ventricose, the posterior end 
compressed. Concentrically ridged, about 12 to an inch; the ridges rounded, 
broader than the grooves. Central portion radiately ribbed, ribs moniliform, 
not so strong as the concentric ornamentation, about 20 in number, the two 


Hurron.—On new Tertiary Shells. 331 


anterior further apart. Anterior dorsal margin very short; the posterior 
dorsal margin slightly concave. Anterior end flatly rounded. Ventral 
margin flatly rounded. Posterior end rounded. 

Length, 2°75 inch; height, 2-0 inch. 

Locality. Oamaru and Broken River. 

The type is in the Otago University Museum, from Oamaru. It was 
presented by Mr. J. Ashcroft, but the exact locality is not known. 

Mactra lavata. 

Shell oval, thin, inequilateral, smooth, rather compressed. Dorsal 
slopes nearly straight, the posterior much longer. Ventral margin rounded. 
Posterior end tapering, but not truncated nor angled. ‘The whole shell with 
very fine concentric lines which are seen, under a lens, to be crossed by 
excessively minute radiating lines, giving a delicate granulated appearance. 
Right valve with two strong anterior and two equally strong posterior lateral 
teeth ; short and high, the inner on both sides being higher than the outer. 
Left valve with one lateral on each side; longer than those of the right 
valve. 

Length, ‘9 inch; height, -75 inch ; thickness, °42 inch. 

Locality. Petane. Collected by Mr. A. Hamilton. 

Loripes laminata. 

Shell small, orbicular, the umbo turned forwards, compressed, finely 
distantly laminated and radiately striated between the lamelle. Dorsal 
anterior margin hollowed; the posterior dorsal margin slightly convex ; the 
ventral margin rounded. Anterior muscular impression elongated. 

Length, :28 inch; height, 27 inch. 

Locality. White Rock River. 

Differs from L. concinna in the greater distance of the lamelle and in 
the radiate striation. 

Macrodon (Cucullaria) australis. 

Right valve. Shell transversely sub-oval, inequilateral, moderately in- 
flated, radiately finely ribbed, the ribs apparently scaly. There are about 
60 of these ribs near the margin, but many die out towards the umbo. 
Margin of shell crenated; the posterior margin perpendicular to the hinge 
line. Umbos rather anterior, incurved, slightly separated. Hinge area 
narrow, crossed obliquely by one anterior and one posterior line radiating 
from the umbo. Hinge line very slightly curved ; two or three small teeth 
below the umbo, in front of which are four and behind it five teeth, all 
of which are nearly parallel to the hinge line; making about 12 teeth in 
all. 

Length, °5 inch; height °4 inch. 

Locality. White Rock River and Mount Horrible. 


332 Transactions. —Geology. 


Scaphula (2) lanceolata. 

Right valve. Shell small, thin, compressed, smooth, much elongated, 
not carinated behind, very inequilateral. Anterior portion short, rounded. 
Posterior portion elongated, gradually tapering, truncated at the end. 
Posterior dorsal margin straight. Hinge line straight posteriorly, curved 
anteriorly, edentulous in the centre. Hight anterior and eleven posterior 
teeth all nearly parallel to the hinge line. The three or four most anterior 
teeth are short, all the rest are elongated. From the umbo a narrow con- 
cave cartilage pit slopes very obliquely backwards, and divides the two sets 
of teeth. 

Length, ‘7 inch; height, :25 inch. 

Locality. Petane. Collected by Mr. A. Hamilton. 

Probably a new genus, as the shape is very different from the Indian 
shells and the posterior teeth are not branched. 

Mytilus striatus. 

Shell elongated, inflated anteriorly, compressed posteriorly; finely 
radiately ridged and crossed by concentric rugose growth-marks. Umbo 
acute, terminal, compressed, strongly curved ventrally. Ventral margin 
slightly undulating ; dorsal margin rapidly rising from the umbo to about a 
third of the length, then parallel to the ventral margin ; posterior end 
truncated. 

Length, 1:15 inch; height, :52 inch. 

Locality. Broken River. 


Art. XLI.—On the Geological Structure of the Southern Alps of New 
Zealand, in the Provincial Districts of Canterbury and Westland. By 
Professor Junius von Haast, C.M.G., Pu.D., F.B.S. 

[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 27th November, 1884.] 

Tue publication of a new geological map of New Zealand accompanied by 

sections, issued by the Geological Survey Department, induces me to offer 

the following remarks on the geological structure of the Southern Alps, 
which I consider in some of its most essential features to have been alto- 
gether misunderstood by the officers of that survey. 

In my former publications I stated that the Southern Alps are only the 
eastern wing of a huge anticlinal arrangement, of which the western portion 
has been either destroyed or submerged below the Pacific Ocean. It thus 
exhibits the same one-sided features so conspicuous in almost every alpine 
chain of which the geological structure is known. 


y. Haast.—On the Geological Structure of the Southern Alps. 333 


The lowest beds on the western slope are gneiss-granites, overlaid by 
mica, chlorite and other metamorphic schists of similar origin. These 
rocks are followed by clay-slates, semi-crystalline sandstones and felstones, 
which in some instances form not only the ‘summits of the central chain, 
but even reach several miles across to its eastern slopes. They generally 
contain quartz veins. Upon them reposes the great sandstone, conglome- 
rate, clay-slate and shale formation, of which the greatest portion of the 
Provincial District of Canterbury is composed, and which in many instances 
can be followed for nearly seventy miles to the east. I have named this 
extensive series of rocks the Mount Torlesse formation. On the eastern 
side of the great anticlinal it forms a succession of huge folds, dipping 
throughout at high angles, but these folds have been so much destroyed 
during numberless ages, that at present their synclinals generally form the 
summits of the mountains, while the deep broad valleys often run along 
their anticlinals. Besides this folding a great deal of crumpling has taken 
place, so that, although the general character of the arrangement has been 
preserved, over a short space of ground the strata often strike and dip in 
all directions of the compass. During my first journey to the head-waters 
of the river Rangitata, in 1861, I discovered in the Clent Hills a series of 
beds containing numerous impressions of plants, and some twelve miles dis- 
tant in the Rangitata Valley at Mount Potts other beds containing fossil 
shells and saurian bones. Professor F. McCoy, in Melbourne, to whom I 
sent the collections made, for identification and description, informed me 
that the plants were of Jurassic and the molluscs mostly brachiopods of 
Upper Devonian or Lower Carboniferous age, both being identical with 
exuvie found in the coal fields of New South Wales. However, judging 
from the position and sequence of the strata in both localities, agreeing 
with each other in a remarkable manner, though the Mount Potts beds are 
of much greater thickness, I could not accept this conclusion, being con- 
vineed that they were of the same age. Since that time it has been proved 
by a number of experienced geologists, that the beds in New South Wales, 
to which Professor McCoy alluded, are interstratified, and that consequently 
they must be of the same age. 

Both paleontologists and geologists have agreed that if there exist in 
any geological horizon beds containing a marine fauna of an older together 
with a terrestrial flora of a younger aspect, the former will more correctly 
indicate the age of the beds. Thus, if the fossil shells of any given forma- 
tion have a paleozoic and the plants a mesozoic character, the beds in 
which both occur have to be classified as paleozoic. 

It would be foreign to the object of this paper were I to enter more fully 
into this important question, but I may observe that both in India and 


334 Transactions. —Geology. 


South Africa a similar mixing of an apparently older marine fauna with a 
younger terrestrial flora has been observed, and that universally it has been 
admitted that the same explanation as that given for the coal fields in New 
South Wales has also to be applied to both those countries. 

Considering the same character and sequence of the rocks overlying 
both the shell and plant beds, I have always held that the facts observed 
in New South Wales should guide us in New Zealand, and consequently 
that the beds under review ought to be classified as young paleozoic. In 
the geological maps, issued by the director of the New Zealand Geological 
Survey in 1869 and 1878, this view was accepted, and consequently the 
whole of the eastern portion of the Southern Alps was so coloured. How- 
ever, since then the director himself, as well as the officers of the Geological 
Survey, have visited and revisited that portion of the colony with the 
result that the experience gained in New South Wales has been put aside or 
ignored, and that beds not only having the same lithological character, but 
situated in the same horizon, have now been divided solely according to 
their fossil contents, thus creating such an utter confusion that it will take 
years of hard work to put matters right again. 

Thus instead of the eastern sides of the Southern Alps forming one 
wing of the great anticlinal, a synclinal arrangement has been given to the 
series of beds, a broad zone of mesozoic rocks forming the central portion 
lying between Mount Torlesse and Mount Hutt on the one side and the 
higher portion of the central chain on the other side which have been put 
down as paleeozoic, thus reversing the facts, which examination in the field 
and experience elsewhere have taught us to be correct. 

It would be quite impossible to pass in review the whole of the publica- 
tions of the Geological Survey upon which these conclusions have been 
based ; but a few observations in further explanation of the points at issue 
may not be amiss. Since the Clent Hills plant beds were discovered by me, 
further localities have been found at Mount Harper, in the Malvern Hills 
on both sides of the Selwyn, in the Taylor Stream, in the Mount Hutt 
Range, in the high Mount Somers Range, near the foot of the high ranges 
east of Lake Coleridge, near the Coleridge Pass, and some few other locali- 
ties. In fact they generally appear where great denudation has taken 
place, and thus the lowest strata of the formation under review have be- 
come exposed ; but now for a number of years this unmistakable position 
has invariably been explained by the officers of the Geological Survey, by 
their assertion that these plant beds were lying either above or against the 
strata contaiming the marine shell beds, or they simply denied the facts, 
against all evidence brought forward.* 


* See amongst other instances Geological Survey Reports, 1879-80, p. 1064. 


y. Haast.—On the Geological Structure of the Southern Alps. 385 


Returning to the Mount Torlesse formation, which Dr. Hector in his 
annual Geological Survey Report classifies as Carboniferous (or Maitai 
series), the only fossil upon which reliance is placed, is a peculiar annelid ; 
this annelid, however, of which well-authenticated specimens are in the 
Canterbury Museum, has been found in numerous other localities now 
marked mesozoic on Dr. Hector’s map. 

Any one knowing the character of the rocks in our eastern chains, close 
to the Canterbury Plains, will be rather astonished to see that a few miles 
north of the Waimakariri, in the northern continuation of Mount Torlesse, 
the Puketeraki Range, the Mount Torlesse formation comes abruptly to a 
close, and only mesozoic (Permian, however, included) continue towards 
the north. I know this range well, having crossed it in various directions 
repeatedly, and I can simply affirm that no change of formation takes place, 
but that the character of the rocks up to the Hurunui is exactly the same. 
Of course I have to repeat what I stated in my Report on the Geology of 
Canterbury and Westland, on page 279, that it is even more than probable 
that this huge assemblage of beds may belong to several distinct periods, 
ranging from the paleozoic to the lower mesozoic; but hitherto it has 
been impossible to divide this (Mount Torlesse) formation, for the present 
at least, into smaller groups, owing to the want of fossils. Since this was 
written, beds with triassic fossils have been found in the Okuku Range, 
lying east of the Puketeraki Range, so that there is evidence of younger 
rocks existing near or amongst the older Mount Torlesse formation. It 
would have been far more suitable to have marked clearly those localities 
in the map, than to have coloured all their surroundings of the same age, 
without being able to bring forth the necessary proofs. 

Dr. Hector now classifies the Mount Potts beds as Permian. It is not 
my object to defend the opinions of such an excellent paleontologist as 
Professor McCoy, who classifies them as Lower Carboniferous or Upper 
Devonian, but it is greatly to be regretted that we have still, I fear, to wait 
for an indefinite period for a reliable description of the older New Zealand 
fossils, which ought to have been published years ago, and without which 
we are still groping in the dark. 

In the volume of Geological Reports, containing the geological map of 
New Zealand, I observe that Mr. Cox does not attempt to subdivide the 
Permian to Jurassic series in this Provincial District, but places them 
together for the present. He, however, separates them from the Lower 
Carboniferous or Maitai beds. 

Mr. Cox states that to the latter belong the Mount Hutt, Mount Som- 
ers and Palmer Ranges, but he fails to explain how in deep gullies near the 
yery centre of the two former ranges the plant beds could occur. 


386 Transactions. —Geology. 


Another curious statement is that of the Director,* that probably the 
same rocks (Maitai or Mount Torlesse) continue to the west coast water- 
shed, judging from the shingle in the Rakaia River. Thus the information 
conveyed to us in the geological map in the very same volume, which shows 
a broad belt of mesozoic rocks on both sides of that river, is now put aside 
simply on the casual observation of river shingle by one of the geological 
surveyors. Thus there is no doubt that the director of the Geological 
Survey himself is now inclined to abandon, at least as far as the country 
near the Rakaia is concerned, his present mapping of a large belt of mesozoic 
rocks between paleozoic beds to the east and west of it. All I wish to con- 
tend is that the attempted separation of our younger paleozoic rocks into 
two divisions according to their fossil contents is incorrect and not according 
to the evidence in the field, as far at least as I was able to understand it. 
Moreover, it would be a most remarkable and unique fact in paleontology, 
that we possess in New Zealand the same fossil fauna and flora that occur 
interstratified with each other in the neighbouring continent of Australia, to 
which either a Permian or Carboniferous age has been assigned, but which 
with us, owing to the circumstances that hitherto they have not been found 
together, are said by the Geological Survey of New Zealand to belong to two 
distinct periods, the molluscs and saurian beds to the Permian and the plant 
beds to the Upper Oolite period. + 

This, in the face of it, is evidently a hypothesis which can never be 
sustained, the more so as the geological evidence in the field is against it, 
notwithstanding all that has been written in its support by the director and 
officers of the New Zealand Geological Survey. I might also show how 
fallacious it is to support any sub-division of our young palewozoic or old 
mesozoic rocks, by asserting that there exist two series of reddish and purple 
slates of different age, or by the presence or absence of cherts, which are 
found from the east coast to the western watershed, but the object of this 
paper is not to refute in all their bearings the statements contained in the 
Reports of the New Zealand Geological Survey, for which I have not the 
time at my command and of which many seem apparently to have been 
written only to find fault, year after year, with the work of other geologists, 
who are no longer connected with that Survey. It is simply a protest 
against the deductions arrived at by the New Zealand Geological Survey on 
some of the most important points of our stratigraphical geology. If I were 
to continue silent, it might be construed into my agreeing with the conclu- 
sions published by that department. 


* Progress Report, p. xx., in that volume. 


+ Report of Geological Explorations during 1879-80, p. xxii. 


Hrotor.—On Geological Structure of Canterbury Mountains. 337 


Fortunately the evidence before us will remain there for all time to come 
(not geologically speaking), and our successors will be best able to judge 
what is really the truth, which we all ought earnestly to strive to discover. 


Art. XLII.—Note on Geological Structure of the Canterbury Mountains. 
By Dr. Hzctor, Director of the Geological Survey of New Zealand. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1885.] 

Tue following note is an abstract of a paper that will appear in the Geo- 
logical Reports in reply to a recent paper by Professor von Haast*, which 
impugns the correctness of a small sketch map of the geology of New 

Zealand, which I issued in 1883. 

The chief, or rather almost the only geological contention in the paper 
referred to is that there is no evidence known to Dr. von Haast that 
warrants the subdivision of his Mount Torlesse formation, of which 
he says ‘‘the greatest portion of the Provincial District of Canterbury 
is composed.”’ This formation he maintains to be of Lower Carboni- 
ferous or Upper Devonian age: Firstly, because certain fossils which he 
discovered in 1861 at Mount Potts, comprising fossil shells and sawrian 
bones were by Professor McCoy, of Melbourne University, pronounced to 
belong to that horizon: Secondly, fossil plants which he obtained at the 
same time from the Clent Hills, twelve miles from Mount Potts, are stated 
to have been referred by the same distinguished paleontologist to a Jurassic 
formation: and Thirdly, both animal and plant fossils from these localities 
are stated on Professor MeCoy’s authority to be ‘identical with exuvia 
found in the coal-fields of New South Wales.”’ 

Unfortunately, I am unable to refer to the wording of Professor McCoy’s 
deliverance on this matter, as it has never been published, so far as I am 
aware. If, however, it is true that fossils among which were saurian bones 
were really sent to Professor McCoy in 1861, and he felt compelled to refer 
them to a Devonian or Lower Carboniferous formation, I cannot but think 
that such a renowned master in paleontology would have long since em- 
phatically enforced such an important discovery, for, as geologists are aware, 
even to this day the earliest trace of a saurian is only found in Permian 
formations. 

However, in a paper published in 1879,+ which has perhaps escaped 
Dr. von Haast’s notice, I pointed out, after personal inspection, that the 


* Art. xli., ante. 
+ Trans. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 1879, and abstracts in Prog. Rept. N.Z. Geol. Surv., 1879, 
22, 


888 Transactions. —Geology. 


correlation of the Mount Potts fossils with the marine strata underlying the 
coal measures of New South Wales is incorrect, and that the proper 
equivalent of the latter in New Zealand is to be found at the base of the 
Maitai series. For instance, in addition to the presence of saurian bones> 
there is a total absence of true Spirifers; the broad-winged Spirifer that 
has been so often mentioned in connection with the Mount Potts beds beg 
really a Spiriferina of the sub-genus Trigonotreta, King, distinguished by 
having a strong central septum in the rostral valve and a punctate shell 
structure, characters wholly wanting in true Spirifers. This particular 
fossil is indeed identical with a species very characteristic of the Permian, 
and it has been collected in many other parts of New Zealand where the 
stratigraphy leaves no doubt of its true position in that formation. No 
true Spirifer has yet been found on the eastern side of the New Zealand 
Alps, and no Spiriferina of the type of Trigonotreta is found in the 
true Spirifer beds at Reefton and in New South Wales, which I refer to 
Lower Carboniferous or Devonian. The ample collections from both the 
Australian and New Zealand localities in support of this are in the Colonial 
Museum, and here therefore arises a conflict of evidence that can only be 
cleared up by knowing what fossils were really submitted to Professor 
McCoy, and what was the wording of his report on them. 

Dr. von Haast, however, could not accept on Professor McCoy’s alleged 
authority that the Clent Hills plant beds were Jurassic, because he was ‘‘ con- 
vinced that they were of the same age” as the Mount Potts beds. He con- 
siders this divergence from his authority has been since justified, because he 
thinks Professor McCoy has been worsted in a controversy about the age of 
the plant beds associated with coals and marine fossils in New South Wales. 
But in this particular case of the Clent Hills the experience in New Zealand 
has proved that Professor McCoy was quite correct in his alleged determi- 
nation, and this without a whit affecting the question of the age of the 
New South Wales plant beds, as there is not a single fossil plant found in 
the proper coal formation of New South Wales which also occurs among 
the fossil plants of the Clent Hills beds; on the other hand the latter agree 
perfectly with fossil plants found in the Clarence River (New South Wales), 
in Queensland, and in Tasmania, which are always accepted as Jurassic. 
We thus find that the Mount Potts and the Clent Hills beds form almost 
the lowest and the highest numbers of a great Permio-jurassic system, the 
sequence of which has been very clearly worked out in other parts of New 
Zealand, where there had been less of the ‘*‘ folding and crumpling”’ to which ~ 
Dr. von Haast alludes. The Permian base of this system has never been 
' found resting with any approach to conformity on the Maitai series, which is 
Lower Carboniferous, the Upper Carboniferous formation or the Lower Coal 


Heotor.—On Geological Structure of Canterbury Mountains. 339 


Measures of New South Wales being still undiscovered in New Zealand. 
Dr. von Haast’s Mount Torlesse formation must therefore, if it is palaozoic, 
be restricted as equivalent to the Maitai series. 

The circumstance which he notices that the fossiliferous beds of his 
Mount Torlesse formation (i.e. the Clent Hills beds) generally appear when 
great denudation has taken place, and the many localities he cites 
for these fossils, which we have every proof are really of mesozoic age, 
even without the direct observations which have been made, would quite 
justify the belief that over a very large area of the Canterbury dis- 
trict lower mesozoic, and not only paleozoic, rocks prevail at the surface. 
Indeed the areas of the latter are becoming more and more restricted 
as the structure of the country is worked out in detail. Hxcept in 
the typical section, near Nelson, of the Maitai series, where true Car- 
boniferous Brachiopoda and corals have been found, it is unfortunately 
almost devoid of fossils, a calcareous tubular body which has been 
long known as the Mount Torlesse Annelid and obscure plant re- 
mains being the only fossils that have yet been found out of the Nelson 
District. These are, however, pretty common wherever the upper part of 
the Maitai Series is exposed. From near Wellington in the North Island 
there is no locality recorded until we reach the Ashley Gorge and Glentui, 
but there is reason to believe that a large portion of the Seaward Kaikoura 
Range is composed of this formation. Following south we find the 
characteristic tubular fossil in the south-eastern end of Mount Torlesse, Big 
Ben Range of the Malvern Hills, Mount Hutt, source of the Rangitata, 
Mount Cook, and at Lake Ohou. On the western slopes we find it at Nelson, 
Taipo Range, south of the Teremakau, and in the glacier débris brought 
down from the Alps between Hokitika and Okarita. The Maitai series 
thus crops out along both sides of the Canterbury Alps, but both outcrops 
are to the eastward of the only area of Lower Paleozoic rocks which we 
know in New Zealand. 

Without any attempt to pourtray the minor irregularities, the only 
possible generalization of the geology of the country on such a small scale 
map was to express it by a synclinal, and this view is supported to a 
remarkable degree by the observations scattered through the geological 
reports. No doubt changes in the map will be required in future, as the 
examination of the country is proceeded with, just as they have been 
required in the past. To cavil at such changes being made on the ground 
that they seem to over-sensitive persons to have been ‘“ written only to 
find fault,” is to bar the progress of science. But it is not even a 
change that is complained of in Dr. von Haast’s paper, but only an ex- 
pansion of our knowledge that had been quite anticipated by that author. 


340 Transactions. — Geology. 


The particular case to which exception is taken, may be stated as fol- 
lows :—Dr. von Haast submits ‘that it is even more than probable that 
this large assemblage of beds,” which to evade difficulties of survey he had 
lumped as his Mount Torlesse formation, ‘‘may belong to several distinct 
periods ranging from the paleozoic to the lower mesozoic, but hitherto it 
has been impossible to divide this formation, for the present at least, into 
smaller groups owing to the want of fossils.” Well, in the progress of the 
Geological Survey, the requisite fossils have been found and the subdivision 
made. Why should Dr. von Haast object ? 


Art. XLIIT.—Analysis of Slate in contact with Granite from Preservation 
Inlet, New Zealand. By A. Liversipes, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry 
and Mineralogy, University of Sydney. Communicated by Professor 
F. W. Hutton. 

[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 27th November, 1884.] 
Anatysis of a specimen of slate and granite in contact was read before the 
Otago Institute in November, 1877 (Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1877, p. 505). Since 
then a further analysis of another portion of the slate has been made with 
the following results :— 


ANALYSIS. 

Hygroscopic moisture .. ote ae 50 ae A480 
Silica 50 60 60 ae te ae .» 53°350 
Alumina .. 00 00 a sfc do .. 19:889 
Tron sesquioxide .. mis A abe ae ~. 2294 

», protoxide .. ae nis ats Si ae) oral 
Manganese protoxide .. as 50 Bo ee ol 
Lime aS 00 G0 00 56 Bo ws) i025 
Magnesia .. as ne 60 o6 ss -.  5:060 
Potash an 60 ate are 50 ye -. |3:904 
Soda ae a6 ae ae ae Be ad | BOGE, 
Undetermined, combined water, etc. .. ee Bo) wisates! 


100-000 
Specific gravity ae 2°72 


The above results, in common with the first analysis, show that on the 
whole there is no very great similarity in composition between the granite 
and slate, such as might be expected were the granite merely a meta- 
morphosed or crystalline form of the slate ; it would rather appear that the 
granite is distinctively intrusive, and not derived from the slate by meta- 
morphic action, 


Crawrorp.—On Water-worn Pebbles in the Soil. 341 


Nore sy Proressor F. W. Hurton. 

This specimen was collected by me in Isthmus Sound, Preservation 
Inlet, durimg March, 1874, when I was examining the west coast Sounds as 
geologist to the Provincial Government of Otago. My observations seemed 
to show that the granite was intrusive and much younger than the gneiss 
with which it is associated in Preservation and Chalky Inlets, and in 
my report to the Provincial Government of Otago* I considered that 
it had pierced rocks belonging to the Maitai (=Kaikoura) System, 
and consequently that it was much younger than the gneiss which 
was considered as of Archean age. Fragments of the slate are found 
in the granite, and consequently the slate is the younger cf the two. 
The analysis by Professor Liversidge shows that the granite cannot be 
metamorphosed slate, so consequently it must be intrusive. The age of 
the slate is however doubtful, as Dr. Hector in his last geological map of 
New Zealand has coloured it as belonging to his “foliated schists” of 
uncertain age. ‘The actual rock in question, however, is not a foliated 
schist, but an argillite, that is an uncleaved slate, and the alteration 
produced by the granite does not penetrate very far into it. 


Arr. XLIV.—On Water-worn Pebbles in the Soil. 

By James Courts CRawFrorp. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 9th July, 1884.] 
Iy the soil and subsoil of the Hataitai Peninsula, and I am inclined to 
believe of all the district surrounding Port Nicholson, water-worn pebbles 
may be found, in general sparsely distributed, possibly a foot or a yard or 
more from each other, reminding one of the old story of the school plum- 
pudding where the drummer-boy had to be called in to beat his instrument 
to call the plums together. 

The occurrence of these pebbles may seem of small import, but in 
reality they form a very puzzling geological problem, possibly involving 
great movements of the earth’s surface. How they got into their present 
position I shall try to explain; but I am quite open to conviction if any 
one can produce a more plausible theory. 

An explanation by a subsidence of the land to the extent of 1,000 feet 
or more is not admissible. There is no appearance of marine strata or 
action above a height of about 15 feet from present high-water mark. 

It may be suggested that these pebbles are the remains of a conglome- 
rate, or of a coarse sandstone rock, which has undergone decomposition, 
but no traces are found of any such rock, 


342 Transactions.—Geology. 


Some years ago I endeavoured to point out that Port Nicholson had 
formerly been a fresh-water lake. Does not the occurrence of these pebbles 
support that theory, supply direct evidence of lacustrine deposit which I 
previously admitted we had not found, and show that the boundaries of the 
lake were far outside those of the present harbour ? 

I have reason to suppose that there are deposits of gravel high up on 
the hills surrounding Port Nicholson. These may show the margin of the 
ancient lake, while the sparsely deposited pebbles may show where these 
were gradually distributed by waves or currents over the lake bottom. 

The theory involves great movements in the land, and a great sinking 
in the direction of the Straits, but I do not see any other way out of the 
difficulty. 

To obtain further proof of lacustrine deposit may be difficult, and will at 
all events take much time. Should these deposits occur in the harbour 
they must be overlaid by those of marine origin, and could only be found by 
boring, but there are strata at Karori and Johnsonville, etc., lying on the 
old rocks, which it might be well to study to see whether they are lacustrine 
or marine. The talus on which that part of Wellington called Thorndon is 
built might also yield some information, as also the lower parts of Te Aro. 


Art. XLV.—On Changes in the Hataitai Valley. 
By James Courts CrawFrorp. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 9th July, 1884.) 

As Iam rapidly bringing the Hataitai Valley into cultivation, and thereby 
destroying geological landmarks, it may be as well to put on record what 
will soon: be lost to the eye. At present I refer particularly to the old 
forest which at one time filled the valley, and whose stumps and logs are 
apt to smash my ploughs. Doubtless the hills also-were at one time 
covered by forest, but all traces of this seem to have long ago disappeared. 

There are a series of sea-formed lakes, detached rocks, etc., showing a 
depression of the land to the extent of about fifteen feet. This is the poimt 
at which I propose to commence, as it would be desirable to fix some ap- 
proximate date for this occurrence. 

The highest level of the land in the Hataitai Valley being now about 
14 feet, it is evident that a depression of 15 feet would entirely submerge it. 
We therefore find the valley to be filled with strata of sand and gravel, the 
latter generally underneath, but also occurring in bars at various points ; 


* Geology of Otago, by Hutton and Ulrich. Dunedin, 1875, p. 40. 


Crawrorp.—On Changes in the Hataitai Valley. 343 


the sand is much mixed with recent marine shells. A rise of the land must 
now have taken place, for it next appears to have been covered by dense 
forest of the usual trees of the district, viz., totara, rata, kahikatea, 
manuka, ete. 

The forest has then been destroyed, possibly by the advent of man, and 
has been replaced by swamps and by a shallow lake (Burnham Water) in 
the centre. The swamps supported a vegetation of raupo, flax, etc., and 
before being drained a stick could be easily thrust down for about seven 
feet, until it struck the hard sand bottom. Burnham Water was evidently 
formed after the destruction of the forest, because roots of large trees are 
found in its bed clearly in situ. 

How long ago was it that the land was depressed to the extent of 15 feet ? 
To fill the Hataitai Valley with sand, gravel and shells must have taken a 
considerable time ; but this time it must be impossible to arrive at, for the 
sea might have gone on for ages at the work, grinding away, and shifting, 
and replacing. For the age of the forest we should probably have to allow 
some centuries. The swamp era must also have occupied a very long time. 
The seven feet of soft vegetable matter consolidated into about 5 or 6 inches 
of peat. How many centuries must we allow for this accumulation of 
vegetable matter ? 

I have in a previous paper on wind-formed lakes shown how Burnham 
Water was formed. Probably the advent of the Maoris occurred during the 
forest period. Hataitai having been a great settlement from which eventu- 
ally the South Island was colonized, the ground would naturally be cleared 
by the natives, and thus the forest would be destroyed. Then the wind 
would have got its opportunity of scooping out the bed of Burnham 
Water. 

At what period did the moa live on Hataitai? Many remains have been 
found near the Maori ovens, and I myself found a head in the bed of 
Burnham Water. 

Altogether, I think we might be safe in making a rough guess of ten 
centuries as the date of depression of the land. It may have been less, 
it may have been indefinitely more. 

As the imbedded timber from the old forest is excellent firewood, and as 
in clearing the ground for ploughing it must be removed, all traces of its 
previous existence will disappear during the next few years. 


844 Transactions.— Geology. 


Art. XLVI.—On the Drift Beds of Wakapuaka and Port Hills, with Remarks 

on the Boulder Bank and its Formation. By W. WEtt1s. 

[Read before the Nelson Philosophical Society, 3rd March, 1884.] 

- ABSTRACT. 

I wave chosen this locality for my paper from its proximity to the township, 
so that members who take an interest im geological science may have no 
difficulty in visiting the district, which may tend to mvite discussion on a 
future occasion, and assist in verifying, or otherwise, the conclusions I may 
have come to on the subject. 

Drift in geological language means portions of the earth’s crust removed 
by forces from one place and deposited in another, some from comparatively 
short distances and others very wide apart. These forces are of various 
kinds, the most important of which are, Fire, Water, Ice, and Wind— 
Fire exhibited in volcanic action, which is powerfully exemplified on the 
west coast of the North Island, from Mount Egmont to Wanganui. This belt 
of country is chiefly composed of pounded pumice stone, in some places many 
feet in depth, which has been erupted from volcanoes in that district and 
drifted by wind currents all along the belt, now producing the luxuriant 
grasses which exist there for the feeding of cattle and sheep. Water, the 
next force I have noted for effecting changes on the earth’s surface, is by 
far the most important, being constant and continuous. The smallest 
rippling stream to the largest river are daily engaged in transporting 
matter from a higher to a lower level, as instanced on a large scale—the 
Canterbury Plains, the soil of which is the degraded high lands brought 
down by the force of water to nearly sea-level. Ice glaciers you are all 
aware are forces which carry in their course large quantities of rock and 
débris and deposit them at a low level in what are called ‘“‘ moraines.” 
The last noted is wind force, which drifts lighter materials, such as fine 
scoria and pumice dust in volcanic countries, in some cases for hundreds of 
miles from the mountains from which they have been erupted. 

With these preliminary remarks on drift beds and the forces which 
occasion them, I now come to boulder drift on a small scale, seen on the 
Wakapuaka Road and Port Hills. 

This drift shows itself on what we may call a raised beach, commencing 
at the town boundary, and exposed on bare faces for several miles towards 
Wakapuaka. This beach is raised at a high angle, in some places not less 
than 45 degrees. In the clay drift on these faces we find stone boulders 
stuck through it, somewhat like plums in a pudding, These boulders are 
generally round in form and smooth in surface, showing they have been 
carried from a distance, getting their round shape and smooth surface from 


Wetis.—On the Drift Beds of Wakapuaka. 347 


rolling about on their journey to where we find them. If these surmises 
are correct, then some force must have been at work to bring them to their 
present position. This force the observing geologist concludes has been 
water, bringing down fragments from the parent rock, also detritus of a 
lighter material in the form of clay, and depositing it at sea-level. How- 
ever, we find this deposit, as I have before remarked, far above the level of 
the sea, consequently some other foree must have been at work to raise it to 
the elevation at which it now stands. 

If we travel up the Maitai, a short distance before reaching the slate 
formation we find a range of greenstone dykes running in a north and 
south direction, and to them I presume may be attributed the upheaval of 
this raised beach. Where these dykes obtruded themselves, the elevation of 
this boulder drift was the sequence. I may mention here that the boulders 
in this drift are of a different mineralogical character from those brought 
down by the River Maitai, being mostly hard indurated sandstone and con- 
glomerates, while the Maitai drift partakes more of rocks of a crystalline 
Character, such as serpentine, hypersthene, dunite, and various hornblendic 
rocks, with a mixture of slate, so we must look for another outlet for this 
Wakapuaka drift than the Maitai. If we examine the back country 
north of the Maitai, and onwards towards the Happy Valley outlet, : 
we will find the same sandstones and conglomerates in sitw and they are at 
the present time being brought down by the Ludd Stream, which flows 
through that district, so that we may fairly conclude that this drift has 
been carried from the degraded rocks of the higher country behind, and 
subsequently raised by the ejecting of the greenstone. 

The Port Hills are all drift matter, overlying the sandstone wiiely is 
exposed at the cliffs, part of which has been carried from the eastern ranges 
and part from the west, and is very easily defined. The western drift is 
well shown on the ridge at the back of Major Richmond’s property, contain- 
ing granite boulders in the clay, and as no granite is found on this side, in 
sit, we may conclude that this drift material came from the west, granite 
there being the prevailing rock; and on examining the Port Hill faces on 
the Nelson or township side, they partake more of the material which 
might be expected to come from the Wakapuaka Ranges; so that water- 
force must have been at work both on the east and west side of these drift 
beds. 

In mostly all sedimentary strata of any considerable antiquity we find 
faults occurring, that is to say, we seldom find them in the same horizontal 
position in which they were deposited, but either at a less or more abrupt 
angle, having been subjected to internal forces from underneath. ‘These 
greenstone dykes I have been speaking of are one of a large family generally 


346 Transactions. —Geology). 


known as the trap series, largely distributed over the earth’s surface, and 
as they contribute in a larger degree than any other class of rocks to the 
economy of vegetable and animal life, I may be excused in alluding here 
to their properties in this respect. In their composition they contain in 
considerable quantity potash and other salts necessary to the growth of 
plant life, and when decomposed by the sun’s heat and rain, which destroy 
their cohesion, the pulverized particles are washed down into the valleys 
and form our best soils for growing grass and cereals. It is possibly one 
of the best tests in looking after new country for settlement, to examine the 
character of the rocks surrounding the country you are traversing, and you 
may rest assured that if this trap series is the prevailing rock the valleys will 
be rich and fertile. We have a very good example of this in that part of 
our township called The Wood, where we have that rich sedimentary deposit, 
where we grow hops and vegetables. That district has at some former period 
been a lagoon of comparatively still water, the force of the Maitai current 
being broken by the bluff at Mr. Huddleston’s property, and the sediment 
from the degraded trap dykes I have before mentioned, finding its way in 
solution into this lagoon, gradually deposited itself into a rich alluvium, 
which proves so fertile for cereal crops. I conclude, therefore, that this 
alluvium is chiefly a decayed trap deposit, because no other rock in the 
Maitai series from its composition could give out soil of this description. 
The dyke from which this deposit has chiefly come runs from Mr. Huddle- 
ston’s Bluff, past the back of Mr. Sharp’s house, and again shows itself on 
Mr. Curtis’s property, on the Wakapuaka Road, the worn-down face of 
this ridge being the deposit I have now mentioned. 

Probably our greatest misfortune in the Province of Nelson is, that we 
have so little of this class of rock, but are surrounded on all sides right on 
to the west coast by slates, schists, and rocks of a quartzose character, and on 
the east by the Dun Mountain Range, by slates and a variety of rocks of a 
magnesian class, extending from D’Urville Island in the north, to the Top- 
house at the head of the Wairau Valley—all these rocks I have mentioned 
being from their composition unfavourable to plant life, and the alluvium 
from them being considered country of a third or fourth class. We are 
not, however, left without some comfort in having at different points in our 
surroundings rocks of a more fertile class, such as a volcanic trap, granites, 
and limestones of various kinds, and some others containing felspar im con- 
siderable quantity, which has given the district some rich alluvial soil. We 
are very apt, in travelling through a country, to pass along giving very little 
heed to the character of the rocks surrounding us on every side, but there 
is little doubt that the fertility or non-fertility of a country depends very 
much on the character of the rocks by which it is intersected. 


Wetts.—On the Drift Beds of Wakapuaka. 345 


I do not think I have anything further to say about the boulder drift on 
the line of the Wakapuaka Road. It would be a very pleasant excursion 
for any of the members of this Society to take a hammer in hand, traverse 
the district, and find the parent rocks from which these boulders have come, 
and endeavour to trace the course the force of water took in bringing them 
to the position in which we now find them. 

I may, however, mention here, that as you get higher up on the line of 
this raised beach, you meet with beds of shells from a few inches to a foot 
under the surface, at a considerable elevation above sea-level. When these 
beds were first exposed on the slopes, the impression of the settlers who ex- 
posed them with the spade or plough was, that the Maoris must have brought 
them ; but when we find them assuming the same striz and curved shapes 
which the tidal current gives them at the present time in our lagoon, or 
what we call our mud flat, there is no difficulty in coming to the conclusion 
that they were deposited at sea-level, and subsequently raised by forces from 
underneath. 

I shall now offer a few remarks on a natural object conspicuous among 
our surroundings here, viz., the ‘‘ Boulder Bank.” How was it formed, and 
what were the forces employed in building it? The first consideration is, 
where did the material come from of which it is built? If we travel to the 
extreme north end of the bank, by Mr. Mackay’s property, we will find a bold 
rocky bluff, nearly vertical, with the sea lashing on its base at flood tide. 
This rock is local, and does not extend far beyond this point, and is of the 
class of mineral called syenite, composed chiefly of quartz, hornblende, and 
felspar, very hard and crystalline in its character. Now if we leave this 
bluff and walk down towards Nelson on the seaside and examine the boulders 
which form the bank, we will find them mostly all of the same character as 
the perpendicular bluff before mentioned. This bluff has been acted upon 
by the sun’s rays on its face on the one hand, and by the sea and spray 
and rain on the other, whereby its cohesion is loosened, when it gradually 
falls down into the sea in smaller or larger pieces. These fragments of 
rock get disturbed by the swell of the sea and by a powerful current which 
sets down from that point, are then gradually rounded at their sharp edges by 
rubbing against one another, when they are easily carried forward by the 
swell and current, and rolled up on the bank where we now find them. It 
is observable also that the further they get on their journey the less they 
get in bulk from the grinding process they have to undergo in transit. 

Another. feature in this bank is the straight line—north and south—on 
which it is built. How has this straight line been preserved throughout ? 
We find there are two forces in operation, an outer and inner current, the 
swell of the sea and a strong tidal current on one side, which heaves up the 


348 Transactions. —Geology. 


larger boulders, and a lesser current flowing up on the inner side, thereby 
disturbing and heaving up the smaller shingle. It will be observed also 
that the inner side is characterized by small gravel and the outer by larger 
boulders; so that the bank itself may be said to be the centre of two 
actions, an outer and inner current. 

These two currents are performing the same work that a couple of 
navvies would doin building a breakwater of the same materials, the one 
heaving up the boulders on the one side and the other shovelling up the 
smaller material on the other, the only difference being a question of time 
as to the completion of the work. It has been suggested by some observers 
that there may have been at some early period a ridge of rock extending the 
whole distance, and that the present Arrow Rock at the entrance to our 
harbour is the termination of this supposed ridge, the other portion having 
been degraded and worn down, and the present bank resting on its base. 

This is a probable theory and may be correct, and certainly would go 
far in facilitating the building-up of the bank, it having got a solid founda- 
tion to rest upon, but I have never heard of its being verified by sinking or 
otherwise. . I am however of opinion that the forces at present in operation, 
however inadequately I may have described them, are quite sufficient to 
form the bank without the help of this rocky base to rest upon. This is a 
subject it would be interesting to get proofs of, and probably some enquirer 
of this society who may have time and inclination to institute a research in 
this direction may communicate his views on some future occasion. 

I have said in the course of my remarks that this bank is chiefly com- 
posed of fragments from this syenitic bluff, and would hazard the opinion 
that, if this very hard crystalline rock had not been in the position we now 
find it, there would have been no Boulder Bank, or, had the bluff been sand- 
stone or any other rock of a softer and more friable material, the forces 
acting upon it would speedily have reduced it to sand or mud, which would 
not have had the resistance to form a breakwater—in fact, no other rock in 
the district would have been fitted for the work; and when the supply of 
fresh material from this source is exhausted, or ceases to be rolled down to 
supply the degraded waste going on in the bank below, the decay of the 
bank itself will take place—there are some appearances of this going on at 
the present time. A large bank of shingle has been and is being formed at 
the base of this syenitic dyke, the degraded fragments of which no longer 
drop into the sea to be rounded and carried down, but are left where they 
fall among this shingle, consequently the bank below is not receiving the 
same amount of fresh material necessary to its support in supplying the 
waste going on in consequence of the action of the sea, thereby a breach in 
the bank itself may sooner or later be the consequence and the sea find its 


Wetis.—On the Drift Beds of Wakapuaka. 849 


way into the inner lagoon from the upper end of the bank. Should this 
happen, it would of course speedily change the character of the district, and 
might have important effects on the lower part of the township itself. I do 
not state this as an alarmist, as artificial means might be employed to 
support the weak points in the bank as they occur; but there is no doubt 
that inroad at the present time is being made by the heavy swell which 
strikes the bank in its upper portion, and symptoms of degrading influences 
are already showing themselves. 

Another geological feature in this district, and connected with drift 
material, is the basin or mud flat between the main land and boulder bank, 
which is being silted up, and will at no very distant period be dry land and 
covered with natural pasture—‘ provided no intervening circumstances 
occur ’’—without any artificial aid more than the forces employed at the 
present time. Since I first lived in the district, nearly forty years ago, I 
perceive a considerable change in this direction; from 1 foot to 3 feet in 
some places of mineral deposit has been laid down in the upper part of the 
lagoon during that period. I also perceive a very considerable change in 
the character of the material now deposited from what it was at a former 
period, which was then more of an argillaceous decomposed vegetable ooze, 
in which you sunk to the boot-tops in crossing over to the Boulder Bank at 
ebb tide. Now we have over that a firm layer of clay deposit on which you 
may walk over on the upper part of the flat in a pair of slippers without 
soiling them. This is accounted for by the settlers disturbing the surround- 
ing country in their farming operations, which the rains and intersecting 
rivulets bring down to the sea-level, the silt being more of a consistent clay 
material than the deposit of a former period. This is a very good example 
of how sedimentary strata are determined by surrounding circumstances. In 
sinking a vertical shaft in the earth’s crust, we find one layer overlying 
another, having different mineral characteristics. These lie over one 
another like leaves in a book, and it is the business of the geologist to turn 
over these leaves, where he finds a true and accurate history of what the 
surrounding country presented from time to time—the animals and plants 
then alive upon its surface, and external events faithfully photographed for 
eons of years in our earth’s history. 

I may before closing this paper mention a few of the historical drift 
beds now in course of formation, although I have no doubt you are all 
acquainted with them in the course of your reading. The lower basin of 
the Mississippi shows a drift bed at the present time to the extent of 700 
miles in length, formed from the sediment brought down this river and its 
tributaries, from the lands and degraded mountain ranges in the upper dis- 
tricts of the country. This bed is being daily added to, and no doubt at 


350 Transactions.— Geology. 


some time in the future will have filled up the entire Gulf of Mexico. 
The Nile Valley basin, 500 miles in length, is the mineral and vegetable 
ooze brought down by that river from the Abyssinian Mountains and 
_ interior of Africa, which is the great fertilizer of Egypt, a country which 
would be comparatively worthless without its agency. It is calculated that 
not less than sixty millions of tons of solid matter is yearly brought down 
this river, rendering the waters of the Mediterranean turbid for a distance of 
30 miles from its mouth. These are two prominent examples of water- 
drift, and all other rivers on the earth’s surface are similarly employed in 
effecting the same ends and purposes. 

I have not remarked previously on moraines or ice-drift beds. A re- 
markable bed of this description is seen on the Norfolk coast in England 
in what is called the boulder clay, extendmg many miles. It puzzled 
geologists for a long time to account for its formation, the boulders in the 
clay being entirely of a different character from any rocks existing on the 
English coast, till the glacial theory was suggested and established, when it 
was afterwards proved and verified that these boulders and clay had their 
parent rocks on the mountains in Scandinavia, and had been brought over 
by glacial ice and deposited where they now lie. As to volcanic drift, we 
have as examples the buried cities of Pompeii and Herculaneum, and we 
are informed from the accounts of the very recent volcanic eruptions in the 
island of Java and Straits of Sunda, that scoria and ashes in immense 
quantities were ejected from the volcanic island of Krakatoa, some of which 
was drifted by wind-force as far as Cheriton, 250 miles distant. From the 
remarks made, we may infer that rock masses form a very important part in 
life’s economy. 


Art. XLVII.—The Ascent of Mount Franklin. 
By James Parg, Survey Department. 
[Read before the Nelson Philosophical Society, 5th May, 1884.) 
ABSTRACT. 
ALTHOUGH occupying a most prominent and central position in the Province 
of Nelson, this important mountain region is almost unknown, and up to 
the present time has always been considered inaccessible, or at least im- 
possible to ordinary private enterprise. Even the hardy miner, who in his 
search after gold has penetrated the dark bush-clad and rugged ranges of 
the west coast of this Island, and other equally broken country elsewhere, 


Parx.— Ascent of Mount Franklin. 351 


has avoided this wilderness, doubtless thinking that the chances of finding 
payable gold were insufficient inducements to meet the difficulties likely to 
be encountered in the search after the precious metal. 

Mount Franklin may be called the culminating point of the Spenser and 
St. Arnaud Ranges, for while the former, which is merely the northern con- 
tinuation of the Southern Alps, rises to the northward by a succession of 
peaks gradually increasmg in height, the latter, which trends somewhat 
more to the eastward, falls away to the northward by a like series of 
eradually decreasing heights, eventually losing itself in the densely wooded 
spurs at the sources of the Buller River. It was with the desire of making 
geological and botanical collections in this mountainous country that this 
trip was organized. 

Our party, comprising five persons, left Nelson on the 10th March. 
Proceeding by railway to Belgrove, we walked to the Rainbow, via Top- 
house, our camp gear being carried by two pack-horses. At the mouth of 
the Rainbow River there is evidence of a glacier that once came down its 
valley, flowing over the spur dividing that river from the Wairau. The 
moraine of this glacier can still be traced, but the greater part has been 
washed away by the river. 

After passing the mouth of the Rainbow Valley the mountains on either 
side of the Wairau suddenly converge, apparently blocking further progress 
in this direction. However, on getting close to this barrier, we found 
a narrow flat running parallel with the river. Where the flat was washed 
away, or a precipice rose abruptly from the river, the track was cut out 
of the solid rock, in many places being half tunnelled to obtain a few feet 
on the solid. 

The Wairau Gorge is, we believe, one of the most wonderful and 
imposing sights in New Zealand. On both sides the mountains frequently 
rise by a succession of steep, rugged precipices to a height of 3,500 feet 
above the river, and in this might be said to rival the deep canons of the 
Rockies. | 

About half way through the gorge we crossed Coldwater Creek, and 
Judge’s Creek half-a-mile beyond. These creeks rise towards the sources of 
the Awatere, breaking through the Raglan Ranges, locally known as the 
‘“« Bounds of Hades.” 

On the 12th we reached Tarndale old station. Next day the range 
behind the old station was ascended to a height of 5,500 feet. As seen 
from this elevation much surprise was expressed that the Wairau preferred 
to cut its present course through a high mountain range to finding an easy 
outlet by the Alma, which drains the tarns giving the name to Tarndale, 


352 Transactions.—Geology. 


and rises within a stone’s throw of that river. However, an examination 
of the structure of the mountains forming the gorge shows that the river 
has cut down an old anticline, a task not so stupendous as might at first be 
supposed. That the erosion of this gigantic anticline has been attended 
by very momentous consequences is not difficult to conceive, when we 
remember that at one time it was the sole support of the inner sides of the 
synclines now forming the ranges on both sides of the river. 

On the 14th we proceeded up the Wairau to Island Saddle, 4,100 feet 
high, and thence down the Serpentine to the Clarence River. It was from 
this point, looking through Maling’s Pass, that we first obtained a view of 
the snow-clad Spensers. Having crossed the river, we followed down the 
right bank to Duncan’s Creek, where we were hospitably entertamed by 
Mr. F. A. Thompson, Government Surveyor, engaged in this district on topo- 
eraphical and trigonometrical work. 

The next day, the 15th, under the guidance of one of Mr. Thompson’s 
men, we retraced our steps to the junction of the Serpentine, and thence 
followed up the Clarence to Lake Tennyson. At the south end of the lake 
there is a great accumulation of glacier débris, covered with a soft peaty 
deposit, in which the pack-horses frequently bogged, thereby greatly imped- 
ing our progress. 

Leaving Lake Tennyson on our right, we proceeded over Maline’s Pass, 
4,150 feet, into the valley of the Waiau. The aspect of the country had 
now changed. Instead of the bare inhospitable mountains of the Clarence, 
the slopes of the ranges on both sides of the valley were wooded to a height 
of 4,500 feet. Content with our day’s walk, we camped on the large fan of 
Pass Creek. 

Next morning, the 16th, we raised camp and proceeded along the right 
bank of the river, keeping a sharp look-out ahead for Mount Franklin, to 
which we were now rapidly approaching. For some seven miles we travelled 
over a succession of fine grass flats. In this distance several creeks were 
crossed, those from Mounts Enid and Humboldt being the largest. On both 
sides of the valley we noticed many fine waterfalls descending to the river 
below by a series of low falls or cascades. 

The valley now narrowed to a chain or two in width, and, the bush 
closing on the river, we were constrained to turn the horses adrift. From 
this we had to carry our swags on our backs, and now made but slow 
progress. At times we were scrambling through the thick bush or over 
steep shingle slips; at other times we had to take to the river bed, crossing 
and recrossing on the large boulders piled in the channel, and between 
which the water rushed with a deafening noise. Some two hours of this 


Parxk.—Ascent of Mount Franklin. 353 


laborious travelling brought us to the last clump of bush, in which, well 
sheltered from all winds, we pitched our camp, at an altitude of 4,050 feet 
above the sea. Shortly after dark our party was further augmented by the 
arrival of Mr. Thompson and another guide. 

The next day was occupied in making botanical collections and looking 
out the best route to ascend the mountain. About 20 chains above our camp, 
that is at the foot of Mount Franklin, the Waiau divides, and proceeding 
up the left-hand branch for about two miles, we left the main stream and 
scrambled up the steep face of an old terminal moraine, composed of huge 
angular rocks and débris piled to a height of 700 feet. 

On the opposite side of the valley we counted six or seven very distinct 
parallel terraces, furrowed out by glacier action. These terraces occupy a 
lower level than the foot of the terminal moraine just mentioned, and must 
therefore be due to the action of the glacier that once filled the Upper Waiau 
Valley. Still pursuing an upward course, we encountered a small area of 
glacier ice, probably all that now remains of the great Waiau Glacier. At 
this place, 6,050 feet high, may be seen small patches of that peculiar 
1-celled plant, Protococeus or red snow. ‘The presence of this vegetable 
growth is said to be an indication of the very permanent character of the 
snow on which it occurs. 

At 5,600 feet Mount Franklin presents an almost perpendicular wall 

from 500 to 1,000 feet high, and seeing little prospect of a practicable route 
in this direction it was determined to attempt the ascent from the other 
branch of the Waiau. 
Next day, the 18th, we proceeded up the right-hand branch some two 
miles above the junction, and turning to the right began the ascent of the 
mountain. A succession of rounded bluffs and steep shingle slips soon 
brought us to an elevation of 5,500 feet. From this height we observed a 
lake at the head of the right-hand branch, some two miles to the westward. 
_ This lake, which was estimated at two miles long and a quarter of a mile 
wide, was named Lake Thompson in compliment to Mr. Thompson, to whose 
assistance the success of the trip was mainly due. 

The hollows now began to be filled with snow, and the grasses, so 
luxuriant below, now gave place to Celmisias and Haastias and occasional 
patches of Raoulias and Donatias. 

At 6,500 feet we encountered permanent snowfields, and at 7,500 feet 
we reached the top of the range, which is a mere razor-back, being only a 
few feet wide, and composed of loose angular and slab-like rocks. 

On looking over to the north side we observed a clear mountain lake, 
very similar in size and appearance to Lake Thompson. This lake was 

23 


854 Transactions. —Geology. 


named Lake Constance. From the direction of its outlet it appears to be 
the source of the east branch of the D’Urville river, which drains into Lake 
Rotoroa. 

Continuing along the ridge in a westerly direction we attained the 
summit of the highest peak we could see at 2p.m. The height by our 
aneroids was 7,850 feet above the sea. Mr. Thompson has since taken 
observations to Mount Franklin, and calculates the height at 7,900 feet, 
that is about 2,000 feet lower than shown on the maps. 

The prospect, which from the central postion of this mountain must be 
very extensive, was entirely hidden from view by a heavy mist, and fearing 
lest we should be caught in a snowstorm, we hastily erected a cairn over a 
tin box containing the names of the party and the date of ascent. We 
then began the descent, and reached the camp before dark. 

Next day we commenced the homeward journey. As we continued down 
the river we observed, in many places, on the slopes of the Spensers, about 
1,000 feet above the river flats, the remains of glacier terraces. Instead of 
returning by Maling’s Pass, we proceeded down the Waiau to Lake Guyon. 
Here the Waiau Glacier appears to have divided, the Stanley River branch 
having its terminal moraine at Mr. Fowler’s homestead. The evidences of 
glacier erosion around the lake are very distinct and interesting. 

Passing Lake Guyon we came to the Stanley River, and thence by way 
of Fowler’s Pass, 4,850 feet, arrived at Duncan’s Creek, on the Clarence. 
On the 21st we reached Tophouse, and the following day the accommoda- 
tion house on the Motupiko. In our journey to the latter place we made a 
detour to Lake Rotoiti. The waters of this lake, like those of Lake 
Tennyson, are held back by an immense moraine, through which it has 
cut its outlet. This old moraine covers an area many square miles in 
extent. 

Near the lake occur heavy deposits of gravel, sand, and clay, occupying 
positions 200 or 800 feet higher than the moraine. They have been deeply 
furrowed by the great Rotoiti Glacier, thus showing that they were 
deposited prior to the New Zealand glacial period. These gravel beds 
extend down the valleys of the Motupiko, Motueka and Waimea, forming 
the Moutere and Waiti Hills. They also cap the Port Hills, Nelson, 
where they overlie beds of lower miocene age. Except at the latter place, 
where they are highly inclined, they everywhere occur as perfectly horizontal 
strata. These gravels and sands are river drifts that have been deposited 
in still water. The high altitude they occupy at Lake Rotoiti gradually 
decreasing to the north-east till sea-level is reached, is due to a period of 


slow upheaval, subsequent to miocene times, and before the great glacial 
period of New Zealand, 


Parx.—Ascent of Mount Franklin. 355 


On the 24th March we arrived in Nelson, the trip having occupied just 
fourteen days. 

During the trip the scarcity of birds was a subject of frequent comment. 
A few paradise ducks, usually in pairs, grey ducks and teal, and black 
Swans, were seen on the tarns at Tarndale, and Lakes Guyon and Tennyson. 
The blue mountain duck, the whio of the Maoris, was more plentiful in the 
mountain streams. Even wekas were rare, and of the kiwi, kakapo and 
kea, nothing was seen or heard. 

Geological Observations. 

In the ascent of Mount Franklin it was found that two formations enter 
into the structure of the Spenser Range,—a metamorphic series, consisting 
of chlorite schists and quartzites; and a younger series, probably of car- 
boniferous age, consisting of hard grey and green sandstones, with numer- 
ous quartz veins, clay slates, purple jasperoid slates and slate breccia. 

The chlorite schists and quartzites occur as a low rounded ridge in the 
bottom of the higher basin of the Waiau. The strike of these rocks is 
north-west, with a southerly dip at high angles. They run in the direc- 
tion of Lake Thompson, but their exact position in that direction was not 
ascertained. This outcrop occurs in the core of an old anticline, its expo- 
sure being due to denudation. Gold is reported to have been found in the 
Upper Waiau, no doubt derived from these rocks, and in prospecting this 
country they are worthy of a careful examination, not only for gold but 
also for other valuable metals. 

The sandstones, slates, etc., lie unconformably upon the upturned edges 
of the metamorphic series, and compose the mass of the Spenser Moun- 
tains. Their general strike is north-east. The sandstones on account of 
their hardness form all the peaks and rocky projections, while the slates, 
being softer and more easily removed, have been selected by the creeks in 
which to cut their channels. A band of black slates, interbedded with 
the sandstones, is highly charged with peacock copper ore, a variegated 
variety of copper pyrites. 

Botanical Notes. 

From 4,000 feet to the snow-line Mount Franklin is such a waste of bare 
rock as to be almost destitute of the numerous fine alpine forms for which 
the St. Arnaud Range, a short distance to the north-east, is celebrated. 
Appended is a list of the plants collected during the trip. This is by no 
means an exhaustive collection, but is merely characteristic of the flora of 
Mount Franklin from 4,000 to 6,500 feet. For the identification of the 
species I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. J. Buchanan, F.L.8., Botanist 
to the Geological Department. 


356 


Transactions,— Geology. 


PHNOGAMS. 


Ranunculus lyallii. 


Celmisia lateralis, Buch. 


9 


” 


bh 


” 


9 


pinguis. 


glandulosa, Hook. fil. 
sessiliflora. 
obcordata, Buch. 
longifolia, Hook. fil. 


Veronica cwpressoides. 


99 


Le 


99 


” 


9 


” 


canterburyensis, Armstrong. 


odora, Hook. fil. 
linifolia, Hook. fil. 
elliptica. 

bidwillit. 
pingutfolia. 


Gnaphalium bellidioides. 


” 


colensot. 


Haastia sinclairit. 


” 


pulvinaris. 


Aciphylla monrot. 


39 


lyallii. 


Ozothamnus nicrophyllus. 


9 


depressus. 


Cotula pectinata. 
Brachycome sinclairit. 


Ourisia colensot. 


” 


macrocarpa. 


Traversia baccharoides. 


Acena sanguisorbe. 


bb) 


” 


glabra, Buch. 
inermis. 


Notothlaspi australis. 


th} 


rosulatum. 


Dodonea viscosa. 


Mitrasacme cheesmanit. 
Hydrocotyle pterocarpa. 
Leucopogon frazert. 


Pentachondra pumila. 
Cyathodes colensoi. 
Dracophyllum urvilleanum. 
Raoulia grandiflora. 
Pimelea lyallii. 

nA prostrata, var. y. 
Gentiana con: inna. 

5»  saxosa. 
Thelymitra pulchella. 
Claytonia australasica. 
Clematis colensoi. 

Senecio bellidioides, var. y. 
Drosera stenopetala. 
Drapetes dieffenbachit. 
Wahlenbergia cartilaginea. 
Carpha alpina. 
Juncus australis. 
Luzula oldfieldit. 
Carex colensoi, Petrie. 

»  wakatipu. 
Uncinia australis. 

"0 campestris. 
Hierochloe alpina. 
Trisetum antarcticum. 
Danthonia flavescens. 

A australis. 
Agrostis pilosa. 

»  canina. 

> @emula. 

Poa foliosa, var. q. 


var. [- 


», anceps, var. debilis. 


” bh} 


3, colensot. 
», australis. 
Festuca duriuscula. 


CryPTOGAMIA. 
Polypodium grammitides. 

* australe. 
Hymenophyllum flabellatum. 
Cystopteris fragilis. 


Aspidium cystostegia. 


Lycopodium clavatum. 


3 varium. 


IV._MISCELLANEOUS. 

Art. XLVIII.—On the recent Sun-glows and the Theories that have been 
advanced to account for them. By Joun Mezson, B.A. 
[Read before the Nelson Philosophical Society, 1st September, 1884.] 
SELDOM in modern times has a natural manifestation in the physical world 
attracted such universal attention or excited so much admiration and 
wonder as the recent so-called sun-glows. The uneducated have everywhere 
gazed at them in mute astonishment; the learned, on all sides, have 
cudgelled their brains to assign for them a plausible and sufficient cause. 
The interest has not been merely local, for the phenomena have appeared, 
as far as we know, everywhere, and to appear was to excite curiosity. 
Scientific magazines and the ordinary public journals, during a period of 
more than six months, have devoted long articles to the subject ; and even 
now, when the display is almost or quite over, public interest therein still 
finds frequent expression, and savants and scientific societies in various 
parts of the world are still engaged in researches which have for their 
object the elucidation of that which has excited the astonishment of man- 
kind. The selection of such a subject for our consideration this evening 
can scarcely be thought inappropriate, the wonder rather should be that it 
has not been made before. 

It will be well to state at the commencement what I propose to do to- 
night and what I do not propose to do; and, to begin with the latter, I do 
not presume to offer any original theory of my own. There are many 
branches of science connected with the subject of which my own knowledge 
is scanty and superficial. Others have made of these branches a life-long 
study. Credendum est cuique in sua arte. Yet I hope to do something this 

evening which I would fain think will prove to some of us at least interest- 
ing and instructive. I have carefully examined such scientific magazines 
and public journals as are within my reach and have appeared during the 
past twelve months, with the view of gathering together the various facts 
and theories bearing on my subject. I have arranged these methodically 
under their different heads, and have pointed out, where I could, what 
appeared to me weak and fallacious arguments, what needed fuller testimony 
or consideration, and what seemed to satisfy the requirements of common 
sense and probability. The outcome is a réswmé of the most salient facts, 
together with a précis of very much that has been written on the subject in 
such journals as ‘“ Nature,” ‘“‘ Knowledge,” Hardwick’s Science Gossip,”’ 


358 Transactions.—Miscellaneous. 


“The American Journal of Science,” ‘The Scientific American,’’ Dr. 
Taylor’s Notes in the Australasian, and one or two other less important 
periodicals. In a word, I have summed up in a somewhat judicial— 
perhaps presumptuous—way, the whole evidence that is before us, and have 
not hesitated to give expression to my own opinion from time to time, nor 
to add arguments or objections of my own, nor to make original comments 
and criticisms in a way that, if not equally judicial, may be thought at least 
equally presumptuous. 

Perhaps the present time may be considered specially suitable for a dis- 
cussion on the subject, inasmuch as the phenomena have, if not totally 
disappeared, become comparatively insignificant; and the most distinguished 
men in the scientific world have, with the salient facts before them, given 
expression to their opinions as to the circumstances which have acted as 
operative causes. 

The Phenomena. 

It will not be necessary to describe much in detail the most widespread 
of the phenomena to which I am about to address myself, z.¢., the sun- 
glows, for they must be well within the remembrance of every one of us. 
- Indeed it would require the pen of a poet or the brush of a Turner or a 
Canaletto to do anything like justice to the display. Our almost uniformly 
clear skies have enabled us in this Nelson province to witness the splendour, 
perhaps, at its best; but even in the murky climate of England it has 
excited admiration. London Bridge, nightly during the months of Decem- 
ber and J anuary, witnessed a concourse of people larger than usual; for the 
clear and open view of the western sky, which the broad bosom of the 
Thames permitted, revealed a picture in which imagination gevelled and 
admiration delighted. When crowds of people are drawn nightly from ‘the 
little village”’ to the open country on every side to see the glows of the 
setting sun, we may be sure the display was not much inferior to our own, 
especially in Italy where the climatic conditions would assimilate the 
spectacle to that which we saw here. The character of the picture is shown 
by the fact that many persons at first said the colouring was due to an 
aurora. These people soon reflected, of course, that that explanation would 
not do, as auroras do not appear in the west, and are not necessarily con- 
nected with the setting sun, moreover the glow did not scintillate, and there 
were no contemporaneous magnetic disturbances. In one case, indeed, in 
the colony of Victoria (month of December), the display did merge into a 
veritable aurora—silver streamers appearing before all the red ones were 
gone—but that was an exceptional circumstance, and no one has asserted 
that there was any connection whatever between the two (Hllery, ‘ Na- 
ture’). We have descriptions of similar appearances in various parts of 


Mrrson.—On the recent Sun-glows. 359 


Asia (¢.g., India, Ceylon, China, Japan); Africa (Cape of Good Hope, Gold 
Coast) ; America (the United States, Barbadoes); the Sandwich Isles and 
Australia; so that we may conclude pretty safely that skies similar to 
those with which we have been familiar have been seen in all parts of the 
world. At the observatories on Mounts Washington and Pike, in the 
United States, it is stated that nothing remarkable was observed except a 
sun-glow on the first-mentioned peak on the 2nd December; the absence 
of the appearance there is in itself phenomenal when they have been seen 
so persistently elsewhere. 

Most of the accounts agree as to the gorgeousness of the display made 
by masses of yellow-orange clouds, silhouetted in a clear sky of magnificent 
colour varying in tint from pink to primrose. The sun on many nights set 
somewhat hazy, but of a brilliant golden or light yellow colour. Hven 
before he disappeared there were signs of the coming glory. But a few 
minutes after he sank behind the summit of Mount Arthur, we in Nelson 
here saw the western sky suffused, as it were, with a blush. When, as 
frequently happened, a few light streaked or parallel clouds attended the 
orb on his departure, these would first catch the colour. But it quickly 
passed towards the zenith, and every second became more intensely red. 
When there were any clouds about the face of the western sky, cumulus, 
cirrus, or cirro-cumulus, these at once were bathed in glorious hues. For 
ten minutes or more after sunset one half of the heavenly canopy was a 
blaze of orange, red, and green colours of every shade and tint. Then this 
brightness gradually waned. But meanwhile a glow as from infinite fires 
mounted from the western horizon, and behind the golden masses of clouds 
far and away transcended them in brilliance. The sky had the appearance 
of burnished metal under the influence of this second, and more remote, and 
more lasting glow. Every colour of the rainbow could be seen therein 
(primrose, orange, violet, rose, and pale green could be distinguished—all 
blending into one another), from the horizon to the zenith was a perfect 
blaze, forming where it touched the horizon a vein of brilliant silver white, 
and the opposite half of the sky, even though cloudless, appeared by con- 
trast to be in Cimmerian darkness. To compare great things with small 
ones, the contrast in light and brightness between the two sides of the sky 
was suggestive of the effect of a splendid theatrical transformation scene. 
It was difficult at times to believe that the western glow was not produced 
by terrestrial fires of colossal proportions. Gradually, but imperceptibly, 
the colour would disappear. In some places it lasted even so long as a 
couple of hours, and frequently here it lingered, as if loath to leave the scene 
of its glory, till the observer grew tired of watching, and dreaming, and won- 
dering what it might mean, and reluctantly passed indoors. 


860 Transactions. —Miscellaneous. 


Elsewhere the colour of the sun when setting has been almost white 
(F.A.R.R., ‘‘ Nature,’ 12th June), and occasionally the whole display has 
been, to use the language of one observer (Ellery, ‘‘ Nature,” April), almost 
frightful. This observation was made by Mr. Ellery in January last in the 
morning from the summit of a peak 3,000 feet high, and subsequent to the 
date of that gentleman’s remark that there was nothing astonishing about 
the sunsets except that above the yellow there came a purple colour. The 
whole landscape on that occasion was crimson blood red. Sometimes we 
have had the second glow only, the série and cirrus clouds having been either 
absent or invisible. I find to my surprise that the sunrises have been as glori- 
ous as the sunsets. No doubt every one here but myself is well aware of 
the fact from personal observation. It is astonishing, nevertheless, that so 
little has been said about the morning glows, when so much has been said 
about those in the evening. Is it the retiring modesty of early risers that 
accounts for this? The phenomena in the morning have, of course, been 
reversed as to the order of their appearance. But Dr. Taylor says they 
have been even more brilliant than those in the evening (Australasian, 22nd 
March). Sometimes there has been the pre-glow alone; at other times, 
when the strig have been visible and confused by clouds, there has been a 
display corresponding to the earlier one at night. The occurrence of two 
glows—one, the earlier, on the under surface of clouds; the other well 
behind them, somewhat later and apparently very high, in fact altogether 
above the region of clouds—may have escaped general observation ; but 
close observers are unanimous about it (Hazen, ‘‘Am. J. Science;’’ Matthieu 
Williams; F.A.R.R., ‘‘ Nature’), and I have myself distinctly and repeatedly 
seen it. Some correspondents of ‘‘ Nature”’ affirm, indeed, that a second 
after-glow has occasionally been observed. 

Now, in addition to the general phenomena just described, there have 
been locally seen others of even more astonishing character. I refer to 
unusual colours of the sun and moon. It does not, of course, follow, 
because these happen at about the same time as the brilliant glows in the 
sky, that they therefore owe their origin to the same general cause; but 
those best competent to form an opinion on the subject think they do. 
Blue and green suns were seen in India and Ceylon for five weeks after 
27th August (A. C. Ranyard, ‘‘ Knowledge’’), particularly about 9th and 
24th September (Langley, ‘‘ Sci. Am.”), also in the West Indies at Para- 
mamibo, and on the Gold Coast, and on 24th September at London 
(#.A.R.R., ‘‘ Nature”). A blue moon was seen in England early in Decem- 
ber (Taylor), and during the same month it was at times of metallic-green 
colour. At Soporo (Japan) both sun and moon for some days in the 
middle of October were blood red in colour. A green sun was also seen at 


Mzrson.—On the recent Sun-glows. 361 


Fanning’s Island in the North Pacific, and at Honolulu on 5th September 
(S. E. Bishop, ‘‘ Nature’’); and the Riverina Star, 8th March, says that 
‘‘yecently the sun has been surrounded by a halo, the outer rim being black, 
the inner like a cloud of smoke.’’ In Europe, in December, the moon and 
stars at various times were observed to be green, and the sun white towards 
setting. From 9th to 12th September the sun was green at Trincomalee, 
in Ceylon, till it ascended to the height of 10 degrees above the horizon ; 
later it was blue; at noon, a bright blue; and during its declining similar 
changes took place, only reversed in order. The moon on or about the 
same dates was similarly tinged (Langley, ‘‘ Journal Am. Sci.”). It will be 
well to bear this observation in mind when we examine into the cause or 
causes of the various phenomena. 

There are one or two other points that have been noticed in connection 
with the displays. In the neighbourhood of Timaru and elsewhere a great 
luminosity, almost like a continuation or a revival of the evening glow, has 
been observed in the depth of the night all across the face of the sky round 
about the place of the sun’s setting. This was observed here frequently in 
the months of November, December, and January, at one, two, and even so 
late as three o’clock in the morning. The glow sometimes in these mid- 
night displays extended from horizon to zenith over not the western but the 
southern heavens, and was so brilliant that an observer (Mr. Marsden, of 
Stoke) says he could by means of it easily have read ordinary clear type. 
During the day the sun, even when the sky was cloudless, has been fre- 
quently observed to be surrounded with a whitish glare (Conte California, 
‘‘ Nature,” 28th February), corone, or coloured halos. Often it has been 
very hazy. This was noticed by Mr. Hazen, who read a paper on the whole 
subject recently before the Philosophical Society in Washington. Occa- 
sionally also, as at Freiburg on the 11th January, and here in Nelson on 
the 24th of last month, even with a clear sky there has been no glow at all, 
though on the previous day there was a very distinct one; again, through 
the glow the stars have been distinctly seen, and on the 4th and 5th of 
January there was a ring of 30 degrees in diameter round the moon, and 
that satellite seemed to be gleaming through watery vapour. Again, on the 
1st December it was observed that the glow did not become bright till a 
full hour after sunset (Hard. Sci. Gos.). Some observers, too, have noticed 
a large and striking coloured arc, pink or crimson, opposite the sun at the 
time of the glow. Furthermore, it is recorded that the cirrus-like wisps of 
cloud on which the sunset phenomena appeared in November and December 
disappeared altogether or became very faint and large towards the com- 
mencement of the current year. 


362 Transactions.—Miscellaneous. 


Dates of Phenomena. 

And now for a word or two as to the dates of the first appearance of the 
phenomena in the different places where observations have been made and 
recorded. This enquiry is decidedly important, whether we associate the 
phenomena with the eruption of Krakatoa or otherwise account for them by 
a cause or causes terrestrial rather than cosmic. The following table gives 
the dates of recorded observations in chronological order ;— 

27th August. Sun obscured during day and set gorgeously at Sey- 
chelles, and Rodriguez, and Diego Garcia. 

28th August. Sun-glows at Mauritius, 3,000 miles from Krakatoa. 

29th August. Sun dull and like the moon at Seychelles. 

30th August. Sun very hazy at Tokio in Japan, and in Brazil. 

Ist, 2nd September. Sun blue at Cape Coast Castle (7,000 miles 
away), then rose colour, then white. 

1st, 2nd September. Sun green at Barinas in Venezuela (12,000 
miles away), previously like burnished silver. 

1st, 2nd September. Sun-glows at New Ireland. 

Ath September. Sun green at Fanning’s Isle. 

5th September. Sun-glows at Honolulu. 

8th September. Sun-glows in Ceylon. 

9th September. Sun green and blue in India, Ceylon (Trincomalee). 

15th September. Sun-glows in South Australia, and Nelson, New 
Zealand. 

18th September. Sun-glows in Wellington, New Zealand. 

20th September. Sun-glows at Cape of Good Hope. 

2nd October. Sun-glows in Victoria. 

5th October. Sun-glows at Honolulu and Valparaiso. 

8th October. Sun-glows in Florida. 

19th October. Sun-glows at Yuma (California). 

30th October. Sun-glows in United States. 

8th November. Sun-glows in England and California. 

20th November. Sun-glows in Turkey. 

23rd November. Sun-glows in Iceland. 

27th September. Sun-glows nearly everywhere, and on this evening 
the grandest display of all in the Old World. 

— December. Sun-glows in North China. 

I regret exceedingly that I cannot supplement this list by giving the 
precise dates of the first appearance of the sun-glows in Nelson. I made 
certain notes in my diary, but they are not sufficiently conclusive. Perhaps 
some one present can and will kindly help me in this respect. I neither 


Merson. —On the recent Sun-glows. 363 


made exact memoranda myself of the earliest displays nor can I find any- 
one who did. In these, as well as in other matters, one does not recognize 
the importance of recording observations till the opportunity of doing so 
has slipped by. Then we see what useful work in any locality an observa- 
tory can do, and how desirable it was for us to get our local meteorological 
instruments into actual work. We may now congratulate ourselves that in 
the future the dates of the more remarkable and patent meteorological facts 
will be found at Bishopdale without difficulty. 

On turning over the file of our local evening paper I find the first sunset 
that was thought worthy of a paragraph to itself—or, indeed, of any notice 
at all—was on the 29th December. The issue of the 31st—the last day of 
the year—mentions the glow of the 29th as ‘‘ the most gorgeous of the 
many that have excited admiration of late.” This display was at its best 
at 9 o’clock, and half an hour afterwards had almost entirely disappeared. 
But certainly for three months before this date we had become familiar with 
the spectacle. I have a distinct impression that we had witnessed it several 
times before the middle of October. Our vice-president, Mr. Atkinson, 
whose astronomical studies would make him likely to record or remember 
with accuracy the dates of the earliest appearances, states his conviction 
that it was as early as the 1st October or the last days of September. 
But our secretary, Dr. Hudson, assures me that he can fix the date of 
one very early display as Monday, 17th September, and he thinks this 
was not the first. I find what notes I did make confirm this record, and 
so am able approximately to give the date as Saturday, 15th September. 

Dr. Hector, on the 14th November, before the Wellington Philosophical 
Society, states ‘that the extraordinary coloured glow in the sky had been 
visible every clear night and morning since the first* week in September, 
proving the existence at an enormous altitude of some vapourous matter 
capable of refracting the sun’s light into its prismatic components. He had 
observed, to his surprise, on several evenings that through rifts in the 
vapour masses crimsoned in the ordinary way by the sun after it had set, a 
back-ground of intense greenish blue was visible. After all the ordinary 
sun-tints had faded, this blue changed to orange-pink, and graduated off 
through the various prismatic tints to a magnificent crimson spanning over 
what appeared to be cloudless sky considerably to the eastward of the 
meridian. This spectacle gradually faded with the advance of nightfall, but 
lasted 1 hour and 20 minutes after the ordinary twilight tints had faded.” 
I have quoted this at length, to embody in my paper an accurate and 
graphic description of phenomena, which we all well remember, but more 
especially because of the date given for their first appearance. In the table 


* Misprint for “third.” ‘lhe exact date was the 18th September.— (Ep. | 


364 Transactions. —Miscellaneouis. 


that I have given it will be seen that at Adelaide (South Australia), which 
is in 85°, the first marked appearance of the sun-glow was on the 15th 
September. In Victoria, which is only situated a few degrees nearer the 
tropics than Nelson, the glows did not appear, it seems, till the 2nd Oc- 
tober. 

To supplement the information given by the above table, I must proceed 
to say that the displays have continued since their first appearance inter- 
mittently up to the present time. The last ones in the old world of which 
I find any record in “ Nature,” were, one observed by Professor Reilley, I 
presume in Dublin, on the 11th June, another on the 22nd June in Dalston, 
and a third on the 7th July noted by B. J. Hopkins. The displays con- 
tinued in Nelson without any intermission during the first few months of 
the present year. I have made memoranda of very striking ones on the 
13th March, 14th April, and 5th May. Since the last-mentioned date, I 
cannot positively say that there have been no sun-glows here in Nelson, for 
I noticed something very like one even so recently as the 22nd of last 
month, and again on the 23rd when a faint after-glow was clearly visible 
for an hour after sunset ; but I have not seen anything at all extraordinary 
in the sunsets since the 5th May. Concerning the latest appearances in 
distant parts of the world, there has scarcely yet been time to collect par- 
ticulars and records of observations. To judge from a letter in ‘“‘ Nature,” 
there appears to have been in England in June and July a return of the 
phenomenon. Be it observed, in no place do the glows seem to have been 
continuous. Everywhere there were days, even weeks, when none were 
observed at all. Cloudy weather and other meteorological conditions would 
account for this in part, but not entirely. In the month of November, there 
seems to have been a curious intermission, lasting three weeks, even in 
places so distant from one another as England, Honolulu, and the United 
States. Two or three days prior to the Sunda eruptions, Moncure Conway 
reports that he saw the sun steel-blue during the daytime, and green 
towards setting. This observation, reported by Mr. Hllery to the Royal 
Society of Melbourne on the 13th December, seems to be somewhat singular. 

In leaving this part of my subject, I would point out :— 

1. That the earliest places to get the sun-glows and the coloured sun 
and moon were within the tropics, and as a rule, near to the Straits of 
Sunda. 

2. That the appearances commenced on the very day following the 
Krakatoa catastrophe, with the exception of the one reported by Moncure 
Conway, about the date of which there may be some slight mistake. 

8. That all the places which witnessed the phenomena before the 8th 
September, are situated within 15 degrees of the equator. 


Mzrson.—On the recent Sun-glows. 865 


4, That the glows have differed from ordinary brilliant sunrises and 
sunsets in respect of intensity, duration, area, and time of appearance. 
Moreover, the colours of the after-clows have been in themselves very 
exceptional, and they have succeeded one another with more regularity 
than ordinarily occurs. 

5. That the period of their greatest intensity seems to have been from 
the middle of November to the middle of January—the display on the 27th 
November having been the most gorgeous of all. 

6. That the phenomena are very gradually disappearing, and becoming 
less and less remarkable as the weeks roll on. At the present time they 
are very intermittent, and, when visible at all, are exceedingly faint. 

Having described the phenomena, it remains for us now to consider 

The various Theories 

that have been advanced to account for the same, and we shall find that 
they are numerous and in some cases sufficiently ridiculous. As Tyndall 
says, ‘‘Man longs for causes, and the weaker minds, unable to restrain their 
longing, often barter for the most theoretic pottage the truth which patient 
enquiry would make their own.’ In the first place there is the ‘‘ Super- 
natural Theory.” The world is in its death-throes. It has always been 
foretold that portents in the sky and convulsions of nature should precede 
the coming dissolution. Scientific men cannot account satisfactorily for the 
heavenly splendours. It is only in their pride of intellect that they attempt 
to do so. The sun-glows must be classed with the fearful earthquakes, the 
terrific volcanic eruptions, the weird colours of the sun and moon;—the 
spread of the destructive blights, the invention and employment of dyna- 
mite for dastardly purposes, the growth of human wickedness, etc., etc., are 
signs that the end of all things is near! We all know the form this argu- 
ment takes and how many good people there are who honestly advance it. 
But it need not detain us here to-night. 

Then, there are those who thought that Biela’s Comet, which was rush- 
ing towards us in January last, might have exercized sufficient influence in 
some mysterious way to produce the sun-glows; and some New South 
Welshman who probably had been sun-struck during the fervid days of 
December last in his colony, attributed the world-wide appearances to the 
sandy deserts in the interior of Australia. Another theory, scarcely more 
respectable perhaps, is that the light is such as has been travelling to 
us from distant suns for thousands of years, and has only just succeeded in 
penetrating to our dark continents. In connection with which, what expla- 
nation is given of the disappearance of the abnormal light does not appear. 
Then, although the glows were repeatedly seen when there was not the 
slightest magnetic disturbance, we have, of course, the electrical theory, 


366 Transactions. —Miscellaneous. 


This is a convenient one in many difficulties. Here is something we cannot 
understand. It must, therefore, be caused in some way by that mysterious 
force, elestricity—which in the near future is to produce for us, even artifi- 
cially, light, heat, motion, and every form of energy. As is the super- 
natural to one class of people, so is electricity to another, wiser in its own 
eyes—a key to unlock every dark and mysterious chamber in the universe. 
And when we consider what electricity has enabled us to do in recent times, 
we cannot wonder that it should be credited with effects for which it is not 
at all responsible. 
I.—Tue Cosmic Dust Turory. 

But now we must pass to theories which are more plausible; and the 
first of these is that the earth has been recently passing, particularly in its 
intertropical parts, through some meteoric region or a cloud of cosmic dust. 
But those who advance this, forget to tell us how it is that there has been 
even less than the usual number of shooting stars during the period of the 
glows. The dust in the upper air was once thought to come from outside space 
and to be the residuum of burnt-out meteors. Some of these erratic bodies 
rushing aimlessly through space are, from to time, caught by the gravitation 
of the earth, and then in their rapid passage towards its centre, striking the 
air, acquire such intense heat that they burst after a very brief moment of 
incandescence into vapour and are burnt out 60 miles above the level of the 
sea (Ranyard, ‘‘ Knowledge”). Now, if we had been passing lately 
through such a meteoric belt as is supposed, during the numerous clear 
nights that we have had, meteors or shooting stars such as I have described 
must have been seen in considerable numbers. As a matter of fact none, 
or next to none, have been visible. Lockyer, Ranyard, and Williams, 
nevertheless, were at first inclined to this theory—the latter gentleman 
more especially—in consequence of the results obtained through examina- 
tion and analysis of the dust gathered from melted snow; and Mr. Ellery 
stated, in an address to the Royal Society of Melbourne on 15th November, 
that there were only two admissible theories to account for the sun-glows, 
and one was that the earth was passing through a meteoric region resulting 
in refraction of the sun’s rays. Mr. Ranyard says (‘‘ Knowledge,” 14th 
March) that at first he could not resist the impression that the glows were 
caused by meteoric dust, though he knew well enough that in 1861 the earth 
passed directly through a comet’s tail without any such glows appearing. 
But all these gentlemen abandoned this theory subsequently. A Mr. Biggs, 
of Launceston (Tasmania), says that if we had been running through a 
meteoric belt such as is supposed, the meteoric bodies would have been 
falling upon us at the rate of 200,000 miles a day—that celestial fireworks 
would have been astonishing, and that everything sublunary would have 


Merson.—On the recent Sun-glows. 367 


. 


been burnt up—unless, indeed, the meteoric dust was in our own orbit and 
moving with our velocity, in which case the phenomena would have been an 
old acquaintance. Other objections to the cosmic dust theory are the 
almost instantaneous appearance and the intermittent character of the 
phenomena. Every re-appearance would imply another cosmic cloud 
moreover; and the amount of meteoric dust requisite to produce the effect, 
would have to be enormous and very exceptional. The number of meteor- 
ites that enter our air daily is computed to be about 10,000,000, weighing 
not less than 100, nor more than 1,000 tons altogether (Langley, ‘‘ Scien- 
tific American”’). This amount of matter falling into the air, it is considere‘, 
would be far too small to produce the result for which we are seeking the — 
cause. A further argument lies in the fact that particles of dust brought 
down by rain and snow-water recently, when subjected to microscopic and 
chemical analysis, are found to resemble volcanic matter rather than mete- 
oric (Professor Rees, New York Academy of Sciences). So that, on the 
whole, it may be concluded that, if it is dust in the upper air that causes 
the sun-glows, that dust is not meteoric but terrestrial. 

IJ.—Txue Aqueous Vapour THrEorY. 

The precise cause of the brilliant colouring which so frequently beauti- 
fies the heavens and accompanies the setting and rising of the sun is not 
positively known. It is, however, generally supposed to be owing to an 
extraordinary amount of aqueous vapour (Lockyer, Times, 18th December, 
1883), or dust (Hazen, ‘“‘ American Journal of Science’) in the higher 
atmosphere absorbing the blue rays which go to the composition of white 
light, and diffusing the red. The connection between red skies and rainy 
weather is recognized in the oldest folk lore. 

“ Red sky at night is the shepherd’s delight, 
Red sky in morning is the sailor’s warning.”’ 
‘When it is evening ye say it will be fine weather, for the sky is red. 
And in the morning, it will be foul weather to-day, for the sky is red and 
lowering.” —Matt., xvi., 2, 3. I presume red in the sky in the evening 
does not imply wet weather, but rather the reverse, because, it shows us 
that the aqueous vapour in the air is following and passing away with the 
setting sun. Just as the colouring of the deep sea is owing to the refrac- 
tion and decomposition of light passing from one medium into another of 
different density—shallow water appearing, as a rule, colourless—so aqueous 
vapour in the atmosphere causes the absorption of certain component rays 
of white light, and the others being dispersed in the air, impart their 
colour. The ordinary phenomena of twilight and dawn are partly owing to 
the same cause; and it is said that when the sun is seen through the 
funnel of a steam engine it appears green. It was natural, therefore, that 


368 Transactions. —Miscellaneous. 


the aqueous vapour theory should be advanced to account for the sun-glows; 
as it was brought forward under somewhat similar circumstances, herein- 
after referred to, in the year 17838, by the philosopher Lalande, so it first 
occurred to many eminent astronomers and meteorologists (Mr. Ellery 
amongst the number) of the present day; and although in most cases 
the theory was subsequently abandoned, yet at first it was maintained 
vehemently, and most other theories treated with contempt. With Mr. 
Ellery of Melbourne the aqueous was one of his two admissible theories, and 
that which he strongly advocated. He said—there is unusual moisture in 
the upper air—our exceptionally wet season proves it. The average rain- 
fall for January is 1:60 inches. This year it has been 4°75 inches. Such 
exceptional moisture in the air will account for the sun-glows (Royal 
Society, Melbourne, 15th November). But, unfortunately for this theory, 
as it happened, the season in New South Wales, the neighbouring colony, 
was exceptionally dry, as the squatters there know to their cost. The 
drought was so severe indeed that it brought about a loss to the colony in 
one way or another of £10,000,000, and again in North China (from the 
testimony of a Mr. Sowerby in ‘“‘ Nature”) the winter was remarkably fine. 
Yet in both New South Wales and China the sun-glows were brilliant— 
those in China, in the month of December, being described as gorgeous 
with magnificent rose-pink after-glows. Mr. Ellery, furthermore, says that 
an assistant of his at Port Darwin, in March, 18838, saw several such sunsets 
as we have had with similar after-glows, and that they always came before 
or after rain. Herein the Government Astronomer of Victoria strangely 
loses sight of the fact that before or after rain, as it appears to me, makes 
all the difference in the world, for if the sun-glows continue to appear after 
a rainy season, and during a succeeding dry one, as they have done in Vic- 
toria, it is clear that they must be produced independently of aqueous 
vapour in the air. Ag far as our experience here in Nelson is concerned, I 
do not think there can be any doubt whatever that our finest sun-glows 
occurred during a spell of dry, keen, and exceptionally cold weather. More- 
over, the air of England is wet enough in all conscience, yet fine sunsets 
are comparatively rare there, and green suns almost an unheard-of pheno- 
menon. Dr. Hector,* again, as I have already quoted, spoke on the 14th 
November, 1883, of the extraordinary coloured glow in the sky, as proving 
the existence at an enormous altitude of vapourous matter capable of 
refracting the sun’s light into its prismatic components. Except that 
the expression employed here is ‘“‘ vapourous matter’’—in the place of 
‘aqueous vapour ’’—the language is not at all doubtful. The context, 
however, states that the vapour must have an unusual altitude, that 


* Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol, xvi., p. 556. 


Mrrson.—On the recent Sun-glows, 869 


it was gradually drawing towards the pole, and that it was connected 
with the Sunda eruption. But that the exceptional matter in the upper 
air is vapourous at all seems to me very doubtful. I would remark here 
parenthetically that it is very easy for us to be wise when a great many 
facts and opinions have been given and collected; but very difficult when 
the phenomena are quite new and few accurate observations have been 
made, and we have had no opportunity of comparing notes with other 
observers. To say this much is due to those who, from their position, are 
expected at all times and at a moment’s notice to give a correct opinion as 
to the cause of whatever baffles ordinary comprehension in natural pheno- 
mena. That they should occasionally make a mistake is to be expected, 
but that they have done so as far as this aqueous theory is concerned, I con- 
ceive, as yet, is certainly ‘‘not proven.” That they have, in some cases, 
changed their opinion, shows the difficulty and uncertainty with which the 
whole subject is surrounded. 

However, there is another test of the ‘“‘aqueous vapour’’ theory—the 
spectroscope. When the glow is examined by means of this tell-tale instru- 
ment, if there were aqueous vapour in any quantity in the upper air, 
you would have the solar spectrum with its Fraunhofer lines and 
certain black bands—wet weather or rain bands as they are called 
—intervening, even as when a ray of light is seen through straum 
(M. Jansen). Now, as a matter of fact, during the period of the sun- 
glows, whenever the spectroscope was employed, it was found that the 
rain bands instead of being at a maximum were at a minimum. On the 
other hand, the dry-air band was well defined—in fact, to use the words of 
Lockyer, it was at a tremendous maximum. Notwithstanding some evi- 
dence to the contrary furnished by Mr. Michie Smith, of Madras, and Dr. 
Assman, of Maddebirg, this seems at first sight pretty conclusive. But it 
is not so, for there arises this question, Would the spectroscopic effect be 
altered according to the condition of aqueous vapour in the upper air? If the 
vapour were turned by the intense cold of the upper currents into icy 
particles, Would the rain band then appear? I do not think it would, and 
we shall see subsequently direct testimony that it would not. So that, after 
all, the aqueous vapour theory does not completely break down—it only 
becomes modified. We have ice crystals instead of watery vapour. I read 
that green and blue suns are frequently seen in polar regions; and icy par- 
ticles in the air refracting the sun’s light into its prismatic components are 
very favourable for the display of sunset colours (‘‘ Hard. Sci. Goss.”) The 
question is, what other independent proof have we that the upper air has 
been full of ice crystals? The general view of the world’s weather 
recently does not seem to provide any evidence in this direction. Some 

24 


870 Traunsactwons.—Miscellaneous. 


places have been certainly unseasonably cold. I think New Zealand has 
for example. The summer of Christmas last was both late and cold. <A 
frost was experienced at Ashburton on 5th December, and for the past few 
months we have had more than the usual amount of biting weather. But, 
per contra, last winter in England, when the sunsets were most brilliant, 
was very exceptionally mild. So I believe it will be found to have been 
elsewhere. Nevertheless, the ice crystal theory still finds advocates, notably 
Dr. Verbeek, who connects the appearances notwithstanding with Krakatoa. 
He says that the vapoury discharge on 26th and 27th August at Straits of 
Sunda was immense ; that it was condensed to water as it ascended into the 
colder air, and eventually in the coldest, was frozen. The refraction through 
the innumerable ice crystals, he thinks, was quite a sufficient cause for the 
abnormal sun glows. ; 

Now this carries us through all the theories which attempt to account 
for the sun-glows imdependently of Krakatoa and its memorable eruption, 
and it is evident that although there is very much to be said in favour of the 
aqueous vapour theory—or rather its modification, the ice crystal theory,— 
yet not one of these attempts to account for the displays is perfectly satis- 
factory. Moreover, when we are regarding exceptional events, we must 
look for their origin in events which are in themselves both exceptional and 
adequate. 

III.—Txe Voncantc THEory 

therefore next claims our attention. It is impossible, I think, to consider 
the dates of the earliest occurrence of sun-glows, coming as they do imme- 
diately after the Krakotoa eruption, which, you must remember, culminated 
on the 27th August at 10 in the morning,—without arriving at the conclu- 
sion that the two things are in some way associated—the fallacy in “‘ post hoc, 
propter hoc” notwithstanding, but historical records help us also in this 
direction. It has been pointed out on the authority of that accurate and 
painstaking naturalist Gilbert White, that strangely enough exactly 100 
years ago, 7.e., in the summer of 1783, similar phenomena were observed 
(‘‘ Nat. Hist. of Selborne,” Letter LXV.). * 

“The summer of the year 1783 was an amazing and portentous one, 
and full of terrible phenomena; for, besides the alarming meteors and tre- 
mendous thunder storms that affrighted and distressed the different counties 
of this kingdom, the‘peculiar haze, or smoky fog, that prevailed for many 
weeks in this island and every part of Europe, and even beyond its limits, 
was a most extraordinary appearance, unlike anything known within the 
memory of man. By my journal I find that I had noticed this strange 
occurrence from 28rd June to 20th July inclusive, during which period the 
wind varied to every quarter without making any alteration to the air, The 


Mrzson.—On the recent Sun-glows. 871 


sun, at noon, looked as blank as a clouded moon, and shed a rust-coloured 
ferruginous light on the ground, and floors of rooms; but was particularly 
lurid and blood-coloured at rising and setting. All the time the heat was 
so intense that butchers’ meat could hardly be eaten on the day after it was 
killed ; and the flies swarmed so in the lanes and hedges that they rendered 
the horses half frantic, and riding irksome. The country people began to 
look with a superstitious awe at the red lowering aspect of the sun; and 
indeed there was reason for the most enlightened person to be apprehensive, 
for, all the while, Calabria and part of the Isle of Sicily were torn and con- 
vulsed with earthquakes, and about that juncture a volcano sprang out of 
the sea on the coast of Norway.” 

And Cowper in the “Task” describes the same appearances (Task, 
Book ii.). 

‘‘ Sure there is need of social intercourse, 
Benevolence, and peace, and mutual aid, 
Between the nations in a world, that seems 
To toll the death-bell of its own decease, 

And by the voice of all its elements 

To preach the gen’ral doom. When were the winds 
Let slip with such a warrant to destroy ? 

When did the waves so haughtily o’erleap 

Their ancient barriers, deluging the dry ? 

Fires from beneath, and meteors from above, 
Portentous, unexampled, unexplain’d, 

Have kindled beacons in the skies, and th’ old 

And crazy Earth has had her shaking fits 

More frequent, and forgone her usual rest.” 

From another source (‘‘ Nature,” 17th July) I hear that extraordinary 
sunrises and sunsets in that year lasted for eleven months, and have been 
attributed by Arago to volcanic dust, for besides the volcanic activity to 
which the Vicar of Selborne refers in the letter mentioned, there were, it 
appears, in 1783 tremendous eruptions of Asama Yama, in Japan, and 
Skaptar Jokul, in Iceland. Mrs. Somerville, Sir C. Lyell, and Sir J. 
Herschell all refer to the latter event, and the last named says that on that 
occasion 21 cubic miles of lava were ejected from the crater. Again, 
similar phenomena were observed in Kurope and America in 18381, and at 
first when this fact was disinterred from historical archives or recalled by 
human memory, it was stated that that year was memorable for no parti- 
cular eruption. Buta quotation from Nile’s Register, 31st October, 1831, 
given in ‘‘ Nature” of May last, puts a different aspect on the case. It 
says that on 7th August preceding, there occurred a violent eruption off the 
coast of Sicily, during which Graham’s Isle was formed: two days later the 
sunsets began to be very lurid and remarkable, the glow extending to the 


872 Transactions. — Miscellaneous. 


zenith, and lasting beyond twilight. After the 11th August a blue sun was 
seen at the Bermudas, and on the 15th at Mobile. In October at Washing- 
ton, and at Alexandria in Virginia, there was a red sun-glow, and at mid- 
day the sun was silver white. Again, Dr. Taylor (in his Australasian notes) 
quotes Col. Stuart-Wortley to the effect that he has seen similar skies in 
the Pacific, caused by the volcanic eruptions of South America: and Hd. 
Whymper, on the slope of Chimborazo, 8rd July, 1880, saw an eruption of 
Cotopaxi, 65 miles away, which produced not only a blood-red sky, changing 
to verdigris green and the colours of brick dust, copper, and shining brass, 
but also a veritable green sun. 

The fact which I wish to bring out by all this evidence is that somehow 
or other by the discharge of smoke, dust vapour, or gas—z.e., matter in one 
of its three leading forms—from volcanic rents, the colours in the sky and 
of the heavenly bodies have been and can be for a period of time, short or 
long, very considerably changed. Here, therefore, we have an additional 
reason besides that of sequence in point of time, for associating the late 
manifestations with the outbreak at Krakatoa, and the very exceptional 
violence and extent of the operation of that eruption enables us to see why 
the sun-glows recently have been so remarkable and brilliant, and of 
such long continuance. 

But that is not all. The year 1883 was as a whole wonderful in its 
voleanic activity. The old fiery life is still throbbing in the earth’s veins, 
and as the Times recently remarked in a leading article, the lava catastrophe 
clearly shows that our little world is not near its latter end yet. I find that 
from March of last year almost up to the present time there has been a 
series of earthquakes and eruptions such as mankind has probably never 
before experienced in historic times, within a similarly brief period. By 
the microseismometer, earth-tremors of the faintest character are duly re- 
corded ; and this delicate instrument reveals the fact that for some time, 
particularly in certain parts of the world, earth-tremors have been more than 
usually continuous. I would ask you to carefully note the following list of 
the eruptions and earthquakes during the period indicated. I have com- 
piled it up to Christmas last from a journalistic summary of the events of 
the year :— 

92nd March: Barthquakes in Sicily, eruption of Htna. 

26th March. Eruption of Hecla. 

12th April. Earthquakes in Tasmania begin, and last through year. 

20th May. First eruption of Krakatoa. 

22nd July. Harthquake in Ischia (6,000 killed; felt even so far as 
Wiesbaden). | 

25th August. Great eruption of Krakatoa, 


Mzzson.—On the recent Sun-glows. 878 


28th August. Earthquakes in West Australia and Tasmania. 

29th August. Harthquakes in New South Wales and Tasmania. 

380th August. Harthquakes in New South Wales and Queensland. 

20th September. Earthquakes in New South Wales. 

8th October. Eruptions in Iceland. 

10th October. Last eruption of Krakatoa. 

11th October. Earthquakes in California. Eruptions in Alaska. 

15th October. Earthquakes in the Levant and Asia Minor, 200 
perished. 

22nd October. Earthquake in Lisbon. 

It is indeed, though very incomplete doubtless, a formidable list, and 
since Christmas almost up to date, the voleanic activity has been continued. 
Ischia and Alaska have again suffered, and even steady Old England has 
felt the effect of internal fire, or shrinking, or whatever may cause earth- 
quakes—having experienced a severe shock in the neighbourhood of Col- 
chester. 

But of all these outbreaks that at Krakatoa was by far the most formid- 
able and gigantic. Professor Verbeek, who was at the head of the Com- 
mittee of Enquiry appointed by the Dutch Government at Batavia to 
investigate on the spot the causes, features, and effects of the eruption, has 
already sent ina long report, a translation of which appeared in ‘“‘ Nature”’ of 
1st May ; it is a most complete and interesting account. Even a synopsis 
of it, however, would be too long for me to give to-night. I must content 
myself with mentioning a few of the particulars and estimates given, 
mainly with the view of showing the magnitude of the operations. 

It appears that there is a rent in the earth across the Straits of Sunda, 
and that a slight pressure on the molten matter beneath the crust, or the 
entrance of salt water causing the generation of steam, produced the 
explosion. The Professor naturally thinks that the simultaneous occurrence 
of earthquakes in Australia indicates a very large area of operations. The 
activity of Krakatoa really began in May, 1883, but culminated on Monday, 
27th August, at 5 minutes past 10 a.m., in an explosion so terrific that 
the noise of it was heard in Ceylon, at Perth in Western Australia (1,800 
miles away), and even at Diego Garcia, near Mauritius, 3,000 miles away ; 
in fact over nearly one-fourth of the earth’s circumference. Seven or eight 
air-waves were also formed in all directions—violent throbbings of the 
entire atmosphere of the world—producing effects like those of earthquakes. 
Even at Pasoeroean 830 kilometres (say 520 miles) distant, walls were rent 
by these jerks in the air, which were very quickly communicated and—being 
registered at places so wide apart as Batavia, Wellington, Dunedin, Mel- 
bourne, St. Petersburg, and London—they form, as it were, a register of the 


874-3" Transactions.— Miscellaneous. 


successive explosions, and are exceedingly interesting. The air-wave 
following the 10.5 eruption seems to have travelled three and a quarter 
times round the world before it allowed the atmosphere to regain its normal 
condition ; journeying at the rate of 674 or 706 miles an hour according as 
it passed to the east or to the west, 7.e., according as it was assisted or 
retarded by the upper currents of wind (Col. Strachey, Royal Society). 
Besides this ‘‘ atmospheric shudder,” as Ellery graphically calls it, there 
were enormous sea-waves—tidal-waves as they are improperly called— 
formed by the tumbling-in of the burnt-out mountain, or the falling into the 
sea of vast bodies of ashes, or by submarine explosions or otherwise. These 
waves were, as you know, awfully destructive to human life—perhaps 
carried off 100,000 people. To show their force and rapidity, I may state 
that they reached Geraldton in Western Australia so early as the 27th, 
Mongonui and Timaru, New Zealand, on the 29th, and Nelson on the 30th. 
Shortly afterwards they reached places more distant still, even the coast of 
France. Verbeek computes that 18 cubic kilometres—nearly twenty-five 
thousand million cubic yards—of solids, and more of gas, were ejected. The 
steam cloud rose to the height of 11,000 metres (nearly seven miles) even 
on 20th May, when the eruption was trifling, and probably to the height of 
20,000 (over thirteen miles) on the 27th. But naturally enough, nobody in 
the vicinity on that exciting day was sufficiently calm to note with accuracy 
such phenomena. Before the eruption the Island of Krakatoa contamed 
834 square kilometres (nearly thirteen square miles), now it’contains only 
104 square kilometres, that is, less than one-third of the old area. It 
consisted of three large peaks, one of which was 2,500 feet high ; the two 
smaller of these and a cleanly-cut half of the largest one have disappeared 
entirely, and the sea over the place where they were is now over 1,000 feet 
deep. The whole neighbourhood is changed. One island, Poelsche Hoedje, 
has vanished entirely. Others are trebled in size. Within a radius of 
15 kilometres (say nine miles) the ashes are 20 to 40 inches deep, and an 
area as large as Germany, Holland, and Belgium put together is covered to 
a less extent. A locality subject to visitations of this kind, with sixteen 
active volcanoes, some of them 12,000 feet high, and many more only quiet 
for a time, is well called ‘‘ The Lid of Hell,” and after such a visitation to 
any one part of the world, we need not wonder at all to see curious 
meteorological phenomena as a consequence, even in very distant places. 
But, as I have already pointed out, this eruption of Krakatoa was by no 
means the only outbreak through the earth’s crust during last year. That 
of Hecla on 26th March, and that of Alaska, were anything but insignificant. 
The latter especially must have resulted in the throwing up of a vast 
quantity of matter. The whole Alaskan peninsula was in volcanic activity. 


. Mrrson.—On the recent Sun-glows. 375 


One mountain, St. Augustine, was split into two parts; another 12,000 feet 
high was very violent—threw the whole district into darkness for some time 
and covered every foot of the ground to a long distance with a layer of ashes 
five or six feet deep. An island a mile and a half long and 75 feet high 
was suddenly formed, and tidal-waves 80 feet high broke on all the surround- 
ing coasts. Still even this was vastly inferior to the Krakatoa catastrophe, 
and almost all the prominent scientific men of the day concur in connecting 
our sun-glows with the latter event, although they allow that the smaller 
eruptions of the year may have contributed to the intensity and duration of 
the displays. 

But it remains to be shown how that connection is established. Some- 
‘thing unusual was evidently carried into the higher air in immense quan- 
tities m the last days of August, 1883. What was that something? Dust, 

_ vapour subsequently to be frozen into ice-crystals by the cold aerial upper 
currents, or some gas such as hydrogen or chlorine. Hach of these has its 
advocates—perhaps the truth is that each has contributed to the result. 
Let us see more closely what is or can be advanced in favour of each 
supposition. 

Firstly, as to the hydrogen gas there really is little to say. Several 
authorities (Hllery and Hazen, e.g.) incidentally mention it as a possible 
product of the eruption, resulting from the decomposition of the ejected 
water through electric action, I suppose. When once released the hydrogen 
would readily and naturally ascend to a great height, for its specific gravity 
is less than that of any other gas, and we can conceive it as suspended at a 
great altitude in great quantities, and for a long time. But granting all 
this, would it produce the sun-glows? Mr. Ellery thinks not, and nobody 
of scientific standing contradicts him. Again the heavy yellow gas— 
chlorine—would probably be liberated in large quantities by the pouring of 
sea-water into the fiery craters of Krakatoa, and in combination with other 
causes may have contributed to the exceptional colouring. 

Secondly, there is the aqueous vapour, or rather ice-crystal theory. 
There is more to be said here. But, on the threshold, there is a great 
difficulty. Aqueous vapour in the air is no unusual thing. Often the 
atmosphere is heavily charged with it. But the sun-glows are phenomenal. 
Is it not curious that the vapour has never before assumed the condition 
requisite for producing such an effect? Hazen argues in favour of this 
theory thus: there are three conditions necessary to produce the best 
results in the way of sun-glows: (1) clear sky; (2) abundant refracting 
material; and (3) great force to carry the same high up into the air; all 
these conditions have been fulfilled. ‘The universality of water secures the 
fulfilment of the second condition even independently of the Krakatoa 


376 Transactions.—Miscellaneous. 


eruption; and for the fulfilment of tlie third condition we have electricity, 
which during the past year has been in great force as shown by electro- 
meters—incessant volcanic eruptions, a maximum development of sun-spots 
(Secchi and others offer testimony to this also), and the striz gathering 
about the setting sun. One of the three conditions (clear sky) being 
occasionally absent, the glows would naturally be intermittent. The frost 
particles in the upper air would produce the colouring by diffraction, and 
being transparent, would not hide the stars from view. The persistence of 
the phenomena through many consecutive months is certainly against this 
theory ; and the absence of the rain band is a very strong objection, but not 
so strong as it looks; because frozen water does not produce the rain band like 
aqueous vapour: e.g., before a light rain a rain band of 70 degrees has been 
observed, but before a heavy snow storm only one of 10 degrees (F. W. 
Cory). 

All this is very plausible it must be allowed, but against it one may ask, 
Where has the upper-air moisture gone to—whether liquid or ice? It cer- 
tainly has not been precipitated, and the glows have ceased or are ceasing. 
Russia (Zimes, 11th July) has been excessively wet, but per contra an Eng- 
lish writer says, about July last—‘‘ we are passing through a droughty 
summer, the driest we have had since the famous one of 1868;” and the 
Times summarizes the great defects of the English climate from 1st January 
to 26th May as—(1) prevalence of cold searching dry air causing frequent 
frosts at night and (2) absence of rainfall. Nevertheless, there are many 
little facts which may be gathered all along the line tellmg in the same 
direction as Mr. Hazen goes. Lockyer, for example, mentions that he has 
seen a green sun through the mist on the Simplon Pass, and every one who 
has travelled in an alpine land knows the beautiful effect, which I think 
the Germans call Alpenglihen, produced by the rays of the setting sun 
falling aslant through the keen icy air upon glaciers and masses of névé 
snow. The most gorgeous as well as the softest colours play about the 
mountain peaks. Every icy crystal coruscates and flashes like a diamond, 
and the sky all around is flushed with the golden glow beneath it. I once 
saw this to perfection, standing in the valley of Lauterbrunnen and gazing 
towards the glaciers of Breithom and the Tschingel Alp. Never will the 
picture leave my memory! Again there is the strong argument drawn 
from the accounts given by those who have voyaged in polar regions. 
There, glows and coloured suns seem to be of frequent occurrence. 

Thirdly and lastly we have the volcanic dust theory of which Dr. Taylor 
says, or rather said, a few months ago—that ‘‘ there is a general consensus 
of opinion, now that the microscope and polariscope have been brought into 
the discussion of the question, that it is the true theory.’ It is stated in 


Muzson.—On the recent Sun-glows. 377 


‘“‘ Knowledge”’ to have been first advanced by G. T. Symons in a letter to 
the Times of 1st December. But in these colonies the theory was advanced, 
I feel pretty sure, long before that date. It was repudiated in fact by Mr. 
Hllery on the 15th November, before the Royal Society of Melbourne, and 
had been advocated both here and in Victoria some time before that. 

It will be well perhaps if we consider in the first place the various 
points that are in favour of this view. 

1. We have already by anticipation considered the certainty that there 
was something unusual projected into the upper air, and that it was thrown 
there by the Krakatoa eruption, which, as says Professor Rees, was the 
greatest eruption on record. 

2. The immense quantity of dust ejected from Krakatoa suggests that 
dust was the thing thrown into the higher atmosphere. As Langley says— 
“ Krakatoa ejected millions of tons which would not soon sink.” Thirty 
miles away from Sunda the ashes fell in such quantities as to make pitch 
darkness at noon-day. Java was like Holland in its garb of snow. White 
dust fell on the decks of vessels from 300 to 400 miles away. 

3. Dust in the upper air is not an inherent improbability, because the 
air at all heights is always more or less charged with quantities of dusty 
particles, as is easily seen when an isolated ray of light is admitted into a 
dark room. The motes are always in the sunbeam. The smoke of Chicago 
was seen, again, on the Pacific Coast, so that dust m the air travels far ; 
and Nordensfeld found the fissures m Greenland ice full of fine dust. 
Where did this come from if not from the air? In Italy from time to 
time also there occur veritable showers of sand brought over by the sirocco - 
from Africa. Piazzi Smyth, in 1872, noted such an occurrence in Palermo 
Bay and, if I mistake not, I have read somewhere that the red sand of the 
Sahara, carried by the Harmattan and other desert winds, finds its way to 
immense distances across the Atlantic. Dr. Taylor says that the air on the 
very summit of Monte Mazo, 9,000 feet high, is full of Bacteria, mould, 
spores, etc. In fact, though ordinary dust is not carried very high and is 
always deuser in the lower strata of the atmosphere, which was demon- 
strated by Tyndall’s experiments on the Bel-Alp, there is always dust in 
the air in greater or less quantities. This is clearly shown by the pheno- 
mena of radial polarization of light (7.e. the reflection or refraction of light 
so that it has new properties—sides as they are called of different intensi- 
ties), and to some extent it is also shown by the beautiful effects which we 
call twilight and dawn, though the principal cause of these is the reflection 
of light trom the air itself and the clouds and vapour suspended in it. 
Protessor Langley says that there is a zone of dust to the height of three 
miles all round the earth. In 1878 he wintered on Mount Etna and he 


878 Transactions. —Miscellaneous. 


found the air full of dust not local in origin. So Piazzi Smyth also found 
on Teneriffe at the height of a mile; and on Mount Whitney, in South 
California, 15,000 feet high, Langley found a sea of dust 6,000 feet deep. 
Tyndall says, ‘‘ What mainly holds the light in our atmosphere after the 
sun has retired behind the earth is, I imagine, the suspended matter which 
produces the blue of the sky, and the morning and evening red. Through 
the reverberation of the rays from particle to particle, there may be at the 
very noon of night a certain amount of illumination. Twilight must con- 
tinue with varying degrees of intensity all night long, and the visibility of 
the nocturnal firmanent itself may be due, not as my excellent friend Dove 
seems to assume to the light of the stars, but in great part to the light of 
the sun scattered in all directions through the atmosphere by the almost 
infinitely attenuated matter held there in suspense”’ (‘‘ Hours of Exercise 
in the Alps’’). Incidentally, I must remark that this probably gives us 
the true cause of the remarkable light that has been observed at midnight 
in different places during the period of the most intense glows. Given ex- 
ceptionally large quantities of dust in the air, and assuming the correctness 
of Tyndall’s theory, exceptional luminosity at night-time is just what we 
should expect. 

4, In the next place, notice particularly Mr. Lockyer’s argument that 
the order of the first appearance of the sun-glows in different parts of the 
earth is, upon the whole, in proportion to the distance of those places from 
Krakatoa, and therefore such as we should expect if dust were the reflecting 
or refracting medium of which we are in search. Generally speaking the 
tropics first witnessed the displays, and first of all those parts of the 
tropics nearest to Krakatoa. The temperate zones were reached at a later 
time, and more irregularly—the irregularity of winds in the temperate 
zones accounting for this naturally enough. I believe, if observations had 
been carefully made at all the different centres of population, the steady 
onward progress of the upper-air dust, as it radiated outwards from Kraka- 
toa, would be even more apparent and convincing than it is now,—but to 
understand that progress thoroughly we ought to know more than we do as 
to the upper currents of wind in the earth’s atmosphere. 

5. Dust in the upper air is sufficient to account for sun-glows, coloured 
suns, and all the other phenomena. In the Loes district of China, where 
the air is often laden with yellow dust, blue suns are constantly seen. 
F.A.R.R., a writer in ‘‘ Nature,” 12th June, says that the weather in the 
upper air must have been unusual, for ordinarily whatever matter may be 
there assists the blue rays of light and scatters them, whereas lately the 
blue rays have been absorbed. Now, a stratum of larger particles than 
ordinary, 20 to 40 miles high and descending at the rate of 1,000 feet a day, 


Mrrson.—On the recent Sun-ylows. 379 


would produce the effects with which we have been familiar. Such dust 
would cause a green reflection to be seen, followed by a yellow one. Then 
there would be competition between the red-arresting upper dust and the 
blue-dispersing lower air. Lower still the yellow would pass to orange, 
pink, and crimson—more striking as darkness increased. Perhaps there is 
some analogy to this decomposition of white light and reflection of certain 
component rays, in the green colouring of the ocean, which Tyndall regards 
as resulting from the interruption of the usual green rays by impurities sus- 
pended in the water. If this matter be absent and the sea be deep as well 
as pure, it is of a blue colour. On Mount Whitney, Langley found the 
dust itself bright red, but the sky, as seen through it, violet; but near the 
sun quite white. He says red rays are transmitted with the greatest ease 
through our air, the variation of colour depending on the size of the par- 
ticles of dust therein contained. Krakatoa may have charged the air, or a 
belt of it, with dust large enough to scatter the red rays and partly absorb 
the others. G. F. Chambers, at a January meeting of the Astronomical 
Society, mentioned the case of the crushing of seaweed by steam machinery 
at Hastbourne. The engineer of the works there says that he frequently 
sees the sun blue and green through the fine dust in the air. Dr. Buddle, in 
“ Nature,” on the 20th December, refers to the Frenchman in Algeria, who 
said one day when looking at the sun, C'est la premiere fois que jai vu le 
svleil bleu, and was informed that the dust from the Sahara was the cause 
of the novel colour. NRanyard’s explanation is this: the particles of dust, 
when small compared with the wave-length of light or of invisible spectrum, 
disperse different proportions of red and blue—the larger the wave-length 
the less the intensity of dispersed light. Usually the colour of the sun is 
not affected by dust in the atmosphere. But when that dust is much in- 
creased in amount, the intensity of the dispersed light is much increased 
also, and the blue colour of the light between us and the sun affects the 
colour of the sun itself. Lockyer at first thought that the particles floating 
in the air were themselves blue and red, and thus that the colours we have 
witnessed were simply the result of reflection, and Hardwick's ‘‘ Science 
Gossip” recently spoke of the blue and red particles remaining suspended 
in mid or upper air. But no such coloured particles have fallen, and so 
this hypothesis has been, I believe, generally abandoned. 

Ranyard in ‘‘ Knowledge ” refers to the blue sun in the tropics becoming 
green as it neared the horizon, and sinking red. At Trincomalee, in 
Ceylon, from the 9th to the 12th September the sun rose green, and con- 
tinued to be of that colour till it reached the height of 10 degrees above the 
horizon, then it became blue, and at noon bright blue. During its declin- 
ing, similar changes were noted, but in the reverse order. The moon was 


380 Transactions. — Miscellaneous. 


similarly tinged. According to the size of the particles suspended in the 
air, would be their effect by refraction upon the rays of light falling on 
them. Gravitation would naturally bring the heavier particles down first, 
and so it is conceivable that for some months perhaps the air was filled with 
strata of dust, whereof the lower were composed of heavier, and the upper 
of lighter particles. Hence, as it seems to us, the change in the colour of 
the sun as it mounted in the heavens, and again in reverse order as it 
descended, was just what it was natural to expect. But if you ask me why 
the abnormal colours of the sun were not seen daily like the sun-glows, I 
can only suggest that the dust varied in density and character from day to 
day according to winds, or that for the most part some counteracting influ- 
ence, moisture ¢.g., was at work, so that the coloured sun and moon were 
rare phenomena. Even the after-glow is a result which dust in the air 
might be expected to produce; for this species of second twilight is not by 
any means unusual in the Nubian Desert, and Sir T. Herschell referred it 
to a second reflection of solar light in the atmosphere (Chambers’ Eney- 
clopedia, ‘‘ Twilight”). Ido not know that this circumstance has hitherto 
attracted any notice in this discussion, but it seems to me that it deserves 
to do so. 

6. Chemists and microscopists have been busy in many different places 
in collecting from rain- and snow-water the dust brought down from the 
atmosphere, and have, generally speaking, from the analysis subsequently 
made, come to the conclusion that the matter so collected is volcanic in its 
origin ; further, that it corresponds to the dust ejected from Krakatoa. 
M. W. Beyerinck, of Wageningen, says that this is beyond doubt. That rain- 
‘and snow-water have for some time back left considerable deposits in the 
rain-gauge and otherwise seems pretty certain. Whether such sediment 
has been collected and examined here in Nelson, our local microscopists 
can tellus. The deposits have been collected at places very wide apart, 
é.., Queenstown (Cape Colony), Launceston (Tasmania), Harrow (England), 
Sandhurst (Victoria), Unaluska (Alaska), and in parts of Norway. But as 
there is always more or less dust in the atmosphere, and as in some places 
from local causes, such as iron and other manufactories, dust storms, strong 
desert winds, etc., it occasionally becomes abnormally charged with addi- 
tional matter, accurate and careful analysis alone will help us here. 
Such analysis would need to be made by most skilful experts, or it would 
not be trustworthy as the basis of argument. But when we find such men 
as M. Daubrée, of Paris, and M. Renard, of Brussels, agreeing with Mac- 
pherson, Murray, and Diller, as to the analysis and identification of the 
dust, scepticism becomes less justifiable. The Royal Society of England 
has recognized the great importance of the investigation, and specially 


Murson.—On the recent Sun-glows, 381 


appointed a Commission to collect all observations and documents bearing 
thereupon. It appears that the Krakatoa ashes contain abundance of vitre- 
ous matter and elongated gas-bubbles enclosed in pumice, volcanic sand, 
and ashes. The two first-mentioned are almost characteristic, and, if so, 
make the Krakatoa dust less difficult of identification than one might sup- 
pose. Diller says he has found glass always most abundant in Krakatoa 
dust collected on the Java coast; Macpherson, in dust collected from 
Madrid, found crystals of hypersthene, pyroxene, magnetic iron, and 
volcanic glass, all of which Daubrée found in the Javan volcanic ashes. 
Verbeek, by microscopic examination of Krakatoa dust on the spot, found 
therein glass with oval vacuoles, felspar, pyroxene, and magnetite in grains, 
and octahedra. He also gives the chemical analysis, which I need not 
repeat. Unfortunately the enquiry is complicated by the circumstance that 
the vitreous and mineral fragments found near Krakatoa are similar to 
those found in deep-sea deposits, z.e., such as have fallen from time to time 
through countless ages from the air into the sea, and which may be either of 
meteoric or cosmic origin or both. Further, Mattieu Williams on the 5th 
December last got a black sediment from 75 ounces of snow which fell at 
Harrow. In this he found much black oxide of iron readily attacked by the 
magnet and containing nickel. This, he says, is a characteristic of meteoric 
iron, and cannot possibly have come from Krakatoa, being too heavy. But 
too much weight must not be attached to this either, for it is evident that 
the recent fall of Krakatoa dust in different parts of the world would not be 
likely to stop the supply of meteoric or cosmic dust that the earth is con- 
tinually receiving. Altogether, this sixth argument at the present date, in 
the absence of fuller information, is very difficult to work out, and I do not 
ask you to lay much stress upon it. 

7. The occurrence, as we have already said, of similar phenomena after 
the volcanic eruptions of 1783 and 1881, furnishes a strong argument for 
associating our sun-glows with the Krakatoa eruption, and, of the various 
materials cast out by Krakatoa, dust seems more likely than water or gas to 
be the operative cause of the colouring. 

8. The very gradual disappearance of the sun-glows is what we should 
expect if the voleanic dust theory were a correct one, for the dust would fall 
from the atmosphere very slowly—the heavier particles first, then those of 
medium weight, and last of all, and after perhaps a long period of time, the 
most minute and insignificant. 

9. Where, as in this case, a proposition does not admit of positive 
demonstration, the occurrence of a number of arguments all tending to 
show its probability must be allowed to have preponderating weight—par- 
ticularly if the objections thereto can be satisfactorily answered. 


382 Transactions. — Miscellaneous. 


Let us, therefore, in the last place examine the objections that either are 
or can be, in my humble opinion, urged against the dust theory. 

1. The amount of dust that would be requisite to form even a thin belt 
over so large an area of the earth’s surface as is comprised, say, between 
the 52nd parallel of north latitude (that of London), and the 44th parallel 
of south latitude (that of Dunedin),—that is to say, roughly speaking, 
about 150 millions of square miles,—would be so enormous that it is difficult 
to believe that it could all have been thrown up by Krakatoa. We must 
allow this to be a forcible objection ; but reflect at the same time on what 
has been said as to the gigantic scale of the operations at Krakatoa, and 
furthermore consider two points :—(1) That the dusty cover need not have 
been, as far as I know, very thick, and the third dimension, the thickness of 
the cover, would materially affect the total amount of its solid contents; (2) 
That the dust was probably not distributed equally thickly or densely over 
the whole of the vast area; indeed one can well understand that it hung 
suspended only in particles, for there were undoubtedly periods of intermis- 
sion in the displays, and these intermissions may have been occasioned by 
the temporary absence of the causal medium as well as by other counter- 
acting atmospheric conditions. What do we really know for certain about 
either the exact amount of dust ejected from Krakatoa or that requisite for 
producing the phenomena? Very little I imagine. 

2. Tt is said, even if dust had been shot up to an enormous height by 
the Krakatoa eruption, from its mherent weight it would soon have settled 
down on the earth again (Professor Rees). Undoubtedly the heavier particles 
would have done so, and actually did so; but in proportion to the minute- 
ness of the particles in all probability would be the distance and time they 
would travel. The heavier dust fell at Krakatoa, but we have read of thick 
dust falling on a vessel at sea many hundred miles away. One writer sug- 
gests that the alr may possess some viscosity which would check the ten- 
dency of the dust to settle. Moreover, Professors Preece and Crooke say 
that minute particles ejected into the upper air would be negatively electri- 
fied, and therefore repelled by the earth and by one another (which, by the 
way, would account perhaps in part for their rapid diffusion) and so would 
probably remain at a high level for a long time. Besides the lower strata 
of the atmosphere itself might be denser than the foreign matter of the 
upper strata—even though not composed of exceptional gases ejected from 
Krakatoa. Rollo-Russel points out, too, the vesicular nature of pumice, 
each particle really consisting of a bubble of glass—which, when shot high 
and removed from the action of vapour and weather, would be easily carried 
to the most distant parts of the globe (‘‘ Hard. Sci. Gos.’”). Very fine dust 


Merson.—(n the recent Sun-glows. 083 


of any kind settles from the air on a surface warmer than itself very 
reluctantly. Once in the higher air, therefore, dust would be perhaps able 
for a long time to resist gravitation. Professor Trowbridge believes that the 
upper currents of air would tend—by their motion, I presume—to keep the 
dust in suspense. Of these said upper currents our knowledge, as Lockyer 
remarks, is really very limited; but the investigation of these sun-glows 
and a careful comparison of the dates of their appearance in different 
places may perhaps extend our knowledge in this respect as well as in 
others. And this brings up 

3. The actual dispersion or diffusion of the dust as a great difficulty. As 
Hazen says, the currents of the upper air, if they caused the diffusion, must 
have acted in opposite directions, whereas we have always understood that 
_the upper air moves steadily in one current from west to east. In answer 
to this I can only repeat what has been said. Nothing is certainly known 
about the higher aerial currents. And as I have just now ventured to 
suggest incidentally, the electrical repugnance of the particles of dust to one 
another may have had something to do with their diffusion. 

4. Hazen regards the rapidity of the dust dispersion as a stumbling 
block. The upper currents or something else must have carried the dust 
12,000 miles (to Barinas, Venezuela) in 150 hours, 7.¢., at the rate of 80 
miles an hour; whereas observations on Pike’s Peak, 14,184 feet high, show 
the current there to be running at the uniform rate of 20 miles an hour. 
To this the reply at once occurs: an observation at the height of, say three 
miles, is not conclusive as to the rate of the wind throughout the upper 
regions, and we do not know at what height the line of dust was spread out. 
Moreover, Symonds thinks that the rapidity of the westerly dispersion may 
perhaps be accounted for by the rotation of the earth from west to east, so 
that the dust was as it were left behind by a process analogous to that which 
causes the trade winds in the tropics. But this would, it appears, only 
account for a progress of 440 miles a day, whereas that to Barinas was at 
the rate of 1,700 miles a day. Then, again, Symonds suggests that perhaps 
the dust got quite out of the earth’s atmosphere, and so was left a whole 
hemisphere behind, which idea Cowper Ranyard will not entertain at all, 
and I confess that I do not understand it. That the dispersion of the 
unusual material in the upper air (for the difficulty is the same whether 
dust was the material or not) was exceedingly rapid in some directions, 
particularly to the west; is certain. But, perhaps, the earth’s rotation, the 
upper-air currents, and the electrical repulsion combined, were sufficient 
propelling causes. Itis, you will notice, m connection with this branch of 
the subject that accurate observations of the dates of the first appearances 


884 Transactions.--—Miscellaneous. 


of the sun-glows in different places are so important; e.g., we could tell the 
rate of progress of the dust to us in Nelson pretty well if we knew for 
certain when the glows first appeared in Port Darwin, Brisbane, Sydney, 
and Nelson. Unluckily people did not attach much scientific importance to 
the phenomena when they first appeared, and so made no notes. 

5. The intermittent nature of the phenomena, also, Hazen thinks, is 
against the supposition that dust is the cause; but I see no force in this. 
It is only natural that the appearances should vary in intensity with vary- 
ing meteorological and atmospherical conditions, and, as I have already 
said, the dust may not have been very evenly distributed. 

6. Hazen’s last objection is that ashes are opaque, and the appearances 
indicate a transparent something. Another writer (in the ‘“ Sci. Amer.’’) 
puts this objection in this way :—He says, earthly or lunar volcanic dust 
cannot be the cause of the glows at the rising and the setting of the sun, or 
the ordinary light from sun, moon, Mars, Jupiter, etc., would be affected. 
But there is no diminution of this light. Therefore the cause of the glows 
lies far beyond the sun’s orbit. 

But are. the premises in this argument true? Have we not already 
stated that a haziness of the sun has been observed at several places—e.y., 
at Seychelles and Tokio? And is not a change in the colour of the sun 
and moon. virtually a change in the intensity of their light? Moreover, 
although individually the particles may be opaque (which their intense 
character leaves open to doubt), collectively they do not constitute an opaque 
mass, being exceedingly minute and widely scattered. Also, before we can 
attach much importance to this objection we must know accurately what 
the photometer has to say on the subject. As the writers quoted do not 
tell us this, we may presume they speak from conjecture only. 

7. Some may say that the volcanic force of Krakatoa, however great it 
might be, would scarcely be great enough to force up such a vast amount of 
ashes to so great a height. It is generally considered that the dust cloud, or 
whatever it was, lay very high indeed; but what gigantic forces were at 
work at Krakatoa! An electrical force was in violent action also, for 
simultaneously with the outbreak all the telephones in Singapore were 
unworkable, and on one line reports like pistol shots and a mighty roar — 
were continually heard; and again the heated air, emanating from the 
crater of Krakatoa, would carry with it to unknown heights vast volumes of 
dust, ete. ; and incidentally I may mention that the heated air of the tropics 
ascending as it always does, to be replaced by cooler air from the north and 
south temperate and polar zones, would account to some extent for the dis- 
persal of the dust. 


Merson.—On the recent Sun-glows. 385 


8, Again it may be asked, if dust were the cause of the sun-glows, why 
were they not seen in the daytime? Whatever foreign material in the 
upper air caused the glows, this difficulty would remain the same. Prob- 
ably the greater perpendicularity of the sun and therefore the greater 
intensity of his light during the daytime account for the glows then being 
absent. Towards night and morning, also, his rays would traverse a greater 
length of the dust-laden upper air. 

9. Lastly, if dust caused the green and blue suns and the air is always 
dust-laden, why do we not have such phenomena more frequently ? Ordin- 
arily the dust in the air is not very high, and the particles near the earth 
are large, and aqueous and gaseous vapour counteract the effect of dust by 
absorbing more light at the blue end of the visible spectrum than at the 
red. 

In conclusion, there is no reason, as far as I know, why we should con- 
fine ourselves to any one theory. Perhaps many causes have co-operated 
accidentally to produce one phenomenal result. If we must have only one 
theory, I incline to the Krakatoa dust theory, because I think the balance of 
evidence is in its favour. In any case, whatever the upper-air medium 
may have been, it certainly seems to have emanated from the Straits of 
Sunda during the memorable eruption of 27th August. However, when we 
come to speculate upon the nature of the substance thrown into the upper 
currents, difficulties and objections and doubis meet every suggestion or 
supposition. We shall, therefore, if we are wise, guard ourselves against 
all dogmatism on the subject, particularly as fresh facts and fresh theories 
are coming forward daily. 

Even as I write there appears, in the notes on popular science by 
Dr. Taylor in the pages of the Australasian, a modification of the aqueous 
vapour theory which is well deserving attention. It appears that Dr. 
Prince, a well-known meteorologist, thinks the phenomenal sunsets are 
due to the crystallization of saline particles from masses of sea- 
water ejected in the form of vapour into the upper air by the Krakatoa 
eruption, and he argues that the greatest displays having occurred in the 
coldest weather, can only be accounted for on the theory that the crystal- 
lization of saline products is a great factor in their production. So long ago 
as last January, M. Beyerinck, of Wageningen, collected from rain which fell 
during a storm succeeding a fine after-glow a remarkable quantity of com- 
mon salt. Again, I find in “Nature” of 8rd July, that M. Gay, in a paper 
read before the Paris Academy of Sciences on the 23rd June, not only con- 
nects the recent sun-glows with the Krakatoa eruption, but thinks that the 
persistent rains of this year are owing to the same cause, directing attention 
to the fact that after the volcanic eruptions of 1783, 1881, 1856, and 1862, 


25 


386 Transactions. — Miscellaneous, 


there came not only the sun-glows to which we have several times made 
reference, but also abundant rains. And in ‘‘ Knowledge” of 6th June, 
Mr. Neison, Director of the Government Observatory at Natal, is quoted as 
saying that in his colony they had the sun-glows so early as February, 1883» 
but that they became most vivid on the 28th and 29th of August, and from 
dist August to 5th September, after which they vanished for four months,— 
whereas in Transvaal, 250 miles distant, they were first noticed on the 2nd 
September, and continued very vivid till January of this year. 

Evidently, we have not either heard or said the last word on this subject 
yet, and we must retain that philosophic attitude so absolutely necessary in 
many matters—suspension of the judgment. During the next few months 
the problem may become easier of solution. Some one of our members may 
then take it up again and give us the benefit of the later lights. I trust 
we may then be the better able to see our way, for the long consideration 
you have kindly allowed me to give to the matter to-night. I must indeed 
apologize for the length of my paper, ‘‘ Dum brevis esse laboro, obscurus fio.” 
Brevity may be bought at the expense of perspicacity. And much as I have 
said on this-subject, there is far more that can be said. It is astonishing 
with how many departments of natural science and natural philosophy the 
enquiry is connected. But, as says a great thinker, ‘“ From every natural 
fact invisible relations radiate, the apprehension of which imparts a measure 
of delight; and there is a store of pleasure of this kind ever at hand for 
those who have the capacity to turn natural appearances to account.” I 
must apologize also for treating this subject so much in the Dr. Dryasdust 
fashion. So beautiful, and weird, and heavenly a display as the recent 
evening glows should have been treated poetically,—but man is like some 
long-winged sea-birds, which rise from sand-hills with great difficulty. And 
after all, the imagination had to be kept well in hand, for, as it is, have we 
not been led by our enquiry into the volcano’s crater, and down to the 
depths of the sea, and up to the blue ether, and to the furthest parts of the 
earth. 


Art. XLIX.—Red Sunsets. By Wu. Rivewooo. 
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 1st May, 1884.] 
Plate XIX. 
Tue equatorial diameter of the earth is 7,901 miles, and the circumference 
is 24,825 miles, and, as she revolves once on her axis in 24 hours, a place 
on the equator moves through 1,034 miles per hour, but at any depth 


Rinewoop.—On Red Sunsets. 887 


beneath the surface the velocity is less in proportion to that depth; 
in like manner, if we look on the atmosphere as part and parcel of 
the earth, at a certain height the velocity is greater in proportion to the 
height. 

The whole world has been greatly interested during the last seven or 
eight months by the beautiful phenomena of coloured suns and brilliant 
sunsets, and the liveliest interest has been exhibited as to their origin. 
Lockyer was the first, I believe, to point out the fact of the phenomenon of 
coloured suns appearing first in the east and then gradually shifting to the 
west. He traces them to Panama, and then speaks of them as having been 
seen on a north and south line; but it strikes me that after leaving Panama 
the phenomenon passed still further westward, seen on the 3rd September 
4,000 miles west of Panama, and at Honolulu on the 5th, and struck India 
and Ceylon on the 8th September, thus performing more than a complete 
circuit of the globe; moreover, I am of opinion that it may be traced still 
further westward, where it was seen in lat. 24° 06’ N., long. 140° 29’ W., 
by Captain Penhallow of the barque ‘“‘ Hope,” on the 25th September, 
having then performed 23 revolutions of the globe. 

All the information that I have collected, and from which I have com- 
piled the following tables, has been obtained from ‘“ Nature.” The time 
column has been deduced from the time and date of the phenomena appear- 
ing at the different stations, reduced to Krakatoa time. In some instances 
great difficulty has been experienced, especially in reference to the time at 
Maranham in Brazil, and at Trinidad, and it has been concluded that at 
those two stations the times are late, because it was seen at Panama before 
the time given at them, which we suppose to be an error. Likewise 
in the case of the Gold Coast, in one place the date given is the 30th 
August, and in another the 1st September, but from the general result 
it would appear that it reached that locality about midnight 30th—-31st 
August. 

The tables, I trust, are sufficiently clear. The first column of miles 
represents the mean diurnal velocity that the cloud travelled at between 
Krakatoa and the different localities en route; and in the subsequent 
columns are given the same from each station in rotation. Of course it 
will be understood that a small error of an hour or two in the time at the 
stations comparatively close to the eruption would make a large difference 
were we to show the diurnal velocity: and as I have had only a week’s 
notice to prepare this paper, I trust that any errors that may be hereafter 
found will be treated with that consideration. 


388 Transactions, — Miscellaneous, 


Taste I., showing the Mean Diurnal Velocity, in English Miles, of the 
Phonemena of Coloured Suns and Brilliant Sunsets, in the Northern 
Hemisphere :— 


_ & 


4 : : 24 
q jo} n S DR g 2 | ° 
38 a) 3 S g 3 meh Hes e 
As a 38 ‘A 
SO lerer al tel eS he eee Scr ne 
a S on |B cs) = = a |Z se Re 
H. 
Seychelles | 45 | 1802 
K. Coast of 
jee al a 1817 | 1873 
GoldCoast| 4 | 1846 | 1969 | 1932 
Maranham| 5 | 2020 | 1950 | 1896 | 1904 
Trinidad 54) 1968 | 2080 | 2040 | 1940 | 2176 
Panama..| 64) 2059 | 2040 | 2176 | 2324 | 1930 | 1986 
4000 miles 
West of |} 84) 2061 | 2424 | 2210 | 2493 | 2370 | 2338 | 2000 
Panama 
Honolulu 94) 1900 | 2084 | 2080 | 2036 | 1909 | 1748 | 1716 | 1122 
India _.. | 12}) 2162 | 2278 | 2192 | 2328 | 2212 | 2084 | 2200 | 2310 | 2244 
Lat. 24°N. Nee 
Long. 140- | | 2132 | 2246 | 2206 | 2268 | 2165 | 2400 | 2170 | 2460 | 2316 | 2192 
ane WS 
Means (arith.) | 1976 | 2105 | 2091 | 2185 | 2127 | 2111 | 2022 | 1964 2280 | 2192 


Avithmetical mean ae 2105 miles per diem. 
True mean of Ist column 2095 ss, of 


The true mean of the first column, viz., that under the head of Java, is 
obtained by adding the distance between Krakatoa and each separate station 
together, and dividing the aggregate by the gross total number of days. 
The way by which the distance between any two stations is derived is by 
multiplying the difference in degrees of longitude by the value of a degree 
in English miles, for the mean latitude of the two places. It must be remem- 
bered that between India and the last-named locality on the list, the dust 
cloud is supposed to have performed over a revolution and a half of the earth. 

I place great confidence in the result obtained from the observations 
deduced from India, because there there are scores of trained meteorological 
observers whose duty it is to immediately report any phenomenon that may 
take place, and such as that concerning which I speak could not have 
escaped their immediate notice: so we may conclude that the hour of its 
arrival there is very accurately determined, which gives a mean diurnal 
velocity of 2,162 miles: and taking the velocity from its journey and a half 
round the world from India to lat. 24° N. and long. 1403° W., we find it 
to be 2,192 miles a day, or 30 miles only in excess of the other computation. 


Rinewoop.—On Red Sunsets. 389 


But if we take the whole journey from Krakatoa to that locality, about 
two and three-quarters revolutions round the globe, we find the mean 
to be 30 miles less than the first, or 2,132 miles, and this will be accounted 
for through the diminished value of the degree in longitude, at the mean 
latitude between Java and lat. 24° N. 

The mean diurnal velocities obtamed from the intermediate stations 
between Jaya and India agree very closely when we consider that at those 
several places the phenomenon was wholly unexpected, and thus, in most 
instances, the dates and times given appear to be somewhat late, it being 
quite possible and natural that it escaped notice at least once; in India, 
however, we may conclude that they were on the alert, and consequently 
the mean velocity deduced from that place ought to bear great weight. 
There is another thing that ought not to be lost sight of—viz., that without 
this list of stations, more than encircling the globe, one might suppose that 
the cloud after leaving Krakatoa stretched away westward, and as I gather 
from Lockyer’s paper by his North-South line, to have extended to the north 
and south, forming a letter V with the apex at the Straits of Sunda. Now, 
Lockyer tracks it to Panama, to which place we see it to have had a diurnal 
velocity of 2,059 miles, and from Panama to India I made it 2,200 miles 
a day, which makes me believe that the cloud was performing a spiral 
path northwards round the globe. 

Before proceeding I will now refer to the observations in the southern 
hemisphere in order to see whether the same has taken place there. This 
table has been prepared in like manner to the former—viz., the dates and 
times are reduced to that of Krakatoa, and the distances in English miles 
obtaimed from the difference in degrees of longitude reduced to the value of 
the mean latitude of the two places. 

Taste II., showing the Mean Diurnal Velocity in English Miles of the 

Phenomena of Coloured Suns and Brilliant Sunsets in the Southern 

Hemisphere :— 


Ee g si heen 
os cele oabnlecon luz rales 
FS tole dle oral aakiow iS 
A 5 = < 5 
Hours 
Mauritius .. 44 1680 
e Days. 
Adelaide .. os ee a oe 214 2041 1980 
Cape of Good Hope ae 20 fe 24 2082 2047 2010 
Gareichurch P22 8 2 aos) ange’ I 19g0' | Yorn)! “2070 
Means (Arith.) ae 1984 | 2005 | 2065 | 2070 


Arithmetical mean 2031 miles per diem. 


True mean of Ist column = 2100 _ i, a 


890 Transactions. —Miscellaneous. 


The marked similarity between these two tables is most striking, and, as 
in the first table, the greatest discrepancy is found between Krakatoa and 
Mauritius, where the time is reckoned in so many hours, in which case an 
hour or two makes a material difference in the diurnal velocity. 

At present I cannot find any station reporting the phenomenon between 
Mauritius and Adelaide, but we may conclude that after it passed Mauritius it 
crossed Africa, the South Atlantic, and South America, whence we may expect 
to hear of it as there are many competent observers in that part of the world; 
it then traversed the great South Pacific Ocean and North Australia, and, 
after performing another such journey round the world, was seen at 
Adelaide in South Australia about the 17th September. I conclude, as Mr. 
Todd, the Government Astronomer there, says in his report to ‘‘ Nature,” 
that it was visible during the last fortnight of September. We next hear 
of it at the Cape of Good Hope on the 20th September. It again crossed 
the South Atlantic and South America about the latitude of Buenos Ayres, 
and a third time traversed the South Pacific, striking the coast of New 
Zealand on the 25th September, the date of my first seeing it, on which 
occasion the western sky at sunset presented all the colours seen in the 
pearl shell. Since then the western and eastern skies have presented those 
beautiful crimson tints that have delighted and astonished the world, and 
on many occasions have I seen it almost in the zenith two hours after sun- 
set. During some evenings it has quite illuminated the western face of 
buildings with a bright red glow, as from a fire, and on others it has been 
very faint and sometimes not discernible, giving to my mind the idea of its 
not being a continuous band, but a series of dust clouds with clear spaces 
between. 

From an investigation of the two foregoing tables, it will be seen that 
the mean diurnal velocity in the northern hemisphere was, during the first 
revolution, about 2,162 miles, and during the second it increased to 2,192, 
or 80 miles per diem extra. And the same increased velocity is observed in 
the southern hemisphere, where we find the approximate velocity during 
the first two revolutions, viz., on its reaching Adelaide, to be 2,041, whereas 
during the next revolution from Adelaide round to New Zealand it was 
2,120 miles, or an increase of 80 miles a day. 

It will be further noticed that in the northern hemisphere the time 
occupied in its first revolution was about 11 days, and the same rate is 
observed during the next revolution and three-quarters—or, in other words, 
within the tropics it encircled the world in 11 days. It is the same within 
the southern tropics, where it took 214 days to reach Adelaide in its second 
revolution ; but it performed the next revolution in about 94 days, reaching 
New Zealand in 294 days after the eruption. Thus it performed two revo- 
lutions and three-quarters (22) in the northern hemisphere in 292 days, and 


Rinewoop.—On Red Sunsets. 391 


in the southern hemisphere it performed two and seven-eighths (27) revolu- 
tions in 294 days, showing that the initial velocity at starting has only very 
slightly fallen off in even latitude 45° south. So in the following discus- 
sion, I will adopt a mean diurnal velocity for the dust-cloud of 2,083 miles, 
or 87 miles an hour to the westward. 

As I showed at the beginning that if the atmosphere be considered as 
part and parcel of the earth, a particle of it at a certain height will cover a 
greater distance in a certain time than that part of the earth immediately 
beneath would: so if we know the rate per hour that a certain thing 
apparently moves to the westward, or seems to lag behind the diurnal revo- 
lution, we can ascertain the height. We know that it lags behind at the 
rate of 2,083 miles a day, which added to the circumference of the 
world gives the circumference of a circle 26,908 miles + 3:1416, gives a 
diameter of 8,565 miles, or 664 greater than that of the earth, or at a height 
of 832 miles above the surface. Or putting it this way,—we may assume 
that at the latitude of Krakatoa the earth has an hourly velocity of 1,034 
miles, and that any matter ejected thence into the upper regions of the 
atmosphere would retain the same rotary velocity as it had before, viz., 
1,034 per hour to the eastward ; but we have material under our observation 
which cannot keep its zenithal position at starting, by 87 miles per hour, 
showing it to be at an elevation of 332 miles. 

Now the spectroscope tells us that the red colour is produced through 
dust of almost ultra-microscopic fineness, and in some specimens of this dust 
that have already fallen, the microscope shows the existence of salt crystals, 
which fact in itseif almost proves it to be of volcanic origin, and not 
meteoric or cosmic dust. Now Professor Helmholtz states that ‘the 
reflecting medium, whatever it was, over Berlin on the last three nights of 
November, was about 40 miles above the earth ;” and.if we work on these 
data, we have a circle whose diameter is 80 miles greater that of the earth, 
or a circle of 7,981 miles, which x 3°1416 gives a circumference of 25,078, 
or 248 miles more than that of the earth, which divided by 24 shows an 
excess of about 104 miles per hour above the surface velocity of rotation. 
But we want to account for an excess of 87 miles per hour, so if we accept 
Professor Helmholtz’s statement, we must only suppose that at the altitude 
of 40 miles there is an easterly current, or one moving to the westward, of 
77 miles per hour. For, assuming as we do from the foregoing tables and 
calculations that the earth rolls from under the cloud at the rate of 87 miles 
per hour, and that, unless we admit of an easterly current, we cannot stop 
short of that enormous height of 332 miles, unless we suppose that the 
power of gravitation has only a feeble hold on those most minute dust 
particles at the altitude of 40 miles, where the air has not the many 
thousandth part of the density it has on the surface of the globe. 


892 Transactions. — Miscellaneous. 


Mr. W. H. Preece writes, stating his opinion that the mass of matter 
ejected retained the same electric sign as that of the earth, and as long as 
that was the case the repulsion force would be sufficient to keep the matter 
afloat: and, in reference to that theory, Mr. Crookes writes to state that with 
the rarefaction of one millionth of the atmosphere, two pieces of electrified 
gold leaf repelled each other at a considerable angle for 13 months; and 
goes on to state that that rarefaction is attained at an altitude of 62 miles, . 
and that the air there is a perfect non-conductor of statical electricity with- 
out interfering with the mutual repulsion of similarly electrified particles ; 
and when we bear in mind that the particles of minute dust are many 
thousands of times smaller and lighter than the gold leaves operated upon, 
there is every reason to believe that electrified dust, even projected 50 or 60 
miles high, might remain there many years. 

Before proceeding further, I must draw your attention to the fact that at 
the time of the great eruption, and during September, the mean tempera- 
ture at Batavia and throughout Java generally is at its maximum ; con- 
sequently we may conclude that the equatorial belt of calms and uprushing 
air, that encircles the globe, was lying over that district at the time. This 
uprush is caused through the heated atmosphere rising and the two trade 
winds, the north-east and south-east, feed it. When this heated air has 
reached its proper altitude, it flows off to the north and south, but the 
rotation of the earth causes it to flow towards the north-east in the north 
hemisphere, and to the south-east in the south hemisphere, and these winds 
are called by some the return trades, and by others the south-west and 
north-west upper currents respectively, and are of great altitude, probably 
ranging up to 50,000 feet. 

Well, the most bulky masses cast upward by the eruption of Krakatoa 
would immediately fall, and the less bulky would fall later, according to 
their size, but the great portion of the dust and ash would be caught, on its 
downward course, in those upper currents just alluded to, and be carried by 
them to the north-east and south-east. Such we find to be the fact, for the 
ship ‘‘ Meda,” when to the westward of Cape North-west, Australia, or about 
1,050 miles south-east of Krakatoa, experienced a fall of dust like fuller’s 
earth, which covered the vessel, on the night of the 380th-31st August. 
And Captain Tierney of the brig ‘‘Hazard”’ on the 1st September, near 
New Britain and New Ireland, a distance of 3,850 miles due east of 
Krakatoa, saw the coloured sun, which was no doubt due to the presence of 
dust in the atmosphere drifted eastward with the upper current. 

Now, turning to the north-east quarter, or the direction in which the 
south-west upper current of the north hemisphere proceeds, we find that in 
Japan during the 29th, 80th and 31st August, the sun was of a copper 


— -—— —_ 
SS ess i 
es ee 


| L8 q. | 
gp >e----4 "SU HEOT oo a 


Ue Lad Su) Ga 
LNOY Lad Yj1Dd AY) JO 
Apgojan qn1Loyony ayy DUIIGIY KA UDLDOUT 


MOCTETIAK TOA SINLISNI ZN SNVUL 


Fal opie 
PREM ITA 


Rinewooo.—On Red Sunsets. 393 


colour and had no brightness in it. At Yokohama Mr. Hamilton states 
that on the 29th and 30th the sun was of a blood-red colour and appeared 
to be obscured. This is at a distance of about 3,000 miles from Krakatoa, 
which gives a velocity of the upper current, or return trade-wind, of about 
62 miles per hour; this is not excessive, as I have often measured the 
velocity of the north-west upper current at Adelaide as over 80 miles per hour. 

You may remember that I did not continue the tracking of the dust- 
cloud from that position assigned to it by Captain Penhallow, in lat. 24° N. 
long. 1404° W., on the 25th September, because the Kuropean and American 
reports are so peculiar. Apparently, 1t was seen in England before the rest 
of Kurope, viz., on the 4th and 9th November, in California on the 20th, 
San Francisco 23rd, Italy 25th, New York 27th, and at Berlin on the 28th. 
So you see that the geographical arrangement is rather mixed in reference 
to the order of dates. This may be accounted for by the fact that there was 
a very severe volcanic eruption in the Alaska Group and Peninsula in 
October I think; it was very intense and quite capable of ejecting a dust- 
cloud that would envelope the polar and temperate regions of the northern 
hemisphere: of course it was not nearly so terrific as that of Krakatoa. 
So you will see that we must be careful before we assert that the brilliant 
sunsets of Hurope are of Krakatoa origin. 

The phenomena of coloured suns and brilliant sunsets, I may tell you, 
have been seen before, both in Europe and America, in connection with 
Vesuvian and Iceland outbursts. Mrs. Somerville, the famous geographer, 
gives an instance of them being seen in Norway, and traced their origin to 
a severe eruption in Iceland. And H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S., F.M.S., 
Government Astronomer, Sydney, in his book on the climate of New South 
Wales, pp. 187 and 188, gives some most interesting instances of historical 
accounts of darkened and coloured suns. I will quote them in their 
chronological order :— 

‘** At certain times the sun appears to be not of his wonted bright- 
ness, a8 it happened to be for a whole year when Cesar was 
murdered, when it was so darkened that it could not ripen the 
fruits of the earth.” Virgil, Geor., Liber L,, etc. 

In 1090 there was a darkening of the sun for three hours. 

In 1106, beginning of February, there was an obscuration of the sun. 

In 1208 there was a darkening of the sun for six hours. 

In 1547, 24th to 28th August, the sun was reddish, and so dark that 
several stars were visible at noonday, 

In 1706, 12th May, about 10 o’clock in the morning it became so 
dark that bats commenced flying and persons were obliged. to 
light candles. 


394 Transactions. — Miscellaneous. 


In 1777, 17th June, about noon, Messier states he perceived an im- 
mense number of black globules pass over the sun’s disc. 

In 1788 there was a dry fog, and many attributed it to volcanic 
action, and it is well known that in February that year fearful 
earthquakes in Calabria took place, followed by a long list of 
volcanic eruptions in the world. 

In 1831, there was an extraordinary dry fog, which excited public 
attention throughout the world. It appeared on the coast of 
Africa on the 8rd August; at Odessa, on the 9th August; in 
South France, on the 10th August; at Paris, on the 10th 
August; New York, on the 15th August; Canton (China), at 
the end of August. This fog was so thick that it was possible 
to observe the sun all day with the naked eye, and without a 
dark glass; and in some places the sun could not be seen till it 
was 15° or 20° high. At Algiers, United States, and Canton the 
sun’s disc appeared of an azure blue, or of a greenish colour. 
Where the fog was dense, the smallest print could be read even 
at midnight. 

In 1878, of the dry fog which came on suddenly im June, it is 
recorded that it extended from the northern coast of Africa, 
over France, to Sweden, and over great part of North America, 
and lasted more than a month. Travellers found it on the 
summits of the Alps. Abundant rain in June and July, and 
most violent winds did not dissipate it; and in some places it 
was so dense that the sun could not be seen until it had 
attained an altitude of 12°; and throughout the day-time it was 
red and so dull that it might be looked at with the naked eye. 
The fog diffused a disagreeable odour, and the humidity ranged 
from 57 to 68, while in an ordinary fog it is 100. It had a 
phosphorescent appearance, and the light at midnight was 
compared to that of full moon. 

Here was exhibited a diagram (pl. xix.), drawn correctly to a scale of 50 
miles to an inch, showing the are (of 15°) of a circle whose radius was 6 feet 7 
inches, or a diameter of 13 feet 2 inches. The Himalayas were shown in their 
correct proportion; so was the smoke from Cotopaxi, estimated by Whymper, 
while on Chimborazo, at 40,000 feet; he saw, at 5-45 a.m. of the 30th July, 
1880, a dense column of smoke shot up straight into the atmosphere with 
prodigious velocity, which in less than one minute had risen 20,000 feet 
above the crater, giving the total height of 40,000 feet above sea-level. The 
dust, he goes on to state, fell on Chimborazo after six hours, and he esti- 
mated that each particle did not weigh the one-twenty-five-thousandth 
(ssdo0) part of a grain, and the finest were still lighter. 


Rinewoop.—On Red Sunsets. 395 


Some people—and very rightly too—express wonder and unbelief at the 
possibility of dust being capable of being shot up to such a height as that 
ascribed to it, as to cause the red sunsets, but here I have quoted the fact 
of such as seen by a man of known repute; the dust and ash were shot up 
to that great height; and not only that, but as the dust cloud came between 
Mr. Whymper and the sun, he saw the phenomenon of the coloured sun. 
The same may be seen during any very heavy dust storm anywhere, when 
the cloud is between the observer and the sun. 

In this description, given by Whymper, we have a good illustration of 
the tremendous force Nature usesin these convulsions,—a force that could 
throw the finest dust to a height of 20,000 feet is almost inconceivable to the 
human mind,—and in that phenomenon we have, I may say, only an every 
day occurrence when compared with that giant eruption of Krakatoa. Let 

us draw a comparison: At the destruction of Pompeii, situated at the foot 
_ of Vesuvius, where the city was enveloped with darkness from the density of 
the dust and ash cloud that shrouded it, and that ultimately buried it ;—but 
now contemplate the tremendous power that ejected from a mountain a 
sufficiency of dust and ash to envelope a city in total darkness for 36 hours, 
eighty miles distant. On that diagram I have sketched an imaginary 
picture of the eruption, and eighty miles distant is represented by a little 
over 14 inch, where you see the letter B., showing to your mind the relative 
distance of Batavia from Krakatoa. You can form in your imagination 
some idea of the great height the dust cloud ascended: to my mind twice 
forty would not be too great. Then again we have the ship ‘‘ Charles Bal,”’ 
which, when 80 miles distant, was enveloped at noon-day in pitch darkness 
_ through the mud-fall. 

Furthermore, as Lockyer says, the sound, the least part of the affair, 
was heard over an area of 4,000 miles in diameter, viz., in Ceylon to the 
north-west, at Saigon to the north, and throughout North Australia to the 
south-east. In the last quarter, the reports were at 15 minutes’ intervals, 
and sounded like ship guns, but as the hearers were from 150 to 200 miles 
from the coast, such cause could not be assigned. All that can be said is, 
that it is beyond the human mind to conceive of such gigantic forces, and 
therefore absurd to throw doubt on the result; by which I mean, that if 
the laws of refraction show that the substance, whatever it may be that 
causes the red glow, is at an altitude of 40 or 60 miles, it is ridiculous to 
doubt that result, when one cannot conceive the magnitude of the power 
that operated. 

It was not only one eruption that took place, but several during the 
26th, the following night, and up to 11:15 a.m. of the 27th, about which 
time the grand finale is supposed to have taken place. These eruptions 


396 Transactions.— Miscellaneous. 


followed each other in rapid succession, and are thought to have been 
caused by the rapid conversion into steam of vast quantities of water that 
found admittance into the bowels of the earth. Later on, the influx of 
water was too much, and the result was that a tremendous power was 
generated, so much so as to cause the north part of the island to be blown 
away, and fall eight miles to the north, forming what is now called Steer’s 
Island. This was followed by a still greater eruption, when it is thought 
that the north-east portion was blown clean away, passing over Long 
Island, and fell at a distance of seven miles, forming what is now known as 
Calmyer’s Island. These suppositions are almost proved to be facts, from 
the marine survey of the Straits just concluded, from which it will be seen 
that the bottom surrounding these new islands has not been raised, which 
would most naturally have been the case had they been caused by up- 
heaval; but if anything the bottom shows a slightly increased depth in 
the direction of the great pit that now occupies the position that the peak 
of Krakatoa did the day before. These incidents are cited to show you 
the awful nature and magnitude of the forces brought into play, so you can — 
the more readily satisfy your minds as to the great height the dust and ash 
were thrown to. 

As I said before, this dust-cloud may probably be denser in some parts 
than others, owing that fact to the relative period of time elapsed between 
each eruption ; where it-is dense we may assume that they followed each 
other rapidiy, and where it is less dense the interval of time was greater. 
For you must remember that it was shown to you that the cloud apparently 
moves to the westward, or that the earth moves from beneath the cloud at 
the rate of 87 miles per hour, so that during each hour of the eruption there 
was a long streak of smoke and dust being formed. These densest parts 
were no doubt the cause of the coloured suns, and, as some observers state, 
‘the sun appeared to shine with lessened strength,” others, ‘that it was 
rayless and giving no heat;’’ so we may look upon that dust-cloud as 
playing the part of a great screen, shutting off some of the heat of the sun 
from us. 

In these southern latitudes we have experienced those brilliant sunsets 
for over seven months, and I have no hesitation in expressing my opinion 
that the remarkably cool and wet summer just passed in New Zealand was 
due to that dust-cloud shutting off the sun’s heat in a great degree. And I 
see from the Adelaide report that the mean temperature there during 
January was over 44 degrees cooler than the average of the previous twenty- 
five years, and on only one occasion during that period was it so low, viz., 
in 1869. At Melbourne also the weather was more like winter than summer. 
Whereas in North and Central Australia, or I may say down to latitude 30° 


Rinewoopo.—On Red Sunsets. 397 


in that continent, the weather was fine, clear, hot without rain, giving me 
the idea that the sun had less power than usual, consequently the north- 
west monsoon was very feeble, not penetrating far inland, the result being 
that the interior of Australia has undergone one of the most disastrous 
droughts on record. But now that, as we may suppose, the equatorial regions 
of the atmosphere have parted with the greater part of their dust, if not 
all, the sun has regained his usual power, and the north-west monsoon 
its usual strength, penetrating the heart of Australia with refreshing rains 
and thunderstorms. So we have here an instance of a most terrific pheno- 
menon that not only brought death and destruction to thousands at the 
time, but that indirectly caused the death of thousands and thousands of 
cattle through drought; and it would be most interesting and instructive to 
learn whether or not such consequences were experienced in other parts of 
the southern hemisphere. 

It would be beyond the province of this paper to enter on a history of the 
tidal and atmospheric waves that resulted from this eruption, but I will state 
two facts to finally clinch your mind of its magnitude. When the earth opened 
her mouth and swallowed that vast quantity of water the down-rush that ac- 
companied the closing-in of the surrounding crust was so much as to produce 
a tidal wave that passed and repassed twice, I believe, round the globe. The 
other fact is, that the tremendous explosion that accompanied the final erup- 
tion produced such a vacuum as to cause atmospheric waves to start, and 
which traversed and retraversed the earth to the antipodes of Java no less than 
four times. Some astronomers have thought that the whole phenomenon 
may be accounted for by supposing the earth to be passing through a dense 
meteoric track. To my mind, however, the greatest difficulties brought to 
bear against the volcanic theory are child’s play when compared with the 
possibility, about ten thousand millions to one, of a meteoric track so 
formed as to have its path, either at perihelion or aphelion, so remarkably 
co-incident with that of the earth as to keep company with her for seven 
or eight months. Besides, if it were either meteoric or cosmic dust it 
would have been seen all over the earth at the same time and would be 
visible all night. No, the only extra-terrestrial argument that would bear 
investigation is that of its belonging to the phenomenon of the zodiacal 
light, which argument, I believe, was adopted by my friend Charles Todd, 
of Adelaide, at first; but, as time goes on and more information is gathered, 
the volcanic theory, I believe, will be finally accepted. 


898 Transactions.—Miscellaneous. 


Art. L.—On a System of Technical Education for Artizans. 
By C. W. Purnex. 

[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 3rd April, 1884.] 
Tue discussion which has recently taken place on the subject of the public 
library has brought into prominence the fact that, twelve years ago the Pro- 
vincial Council of Canterbury was enlightened enough to set apart no mean 
area of the public estate as an endowment for primarily a School of Tech- 
nical science. I do not propose to criticize the use to which that endow- 
ment has hitherto been put further than to observe that no such school 
exists, no attempt has been made to establish one, nor have any of the pro- 
ceeds of the endowment been permitted to accumulate for the purposes of 
such a school; but I think that the time has arrived when active steps 
should be taken towards opening technical schools in Christchurch and the 
other large towns of the colony, and I invite you to consider the following 
arguments in support of that proposal. 

Our costly and elaborate system of education will in the course of a few 
years flood the country with highly-educated men, but highly-educated on a 
literary type. From our primary schools upwards we insist that superior 
knowledge shall mean superior scholastic attainments. Now, the bulk of 
the male pupils attending our primary schools must expect to earn their 
livelihood when they become men by manual labour. The manufactories 
which are fortunately being established in all parts of the colony will form 
the natural theatre of employment for a large proportion of these lads, and 
should be the arena where those who possess superior abilities and energies 
might reasonably calculate upon winning success. Yet the education 
which they are receiving at the Government schools, does not in any way 
fit them for becoming successful artizans. If a lad displays exceptional 
ability at his tasks, his reward is a scholarship, whereby he is enabled, not 
to acquire technical knowledge which would help him to obtain distinction 
as an artizan, with the usual result of becoming in the long run an em- 
ployer of labour, but to proceed with the acquisition of much book-learning, 
tinctured probably with a dash of science ; his final reward being a Univer- 
sity degree. Thus the end and crown of his mental toil, possibly of pecu- 
niary sacrifices on his parents’ part, is his removal from his natural sphere 
of labour, where his talents if properly trained might have raised him to 
prosperity and an honourable position; while instead he must look for 
occupation either to the professions, which are daily getting more over- 
crowded, or to mercantile pursuits. If he chooses the former, he finds 
himself confronted with a multitude of competitors, more lightly handi- 
capped in the race of life than himself, and possessing friends capable of 


Purnett.—On Technical Education, 899 


assisting them to establish themselves in their avocations. If he turn 
to mercantile pursuits for a livelihood, he discovers that his education has 
unfitted him for commerce almost as much as it: has done for manual 
labour, and before he can hope for success in this direction, he will not only 
have to learn everything peculiarly appertaining to ordinary business, but 
he must likewise divest himself of the habit of mind which has been engen- 
dered by his hardly-acquired literary accomplishments. 

A consideration of these facts leads to the conclusion, perhaps not a 
particularly novel one, but still one which we have practically ignored, that 
our secondary educational system is at fault, in that it casts all its pupils in 
the same mould; and while we need not interfere with, but rather for many 
reasons which I shall not dilate upon, should carefully cherish the princi- 
ples of literary training to which it now seeks solely to give effect, we ought 
also to let it branch out in a fresh direction, so that it may supply the real 
wants of the working as well as of the richer classes of the community, by 
furnishing our artizans and their sons with a facile means of acquiring 
special knowledge of a character which is likely to be useful to them in 
their daily employment. What I ask is, that schools and colleges shall be 
opened where artizans and trade apprentices can receive a technical educa- 
tion suited to their respective callings, and distinctions acquired in which 
shall be deemed of equal value with those conferred for literary attainments; 
in other words, new academical degrees should be founded for successful 
students of technical science, which would give them an equal status in 
our University with that held by the possessors of the present degrees. 

Besides the reasons already adduced, another and most cogent argu- 
ment is available for this project. In England the apprenticeship system 
which, until within the last few years, furnished a means whereby a 
lad intended for an artizan was enabled to gain a competent knowledge of 
his trade, has been much weakened, but in New Zealand it hardly seems to 
exist in the proper sense of the word. Many a lad in this colony picks up 
his trade haphazard, without indentures at all, while in cases where inden- 
tures are entered into, both masters and apprentices commonly treat the tie 
as a slight one, the mdentures being made and cancelled, and the appren- 
tice shifted and changed about from one master to another, in a fashion 
calculated to prevent him both from acquiring a thorough knowledge of his 
trade and from feeling a proper interest in it. This is largely due to the 
unsettled habits of our population, but we need not trouble ourselves about 
the cause. What we must keep in view is the effect upon the technical capa- 
city of our future artizans. Lads brought up in New Zealand seldom stand a 
fair chance of becoming first-class workmen, and while they enter upon their 
career as artizans with an imperfect knowledge of their craft, they are doing 


400 Transactions.— Miscellaneous, 


so at a period when industrial invention is more prolific than it ever was 
before; when not only are fresh contrivances daily springing from the 
brains of skilful mechanics, but the remarkable discoveries which have been 
made by scientists during the last century are being utilized in all directions 
for industrial purposes ; so that year by year a more and more refined and 
comprehensive knowledge and skill are demanded of the handicraftsman. 
The whole community, too, is vastly better educated than it was half-a- 
century ago, and in numerous trades an artistic style of workmanship is 
demanded, which requires from the artizan, if he wish to rank as a good 
workman, a knowledge of art which was formerly needless on his part. 

Moreover, and this I beg to urge most strenuously upon the notice of the 
Institute, our artizans will at no distant date be exposed to the competition 
of thousands of workmen trained in the technical schools and colleges of 
England and the Continent, where they will not only have learned the use 
of their tools and machinery from the best masters, but will also have been 
thoroughly grounded in the scientific principles of their respective trades, 
gained through a special education, in which everything necessary to their 
accurate comprehension of those trades has been included, and from which 
everything unnecessary has been carefully excluded, so that the student’s 
energies have been focussed and concentrated upon the one object of be- 
coming a master of his craft. What chance will the average colonial youth, 
learning his trade in the loose fashion which I have already indicated, stand 
against such formidable competitors when he arrives at manhood? Not 
only will these rivals possess a precise knowledge of their trade, of which he 
is utterly destitute, but with the aid of their special education they will also 
be able to follow and adapt themselves to new inventions in a manner 
beyond his reach. 

I have just spoken of the Technical Schools and Colleges of England. 
The words may sound strange to the ears of old colonists, but recent 
arrivals from the mother country will be aware of how much has been done 
there in this direction of late years. Manufacturers and others concerned 
have vigorously exerted themselves to obtain for the British workman an 
opportunity of acquiring that technical education in matters relating to his 
daily employment which has hitherto been denied him, although it has been 
enjoyed to some extent by his Continental rivals. The practical outcome 
of the movement has been the establishment by the combined efforts of the 
Corporation of London and the City Guilds of an institution in London for 
the technical training of artizans called ‘“‘ The City and Guilds of London 
Institute for the Advancement of Technical Education.” This was started 
in 1879, and already a very large sum of money, apparently some £120,000 
or £130,000, has been expended upon it. 


Purnetu.—On Technical Education. 401 


In connection with this institution a number of technical schools and 
colleges have been founded in different parts of the country, the funds 
being provided by the trade companies, the manufacturers, and from 
other local sources, a technical school having been opened at Manchester 
as recently as September last. A similar school at Bradford, which has 
been in existence for some time, moved last year into a new building, 
which had been erected and fitted up for its accommodation at an 
expense of upwards of £30,000. In localities where sufficient money has 
not been available for the establishment of a properly equipped school, 
classes have been formed, whose pupils are registered on the rolls of the 
Institute. Altogether, according to the report presented at the annual 
distribution of prizes in December last, there are over 4,000 pupils receiving 
instruction in the registered classes of the Institute, and the system of 
technical examination undertaken by the Institute extends to more than 
150 centres in different parts of the country. These numbers, however, 
give a very imperfect idea of the extent of the efforts which are being made 
to diffuse technical education amongst English operatives, as many technical 
classes are in existence which have not affiliated themselves to the Insti- 
tute. Classes, for example, have been established in connection with the 
Young Men’s Christian Institute at the old Polytechnic Institution in Lon- 
don, and were last winter attended by no fewer than 5,500 persons, while 
measures are being taken to increase the accommodation, so as to provide 
room for 8,000 students. 

The principal college of the City and Guilds Institute is the Finsbury 
Technical College, opened in February, 1883, and which has been equipped 
in the most elaborate manner. Further, the Department of Science and 
Art is erecting a Technical College at Kensington, upon which a sum of 
£75,000 has been expended, in order that it may serve as a centre for the 
entire technical educational system of England, and more especially as a 
training school for teachers of technical science, whose want has been much 
felt. Hence, when the system gets into full swing, its influence can hardly 
fail to be marked, and in after years the men and lads who have been 
trained at the various technical colleges and schools will form an appre- 
ciable element in the industrial classes of Great Britain. 

Looking at the superior field which this colony affords for individual 
enterprise, can it be doubted that these highly trained workmen will emi- 
grate in considerable numbers to New Zealand? They will come here 
and occupy the positions of foremen and the best paid hands in the work- 
shops, while our colonial-bred artizans will have to content themselves with 
subordinate posts. 

26 


402 Transactions, — Miscellaneous, 


We may depend upon it that the movement in England is full of 
vitality, and will grow to large dimensions. Hngland’s industrial supre- 
macy depends upon her furnishing her artizans with a proper technical 
education, which they have hitherto lacked, and she cannot afford to let that 
education be either imperfect or confined within a limited circle of students. 
The Government have taken the matter in hand, and in 1880 appointed a 
Reyal Commission, which I believe has not yet sent in its final report, ‘‘ to 
enquire into the instruction of the industrial classes of certain foreign 
countries in technical and other subjects, for the purpose of comparison 
with that of corresponding classes of this country ; and into the influence 
of such instruction on manufacturing and other industries at home and 
abroad.” 

England, it must be remembered, although of all countries the most 
interested in the technical education of artizans, has been the last to take 
up the subject. Technical schools have existed in Germany for a long 
period; indeed, the system recently inaugurated in England is, I believe, 
modelled upon the Bavarian system. France possesses several good 
technical schools, the principal one, viz., the School of Arts and Trades at 
Paris, having been founded so far back as 1857. Switzerland has also a 
fine Polytechnic School in Zurich, which in 1879 was attended by as many 
as 1,000 students. Sweden is also well supplied in this way, there being 
technical schools of various grades, so as to suit different classes of work- 
men, the course of instruction being expanded or contracted with the object 
of meeting the pecuniary means and leisure times at the disposal of the 
persons attending the classes. Even in Russia, which is commonly 
supposed to be backward in educational appliances, technical education 
has not been forgotten. There is a large technical school at Moscow, while 
in some of the Government factories classes have been formed under the 
auspices of the Government for the purpose of furnishing technical instruc- 
tion to the artizans. The proprietors and directors of some of the larger 
factories on tlhe Continent have opened technical classes for the benefit of 
the hands in their employ; in fact, throughout the Continent, wherever 
manufactures are carried on to any extent, means of some kind exist for 
giving to artizans and apprentices to trades a special training suited to 
their ordinary avocations, and calculated to enable them to perform their 
daily tasks with an amount of intelligence and skill which cannot be 
expected from workmen who have not enjoyed the advantage of a technical 
education. ; 

The Continental Governments recognize what the New Zealand Govern- 
ment, fairly zealous as it has shown itself in the promotion of new 
industries, has overlooked, viz., that if manufacturing industries are to 


Purneti.—On Technical Education. 408 


permanently. flourish in any country under the altered conditions of modern 
times, it is essential that the workmen should receive a technical education, 
and hence they treat it as one of their ordinary functions to supply this 
want. A manifestation of this feeling was given when the French Govern- 
ment, wishing to stimulate the watch trade in France, opened schools for 
teaching watchmaking, the effect being to materially augment the home 
production of watches, and to diminish the importation of watches from 
Switzerland. The Swiss met this movement by reorganizing and enlarging 
their technical school system, so far as it related to the watch manufacture, 
and by this means recovered a part of their lost trade. In the United 
States, too, although less has been done for the cause of technical education. 
than might have been expected from a people which has made such vigorous 
exertions for the establishment of manufacturing industries, some thirty 
technical schools are in full activity. Japan has a far greater number. In 
1882 she possessed 98 technical schools, with 975 professors and teachers, 
and which were attended by 8,828 pupils. 

Technical education must not be confounded with a scientific education. 
Science forms an essential feature in the course of instructien given in a 
technical school, but just so much science is taught as, and no more than, 
the student requires to know for the proper comprehension of his trade. 

I will illustrate my meaning by quoting some remarks made by Mr. 
Cosee, the then President of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, in 
1879, when announcing the intention to establish technical schools for the 
instruction of workmen engaged in the Pennsylvanian Iron Ore Works. 
‘“‘ Our idea is to make the course of instruction as complete as possible. In 
mineralogy we shall require the student to become familiar with the prin- 
cipal types of minerals only. In geology much attention will be paid to the 
rocks and mineral deposits of Pennsylvania. We shall devote a large 
amount of time to the subject of framing, ordinary foundations, and the 
construction of such buildings as are required on our coalfields. In 
machinery attention will be paid to pumps, hoisting engines, apparatus for 
preparing coal, steam drills, ete. Mine surveying will be gone into with a 
ereat deal of detail, and in chemistry we shall try to impress upon the 
minds of the pupils those laws and phenomena which are of importance in 
understanding the ventilation of mines and the use of water in steam 
boilers.” This course of instruction is to a considerable extent that of a 
mining school, but it suffices to illustrate my meaning. 

The science which is wanted is not that which is supplied in our High 
Schools and Colleges, hence it cannot be argued that I am asking for some- 
thing which already exists. The object of a technical school is not to turn 
out scientific men or artists, but competent practical handicraftsmen. In 


404 Transactions. — Miscellaneous. 


the technical schools of England and the Continent the use of tools forms a 
prominent item in the course of instruction. One of these schools is indeed 
a workshop, in which the apprentice or artizan is taught the use of his tools 
and the management of machinery by first-class teachers, while he is at 
the same time inducted into such branches of science and art as are re- 
quisite to enable him to understand the principles of his trade. Further, 
if he wishes it and the time at his disposal allows of it being done, he is 
taught collateral subjects, such as foreign languages, which are likely to be 
useful to him in his avocation. The Finsbury College is divided into four 
departments—viz., the mathematical and mechanical, the physical, the 
chemical, and the applied art department. In the day school such subjects 
as French and German are likewise taught. This will give an idea of the 
comprehensiveness of the course of study. 

In these technical schools, as I have said, the course of instruction is 
varied considerably, to suit the purses and the time at the disposal of the 
pupils. There is the richer class of students, who can afford to attend the 
classes during the day, and are probably looking forward to becoming mana- 
gers of factories or occupying similar positions. This class of students is 
able to go through a more elaborate course of instruction than the others, 
and to compete for certificates of the highest class. Then there is the 
class of artizans who are engaged in actual labour during the day, 
whose means are small, and who expect to receive instruction during 
the evening. To this class workshop practice is of prime import- 
ance. In Sweden, to meet the wants of artizan students, some of the 
technical schools are open not only every evening in the week, but on Sundays 
also. Finally, there is the class of apprentices, of whom the future workmen 
are to be made, who, like the artizans, are unable to attend classes during 
the day, although having all their lives before them they can afford to enter 
upon a more lengthy course of instruction, but at the same time their 
pockets must be consulted in the shape of reduced fees. For the purpose 
of dealing with these different classes of students, the City and Guilds of 
London Institute holds its examination in three grades, (1) honours, (2) 
advanced, (3) elementary. The first is intended principally for foremen, 
overlookers, and similar persons, or for persons intending to qualify for such 
positions ; and the third for apprentices, but candidates for examination are 
permitted to enter themselves for any grade they choose. 

It will convey a better idea of the eminently practical character of the 
instruction now being given through the means of the City and Guilds of 
London Institute, if I enumerate the principal subjects for examination this 
year :—Alkali manufacture, iron and steel manufacture, lace manufacture, 
photography, milling and flour manufacture, electro-metallurgy, electric 


Purnetu.—On Technical Education. 405 


engineering—including telegraphy, electric lighting and transmission of 
power, electrical machine making, metal platework, plumbers’ work, silver- 
smiths’ work, watch and clock making, wood working, metal working, 
mechanical engineering, carriage building, carpentry and joinery, mechanical 
preparation of ores, marine surveying. The various schools and classes 
devote themselves to such branches as are likely to be most useful to the 
artizans of the localities in which they are respectively situated. 

In order to make technical schools available to those for whom they are 
designed, the school fees must be fixed at a low figure, especially for appren- 
tices. On the other hand, the cost of foundation and maintenance is con- 
siderable. They are not self-supporting institutions. Hence, if such 
schools were established in New Zealand, it could only be by outside assist- 
ance. In Hngland the principal part of the cost is defrayed by the city 
guilds and the trade companies in different localities, although the Depart- 
ment of Science and Art is lending important aid in the shape of the 
Central Institute at Kensington. On the Continent such schools appear to 
be supported partly by the Government, partly by the local bodies, and 
partly by aid given by private individuals. In New Zealand, however, 
nearly the whole cost would have to be paid out of the public purse in some 
way or other. That, however, is not a reason why we should refrain from 
taking steps for the establishment of technical schools. The expenditure 
of money upon this object could be justified by the same reasoning which 
justifies us in giving bonuses for the encouragement of new industries, only 
it would yield a hundredfold greater results. I admit that the present cost 
of education is excessive compared with the colony’s means; but I do not 
think that the outlay involved in the opening of technical schools at the 
principal centres of population, say at Auckland, Wellington, Christchurch 
and Dunedin, (which would serve as examining centres for numerous 
classes in other places), would add perceptibly to the colony’s burthens. 

Viewing the matter in the aspect which I do, viz., as a remodelling of 
our system of secondary education, it would be a legitimate application 
if a part, and a substantial part, of the splendid endowments which have 
been set aside in New Zealand for secondary education were devoted to 
the establishment and maintenance of technical schools. These endowments 
have hitherto been exclusively applied to the support of scholastic institu- 
tions of great merit, but which are to a large extent a luxury beyond the 
means of the colony ; while these institutions are in many cases bestowing 
a refined education upon persons to whom it will prove a curse rather than 
a blessing, and whose valuable energies will be virtually lost to the country 
for want of a sufficiently ample field for their exercize. Nor can we shut 
our eyes to the fact that. our High Schools and Colleges are an eyesore to no 


406 Transactions.—Miscellaneous. 


inconsiderable section of the working classes, who feel that as a body they 
have neither part nor lot in them; while they afford a cheap education of 
the higher kind to the children of rich men. I do not assert that these 
feelings are justified ; I merely observe that they exist. Still they are well- 
founded, to the extent that our system of secondary education is not being 
conducted on sufficiently comprehensive lines. Much as I admire the noble 
High Schools and Colleges of Canterbury, I should rejoice to see some one of 
them in Christchurch replaced by a well-equipped Technical College, where 
our handicraftsmen and their sons could obtain a special education, which 
would enable them to hold their own against all-comers, and to easily 
advance with and adapt their methods of working to the changes and 
improvements which are being so rapidly introduced into the industrial 
arts, while at the same time their intellectual desires would be slaked, 
honourable and recognized distinctions would be within their reach, and 
the social status of the artizan would be raised in a marked degree, to the 
satisfaction of his own just ambition and the benefit of the community. 
The working population of Canterbury, at all events, have a right to ask 
this at our hands. They are entitled to demand that the wise intentions of 
the Provincial Council in their behalf~should be carried into effect at the 
earliest possible moment. 

Without however dwelling too much on this point, although it is an im- 
portant one, I do maintain that we ought to interpret the term ‘‘secondary 
education ’’ in a larger sense than as meaning the teaching of literary sub- 
jects and abstract science only. Doubtless it bore that meaning—and even 
a more restricted meaning—once, but the world has rolled on, and the 
statesman in this and other countries is now called upon to solve the great 
problem :—Given a working population, forming the mass of the com- 
munity, who have eaten the fruit of the tree of knowledge, and whose 
wants and desires, both mental and physical, have been sharpened and 
increased thereby, how will you keep them contented? ‘The way to do so 
is by raising the status of the workman. It is not sufficient to tell him that 
his employment is honourable, and that no citizen is more useful to the 
State than he; you must give him a larger scope for his energies and in 
his own avocation, so that he may be enabled to achieve real distinction in 
it. We must dispel the prevalent idea—that if the artizan wants to rise in 
the social scale he must perforce abandon his own occupation, which is the 
natural field for the display of his abilities. 

Leaving aside these reflections, however, our artizans are entitled to ask 
the rulers of the country to give them all reasonable assistance in their 
competition with foreign handicraftsmen. It is a reasonable request to 
make that technical schools should be established in the principal towns of 


Waxetin.—On Gravitational Haperunents. 407 


New Zealand, and if some of the smaller High Schools were closed, and the 
funds now spent upon them were used for the support of technical schools, 
the cause of literary education would not suffer, and our industrial classes 
would have much reason to rejoice. The prime object of education is to fit 
boys and girls for their future walks in life, but this is a fact which has 
been almost lost sight of by our educational guides. 


Art. LI.—On Gravitational Experiments. By T. Waxetin. 

[Read before the Southland Philosophical Society, 7th October, 1884. | 
Proressor Loner in a recent lecture on the functions of the ether says it 
is inconceivable that the earth should be drawn to the sun without any 
material means, and he ascribes gravitation to some action of the ether. 
A great many scientific men, I feel convinced, sincerely hope that this may 
prove to be the case. I have thought out a number of experiments to test 
this question. Three of these experiments I have carried out but with 
negative results; two of them, however, were carried out in a very in- 
adequate manner. I think an explanation of these and other experiments 
will prove interesting, and perhaps will arouse some hope that this funda- 
mental question in astronomy may be answered. 

First Experiment, Heat.—lf the ether produces the movement called 
gravitation, I thought it probable that any great disturbance of the ether 
should have some effect on the weight of a body placed in the midst of this 
disturbance. It struck me that as a red-hot mass of iron agitated the ether 
the reaction of the ether upon the iron would intensify the gravitational 
effect of the ether and cause the mass to weigh heavier. The molecular 
movement of a heated body would produce alternate increase and relief of 
pressure on the vibrating particle, and I thought it not unlikely that the 
former would be greater than the latter. As the experiment was easy I 
made it, though not with any degree of delicacy. There was no difference 
in the weight. Receiving afterwards Osmond Fisher’s ‘‘ Physics of the 
Earth’s Crust’ I was agreeably surprised to find in it the following pas- 
sages :—‘‘ However, in a note to an address before the Geological Society 
of Glasgow, 14th February, 1878, Sir W. Thomson wrote: ‘ Since this 
address was delivered some important experiments have been carried out, 
at the request of Dr. Henry Muirhead, by Mr. Joseph Whitley, of Leeds. 
His experiments were made on iron, copper, and brass, and on whinstone 
and granite; and the general result hitherto arrived at seems to be tha 


408 Transactions.— Miscellaneous. 


these substances are less dense in the solid than in the liquid state at the 
melting temperature. And D. Forbes stated that glass floats on melted 
glass, and, similarly, Bessemer steel on melted steel.’ ”’ 

These facts indicated, I thought, that the intensely agitated ether had 
made the heated mass heavier: I therefore made a more careful experiment. 
A mass of iron was heated white-hot and weighed, the weight beimg over 
twenty pounds. After cooling for more than half-an-hour it was weighed 
again ; and after being made cold in water it was weighed a third time, but 
there was found to be no distinct difference in the weight; if there was any 
difference, I think it must have been less than a quarter of an ounce. Both 
times, however, the iron was weighed when cooling, while the reverse of 
this would have been more likely to show a difference in the weight. 

Second Experiment, Mechanical.—The ether is so marvellous that I should 
not have thought of trying to make any mechanical experiment if I had not 
read an account of the wonderful action of a saw called ‘‘ Reese’s Saw.” 
This saw was described as a disc made to revolve with an enormous velocity 
—at a velocity, as far as I can remember, of from one to two thousand 
revolutions per second. -It was said to cut bars of steel without touching them. 
Mr. Reese himself ascribed this to the action of the dise upon the ether— 
the ether entering near the axis and being thrown out at the circumference, 
it was supposed. If any action of the ether produced gravitation I con- 
sidered that this rapidly revolving dise should have very little weight. I 
thought by making the disc a very thick one that a moderate velocity would 
show some difference of weight. The dise that I had made was about 
seventy pounds, and could be driven so as to make about thirty revolutions 
per second. The oscillations were, however, so great that it could only be 
weighed when making three or four revolutions per second. Various 
modifications were made but with scarcely any improvement; no appreciable 
difference in weight could be detected. Hxperiments would have to be 
made with nicely fitting mechanism of a comprehensive character to enable 
a high velocity to be obtained, but a comparatively moderate velocity might 
produce an appreciable difference in the weight. 

Third Haperiment, Magnetic.—Light, heat, magnetism, and electricity are 
believed to be manifestations of one agent—the ether. Now, if some action 
of the ether also produces gravitation, I thought it very probable that when 
a strong magnetic pull was exerted horizontally it would weaken that verti- 
eal action of the ether which I supposed might produce gravitation. I tried 
the experiment with a permanent magnet but with no definite result. I do 
not profess to be well acquainted with electrical facts, though I have read 
most of the best standard works on electricity and a good deal more besides, 
60 an important experiment made by Faraday was unknown to me till the 


Waxetin.— On Gravitational Experiments. 409 


last few weeks, when I saw the following account:—‘ The quality I refer to 
is ‘ electric conductivity,’ and the result of that quality in the experiment I 
am now going to describe is, that a piece of copper, or a piece of silver, let 
fall between the poles of a magnet, will fall down slowly, as if it were falling 
through mud. I take this body and let it fall, many of you here will be 
able to calculate what fraction of a second it takes to fall one foot. If I 
took this piece of copper, placed it just above the space between the poles of 
a powerful electro-magnet and let it go, you would see it fall slowly down 
before you; it would perhaps take a quarter of a minute to fall a few 
inches.’’* 

Professor Tyndall in one of his works speaking of this condensation 
between the poles of powerful magnets says that it takes as much exercize 
of force to make a knife go through this magnetic matter as it would take 
to cut a piece of cheese. My memory may be at fault here, but I am 
certain that he spoke of the resistance as something wonderful. Now this 
magnetic matter may displace a gravitational medium, or it may be con- 
nected with it in a way so as to weaken it. It seems to me, if one me- 
dium produces both electrical and gravitational effects, that if one effect 
is disturbed, the other must be disturbed also. Let us suppose the above 
experiment to be repeated with this modification. To the piece of silver 
placed between the poles, let another piece exactly equal be fastened by a 
wire long enough to let the second piece hang so far below as to be alto- 
gether out of reach of the influence of the electro-magnet; there is a 
resistance to motion of the piece of silver due to the thickness of magnetic 
matter. If the weight-giving force act equally on the two pieces of silver, 
the force overcoming the magnetic matter being doubled, the pieces of 
metal will fall about twice as fast as in the original experiment. If, how- 
ever, the bodies are made to fall by some physical agent, then, if the 
magnetic matter displaces this agent, or modifies its gravitational action 
in the piece of metal between the two poles, the addition of the lower 
piece of silver has more than doubled the force, and the pieces of silver fall 
more than twice as fast. And if the experiment was tried, and this was 
found to be the case, we should reasonably infer that gravitation was pro- 
duced by some physical agent. 

Fourth Eaperiment, ElectricalThe electric medium is believed to be 
continuous, just as the lummiferous ether is believed to be continuous. 
‘“« We may say that all electric forces are transmitted by straims of the ether, 
but that the ether in different msulators is modified in some way which 
will account for the difference of transmission.” {+ I suppose an electric 


* From Sir W. Thomson’s “ Lecture on the Senses,” published in “‘ Nature,” 6th 
March, 1884. 


+ A Physical Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism, by Gordon, p. 22. 


410 Transactions. —Miscellaneous. 


current in such a medium not to be a rapid motion of translation, but a 
transmission of pressure, and believe in the opinion expressed by Silvanus 
Thomson, that electricity is one thing and not two. If the ether, then, 
among its other functions, produces gravitation, an intensification of its 
electrical action might reasonably be supposed to augment its gravitational 
_ action. Let us suppose a loop of wire to form part of a circuit, the loop 
being free to turn on an axis as the handle of a bucket is. When the loop 
is horizontal, like the handle of a bucket when resting on the rim, it must 
be supported, or else it will hang down. Let it therefore be supported 
from a delicate spring balance by means of a silk thread. If a powerful 
current be then sent through the loop, it will intensify the action of the 
ether, and if the ether produces gravitation the loop of wire should, I think, 
become heavier while the current was passing through it. 

Whatever gravitation may be, surely there is no reason to despair of 
finding out whether it is caused by something material or not. 


Art. LII.—Is Life a Distinct Force? By R. H. Baxewei, M.D., Fellow 
of the Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society of London, ete. 
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 3rd July, 1884.] 
Tur question I have placed at the head of this paper is one not yet settled, 
although it may be admitted that there is a preponderance of opinion in 
favour of a negative reply. For this reason it is well worthy of discussion, 
and as it is one on which I have thought much and in connection with 
which I have made many experiments, I have selected it for discussion this 
evening. 

As this is not intended to be a metaphysical paper nor to lead to a dis- 
cussion on mere abstractions, certain postulates will be requisite. Let it 
be granted then that matter exists as ourselves and not ourselves, that it is 
manifested to our senses by phenomena, that it is acted upon by certain 
forces or energies, and that two kinds of matter may be discerned, living and 
non-living. 

Definitions—We define non-living matter to be that which possesses no 
power of motion in itself, nor of self-nutrition, nor of producing any change 
within itself by the action of its own parts, nor of reproduction. 

Living matter is an albuminoid compound, characterized by the posses- 
sion of motion in itself, that is, mdependent of the action of any external 
force, by being able to assimilate food or nutriment, and by being able to 
reproduce its like. 


Baxeweiu.—Is Life a Distinct Force ? 411 


With the other qualities of living matter I shall not at present deal ; 
these three are essential to any form of living matter, and are found in all, 
from the humblest of the Protista up to man. 

Life then I should define to be,—that force or combination of forces 
which gives to protoplasm its power of motion, of self-nutrition, and of 
reproduction. In this definition it will be observed that I avoid assuming 
that life is a foree—it may be the result of a combination of forces. 

Life is either somatic or molecular. In the simplest forms of living 
beings, the somatic and molecular life are inseparable, as the individual 
consists but of a single cell.. If you kill an Ameba, for example, you 
destroy both the somatic and molecular life at the same time. But except 
the simplest organisms, whether vegetal or animal, living beings are built 
up of corpuscles, sometimes in the form of cells, sometimes in more com- 
plex tissues formed originally out of cells, each endowed with life, which is 
to a certain limited extent independent of the life of the whole organism. 
This is what is called molecular life. The life of the organism as a whole 
is called somatic life. It is possible in many of these organisms, particu- 
larly in what are called the higher or more complex ones, for somatic life to 
cease long before the individual molecules of which the being is built up 
have lost their vital properties. 

Living protoplasm, as I have before said, is an albuminoid substance. 
It consists of carbon, oxygen, hydrogen, and a little phosphorus and 
sulphur. 

On Motion as a quality of Living Matter.—It is admitted by every one 
that non-living matter, in whatever form it may be found, cannot move of 
itself, nor unless acted on by some external force. But living protoplasm, 
as long as life exists, is endowed with motion. A simple cell like the 
Ameba (I use the word cell for convenience—the Ameba is not properly a 
cell) or a leucocyte, and many of the simpler forms of vegetal and animal 
life can be seen to move about in the medium in which they exist. But the 
higher forms of vegetal life, it may be thought, do not move unless acted on 
by some external force. A lichen seems to cling to the rock on which it 
has fixed itself; and even those plants like the sensitive plant, or the 
sundew, or Venus’s fly-trap, which are known to move and grasp objects 
brought into contact with them, may be thought not to move spontaneously, 
or without being acted upon from without. This appearance of inertia is 
however fallacious, for whether you examine the lichen or the forest tree 
that has been rooted to its native earth for a thousand years, you will find 
that in every part of its structure change is going on—fluids are circulating ; 
vessels and ducts and fibres are being produced, removed, and renewed; 
the reproductive process is going on; water is being absorbed or given off; 


412, Transactions.— Miscellaneous. 


carbonic acid is being decomposed and carbon absorbed ; evaporation is 
taking place which requires that the root-fibres should take up water, and 
that by some mysterious means, contrary to gravity and certainly not 
owing to capillary attraction, the juices of the plant are sent to a distance 
of sometimes hundreds of feet. All these changes imply motion. So also 
does the growth of the plant. This is slow indeed in many cases, and par- 
ticularly in cold or temperate climates, but so rapid in tropical regions 
where there is abundant moisture in the soil, that plants may almost be 
seen to grow. 

This motion is sufficiently powerful to overcome in the majority of cases 
the force of gravity, and might be measured in foot-pounds. It will also 
overcome the force of cohesion, as is seen where root-fibres penetrate dense 
clay or split up solid rock. 

Motion caused by life alone is seen in the circulation of the blood, and 
especially in that part of it which takes place in the capillary vessels. I, 
as I have often done, you snip off the transparent part of the tail of a small 
fish or a tadpole and place it under the microscope, you may see the blood 
corpuscles rolling rapidly along for at least half-an-hour; in some cases I 
have watched them for an hour and a half, still in motion, although during 
the latter part of the time the motion is much retarded: it seems to 
continue until some physical change has taken place in the capillaries, the 
result of their death. If at a suitable temperature suitable pabulum be 
supplied, the motion of the blood in the capillaries may go on for hours 
after somatic death has taken place. In some experiments I made a few 
years ago in New South Wales I found that when portions of tadpoles’ tails 
placed under the microscope were supplied with a mixture of egg-albumen 
and water, and kept at a temperature of 80° to 90° F., the circulation 
continued as long as nineteen hours. The note made at the time is as 
follows :— 

“‘11th (month not mentioned, probably February), 8 p.m. Put four 
pieces of tadpoles’ tails in albumen and water; they floated; corked the 
bottle loosely with lint; water was filtered but not boiled. Day hot; 
temperature 88° F’. 

‘« Put three other pieces at the same time into some of the same water, 
in the same kind of bottles stopped in the same way.” 

“12th, 10 a.m.” (nineteen hours afterwards). ‘‘ Night had been very 
hot. Tails placed in water shrivelled slightly (shrunken) and extremity of 
tail curled up. Under microscope numbers of detached round red cor- 
puscles and quantities of Bacteria; no leucocytes nor cell-growth of any 
kind.” 


Baxeweiu.—lIs Life a Distinct Force ? 418 


‘3 p.m. Innumerable monads developed in water surrounding tails; 
began to smell offensively.” [Thrown away. ] 

Now, contrast this picture of decomposition following somatic death 
with what took place when the portions of tails were supplied with nutri- 
ment. The note is that they ‘‘showed no Bacteria either at 10 a.m. or 
3 p.m., and, of course, no monads; quantities of young cells, particularly 
upon and near the cut surface. Circulation slowly continuing in large vessels. 
In the fluid floating about were quantities of young cells exactly resembling 
leucocytes.” Even at 10 p.m., although the day was excessively hot, the 
portion kept under the microscope showed no sign of decomposition. 

It is evident that this motion of the blood in the smaller vessels canuot be 
from capillary attraction, for, after the first few moments, the blood in the 
capillaries must have attained its equilibrium. Place a coloured fluid con- 
taining solid non-living particles in a capillary glass tube under the micro- 
scope, and you will find that, in a few moments, the particles will be at 
rest. 

The following experiment shows the length of time the capillary circula- 
tion will continue without nutriment—“‘ 10th March, 1878, end of tadpole’s 
tail, circulation continued for thirty-five minutes after separation ; not 
much slower than natural; block at bifurcation of artery; went against 
gravity.” This note refers to a rough drawing made in my note book of the 
appearances presented at two periods after the separation of the tail. 

I have other notes of this phenomenon, but not many, as it was of such 
invariable occurrence that I soon ceased to note it. It may be seen by 
anyone who will take a microscope to a slaughterhouse, and obtain a portion 
of peritoneum or other transparent tissue from animals just slaughtered. 

In the lower animals the ciliary motion is a very marked and frequent 
phenomenon. It is chiefly by this that they procure food. It seems to con- 
tinue without cessation during the whole lifetime of the animal, and to be 
quite independent of anything like what we recognize as muscular tissue in 
the higher animals. So also is the curious pulsation in some of the 
Radiata, the extremely rapid contraction of the stalk of the Vorticella, and 
the protrusion of the pseudopodia of many other Radiata. All these, and 
many more that might be mentioned if time permitted, are manifestations 
of the power of life to produce motion in living protoplasm. 

The higher animals not only move about by means of their locomotory 
organs, but in every part of their bodies there is a continual circulation of 
nutritive fluids, of secretions or of excretions, and there is continual motion 
of the organs of circulation, respiration, and digestion. In addition to these 
there is the motion produced by the rapid waste and renewal of tissue that 
is constantly going on in their bodies. 


414 Transactions.—Miscellaneous. 


The major portion of even the obvious muscular movements of the 
higher animals, such as the vertebrates, is made either independently of the 
will of the individual, or quite unconsciously, like the automatic motions of 
the organs of speech in reading aloud when the mind is distracted, ete. 

Thus breathing is carried on by the action of muscles which in ordinary 
respiration are not voluntarily exerted. The action of the heart is another 
example of muscular motion entirely independent of our will. The peri- 
staltic action of the intestines, the action of the sphincters, and the co- 
ordination of muscles to retain us in an upright position, are other 
examples. 

Muscular contraction and relaxation are therefore going on continuously 
during life, as are the ciliary movements of some of the mucous mem- 
branes. 

Motion, therefore, is one of the invariable concomitants of life. But 
it may be said that this is merely the result of the conversion of other 
forces into motion. 

I. There are two arguments which seem to me conclusive against this 
view. The first is that organic motion is carried on to a large extent in 
opposition to the other forces, especially to gravity, cohesion, and chemical 
affinity. 

Many of the higher Vertebrata afford striking examples of the opposition 
between the action of the muscles and gravity. The usual position of these 
animals when living and awake is rarely maintained if they are suddenly killed. 
It may be said that this arises from relaxation of the muscles of the limbs. 
But when an ox is pithed—that is, suddenly killed by dividing the spinal cord 
as it issues from the skull—the muscles are not relaxed, but are thrown into 
violent tetanic convulsions—yet the animal drops instantly. In the same 
way if a fowl is killed by suddenly beheading it, the headless trunk flutters 
and springs about for several minutes, but it never stands upright for a 
moment. You could not make a human skeleton stand upright even if all 
the joints were stiffened by the ligaments being allowed to dry on them. 

The fact that even when we are standing upright we are unconsciously 
balancing ourselves is shown in certain cases of disease of the spinal cord, by 
blindfolding the patient and then asking him to step out a few paces. He 
will fall if not supported, because he cannot see where to place his feet. In 
the healthy state the cdordination of the muscles required for balancing 
ourselves takes place unconsciously. 

II. In considering the question whether the force which endows proto- 
plasm with these powers is of a special kind, or merely a combination of 
the other forces or energies of nature, we must remember that a mere blind 
or unintelligent combination of forces would never produce the results we 


BaxeweLu,—ls Life a Distinct Force ? 415 


see. The process by which a seed becomes a tree, producing other seeds 
like that from which it sprang, is clearly not the result of any one single 
force, unless we assume that that force was created and designed ad hoc ; 
neither heat, nor motion, nor light, nor electricity, nor chemical affinity, 
could alone cause the growth of a tree from a seed. Expose a seed to an 
amount of heat which will kill it without changing its chemical composition, 
and all the forces of nature will not enable that seed to germinate. What 
then do we kill? Even suppose that a living seed, exposed to the influence 
of heat and moisture, will swell by the mechanical process of endosmosis, 
suppose even we allow that the ovule will germinate, what possible com- 
bination of these or any other forces could make the radicle invariably push 
its way downwards into the soil, and the plumule as invariably thrust itself 
upwards towards the light? What combination of forces acting mechanic- 
ally and without imtelligence could enable the cells of the young part to 
differentiate themselves and form the various tissues of which the plant is 
composed. Forces such as light and heat must always act under similar 
circumstances in the same way, unless guided and directed by a Supreme 
Intelligence. We are therefore driven, as it seems to me, to the conclusion 
that the force or energy which produces the phenomena that we collectively 
designate life, must be a force or energy of a special kind, created, if I may 
be allowed such an old-fashioned expression, ad hoc. In other words, that 
there is a vital force, which, acting on protoplasm, enables it to move to 
nourish itself, and to reproduce its like. 

I need say nothing about the other two qualities which enter into the 
definition of living matter—self-nutrition and reproduction—as it is nowhere 
disputed that these powers belong exclusively to living matter. 

Though, as I think, I have proved the vital, force is a distinct and 
special force, it has so much relation to the other forces of nature as to be 
convertible into them. Thus in warm-blooded animals it is convertible into 
heat. That their animal heat is not the mere product of the chemical 
actions going on in their bodies is proved by the fact that precisely the same 
actions are going on in cold-blooded animals which do not maintain them- 
selves at a heat above that of the surrounding media. The muscular move- 
ments of a lizard, for instance, in the tropics are extremely active, far more 
so than those of most of the warm-blooded vertebrates—yet the lizard is 
much cooler than the surrounding atmosphere. We see another proof that 
the vital force of warm-blooded vertebrates is converted into heat, in the 
extreme difficulty of maintaining the animal heat of those who are weakly. 
Among human beings we who are practical physicians have constantly to 
recognize this fact. The same external temperature which is pleasant and 
even inspiriting to persons in vigorous health is depressing and injurious, 
and indeed often fatal, to those who are weak, 


416 Transactions. — Miscellaneous. 


Vital force may be converted into electricity, as we see in the Gymnotus 
or electrical eel, and with light, as we see in the glow-worm, the firefly, 
the phosphorescent animalcula of the sea. It would seem probable, 
however, that for the most part the vital force of the higher and more 
complex organisms is simply transferred by their death to lower organisms, 
of which the germs are always ready at ordinary temperatures to germinate 
in the tissues of the higher organisms. 

There seems to be a constant process of transference of vital force from 
lower organisms to higher ones, and from these to the lower ones again. 
Some experiments I have recently been making would seem to show that all 
but the lowest forms of vegetal life are fed by the Bacteria. I have recently — 
been examining a number of different kinds of soil, taken from various 
heights above the sea-level, some from the tops of the hills near Sydenham, 
and some from marshy soil, some from ordinary garden mould, some from 
gravel deposits, and some from clay dug out at a depth of from two feet to 
three feet nine inches below the surface. I find them all swarming with 
Bacteria to such an extent that when shaken up with water in a tube, and 
allowed to rest for a few days, a layer of Bacteria is formed visible to the 
naked eye, while the supernatant water never becomes clear, but is con- 
stantly opalescent from the presence of these minute organisms. 

Now when we find Bacteria present in such abundance, and that too in 
soils which have never been exposed to light since the day they were de- 
posited, it is only natural to enquire for what object they exist, or what end 
they serve. Are they merely the result of the death and decomposition of 
higher organisms ? 

This can hardly be the case, because if so they would not be found in 
such abundance, or at such depths below the surface. Several feet below 
the surface of soil in which only a few weeds or a little grass is growing we 
find them in myriads. Now we know that these minute beings can but live 
a few hours, and that when dead they very speedily disappear. A very simple 
experiment will prove this. Boil a little garden mould for a few minutes for 
two or three days running, so as to destroy all Bacteria and their germs, 
and then let it stand a day or two in hot weather, and it will soon begin to 
smell offensively. 

May not these Bacteria be intended for the nourishment of higher 
organisms, animal and vegetable, but chiefly the latter ; and may not their 
abundance explain the fact that the rootlets of plants descend to such 
depths in search of nourishment? It seems to me highly probable that the 
rootlets of the higher plants do not receive nourishment directly from the 
inorganic constituents of the soil, but do so only by means of these Bacteria, 
which themselves act as feeders and intermediaries between the inorganic 


Gotp-Smrru.—Description of Mayor Island. 417 


matter of the soil and the roots of the higher plants. I throw this out 
merely as a suggestion, but I think the question well worthy of further 
investigation, particularly as I find that these Bacteria are most abundant 
in clay, the organic constituents of which can hardly afford nourishment 
to the roots which so abundantly penetrate it. 

The transmutation of vital force would then seem to go in a perpetual 
circle—the higher organisms deriving theirs originally from their parent 
forms, and then constantly recruiting it, as it is dissipated or converted into 
other forces, from the lower forms, and then giving it back to these in the 
process of transformation, decay, or death. 

I believe that the numerous discoveries of Bacteria made of late years in 
morbid products of the human body, in the bodies of the higher vertebrates 
are merely expressions of this fact; that the Bacteria are simply the results 
of the morbid processes, and not their causes. All diseased or unhealthy 
tissues are in a state of incipient death—their mode of nutrition, their pro- 
cess of growth and development not being the normal ones, they are more 
likely to become the nursery grounds of Bacteria than the healthy tissues 
are, which have an inherent power of resisting the presence of these lower 
forms of life; but to enter fully into this subject would lead me too far 
from the main question of this paper. 

To conclude then, I maintain that,— 

Ist. A living being is a form of protoplasm which possesses within itself the 
power of motion not derived ad extra, of self-nutrition, and of reproduction. 

2nd. That the force or combination of forces which gives to protoplasms 
these qualities and powers is called life. 

3rd. That, if life results from a combination of forces, these must be 
endowed with intelligence, and act towards a common end. 

4th. That the ordinary forces of nature—such as light, heat, chemical 
affinity, gravity, motion, and the others—are not thus endowed. 

5th. That therefore the force which we call for convenience the vital 
force is a distinct and special force. 


Art. LIII.—Description of Mayor Island. 
By EH. C. Goup-Surru, District Surveyor, Tauranga. 
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 11th August, 1884.] 
Mayor Istanp, or Tuhua, is situated in the Bay of Plenty, twenty-three 
miles north of Tauranga Harbour and about sixteen miles from the nearest 
part of the coast of the North Island. Its name was given to it by Captain 
Cook, who discovered it on the 38rd November, 1769, when on his first 
voyage to New Zealand, 
27 


A418 Transactions.— Miscellaneous. 


The island contains 8,154 acres, its greatest width being three miles and 
its least two miles, with a coast-line of eleven miles, whilst the highest 
. point on it, Opuahau, is 1,274 feet above sea-level. 

The formation is volcanic, and it has been well named by the natives 
Tuhua, that being the Maori for obsidian or volcanic glass, of which, with 
basalt, the island principally consists; cliffs, reefs, boulders, etc., being 
composed of this mineral, or a conglomerate of it mixed with other volcanic 
matter. 

The island is very picturesque with its grand coast scenery, consisting 
of majestic arches and deep rugged caves and caverns in the basaltic rock. 
It has also its hot springs and large crater, which latter is five miles in cir- 
cumference, with well-defined walls, the sides of which are composed of 
various kinds of volcanic débris, affording a grand field for geological study. 
The island is, however, of no use for settlement, the whole surface bemg very 
broken, and with the exception of two small lakes, situated in the crater, 
which are difficult of access, badly watered. A few very small springs are 
to be found, but they would not supply sufficient water for an European 
population or for stock. There are no running streams of any descrip- 
tion. 

The climate is very mild and pleasant. During the time I was there, 
viz., from the 28rd January to the 16th February, 1884, the mean shade 
temperature taken each day at noon was 79°, the maximum being 90°, the 
minimum being 72°, with a pleasant breeze blowing off the sea. I was in- 
formed by the natives that no frost is ever experienced—the place is therefore 
well suited for the growth of some kinds of fruits. Bananas, apples, 
peaches, grapes, figs, raspberries, strawberries, and Cape gooseberries, were 
seen in a flourishing condition on various parts of the island. Tobacco 
grows very well, the natives having some very fine specimens of it in their 
cultivations, in addition to potatoes, kumaras, and maize. 

At one period the Maori population must have been very large, pas, now 
in ruins, are found scattered over the island on every commanding hill or 
point of vantage. At present the inhabitants number only nine, viz., three 
men, four women, and two little girls, who all belong to the Urungawera 
hapu of the great Neaiterangi tribe, and these lay claim to the ownership 
of the island.* Of the former inhabitants many have left for the main land, 
where they now reside on a reserve at Katikati; others have been cut off by 
sickness, more particularly about the year 1862, when sixty of them died 
within a few days of some epidemic. The greater number of the old in- 
habitants were, however, killed in the numerous battles which took place in 


* Mr. J. A. Wilson in his ‘“ Story of Te Wakaroa,” says that in 1835 they numbered 
70 people, 


Gotp-Smrta.—Deseription of Mayor Island. 419 


defending themselves from invasion by other tribes, who endeavoured to 
wrest it from them. In these attacks Te Arawa, Ngatimaru, and Ngapuhi, 
took a principal part. The latter tribe in 1832 landed on the island under 
Te Haramiti, and by surprise killed and ate many of the inhabitants; but 
the majority took refuge in their impregnable pa at the east end of the 
island, and thus escaped the fate of their friends. All the old pas have a 
history, which the natives delight in recounting. The people were generally 
able to hold their own against outsiders, though losing many of their 
number. The handful of them still left all reside in Opo Bay, at a village 
ealled Te Panui. 

The live stock of the island consists of one horse, a few pigs, fowls, and 
peafowls. There are not many birds, but most of those still living on the 
main land are represented here. I noticed the following :—Pigeon, tui, 
korimako, kaka, ruru, piwakawaka, toutouwai, kingfisher, duck and teal in 
the lakes, and pukeko in the swamp, and various sea birds. Acclimatized 
birds are represented by the sparrow and blackbird, the latter being a late 
acquisition from the main land. The common locust and grasshopper were 
seen, and the poisonous katipo spider is also to be found, but strange to say 
that troublesome pest the sandfly is absent. The little brown lizard has 
found a home here, but the great tuatara only inhabits a small island or 
rock called Motuoneone, situated about a hundred feet from the shore. 

There is nothing particular to note in the vegetation, as it is similar to 
that on the main land, though possibly a botanist might find treasures that 
would remain unnoticed by an crdinary observer. Common fern, tutu, tea 
tree (very thick), koromiko, and a little grass, form the ordinary vegetation, 
whilst the few clumps of trees consist of pohutukawa, mapou, manuka, 
rewarewa, akeake, whau or corkwood, pukapuka, and a few puriri, which, 
however, is of little value, being very scattered, and ruined by fire. Loco- 
motion is very difficult, as all the old native tracks are grown over, and 
never used by the people, as they prefer to travel by water on the rare occa- 
sions when they leave their settlement. 

There are no rare shells; I had expected to find the Bulimus or land- 
shell, but could discover none. In certain winds the delicate paper nautilus 
sails into Opo Bay and is there caught by the natives; I was able to obtain 
one fair specimen. The fishing off the island is very good, there being 
abundance of hapuku, kokiri, kohikohi, maumau, schnapper, kahawai, 
tarakihi, in addition to plenty of shell-fish such as koura or cray-fish, 
crabs, paua, elc. The mako shark, so well known for its beautiful teeth, 
which are highly prized by the Maoris as ornaments, is found off this 
island and nowhere else in the world I believe, but the natives told me it 
was getting very scarce. Beyond this there is nothing to note as peculiar 


420 Transactions.— Miscellaneous. 


to the island if we except the vast cliffs of obsidian. Possibly there are 
many geological treasures amongst the volcanic débris in the crater, many 
of the specimens brought away being new to me, but my knowledge of 
geology is very limited. 

I propose now to describe the principal places and objects of interest in 
detail, starting with the landing place at Opo Bay, which is the only one of 
any size in the island. It is situated on the south-eastern curve, and is 
well sheltered from all but east or south-east winds, and affords. a safe refuge 
for small craft, the anchorage being good and the landing on a nice sandy 
beach equally so. The bay is very picturesque, having most beautiful 
arches washed out in the basaltic cliffs by the action of the waves, which 
are overhung with grand old pohutukawas. It is a fine sight to see a heavy 
south-east sea breaking into this bay, dashing its waves into the caves and 
against the glittering cliffs of obsidian. In the south-west corner of the 
Bay is situated Te Panui, where all the present inhabitants live, and on the 
flat on the south side are their cultivations, about 25 acres in extent ; here 
they cultivate potatoes, kumara, corn, and tobacco, and, in the way of 
fruit, strawberries and raspberries, all of which grow very well. 

The pa before mentioned is a very strong position ; from the seaward side 
it is only accessible by climbing up perpendicular cliffs of basalt, pumice, and 
obsidian. The natives make use of a rough ladder, by which they descend 
to the foot of the cliffs, where hauled up on the beach they keep their canoes. 
The pa is situated about one hundred feet above sea-level. In the good old 
times of Maori history many a hard fight and cannibal feast took place at 
this pa. There are also in addition two other pas of note situated in the same 
bay, viz., Okotore and Tikitikinahoa, both of which are very strong positions, 
particularly the latter. Tough fights have taken place here, the ground 
being full of the bones of those who fell in the fray; a heavy gale blowing 
into the bay during the time that I was camped there, the waves washed 
out many skulls, which in some cases showed the impression of the crushing 
blow which ended some warrior’s career. Turning from war to peace and 
industry, we find situated near the centre of the bay two weather-boarded 
sheds, which were built by the natives some eight years ago as the nucleus 
of a whaling station, the timber having been brought from Tairua in a 
cutter. They also purchased whaleboats and all necessary gear, but the 
enterprise turned out a failure. I asked one native, why? He replied, 
“that the whales would not stop to be caught!” 

At the head of one of the wooded glens, running inland from the bay, 
and about twelve chains from the beach, is situated one of the few springs 
to be found on the island. It is a bad one, the supply being very scanty, 
the water only dripping from the rock slowly into a hole made to receive it, 


% 


Goup-Smira.—Deseription of Mayor Island. 421 


and you have to dip it up cup by cup. During my stay of three weeks on 

the island, in which we only used the water for tea and cooking food, this- 
meagre supply was nearly exhausted. The spring in question, and one 

other of the same kind, is all that the inhabitants of the three pas had to 

depend upon for their water supply. A few chains from the spring, in 

another pretty glen, are growing a few fine bananas, which bear fruit that 

ripens, but not of a large size. They were brought to the island by a 
Kanaka some years ago. Cape gooseberries and peaches are also plentiful, 

though the latter here and generally over the island are a very bad kind. 

It is into this bay that the fragile nautilus sails at certain seasons, and it is 
also the landing place of excursionsts, the other places of interest being 
most conveniently approached from its shore. Leaving this beautiful bay 
with its charming scenery and perfect sea-bathing, and passing an open bay 

with high rugged cliffs, we arrive at Ruakikino Point, which presents to 

view a fine specimen of wild coast scenery—the sea having washed its way 
far into the basaltic rock which forms the point, and scooping out most 
beautiful caves and channels winding through the rock, these chasms 

being spanned by grand rugged arches. On a very calm day it is possible 
to take a boat up these channels and underneath the arches into the dark 
caves beyond, where the echo of the voices and the dashing of the waves 
produce a very weird impression. About a mile off this point is situated 

the Karoa Reef, which is the best fishing ground for hapuku, and the home 

of the mako, a small shark much prized by the natives for its teeth, which 

they use as earrings. These mako, however, are not often caught. There 

is one objection to this fishing ground, viz., its great depth of water of one 
hundred fathoms. The sea here and all round the island is beautifully 
clear, objects being visible at a great distance from the surface. 

Passing on past Waitangi Bay with its crags and beetling cliffs we come 
to a small open bay, in the north-west corner of which (between Taratimi 
and T’aumou Pas) is the lip of the crater. It was here that the sides of this 
large crater were broken through, and the lava poured into the sea. The 
cliffs here are about one hundred feet high, and it must have been a grand 
sight to have seen the glowing lava falling into the blue sea over this fall of 
one hundred feet. 

The crater is five miles in circumference and is very well defined, being 
marked out by lofty hills and ridges which vary in height from 1,162 feet 
down to 100 feet. ‘The interior sides of this vast amphitheatre are very 
precipitous, and composed of a great variety of voleanic débris ; obsidian 
and pumice are, however, the principal minerals found: the obsidian in 
some places having evidently cooled in layers, which gives it a stratified 
appearance ; at other places you find it in rocks, boulders, lodes and reefs, 


499, Transactions.— Miscellaneous. 


which, glittering in the gsun’s rays, produce a very pretty effect. On some 
parts of the sides one finds a conglomerate of minerals, all of which have 
been in a state of fusion. 

I obtained specimens of all the varieties, many of which are very interest- 
ing; I have one particularly fine specimen of obsidian which has a high 
polish all over it, also a piece of petrified wood in obsidian, which is very 
curious. Some of the obsidian is marked by a blue pattern, which appears 
to have been stained upon it by the decomposition of some vegetable matter, 
which got into the obsidian when it was in a state of fusion. 

There is one very well demonstrated fact noticeable in places within the 
crater, viz., that mud volcanoes were in operation—the consolidated layers 
of mud with sharp edges being still to be seen, giving an appearance to 
some parts of the sides similar to that now to be seen at the active mud 
volcanoes of Rotorua, the only difference being that the mud in this old 
erater has hardened. 

In the bottom of the crater are two lakes, connected by a swamp, 
the larger of which, Aroarotamahine, is thirty chaims long by seven 
chains wide; the smaller, Te Paritu, is twelve chains long by five chains 
wide. ‘These lakes can hardly be called pretty, as their general appearance 
is very sombre. I had no means of sounding them, but they appear to be 
very deep. They are at present about sea-level, but there are indications 
which show that they obtained a much higher level at one period, though 
it must have been many years ago. The water in them is clear and good 
for general purposes. 

Standing on the banks of the lakes one obtains a grand view of the vast 
amphitheatre formed by the precipitous sides of the crater. The thought 
passed through my mind: Will it ever break forth into life agai? If so, 
it will be a grand spectable. 

At the north end of Aroarotamahine Lake is situated the best pohutukawa 
bush upon the island, and on the east side of it, and running towards the 
other lake, there is a fine tea-tree bush. The natives cultivated the flats by 
these lakes some years ago, and, as might be expected, obtained very good 
crops. 

In the north-west corner or curve of the crater there is a most peculiar 
hill called ‘* Tarawakoura,” with a strong pa on its summit; it is connected 
with the crater edge by a narrow ridge, and, from its appearance, was a 
voleano. It is about seven hundred feet high. Its slopes are not very 
steep, and are covered with large blocks of scoria, over which has grown a 
dense vegetation of stunted rewarewa, pohutukawa, tea-tree scrub, fern 
and tutu, etc. The natives point with pride to the pa on its summit, 
and narrate how it is that it has never been taken by an enemy; even their 


Goxp-Smirn.— Description of Mayor Island. 493 


dreaded foe the Ngapuhi, who, being the first Maoris to possess guns, 
thought, like Alexander the Great, to conquer the world, could not take 
it, at which I am not surprised, for with no enemy to pay me delicate atten- 
tion, it was all I could do to cut my way a little distance up one of the 
slopes, the travelling being very difficult, owing to having to climb over the 
large scoria blocks, and force one’s way through the dense vegetation. All 
the walking round the seaward side of the crater, which is a mere wall of 
volcanic débris with precipitous sides, is very dangerous, footing being very 
difficult to obtain and keep. 

Another very strong pa is situated above the lip of the crater, named 
Taumou. It is on a crag 500 feet high. This is the strongest pa on the 
island, in fact their citadel, and has never been taken. The Ngapuhi, 
owing to the advantage they had in the possession of guns, were able to 
drive the natives of the island from pa to pa, until they retired to Taumou 
and Tarewakoura (before mentioned). Here the Urungawera made their 
final stand, and defied every effort of the Ngapuhi to dislodge them ; and 
finally with the help of obsidian drove them off with heavy loss. 

The pa as before stated is situated on a crag on the side of the crater, with 
precipitous slopes on three sides, and with only a very narrow steep ap- 
proach to it up a ridge of obsidian which the pa commands. There are large 
quantities of obsidian about the pa, in blocks of from a few pounds weight 
up to many tons. This the Urungawera used with great effect against 
the Ngapuhi, hurling the blocks of obsidian down on their heads as they 
rushed to the attack, which it is no wonder failed, for the heavy blocks of 
obsidian with their sharp edges must have caused great havoc in their ranks. 

Another of the few springs in the island issues at this pa in a place 
where one would not expect to find it. It is situated at the root of a small 
pohutukawa which grows out of the steep cliff, about two hundred feet 
above the sea, on the seaward side of the pa. | 

Leaving the crater with all its wonders, and passing Okawa, which is 
a rugged, low-lying rocky point, on which the sea breaks heavily, we come 
to an open bay with steep cliffs of basalt and pumice, and a reef of obsidian. 
In this bay is Motuoneone, a small island or rock, which is the home of the 
tuatara lizard. This island is about 100 feet off shore. The lizards, like 
the inhabitants of Tuhua, appear to have expected an attack from the sea, 
for the sides of the rock are quite perpendicular for a height of 80 feet, and 
it is therefore impossible to get at them without the aid of ropes and ladders. 
I therefore could not get any. They are the same species as those on the 
Karewa Island. I brought twenty of these lizards home with me on my 
return from surveying that island, many of which I turned out in my 
garden, and have thus had many opportunities of observing their habits, 


494 Transactions. — Miscellaneous. 


an account of which may not be uninteresting. The lizards which I turned 
out thrived very well, and were quite at home. They lived under the fir 
trees and in the earth banks and ditches, subsisting on snails and any insects 
which came in their way, being particularly partial to the large fat green 
caterpillar. The cats and dogs did not take any notice of them at all. I 
also had some of them shut up, but they did not do well. One of them 
presented me with twins, but they, after a few days, vanished. I am afraid 
that their unnatural parents made a meal of them. They are of great use 
in getting a place rid of rats. There were a number of these pests in my 
shed when I turned some lizards in, and in a few days the rats had dis- 
appeared. Others have found the same thing, the rats always going. Ido 
not think they kill them, not being quick enough to catch a rat; but what- 
ever they may do, the desired end is gained, for the rats vanish. They can 
bite very hard, and if they get a hold, hang on like a bulldog. Returning 
to their home, Motuoneone, I cannot understand why they are only to be 
found on this rock and not on the island, the rock at one time being con- 
nected with and having formed part of the main island (Tuhua). 

Leaving Motuoneone and its quiet inhabitants, passing Paretao, a low- 
lying point which has been under cultivation, we come to Turanganui Bay. 
This small bay is very picturesque, having frowning basaltic cliffs all 
around it, studded with obsidian, from 50 feet to 100 feet high, with the 
exception of the two corners, where a landing can be effected on a rough 
boulder beach ; but only in fine weather. This bay is very deep, and the 
water being very clear, fish, sea-eggs, etc., can be seen at the bottom—pro- 
ducing a very pretty effect. On the north side of the Bay is Wharenui 
Point. This is a flat point, with some fine pohutukawas growing on it; 
it has all been under cultivation. One of the principal wahitapu or 
burial-grounds of the natives is here in the centre of the pohutukawas. 
Passing round this point, we come to Orongatea Bay. In this bay are the 
hot springs, situated about its centre, on a boulder beach. Scattered 
about the bay are pillars of basaltic rock, about 100 feet high, which with 
their clearly-defined weather-beaten sides and majestic elevation, give a 
very picturesque appearance to the inlet. 

The hot springs are very small, being only little pools of warm, not hot, 
water, a few inches deep, scattered over about a chain of rough boulder 
beach. They are below the present high-water mark. To obtain a bath 
you have to wait until the tide goes out; you have then to clear away the 
boulders to make your bath; you can then recline on the hard sharp 
boulders and enjoy yourself, if possible! I found the boulders a little hard. 
The natives informed me that these springs are very good for the cure of 
skin diseases, etc. The pillars in the bay have at one time formed part of 


Gotp-Surru.— Description of Mayor Island. 425 


the island, and this fact—together with that of the hot springs being below 
high-water mark, and numerous other indications all round the island— 
point to the rapid encroachment of the sea. The cliffs in this bay are very 
precipitous, being about 3800 feet high, and they extend to the end of the 
range below the Taupiri trig. station (585 feet), where they terminate in a 
bold bluff, the hills then running inland, leaving a flat, named Te Ananui, 
of about one hundred acres in extent, which has all been under cultivation. 
There is a small pohutukawa bush upon it. The landing-place to this 
locality is im an open bay called Hurihurihanga, and is a very bad one, 
all amongt large rough boulders. Inland, about half a mile from the flat, 
in a small patch of mixed bush, and at the foot of Opuahau Hill, is Opuhi, 
where the best spring of the island is situated, where there are also numbers 
of the korimako, or bell-bird, to be found—a bird not often now seen in 
the Bay of Plenty. 

| The flat before mentioned is bounded on the east by a range which 
crosses the island in a generally northerly direction, the principal peak of 
which, Opuahau (1,274 feet), is the highest point on the island. The termi- 
nation of this range, called Tekopua, which forms the eastern boundary of 
Te Ananui flat, is very singular. The bluff falls from Te Ohineiti hill, 
897 feet high, with a gradual fall for a few chains. The whole range has 
then slipped away into the sea, and now forms a huge slope, at about one in 
one, with about 600 feet fall. This slope is composed of pumice sand, 
pumice, obsidian, and other volcanic débris, into which one sinks up to one’s 
knees. This loose material in a wind or rain slides away into the sea, and 
from the appearance of it has been doing so for years. It is very dangerous 
work crossing it, the whole huge slope having an inclination to slide down 
with you into the sea, some 600 feet below. At Tumutu Point, about a 
quarter of a mile from Tekopua, is an immense cave, washed out by the 
action of the sea in the side of the range. It is a very wild-looking spot, 
and when a heavy sea is breaking into it, and dashing the spray up its 
rugged sides, the effect is very grand. 

From this point to Mawai Bay there is nothing interesting, it being the 
most dismal aspect of the island, consisting only of a mountain slope 
falling from Opuahau with a steep incline into the sea, and covered with 
a growth of tea-tree scrub and fern, without any bush or interesting feature. 

Mawai Bay.—This is a very pretty little bay, with a boulder beach, and 
some fine pohutukawa trees growing round it; and in the little glens lead- 
ing up from the bay are some fine peach trees, the best to be found on the 
island. These small glens have all been under cultivation at one time or 
other. Passing round a rocky point with obsidian cliffs, about 20 feet high, 
we arrive at : 


496 Transactions. —Miscellaneous. 


Oira Bay.—This is a very picturesque bay, having a good sandy beach, 
but owing to its being so open, it is difficult to land upon, except im very 
fine weather, there generally being a sea running. At the head of the bay 
is a small bush of fine old pohutukawas, and scattered along the beach are 
a number of kauri logs, which have been washed up by the sea; they come 
from the sawmills at Tairua and Mercury Bay, and are much prized by the 
natives. The land around this bay is pretty level for Mayor Island, and 
also very good soil. It has all been under cultivation. In a little glen there 
are some fine flax bushes (Phormium tenax) planted by the natives, and which 
they still use for fishing lines, &e. At the southern end of the bay, on a 
rugged rocky point, is the picturesque pa of Te Ruamata. It is a very 
strong position. The ditch which cuts it off from the main island is very 
deep, and must have been hard work for the natives to excavate with their - 
primitive spades of obsidian. This point is highly “tapu.” Off it and south 
to Whatipu for about half a mile out to sea, the ground is very foul, being 
covered with sunken rocks, which are only awash at high water, being very 
dangerous for boats. At Whatipu Point is one of the beautiful arches 
which go so far towards making the coast scenery so picturesque. This 
arch is very well defined and about 40 feet high by 20 feet wide. One can 
take a boat through in calm weather, when the effect of its rugged architec- 
ture is very grand. Round this point we come to 

Otiora Bay.—This is the only bay (except Opo, the landing place) 
with any shelter for boats, and it is not a good one, being open to the 
south and south-west, and even in a north-west wind a nasty sea rolls 
into it. At the head of the bay there is a nice sandy beach on which 
you land, and very pretty wooded glens run inland from it, a few 
chains up one of which there is a small spring; at the head also 
of these glens are some very fine ‘‘corkwood” trees about one foot 
through, the largest I have seen; this wood is called ‘ corkwood” 
by bushmen from its being, like cork, very buoyant in water. On the 
east and west sides of the bay the cliffs are very steep, about 200 feet 
high. On the west side and running down to Te Whatipu Point, was 
situated the second important settlement of the island (Te Panui, the present 
one, being the principal). This land has all been cultivated, and the ruins of 
old whares are still to be found; and such cultivation shows that at one time 
it must have had a large population. Between here and Te Panui ruins of 
old houses are to be found in every favourable spot, though in most cases the 
inhabitants had a long way to go for water, there only being the two small 
springs—one at Otiora Bay and the other near Te Panui—a distance of a 
mile anda half. A good track runs from Otiora Bay to the present settle- 
ment on Opo Bay. 


‘ 0992.) Srewart.—Lstablishment of a Sanatorium in Rotorua District. 497 


From Otiora Bay to Waikawa the coast and inland scenery is much 
the same, the cliffs being about one hundred feet high and very pre- 
cipitous. The country inland falls from the top of the hills which 
form the crater in a steep slope for about half a mile, it then spreads out 
into a fairly level country, though it is cut up by small ravines, down which 
the lava flowed on its road to the sea from the crater. The soil on the 
bottom of these ravines is very good, and peaches, fern, tutu, etc., grow 
luxuriantly. Off Waikawa Point is another pillar of basaltic rock, about 
seventy feet high and two chains off shore—another sign of the encroach- 
ment of the sea. In a ravine close by is the spring, a very small one, 
which, with the little spring in Opo Bay before described, is all the natives 
have to depend upon for their water supply. Close to the spring in ques- 
tion are growing bananas, grapes, apples, figs, and peaches, also flax, all 
doing well, the latter being cultivated. We next come to 

Omapu Bay.—This is another very pretty little open bay, with a 
good sandy beach, and is one of the principal landing places. Inland 
from here is a nice little flat, having a good pohutukawa bush grow- 
ing upon it, one tree of which is the largest I have seen in New Zea- 
land; the whole of this flat has been under cultivation. At the east end of 
the bay are the present cultivations of the natives, which extend across 
from this bay to Opo Bay. Going round to Tokomata Point to Te Moreote- 
maiterangi, the south-east point of Opo Bay, the coast is very rugged and 
picturesque, the cliffs being about 200 feet high, overhung with fine old 
pohutukawas ; the cliffs have reefs of obsidian in them, which at a distance 
look like bronze; on the top of them, and all over Otutawaroa Point up 
to the settlement, the country has a park-like appearance, being in rough 
native grass, dotted about with clumps of pohutukawa, and, with the patches 
of native cultivations, looks very pretty. 

We have now made the circumference of the island, and arrived back at 
our starting-place, Opo Bay. 

Tuhua, or Mayor Island, does not offer any very great attraction to the 
ordinary tourist; but to the geologist, student of nature, or artist, it is very 
interesting. 


Arr. LIV.—On the Establishment of a Grand Hotel and Sanatorium in thé 
Rotorua Distriet. By James Stewart, M.Inst.C.H. 
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 27th October, 1884. ]} 
THE purpose of this paper is to endeavour to draw attention to what may 
be done by the initiation on a grand scale of a combined sanatorium and 
hotel for tourists in the Rotorua District, comprising also the management 


428 Transactions. —Miscellaneous. 


of detached residences and boarding establishments suitable to the tastes of 
all invalids and travellers. It is a subject which has engaged the writer's 
attention during the last five or six years. In that period he has been more 
or less engaged in the work rendering the lake country directly accessible to 
Auckland, and he has had many opportunities of studying the wondrous 
sources of health and profit placed ready to our hands by nature, and of the 
operations necessary for their utilization by art. 

It is not the purpose of this paper to enter into arguments for or against 
any of the possible methods of effecting this end, but to sketch an outlme 
of the particular scheme which the writer believes would realize to the 
utmost the results which ought to follow the systematic adaptation of the 
gifts of nature which are here placed within our reach. 

Both the hydropathic and tourist branches of the establishment should 
be on a magnificent scale as regards amount and variety of accommodation, 
so as to be suitable for all tastes or requirements. The poorest invalid or 
most frugal pleasure seeker would find appropriate accommodation, attend- 
ance, and welcome ; and at the same time luxury and refinement in the use 
of the waters, and enjoyment of residence, would be within the call of all 
who so desired. The natural features of the locality are almost unique, 
and the design and scope of the undertaking should be worthy of them. 
Therefore, nothing less than the scale of a first-class continental spa should 
be aimed at, and the result should be worthy of being advertised in the 
language of every civilized country. The attractions can well be made 
irresistible to the thousands who now yearly crowd the famous spas and 
watering-places of the old world. A very small share of these would affect 
most favourably, and at once, the Auckland Provincial District; but it 
would not long continue to be merely a small share, for soon the yearly 
influx of visitors would be a matter of great importance to the colony at large. 

The locality which the writer believes is most eminently suitable as a 
site for this great establishment is Whakarewarewa, near Ohinemutu, 
Rotorua. A full comparison of all the advantageous points belonging to 
this place with other situations need not here be entered into. It is suffi- 
cient to say that if any other place can be shown to be better, let such be 
selected. The present object is to sketch the scheme and fill in a few 
details where necessary. These will be nothing more than are essential to 
success, and being adapted to Whakarewarewa, and possible there, the in- 
ference is that that place possesses all the features necessary. 

The leading features, then, which in the writer’s opinion must be found 
in any site fit for this scheme, are as follow :— 

1. A great vatiety and abundance of thermal springs, varying from 
almost pure hot and boiling water, to the strongest mineral and medicinal 
wells, hot and tepid. 


Srewart.—LHstablishment of a Sanatorium in Rotorua District. 429 


2. A variety of jets of dry sulphurous vapour, for use in obtaining 
vapour-baths, or for increasing the strength of sulphurous waters, will pro- 
bably be an important feature, and prove of great value in the hands of a 
skilful medical superintendent. 

3. All springs and waters for use ought to be at a good elevation above 
drainage-level, sufficient to allow of the waters being led by gravitation to 
any point suitable for the bath-buildings, and used as plunge, douche, 
shower, or swimming baths, and to facilitate them being mixed, cooled, 
increased, or reduced in strength, as may be found advisable. 

4, It is necessary to have an abundance of clear cold water also, at an 
elevation sufficient to command by gravitation all the bathing-places. A 
good command of water-power is also of great value and an important 
feature in this scheme. 

5. The situation must be easily accessible, beautiful, and diversified in 
landscape. It must afford superior sites for all sorts of residences, some 
close to the thermal waters, and others as far from these as will ensure the 
purest air at all times. The soil ought to be good and fit for the formation 
of extensive orchards, gardens, and pleasure-grounds. All the most won- 
derful features of the Lake Country must be within easy distance. 

6. The situation must be near to, and within easy reach of, agricultural 
and pastoral supplies of all kinds. The consumption of these would be 
very large, and such a thing as scarcity of any one article, as sometimes 
occurs now in that country, must not be possible in an establishment like 
this. 

Whakarewarewa presents all these points in a high degree of excellence, 
and in some is unapproached by any other place. It is situated two and a 
half miles southward of Ohinemutu. The new township and suburbs of 
Rotorua extend within a few hundred yards of it. The thermal and 
medicinal springs extend from Turekore, the famous spout bath, to nearly 
the Taupo Road, about three-quarters of a mile along the south-east bank 
of the Puarenga, at elevations from the level of to, say, twenty feet above 
the stream. This river, the name of which, Puarenga, means Lily Flower, 
is a considerable volume of water, forming cascades, rapids, and deep pools 
on a rocky bed. There is probably more than one hundred horse-power 
available, and easily obtained by placing wheels in picturesque positions for 
the purposes to be hereafter noted. 

The situation cannot be surpassed in the Lake District for beauty. The 
hills, part of the range enclosing the Rotorua Basin, and through which the 
Puarenga has cut a narrow gorge, give shelter on the south-west and south, 
leaving the aspect open to the north-east, north, and north-west. On the 
north bank of the river are a few low hills, from which extends an almost 


480 Transactions.—Miscellaneous. 


level plain to the lake. On this plain is situated the new township of 
Rotorua, and that part of it between the suburbs and the Puarenga would 
form an admirable position for the hothouses and portions of the recreation 
erounds. 

On a plateau-looking depression in the hills to the southward, elevated 
about 250 feet above the plain, and commanding a most magnificent view 
of the whole basin of Rotorua, is an admirable site for the main sanatorium 
buildings and hotel residences, with an atmosphere ever clear, and free from 
the vapours inseparable from the vicinity of medicinal springs. This 
plateau, and adjacent hills, with the slopes to the level of the plain, and 
extending between the Taupo and Wairoa roads, would form the area on 
which the art of the landscape gardener would be chiefly employed. It is 
now quite open and fern-covered, but exhibits a combination of features 
favourable to landscape improvement which would be difficult to find 
surpassed. 

Towards the north-east of the general situation are two picturesque 
headlands extending into the lake, called Owhata and Owhatiura, whereon 
could be located a number of detached villas in variety of design, giving 
accommodation for the large number of visitors, who, desiring to remain 
a few weeks or months, would prefer to live near the lake. Near Ohine- 
mutu there are two other beautiful headlands, called Koutu and Kawaha, 
and on all these places private enterprise would soon furnish abundance of 
detached accommodation, the initiation or nucleus of which is only required 
to be provided by the sanatorium. 

To the eastward of Whakarewarewa is the road to the great attraction 
to tourists, Rotomahana, and to the west the road to Taupo. The soil on 
the hills and the slopes at their base is all that can be desired, while that of 
the plain, though light and sandy, is all the more suitable for the higher 
horticultural operations invited by the abundance of natural heat flowing to 
waste, and apropos,—the writer’s attention has been drawn to an account 
in the journal of the Society of Arts, of date 27th June, 1884, of the 
utilization of a hot spring at the baths of Acqui, in a hothouse, by means of 
which semi-tropical vegetables were ripened in spring season. This applica- 
tion of the natural heat of the Lake District has long been a favourite idea 
with many besides the writer. Its extent of adaptability is almost un- 
bounded where a natural fall of hot water exists, or where it can be 
economically raised and circulated by water power. 

The waste water at Whakarewarewa, at a moderate computation of its 
volume, and an average of 700 units of heat available from every gallon, 
would furnish per diem heat equal to that derived from the combustion of 
six tons of coalin the same time, 


Srewart.—Hstablishment of a Sanatorium in Rotorua District. 431 


The facility with which refrigeratmg operations can now be carried on, 
and the abundance of water-power in the Puarenga, suggest a further 
application of the forcing system in horticulture, viz., the possibility of 
obtaining a perfect winter crop of tropical fruits by resting the plants during 
the summer by means of an artificial winter. This could be easily pro- 
duced in any degree of severity by circulating cold air under the glass and 
iced water in the ground pipes. 

The general characters of the Whakarewarewa waters are pretty well 
known ; anyhow, a detail description of them here would be superfiuous. 
It may suffice to say that of all places in the district they have been most 
resorted to by invalids for residence at the baths, and numbers of very 
wonderful cures have been effected. It would be easy to compile a large 
and authenticated list of these extending over the last seven or eight years. 

The supply of agricultural and pastoral produce will be abundant as 
soon as wanted. It is not so now, however, but the necessary and indis- 
pensable prelude to this establishment is the completion of railway com- 
munication between Auckland and Rotorua. That means the settlement of 
many thousands of acres of admirable agricultural land with a population 
of small farmers who, with steady markets at both ends of the line of 
railway, will form a prosperous community. 

We may now proceed to sketch the outline of the several features form- 
ing the scheme in contemplation, with only such details as are necessary to 
explain the working and purposes of some of them. 

Baths.—A very faint outline only can be sketched of the variety possible 
to be obtained in baths at Whakarewarewa. The subject expands in capa- 
city every time it is considered. The waters would be collected into suitable 
reservoirs, having a natural appearance given to them. Pipes, chiefly 
earthenware, would lead to baths situated along both sides of the stream, 
wherever convenient, taking care to have ample room for extension and 
improvement, as experience would be gained of the direction of popular 
favour. Bathers would have a choice not only of the kind of water, but the 
temperature and manner of use. Tepid and cold swimming baths ought to 
be attached to each set, and separate sets enclosed and set apart for ladies. 

These bath buildings must be designed with great care, and present the 
most thorough ventilation and at the same time freedom from draughts. 
The architecture of the whole bathing arrangements, including reservoirs 
and conduits, should harmonize with the voleanie and eruptive surround- 
ings. 

The general bathing arrangements should be open to visitors and in- 
valids from any part, and not confined to those living at the sanatorium, 
but the more medicinal and highly curative of the springs should be under 


482 Transactions.— Miscellaneous, 


the control of the medical superintendent. A certain class, also, of accom- 
modation of all the waters should be ensured to all, at a very low minimum 
fee. 

Buildings.—Probably two sets of block buildings would be required, one 
at the foot of the hills, and the other on the high level plateau before 
referred to. These would comprise the usual accommodation of a first-class 
hotel, with the assembly rooms and social arrangements usual at fashion- 
able watering places. The residences on the hills would be connected with 
the low grounds and baths by cable tramways, and winding drives and 
paths through the ornamental grounds on the slopes. 

At suitable places on the hills and lake headlands detached villas and 
gardens would be built, having from three or four to six or eight rooms. 
These could be erected as the demand increased, and be let furnished with 
board and attendance if necessary. But as before mentioned, nothing in 
the way of monopolizing the residential amenities of the district should be 
attempted. The object of connecting villa residences with the scheme is to 
ensure a certain amount of that accommodation being available under 
known rules and management. 

Asa matter of course the buildings would vary in architectural design 
with their situation and purpose, but a few points must be observed in con- 
struction, to ensure stability and permanence, when situated near the 
sulphurous vapours always arising from the waters in most repute in any 
locality. The foundations and basement floors must be of concrete. All 
doors and windows must have galvanized hangings and fastenings. All 
nails must be well punched in and stopped. All paint must be silicious, 
all roofs slated and nailed with galvanized nails. But on the high levels, 
and on the borders of the lake, and a short distance away from the hot 
springs generally, no such precautions are necessary. Another point of 
extreme importance may be noted, viz., the disposal of sewage. Here, we 
must begin as all towns in England are being compelled to end, and no 
sewage should ever be discharged into the lake. From the first, all the 
well known and generally practised arrangements must be enforced, to pre- 
serve the purity of the waters. 

Gardens and Recreation Grounds.—These ought to be made one of the 
most attractive features in the whole regions of travel. Tirst-class soil 
exists on the hills and on the slopes extending from their base to the river. 
The plain is sandy and light in soil, but well suited for gardens, lawns, and 
hothouses. Being under command of easy irrigation, and of the inexpensive 
method of obtaining the tropical heats or frigid winters above alluded to, it 
seems that everything that can be desired in the way of horticulture and 
floriculture may be produced in perfection and great abundance. 


Stewart.—Lstablishment of a Sanatorium in Rotorua District. 433 


Water-power and applications.—Frequent allusion has above been made 
to water-power. The Puarenga in its course from the gorge to the lower 
level of Whakarewarewa furnishes means of obtaining probably 100 horse- 
power. This can be developed by several wheels or turbines, placed in 
convenient situations, and treated picturesquely in design. This power 
would be applied to various purposes, some of which have been already 
alluded to; these are,— 

1. The circulation of hot water in the hothouses: this need not be 
further dwelt on. 

2. Refrigerating machinery: this would be applied principally to the 
production of ice, the preservation of meats and fruits, the cooling of air, 
and water for sanatory purposes. Skating and curling rinks of ice could 
be always at command, and, as before mentioned, an artificial winter 
_ obtained for horticulture. 

3. Hlectric light: this would be easily obtained by dynamos driven by 
water-power, and storage in secondary batteries. A system of arc-lights for 
the grounds, and incandescent lamps for the interiors of the whole establish- 
ment would cost only the maintenance of dynamos and lamps. 

4. The working of cable tramways connecting the upper and lower 
establishments, and on other routes having much traffic. 

5. Pumping cold water to reservoirs situated above the level to which 
it would flow by gravitation, and also supplying the residences with hot 
water for house baths in special cases. 

Water supply for domestic purposes cannot be obtained in sufficient 
purity from the Puarenga, and would depend on one or more of remarkably 
pure and clear streams of spring-water. One of these, flowing perhaps 
one million of gallons per diem, is very conveniently situated for supplying 
Whakarewarewa. Another group of these streams at the foot of Ngongo- 
taha Mountain, on the north-west of the lake, will form the water-supply of 
the large Rotorua population in the immediate future. 

Branch Hstablishments.—lt may be found necessary to have branches, or 
outlying lodges, at various points of interest, such as at the Pink Terrace, 
Rotoiti, Orakeikorako, etc. 

Hiring Depariment.—This might with advantage be attached to the 
scheme, and would comprise the management of all omnibusses, tramways, 
carriages of all kinds, hire of horses, donkeys, sailing and rowing boats; 
guides, and the conduct of all excursions by land or water, and also sports, 
would be under this department. 

Extent of Grounds necessary.—On the township side of the Puarenga, the 
grounds should include the area of the flats and downs, extending to the 
line from Tangatarua to the crossing of the Puarenga by the Wairoa Road. 

28 


A84 Transactions.-— Miscellaneous. 


On the south of the stream, the grounds should extend from the Taupo 
Road on the west to the Wairoa Road on the east, and southward as far as 
Rotokakahi, taking in the Waipa Plains for the purpose of forming a park. 
And in order to conserve most beautiful natural New Zealand scenery in a 
domain, Moerangi Mountain and Tikitapu Bush and Lake should be in- 
cluded. These hills and forests should by every possible means be pre- 
served as specimens of native grandeur to all time. Probably 6,000 acres 
would be required for all purposes. 

Promotion of the Scheme.—This will require very careful study. The 
Whakarewarewa Springs have lately been passed through the Native Lands 
Court, and are vested in two hapus of the Ngatiwhakaue and Tuhorangi 
tribes. But the Court must settle many subdivisions before the lands 
could be purchased. The ownership of all the other land necessary has been 
determined, and can be dealt with under the Thermal Springs Act, or 
by special legislation. 

An association should be formed with a small capital sufficient to pro- 
mote the scheme, by conducting all the necessary negotiations for conces- 
sions of rights to waters and purchase of lands, obtaining surveys, and 
detail information relating to all the springs, such as volume, analysis, 
known curative results, etc. An Act of the Legislature would be necessary 
in order to consolidate the working of the scheme, and, while conferring the 
necessary compulsory powers, to preserve the interests of the native owners 
and the public. When all this is done, and the exact cost of land and 
water rights ascertained, the association ought to promote a company in 
England, with a capital sufficient for the whole scheme as finally decided on. 

Judging from the numbers of tourists from many parts of the world, 
whose names are registered in the books of the three hotels now at Ohine- 
mutu, it cannot be deemed extravagant to put the number who would 
patronize such an establishment as herein sketched, within two or three 
years after its opening and connection with Auckland by eight or nine hours’ 
railway journey, at an average occupancy of 500 persons. ‘Taking the gross 
“receipts from this number, exclusive of wines and returns from hiring busi- 
ness, at only 10s. per diem each, the daily revenue would be £250, and the 
nett profit say one-third of that, or more than £30,000 per annum. And 
when it is considered that the season, which in old world Continental spas 
has so short a duration and is within limits sharply defined, would here 
practically extend round all the year ; also, that even now we in New Zea- 
land are in accessibility nearly on a par with what not many years ago 
Germany and Switzerland could boast of, we may reasonably predict that 
in point of favour and patronage the Rotorua Spa will, im a very few years, 
hold the premier position im the world, 


SutHERLAND.—-Cat’s Hye Bay. 435 


The association for the promotion of this should be formed as soon as 
the railway to Rotorua is a certainty, and a certain amount of planting of 
fruit and ornamental trees ought to be undertaken at the earliest possible 
date. Not an hour that can be saved should be lost, in furthering this 
project, and the writer commends it to the careful consideration of all his 
fellow-colonists, desiring in any way to promote the prosperity of the 
country at large, and our own provincial district in particular. 


Art. LY.—Cat's Hye Bay. By Donaup SuTHERLAND. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 18th February, 1885.) 
Plate XX. 
On our way to House-roof by boat from Milford Sound last July (1884) we 
went into Cat’s Hye Bay. As it is the only bay on this coast that I have 
not visited I intended to have a look at it, so we made a stay of about ten 
days, and I will send this sketch of it on to you as well as I can make it 
out. The entrance to this river is not unlike the one at Transit Beach ; 
the bar is about dry at low water, then about 200 yards further in it 
deepens from 4 to 5 feet for about 400 yards; here there is a second bar 
being about 3 feet above low water-mark and having about a foot of water 
running over it at low water. The bar is about 200 yards long, then it 
deepens again from 2 to 18 feet, and this depth runs up about two miles, 
that was as far as we could get with the boat. We went up the river 
with the boat from the bar about two and a half miles—the river runs 
back about five and a half miles; there is a saddle about 800 feet high 
on the south branch of this river, which is the largest of the two; over 
this saddle the valley runs back some miles at about the same level as 
far as I could see towards the south-east ; the north branch is very small. 
The formation about here is much the same as at most of the other 
sounds. I could find no trace of any one being here before. Kakapos, 
kiwis, and roas, are plentiful on the south side of the river, and there are 
plenty of penguins on the north-east side of it. I found some wreckage of 
a vessel and some copper rings on the beach. With a very high tide most 
of the flat is covered at high water. There are a good many reefs, mostly 
white quartz. I think the valley that runs to the south-east in the bay 
runs into the lake valley to the north of the head of George Sound. I 
went up to the head of George Sound after leaving Cat’s Hye Bay and had 
a look around there, and by the bearings I took I think lam right. The 
Cat’s Hye Valley is 400 to 500 feet higher than the lake, cutting it at about 
right-angles about seven or eight miles from the head of George Sound, 


4386 Transactions.—Miscellaneous. 


There are large shoals of the pilchard at the head of the Sound. They 
are from 6 to 10 inches long. They finished spawning on the 2nd or 3rd 
of this month (December). Tons of them are on the beach in Freshwater 
Basin. 

We have had very fine weather here during October and November, only 
three wet days, and only 5 inches of rain fell in the three days. 

I intend to try House-roof again if I can see my way clear, if not, I 
may go into Little Bay for three months next winter. 

On the 4th and 5th of December the tides in Milford Sound were 1 foot 
6 inches higher than the ordinary spring tides, and on the 6th was the 
highest, being 21 inches higher than usual, the weather being fine. These 
are the highest tides that I have seen since I have been here. 


ee 
, 


PRANSNZINSTTUTE VOL XVIEPE XX, 


: 
n 
fe 
4 


THT a" YZ ey 
! ww Ss WN) 7 
\ Mls ce way 
= high 2 5 aii, 7 
— c = ==> 
ce = 2 3! 
‘ “Wty = 34," 
Wis. = Zaye: = 
Vi —=— 1, nWs = 
> 4 Ws § 
= fy WS 
MMi 
Sy sani 
= Whi, S 
RY = 
S 
*e ee S 
1 eS = 
7S x = 
Ay s S SS 
TIN Ss S 
hs Ss = Bush 8 
S = = 
mw S = ee S 
S = 'S 
® = : 
e. = SY 
wy, Ss = S & 4, 
§ = S \ 
> Wi, "ily Ss) = S Sy Z 
Nadal & = s SY 
weygee = a Sey Ze 
SS ay, 22 
= S 22352 
= S eas 
= S 4m 
= jess 
— tm, SE 
= My € = 
— 7, \W = 
= ‘im, 
— 4 > 
= : Mins 
= ZY 
=> 2% 
=> “1, ig, VW Wiz Sy 
=. ; Z Seics 
== 2 $ 
—= = = 
=: =a 
=F > 
= = ay 
— 2B hy, AWE 
= 2G Oran 
= Ln, YN Wry, ZB, ins S 
= i Zs } = 
S = Mw > 
= = pos 
S = ene 
. = Bush = mS 
SS = \w 
S = 
Ss = 
Za := 
Zs 222 
Z 5 € “4, “MW 
SN 
= u 
— 1 
= Ss 
=> SS! 
a \ 


Sees Bush Ly 


Se ty 
2 GAZ 
Z - . SS Roa flat z= 
Bay about one mile witle, 2= 


and 4 a a niile deep. 
River about 3 miles long, 


a 


with saltwater 2 fp Piles up. 
Widest part of River th mile. 
Valley about cre mile wide, 
All that lard. 


Sand hill. ~~ 


CATS EYE BAY. 


Donald Suiherland, del. 


| 
k 
i 


NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE 


NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE. 


SrxteentH Annuat Report. 
flee anas of the Board have been held on the following dates: 3rd August, 
1883 ; 20th December, 1883 ; and 20th March, 1884. 

The three members who retired from the Board in conformity with 
clause 6 of the Act were: Mr. W. T. Li. Travers, the Hon. Mr. G. Randall 
Johnson, and Dr. Hector; Mr. Travers and Dr. Hector were reappointed, 
and the Hon. Mr. G. M. Waterhouse fills the place of the Hon. Mr. G. 
R. Johnson. 

The members elected under clause 7 of the Act are: Mr. James 
McKerrow, Hon. Mr. Rolleston, and Dr. Buller. 

A distinguished honorary member of the Institute has been lost in Dr. 
Ferdinand von Hochstetter, the news of whose death lately reached here. 
Dr. Hochstetter was among the first to be elected in 1870. There are now 
three vacancies in the roll of honorary members. 

The following are the number of members now on the books of the 
Institute :-— 


Honorary Members ... see Mee ae See ne 
Ordinary Members— 
Auckland Institute ... oe ... 305 
Hawke’s Bay Philosophical Seen Ae Beane ala 
Wellington Philosophical Society ... ... 246 
Westland Institute ... ao, uel 
- Philosophical Institute of Chntatary peo ats| 
Otago Institute... ve rt ee ta LOS 
Southland Institute... Be ie Hees e700) 
Nelson Philosophical Society ... 5a SLOG 
Total 1,311 


The volumes of Transactions now in stock are: Vol. I. (second edition), 
400; vol. II., none; vol. III., none; vol. IV., none; vol. V., 48; vol. VL., 
47; vol. VII., 146; vol. VIII., none; vol. IX., 150; vol. X., 180; vol. 
XI., 60; vol. XII., 65; vol. XIII., 68; vol. XIV., 90; vol. XV., 203; vol. 
XVL., not fully distributed. 

The printing of Volume XVI. of Transactions of the year was commenced 
the latter end of January and completed the end of April, and issued early 
in May. The volume contains fifty-seven articles, and also addresses and 


440 Sixteenth Annual Report. 


abstracts of articles which are included in the Proceedings and Appendix. 
There are 689 pages of letter-press and forty-four plates. The following is 


a comparison of the contents of the volume with that for the previous 
year :— 


1884. 1883. 

Pages. Pages. 
Miscellaneous... BP eae are h a ab meee i5) () 
Zoology ... “a be oh wow OSA» b..u (DBE 
Botany ... 24 oy ar oat) LEB seat 
Chemistry fe oe oer rs AS estos ees 
Geology ... ae ap aa oth ey Les Lk Pao 
Proceedings vit a vee be. (ABs Pech tae 
Appendix... ee is as be. pe GOp. ee ete 

639 586 


The Honorary Treasurer’s statement of accounts is appended, from 
which it will be seen that there is a liability amounting to £67 16s. 11d., 
the balance due on account of printing of vol. XVI, against which there is 
asum of £39 5s. ltd. in the hands of the London agent, making a defi- 
ciency on the year’s accounts of £28 11s. 93d. 

James Hector, 
Approved by the Board, 30th September, 1884. Manager. 
Wu. F. Drummonp JeRvots, 
Chairman. 


New Zrauanp Institute Accounts, 1883-4. 


RECEIPTS. HXPENDITURE. 
2 ish Ge £ 5. d. 
To Balance in hand, 3rd Aug., By Balance due for printing 
ISEB} 3 77:14 7 vol. XV. 76 11 4 
Parliamentary vote for 1883- Printing vol. XVI. (on a ac- 
84 500 0 0 count)}.. Et . 54310 8 
Contribution from ‘Welling- Miscellaneous items oan Oke oie 


ton Philosophical Soci- 
ety, one-sixth of annual 
revenue.. OC sn a BD 
Sale of volumes* Sv OME. 


£620 4 1 £620 4 1 


* Exclusive of balance in hands of London agent, £39 5s. 14d. 
{ Liability for printing vol. XVI., £67 16s. 11d. 
Artuur SrTock, 
30th September, 1884. Hon Treasurer. 


Nee 
ans Nhe pts HEAP 


WELLINGTON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 


ADDRESS BY THE PRESIDENT. 
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1884.*] 


ABSTRACT. 

Referring to the Transactions of the Institute, Dr. Buller stated that he wished, 
having said so much in praise of the annual volume, to call attention to what appeared to 
him a very serious defect init. He referred to the extreme paucity of articles relating to 
the Maori inhabitants of the country, their mythology, their manners and customs, their 
traditions, their habits of life, their treatment of the sick, burial of the dead, and so forth. 
The ethnologist of the future will naturally look to the ‘‘ Transactions” for reliable infor- 
mation on all these points. Newspaper literature is ephemeral, and not always reliable ; 
but the fact that every paper is vouched for by the name of the author is some sort of 
guarantee that none but well-authenticated facts will be found in the pages of the 
‘“* Transactions.” 

Looking to the fact that the Maori race was dying out very rapidly, and that, in all 
probability, five and twenty years hence there would only be a remnant left, it was of 
the first importance, from an ethnological or ethnographical point of view, to collect 
and preserve, while yet there was opportunity, a faithful history of so interesting a 
people. He (Dr. Buller) had often heard Maoris themselves speculate on their speedy 
extinction, saying in a melancholy way, that as the Norwegian had destroyed the native rat, 
and as the indigenous birds and shrubs were being supplanted by the introduced ones, so 
surely would the Maori disappear before the pakeha. And this was no mere fancy. The 
abnormal condition of the population—the females far outnumbering the males—was the 
surest indication of national decay. Hvery successive enumeration of the people told its 
sad tale, and the decrease must of necessity go on in a progressive ratio. In Cook’s time 
the Maori population was estimated at a hundred thousand; at the period of our first 
colonization of the islands at seventy thousand; and his own opinion was that at the 
present day they do not number, men, women, and children, more than thirty thousand. 

He knew of districts swarming with Maoris in former years, now depopulated. He 
had known whole hapus disappear, and he had seen an entire family die out in the course 
of a year. Twenty years ago he was stationed as Native Resident Magistrate at Manawatu, 
and he had then under his nominal control and management some 2,500 Maoris. It 
would be difficult now within the same district to find as many hundreds. In 1866 he was 
present at Rangitikei when Dr Featherston paid over the purchase money of the Mana- 
watu Block, amounting to £25,000, and there were some 1,500 natives present. It was 
proposed to pay over to the natives, in a month’s time, double that amount, for the 
Otamakapua Block, and he doubted whether in the same district 300 will be brought 
together for that purpose, even counting the Hawke’s Bay contingent! Last week he was 
at Otaki, and took some visitors tothe Maori church. There, where formerly about 1,000 


* This abstract was supplied too late for insertion in its proper place in vol. xvi., 
p. 557 


444 Proceedings. 


natives assembled to the ministrations of Archdeacon Hadfield (our present Bishop), it 
seems now difficult to fill the front seats. In the settlement itself—veritably a ‘“‘ deserted 
village ”"—where formerly there were hundreds, it would be hard now to find scores ; and, 
in answer to enquiries on all hands, the response is ‘‘ kua mate.” 

And in this connection he mentioned a curious feature in the mortality of the race, 
namely, that the children and middle-aged people are the first to succumb ; the old stock, 
who appear better able to resist the new order of things, generally holding out the longest. 
That the race was doomed he had no doubt whatever in his own mind. What had 
happened in other parts of the world must inevitably happen, and indeed is happening, 
here. The aboriginal race must in time give place to a more highly organized, or, at any 
rate, a more civilized one. This seems to be one of the inscrutable laws of Nature. And, 
if true to our watchword of progress—social, intellectual, and physical—he could scarcely 
believe that even the most earnest Philo-Maori would deplore the change. He had often 
reflected on an observation of the late Dr. Featherston, on their first meeting, just 
twenty-eight years ago: ‘‘ The Maoris (he said) are dying out, and nothing can save them. 
Our plain duty as good, compassionate colonists, is to smooth down their dying pillow. 
Then history will have nothing to reproach us with.” 

Accepting these facts, Dr. Buller insisted on its being the absolute duty of the 
Society to collect materials for the future historian of the race. He said he had 
gone carefully through the fifteen volumes of ‘“‘ Transactions,” and out of more than 
a thousand articles on a variety of subjects, only three dozen had any reference 
whatever to this subject. He then gave the meeting a rapid review of the more 
interesting of these papers, and stated his own views as to their relative value. Of some 
of the contributions by Maori experts, he spoke in terms of disparagement, and gave his 
reasons. Mr. Colenso, he said, had been the most diligent contributor, and his papers were 
replete with information. But to his mind the best written, most interesting, and most 
philosophical of the papers on this subject were those contributed by a former president, 
Mr. W. I. L. Travers. His ‘“‘ Life and Times of Te Rauparaha,” he considered one of the 
most important contributions to Maori literature yet published. Sir George Grey, when 
Governor of New Zealand, took advantage of his exceptional opportunities, and formed a 
very extensive collection of ‘‘ Poems, Traditions, and Chants,” which had been published 
without, as yet, any translation. Much of this poetry was highly figurative and beautiful ; 
and he quoted from the preface to that volume to show how difficult a task it was to 
catch and reduce to writing this oral poetry, the knowledge of which was confined chiefly 
to the old men and tohwngas. Professor Max Miiller, whom he had met at Oxford, spoke 
in high praise of this work, and said that for years he had been looking out anxiously for 
the promised translation. 

In addition to these historical records, it appeared to him of the utmost importance 
to form a complete ethnological collection illustrative of the race, which was becoming 
every day more difficult and would be soon impossible. He had himself enjoyed 
very favourable opportunities for doing this, and during many years past, with the 
active co-operation of Captain Mair, he had diligently employed himself in forming 
such a collection. There was much yet to be done; but, even now, he ventured to 
say, his private museum was far more complete than any other of the kind in 
existence. Besides embroidered mats, carvings, and implements—domestic, warlike, and 
industrial—to illustrate the former habits of the people, the collection contained some 
objects of special historical interest ; for example the identical human-bone flute on which 


Wellington Philosophical Society. 445 


Tutanekai played to his lover, Hinemoa, on the banks of the Rotorua Lake, three hundred 
years ago; the curiously carved nose flute, on which, in ancient times, the tohungas of the 
Neatiraukawa practised their sacred music; the genealogical stick by which ‘“ King 
Tawhiao ” traces back his ancestry to the earliest of twpwnas; and so forth. He had also 
employed the well-known Austrian artist, Lindauer, to paint life-size portraits of several 
of the more prominent chiefs of the day, all in Maori costume, and typical faces of both 
sexes. The work had been admirably executed, and he felt sure that this series of pictures 
would possess great interest in after times. It must be remembered, however, that 
individual effort laboured under many disadvantages, and it appeared to him that an 
exposition of this kind, possessing a kind of national interest, should be undertaken by 
the Government, and on afar more comprehensive scale. Dr. Buller concluded by saying 
that it was his intention, during his presidential year, to do his utmost to promote and 
encourage this particular branch of local research, and he then resumed his seat amid 
general applause. 

The Hon. Mr. Waterhouse said he had listened with great pleasure to the address, 
but was surprised to hear so decided an opinion expressed as to the rapid decline of the 
Maori poople. He thought this view was scarcely borne out by the official statistics ; but 
that, on the contrary, the Maoris throughout the colony were rather on the increase. The 
census returns might be accepted as relatively correct, and it appeared to him, from an 
examination of these returns, that there was a larger percentage of children among the 
Maoris than among the French. If true, this would go to prove that the Maoris were 
really on the increase. The subject was one of great interest, and he was glad to hear 
from Dr. Buller that he intended, during the coming year, to contribute some papers to 
the ‘“‘ Transactions,” because there was probably no one more competent to deal with the 
matter. Asto the value of the “‘ Transactions,” he entirely agreed with the president. He 
had long thought that it would be a wise thing to reprint the more interesting of the 
papers in a popular form for general circulation. 

The Hon. Mr. Hart said he took the same view as the last speaker. He believed 
that the general notion of rapid decrease among the Maoris was premature. It had yet to 
be proved that there was an actual diminution. So far, the statistics pointed to the 
opposite conclusion. 

Dr. Newman said he entirely agreed with the president. He had himself on a previous 
occasion expressed his belief, at a meeting of the Society, that the Maoris numbered only 
35,000. He thought Dr. Buller was probably right in placing the number somewhat 
lower. On all hands were proofs of decrease, especially in the Hawke’s Bay district, with 
which he had been more intimately connected. He had no faith in census returns. Even 
Mr. Bryce had told him that these enumerations could not be relied on, as every chief 
was anxious to make his following appear as large as possible. 

Dr. Hector said it could not be denied that this very important subject had hitherto 
been neglected. Although, however, comparatively few papers had appeared in the 
“Transactions,” he was not aware that any had been rejected. He took the opportunity 
of saying this, because a Hawke’s Bay correspondent (Mr. Colenso) had lately complained 
of unfair treatment in this respect, whereas his papers (which were not on Maori subjects), 
had only been delayed, not refused; and it seemed to him unreasonable to make this a 
ground of complaint against the Institute. He entirely concurred in the views put forward 
by Dr. Buller in regard to the Maori race. The census returns were quite delusive, as he 
had satisfied himself by careful enquiries in various parts of the country, and he gave the 
meeting several instances in point, As to the urgent necessity for collecting a history of 


446 Proceedings. 


the Maori people, he was quite in accord with the president, and would suggest that the 
minutes of evidence in the Native Lands Courts should be carefully preserved, on account 
of the historical information they contain. 

The Hon. Captain Fraser said he thought the decay of the Maori people was by no 
means so rapid as was generally supposed. He also demurred to some of Dr. Newman’s 
observations, and that gentleman immediately replied. 

Dr. Buller said in general reply, that his conclusions were not based on the evidence 
of any particular locality, but were drawn from a pretty extensive knowledge of the various 
native districts. He had instanced the Otaki district because it was at our very doors. 
But other districts with which he was equally familiar—Kaipara in the far north, 
Waikato, Rotorua, Taupo, Wanganui, etc.—all told the same melancholy tale. These 
districts were populous when he first knew them, and now the natives might be counted by 
dozens where formerly there were hundreds. As to Maori census returns, they were mere 
approximations and very often misleading, as he could state from personal experience. 
He was much struck with the rapid mortality as disclosed also by native titles; and he 
mentioned several instances within his own professional knowledge, where, in a certificate 
of title containing from 50 to 100 names, from 10 to 15 per cent. had died off in an 
incredibly short space of time. Amalgamation of races had been talked of, but this would 
not save the Maoris. The half-castes were undoubtedly a fine people physically, but he 
had noticed that when they married back into the Maori race the offspring had no stamina, 
and seldom reached maturity. He quite agreed with Dr. Hector about the value of the 
Land Court evidence if carefully arranged and collated. He had succeeded once in 
interesting Judge Fenton on this point, and circulars were then addressed to the various 
Judges, asking them to hand over their note-books for public record, but he had never 
heard the result. For his own part, for twenty years past he had been carefully preserving 
everything of the kind. 


First Munrtine. 9th July, 1884. 
Dr. Buller, President, in the chair. 
New Member.—S. Kohn. 


1. ‘On Changes in the Hataitai Valley,” by J. C. Crawford. (Trans- 
actions, p. 342.) 

2. “On Water-worn Pebbles found in the soil in the Hataitai Valley 
and elsewhere in that locality,” by J. C. Crawford. (Transactions, p. 341.) 

8. “On the Punui of Stewart Island, Aralia lyallii, n.s.,” by T. Kirk, 
F.L.8. (Transactions, p. 293.) 

4, “On a Deposit of Ironstone at Kawakawa, Bay of Islands,” by A. 
McKay. 

5. “On Variation in Plumage of some New Zealand Birds,” by T. W. 
Kirk. (Zransactions, p. 60.) 

6. ‘Notice of the Hastern Golden Plover Charadrius fulvus, near 
Wellington,” by T. W. Kirk. (Transactions, p. 59.) 

7. ** Description of a new Species of Paper Nautilus, Argonauta gracilis,” 
by T, W. Kirk, (Transactions, p. 58.) 


Wellington Philosophical Society. 447 


Srconp Meetine. 287d July, 1884. 
Mr. R. Govett, Vice-president, in the chair. 


New Member.—Wum. Ferguson. 


1. “On the Geology of Kawhia Harbour and the Mokau Country,” by 
Dr. Hector. (Geol. Reports, 1883-84.) 

2. ‘On the Suitability of New Zealand White Pine, when creosoted, for 
Railway Sleepers,” by Dr. Hector. 

A specimen presented to the Museum by Mr. Harding of Mount Vernon was exhibited, 
being portion of a white pine sleeper that had been treated with creosote at Crewe, England, 


and then buried in the ground for seven years, and which has continued perfectly hard 
and sound for that period. 


Turrp Mertine. 6th August, 1884. 
Dr. Buller, President, in the chair. 


1. ‘‘ Notes on an Excursion to the Islands Tonga, Samoa, Fiji, etc.,” by 
J. C. Crawford. 


2. ‘“*Note on an Aphidian Insect infesting Pine Trees,” with Observa- 
tions on the name ‘ Chermes” or ‘‘ Kermes,” by W. M. Maskell. (Trans- 
actions, p. 18.) 


3. Specimens of Tin Ore from New South Wales presented by the Hon. G. Randall 
Johnson were exhibited by Dr. Hector, along with New Zealand specimens for comparison. 


4. “Notes on Loranthus fieldii, Buchanan,” by H. C. Field; com- 
municated by the President. (Transactions, p. 288.) 


5. Dr. Hector exhibited a specimen of Quartz from Collingwood, lent him by Mr. H. 
Travers, which showed the gold in the form of a slickenside film, and proved that the gold 
was in the lode previous to the later movements of the strata. 

6. A list prepared by Mr T. Mason, was laid on the table, showing the plants that 
were injured by the severe frost on the nights of the 21st and 22nd June, 1884, at Taita, 
Wellington. 


List of PLANTS INJURED BY F Rost. 


Hrianthemum .. he -- severely. lLasiandra macrantha .. -. Slightly. 
Cuphea (various) * Oranges and lemons .. oe 96 
Verticordia brownii oe oc ‘5 Ficus glauca 56 50 D0 90 
Mackaya bella (where exposed) y, Acacia decurrens.. oc ie x 
Cestrum aurantiacum .. 36 9% Campsidium filicifolium oc % 

» diurnum 56 .. slightly. Eucalyptus marginata .. oe 9 
Pernettya (sp.) .. cha -. severely. 5 ficifolium .. O6 a 
Wigandia caraccasana .. La 3 is (name not known) .. killed. 
Tlicium anisetum 50 .. Slightly. Arduina grandiflora .. -. severely. 
Cantua pirifolia .. ag .. severely. Callistemon floribunda .. .. slightly. 
Camphora officinalis .. -. Slightly. Tecoma stans and pulchra % 


Toxicophleia thunbergianum .. in Sedums ., 20 56 -. severely. 


448 Proceedings. 


Bouvardias ee ee .. severely, Hcheverias 2 oe ee severely. 
Stillingia sebifera ae a + Solandra grandifiora .. slightly. 
Bougainyvillia glabra .. .. slightly. Fuchsia splendens and _ soft- 

Callicarpa rosea .. at ae - wooded kinds.. is .. severely. 
Sterculia acerifolia ve Lee an Goldfussias ae ae a ia 
Botryodendron latifolium Ae 3 Pohutukawa, ns St .. slightly. 
Justitia carnea .. 20 .. severely. Rata sic Sc go ae 5p 
Jacaranda mimoszfolia .. .. Sslightly. Avralia papyrifera Ca an ee 
Polygala oppositifolia .. oA 3 Salvias, tender varieties. . .. severely. 
Vitis ovata ae oe .. severely. Tree ferns (young fronds) Bc 55 
Barleria cristata .. a she _ Epacris, varieties (flowers only) — 
Seaforthia elegans te oe i Rhododendron, Princess Alice .. slightly. 
Hrica buccans .. ba 50 5 Kawakawa (where at all exposed) severely. 
Acmena kingiana and pendula.. slightly. Karaka (where at all exposed and 

Grewia occidentale ae ue af small) .. ai cts .. slightly. 


Fourta Meretine. 387d September, 1884. 
Mr. Martin Chapman in the chair. 
New Members—Dr. Levinge and Maurice Richmond. 


1. ‘Review of a Paper on the Moa, by M. A. de Quatrefages,” by W. 
M. Maskell. 

The author said that a good translation of this paper would be found in the ‘“‘ Annals 
and Magazine of Natural History ” for 1884. 


2. Dr. Hector described a collection of minerals made by Mr. McKay at Wade, Auck- 
land, where serpentine contains ores of zinc and baryta. These are probably of the age 
of the auriferous injections of Coromandel, which belong to the cretaceous period, and not 
to the older reefs of Otago or Reefton. Igneous rocks from the Queen of Beauty Mine, 
Makara, also collected by Mr. McKay, were shown, which proved to be of the same compo- 
sition and structure as those at the Thames and Wade. 


Firta Meetine. 1st October, 1884. 
Dr. Buller, President, in the chair. 
New Members.—Captain Hewitt and A. J. Rutherford. 
1. Notes on the New Zealand Beeches,” by T. Kirk, F.L.8. (Transac- 
tions, p. 298.) 
2. *‘ Description of some new Insects in New Zealand,” by W. Colenso, 
F.L.8. (Lransactions, p. 151.) 
3. “A List of Fungi recently discovered in New Zealand,’ by W. 
Colenso, F.L.8. (Transactions, p. 265.) 
4, “On a newly discovered Lizard,” by W. Colenso, F.L.S. (Vransae- 
tions,.p. 149.) 


Wellington Philosophical Society. 449 


Sixth Meetine. 15th October, 1884. 
Mr. Govett, Vice-president, in the chair, 
New Members.—Dr. Cahill and W. F. Barraud. 
1. “*On the Kea or Mountain Parrot,” by A. McKay. 


The author, by relating a number of observations, showed that the kea possessed a 
high degree of intelligence, and that only on the very borders of the region it occupied 
had this bird acquired the habit of killing and wounding sheep. The author further went 
on to show that the keas had the power of communicating ideas amongst themselves. 
Mr. McKay was of the opinion that in consequence of its superior:intelligence, and the 
extent of inaccessible country which it inhabited, there was little probability of its ever 
being exterminated. An anecdote was related by the author to show the intelligence of 
the bird, according to which several keas, after a consultation, delegated one bird, twice in 
succession, to untie the knot in a string which fastened one of their number to a pick- 
handle. 

2. Mr. H. A. Gibbon (not a member of the Society), then read a paper on Floating Break- 
waters. He showed various models of contrivances intended to break the force of a heavy 
sea, and to retard the speed of a vessel running before a gale. The discussion that 
followed was not altogether favourable to Mr. Gibbon’s schemes, and that gentleman 
admitted that he had not yet proved their practical value by experiments. 


Seventa Meerine. 26th November, 1884. 
Dr. Newman, Vice-president, in the chair. 
New Members.—Dr. A. Martin, J. D. Treanor, and J. Barnicoat. 


1. ‘Notes on the Ornithology of New Zealand,” by A. Reischek ; com- 
municated by Dr. Hector. (Transactions, p. 187.) 

2. “Notes on the Dolphins of the New Zealand Seas,”’ by Dr. Hector. 
(Transactions, p.207.) 


3. Specimens of Gunpowder manufactured at the mills at Owake, Otago, and pre- 
sented by Mr. Mackley to the Museum, were exhibited. 


Awnnuat Mzetine. 13th February, 1885. 
Dr. Buller, C.M.G., F.B.S., in the chair. 
New Members.—A. Cook, HE. Tregear. 


Apstract oF Report For 1884. 

During the past year the society had held eight general meetings, at which 9 papers 
on Geology, 8 on Botany, 10 on Zoology, and 5 on Miscellaneous subjects had been read. 
The re-arrangement of the library had afforded members greater convenience for consult- 
ing the valuable works now belonging to the society, which would be still further increased 
when the printed catalogue now being prepared of the whole collection was provided. 
Fourteen members had been elected during the year, making a total of 261 now on the roll. 
From the Treasurer’s statement of accounts, it appears that the receipts for the year, 
including a balance of £145 1s. 11d. brought forward in February, 1884, amounted to 

29 


450 Proceedings. 


£289 19s, 11d., and the expenditure to £94 19s. 3d.; leaving a balance in hand of 
£195 Os. 8d. Several members who took a special interest in microscopical work had lately 
formed themselves into what might be called a microscopic section of the society. Those 
who possess microscopes, and would like to attend the meetings of the section, could do so, 
Mr. Maskell, who had been instrumental in inducing members to join in that work, being 
willing to furnish further information on the subject. 

Euection oF Orricers ror 1885 :—President—A. K. Newman, M.B., 
M.R.C.P.; Vice-presidents—R. H. Govett, G. W. Grabham, M.D. ; Council— 
T. King, W. T. L. Travers, F.L.S., F. B. Hutchinson, M.R.C.S., Martin 
Chapman, James Hector, M.D., Dr. Buller, C.M.G:, EVR.S., Elom Gert 
Johnson ; Secretary and Treasurer—R. B. Gore; Auditor—H. F. Logan. 

1. ‘Further Notes on Coccide in New Zealand,’ by W. M. Maskell, 
F.R.M.S. (Zvransactions, p. 20.) 

2. ‘On a Parasite of the Penguin,” by W. M. Maskell. (Transactions, 


p. 19.) 


‘‘Description of some newly-discovered and rare Indigenous Plants; 
being a further contribution towards the making known the Botany of New 
Zealand,” by W. Colenso, F.L.8. (Zvansactions, p. 287.) 

4. “ Australian Cave Paintings,” by Dr. Curl. 

5. ‘‘ Description of new Tertiary Shells,” part i1., by Captain F. W. 
Hutton, F.G.8. (Transactions, p. 325.) 

6. “ Description of a new Species of Erigeron,’”’ by J. Buchanan, F.L.8. 
(Transactions, p. 287.) 

7. ‘Cat’s Eye Bay,” by D. Sutherland. (Zvansactions, p. 435.) 


8. Dr. Buller exhibited to the meeting and made remarks upon several new birds, full 
descriptions of which will appear in his forthcoming new edition of ‘‘ The Birds of New 
Zealand.” The most important of these was an Australian Swift (Cypselus pactjficus) shot 
by Captain Messenger at the White Cliffs, Taranaki, this being the first known instance 
of its occurrence in New Zealand. Another interesting novelty was a specimen of 
Procelsterna albivitta, obtained by Mr. C. H. Robson at Cape Maria van Diemen, where it 
had taken refuge in a flax-bush. This pretty little Tern is a native of the sea bordering 
the eastern and north-eastern coasts of Australia and is said to breed on Norfolk Island. 

Dr. Buller also gave an account of a new species of Albatros, specimens of which in 
all stages of growth had been received from the Auckland Islands; and referred to some 
birds recently collected by Mr. Reischek in the South Island. He proposed to distinguish 
the large and highly-coloured Kaka as Nestor montanus. 

8. ‘Note on Geological Structure of the Canterbury Mountains,” by 


Dr. Hector. (Transactions, p. 337.) 


Ee Cy RSPACN SDS IN Se Wa siys, 


First Meetine. 9th June, 1884. 
H. G. Seth Smith, President, in the chair. 
New Members.—Professor Aldis, Dr. Bond, A. Kidd, W. C. W. McDowell, 
D. Nolan, and C. King. 


1. The President delivered the anniversary address. 
ABSTRACT. 

After referring to the Costley bequest, and other local matters, the President shortly 
reviewed the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute. In the course of his remarks, 
he said: ‘I rejoice to see that a branch of science, still in its infancy, and which may even 
yet have a hard struggle before its claim to be regarded as a branch of science is fully 
recognized—I mean the science of jurisprudence—is represented by a paper on the law of 
gavelkind, by Mr. Coleman Phillips. It has hitherto been considered a difficult task to 
convince an English lawyer that there is such a thing as the science of law. It will, per- 
haps, long remain a still more difficult matter to satisfy the public at large that science is 
in any way connected with legal practice. The writings of Sir Henry Maine, however, 
have laid the foundation for a new method of investigation in jurisprudence—new, that is 
as far as jurisprudence is concerned, though the method is nothing but the application of 
inductive philosophy in place of the a priori methods which had hitherto been adopted by 
theoretical writers on legal subjects—e.g., Bentham, ete. A systematic study of the 
customs of the aborigines of these islands would probably afford valuable material for 
further investigations in the history of law, as the labours of Sir George Grey, Mr. Colenso, 
and others seem to show.” He then gave an account of the theories which have been 
offered to explain the Sunda eruption; and proceeded to make the following remarks 
on Technical Education :—‘‘The purposes for which an institute of this kind exists, 
should aim both at the accumulation and diffusion of scientific and other knowledge. I 
hope, therefore, that the time is not far distant, when we shall see established in connec- 
tion with this Institute, series of lectures somewhat similar to those to which Friday even- 
ings at the Royal Institution of London are devoted during a portion of the year. We 
have now in Auckland a number of men competent to undertake such a task; and I, for 
one, should be glad to see a portion of the revenues of the Institute, which we may now 
hope will increase from year to year, devoted to defraying the necessary expenses of such 
lectures. There is another direction in which, I believe, this Institute may do valuable 
service. I cannot help thinking that one of the needs of this city is a school of technical 
education. I would commend to the consideration of all those who are interested in the 
matter, the scheme for the organization of the Central Institution of the City and Guilds 
of London Institute, which is printed in full in the number of ‘Nature’ of the 21st Feb- 
ruary, 1884. The object of the Central Institution is to give to London a college for the 
higher technical education, in which advanced instruction shall be provided in those 
kinds of knowledge which bear on the different branches of industry, whether manufac- 
tures or arts. Just as the Royal School of Mines gives a technical training to mining 


452 Proceedings. 


engineers, so the Central Institution is intended to afford practical, scientific, and artistic 
instruction, which will qualify persons to become —(1) technical teachers ; (2) mechanical, 
civil, and electrical engineers. architects, builders, and decorative artists; (3) principals, 
superintendeits, and managers of chemical and other manufacturing works. The details 
of the scheme are of course conceived on a scale, and with a view to an expenditure of 
funds, which exceed all practical limits for a city like Auckland ; but as I believe that the 
key to the future prosperity of this city is to be found in the development of her manufac- 
tures, any attempt, however humble, to afford facilities for the acquisition of technical 
knowledge would be acceptable as tending to further local prosperity. In this direction 
the combined efforts of the Institute and University College, together with such private 
munificence as might from time to time be available, would I believe be productive of no 
small results.” The President concluded his address as follows :—‘ It is not given to all 
of us to divert the current of human thought, or to remodel the universe. Most of us 
have to be content an1 thankful if we can, as passing travellers, add but a small pebble to 
the growing cairn. The great mass of human knowledge is, for the most part, made up 
of the minute contributions of individuals, and, while we bow in reverence before the 
achievements of master-minds, we cannot afford to despise the humbler labours of the 
majority. The truth of a great scientific theory can only be tested by the minute investi- 
gation of details, and the discovery of some fact, in itself apparently insignificant, may be 
fraught with issues of incalculable importance. The only attitude that we can rightly 
assume is that of humble seekers after truth, humble and yet fearless of results, knowing 
that nothing will be permanent that is not really true, and that nothing that is true can 
be unimportant. What the final result may be we can leave to take care of itself. We 
are ‘toiling upward in the night,’ and who shall prescribe the limits to which we may 
ultimately attain—for, to quote the words of Charles Kingsley: ‘ Science is accused of 
trying to scale Olympus, by those who fancy that they have already scaled it themselves, 
and will, of course, brook no rival in their fancied monopoly of wisdom. ..... . 
And yet Science may scale Olympus after all. Without intending it, almost without 
knowing it, she may find herself hereafter upon a summit of which she never dreamed, 
surveying the Universe of God in the light of Him who made it and her, and remakes 
them both for ever and ever. On that summit she may stand hereafter, if only she goes 
on, as she goes now, in humility and patience; doing the duty which lies nearest her ; 
lured along the upward road, not by ambition, vanity, or greed, but by reverent curiosity 
for every new pebble, and flower, and child, and savage, around her feet.’ ” 

2. ‘ Notes on a Bird called Malau,” by the Rev. S. W. Baker. 

ABSTRACT. 

The bird Malau was stated to be found only on the little island Ninafou, to the north- 
ward of Tonga. It is confined to the immediate vicinity of a deep crater-like lake. In the 
light soil surrounding the lake it excavates tunnels sometimes six feet in length, and in 
them deposits its eggs, which are sometimes as many as twentyinnumber. The bird does 
not sit upon the eggs, but leaves them to be hatched by the heat of thesun. The young birds 
are fully fledged when they emerge from the egg, and take care of themselves without any 
assistance from the parent bird. 

Mr. Cheeseman stated that Mr. Baker’s bird was a species of mound-builder called 
Megapodius pritchardi. A specimen was in the Museum, which was presented some years 
ago by Captain Rough; and a coloured drawing would be found in the ‘“ Proceedings of 
the Zoological Society” for 1864. (See also Dr. Buller’s account of this specimen under 
the name of Malan. Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. iii., p. 14.) 


3, “A Decade of new Meroniide,” by Captain T. Broun, M.E,S, 


Auckland Institute. 458 


Srconp Merntinc. 14th July, 1884. 
H. G. Seth Smith, President, in the chair. 
New Members.—¥F’. H. Kdgecumbe, A. G. Gover, J. B. Hobart. 
1. ‘‘ New Species of Pselaphide,” by Captain T. Broun, M.H.S. 
2. “The Curse of Charity,” by EK. A. Mackechnie. 


The author referred to the economy of the animal kingdom, and showed that design 
in all the forms of the animal framework was the same in all cases. There was no real 
knowledge of what life is. It existed, and was sustained by a continual regulated supply 
of food and other conditions of growth and life, but no one knew really what it was. A 
slight puncture of the brain and it was gone; a stoppage of the regular pulsations of the 
heart and it ceased, and when once gone no power on earth could recall or restore it. He 
contrasted the resemblance between the lower animals and man in many respects, and 
showed the degree of affection that sprang up between some members of the animal 
kingdom and man. His remarks on this point were illustrated by reference to ‘‘ Rab and 
his Friends,” by Dr. Brown. But, while there was such a similarity between man and 
the lower animals with which he was associated, the lecturer held that man in his religious 
feelings, depth of sympathy, power of reasoning, etc., gave evidence of the existence in 
himself of a power or faculty which was beyond that which any of the lower animals 
possessed. The law of heredity was referred to, in the discussion of which he pointed 
out that the physical qualities were transmitted as well as the mental, and this led to his 
remarks on the question of charity. With Herbert Spencer, he agreed that the exercize 
of charity has the effect of increasing the demands upon it. There was a kind of parasitic 
quality in many people, and this quality was also transmitted. He compared this para- 
sitic, or dependent, trait of character in human beings with the habits of parasitic plants. 
For a time little support was derived from the plants upon which the parasites were 
dependent, but a time came when they would depend wholly upon the supporting tree, 
only to be destroyed, as the rata does the kauri. He referred to free education, and held 
that parents should not shift their burdens in this respect upon the State. This reduced the 
feeling of independence, which all should cherish, and the education given was not a useful 
one, as there was a tendency growing up among those who were thus educated to become 
dependent, with a disinclination to work, and in time they might become a burden to the 
careiul and independent citizens. He showed that in all things there was a greater 
amount of care bestowed upon purely ornamental than upon useful objects. The girls 
should be taught household work, and learn to study books upon household economy ; 
and boys should be educated in the several trades or occupations at which they would 
have to earn their living. For some time past the tendency of education had been as if 
the world no more required the performance of manual labour. This was a mistake, and 
the system of education which produced such a feeling was very defective, if not mis- 
chievous. He referred to the position taken up by the unemployed, and contrasted it, 
with the experience of the Messrs. Chambers of Edinburgh, Nasmyth the engineer, and 
others, who had shown a self-reliant nature. Many illustrations were given of the 
dependence to which some have come, and the utter moral degradation to which some 
come when they are long the recipients of what is called charity. The hospital manage- 
ment was referred to. It was found that many here were not ashamed to apply to the 
hospital for free medical advice who were well able to pay for such advice. He held that, 
though the city was but small, it had its full share of lazy loafers and sturdy beggars, and 


454 Proceedings. 


the mental tendency of these people would be transmitted to their offspring with unerring 
certainty. To uproot this tendency, a good deal of severity, and, in some cases, a little 
harshness, would be necessary. ‘The action of the Jews was used as an illustration of 
the writer’s argument. They were charitable, and gave freely to Jew and Gentile, but, 
among their own people, while they gave, they only did so that the receivers might be 
able to work and help themselves. They never gaye to enable any one to live a life of 
idleness and dependence upon others so long as they were able to work. He thought our 
charity was misapplied and wrong when pauperism was produced by such action. He 
referred to the Communism of France, the Fenianism of Ireland, the Nihilism of Russia, 
as the portents which hung over the world, and which might break up the civilization of 
the present day. If the time came when the possession of property would be generally 
regarded as theft, then they would realize, in its true and full import, the meaning of the 
words ‘The Curse of Charity.” 

Mr. Pond defended the expenditure upon our educational system, and thought that 
so long as primary education was confined to the three R.’s there could be little harm 
done in our expenditure upon education. He thought there was a greater tendency to an 
idle life by those who received a secondary education largely at the public expense, than 
among those who participated in our primary education. 

Dr. J. Murray Moore hoped that what Mr. Mackechnie had said would not shut up 
the fountains of charity. There were people in distress in Auckland. There existed 
here wives and families deserted by their husbands, and others who had drunken and 
profligate husbands who were anything but a support to those they should sustain. 

3. “Observations on Geyser Eruptions and Terrace Formations,” part 
1., by J. Martin, F.G.S. 


Tuirp Mzrtine. 11th dugust, 1884. 
H. G. Seth Smith, President, in the chair. 


New Member.—T. Steel. 
1. ‘‘ Description of Mayor Island, Bay of Plenty,” by E. C. Gold-Smith. 
(Transactions, p. 417.) 


2. ‘Buddhism and its Evolution Theories,” part i., by J. Murray 
Moore, M.D. 


3. “‘Geyser Eruptions and Terrace Formations,” part ii., by J. Martin, 


F.G.S8. 


Fourtu Murrine. 7th September, 1884. 
H. G. Seth Smith, President, in the chair. 


1. ‘* New Species of Coleoptera,” by Captain T. Broun, M.E.S. 

2. ‘‘ New Species of Plants,” by T. F. Cheeseman, F.L.8. (Transac- 
tions, p. 235.) 

3. Professor A. P. Thomas exhibited some specimens obtained from the Naples 
Zoological Station, and made some verbal remarks thereon. 

4, “ Buddhism and its Evolution Theories,” part u., by J. Murray 
Moore, M.D. 


Auckland Institute. 455 


Firth Meetine. 29th September, 1884. 
Dr. Purchas in the Chair. 
New Member.—J. Douglas. 


1. ‘‘On the Botany of Te Aroha Mountain,” by J. Adams, B.A. (T'rans- 
actions, p. 275.) 

Mr. Cheeseman considered that Mr. Adams’ paper was an interesting contribution to 
our knowledge of the distribution of New Zealand plants. The discovery of such plants 
as Libocedrus bidwillii, Phyllocladus alpinus, Fagus menziesii, Hymenophyllum 
pulcherrimum and H. malingii on the summit of the mountain was quite unexpected, and 
proved that much remains to be done towards fixing the northern limit of the southern and 
montane part of our flora. 

2. Professor A. P. Thomas made some verbal remarks on the principal points of 
interest connected with Mr. Caldwell’s recent discoveries in the development of the lower 
mammals of Australia. 


3. “ A Successful Litigant,” by E. A. Mackechnie. 


SixtH Meetinc. 27th October, 1884. 
New Members.—T. W. Kitt, H. D. M. Haszard, D. J. McLeod, J. Ross. 


1. ‘On the Spiders of New Zealand,” by A. T. Urquhart. (Transac- 
tions, p .b1.) 

2. ‘ Notes on the Fertilization of certain New Zealand Plants,” by T. F. 
Cheeseman, F.L.S. 

3. “ On Re-naming New Zealand,” by W. H. Blyth. 

4, “On the Establishment of a Grand Hotel and Sanatorium in the 
Rotorua District,” by J. Stewart, M.Inst.C.E. (Transactions, p. 427.) 


Annuat Mertine. 16th February, 1885. 
T. Peacock, M.H.R., in the chair. 


New Members.—C. N. Cobbett, M.D., L. M. Grace, D. Kempt, H. J. Le 
Bailly, H. Shaw, A. Smith, Rev. W. Tebbs, E. Withy. 


ABSTRACT OF REPORT For 1884. 

Twenty-three new members have been elected during the year. The losses have been, 
by death, 7; by resignation, 9; and by non-payment of subscriptions, 7; making 23 in 
all. The number on the register at the present time (304) is thus the same as at the 
commencement of the year. 

The total revenue of the ordinary account has been £687 1s. 6d., of which £297 3s. 
consisted of members’ subscriptions. The expenditure has reached the sum of £708 16s., 
leaving a debit balance of £21 14s, 10d. 

The amount of the Costley bequest was stated to be £12,016 1s. 10d. Of this sum 
£7,000 had been invested in mortgage on good freehold security, £2,500 had been applied 
to the purchase of freehold property, and the balance was waiting suitable investment. 
Portions of the landed endowment of the Museum had been sold, and nearly £900 had 
been received from that source. 


456 Proceedings. 


Six meetings were held during the session, at which 20 papers on various scientific 
and literary subjects were read. 

A short sketch was given of the progress of the Museum and Library during the year, 
and the principal additions were briefly alluded to. 


Exection or Orricers ror 1885 :—President—J. A. Pond; Vice-pre- 
sidents—H. G. Seth Smith, Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D.; Council—G. 
Aickin, Professor F. D. Brown, B.Sc., Hon. Colonel Haultam, EH. A. 
Mackechnie, J. Martin, F.G.S., J. M. Moore, M.D., T. Peacock, M.H.R., 
Rev. A. G. Purchas, M.R.C.S.E., S. P. Smith, F.R.G.S., T. Steel, Professor 
A. P. Thomas, F.L.S.; Secretary and Treasurer—T. F. Cheeseman, F.L.S., 
F.Z.S. ; Auditor—T. Macffarlane. 


PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE OF CANTERBURY. 


First Mestine. 6th March, 1884. 
R. W. Fereday, President, in the chair. 
1. “‘On Earthquakes,’ by Professor Hutton. 


Seconp Mzstine. 3rd April, 1884. 
R. W. Fereday, President, in the chair. 
New Member.—Henry Grayson. 
1. “ Technical Education,” by D. Blair. 


2. “On a System of Technical Education for Artizans,” by C. W. 
Purnell. (Transactions, p. 398.) 


Tuirp Msetine. 1st May, 1884. 
R. W. Fereday, President, in the chair. 


New Members.—A. Ringwood, HE. McConnell. 
1. “Red Sunsets,” by A. Ringwood. (Transactions, p. 386.) 


Fourtn Meretine. 5th June, 1884. 
R. W. Fereday, President, in the chair. 
1. «The Diamond Fields of South Africa,” by Professor F. W. Hutton. 


2. “The Fresh-water Shells of New Zealand belonging to the family 
Limneide,” by Professor F. W. Hutton. (Transactions, p. 54.) 


Fiera Mestine. 38rd July, 1884. 
H. R. Webb in the chair. 
1. “Is Life a Distinct Force?” by R. H. Bakewell, M.D., Fellow of the 


Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society of London, ete. (Zransactions, 
p-» 410.) 


ae 


SixtH Menrine. Tth August, 1884. 
R. W. Fereday, President, in the chair. 


1. ‘ The exceptional Advantage of New Zealand for Sericiculture,” by 
G, B, Federli. 


458 Proceedings. 


2. «* Supplement to a Monograph of the New Zealand Geometrina,” by 
HK. Meyrick, B.A. (Transactions, p. 62.) 
3. ‘Descriptions of New Zealand Micro-lepidoptera, (part iv., Scopa- 
riad@),” by Hi. Meyrick, B.A. (Transactions, p, 68.) 
SeventH Meztine. 4th September, 1884. 
R. W. Fereday, President, in the chair. 
1. “In Memoriam—Ferdinand Ritter von Hochstetter,” by Professor 
Julius von Haast, C.M.G., Ph.D., F.R.S. 
Hienta Meetine. 2nd October, 1884. 
Professor F. W. Hutton, Vice-president, in the chair. 


New Member.—Dr. Preston. 
2. Professor Julius von Haast exhibited a Geological Map of the Canon District 


of the Colorado by the United States Geological Survey, and made remarks thereon. 

2. ‘* Descriptions of New Zealand Micro-lepidoptera, (part vi., Pyrali- 
dina),” by Hi. Meyrick, B.A. (Transactions, p. 121.) 

3. ‘ Descriptions of New Zealand Micro-lepidoptera, (part vil., Tortricina 
—supplementary),” by E. Meyrick, B.A. (Transactions, p. 141.) 


Spectan Martine. 2nd October, 1884. 


Professor F. W. Hutton, Vice-president, in the chair. 

1. On the motion of Professor Julius von Haast, seconded by Mr H. R. Webb, it was 
decided ‘‘ That Law xv. be altered by substituting the word ‘May’ for ‘ March.’” This 
will have the effect of shortening the session by two months. 

2. Certain recommendations from the Otago Institute re the New Zealand Institute 
were then considered, and after considerable discussion were agreed to in the following 
form :— 

(1.) That it is desirable, in the interests of scientifie work generally in New 
Zealand, that the New Zealand Institute, consisting of the Affiliated Societies 
only, be separated from the Government Departments, and be reconstructed on 
the basis laid down in the following recommendations. 

(2.) That the management be in the hands of a Board of Governors, constituted 
as follows:—One Governor to be elected by each of the Affiliated Societies ; 
the full number of Governors (say 15) to be made up by nomination by the 
Govyernor-in-Council. 

(3.) A meeting of the Board to be held during the last full week in January in 
each year. 

(4.) The income of the New Zealand Institute to consist of the annual Parliamen- 
tary Vote, together with contributions from the Affiliated Societies; such con- 
tributions to be fixed annually by the Board of Governors, and not to exceed 
five shillings (5s.) annually per member. 

(5.) That a responsible editor of the “Transactions” be appointed by the Board 
of Governors, a suitable remuneration for his services being provided out of 
the funds of the Institute. 


Philosophical Institute of Canterbury. 459 


Annuat Muetine. 6th November, 1884. 
R. W. Fereday, President, in the chair. 


AxpstRAct or AnnuAL Report. 

One special and nine ordinary meetings have been held. At the ordinary meetings 
fifteen papers have been read; these papers were contributed by nine authors, and com- 
prise six on Zoology, and two on Geology, while the rest have been on miscellaneous 
subjects of more immediate practical interest. 

A large number of books, including a complete set of the publications of the Ray 
Society, have been added to the Library of the Institute by purchase, and several valuable 
donations have been received. 

Five new members have joined during the year, but several have left, so that the total 
number of members now on the list is 149. 


Mr. W. M. Maskell has been chosen to vote at the election of the Board of Governors 
of the New Zealand Institute. 

The balance-sheet shows that the total receipts for the year, including balance of 
£47 15s 4d, amount to £161 7s. 10d.; expenditure, £148 1s 3d.; balance (on current 
account), £13 63 7d; balance in Savings Bank (life subscriptions), £33 12s 7d. 


Erection oF Orricers ror 1885 :—President—Dr. W. H. Symes; Vice- 
presidents—-A. D. Dobson and T. Crook; Honorary Treaswrer—H. BR. 
Webb ; Honorary Secretary—C. Chilton ; Auditor—C. R. Blakiston ; Council 
—Professors Haast, Hutton, and Bickerton, Messrs. E. Dobson, G. Hogben, 
and R. W. Fereday. 

1. The retiring President then gave a short address. 

2. Professor F. W. Hutton, Vice-president, then delivered an address 
‘On the Origin of the Fauna and Flora of New Zealand,” part u. 


Appitionan Merrine. 27th November, 1884. 
Dr. W. H. Symes, President, in the chair. 


1. “‘On the Age of the Orakei Bay Beds near Auckland,” by Professor 
BP. W. Hutton, F.G.8. (Lransactions, p. 3807.) 

2. ‘“ Description of new Tertiary Shells,” part 1., by Professor Hutton. 
(Transactions, p, 318.) 

3. * Analysis of Slate in contact with Granite, from Preservation Inlet, 
New Zealand,” by A. Liversidge, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry and Miner- 
alogy, University of Sydney ; communicated by Professor Hutton. (T'vrans- 
actions, p. 340.) 

4. «*On the Geological Structure of the Southern Alps of New Zealand, 
in the Provincial Districts of Canterbury and Westland,’ by Professor 
Julius von Haast, U.M.G., Ph.D., F.R.S. (Transactions, p. 382.) 


OTAGO INSTITUTE. 
First Meetine. 13th May, 1884. 
D. Petrie, M.A., President, in the chair. 
New Members.—Dr. D. Colquhoun, Walter Prince, and Geo. H. Moore. 
The meeting took the form of a conversazione. 
Srconp Mererine. 10th June, 1884. 
A. Montgomery, Vice-president, in the chair. 
New Members.—Miss Dalrymple, R. E. N. Twopeny. 


1. ‘* Notes on Moa Remains in the Mackenzie Country and other Loceali- 
ties,’ by Frederick Chapman. (Transactions, p. 172.) 


2. The Secretary exhibited and remarked upon some water-colour drawings of 
microscopic and perishable invertebrates, which he had just received for the Museum. 


Tarp Mertine. 5th August, 1884. 
D. Petrie, M.A., President, in the chair: 
New Member.—Major-General Fulton. 


1. *‘On the New Zealand Institute, its Relation to the Affiliated Societies 
and to Scientific Work in New Zealand generally,” by G. M. Thomson. 

The following recommendations were adopted:—1l. That it is desirable, in the 
interests of scientific work generally in New Zealand, that the New Zealand Institute as 
at present existing be subdivided into two portions—the following departments, under the 
care of the present manager, viz.: the Colonial Museum, Geological Survey, the Libraries, 
Meteorological Stations, Observatory, Laboratory, and the publications belonging 
respectively to these bodies, being formed into a separate Government department; while 
the New Zealand Institute proper, consisting of the affiliated societies only, be recon- 
stituted on the basis laid down in the following recommendations. 2. That the 
management be in the hands of a Board of Governors constituted as follows :—One 
governor to be elected by each of the affiliated societies, the full number of governors (say 
15) to be made up by nomination. 3. A meeting of the Board to be held during the last 
full week in January in each year. 4. The income of the New Zealand Institute to 
consist of the annual Parliamentary vote, together with contributions from the affiliated 
societies ; such contributions to be fixed annually by the Board of Governors, and not to 
exceed one-fourth of the annual subscriptions of members. 5. That a responsible editor 
of the ‘‘ Transactions’ be appointed by the governors, a suitable remuneration for his 


Otago Institute. 461 


services being provided out of the funds of the Institute. 6. That the selection of papers 
for publication in the “‘ Transactions’? be made in the first instance by the Councils of 
the affiliated societies, the final decision in each case to rest with the Board of Governors. 

Tt was resolved to send copies of these recommendations to the various Affiliated 
Societies, inviting their consideration of the proposed changes, and their co-operation in 
carrying out the objects desired; attention being drawn to the fact that certain of the 
recommendations can be carried out without affecting ‘‘The New Zealand Institute Act, 
1867,” while others will involve the amendment of that Act. 


FourtH Meetine. 12th August, 1884. 
D. Petrie. M.A., President, in the Chair. 


1. The Secretary gave a verbal account of a paper by Mr. Alex. Purdie, 
M.A., “ Ou the Anatomy of the Sea Mussel (Mytilus latus).”’ 

2. ‘Description of three new Species of Uneinia,”’ by D. Petrie, 
M.A. (Transactions, p. 271.) 

3. “ Description of a new Species of Carmichelia, with Notes on the Dis- 
tribution of the Species native to Otago,” by D. Petrie. (Transactions, 
p. 272.) 

‘4. The Secretary exhibited and made remarks upon—a. Some stuffed fishes (gly- 
cerine process), and skeletons of Skate and Torpedo (glycerine jelly process). b. Kmbryos 
of Sepiola sp., found in Dunedin Harbour by F. Bourne, one of the Museum assistants. 
Hitherto this genus has only been recorded in the colony at Wellington (8. pacifica, 
T. W. Kirk). c. A living specimen of the Laughing Owl (Sceloglaux albifacies), obtained 
at Outram by Mr. Sydney Fulton. 


Firth Meerine. 9th September, 1884. 
A. Montgomery, Vice-president, in the chair. 


Dr. Hocken delivered his third lecture on ‘‘ The Early History of New 
Zealand.” 


Sixta Meetine. 14th October, 1884. 
D. Petrie, M.A., President, in the chair. 


1. “‘ Notes on New Zealand Fishes,” by W. Arthur, C.E. (Transactions, 
p. 160.) 


2. ‘‘Notes on the Skeleton and Baleen of a Fin-whale (Balenoptera mus- 
culus?) recently acquired by the Otago University Museum,” by T. Jeffery 
Parker, B.Se.Liond., Professor of Biology in the University of Otago. 
(Transactions, p. 8.) 


3. The Secretary exhibited a stuffed specimen of Kathetostoma giganteum, recently 
prepared for the Museum, 


462 Proceedings. 


Annuat Meetine. 11th November, 1884, 
D. Petrie, M.A., President, in the chair, 
New Members.—A. D. Bell, James H. Wood. 


1. “On some Mineral Occurrences in Dusky Sound,’’ by Professor 
Ulrich. 


2. ‘Description of new Species of Native Plants,” by D. Petrie. 
(Transactions, p. 269.) 

3. The Secretary remarked upon some recent additions to the Museum, including the 
skeleton of a Fin-whale (Balenoptera musculus ?),* and stuffed specimens of Sea-lions 
(Otaria hookeri 2), including adult and young male and adult female, from the Auckland 
Islands. 

Axsstract oF ANNUAL REPORT. 

During the present session seven general meetings have been held, including the 
present annual meeting. At three of these meetings eight original papers have been read, 
three on botanical, four on zoological, and one on mineralogical subjects. 

The first meeting of the session took the form of a conversazione. At another a dis- 
cussion was held on ‘“‘ The New Zealand Institute, its relation to the affiliated societies, 
and to scientific work in New Zealand generally’’; at another Dr. Hocken gave his third 
lecture on ‘‘ The Early History of New Zealand.” 

In addition to these meetings, three courses of popular lectures have been given: one 
of three lectures on “‘ The Physiology of the Senses,” by Professor Scott, M.D., in June; 
one of three lectures on ‘‘ The Psychology of the Senses,”’ by Professor Macgregor, M.A., 
in July; and a third also of three lectures on ‘‘ Botanical Evolution,” by Mr. G. M. 
Thomson, F.L.8., in September. 

Hight new members have joined the Institute during the session, making the total 
number on the roll 170. 

The receipts of the session, including a balance from last year of 7s. 7d., amount to 
£188 12s.: the total expenditure has been £91 11s. 4d., leaving a balance in hand of 
£97 8s. 83d. The Reserve Fund in the Post Office Savings Bank is now £192 2s. 2d. 

Kuection oF Orricers ror 1885 :— President— Professor Scott, M.D. ; 
Vice-presidents—Donald Petrie, M.A., and F. R. Chapman; Honorary Secre- 
tary—Professor Parker; Honorary Treasurer—J. C. Thomson; Council— 
R. Gillies, M.H.R., W. Arthur, C.E., Professor Mainwaring Brown, M.A., 
P. Goyen, J. R. Wilkinson, M.A., G. M. Thomson, F.L.S., and Dr. 
Hocken. 


3. The retiring President delivered an address on ‘“‘Some Scientific 
Duties of the Government.”’ 


* See above, art. i., p. 3. 


Weta AN DS NS eu) Wi: 


Agpstract oF HicHTEnnta ANNUAL ReEPorRT. 

The number of members on the roll is 110. During the year there have been twelve 
ordinary and two special meetings of the Institute. The revenue for the year, including 
a balance from last account and various subsidies, has been £318 18s. 2d., and the expen- 
diture, chiefly on additions to the Library and Reading-room, was £251 7s. 8d. 

The Committee had received a letter from the Otago Institute recommending the 
severance of the affiliated Societies from the New Zealand Institute. The Committee 
replied that they were perfectly satisfied with the present arrangements, but that, if it 
could be shown that the interests of science would be furthered by such a change as that 
proposed, they would at a future meeting be willing to consider the matter. 


HAWKE’S BAY PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE. 


Annuat Mzetine. 4th February, 1884. 
The Right Rev. the Bishop of Waiapu, President, in the chair. 


Eection oF Orricers ror 1884:—President—The Right Rev. the Bishop 
of Waiapu; Vice-president—Dr. Spencer; Hon. Treasurer—J. N. Bowerman; 
Hon. Secretary—A. Hamilton ; Councit1—H. Hill, C. H. Weber, J. Kirker, 
8. Locke, T. K. Newton, F. W. C. Sturm; dAuditor—T. K. Newton. 

Mr. Colenso having resigned the offices of Hon. Secretary and Treasurer, at the 
suggestion of the President it was resolved, ‘‘ That this meeting cannot accept the resigna- 
tion of their Hon. Secretary, the Rev. W. Colenso, without putting on record their high 
appreciation of his invaluable services to the Institute from its beginning, and their great 
regret that he feels unable longer to fill the office of Hon. Secretary, though they have no 


doubt that he will continue to give the Institute the advantage of his zealous services as 
member.” 


First Mertine. 12th May, 1884. 
Dr. Spencer, Vice-president, in the chair. 
New Members.—R. T. Walker, L. Ziegel. 


1. The Vice-president made a few remarks on the opening of another session, and 
delivered a short and interesting address on the late volcanic disturbances in the Straits of 
Sunda. | 

2. ‘On the Birds of the Petane District, Hawke’s Bay,” by A. 
Hamilton. 


% 


Mr. Hamilton exhibited a large number of osteological specimens illustrating the 
principal peculiarities of structure in New Zealand birds. 

3. Mr. Gilberd of Taradale, brought to the meeting a nice specimen of the ripe fruit 
of the seedless variety of Japanese Persimmon, grown at Taradale from one of the trees 
imported by the Hawke’s Bay Acclimatization Society three years ago. 


Seconp Meetine. 9th June, 1884. 
. Dr. Spencer, Vice-president, in the chair. 


1. ‘On the Vegetating Caterpillar of New Zealand,” by A. Hamilton. 

2. Mr. Hamilton exhibited a number of specimens from Te Haroto. A large number 
of fossils and mineralogical specimens from Mr. John Stewart of Takapau. Also two 
sheets of a very beautiful crested variety of Polypodium pustulatum, which were found by 
him near Petane. Mr. Hamilton also exhibited some specimens forming part of an old 
herbarium, many of which had been gathered more than 100 years. He also exhibited 


Hawke's Bay Philosophical Society. 465 


fragments of moa bone, and the greater part of a moa’s egg which he had found, together 
with the femur of a Notornis in a tertiary deposit on an island at the mouth of the Petane 
River. 


Tuirp Mgetine. 14th July, 1884. 
The Right Rev. the Bishop of Waiapu, President, in the chair, 


New Members.—A. V. Macdonald, C.K., G. P. Donnelly, Rev, G. Penty, 
Miss M. Evers, John Harding of Mount Vernon, A. B. Thompson, E. 
Wake, F. Fulton, J. Holt, and Rev. A. 8. Webb, M.A. 


1. “Observations on some Hybrid Ducks,” by Taylor White of Glen- 
garry. 

The author gave details of the plumage of several broods of ducks, a cross between 
A. superciliosa and A. boschas. 

2. Mr. H. Hill exhibited a fine Tellurium, and drew attention to the variety of 
physical phenomena which could be illustrated. 

3. The Hon. Secretary exhibited and made a few remarks on some specimens of an 
ore of manganese, obtained by him near Waimarama. 

A number of moa bones from Raukawa and Mahunga were exhibited by the Hon. 
Secretary. 

A collection of beautiful corals from Port Darwin was sent for the inspection of mem- 
bers by Mrs. Grimwood, of Hastings. 

It was announced that Dr. Forrester Matthews had presented the Society with a 
valuable entomological cabinet. 


Fourto Mrstine. 11th August, 1884. 
Dr. Spencer, Vice-president, in the chair. 


New Member.—G. Ormond. 
1. ‘‘A Plea for National Education,” by H. Hill, B.A., Inspector of 
Schools. 


2. The Hon. Secretary drew the attention of the meeting to a number of rare birds 
sent for exhibition by Mr. H. Baker, of Waipawa. Two of these were Kakas (M. meridio- 
nalis), one a red variety, the other nearly a pure albino. 

A living specimen of the Kea was examined with much interest. 

A stuffed specimen of a pied variety of the Black Stilt Plover (H. nove-zealandie), 
obtained by Mr. Hamilton at Petane, was on the table. 

3. Mr. Hamilton then exhibited a collection of Echinoderms from Hawke’s Bay, and 
gave a short description of their peculiarities. 


Firta Martine. 8th September, 1884. 
The Right Rev. the Bishop of Waiapu, President, in the chair. 
1. ‘On a Species of Cuttlefish (Ommastrephes sloanit),” by A. Hamilton. 


This fish was taken in the bay; the author exhibited a life-size coloured drawing of 
the specimen, and included in his remarks a variety of interesting information on the 
economic value of Cephalopods in various parts of the world. 


30 


466 Proceedings. 


Srxta Meetine. 11th October, 1884. 
Dr. Spencer, Vice-president, in the chair. 
New Members.—J. Hindmarsh of Rakaumoana, and J. Large. 


1. “On the Effect of the Scientific Societies of New Zealand on the 
Character of the Nation,” by A. Hamilton. 

2. A fine specimen of sponge sent by Mr. Harding, of Castlepoint, and prepared in 
the usual manner, proved to be of a marketable kind, though of low value. 

3. Dr. Forrester Matthews presented to the Museum of the Society a specimen of the 
* Vegetable Sheep,” (Raowlia), from the Nelson mountains. 


Annuat Meerine. 2nd February, 1885. 
The Right Rey. the Bishop of Waiapu, President, in the chair. 


Azsstract oF ANNUAL REPORT. 

Four papers were read before the Institute at its ordinary meetings and three ad- 
dresses were delivered. 

Thanks were accorded to those members who had contributed specimens for exhibition 
at the meetings. 

During the past year twelve meetings of the Council were held for the transaction of 
the business of the Society and six ordinary meetings were held. There were 11 resigna- 
tions received during the past session and 25 members joined the Society, thus making a 
total of 121 members on the roll. ‘ 

The Council have made arrangements for obtaining a much larger room than at pre- 
sent. It is intended to use the largest part of the room as a local museum. 

The accounts show a balance of £28 4s. 8d. remaining to the credit of the Institute, 
in addition to £150 fixed deposit in the bank. 

E.uection or OrFicers For 1885 :—President—W. Colenso, F.L.8.; Vice- 
president—Thomas Tanner; Council—W. J. Spencer, S. Locke, F. W. C. 
Sturm, H. Hill, N. Heath, H. S. Tiffin; Honorary Seeretary—A. Hamilton ; 
Honorary Treasurer—J. N. Bowerman; Auditor—T. K. Newton; Curator 


of Musewum—A. Hamilton. 


SO) Urine ND tN Seb a Wr: 


First Meeting. 13th May, 1884. 
T. Denniston, Vice-president, in the chair. 


Neu Members.—Dr. Young, John Kingsland. 

Owing to the ill-health of the President, Mr. J. T. Thomson, the opening address was 
given by the Vice-president. 

1. “Notes on the Occurrence and Habits of some of our New Zealand 
Plants,” by W. S. Hamilton. (Transactions, p. 290.) 


Seconp Meeting. 10th June, 1884. 
T. Denniston, Vice-president, in the chair. 


New Members.—Dr. Whitton, Dr. Hocter, Dr. Macpherson, C. Bastion, 
sen., T. L. Wood, J. Kingsland, P. F. Daniel. 

1. “On Development,” by Dr. Galbraith. 

Tuirp Mrstine. 8th July, 1884. 
Mr. Webber in the chair. 

New Members.—John McPherson, William Young. 

l. “On the Records of an Old English Borough,” by the Rev. H. 
Stocker. 

2. «On the Lignine Origin of the Quartz-pebble Beds of Southland,” 
by W. S. Hamilton. 


FourtH Mrrtine. 12th August, 1884. 
T. Denniston, Vice-president, in the chair. 
1. ‘“‘On the Settlement of the People on the Lands,”’ by Mr. Morgan. 


Firth Meetine. 9th September. 1884. 
T. Denniston, Vice-president, in the chair. 
1. “On the Senses and the Intellect,” by Dr. Closs. 


Srxra Meetine. 7th October, 1884. 
T. Denniston, Vice-president, in the chair. 


1. “ On Gravitational Experiments,” by T. Wakelin. (Transactiov 
p- 407.) 


468 Proceedings. 


2. “ Alcohol,” by Dr. Macpherson. 
3, ‘Chemistry of Explosives,” by P. F. Daniel. 


Seventh Meetine (Sprcra). 9th December, 1884. 
T. Denniston, Vice-president, in the chair. 


1. “On the Flowering Plants of Stewart Island,” by T. Kirk, F.L.S. 


(Transactions, p. 213.) 
AxpstRact oF ANNUAL REPORT. 

During the year 11 new members have been elected. Seven meetings have been held, 
at which several papers were read. At a special meeting held on 9th December, it was 
resolved to reduce the annual subscription to half a guinea. The number of members on 
the roll is now 69. The receipts, including a balance carried forward, were £99 8s. 8d., 
and the expenditure £42 0s 3d. 

Eection or Orricers For 1885.—President—T. Denniston ; Vice-pre- 
sident—Dr. Galbraith; Council —G. Bailey, Dr. Closs, Dr. Wardale, 


W. Mchaffey ; Secretary—W. S. Hamilton; Treaswrer—W. R. Robertson. 


NELSON PHILOSOPHICAL SOOIETY. 


First Meetine. Tth April, 1884. 
New Members.—Dr. Leggatt, Charles Green, Hugh Martin. 


1. “The History of the English Alphabet,” by the Rev. St. Clair 
Tisdale. 


2. Dr. Boor exhibited some specimens of the Mason Bee found at Belgrove. 


Seconp Mrrrine. 5th May, 1884. 


New Members.—D. Winton, F. H. Blundell, A. Greenfield, W. C. Ancell, 
J. Snodgrass, W. J. Glasgow, EH. W. Honeywill, — Littlejohn, Captain 
Webb, Rev. J. Russell, Henry Cock, HK. H. Deck, Mrs. Macartney. 

1. “The Ascent of Mount Franklin,” by W. S. Curtis. 


Tuirp Mersrtinc. 2nd June, 1884. 
New Member.—Hamilton. 


1. ‘‘ Some Observations on the Protozoa,” by J. Gully, jun. 

2. ‘Objections to the Introduction of Beasts of Prey to destroy the 
Rabbit,” by H. B. Martin. (Transactions, p. 179.) 

3. Mr. J. Holloway exhibited and described a working Microscope manufactured by 
Field, of Birmingham. 


Fourtu Meetine. 7th July, 1884. 
New Member.—Miss Edgar. 


1. “ Agricultural Chemistry,’ by T. Hackett. 

2. ‘On the Protection of Native Birds,” by Hugh Martin. 

3. The following resolution was passed :—‘ That, in the opinion of this Society, lists 
of native birds that are now protected by law should be printed, and that the Education 
Board be requested to give facilities for making them known to boys attending the public 
schools.”’ 


Firro Mertine. 18th August, 1884. 
The Bishop of Nelson, President, in the chair. 
1. “Nelson, a.p. 2000,” by the Rev. Dr. Taylor. 


470 _ Proceedings. 


Sixth Mzetine. Ist September, 1884. 
The Bishop of Nelson, President, in the chair. 


1. ‘On the recent Sun-glows and the Theories that have been advanced 
to account for them,” by John Meeson, B.A. (Transactions, p. 357.) 


Annuat Mestine. 21st October, 1884. 
The Bishop of Nelson, President, in the chair. 
New Members.—Henry Dodson, Gustave Dillberg. 
Annual Address by the President. 


Azsstract oF ANNUAL REPORT. 

The Secretary’s report showed that during the year 11 ordinary and 23 Council 
meetings had been held, and that 15 original papers had been read before the Society ; 
and that the total number of members stood at 100. The Treasurer’s report showed that 
the income of the Society for the year amounted to £95 Os. 6d., the expenditure having 
been £51 19s. 3d., leaving a balance of £48 1s. 3d. 


Eection oF Orricers ror 1884-85 :— President—The Bishop of Nelson ; 
Vice-presidents—A. S. Atkinson, Dr. L. Boor; Secretary—Dr. J. Hudson ; 
Tr-asurer—J. Gully, jun.; Council—J. Meeson, B.A., J. Park, J. G. 
Holloway, J. Blackett, A. Greenfield. 


Orpinary Mentine. 4th November, 1884. 
The Bishop of Nelson, President, in the chair. 


New Members.—A. W. Bain, F. A. Thompson, A. Richmond, T. Field, 
jun., H. Field, Rey. H. J. Lewis. 

1. A communication from the Otago Institute was considered, and it was resolved, 
‘That this branch of the New Zealand Institute (to wit the Philosophical Society of 


Nelson) having considered the proposal from Otago to alter the constitution of the 
Institute, does not desire at present to join in the movement. 


2. ‘A short Description of a few Experiments bearing on the question 
of Spontaneous Generation,” by Dr. J. Hudson. (Transactions, p. 182.) 


3. The Secretary called attention to the great number of rats that were at present 
infesting the district. 


Councin Mrretinc. 11th November, 1884. 
The Bishop of Nelson, President, in the chair. 


1. The Hon. J. C. Richmond, M.L.C., was nominated to vote at the 
election of a Governor of the New Zealand Institute. 


2. The Rey. W. H. Dallinger was nominated for election as an 
honorary member. 


Nelson Philosophical Society. 471 


Orpinary Mrztine. 6th December, 1884. 
A. S. Atkinson, Vice-president, in the chair. 


New Member.—W. Bethwaite. 
1. ‘The Plague of Rats in Nelson and Marlborough,” by John Meeson, 
B.A. (Transactions, p. 199.) 


ApgouRNED Mretine. 15th December, 1884. 
The Bishop of Nelson, President, in the chair. 
New Member.—G. W. Lightband. 


1. ‘‘Sanitary Law and its Influence on the Health and Well-being of 
the Community,” by W. Wells. 


Orpinary Meetine. 2nd March, 1884. 
Dr. Boor, Vice-president, in the chair. 
New Members.— Dr. Coleman, George Gillon, Robert Kingsley, Israel 
Johns. 
1. ‘‘ The Protection of Native Birds,”’ by Hugh Martin. 


ABSTRACT. 
The author advocated certain islands around the coast of New Zealand being stocked 
with native birds and closely preserved. 


an sil: init vee id ba fa nt 


: 
= 


hile te ed uta 48 


i i 


year ee Han Swe set 


pa au 


as 


é stitatt of 


KOPH4 Ai unis CG WIA Wa 3S) ged are 


aA 


xlv. 


Meteorology. 


L-&P 6-57 6-09 6-19 L-¥G L-LG , V-67 9-87 ae ie urlpound 
8:87 9:87 &-7G G.9¢ 8-89 G-69 9-69 1-69 . **  WOPSUTTTO MA. 
9-6S 6-GS L-8S 6-19 €-69 0-19 ¥-9S 6-94 me a pueppny 
“P88 “6881 “P88I “6881 “P8sl “6881 ‘P88I “$881 
‘asnsny ‘Aine ‘oun “ABIN ‘Tad y “Wore yy ‘Areniqe,7 ‘Arenuee ‘tequieced *LOQULOAON ‘10q070GQ ‘tequaeydeg ‘SNOID 
“SHON AA “NOLOV “AALOY *ONIUdY VviLS 
“ICO KR snoraerd oy JO 9S0U UIA poredutoo ‘SNOSVHQ jO HUNLVaNdNaYy, COVERAY 
=i = = €9L 602-98 i724 616: —_ —- -; — —_ ¥-0S — Gcg.6g | Savod 0G SNOTAETg 
T-9 |AIme Te—089| SIT O8T 188-&€ GL 696- 0:96 |0-87L | O-F¢ | 9-ST | 9-6h | LPG-T S70:08 |e: = 5 urpeund 
= = = 8ST 466-19 GL L&§- a er = = 8-79 = 616.63 | 81e0d 0% SHOTAGTG 
Gy |AON L —0E9) O6T 89T GEE-69 Lh 6I&- 0:66 |0-S7L | O-LP | CL | 9-69 | TSS-T 06-66 |°° "*  MOISUITTO MA 
on = = 681 €91-8P Gh TOF: = ier = = 6-65 = 896.66 | Savod 0Z SNoTACIg 
6:9 + Sa 606 | 9L0-8€ TL LV&: 0-12 |0-671 | G-OF | 9-IT | $-4¢ | O88-L | 760-08 |°° e pus[ypouy 
‘oyeq pue | ‘a og) UF | ‘(OLS 7017 a Ki “d d (alte 
(or040) |‘emourye Aue) sory | Mee | “euour | -smyes) myo | 882 |gung | go" | go t\epeas| 3 ; 
Tory UL eIN4STOTAL m0 UL esuBy | ‘SUIPBoIy 
qUNOULY | ULSI UL | UL eotOg | “TG rea jo eo104 | que g, UL |osuBy | osuuyy -duey,\emenxm| wor 
uveyl AYIOOTOA ATs skeq [B104, oo1s0q OSB | ary dure y, eutesy | A[req Weep 
TWWNUIXBy, | oseroAy Jo ‘oN Tee yt UBT : XB | -X | User, ‘SNOLLV.LY 
‘A[snoraerd sanoy «AMoj-AZUOMT, LOT peo f 
“say oaNFat ra STLOT}VALIOSGO, eisai ai “U's 086 9V 
ee ann Aa uoAE PeNdMOD | surroysisorpog UrOAy omgeredueg, |  7HeULOME 
“S1B9 X snotaeid pues FSS 10} LovaLsay WAILVUVdNO/) 


*hbojo.L0ajgayy 


xvi. Appendix. 


NOTES ON THE WEATHER DURING 1884. 


JANUARY.—Squally wet weather generally with heavy rain, especially during middle 
of month; wind S.W.; temperature below average. Harthquake reported on 30th at 
Wellington, at 1 a.m., slight. 

Frsruary.—On the whole fine weather prevailed, with moderate wind and small 
rainfall, except in south; temperature below average. Slight earthquake reported in 
north on ist, after midnight. Meteors seen on 22nd and 28rd. 

Marcu.—Fine weather, with moderate rainfall and winds; temperature below average. 
Earthquake in north on 19th, at 4.30 p.m., slight. 

Aprit.—Fine weather during this period, rainfall below average, temperature less 
than average and high pressure. Harthquakes at Wellington on 11th, 6.49 p.m., sharp; 
16th, 6.28 a.m., smart; 25th, 11.55 a.m., slight: at Lincoln on 11th, at 6.50 p.m. 

May.—Excess of rain generally; temperature below average; continued high pres- 
sure at times; strong winds. Earthquakes at Wellington on Ist, 8.40 p.m., slight; 
8th, at 8.30 p.m., very slight. 

JuNE.—Rainfall less than average during this month; temperature about average; 
generally fine weather. Harthquakes at Wellington on 5th, at 3 a.m., slight, and at 
12.10 p.m., slight. 

Juty.—Rather unpleasant weather, showery and changeable, though rain below 
average. 

Avaust.—Showery squally weather generally during this period ; temperature rather 
above the average. 

SepremBer.—Generally fair weather for the time of year, average temperature, rain 
rather in excess. Meteor observed at Wellington on 9th. 

OctoBER.—Rainfall generally in excess of average, and on the whole showery, squally, 
tunpleasant month. 

NovemBreR.—Rainfall about average, temperature under the average, weather on the 
whole unsettled. 

Decumpen.—A very wet month, rainfall at all stations in excess of average; tempera- 
ture below average; squally weather. 


Meteorology. xlvii. 
Hartuquakes reported in New ZxHauanp during 1884. 

: a aliees 

Back | eile tee eas 
Place. Selle q : : | 2 5 8 ; q 4 
=) y 2 =) pS Sl ops Se eS Oo Oo! o |"3 
a |" S 2, oy By elas etl) cel SS Is 
& | & = < =| 5 | eb es Way) iO) ene 
Woodville .. 50 O¢ ° : 31*| 1 
Palm’ston N. Be 30 se ° ; Bil) il 
Hawera oc Lites oc : 5 ‘ ose [ El 
Greytown .. 36 9 Bl] oo 50 é 1 
Napier 50 | oo a ; oe . 24} .. 1 
Taupo U7) co O20 eal oe : : ns 4 
GISHOGNENA«\i| Las, -| Soi ulieke « a , ue 1 
Feilding Sey liners 11* ‘ 50 1 
Patea a6. 00 iLil* os 1 
Masterton.. | .. | .. ial ae 1 
Wanganui Wes - Sill oe oe 6* 2 
Wellington | 30/| 6 oe 11*16*25] 1,8] 5 Bele a 05 3 31 |10 
Blenheim ../ ../.. : SIGH oo | 2 : rv .. | 4 
Kaikoura ..| .. | .. : Se oo. |! 06 Il 00 6 8* 24 | 2 
Nala, G6 || a6 |) oc . 1 be 36 altel 
Christch’rch | 19 | 2 5 ial OO Selle 
lopN@OD, ~~ 55 |} G0" || o0 : TS), 66 be c oc or na 
Westport .. . : ee I bo Woo 0 : bo i) al 
Greymouth ; 5 I a a 31* f 6 || 2 
Lyall So fe 66 STS ers Sarl" aor lise 1 
Invercargill : é 5 20 5ilmere 66 |)c0 |} 
Bluff oc o64|) 0 BO 36 - sat ee| af 

The figures denote the days of the month on which one or more shocks were felt. Those 


with an asterisk affixed were described as smart, those with a dagger as severe shocks. 
The remainder were only slight tremors, and no doubt escaped record at most stations, 


there being no instrumental means employed for their detection. 


These tables are 


therefore not reliable as far as indicating the geographical distribution of the shocks. 


xlviii, Appendia. 


NEW) RA A NED SN: SO eee: 
HONORARY MEMBERS. 


1870. 

Miieller, Baron Sir Ferdinand yon, 
K.C.M.G., M.D., F.B.S. 

Owen, Sir Richard, K.C.B., D.C.L., 


Drury, Rear-Admiral Byron, R.N. 
Finsch, Otto, Ph.D., of Bremen 
Flower, W. H., F.R.S., F.B.C.S. 


looker oin ds KGCsoele Cab Hake 
M.D., F.R.S. Richards, Vice-Admiral Sir G. H., 
| (Cribs IDA). 
1872. 
Grey, Sir George, K.C.B., D.C.L. | Huxley, Thomas H., Li.D., F.R.S. 
Stokes, Vice-Admiral J. L. 
1873. 


Bowen, Sir Geo. Ferguson, G.C.M.G. 
Cambridge, The Rev. O. Pickard, 
M.A., C.M.Z.S. 


Ginther, A., M.D., M.A., Ph.D., 
ERS. 


i 1874. 
McLachlan, Robert, F.L.S. ° | Newton, Alfred, F.R.S. 
1875. 
Sclater, Philip Lutley, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. 
1876. 
Etheridge, Prof. Robert, F.R.S. | Berggren, Dr. 8. 
1877. 
Weld, Sir Frederick A., K.C.M.G. | Baird, Prof. Spencer F. 
Sharp, Dr. D. 
1878. 
Miller, Prof. Max, F.R.S. | Tenison-Woods, Rey. J. E., F.L.S. 
1880. 
The Most Noble the Marquis of Normanby, G.C.M.G. 
1883. 
Thomson, Sir Wm., F.R.S. | Carpenter, Dr. W. B., C.B., F.B.S. 
Ellery, Robert L. J., F.R.S. 
1885. 


Gray, Professor Asa Wallace, R. A., F.L.S. 
Sharp, Richard Bowdler, M.A.,F.L.S. 


ORDINARY MEMBERS. 
1883-84. 
(* Life Members.} 
WELLINGTON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 
Allen, J. A. Masterton Allen, G. 
Allen, F. Arnold, T, P. 


List of Members. 


Asheroft, G. 

Atkinson, A. §., Nelson 

Baillie, Hon. Capt. W. D. H. 
Baird, J. D., C.H. 

Baker, C. A. 

Bannatyne, W. M. 

Barleyman John, New Plymouth 
Barnicoat, J. 


Barraud, W. F. 
Barron, C. C. N. 
Bate, A. 1. 


Batkin, C. T. 

Beetham, G., M.H.R. 
Beetham, W., sen., Hutt 
Bell, E. D. 

Bell, H. D. 

Best, H., Gisborne 

Binns, G. J. 

Birch, A. §. 

Blackett, J., C.H. 

Blair, J. R. 

Blundell, Henry 

Bold, E. H., C.E., Napier 
Boor, Dr., Nelson 
Bothamley, A. T. 
Braithwaite, A., Hutt 
Brandon, A. de B., jun. 
Brewer, H. M., Wanganui 
Browne, Dominick 
Brown, W. R. E. 
Buchanan, John, F.L.S. 
Bull, Frederick 

Buller, W. L., C.M.G., D.Sc., F.R.S. 
Burgess, W. T. 

Burne, J. 

Byrne, J. W. 

Cahill, Dr. 

Calders, Hugh, Wanganui 
Callis, C. 

Chapman, Martin 
Chatfield, W. C. 

Chaytor, Brian Tunstall 
Chesnais, Rev. La Menant des 
Chudleigh, HE. RB. 

Clarke, HE. F. 

Cole, G. W., L.R.C.P.E. 
Colenso, W., F.L.8., Napier 
Collins, A. S., Nelson 
Collins, Dr. H. E. C. 
Connal, H. 

Cook, H. 

Cook, J. R. W., Blenheim 
Cowie, G. 


xlix. 


Cox, S. Herbert, F.C.8., F.G.S. 
Cutten, H. 

Crawford, J. C., F.G.S. 
Crompton, W.M., New Plymouth 
Curl, S. M., M.D., Rangitikei 
Dakers, —, M.R.C.S. 

Dasent, Rev. A. 

Davies, George H. 

Dawson, Wm. 

Drew, 8S. H., Wanganui 

Drury, G 

Edwards, —. 

Edwin, R. A., Commander, R.N. 
Hivans, G. S. 

Fearnley, M., Nelson 

Ferard, B. A., Napier 

Ferguson, Wm., C.K. 

Field, H. C. Wanganui 


Fox, H. 

Fox, J. G. | 

Fox, The Hon. Sir W., K.C.M.G. 
France, Charles, M.R.C.S.E. 


France, W. 

Frankland, F. W. 

Fraser, The Hon. Captain, F.R.G.S., 
Dunedin 

Fuller, T. EH. 

Gaby, Herbert 

Gardner, W. A. 

George, J. R., C.H. 

Gerse, J. I., Wanganui 

Gillespie, C. 

Gillon, Dr. G. Gore 

Gore, R. B. 

Gould, George, Christchurch 

Govett, R. H. 

Grabham, G. W., M.D.Lond. 

Grace, The Hon. M. §., M.D. 

Graham, C. C. 

Gudgeon, Captain, Napier 

Gully, J. C., Nelson 

Halcombe, W. F., Feilding 

Hall, George 

Hamilton, A. 

Harris, J. Chantrey 

Harrison, C. J. 

Hart, The Hon. Robert 

Hewitt, J. D. R., Commander, R.N. 

Hawkins, R. §., Masterton 

Heywood, James B. 

Heaps, Wilson 

Hector, Jas., C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. 


| Hedley, C., Auckland 


1, 


Henley, J. W. 

Higginson, H. P., M. Inst. C.E. 
Hill, H., Napier 

Hoby, A. 

Hogg, Allen, Wanganui 
*Holmes, R. L., F.M.8., Fiji 
Holmes, R. T. 

Holmes, W. H. 

Hood, T. Cockburn, F.G.S., Waikato 
Howard, C. C. 

Hulke, Charles, Wanganui 
Hurley, J. 

Hutchinson, F. B., M.R.C.S. 
Inwood, D., Canterbury 
Irvine, J. L. D’Arcy 

Jebson, John, Canterbury 
*Johnson, The Hon. G. Randall 
Johnston, The Hon. John 
Joseph, Joseph 

Kebbell, Mrs. J. 

Kenny, Captain Courtenay 
eGhavess) ML 

Kirk, Thomas, F.L.S8. 

Kirk, H. B., M.A. 

Kirk, T. W. 

Knight, Charles, F.R.C.8., F.L.S. 
Knight, C. G. 

Knorpp, C.P., A.I.C.EH. 
Knowles, J. 

Kohn, 8. 

Krull, F. A. 

Lee, J. E., Napier 

Lee, R. 

Levin, W. H. 

Levinge, Dr. 

Logan, H. F. 

Lomax, H. A., Wanganui 
Lowe, EK. W. 

Luckie, D. M. 

Macdonald, W. C. 
Macdonald, T. Kennedy 
Mackay, J., M.A. 

MacKellar, H. 8. 

Macklin, H. P., Blenheim 
McAlister, J. P. 

McKay, Alexander 
McLennan, J., Manawatu 
McTavish, A. 

MeWilliam, Rev. W., Otaki 
Maginnity, A.T., M.S.T.E. 
Mantell, The Hon. W. B. D., F.G.S. 
Marchant, J. W. A. 
Marchant, N. 


Appendia. 


Martin, Dr. A. 

Martin, J. 

Mason, Thomas, Hutt 

Maunsell, D. 

Maxwell, J. P., A.I.C.E. 

Mills, D. 

Monaghan, C. 

Mowbray, W. 

Muller, 8. L., M.D., Blenheim 
Nairn, C. J., Hawke’s Bay 
Nanearrow, J. 

Nathan, J. EK. 

Nation, George Michel 

Nelson, F., Napier 

Newman, Alfred K., M.B., M.R.C.P. 
Nixon, J., J.P., Wanganui 
*Park, R. G. 

Pearce, E. 

Pennefather, F. W., LL.M. 
Pharazyn, C., Wairarapa 
Pharazyn, The Hon. C. J. 
Pharazyn, R., F.R.G.S., Wanganui 
Phillips, Coleman 

Pollen, Hugh 

Potts, T. H., F.L.8., Lyttelton 
Powles, C. P. 

Prendergast, Sir J., Chief Justice 
Prenderville, J. S. 

Rawson, H. P. 

Rees, J. R., M.LC.E., New Plymouth 
Tmencl, dg tsi. 

Reid, L. 8. 

Reid, W. 8. 


‘| Richardson, C. T. 


Richmond, Mr. Justice 

Richmond, F. C. 

Richmond, M. 

Rockstrow, Dr., Foxton 

Rotherham, F. F., Wanganui 

Rowan, Captain T. C. 

Rowband, A. 

Rutherfurd, A. J. 

Rutherfurd, J. S. 

Rutherfurd, W.G. 

Samuels, W. R. G., M.R:C.S:H.; 
F.A.S., San Francisco 

Sauzeau, Rey. Father A. M. J., 
Blenheim 

Saxby, Gordon 

Saxton, H. W., New Plymouth 

Senn, H. 

Seymour, A. P. 

Shannon, G. V. 


List of Members. 


Simeox, W. H., Otaki 
Skerman, Dr. Syduey, Marton 
Skey, W. 

Smith, Benjamin 

Smith, Charles, Wanganui 
Stevens, F. 

Stewart, J. T., Manawatu 
Stuart, A. P. 

Thistle, W. G., B.A. 
Thompson, J. 8. M. 

Tod, Andrew, Wanganui 
Toomath, Edward 

Toulson, R. G. 

Toxward, C. J. 

ravers, W. 7. ii, F.L-S. 
Treanor, J. D. 

Tregear, H., New Plymouth 
Triges, W. H. 

Tronson, F. H. 

Turnbull, Thomas 


Turnbull, EH. 

Van Staveren, Rey. H. 

Walker, J. 

Walker, W. 

Walsh, Rev. Philip, Waitara 

Ward, R, R.M., Marton 

Waterhouse, The Hon. G. M., 
Hele GaSe ; 

Watt, W. H., Wanganui 

Wheeler, W. F. 

White, John, Napier 

Wilcox, H. 

Wvealliarsags Ie lel 

Williams, George Watlen 

TWillhaemeam. G. =B, 

Willis, Major Wied: 

Wilson, Kenneth, M.A. 

Wioodllaense, Alfred James, London 

Young, J auth 


AUCKLAND INSTITUTE. 


Adams, J., B.A., Thames 
Aickin, G. 

Aitken, W. 

Aldis, Prof. 

Alexander, C. 

Alexander, I. 

Alexander, J. M., 
Allwright, H., C.H. 
Anderson, H. F. 
Anderson, R. 

Anderson, W. 

Atkin, W., Tamaki 
Baber, J., C.H., Remuera 
Bagnall, L. J., Thames 
Baker, Rev. S. W. 

Ball, T., Onehunga 

Tall, Wig Ako 

Banks, J. 

Barber, H. P., Parnell 
Barstow, R. C., Epsom 
Bartley, E., Devonport 
Bates, Rev. J., Devonport 
Batger, J. 

Beere, D. M., C.E., Hamilton 
Beetham, A., Henderson 
Berry, W. 

Black, G., Thames 
Bondy). El. Ry, MoD: 
Bourne, C. F., M.A. 
Boylan, J. F., C.H. 
Brett, H. 


d1 


Brigham, J. M. 

Brock, A. 

Broun, Capt. T., M.E.S., Howick 
Brown, Prof. F. D. 
Browning, R. 

Bruce, Rev. D. 

Buchanan, John 
Buchanan, J. 

Buchanan, W. Devonport 
*Buckland, A. 

Buckland, W. F., Remuera 
Buddle, T. 

Bull, A., Epsom 

Burgess, H. W. Devonport 
*Burton, Capt., London 
Burton, W. 


.| Butt, W. A., Maketu 


Cameron, R. 

Campbell, H. 

Campbell, J. L., M.D. 
Campbell, W. D., F.G.S. 
Carr, R. C., Remuera 
Chamberlin, Hon. H., Parnel 
Chambers, J. 
Champtaloup, E. 

Cheal, P. E., Thames 
Cheeseman, T. F., F.L.S. 
Ching, T. 

Clark, A., Parnell 

Clark, J. M., Remuera 
Clark, M.A., Remuera 


li, 


Clarke, Ven. Arch. EK. B., Waimate 

Coates, J. 

Cobbett, C. N., M.D. 

Cochrane, W. S. 

Coleman, W. C., Parnell 

Combes, F. H. 

Comiskey, P. 

Cooke, C. HE. 

Coombes, S. 

Compton, F. E. 

Connell, W. H. 

Cooper, C. 

Cooper, T. 

Cowie, Rt. Rev. W. G., D.D., Bishop 
of Auckland 

Cranwell, R. 

Cranwell, T., Parnell 

Cruickshank, D. B. 

Darby, P. 

Dawson, F. W., M.R.C.S.E. 

Dignan, Hon. P. 

Dobson, Miss 

Douglas, C. 

Dowden, W.. 

Dufaur, E. T. 

Earl, W., Ohaewai 

Kastman, H., Kaipara 

Edson, J., Devonport 

Edeecumbe, F. H., Ngaruawahia 

Elam, J., M.R.C.S.EB., Tamaki 

Elliott, W. 

Krrington, W., C.E. 

Ewington, F. G. 

Fairburn,,J., Otahuhu 

Fallon, D. 

Farmer, J., London 

Fenton, F. D. 

Fidler, W., Whangarei 

Jeep, dio Go 

Fisher, J. 

Fraser, G. 

Gamble, T. T. 

Garland, H. N. 

George, OC. 8. 

George, 8. T., Parnell 

Gibbons, H., Onehunga 

Gillies, Mr. Justice 

Goldie, D. 

Goldsmith, HE. C., Tauranga 

Goodfellow, W., Otara 

Gover, A. H., Remuera 

Gorrie, W. 

Grace, L. M, 


Appendix. 


Graham, W. K., London 


| Gray, A., Remuera 


Grey, J. 

Grey, C. 

Greenway, J. H. 

Gulliver, Rev. EK. H., St. John’s 
College 

Haines, C. H., M.D., F.R.G:S: 

Hammond, W. F. 

Hanmer, K. W. 

Hardie, J. 

Harding, S., C.E. 

Harker, N. 

Harrison, E. M. 

Haszard, EH. 

Haultain, Hon. Col. 

Hay, J. 

Hean, D. 

Heale, T., Parnell 

Heath, N., Napier 

Heather, A. 

Henton, J. S. 

Herapath, P. 

Herapath, 8. M. 

Hesketh, E. 

Hetley, C. F., Tauranga 

Herbert, T., Parnell 

Hickson, T. W. 

Jem Wo de 

Hobart, J. B. 

Hobbs, R., M.H.R., Pokeno 

Holdship, G. 

Honeyman, J. H., M.D. 

idler, WN (GR 

Howard, J. 

Hughes, S. E. 

Hunt, R. R. 

Hunter, A. J., C.E. 

lBtraasth, Wo dion Wiel Ja, 

Jackson, J. H., Patetere 

Johnstone, G., Gisborne 

Judd, A. 

Kempt, D. 

Kenny, N., Thames 

Kidd, A. 

Kidd, Rev. R., LL.D. 

*Kirk, T., F.L.8., Christchurch 

Iiiiis UMS Wo 

Lamb, J. 

Lanigan, Pearce 

Larkins, F. Remuera 

Liarkworthy, F., London 

*Leaf, C. J., F.L.S., F.G.S., London 


List of Members. 


Le Bailly, H. J., Devonport 
Lee, W., M.D. 

Lennox, J. M. 

*Tennox, N. G. 

Leys, T. W. 

Lindsay, J., C.E., Ngaruawahia 
Lindesay, T., Onehunga 
Lodder, W. 

Luke, S., Otahuhu 

Maben, T., C.H. 
MacHlwaine, J., Newton 
Macfarland, R. J., C.EK., Ellerslie 
Macffarlane, T. 

Mackechnie, EK. A. 
*Mackelvie, J. T., London 
Mackenzie, D. H. 

Macky, T. 

MacLaughlin, W., Papatoitoi 
Maclean, K., Cambridge 
Maemillan, C. C. 

Mahoney, T. 

Mair, Capt. G., F.L.S., Tauranga 
Mair, R., Whangarei 

Mair, Major W. G. 

Martin, J., F.G.S. 

Masefield, T. T: 

Maunsell, Archdeacon W., Parnell 
Mayo, J., Drury 
*Meinertzhagen, F. M., Napier 
Melville, T. 

McColl, J.. Newmarket 
McCullough, W. 

McDowell, W. C. 

McGregor, A. 

McLaren, J., Thames 
McLeod, D. J. 

Mitford, G. M., Parnell 

Moat, W. P., Mahurangi 
Moody, T. P., Kawakawa 
Moore, J. Murray, M.D. 
Morton, H. B. 

Morrin, T. 

Monro, H. A. H., Parnell 
Moss, F. H., M.H.R., Parnell 
Mowbray, J. M., Parnell 
Murdoch, D. L. 

Murray, T. L., Thames 
Nathan, D. 

Nathan, L. D. 

Nathan, A. H. 

Newman, J., Remuera 

Nolan, D. 

Northeroft, H. W. Hamilton 


O’Rorke, Sir G. M. 
O’Sullivan, R. J. 

Owen, G. B. 

Palmer, W. J. 

Parsons, K. B. 

Paul, Rev. J. §., Onehunga 
Peacock, T., M.H.R. 
Pickering, J., Penrose 
Piencesn Ge a: 

Plumley, H. A. 

Pond, J. A. 

Purchas, Rev. A. G., M.R.C.S.E. 
Rattray, W. 

Rawlings, M., Parnell 
Reid, J. 

Richmond, J. 

Ring, C. 

Roberton, J. 

Ross, J. 

Rose, R. 

Russell, Jas. 

Russell, J. B. 

*Russell, T., London 

Rye, Lewis, Otamatea 
Sanders, C. W., Parnell 
Saunders, A. 

Shera, J. M. 

Shrewsbury, A., Parnell 
Sibbin, G. 

Simpson, F., Whangarei 
Sinclair, A. 

Smales, Rev. G., Hast Tamaki 
Smith, H. G. 8. 

Smith, A. 

Smith, 8. P., F.R.G.S., Parnell 
Steel, T. 

Stewart, J., C.H. 

Stewart, T. M., Melbourne 
Stockwell, W., M.R.C.S.E. 
Stodart, J., Ponsonby 
Stodart, Mrs., Ponsonby 
Stoddart, Mrs. General, Ponsonby 
Stone, C. J. 


Stone, C. B. 

Street, C. H., Parnell 
Street, F. 

Taylor, A. K., Mount Albert 
Taylor, J. 


Tebbs, Rev. Wm. 

Thomas, Captain, Coromandel 
Thomas, Professor A. P., F.L.S. 
Thomson, Neil, Mahurangi 
Thorne, W. 


li. 


liv. 


*Tinne, H., Liverpool 
Tinne, TS: 

Tucker, Professor T. G. 
Upton, J. H. 

Urquhart, A. T., Karaka 
Vaile, S., Auckland 
Vickers, S. 

Waddel, W. R. 

Wade, H. G, 

Wallis, Rev. Dr. 
Watkins, K., Devonport 
Waymouth, J. 

Webb, F. R. 

Webster, J., Hokianga 
Wells, T., Cambridge 
*Weetman, S. 
Whitaker, E. H. 


Appendix. 


| Whitaker, Sir F., K.C.M.G. 

White, F. A. 

Wilkinson, G. T. 

Will, W. 

Williams, G. W., Remuera 

Williams, Archdeacon W. L., Gis- 
borne 

Williamson, Hon. Jas. 

Williamson, C. 

Wilson, J. J., Whangarei 

Wilson, J. L. 

Wilson, W. S. 

Winks, J., Parnell 

*Withy, EH. 

Worthington, H. 

Wright, F. W., L.M.B.Toronto, Par- 
nell 


PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE OF CANTERBURY. 


[Letters intended for any of the following members may be addressed “ Philosophical 
Institute of Canterbury,” and will be duly forwarded. | 


Acland, Hon. J. B. 
Adams, C. W. 
Anderson, J. - 
‘Anderson, J., jun. 
Anstey, 8. 

Appleby, A. 

Arnold, iE. P: 

Austin, A. D., F.R.A.S. 
Aynsley, H. P. M. 
Baines, A. C. 

Baker, J. H. 
Bakewell, R. H., M.D. 
Bealey, 8. 

Beaven, A. 

Bell, C. N. 

Bickerton, Professor A. W. 
Binsfield, Rev. J. N. 
Bishop, R. C. 

Blair, D. 

Blakiston, C. R. 
Blakiston, A. F. N. 
Bowen, C. C. 

Bray, W. B. 

Brittan, W. G. 
Bridge, C. H. 

Buller, Rev. J. 
Carrick, A. 

*Chilton, C. 

Clark, C. 

Cohen, L. 

Condell, T. D. 

Cook, Professor C. H. H. 


Cooper, A. M. 

Corfe, C. C. 

Coster, J. L. 

Cotton, R. M. 

Craig, D. 

Crook, T. 

Cunningham, P. 

Deacon, HK. 

Dick, 8. J. 

Dixon, M. 

Dobson, A. D. 

Dobson, E. 

Dunean, T. S. 

Edwards, 8. 

Ikons, do IDy5 INKS) 

Evans, W. P. a 

Farr, 8S. C. 

Fereday, R. W. 

Flavell, Rev. T. 

Ford, E. 

Fraser, Rev. C. 

Gaze, Dr. W. H. 

Goodall, J. 

Gould, G. 

Gray, G. 

Grayson, — 

Gresson, J. B. 

Gresson, Hon. W. B. 

Haast, Professor J. von, C.M.G., 
ADs TIRES) 

Hall, Sir J., K.C.M.G, 

Hall, G. W. 


Hall, T. W. 
Hanmer, Mrs. P. 
Harper, Bishop 
Harper, L. 
Hart, (Gi 
Haslam, Professor F. W. 
Hennah, H. H. 
Hewitt, J. 
Hewlings, S. 
Heywood, J. M. 
Hill, J. R. 
Hogben, G. 
Holloway, J. 


*Hutton, Professor F. W. 


Inglis, J. 

Innes, Mrs. 
Inwood, A. R. 
Irvine, R. F. 
Irving, Dr. J. 
Ivey, W. E. 
Izard, W. 
Johnston, H. B. 
Joynt, T. J. 
Kitson, W. 
Laing, R. M. ° 
Lambert, T. S. 
Lawrence, B. K. 8. 
Lendenfeld, Dr. R. von 
Lee, W. H. 
Loughrey, A. 
McIntyre, G. 
McConnel, E. 
Maskell, W. M. 
Meares, W. D. 
Meddings, W. 8. 
Meyrick, EH. 
*Mollet, T. A. 
Monro, D. H. 
Montalk, EK. de 
Montgomery, W. 
Mountfort, B. W. 
Mounttfort, C. J. 
Murphy, M. 


Abel, H. J., Lawrence 
Arthur, W., C.E. 
Allan, John, Greytown 
Allen, Jas. 

Anderson, Gilbert 
Barr, G. M., C.E. 
Bathgate, J. 

Bathgate, A. 


List of Members. 


Newell, J. A. 
Ollivier, J. 

Otway, Rev. R. 
Palmer, J. 
Patterson, J. J. 
Joris, Ube lal: 
Preston, Dr. 
Pratt, W. 

Ire, IDye, JBU5 Jab, 
Purnell, C. W. 
Rolleston, W. 
Ringwood, A. 
Ross, J. V. 

Scott, J. L. 
Seager, S. H. 
Shanks, C. B. 
Sparks, W. 

Stack, Rev. J. W. 
Stansell, J. B. 
Stedman, F. G. 
Stevens, Hon. K. C. J. 
Stewart, Dr. 
Strouts, F. 
Symes, Dr. W. H. 
Thomas, R. D. 
Townsend, J. 
Turnbull, Dr. J. 
Twentyman, J. H. 
Veel, J. C. 
Wakefield, C. M. 
Wason, C. 

Watt, W. 

Webb, H. R. 
Westbrooke, Rev. J. 
Westenra, P. 
Wilding, F. 
Wilkin, R. 
Wilkin, R., jun. 
Williams, J. 
Wilson, Archdeacon J. 
Withers, D. 
Wood, W. D. 
Wright, T. G. 


OTAGO INSTITUTE. 


Beal, L. O. 

Bell, G. 

Beverley, A. 
Black, Prof., D.Sc. 
Blair, W. N., C.H. 
Brent, D. 

Brown, Dr. W. 
Burn, Mrs. 


lvi. : Appendia. 


Butterworth, J. L. 

Burt, Alex. 

Brown, James Elder, Tokomairiro 
Buckland, J. C., M.H.R., Waikouaiti 
Banks, R., Waitapeka 

Brent, Spencer 

Batchelor, Dr. 

Brown, Thomas 

Buchanan, N. L. 

Brown, Win. 

Brown, Prof. Mainwaring, M.A. 
Bell, A. D., Waihemo 
Cargill, EH. B. 

Chapman, R. 

Chapman, F’. R. 

Connell, J. A. 

Coughtrey, Dr. M. 

Cook, Geo. L., jun. 

Caffin, Jas. 

Colquhoun, Dr. 

Dick, Thomas 

Denniston, J. E. 

Dick, Robert 

Dymock, W. — 

Day, E. D. 

Drysdale, Dr., Port Chalmers 
De Lautour, Dr., Oamaru 

De Zouche, Dr. 

Dalrymple, Miss 

Elder, Wm. 

Fraser, Wim. 

Fulton, Jas., M.H.R., Outram 
Ferrier, G. 

Ferguson, Dr. H. L. 
Ferguson, Wm., C.H. 
Fergusson, Dr. 

Fitchett, Rev. A. R., M.A. 
Fitzgerald, W. §S. 

Fulton, Sidney 

Farnie, J. C., M.A. 

Fulton, General 

Gillies, Robt., M.H.R. 
Glendinning, R. 

Gibbs, H. J. 

Green, M. W. 

Graham, T. §. 

Goyen, P. 

Haggitt, B. C. 

Hocken, T. M., M.R.C.S., F.L.S. 
Holmes, Allan 

Hodgkins, Wim. 

Howorth, Henry 

Holmes, Hon. M., M.L.C. 


Hislop, John 

lay Re Sa aN iea 
Humphreys, EH. W. 

Hendry, Jas., B.A. 
*Hutton, Prof., Christchurch 
Jennings, EH. 

Joel, M. 

*Joachim, G. 

Jack, A. Hill 

Jones, Robert C. 

Logan, J. 

Lawson, R. A. 

Logan, J. K. 

Low, T. B. 

Ibis, 10, 

Lewis, G. 

Martin, W. 

Maitland, J. P. 
Montgomery, A. 

Marshall, J. 

Morrison, J. H. 

Maunsell, Dr. 

McGregor, Prof., M.A. 
McArthur, J. A. 

McGregor, John, C.E. 
McKerrow, J., Wellington 
McLean, Hon. Geo., M.L.C. 
McDonald, Dr. W. 

McUaw, Dr., Mosgiel 
McLeod, Jas. 

Melland, Edward 

McLaren, R. 

Moore, Geo. H. 

Nevill, Right Rey. Bishop, D.D. 
Oliver, Hon. Richard, M.L.C. 
Orbell, M. L., Waikouaiti 
*Petrie, D., M.A. 

Purdie, A. C. 

Paulin, R. 

Peattie, R., M.A. 

Parker, Prof., B.Sc. 

Prince, Walter 

Quick, EH. C. 

Ramsay, Keith 

Rattray, Jas. 

Reynolds, Hon. W. H., M.L.C. 
Roberts, John 

Ross, David 

Russell, G. G. 

Reid, John, Elderslie, Oamaru 
Roseby, Rey. Thomas, D.D. 
Reid, Geo. 

Ritchie, T. M. 


Sale, Prof., M.A. 
Shand, Prof., M.A. 
Sievwright, B. 
Sise, G. L. 

Skey, H. 

Smith, Jas. 
Stewart, A. 


Stewart, W. D., M.H.R. 
Stout, Hon. Robert, M.H.R. 


List of Members. lvil. 


Taylor, W. 

Turton, Hanson 
Twopenny, H. N. 
Thomson, J. C. 
Ulrich, Prof., F.G.S. 
Ure, A. R. 
WialestiNa WiecAr 
Walter, Hi: J. 
Wilkie, Jas. 


Strode, H. C. Wilson, Alex., M.A. 

Spence, H. J. * Williams, Mr. Justice 

Smith, W. C. Welsh, J. S., Akaroa 

Shaw, J. L. Wilson, R. 

Scott, Prof., M.D. White, John 

Sparrow, R. 8. White, David 

Salmond, Rev. Prof., D.D. *Wohlers, Rev. J. F. H., Ruapuke 
Shennan, Watson, Waipahi Watson, Mungo 

Scott, Admiral R. A. E., R.N. Woods, L. B., Port Chalmers 
Seymour, B. P. Wood, James H., Oamaru 


thomson Ge Miah le. 
WHESTLAND INSTITUTE. 


Allen, J. 

Aitken, Alex. 
Andrews, H. 
Bignell, G. 
Bonar, Hon. J. A. 
Bramwell, T. 
Batten, Miss 
Broad, C. F. A. 
Banks, W. D. 
Breeze, J. J. 
Crawford, R. 
Churches, J. 
Cleary, M. M. 
Clarke, F. E. 
Clarkes Hvar 
Clarke, Dr. 
Croft, T. O. 
Cross, Robert 
Chesney, James 
Clarke, J. J: 
Coles, T. 
Clarkson, G. 
Campbell, James 
Duncan, W. 
Dignan, P. L. 
Dixon, H. B. 
Douglas, Rey. 
Daws, J. 
Douthwaite, William 
Emerson, Mrs. 
Eckman, Frederick 


Hlcoate, R. 
Evans, James 
Fowler, W. L. 
Folley, J. 
Gibson, EK. 
Gibson, James 
Giles, Dr. 
Green, T’. 
Gould, Rey. M. 
Gosson, R. 
Horgan, C. 
Harvey, H. 
lake Nie Abe 
Hilldrup, Richard 
Johnstone, W. G. 
Jack, Mch. W. 
Kortegast, W. J. C. 
Kenny, Wm. 
Kellock, John 
ieGuaver. Js Jal 
King, Alexander 
Kerr, G 

Lange, John 
Lewis, J. B. 
Little, A. 
Marton, Rev. —. 
Mueller, G. 
Manson, John 
Malfroy, J. 
Maunders, John 
McCarthy, Dr. 


lviii. 


Morrish, W. 
Moss, M. L. 
McFarlane, T. 
MeMillan, R. 
McDonald, D. 
Milburn, E. 
Mandl, Joseph 
Martin, J. M. 
Nightingale, F. 
Northeroft, L. 
Nicholson, John 
Purkiss, M. 
Paterson, G. A. 
Pearson, James 
Perry, W. 
Pizzy, Samuel 
Paul, Robert 
Peake, John 
Park, Jas. 
Pfieffer, K. 
Rickard, F. 
Rich, HK. F. 
Ryan, Wilham 
Roberts, J. J: 


Appendix. 


Robinson, H. L. 
Rae. E.R. 
Ralf, Mrs. 
Sammons, K. B. 
Sutor, John 
Sugden, A. 
Spence, W. A. 
Stevenson, A. 
Soffa, Mrs. 
Smythe, J. N. 
Scanlan, T. 
Souter, J. W. 
Turnbull, Captain 
Treloar, T. 
Tivy, Dr. 
Thompson, G. 
Temperley, F. 
Virtue, John 
Williams, Joseph 
White, W. M. 
White, G. 
Weber, J. 
Williams, W. 


NVM de 12s 


HAWKE’S BAY PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE. 


Baker, H. 

Baker, H. J.. Waipawa 

_ Balfour, D. P., Glenross 
Balfour, T. W. 

Balfour, W., Mohaka 
Banner, H. A. 

Beamish, N. K., Okawa 
Bell, M. 8. 

Bendall, EK. B., Te Mahia 
Birch, A. §., Patea 
Birch, W. J., Stonyeroft 
Bowerman, J. N. 
Campbell, H., Poukawa 
Caro, J. S. 

Carlile, J. W. 

Carnell, 8. 

Carr, J. T., Kopua 
Chambers, J., Te Mata 
Chambers, J., jun., Te Mata 
Chambers, W. K., Poverty Bay 
Coleman, J. H. 

Colenso, W., F.L.S. 

De Lisle, F. I. 

Dennan, J. J. 

Dinwiddie, J. 

Dobson, R. 

Dolbel, P., Springfield 


Donnelly, G. P. 

Evers, M. 

Faulkner, J., Hastings 
Fulton, F. 

Gannon, M. J., Poverty Bay 
Gilberd, H. J., Taradale 
Glass, B., Wairoa 


| Gollan, D. 
| Gollan, K., Tarawera 


| Goodall, J. 

Gosnell, Mrs. L., Wairoa 
Gow, P., Waipukurau 
Grant, J., Burnside, Ruataniwha 
| Hamilton, A., Petane 

| Harding, J., Mount Vernon 
Harding, R., Mount Vernon 
Harding, R. C. 

Hardy, 8. W., Hampden 
Heath, N. 

Heslop, W. 

Hill, H. 

| Hindmarsh, J., Rakamoana 
| Hitchings, T. 

| Holder, H. R. 

Holt, J. 


Hovell, De Berdt 
_ Hutchinson, M. 


List of Members. 


Irvine, W. T. 

Joseph, Brother 
Kennedy, C. D. 

Kinross; J. G. 

Kirker, J. 

Knowles, H. W. 

Large, J. S. 

Large, Miss L. 

Leonard, J. 

Lessong, L. 

Livesey, J. N. 

Locke, 8. 

Luff, A. Wellington 
Mackinnon, J. 

McLean, R. D. D., Maraekakaho 
MelLean, P. 8. 

Matthews, J. F. 
McDonald, A. V. 

MeVay, J. 
*Meinertzhagen, F. H., Waimarama 
Miller, M. R. 

Mirbach, R. von, Waipawa 
Moorliouse, E., Patea 
Mulvihill, A. D., Hawera 
Nairn, C. J., Pourerere 
Nairn, H. Liston, Wairoa 
Nairn, J., Pourerere 
Newton, T. K. 

Norton, C. J., Taupo 
Ormond, G. 

Ormond, J. D. 

Penty, R. 

Price, R. 

Rainbow, W., Hastings 


lix. 


Reardon, C. W. Gisborne 
Rochfort, J. 

Russell, W. R., M.H.R., Flaxmere 
Scannell, D., Taupo 

Scott, W. 

Sheath, A. P. 

Sidey, J. 

Simeox, F. EH. T., Porangahau 
Spencer, W. A. 

Stewart, J., Takapau 

Stuart, H. C., Bishop of Waiapu 
Sturm, F. W. C., Clive 

Swan, G. H. 

Tanner, T. Riverslea 

Tanner, EK. D., Riverslea 
Taylor, W. 5S. 

Thomson, A. B. 

Tiffen, H. 8. 

Tiffen, G. W., Elmshill, Patangata 
Trestrail, Mrs., Waipukurau 
Tuke, Edward 

Vautier, J. H. 

Walker, R. T. 

Webb, A. 8., Ormondville 
Weber, C. H. 

White, T., Glengarrie 

White, W. K. 

Williams, H. 

Williams, J. N., Frimley 
Willis, G., Wellington 
Wilson, H. C. 

Wilson, J. N. 

Ziegel, L. 


SOUTHLAND INSTITUTE. 


Anderson, John 
Bailey, George 
Bastion, C., sen. 
Bennet, T. B. 
Borrowman, J. 
Brodrick, R. H. 
Brown, J. 
Carswell, H. 
Closs, Dr. 
Conyers, Wm. 
Derails 125) 1 
Dawson, A. F. 
Denniston, T. 
Drabble, F. 
Ellis, J. M. C. 
Feldwick, H. 
Ferguson, Rev. J., M.A. 


Froggatt, G. 
Gammell, J., B.A. 
Galbraith, Dr. 
Gilbertson, C. 
Greig, J. B. 
Grigor, Dr. 

al Wie emi 
Hamilton, W. 8S. 
Hannah, J. C. 
Hanan, Dr. 
Hanan, J. 
Harvey, J., F'.R.G.S. 
Hay, J. 

Henry, Rev. J. 
Hain, J. 

Hocter, Dr. 

Kerr, Angus 


Ix. 


Kingsland, John 
Kingsland, J. 
Lumsden, G. 
McArdell, J. O. 
Martin, J. T. 
Macdonald, T. M. 
Macintosh, J. 
Macpherson, Dr. 
Mchatffey, W. G. 
McPherson, John 
Morgan, F. G. 
Mussen, H. G. 
M‘Arthur, D. W. 
M‘Goun, R. P. 
M‘Lean, C. 
M‘Leod, R. 

Moir, W. S. 
Rattray, R. H. 


Akers, J. Barfield 
Ancell, W. C. 
Andrew, Rev. J. C. 
Atkinson, A. §. 
Atkinson, W. E. 
Bain, A. W. 
Bannehr, —. 
Bayfield, A. D. 
Bethwaite, W. 
Bigley, R. G. 
Bishop of Nelson 
Blackett, G. 
Black, W. 
Blundell, J. H. 
Boor, Dr. L. 
Bowen, C. Webb 
Branfill, Col. B. A. 
Broad, Judge 
Browning, J. 8. 
Burns, David 
Campbell, J. 
Catley, J. T. 
Cock, J. H. 
Cock, H. 
Coleman, Dr. 
Curtis, W. 8. 
Dillberg, G. 
Dodson, H. 
Edgar, Miss 
Elliott, A. 
Farrer, W. H. 
Fearnley, M. 
Fell, C. Y. 


Appendix. 


Rigg, R. B. 
Robertson, W. R. 
Royds, J. 8. 
Russell, W. 
Scandrett, W. B. 
Stocker, Rev. H., B.A. 
Thomson, J. 
Wade, F. W. 
Watson, Thos. 
Wardale, Dr. 
Webber, E. 
White, A. 
Whitton, Dr. 
Wood, T. L. 
Woodward, F. 
Young, A. 
Young, Dr. 
Young, William 


NELSON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 


Field, H. 

Field, T., jun. 
Field, T. 

Gillow, George 
Grant, D. 

Green, Charles 
Greenfield, A. 
Gully, J., jun. 
Hackworth, Vernon 
Harkness, James 
Hamilton, —. 
Harley, C. J. 
Harling, C. 
Heaps, W. 
Hodgson, Wm. 
Holloway, J. 
Honeywill, EH. W. 
Hudson, Dr. J. 
Jackson, Ralph 
Jackson, H. D. 
Johns, Israel 
Jones, Rey. F. Innes 
Jones, C. 

Kingsley, R. T. 
Ledger, H. O. 
Leggatt, Dr. 
Lewis, Rev. H. J. 
Lightband, G. W. 
Lightband, Martin 
Lightfoot, William 
Littlejohn, J. 
Lockley, J. C. 
Locking, Dr. 


Macartney, Mrs. 
Mackay, T. 
Marsden, J. 
Martin, H. 
Meeson, J. 
Moore, Rev. L. 
Moore, Edward 
Mules, Archdeacon 
McDonald, D. 
Oldham, W. 
Oldham, J. 

Pitt, Albert 
Richmond, Hon. J. C. 
Richmond, Alfred 
Rowe, W. EH. 
Saxon, Buller 
Saxton, Conrad 


List of Members. 


Sealy, Dr. W. 
Seaife, A. A. 
Sclanders, J. 
Scott, T. 
Shephard, Hon. Joseph 
Sigley, J. 
Snodgrass, J. 
Somerville, A. K. 
Stone, W. 
Tatton, A. W. 
Patton, Ji. 
Thompson, F. A. 
Turnbull, A. 
Walcott, Col. 
Wells, W. 
Wilson, James 
Winton. D. 


Ix1. 


ixii. Appendix. 


List? OF TINS TIPUTIONS “AND “UN DIY ers 
TO WHOM 
THIS VOLUME IS PRESENTED BY THE GOVERNORS OF THE 
NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE. 


His Excellency the Governor, President of the Institute. 
Governors of the Institute (eleven). 

Honorary Members (thirty). 

The Prime Minister. 

The Colonial Secretary. 

The Colonial Treasurer. 

The Minister of Lands. 

The Minister for Public Works. 

The Postmaster-General. 

The Attorney-General. 

The Under-Secretary for the Colony. 

The Legislative Council. 

The House of Representatives. 

The Colonial Office, London. 

The Agent-General, London. 

Messrs. Triibner and Co. (Agents), 57, Ludgate Hill, London. 
British Museum, London. 

Linnean Society, London. 

Royal Society, London. 

Royal Geographical Society, London. 

Royal Asiatic Society, London. 

Royal Society of Literature of the United Kingdom. 
Royal Colonial Institute, London. 

Geological Society, London. 

Zoological Society, London. 

Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, London. 
Geological Survey of the United Kingdom, London. 
Geological Magazine, London. 

Geological Record, London. 

Editor of Nature, London. 

Zoological Record, London. 

Philosophical Society of Leeds, England. 

Literary and Philosophical Society, Liverpool, England. 


_ List of Free Copies. Ixiii. 


Literary Institute, Norwich, England. 

University Library, Oxford, England. 

University Library, Cambridge, England. 

School Library Committee, Eton, England. 

School Library Committee, Harrow, England. 
School Library Committee, Rugby, England. 
Natural History Society, Marlborough College, Hngland. 
Royal Society, Edinburgh. 

Royal Botanic Garden Library, Edinburgh. 
Geological Society, Edinburgh. 

University Library, Edinburgh. 

Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 

Royal Irish Academy, Dublin. 

Royal Society, Dublin. 

Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta. 

Geological Survey of India, Calcutta. 

Geological Survey of Canada, Montreal. 

Canadian Institute, Toronto. 

Literary and Historical Society of Quebec, Canada Hast. 
Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney. 
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney. 
Public Library, Sydney. 

Library of Australian Museum, Sydney. — 
University Library, Sydney. 

Royal Society of Victoria, Melbourne. 

Public Library, Melbourne. 

University Library, Melbourne. 

Geological Survey of Victoria, Melbourne. 
Legislative Library, Adelaide. 

South Australian Institute, Adelaide. 

University Library, Adelaide. 

Public Library of Tasmania, Hobart. 

Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart. 

Free Public Library, Capetown. 

Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D.C. 
Geological Survey of U.S. Territory, Washington, D.C. 
American Geographical Society, New York. 
American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. 
American Institute of Mining Engineers, Philadelphia. 
Franklin Institute, Philadelphia. 

Academy of Natural Sciences Library, Philadelphia, 


lxiv. 


Appendix. 


Academy of Natural Sciences, Buffalo. 

Academy of Natural Sciences, San Francisco. 

Academy of Natural Sciences, Davenport, Iowa. 

Harvard College, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 

Royal Society of Literature and Arts of Belgium, Brussels. 

Royal Imperial Institute for Meteorology and Earth Magnetism, Hohe- 
Warte, Vienna. 

Jahrbuch der Kaiserlich-kéniglichen Geologischen Reichsanstalt, Vienna. 

Botanical Society of the Province of Brandenburg, Berlin. 

Dr. Bastian, Berlin. 

Imperial German Academy of Naturalists, Dresden. 

Physico-economic Society of Kénigsberg, EH. Prussia. 

Verein fiir vaterladische Naturkunde in Wiirttemburg, Stuttgart. 

R. Accademia dei Lincei, Rome. 

Imperial Museum of Florence. 

Royal Geographical Society of Italy, Florence. 

Tuscan Natural Science Society, Pisa. 

Editor of Cosmos, Turin. 

Academy of Science, Modena. 

Royal Academy of Science, Stockholm. 

National Library, Paris. 

Société de Géographie, Paris. 

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, U.S.A. 

Naturhistorischer Verein in Bonn. 

Society of Natural Sciences, Batavia. 

Société des Sciences de Finlande, Helsingfors. 

North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers, 
Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 

Clifton College, England. 

Victoria Institute, London. 

Institution of Civil Engineers, London. 

National Library, Honolulu. 

Natural History Society, Glasgow. 

Redaktion des Biologischen Centralblatts, Erlangen. 

University of Christiania, Norway. 

Bergen Museum, Norway. 

Royal Library, Berlin. 

Ornithological Society, Vienna. 

Natural History Society, Angers. 

Dr. Lutkin, Copenhagen. 

M. Teyler, Haarlem, 


List of Free Copies. Ixy. 


Libraries and Societies in New Zealand. 


Library, Auckland Institute. 

Library, Hawke’s Bay Philosophical Institute. 
Library, Wellington Philosophical Society. 
Library, Nelson Philosophical Society. 
Library, Westland Institute. 

Library, Philosophical Institute of Canterbury. 
Library, Otago Institute. 

Library, Southland Institute. 

General Assembly Library. 

Library, New Zealand Institute. 

Library, University College, Auckland. 
Library, University College, Christchurch. 
Library, University College, Dunedin. 


Publishing Branch. 
Hditor. 


Assistant Editor. 
Draftsman (two copies). 
Lithographer. 
Government Printer. 
Photo-lithographer. 


LYON AND BLAIR, PRINTERS, LAMBTON QUAY, WELLINGTON, N.Z, 


ny ae ee } h a eee May ie 
ANNA ne Mi Cte SF ae ahi 


SL Derebai ke 


¥ ‘ 


% 


3 9088 01308 5154